Huawei SmartAX MA5616 Configuration Guide (V800R310C00_03)

May 18, 2018 | Author: Philip Evans | Category: File Transfer Protocol, I Pv6, Computer Network, Firewall (Computing), Radius
Share
Report this link


Comments



Description

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module V800R310C00Configuration Guide Issue Date 03 2012-03-20 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2012. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Trademarks and Permissions and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders. Notice The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations of any kind, either express or implied. The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Address: Huawei Industrial Base Bantian, Longgang Shenzhen 518129 People's Republic of China http://www.huawei.com [email protected] Website: Email: Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. i SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide About This Document About This Document Intended Audience This document describes the configuration of important services supported by the MA5616. The description covers the following topics: l l l l l l l l Purpose Networking Data plan Prerequisite(s) Note Configuration flowchart Operation procedure Result This document helps users to know the configuration of important services on the MA5616. This document is intended for: l l l Installation and commissioning engineers System maintenance engineers Data configuration engineers Symbol Conventions The following symbols may be found in this document. They are defined as follows. Symbol Description Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could cause equipment damage, data loss, and performance degradation, or unexpected results. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. ii SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide About This Document Symbol Description Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save your time. Provides additional information to emphasize or supplement important points of the main text. Command Conventions Convention Boldface Italic [] { x | y | ... } [ x | y | ... ] { x | y | ... } * Description The keywords of a command line are in boldface. Command arguments are in italics. Items (keywords or arguments) in square brackets [ ] are optional. Alternative items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. One is selected. Optional alternative items are grouped in square brackets and separated by vertical bars. One or none is selected. Alternative items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. A minimum of one or a maximum of all can be selected. GUI Conventions Convention Boldface > Description Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles are in boldface. For example, click OK. Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">" signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Compared with issue 02 (2012-01-16) of V800R310C00, issue 03 has the following changes: Optimized: l l l Issue 03 (2012-03-20) 3.7 Configuring a VLAN Service Profile 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) 7 Configuring the Voice Service Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iii SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide About This Document l l 10.3 Configuration Example of the Multicast Service (Multicast VLAN Mode) 10.8 Configuring the Triple Play Service Issue 02 (2012-01-16) Compared with issue 01 (2011-10-28) of V800R310C00, issue 02 has the following changes: Added: l l 3.4 Configuring the System Energy-Saving Function 1.3 Configuration Example of Network Device Deployment Using GE Upstream Transmission Modified: Issue 01 (2011-10-28) Compared with issue 01 (2011-05-28) of V800R309C00, V800R310C00 has the following changes: Added: l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l 1.3 Configuration Example of Network Device Deployment Using GE Upstream Transmission 3.8 Configuring Basic IPv6 Information 3.9 Configuring a Route 3.11.3 Configuring Anti-Theft and Roaming of User Accounts Through DHCPv6 3.12.4 Enabling the Ring Network Detection on the User Side 3.14.1 Configuration Differences Between IPv4 ACLs and IPv6 ACLs 3.15.3 Configuring Early Drop 6.1 Configuration Differences Between IPv4 Multicase and IPv6 Multicast 3.7 Configuring a VLAN Service Profile 3.11 Configuring the User Security 3.14 Configuring the ACL for Packet Filtering 4.1.1 Configuring an ADSL2+ Profile 4.1.3 Configuring the VDSL2 Profile 4.1.4 Configuring xDSL Profiles (TR165 Mode) 4.1.4 Configuring xDSL Profiles (TR165 Mode) 6.2 Configuring the Multicast Service on a Single-NE Network 11.5 Configuration Example of the VAG Service Modified: Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iv SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide Contents Contents About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii 1 Deploying Network Devices.......................................................................................................1 1.1 Introduction to the Network Device Deployment..............................................................................................2 1.2 Example of Deploying Network Devices (GPON Upstream)............................................................................3 1.3 Configuration Example of Network Device Deployment Using GE Upstream Transmission..........................7 2 Checking Before the Configuration.........................................................................................11 2.1 Checking the Software Version........................................................................................................................12 2.2 Checking the Board Status...............................................................................................................................12 3 Basic Configuration.....................................................................................................................14 3.1 Configuring the Maintenance Terminal...........................................................................................................16 3.1.1 Configuring Management Through a Local Serial Port..........................................................................16 3.1.2 Configuring Outband Management.........................................................................................................22 3.1.3 Configuring Inband Management (GPON Upstream).............................................................................26 3.1.4 Configuring Inband Management (GE Upstream)..................................................................................28 3.2 Configuring the U2000.....................................................................................................................................32 3.2.1 Configuring the U2000 (Based on SNMPv1)..........................................................................................33 3.2.2 Configuring the U2000 (Based on SNMPv2c)........................................................................................39 3.2.3 Configuring the U2000 (Based on SNMPv3)..........................................................................................43 3.3 Configuring the Attributes of the Upstream Port.............................................................................................48 3.3.1 (Optional) Configuring an Uplink Ethernet Port.....................................................................................48 3.3.2 Configuring the Attributes of an Uplink GPON Port..............................................................................51 3.4 Configuring the System Energy-Saving Function............................................................................................52 3.5 Configuring the ANCP.....................................................................................................................................53 3.6 Configuring a VLAN........................................................................................................................................56 3.7 Configuring a VLAN Service Profile...............................................................................................................61 3.8 Configuring Basic IPv6 Information................................................................................................................64 3.8.1 Configuring an IPv6 Address for an Interface.........................................................................................66 3.8.2 Configuring an IPv6 Address Selection Policy Table.............................................................................68 3.8.3 Configuring IPv6 Neighbor Discovery....................................................................................................69 3.8.4 Configuring PMTU..................................................................................................................................72 3.9 Configuring a Route.........................................................................................................................................73 3.9.1 Configuring an IPv4 Static Route............................................................................................................73 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. v SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide Contents 3.9.2 Configuring an IPv6 Static Route............................................................................................................74 3.10 Configuring the System Clock.......................................................................................................................76 3.10.1 Configuring the Reference Source of the System Clock.......................................................................76 3.10.2 Configuring the Priority of the System Clock.......................................................................................78 3.11 Configuring the User Security........................................................................................................................79 3.11.1 Configuring Anti-Theft and Roaming of User Account Through PITP................................................80 3.11.2 Configuring Anti-Theft and Roaming of User Accounts Through DHCPv4........................................85 3.11.3 Configuring Anti-Theft and Roaming of User Accounts Through DHCPv6........................................88 3.11.4 Configuring the Anti-IP Address Attack...............................................................................................91 3.11.5 Configuring the Anti-MAC Address Attack ........................................................................................93 3.12 Configuring System Security..........................................................................................................................96 3.12.1 Configuring Firewall.............................................................................................................................97 3.12.2 Configuring Anti-Attack......................................................................................................................100 3.12.3 Preventing the Access of Illegal Users................................................................................................101 3.12.4 Enabling the Ring Network Detection on the User Side.....................................................................103 3.13 Configuring AAA.........................................................................................................................................104 3.13.1 Configuring the Local AAA................................................................................................................105 3.13.2 Configuring the Remote AAA (Based on the RADIUS Protocol)......................................................106 3.13.3 Configuring the Remote AAA (Based on the HWTACACS Protocol)..............................................110 3.13.4 Configuration Example of the AAA Based on the RADIUS Protocol (802.1X Access Users)..........114 3.13.5 Configuration Example of the AAA Based on the HWTACACS Protocol (802.1X Access Users) ........................................................................................................................................................................117 3.13.6 Configuration Example of the Authentication Based on the RADIUS Protocol (Device Management Users)..............................................................................................................................................................120 3.13.7 Configuration Example of the Authentication Based on the HWTACACS Protocol (Device Management Users)..............................................................................................................................................................123 3.14 Configuring the ACL for Packet Filtering....................................................................................................126 3.14.1 Configuration Differences Between IPv4 ACLs and IPv6 ACLs.......................................................128 3.14.2 Configuring the Basic ACL for Packet Filtering.................................................................................128 3.14.3 Configuring the Advanced ACL for Packet Filtering.........................................................................129 3.14.4 Configuring the Link Layer ACL for Packet Filtering........................................................................131 3.15 Configuring QoS...........................................................................................................................................132 3.15.1 Configuring Traffic Management........................................................................................................133 3.15.2 Configuring Queue Scheduling...........................................................................................................140 3.15.3 Configuring Early Drop.......................................................................................................................144 3.15.4 Configuring Traffic Management Based on ACL Rules.....................................................................147 3.16 Configuring Environment Monitoring..........................................................................................................150 3.16.1 Configuring Monitoring Through the ESC.........................................................................................150 3.16.2 Configuring Monitoring Through the Power System..........................................................................158 3.16.3 Configuring the Monitoring Through the Fan Tray............................................................................169 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service...................................................................171 4.1 Configuring the xDSL Profile........................................................................................................................174 4.1.1 Configuring an ADSL2+ Profile...........................................................................................................174 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. vi SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide Contents 4.1.2 Configuring the SHDSL Profile............................................................................................................178 4.1.3 Configuring the VDSL2 Profile............................................................................................................180 4.1.4 Configuring xDSL Profiles (TR165 Mode)...........................................................................................186 4.2 Configuring a VLAN......................................................................................................................................190 4.3 Configuring an Upstream Port........................................................................................................................195 4.4 Configuring an xDSL Port..............................................................................................................................196 4.5 Creating an xDSL Service Port......................................................................................................................198 4.6 (Optional) Configuring the xPoA-xPoE Protocol Conversion.......................................................................203 5 Configuring the Ethernet Access Service..............................................................................206 5.1 Configuring a VLAN......................................................................................................................................207 5.2 Configuring the Upstream Port.......................................................................................................................211 5.3 (Optional) Configuring the Attributes of the Ethernet Port............................................................................212 5.4 Creating the Ethernet Access Service Port.....................................................................................................214 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode)..........................................................216 6.1 Configuration Differences Between IPv4 Multicase and IPv6 Multicast......................................................218 6.2 Configuring the Multicast Service on a Single-NE Network.........................................................................220 6.2.1 Configuring Multicast Global Parameters.............................................................................................221 6.2.2 Configuring the Multicast Program.......................................................................................................225 6.2.3 Configuring the Multicast User.............................................................................................................233 6.2.4 (Optional) Configuring the Multicast Bandwidth.................................................................................237 6.2.5 (Optional) Configuring the Multicast Preview......................................................................................241 6.2.6 (Optional) Configuring the Program Prejoin.........................................................................................245 6.2.7 (Optional) Configuring the Multicast Log.............................................................................................248 6.3 Configuring the Multicast Service on a Subtending Network........................................................................252 7 Configuring the Voice Service................................................................................................258 7.1 Configuring the VoIP PSTN Service (Based on the H.248 Protocol)............................................................260 7.1.1 Configuring an MG Interface................................................................................................................264 7.1.2 Configuring the VoIP PSTN User.........................................................................................................281 7.2 Configuring the VoIP PSTN Service (Based on the SIP Protocol)................................................................291 7.2.1 Configuring the SIP Interface................................................................................................................295 7.2.2 Configuring the VoIP PSTN User.........................................................................................................302 7.3 Configuring the VoIP ISDN BRA Service.....................................................................................................314 7.3.1 Configuring an MG Interface................................................................................................................319 7.3.2 Configuring the IUA Link.....................................................................................................................336 7.3.3 Configuring the VoIP ISDN BRA User................................................................................................338 7.4 Configuring the FoIP Service (Based on the H.248 Protocol).......................................................................344 7.5 Configuring the FoIP Service (Based on the SIP Protocol)...........................................................................347 7.6 Configuring the MoIP Service (Based on the H.248 Protocol)......................................................................350 7.7 Configuring the MoIP Service (Based on the SIP Protocol)..........................................................................352 7.8 Configuring the Security and Reliability of the Voice Service......................................................................354 7.8.1 Configuring the Device Authentication.................................................................................................354 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. vii SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide Contents 7.8.2 Configuring the Dual Homing...............................................................................................................357 7.8.3 Configuring the Emergency Standalone................................................................................................359 8 Configuring the Ethernet OAM..............................................................................................362 8.1 Configuring the Ethernet CFM OAM............................................................................................................363 8.2 Configuring the Ethernet EFM OAM.............................................................................................................366 9 Configuring Network Protection............................................................................................370 9.1 Configuring the MSTP...................................................................................................................................371 9.2 Configuring the Link Aggregation of Uplink Ethernet Port ..........................................................................374 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream).................................376 10.1 Configuration Example of the xDSL Internet Access Service.....................................................................378 10.1.1 Configuration Example of the xDSL Internet Access Service in xDSL PPPoE Mode.......................378 10.1.2 Configuration Example of the xDSL IPoE Internet Access Service...................................................384 10.1.3 Configuration Example of the xDSL Internet Access Service in xDSL PPPoA Mode.......................389 10.1.4 Configuration Example of the xDSL Internet Access Service in xDSL IPoA Mode..........................396 10.2 Configuration Example of the Single-Port for Multi-Service Ethernet Access Service..............................403 10.3 Configuration Example of the Multicast Service (Multicast VLAN Mode)................................................408 10.3.1 Configuration Example of the Multicast Video Service (Static Configuration Mode).......................409 10.3.2 Configuration Example of the Multicast Video Service (Dynamic Configuration Mode).................413 10.4 Configuration Example of the VoIP Service................................................................................................417 10.4.1 Configuration Example of the VoIP PSTN Service (Based on the H.248 Protocol)..........................417 10.4.2 Configuration Example of the VoIP PSTN Service (Based on the SIP Protocol)..............................425 10.4.3 Configuration Example of the VoIP ISDN BRA Service...................................................................428 10.5 Configuration Example of the VAG Service................................................................................................435 10.5.1 Configuration Example of the VAG Service (Based on the H.248 Protocol).....................................435 10.5.2 Configuration Example of the VAG Service (Based on the SIP Protocol).........................................443 10.6 Configuration Example of the VLAN Stacking Wholesale Service............................................................449 10.6.1 Configuring the VLAN Stacking Wholesale Service..........................................................................449 10.6.2 Configuring the VLAN ID Extension Service....................................................................................453 10.7 Configuration Example of the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service...............................................................456 10.8 Configuring the Triple Play Service.............................................................................................................459 10.8.1 Configuring the Triple Play Service - Single PVC for Multiple Services Based on the User-Side VLAN ........................................................................................................................................................................460 10.8.2 Configuring the Triple Play Service - Single PVC for Multiple Services Based on the User-Side 802.1p ........................................................................................................................................................................467 10.8.3 Configuring the Triple Play Service - Multiple PVCs for Multiple Services.....................................474 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission.................................................................................................................................481 11.1 Configuration Example of the xDSL Internet Access Service.....................................................................483 11.1.1 Configuration Example of the xDSL Internet Access Service in xDSL PPPoE Mode.......................483 11.1.2 Configuration Example of the xDSL Internet Access Service in xDSL IPoE Mode..........................490 11.1.3 Configuration Example of the xDSL Internet Access Service in xDSL PPPoA Mode.......................496 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. viii SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide Contents 11.1.4 Configuration Example of the xDSL Internet Access Service in xDSL IPoA Mode..........................503 11.2 Configuration Example of the Ethernet Access Service in the Single-Port for Multi-Service Mode..........510 11.3 Configuration Example of the Multicast Service (Multicast VLAN Mode)................................................514 11.3.1 Configuration Example of the Multicast Video Service (Static Configuration Mode).......................514 11.3.2 Configuration Example of the Multicast Video Service (Dynamic Configuration Mode).................518 11.4 Configuration Example of the VoIP Service................................................................................................522 11.4.1 Configuration Example of the VoIP PSTN Service (Based on the H.248 Protocol)..........................522 11.4.2 Configuration Example of the VoIP PSTN Service (Based on the SIP Protocol)..............................530 11.4.3 Configuration Example of the VoIP ISDN BRA Service...................................................................533 11.5 Configuration Example of the VAG Service................................................................................................540 11.5.1 Configuration Example of the VAG Service (Based on the H.248 Protocol).....................................540 11.5.2 Configuration Example of the VAG Service (Based on the SIP Protocol).........................................548 11.6 Configuration Example of the VLAN Stacking Wholesale Service............................................................554 11.6.1 Configuring the VLAN Stacking Wholesale Service..........................................................................554 11.6.2 Configuring the VLAN ID Extension Service....................................................................................558 11.7 Configuration Example of the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service...............................................................561 11.8 Configuring the Triple Play Service.............................................................................................................564 11.8.1 Configuration Example of the Triple Play Service - Single PVC for Multiple Services Based on the UserSide VLAN.....................................................................................................................................................564 11.8.2 Configuration Example of the Triple Play Service - Single PVC for Multiple Services Based on the UserSide 802.1p.....................................................................................................................................................571 11.8.3 Configuration Example of the Triple Play Service - Multiple PVCs for Multiple Services...............578 12 FTTB and FTTC Data Plan.....................................................................................................585 12.1 Security Design.............................................................................................................................................586 12.2 Device Management Data Plan....................................................................................................................591 12.3 QoS Plan.......................................................................................................................................................592 12.4 Internet Access Service Data Plan................................................................................................................596 12.5 VoIP Service Data Plan................................................................................................................................597 12.6 IPTV Service Data Plan................................................................................................................................600 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios.................................................604 13.1 FTTB Networking (LAN Access Without HGW).......................................................................................606 13.1.1 Service Requirements and Application Scenarios...............................................................................606 13.1.2 Adding an ONU to an OLT.................................................................................................................607 13.1.3 Configuring the Management Channel Between the OLT and the ONU............................................610 13.1.4 Configuring the Service Channel Between the OLT and the ONU.....................................................611 13.1.5 Configuring Link Aggregation, Congestion Control, and Security Policy.........................................613 13.1.6 Configuring LAN Internet Access Service (ONU Side).....................................................................615 13.1.7 Configuring H.248 Voice Service (on the ONU)................................................................................616 13.1.8 Configuring SIP Voice Service (on an ONU).....................................................................................620 13.1.9 Verifying Services...............................................................................................................................623 13.2 FTTB/C Scenario (xDSL Access, Without HGW)......................................................................................625 13.2.1 Service Requirements and Application Scenario................................................................................625 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. ix SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide Contents 13.2.2 Configuring the Service Channel Between the OLT and the ONU.....................................................626 13.2.3 Configuring Link Aggregation, Congestion Control, and Security Policy.........................................628 13.2.4 Configuring the Internet Access Service (ADSL2+ Access, ONU Side)............................................630 13.2.5 Configuring the Internet Access Service (VDSL2 Access, ONU Side)..............................................633 13.2.6 Configuring H.248 Voice Service (on the ONU)................................................................................636 13.2.7 Configuring SIP Voice Service (on an ONU).....................................................................................639 13.2.8 Verifying Services...............................................................................................................................643 13.3 FTTB+HGW Scenario (Voice Service Provided by ONU).........................................................................645 13.3.1 Service Requirements and Application Scenario................................................................................645 13.3.2 Configuring Service Channels Between an OLT and an ONU...........................................................646 13.3.3 Configuring Link Aggregation, Congestion Control, and Security Policy.........................................650 13.3.4 Configuring the Internet Access Service (LAN Access, ONU Side)..................................................651 13.3.5 Configuring the Internet Access Service (ADSL2+ Access, ONU Side)............................................653 13.3.6 Configuring the Internet Access Service (VDSL2 Access, ONU Side)..............................................655 13.3.7 Configuring H.248 Voice Service (on the ONU)................................................................................658 13.3.8 Configuring SIP Voice Service (on an ONU).....................................................................................661 13.3.9 Configuring the IPTV Service (ONU Side)........................................................................................665 13.3.10 Configuring the Internet Access Service (HGW Side)......................................................................668 13.3.11 Configuring the IPTV Service (on the HGW)...................................................................................670 13.3.12 Verifying Services.............................................................................................................................671 13.4 FTTB+HGW Networking (HGW Providing the VoIP Service)..................................................................675 13.4.1 Service Requirements and Application Scenario................................................................................675 13.4.2 Configuring Service Channels Between an OLT and an ONU...........................................................676 13.4.3 Configuring Link Aggregation, Congestion Control, and Security Policy.........................................680 13.4.4 Configuring the Internet Access Service (LAN Access, ONU Side)..................................................682 13.4.5 Configuring the Internet Access Service (ADSL2+ Access, ONU Side)............................................683 13.4.6 Configuring the Internet Access Service (VDSL2 Access, ONU Side)..............................................685 13.4.7 Configuring the Voice Service on the ONU........................................................................................689 13.4.8 Configuring the IPTV Service (ONU Side)........................................................................................690 13.4.9 Configuring the Internet Access Service (HGW Side)........................................................................693 13.4.10 Configuring the IPTV Service (on the HGW)...................................................................................695 13.4.11 Configuring the VoIP Service on the HGW......................................................................................697 13.4.12 Verifying Services.............................................................................................................................700 A Acronyms and Abbreviations................................................................................................704 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. x SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 1 Deploying Network Devices 1 About This Chapter Deploying Network Devices Deploy the ONUs at sites according to network planning so that the NMS, OLT, and ONU can communicate with each other. 1.1 Introduction to the Network Device Deployment This topic describes how to deploy network devices, including optical network unit (ONU) data plan, ONU offline deployment (through the NMS or the CLI of the OLT), ONU installation, and ONU binding. After the deployment, you can remotely configure services for the ONU. 1.2 Example of Deploying Network Devices (GPON Upstream) This topic describes how to deploy network devices in the scenario with or without the NMS. 1.3 Configuration Example of Network Device Deployment Using GE Upstream Transmission This topic describes how to configure the optical network unit (ONU) to use a gigabit Ethernet (GE) port for upstream transmission. After the configuration, the network management system (NMS) management parameters must be manually configured so that the NMS can manage the ONU. To reduce device deployment costs, the ONU supports the software commissioning-free function for GE upstream transmission. Specifically, the device is automatically managed and configured, and services are automatically provisioned after the ONU is powered on and the software commissioning-free function takes effect. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 1 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 1 Deploying Network Devices 1.1 Introduction to the Network Device Deployment This topic describes how to deploy network devices, including optical network unit (ONU) data plan, ONU offline deployment (through the NMS or the CLI of the OLT), ONU installation, and ONU binding. After the deployment, you can remotely configure services for the ONU. Table 1-1 describes the activities involved in network device deployment in the scenario with the NMS. Table 1-1 Activities involved in network device deployment in the scenario with the NMS Activities ONU data plan NOTE The ONU refers to MA5616. Description Perform the data plan according to the network planning sheet provided by the NMS. The resource deployment sheet will be generated finally. Import the resource deployment sheet through the NMS to implement the predeployment for the ONU. The hardware installation engineer draws the ONU from the storehouse and installs it at the destination site. After installing it and confirming that the hardware is fault-free, the hardware installation engineer returns the ONU type, service port information, and ONU SN to the commissioning engineer. The IP address and the SN of the ONU are bound through the NMS. ONU offline deployment ONU installation ONU binding Table 1-2 describes the activities involved in network device deployment in the scenario without the NMS. NOTE In the scenario without the NMS, you can add the ONT through the OLT by using one of the following methods: l Method 1: 1. Install the ONU and power on the device normally. 2. Run the port portid ont-auto-find command in the GPON mode to enable the ONU autodiscovery function. 3. The OLT discovers the ONU automatically. 4. Run the ont confirm command to in the GPON mode confirm the automatically discovered ONU. l Method 2: 1. Run the ont add command in the GPON mode to add the ONU on the OLT offline. 2. Install the ONU and power on the device normally. In this topic, method 1 is used for the deployment. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 1 Deploying Network Devices Table 1-2 Activities involved in network device deployment in the scenario without the NMS Activities ONU data plan NOTE The ONU refers to MA5616. Description Perform the data plan for the OLT and ONU according to the actual FTTx service plan and the corresponding OLT version. ONU installation The hardware installation engineer draws the ONU from the storehouse and installs it at the destination site. After installing it and confirming that the hardware is fault-free, the hardware installation engineer returns the ONU type, service port information, and ONU SN to the commissioning engineer. Enable the auto-discovery function on the PON port through the CLI command of the OLT, confirm the automatically discovered ONU, and add the ONU by using the preconfigured profile. You can telnet to the ONU according to the management IP address of the ONU to configure the services for the ONU. ONU deployment Configuration of the services of the ONU 1.2 Example of Deploying Network Devices (GPON Upstream) This topic describes how to deploy network devices in the scenario with or without the NMS. Prerequisites l l Network devices and lines must be in the normal state. The control board and the GPON service board of the OLT must be in the normal state. Background Information When the ONU adopts the GPON upstream transmission, the SN is used for authentication. Scenario with the NMS Figure 1-1 shows an example network of device deployment in the scenario with the NMS. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 3 There are two LEDs. and then performs hardware installation. and power-on operations at the destination sites. Ltd. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. namely Link and Auth. 4 . wiring. 3. The commissioning engineer imports the resource deployment sheet through the NMS to implement the predeployment for the ONU. The hardware installation engineer checks the running status of the ONU that is installed and powered on.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 1 Deploying Network Devices Figure 1-1 Example network of device deployment in the scenario with the NMS NMS client_A NMS MGC NMS client_B Router OLT Splitter Splitter ONU_A ONU_B ONU_C ONU_D The procedure for deploying network devices in the scenario with the NMS is as follows: 1. According to the user's FTTx data plan. NOTE Inserting or removing boards is prohibited during startup. 4. The hardware installation engineer draws the ONUs and sends them to the destination sites. on the ONU. the commissioning engineer prepares the network planning sheet and obtains the resource deployment sheet.. 2. the hardware installation engineer records the ONU SN and reports the SN to the commissioning engineer. the ONU registers with the OLT automatically. l If the Auth LED is blinking. it indicates that the ONU registers successfully.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 1 Deploying Network Devices l If the Link LED is on. 8. 7. and binds the IP address and the SN of the ONU through the NMS. After being powered on. 6. The commissioning engineer maps the ONU SN. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. it indicates that the ONU is registering. After confirming that the ONU works in the normal state (the Link LED is on and the Auth LED blinks).. the management IP address of the ONU. the OLT sends the management channel parameters of the ONU (management VLAN. the ONU management channel is enabled successfully. and the physical position of the ONU. 5. l If the Auth LED is always on. Then. 5 . Then. IP address. The commissioning engineer receives the trap indicating that the ONU goes online reported by the OLT on the NMS. Scenario Without the NMS Figure 1-2 shows an example network of device deployment in the scenario without the NMS. After the trap indicating that the ONU goes online is received on the NMS. you can remotely configure services for the ONU through the NMS. and SNMP parameters) to the ONU and also sends the trap message to the NMS for informing the NMS that an ONU goes online. it indicates that the upstream optical path is through. Ltd. 2. 6 . wiring. on the ONU. The hardware installation engineer draws the ONUs and sends them to the destination sites. it indicates that the ONU registers successfully. l If the Link LED is on. There are two LEDs. it indicates that the ONU is registering. 3. it indicates that the upstream optical path is through. According to the user's FTTx service plan and the corresponding OLT version. l If the Auth LED is blinking. l If the Auth LED is always on. the commissioning engineer performs the data plan for the OLT and ONU. namely Link and Auth. and then performs hardware installation. and power-on operations at the destination sites. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. NOTE Inserting or removing boards is prohibited during startup. Ltd. The hardware installation engineer checks the running status of the ONU that is installed and powered on.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 1 Deploying Network Devices Figure 1-2 Example network of device deployment in the scenario without the NMS PC_A MGC Router PC_B OLT Splitter Splitter ONU_A ONU_B ONU_C ONU_D The procedure for deploying network devices in the scenario without the NMS is as follows: 1.. l When the ONU transmits untagged DHCP packets to the upper-layer device. You are advised to install and power on cascaded devices from the upper layer to the lower layer. the port default VLAN ID (PVID) must be configured on the upper-layer device so that the device can transparently transmit the DHCP packets. 7 . 5. 8. 9. the commissioning engineer configures data on the OLT. The device database is empty. preventing service interruptions on a lower-layer device caused by an upper-layer device. Prerequisites l l A Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server and a File Transfer Protocol (FTP) or Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server have been configured..SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 1 Deploying Network Devices 4. The DHCP relay function has been configured on the router. Specifically. Ltd. the device is automatically managed and configured. 6. l Context CAUTION The software commissioning-free function for GE upstream transmission takes effect on a single device or multiple devices cascaded on a link-type network. which can transparently transmit DHCP packets. According to the data plan of the OLT and ONU. the software commissioning-free function cannot take effect for GE upstream transmission. To reduce device deployment costs. The commissioning engineer telnets to the ONU according to the management IP address of the ONU to configure the services for the ONU. The commissioning engineer enables the auto-discovery function of the OLT for the ONU. After the configuration. the network management system (NMS) management parameters must be manually configured so that the NMS can manage the ONU. The commissioning engineer configures the management IP address of the ONU through the OLT. the ONU supports the software commissioning-free function for GE upstream transmission. After confirming that the ONU works in the normal state (the Link LED is on and the Auth LED blinks). the hardware installation engineer records the ONU SN and reports the SN to the commissioning engineer. 7.3 Configuration Example of Network Device Deployment Using GE Upstream Transmission This topic describes how to configure the optical network unit (ONU) to use a gigabit Ethernet (GE) port for upstream transmission. 1. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the DHCP relay function is not required. The commissioning engineer adds the ONU to the OLT according to the data plan of the OLT and ONU and the SN reported by the hardware installation engineer. If the ONU is connected to a Layer 2 upstream device. Otherwise. and services are automatically provisioned after the ONU is powered on and the software commissioning-free function takes effect. 168.txt is the planned IP address of a device. NOTE The name of a configuration file must be either IP_cfgfile. For example. IP in IP_cfgfile. A software commissioning engineer creates a configuration file based on the data plan and uploads the file to the FTP or TFTP server. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 8 . When the configuration file is named IP_cfgfile.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 1 Deploying Network Devices Figure 1-3 shows the example network in which the ONU uses GE upstream transmission. To ensure that the ONU IP address is unique. bind the ONU IP address to its MAC address. and MAC in MAC_cfgfile. The software commissioning engineer creates a policy file based on the device type and version information and uploads the file to the FTP or TFTP server. the name of the configuration file for the device is 192.txt is the actual Media Access Control (MAC) address of the device. The network supports the FTP or TFTP server for transferring files.txt.txt. the name of the configuration file for the device is 00e0-fc-11-ab-ee_cfgFile.168. Figure 1-3 Example network in which the ONU uses GE upstream transmission NMS DHCP Server FTP/TFTP Server Router ONU Process for Configuring GE Upstream Transmission 1. Ltd.10.10.10_cfgfile.txt. if the planned IP address of a device is 192.txt. The configuration file must be created based on service deployment and script issuing requirements.txt or MAC_cfgfile. if the MAC address of a device is 00e0fc11abee.10.. the ONU IP address cannot conflict with the IP addresses of other devices. 2. You can configure either the FTP or TFTP server as required. A policy file contains the name (either IP_cfgfile. The file is named MAC_cfgfile. A hardware installation engineer obtains optical network units (ONUs). The software commissioning engineer establishes the mapping among the MAC addresses. the ONU automatically sends DHCP requests to the DHCP server. uses the NMS to bind the IP and MAC addresses of the ONUs. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 3. 7.. transports the ONUs from the warehouse to each site. NOTE No board can be inserted or removed during device startup. For example. installs hardware. PacketFile="Dir\H831CCUC_packetfile. CfgFile="[MAC]_cfgFile.txt) of and path for a configuration file. .txt or MAC_cfgfile. the contents of the policy file at the site is as follows: [MA5616] //Indicates the device type. writes the FTP or TFTP information in an option packet. and physical locations of the ONUs. After power-on. and the name of the policy file. and configures data on the DHCP server. the upstream optical path is available.txt. The hardware installation engineer records site information and the MAC addresses of the ONUs and reports them to the software commissioning engineer. CfgFile="Dir\[IP]_cfgFile" //Indicates the configuration file to be loaded to the control board. If the Link indicator turns on. The hardware installation engineer powers on the ONUs after the ONU installation and observes the running status of the ONUs.ini. Ltd.txt. user name. PacketFile="Dir\H831CCUB_packetfile. [H831CCUB] //Indicates the control board type. seats wires. [H831CCUC] //Indicates the control board type. and password of the FTP or TFTP server. One policy file is used for all the devices at one site. TargetVersion=MA5616 V800R310C00 //Indicates the device version. management IP addresses. The information includes the IP address. Table 1-3 lists the information included in DHCP Option fields. 8.bin" //Indicates the package file to be loaded to the control board. and sends the option packet to the ONU. 4. The file is named IP_cfgfile.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 1 Deploying Network Devices The name of a policy file must be xxx.bin" //Indicates the package file to be loaded to the control board. The DHCP server configures the IP address assigned by the NMS on the ONU. Table 1-3 Information included in DHCP Option fields DHCP Option Field DHCP Option 3 DHCP Option 6 DHCP Option 15 DHCP Option 66 Information Gateway list DNS list Domain name TFTP server name 9 6. 5. and powers on the ONUs. if the name of the configuration file at a site is IP address-based.txt" //Indicates the configuration file to be loaded to the control board. If the traps from the ONU are received. 13. 11.. Information Policy description file name FTP user name FTP user password FTP server address TFTP server address After receiving the option packet from the DHCP server. The ONU reports traps to the NMS. and sends requests to the FTP or TFTP server. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. After the configuration. The FTP or TFTP server issues the configuration file to the ONU. indicating that ONUs connected to the NMS go online. 12.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 1 Deploying Network Devices DHCP Option Field DHCP Option 67 DHCP Option 141 DHCP Option 142 DHCP Option 143 DHCP Option 150 9. the management channel is available for the NMS to remotely manage the ONU. The ONU downloads the configuration file from the FTP or TFTP server and automatically configures related data. the ONU restarts for the configuration to take effect. Ltd. 10 . the ONU configures the IP address and gateway. The software commissioning engineer uses the NMS to receive the traps from the ONU. 10. 2.. and whether the boards are in the normal state. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 11 .1 Checking the Software Version This topic describes how to check whether the current software version meets the deployment requirement.2 Checking the Board Status This topic describes how to check whether the inserted board is the same as the board specified in the data plan.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 2 Checking Before the Configuration 2 Checking Before the Configuration About This Chapter Before the service configuration. Ltd. you need to check the software version and board status of the MA5616 to ensure that the service runs normally after the configuration. 2. 2. and whether the boards are in the normal state. Then. Procedure l The procedure of checking the software version through the MA5616 is as follows: 1. Procedure l The procedure of checking the board status through the MA5616 is as follows: 1. In the Device Detailed Info tab page. In the user mode.. select the desired MA5616. . Click Locate and select Locate to NE Panel from the list. double-click displayed. click Search. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In the search result. Ltd. 2. run the display version command to check whether the versions of the host software and patch that is running in the system meet the deployment requirement.1 Checking the Software Version This topic describes how to check whether the current software version meets the deployment requirement. In the Workbench window. see the MA5616 Upgrade guide. 12 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . If the versions do not meet the deployment requirement. For details about the upgrade. The Main Topology window is In the Search dialog box. contact Huawei technical support center to upgrade the host software if necessary. run the display language command to check whether the multilanguage information supported by the system and the system version meet the deployment requirement. Run the display board command to check whether the board information (including the board types and the slots housing the boards) meets the data plan and whether the boards are in the normal state.1 Configuring the Maintenance Terminal.2 Checking the Board Status This topic describes how to check whether the inserted board is the same as the board specified in the data plan. Click . ----End Result l l The versions of the host software and patch meet the deployment requirement. l The procedure of checking the software version through the iManager U2000 is as follows: 1. 2. For details about how to log in to the device. verify that the device type and activated patch meet the deployment requirement. Prerequisites You must be logged in to the MA5616. 3. see 3.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 2 Checking Before the Configuration 2. In the user mode. select NE from the Search Type drop-down list and enter the description of the MA5616 to be queried. run the display board command to query the status of all the boards. Then. . Then. ----End Result l l The status of all the boards is "Normal" in the result of the query on the MA5616. select Board from the Search Type drop-down list and enter the description of the board to be queried. 2. represented by the query through the iManager U2000. double-click displayed. the operation ends. verity that the board type and slot meet the requirements of the data planning and verify the board status. 3. The Main Topology window is In the Search dialog box. l The procedure of checking the board status through the iManager U2000 is as follows: 1. – If a required board is not inserted in the device. insert the board and run the board confirm command to confirm the board in the auto-find state.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 2 Checking Before the Configuration – If all the required boards are inserted correctly and all the boards are in the normal state. All the boards on the MA5616 are in the normal state. select the desired board of the MA5616.. Click . Ltd. . In the Workbench window. In the search result. Click Locate to Board. 13 . click Search. in the result of Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Then. including common configuration.3 Configuring the Attributes of the Upstream Port The MA5616 can be interconnected with the upstream device through upstream GPON/GE port. The MA5616 can be interconnected with the U2000 in inband or outband networking mode. and SNMP V3 respectively. Hence.7 Configuring a VLAN Service Profile Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the administrator can maintain and manage the device through the U2000. 3. SNMP V2c. 3. make sure that the VLAN configuration based on planning is complete. before configuring a service.. 3. and Layer 2 Control (L2C) OAM on the user ports. 3. 3. public configuration.1 Configuring the Maintenance Terminal This topic describes three modes of managing the MA5616 from the maintenance terminal. you can perform the configuration based on actual requirements. This topic describes how to configure the attributes of upstream GPON/GE port so that the device communicates successfully with the upstream device. VLANs have enhanced security and support expansion and flexible networking. These types of configurations do not have definite logic relations between each other. 3.4 Configuring the System Energy-Saving Function This topic describes how to power off an unnecessary board to reduce power consumption and save system energy. The MA5616 establishes an ANCP session according to the communication IP address of the General Switch Management Protocol (GSMP) that is used by the network access server (NAS).SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration 3 About This Chapter Basic Configuration This topic describes how to perform the basic configuration. Hence. and service preconfiguration. Therefore. line configuration. 3.2 Configuring the U2000 The MA5616 can be interconnected with Huawei iManager U2000 (hereinafter referred to as U2000). 14 .5 Configuring the ANCP Access Node Control Protocol (ANCP) is used to implement the functions such as topology discovery. The following part describes how to configure the inband networking and outband networking based on SNMP V1.6 Configuring a VLAN A virtual local area network (VLAN) is used to separate broadcast domains. Ltd. Configuring VLAN is a prerequisite for configuring a service. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.14 Configuring the ACL for Packet Filtering This topic describes the type.10 Configuring the System Clock This topic describes how to configure the system clock to restrict the clock frequency and phase of each node on a network within the preset tolerance scope. 3.15 Configuring QoS This topic describes how to configure quality of service (QoS) on the MA5616 to provide endto-end quality assurance for user services. 3.16 Configuring Environment Monitoring This topic provides concepts associated with environment monitoring and describes how to configure environment monitoring on the MA5616. IPv6 neighbor. 3. 3. Ltd.. and configuration of the ACL on the MA5616.12 Configuring System Security This topic describes how to configure the network security and protection measures of the system to protect the system from malicious attacks. After being bound to a service profile.9 Configuring a Route This topic describes how to configure Internet Protocol version 4 (IPv4) or Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6) routes on the MA5616. 3.8 Configuring Basic IPv6 Information This topic describes the IPv6 features supported by the MA5616. a VLAN has the attributes defined in the service profile.13 Configuring AAA This topic describes how to configure the AAA on the MA5616. 3. 3. The VLAN service profile is used to efficiently configure VLANs. and path maximum transmission unit (PMTU).11 Configuring the User Security Configuring the security mechanism can protect operation users and access users against user account theft and roaming or from the attacks from malicious users. 3. This prevents the deterioration of the TDM service quality caused by inaccurate signal timing at both the transmit and receive ends in the digital transmission system. The basic IPv6 configuration includes configuration of the IPv6 address. 15 . rule. including configuring the MA5616 as the local and remote AAA servers. which contains service-related VLAN parameters.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration This topic describes how to configure a virtual local area network (VLAN) service profile. 3. 3. Ltd.1. Networking Figure 3-1 shows an example network for configuring management through a local serial port.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration 3. Figure 3-2 Flowchart for configuring management through a local serial port Start Connect the serial port cable Start the HyperTerminal Set parameters of the HyperTerminal Set the terminal emulation type Set the line delay and the character delay Log in to the system End Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..1 Configuring the Maintenance Terminal This topic describes three modes of managing the MA5616 from the maintenance terminal. Figure 3-1 Example network for configuring management through a local serial port RS-232 serial port cable PC ONU Configuration Flowchart Figure 3-2 shows the flowchart for configuring management through a local serial port. log in to the MA5616. and then manage the MA5616 from the maintenance terminal. 16 .1 Configuring Management Through a Local Serial Port This topic describes how to connect the maintenance terminal to the MA5616 through a local serial port. SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration NOTE This topic uses Windows XP operating system as an example. Procedure Step 1 Connect the serial port cable. Use a standard RS-232 serial port cable to connect the serial port of the PC to the CONSOLE port (maintenance serial port) on the control board of the MA5616, as shown in Figure 3-1. Step 2 Start the HyperTerminal. 1. Set up a connection. Choose Start > Programs > Accessories > Communications > HyperTerminal on the PC. The Connection Description dialog box is displayed. Enter the connection name, as shown in Figure 3-3, and click OK. Figure 3-3 Setting up a connection 2. Set the serial port. On the PC that is connected to the MA5616, select the number of the PC terminal serial port. You can select "COM1" or "COM2". In this example, "COM2" is selected, as shown in Figure 3-4. Click OK. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 17 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Figure 3-4 Selecting the serial port ID Step 3 Set the communication parameters of the HyperTerminal. Set the parameters in the COM2 Properties dialog box, as shown in Figure 3-5. The parameters are as follows: l Baud rate: 9600 bit/s l Data bit: 8 l Parity: None l Stop bit: 1 l Flow control: None NOTE l The baud rate of the HyperTerminal must be the same as that of the serial port on the MA5616. By default, the baud rate of the serial port on the MA5616 is 9600 bit/s. l There may be illegible characters in the displayed input information after you log in to the system. This is because the baud rates between the HyperTerminal and the MA5616 are not the same. In this case, set a different baud rate to log in to the system. The system supports the baud rates of 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, and 115200 bit/s. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 18 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Figure 3-5 Setting the parameters of the HyperTerminal Click OK, and the HyperTerminal interface is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-6. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 19 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Figure 3-6 HyperTerminal interface Step 4 Set the terminal emulation type. Choose File > Properties on the HyperTerminal interface. In the dialog box that is displayed, click the Settings tab, and set the terminal emulation type to VT100 or Auto detect. Use default values for other parameters. Then, click OK, as shown in Figure 3-7. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 20 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Figure 3-7 Setting the terminal emulation type Step 5 Set the line delay and the character delay. Click ASCII Setup. In the dialog box that is displayed, set Line delay to 200 ms and Character delay to 200 ms, and use default values for other parameters. Click OK, as shown in Figure 3-8. NOTE l By default, Line delay is 0, and Character delay is 0. l When you paste a text to the HyperTerminal, the character delay controls the character transmit speed, and the line delay controls the interval of transmitting every line. If a delay is very short, loss of characters occurs. When the pasted text is displayed abnormally, modify the delay. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 21 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Figure 3-8 Setting the line delay and the character delay ----End Result On the HyperTerminal interface, press Enter, and the system prompts you to enter the user name. Enter the user name and the password for user registration (by default, the super user name is root and the password is mduadmin), and wait until the CLI prompt character is displayed. For instructions on CLI, see CLI Operation Characteristics. and then click on the operation interface. If your login still fails, If your login fails, click return to step 1 to check the parameter settings and the physical connections, and then try again. 3.1.2 Configuring Outband Management This topic describes how to connect the MA5616 to the maintenance terminal through an outband management port, log in to the MA5616, and then manage the MA5616. Prerequisites l l You must log in to the system through a local serial port. For the configuration process, see 3.1.1 Configuring Management Through a Local Serial Port. The IP address of the maintenance terminal must be properly configured. NOTE In the following operations, the configurations of the MA5616 must be performed through a local serial port. Networking - LAN Figure 3-9 shows an example network for configuring outband management over a LAN in the telnet mode. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 22 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Figure 3-9 Example network for configuring outband management over a LAN in the telnet mode ONU LAN PC PC PC In this example network, the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port of the MA5616 and the IP address of the maintenance terminal are in the same network segment. You can also manage the MA5616 through an outband channel by directly connecting the maintenance Ethernet port of the maintenance terminal to the maintenance Ethernet port on the control board of the MA5616. Data Plan - LAN Table 3-1 provides the data plan for configuring outband management over a LAN in the telnet mode. Table 3-1 Data plan for configuring outband management over a LAN in the telnet mode Item Maintenance Ethernet port of the MA5616 Ethernet port of the maintenance terminal Data IP address: 10.10.20.2/24 IP address: 10.10.20.3/24 Networking - WAN Figure 3-10 shows an example network for configuring outband management over a WAN in the telnet mode. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 23 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Figure 3-10 Example network for configuring outband management over a WAN in the telnet mode PC LAN Router PC PC ONU In this example network, the MA5616 is connected to the WAN through the maintenance Ethernet port. You can manage the MA5616 remotely from the maintenance terminal. Data Plan - WAN Table 3-2 provides the data plan for configuring outband management over a WAN in the telnet mode. Table 3-2 Data plan for configuring outband management over a WAN in the telnet mode Item Maintenance Ethernet port of the MA5616 Ethernet port of the maintenance terminal Port of the router connected to the MA5616 Data IP address: 10.10.20.2/24 IP address: 10.10.21.3/24 IP address: 10.10.20.254/24 Configuration Flowchart Figure 3-11 shows the flowchart for outband management in the telnet mode. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 24 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Figure 3-11 Flowchart for outband management in the telnet mode Start Set up the configuration environment Configure the IP address and subnet mask of the maintenance port Is it a WAN environment? No Yes Add a route Start Telnet on the maintenance terminal Log in to the system End Procedure Step 1 Set up the configuration environment. Figure 3-9 or Figure 3-10 shows how to set up the configuration environment according to the actual requirements and conditions. Step 2 In the meth mode, run the ip address command to configure the IP address and subnet mask of the maintenance Ethernet port of the MA5616. NOTE The default IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port is 10.11.104.2, and the subnet mask is 255.255.255.0. You can configure the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port based on the actual network planning. huawei(config)#interface meth 0 huawei(config-if-meth0)#ip address 10.10.20.2 24 Step 3 Add a route. l If the configuration environment is set up as shown in Figure 3-9, you need not add a route. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 25 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration l If the remote WAN management environment is set up as shown in Figure 3-10, run the ip route-static command to add a route to the next hop. huawei(config-if-meth0)#quit huawei(config)#ip route-static 10.10.21.0 24 10.10.20.254 Step 4 Start Telnet on the maintenance terminal. Choose Start > Run on the maintenance terminal. In the Open address bar, enter telnet 10.10.20.2 (10.10.20.2 is the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port of the MA5616), as shown in Figure 3-12 (considering the Windows OS as an example). Click OK, and the telnet interface is displayed. Figure 3-12 Starting Telnet Step 5 Log in to the MA5616. On the telnet interface, enter the user name and the password. By default, the super user name is root and the password is mduadmin. When the login is successful, the system displays the following information: >>User name:root >>User password: Huawei Integrated Access Software (MA5616). Copyright(C) Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2002-2011. All rights reserved. ----End Result After logging in to the MA5616, you can manage the MA5616. For instructions on CLI, see CLI Operation Characteristics. 3.1.3 Configuring Inband Management (GPON Upstream) This topic describes how to log in to the MA5616 through an OLT from the maintenance terminal to manage the MA5616. Prerequisites l l Issue 03 (2012-03-20) The physical connection between the MA5616 and the OLT must be normal. The IP address of the maintenance terminal must be properly configured. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 26 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Networking - LAN Figure 3-13 Example network for configuring inband management over a LAN in the GPON upstream mode LAN OLT PC ONU PC Networking - WAN Figure 3-14 Example network for configuring inband management over a WAN in the GPON upstream mode Router LAN OLT PC ONU PC Configuration Flowchart Figure 3-15 shows the flowchart for managing the MA5616 through an inband channel in the GPON upstream mode. NOTE In the GPON upstream mode, the MA5616 and the OLT are interconnected to implement inband management. All required configurations are performed on the OLT. This document provides only the flowchart for configuring the OLT. For the detailed configuration process, see the configuration guide corresponding to the OLT. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 27 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Figure 3-15 Flowchart for configuring inband management in the GPON upstream mode Start Set up the configuration environment Configure the L3 interface of the OLT Configure corresponding profiles Adding an ONU Configure the IP address of the ONU and the corresponding information Is it a WAN environment? Yes Add a route No Use Telnet to log in to the ONU through the OLT or maintenance terminal End Result After logging in to the MA5616 through the OLT or maintenance terminal, you can configure the MA5616. For instructions on CLI, see CLI Operation Characteristics. 3.1.4 Configuring Inband Management (GE Upstream) This topic describes how to use Telnet to log in to the MA5616 through an upstream port (inband management port) of the MA5616 for inband management. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 28 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Prerequisites l l You must be logged in to the system through a local serial port. For the configuration process, see 3.1.1 Configuring Management Through a Local Serial Port. The IP address of the maintenance terminal must be properly configured. NOTE In the following operations, the configurations of the MA5616 must be performed through a local serial port. Networking - LAN Figure 3-16 shows an example network for configuring inband management over a LAN in the telnet mode. Figure 3-16 Example network for configuring inband management over a LAN in the telnet mode LAN PC PC LAN Switch ONU PC Data Plan - LAN Table 3-3 provides the data plan for configuring inband management over a LAN in the telnet mode. Table 3-3 Data plan for configuring inband management over a LAN in the telnet mode Item Upstream port of the MA5616 Data l VLAN ID: 30 l Port ID: 0/0/1 l IP address: 10.10.20.2/24 Ethernet port of the maintenance terminal IP address: 10.10.20.3/24 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 29 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Networking - WAN Figure 3-17 shows an example network for configuring inband management over a WAN in the telnet mode. Figure 3-17 Example network for configuring inband management over a WAN in the telnet mode PC LAN Router PC PC LAN Switch ONU Data Plan - WAN Table 3-4 provides the data plan for configuring inband management over a WAN in the telnet mode. Table 3-4 Data plan for configuring inband management over a WAN in the telnet mode Item Upstream port of the MA5616 Data l VLAN ID: 30 l Port ID: 0/0/1 l IP address: 10.10.20.2/24 Ethernet port of the maintenance terminal Port of the LAN switch connected to the router IP address: 10.10.21.3/24 IP address: 10.10.20.3/24 Configuration Flowchart Figure 3-18 shows the flowchart for configuring inband management in the telnet mode. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 30 huawei(config)#vlan 30 smart Run the port vlan command to add an upstream port to the VLAN. Ltd. huawei(config)#port vlan 30 0/0 1 In the VLANIF mode. 3. Figure 3-16 or Figure 3-17 shows how to set up the configuration environment according to the actual requirements and conditions. Run the vlan command to create a VLAN. 1.255.255.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Figure 3-18 Flowchart for configuring inband management in the telnet mode Start Set up the configuration environment Configure the IP address of the VLAN L3 interface Is it a WAN environment? Yes Add a route No Start Telnet on the maintenance terminal Log in to the system End Procedure Step 1 Set up the configuration environment.20. run the ip address command to configure the IP address and subnet mask of the VLAN L3 interface.. l If the configuration environment is set up as shown in Figure 3-16. you need not add a route. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.0 Step 3 Add a route.10.2 255. Step 2 Configure the IP address of the VLAN L3 interface. 31 . huawei(config)#interface vlanif 30 huawei(config-if-vlanif30)#ip address 10. 2. Ltd. as shown in Figure 3-19 (considering the Windows OS as an example). Choose Start > Run on the maintenance terminal. and the telnet interface is displayed. Click OK.21. ----End Result After logging in to the MA5616. Copyright(C) Huawei Technologies Co.20.2 is the IP address of the VLAN L3 interface of the MA5616).0 24 10.20.10..2 (10.2 Configuring the U2000 The MA5616 can be interconnected with Huawei iManager U2000 (hereinafter referred to as U2000). 3. enter telnet 10. huawei(config)#save Step 5 Start Telnet.20..3 Step 4 Save the data. The MA5616 can be interconnected with the U2000 in inband or outband networking mode. 2002-2011. huawei(config-if-vlanif30)#quit huawei(config)#ip route-static 10. the system displays the following information: >>User name:root >>User password: Huawei Integrated Access Software (MA5616). In the Open address bar. When the login is successful. Hence. On the telnet interface. Ltd.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration l If the remote WAN management environment is set up as shown in Figure 3-17. Run the save command to save the data. Figure 3-19 Starting Telnet Step 6 Log in to the MA5616. enter the user name and the password. the administrator can maintain and manage the device through the U2000. see CLI Operation Characteristics. By default.10. For instructions on CLI. the super user name is root and the password is mduadmin. All rights reserved.10. The Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. you can manage the MA5616. run the ip route-static command to add a route to the next hop.10. 32 . 2 Configuring Outband Management. the communication port (GE upstream port) must be configured..1. The inband NMS management is implemented through the upstream port. Prerequisites l If the device is interconnected with the NMS in outband networking mode.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration following part describes how to configure the inband networking and outband networking based on SNMP V1. the MA5616 can be interconnected with the U2000 in inband or outband networking mode. the communication port (maintenance network port) must be configured. For detailed procedure. the communication port (GPON upstream port) must be configured. A static route is used between the MA5616 and the U2000. and SNMP V3 respectively. see 3. SNMP V2c. If the device is interconnected with the NMS through the GPON upstream port in inband networking mode. l l Networking .4 Configuring Inband Management (GE Upstream). the SNMP protocol is transmitted through the service channel. For detailed procedure. Service packets and management packets are transmitted through the same channel.3 Configuring Inband Management (GPON Upstream). For detailed procedure. l l The MA5616 supports the GPON/GE upstream port. If the device is interconnected with the NMS through the GE upstream port in inband networking mode. see 3. Figure 3-20 Inband networking NMS Client A NMS Client B Integrated NMS Center BRAS U2000 ONU OLT Service channel and Management channel Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 33 .1 Configuring the U2000 (Based on SNMPv1) When SNMPv1 is used. see 3. 3.2.1. Ltd.Inband Networking Mode As shown in Figure 3-20.1. Figure 3-21 Outband networking NMS client A NMS client B Integrated NMS Center BRAS U2000 LAN Switch Service channel ONU Management channel Configuration Flowchart Figure 3-22 shows the flowchart for configuring the NMS. the SNMP protocol is transmitted through the management channel. A static route is used between the MA5616 and the U2000.Outband Networking Mode As shown in Figure 3-21.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Networking . Service packets and management packets are transmitted through different channels.. 34 . Ltd. l l The MA5616 supports the local maintenance network port ETH. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The outband NMS management is implemented through the maintenance network port. Configure the community names and the access rights. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info contact HW-075528780808 huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info location Shenzhen_China c. Set the SNMP version. Ltd.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Figure 3-22 Flowchart for configuring the NMS Flowchart for configuring the MXU Start Set the SNMP parameters Enable trap sending Set the IP address of the target host for traps Set the source address for traps sending Save the data End Procedure l Configuration procedure on the device 1. huawei(config)#snmp-agent community read public huawei(config)#snmp-agent community write private b.. 35 . NOTE The read community name is public. Run the snmp-agent sys-info command to set the required SNMP version. Configure the SNMP parameters. The read community name and the write community name on the device must be the same as those configured on the U2000. Run the snmp-agent sys-info command to set the contact of the SNMP Agent administrator and the physical position of the device. Contact of the administrator: HW-075528780808. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. (Optional) Set the information about the administrator. The write community name is private. Run the snmp-agent community command to configure the community names and the access rights. Physical position of the device: Shenzhen_China. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info version v1 NOTE The SNMP version on the device must be the same as that configured on the U2000. a. Configure the IP address of the gateway from the NMS server to network segment 10. Add a route from the NMS to the device. Run the save command to save the data.1 command to add a route. and the security name is private (that is.1.1.10. the SNMP version is V1.10.10. The default values on the NMS is 162 and is recommended. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the IP address of the maintenance network port is used as the source IP address of the traps. Configure the source IP address of the traps.1. This step can be omitted because the MA5616 can be automatically discovered through the OLT. 36 . the IP address of the upstream port is used as the source IP address of the traps. Save the data. the IP address of the host is 10. do as follows: Run the route add 10. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap enable standard 3.1. 1. Run the snmp-agent trap enable command on the device to enable the function of sending traps to the NMS.0/24 to 10..1.10. huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-hostname huawei address 10. the name of the target host is ABC.0 10.50.10/24 (that is. Ltd. After the function is enabled. – In the Solaris operating system (OS). The host name is huawei. Run the snmp-agent target-host trap-hostnamehostnameaddressip-addr [ udpportudp-portid ] trap-paramsnameparamsname command to configure the IP address of the target host of the traps. the SNMP community name). Configure the IP address of the target host of the traps. NOTE This document considers the outband networking mode as an example.10 trap-paramsname ABC huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-paramsname ABC v1 securityname private NOTE udp-port: is the destination host port ID of traps. huawei(config)#save l Configuration procedure on the NMS NOTE In inband networking mode. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap source meth 0 5. you need to follow this step to perform the configuration on the NMS. In outband networking mode.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration 2. Enable the function of sending traps.1. the device reports abnormal events to the NMS server. – In outband networking mode. The default value (162) takes effect if you do not specify a value. you only need to perform the configuration on the MA5616.1. the IP address of the U2000). – In inband networking mode.50. Run the snmp-agent trap source command to configure the source IP address of the traps. 4. 4.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Run the netstat -r command to query the information about the current routing table. Add a device. Then. 2. b. Choose Administration > NE Communicate Parameter > Default Access Protocol Parameters from the main menu. – In the Windows OS. do as follows: a. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set relevant parameters. the SNMP parameters are configured. and then choose New > NE from the shortcut menu. c. The default value on the NMS is 161 and is recommended. Run the route print command to query the information about the current routing table. and then set other parameters according to the plan. click the SNMPv1 Parameters tab.255. NOTE NE Port: is the management port ID. do as follows: Run the route add 10. Right-click in the main topology. and then click Add. a. Log in to the U2000. Configure the SNMP parameters.1 command to add a route.1.255.1.0 mask 255. d. In the dialog box that is displayed. NOTE If the IP address of the outband NMS port and the IP address of the U2000 are in the same network segment. If you need to configure a new profile. In Default Access Protocol Parameters. Set the profile name.0 10.. you need not configure the route.10. 37 .50. Click OK. 3. Ltd. b. NOTE A default SNMP profile exists in the system and is used in this example. l Select the SNMP parameters based on the selected SNMP protocol. snmp-agent snmp-agent snmp-agent snmp-agent snmp-agent snmp-agent snmp-agent snmp-agent snmp-agent save community read public community write private sys-info contact HW-075528780808 sys-info location Shenzhen_China sys-info version v1 trap enable standard target-host trap-hostname huawei address 10. the system automatically updates the device icon.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration NOTE l The IP address is the management IP address of the MA5616. The management VLAN ID of the upstream port is 30.10. Configuration File The following part provides the script for configuring the outband NMS (on the device). c. snmp-agent snmp-agent snmp-agent snmp-agent snmp-agent community read public community write private sys-info contact HW-075528780808 sys-info location Shenzhen_China sys-info version v1 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Click OK.. Several seconds to some 10 minutes are required for uploading the device data. Ltd.10 trap-paramsname ABC target-host trap-paramsname ABC v1 securityname private trap source meth 0 The following part provides the script for configuring the inband NMS (on the device). This section considers the SNMP V1 default profile as an example. After reading the related data.1. You can select the profile according to the plan. ----End Result You can maintain and manage the MA5616 through the U2000. 38 . 2 Configuring the U2000 (Based on SNMPv2c) When SNMPv2c is used. For detailed procedure.1.4 Configuring Inband Management (GE Upstream).1 Configuring the U2000 (Based on SNMPv1). the SNMP protocol is transmitted through the service channel. see 3. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Configure the community names and the access rights. If the device is interconnected with the NMS through the GE upstream port in inband networking mode. see 3. the communication port (GE upstream port) must be configured.2. A static route is used between the MA5616 and the U2000.. the communication port (GPON upstream port) must be configured.1 Configuring the U2000 (Based on SNMPv1).2. l l The MA5616 supports the local maintenance network port ETH. the MA5616 can be interconnected with the U2000 in inband or outband networking mode. 39 . Service packets and management packets are transmitted through different channels. Configure the SNMP parameters. Procedure l Configuration procedure on the device 1. the communication port (maintenance network port) must be configured. For detailed procedure. A static route is used between the MA5616 and the U2000. a. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.3 Configuring Inband Management (GPON Upstream). l l The MA5616 supports GPON/GE upstream port. Prerequisites l If the device is interconnected with the NMS in outband networking mode.1 Configuring the U2000 (Based on SNMPv1).2 Configuring Outband Management.2. Service packets and management packets are transmitted through the same channel.10 trap-paramsname ABC trap-paramsname ABC v1 securityname private vlanif 30 3.Inband Networking Mode As shown in the inband networking in 3.2. Configuration Flowchart To configure the NMS. The inband NMS management is implemented through the upstream port. Networking . The outband NMS management is implemented through the maintenance network port. l l Networking .Outband Networking Mode As shown in the inband networking in 3.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide snmp-agent snmp-agent snmp-agent snmp-agent save trap enable target-host target-host trap source 3 Basic Configuration standard trap-hostname huawei address 10.1.1. the SNMP protocol is transmitted through the management channel. see 3. For detailed procedure.1. If the device is interconnected with the NMS through the GPON upstream port in inband networking mode. Ltd.10. see the flowchart for configuring the NMS in 3. the SNMP community name). Run the snmp-agent trap enable command on the device to enable the function of sending traps to the NMS. The default value (162) takes effect if you do not specify a value. – In inband networking mode.10/24 (that is. NOTE The read community name is public. The read community name and the write community name on the device must be the same as those configured on the U2000. the IP address of the U2000). Contact of the administrator: HW-075528780808.10. the device reports abnormal events to the NMS server. The write community name is private.. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap enable standard 3. 2. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info version v2c NOTE The SNMP version on the device must be the same as that configured on the U2000. Enable the function of sending traps. Ltd. the name of the target host is ABC. Run the snmp-agent trap source command to configure the source IP address of the traps. huawei(config)#snmp-agent community read public huawei(config)#snmp-agent community write private b. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1. Run the snmp-agent sys-info command to set the required SNMP version. 40 . (Optional) Set the information about the administrator.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Run the snmp-agent community command to configure the community names and the access rights. Set the SNMP version. the IP address of the host is 10. the SNMP version is V2c.1. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info contact HW-075528780808 huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info location XA_China c. Configure the source IP address of the traps. Run the snmp-agent target-host trap-hostnamehostnameaddressip-addr [ udpportudp-portid ] trap-paramsnameparamsname command to configure the IP address of the target host of the traps. and the security name is private (that is. The default values on the NMS is 162 and is recommended. The host name is huawei. Run the snmp-agent sys-info command to set the contact of the SNMP Agent administrator and the physical position of the device. the IP address of the upstream port is used as the source IP address of the traps. After the function is enabled. huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-hostname huawei address 10. 4.10 trap-paramsname ABC huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-paramsname ABC v2c securityname private NOTE udp-port: is the destination host port ID of traps.10. Physical position of the device: Shenzhen_China. Configure the IP address of the target host of the traps. If you need to configure a new profile.0 10.0/24 to 10. Add a route from the NMS to the device. – In the Solaris operating system (OS). NOTE A default SNMP profile exists in the system and is considered in this example. you need not configure the route. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap source meth 0 5. Run the save command to save the data. 2.0 mask 255. Log in to the U2000.255.50.50. Configure the IP address of the gateway from the NMS server to network segment 10.1.1. NOTE This document considers the outband networking mode as an example.1. Run the netstat -r command to query the information about the current routing table.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration – In outband networking mode. click the SNMPv2 Parameters tab. 41 . do as follows: a.255.0 10. and then click Add.10.1.1. In outband networking mode. Ltd. the IP address of the maintenance network port is used as the source IP address of the traps. NOTE If the IP address of the outband NMS port and the IP address of the U2000 are in the same network segment.50..1.1 command to add a route. you need to follow this step to perform the configuration on the NMS. c. Run the route print command to query the information about the current routing table.10. 1. – In the Windows OS. 3. do as follows: Run the route add 10. Set the profile name. b. do as follows: Run the route add 10. you only need to perform the configuration on the MA5616. and then set other parameters according to the plan. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In Default Access Protocol Parameters. Configure the SNMP parameters.1 command to add a route.1. This step can be omitted because the MA5616 can be automatically discovered through the OLT.10. Save the data. huawei(config)#save l Configuration procedure on the NMS NOTE In inband networking mode. Choose Administration > NE Communicate Parameter > Default Access Protocol Parameters from the main menu. Ltd. and then choose New > NE from the shortcut menu. 4. a. Click OK. the system automatically updates the device icon..10 trap-paramsname ABC Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. This section considers the SNMP V2 default profile as an example. d. In the dialog box that is displayed. snmp-agent snmp-agent snmp-agent snmp-agent snmp-agent snmp-agent snmp-agent community read public community write private sys-info contact HW-075528780808 sys-info location Shenzhen_China sys-info version v2c trap enable standard target-host trap-hostname huawei address 10. Add a device. Configuration File The following part provides the script for configuring the outband NMS (on the device). Several seconds to some 10 minutes are required for uploading the device data. Right-click in the main topology. After reading the related data.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 3 Basic Configuration NE Port: is the management port ID. You can select the profile corresponds to the actual planning.1. ----End Result You can maintain and manage the MA5616 through the U2000. The default value on the NMS is 161 and is recommended. Click OK. Then. set relevant parameters. the SNMP parameters are configured. b. NOTE l The IP address is the management IP address of the MA5616. l Select the SNMP parameters based on the selected SNMP version. 42 . c.10. 10. l l Issue 03 (2012-03-20) The MA5616 supports the local maintenance network port ETH.10 trap-paramsname ABC target-host trap-paramsname ABC v2c securityname private trap source vlanif 30 3. Service packets and management packets are transmitted through different channels. Prerequisites l If the device is interconnected with the NMS in outband networking mode. Networking .Inband Networking Mode As shown in the inband networking in 3.2. snmp-agent snmp-agent snmp-agent snmp-agent snmp-agent snmp-agent snmp-agent snmp-agent snmp-agent save community read public community write private sys-info contact HW-075528780808 sys-info location Shenzhen_China sys-info version v2c trap enable standard target-host trap-hostname huawei address 10.Outband Networking Mode As shown in the outband networking in 3.1.2.. the SNMP protocol is transmitted through the management channel. the communication port (maintenance network port) must be configured.1.3 Configuring Inband Management (GPON Upstream). the communication port (GE upstream port) must be configured.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration snmp-agent target-host trap-paramsname ABC v2c securityname private snmp-agent trap source meth 0 save The following part provides the script for configuring the inband NMS (on the device). see 3.1 Configuring the U2000 (Based on SNMPv1). the MA5616 can be interconnected with the U2000 in inband or outband networking mode.1.3 Configuring the U2000 (Based on SNMPv3) When SNMPv3 is used. The inband NMS management is implemented through the upstream port. If the device is interconnected with the NMS through the GPON upstream port in inband networking mode. l l Networking .1 Configuring the U2000 (Based on SNMPv1).1.2 Configuring Outband Management. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the SNMP protocol is transmitted through the service channel. For detailed procedure. For detailed procedure. see 3.2. For detailed procedure. A static route is used between the MA5616 and the U2000. If the device is interconnected with the NMS through the GE upstream port in inband networking mode. A static route is used between the MA5616 and the U2000. 43 . The outband NMS management is implemented through the maintenance network port. the communication port (GPON upstream port) must be configured. The management VLAN ID of the upstream port is 30.4 Configuring Inband Management (GE Upstream). Ltd. see 3. l l The MA5616 supports GPON/GE upstream port. Service packets and management packets are transmitted through the same channel. see the flowchart for configuring the NMS in 3. After the function is enabled. group. the device reports abnormal events to the NMS server. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Configure the IP address of the target host of the traps.. Ltd. The user name is user1. the encryption password is prikey123. Run the snmp-agent sys-info command to set the required SNMP version. (Optional) Set the information about the administrator and the device. the authentication password is authkey123.1 Configuring the U2000 (Based on SNMPv1). Configure the SNMP parameters. the user authentication mode is MD5. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info contact HW-075528780808 huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info location Shenzhen_China c. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info version v3 NOTE The SNMP version on the device must be the same as that configured on the U2000. (Optional) Configure the engine ID of the SNMP entity.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Configuration Flowchart To configure the NMS. Run the snmp-agent local-engineid command to configure the engine ID of the SNMP environment to 0123456789. the group name is group1. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap enable standard 3. Procedure l Configuration procedure on the device 1. all users must be reconfigured. Run the snmp-agent trap enable command on the device to enable the function of sending traps to the NMS. proceed? (y/n)[n]:y d. Run the snmp-agent sys-info command to set the contact of the SNMP Agent administrator and the physical position of the device. and view. Physical position of the device: Shenzhen_China. huawei(config)#snmp-agent usm-user v3 user1 group1 authenticationmode md5 authk ey123 privacy-mode des56 prikey123 huawei(config)#snmp-agent group v3 group1 privacy read-view hardy write-view hardy huawei(config)#snmp-agent mib-view hardy include internet b. NOTE The engine ID of the SNMP environment must be the same as that configured on the U2000. the user encryption mode is des56. Configure the SNMP user. 2.2. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. a. huawei(config)#snmp-agent local-engineid 0123456789 Info: Modify the local-engineid will disable the configured SNMPv3 user. Enable the function of sending traps. Contact of the administrator: HW-075528780808. and the view includes the Internet subtree. the read and write view names are hardy. Set the SNMP version. 44 . NOTE This document considers the outband networking mode as an example. huawei(config)#save l Configuration procedure on the NMS 1. the IP address of the maintenance network port is used as the source IP address of the traps. the security name is the USM user name). do as follows: Run the route add 10. the SNMP version is V3. Run the netstat -r command to query the information about the current routing table. – In inband networking mode. Run the save command to save the data.0 mask 255.50.255.1. the IP address of the upstream port is used as the source IP address of the traps.1. do as follows: Run the route add 10. 45 . Configure the source IP address of the traps. NOTE If the IP address of the outband NMS port and the IP address of the U2000 are in the same network segment. the IP address of the U2000). – In outband networking mode.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Run the snmp-agent target-host trap-hostnamehostnameaddressip-addr [ udpportudp-portid ] trap-paramsnameparamsname command to configure the IP address of the target host of the traps.1 command to add a route.10.1.10.10 trap-paramsname ABC huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-paramsname ABC v3 securityname user1 privacy NOTE udp-port: is the destination host port ID of traps.50. the name of the target host is ABC. The default values on the NMS is 162 and is recommended. the IP address of the host is 10. 4. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1.10/24 (that is.1 command to add a route.1.10. huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-hostname huawei address 10.10.50.0 10. – In the Solaris operating system (OS).10. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap source meth 0 5.0/24 to 10. – In the Windows OS. you need not configure the route. Ltd.1. Run the route print command to query the information about the current routing table. Configure the IP address of the gateway from the NMS server to network segment 10. Save the data.255. The host name is huawei. Run the snmp-agent trap source command to configure the source IP address of the traps. The default value (162) takes effect if you do not specify a value. and the traps are authenticated and encrypted. the security name is user1 (when SNMP V3 is used.1.1.0 10. Add a route from the NMS to the device..1. the SNMP parameters are configured. and then click Add.. b. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Click OK. The default value on the NMS is 161 and is recommended. 3. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and then choose New > NE from the shortcut menu. Then. In the dialog box that is displayed. click OK. and then click behind the parameter. Select corresponding protocol type in Priv Protocol and Auth Protocol. . NOTE NE User. b. Priv Protocol and the password. NOTE NE Port: is the management port ID. Log in to the U2000. Right-click in the main topology. In Default Access Protocol Parameters. The display snmp-agent localengineid command is used to query the environment engine ID configured on the MA5616. Choose Administration > NE Communicate Parameter > Default Access Protocol Parameters from the main menu. 46 Add a device. Set the profile name. click the SNMPv3 Parameters tab. a. and authentication protocol configured on the MA5616. a. Then. 4. data encryption protocol. Configure the SNMP parameters. set relevant parameters. set the passwords for Priv Protocol and Auth Protocol. d. c. and then set other parameters according to the plan. and Auth Protocol and the password must be the same as those configured on the MA5616. In the Password dialog box.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration 2. e. The display snmpagent usm-user command is used to query the device user. Ltd. Context Engine ID. SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration NOTE l The IP address is the management IP address of the MA5616. snmp-agent usm-user v3 user1 group1 authentication-mode md5 authkey123 privacy-mode Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..1. Click OK.10 trap-paramsname ABC snmp-agent target-host trap-paramsname ABC v3 securityname user1 privacy snmp-agent trap source meth 0 save The following part provides the script for configuring the inband NMS (on the device). The management VLAN ID of the upstream port is 30. ----End Result You can maintain and manage the MA5616 through the U2000. This section considers the SNMP V3: huawei profile as an example. the system automatically updates the device icon. l Select the SNMP parameters based on the selected SNMP version. Configuration File The following part provides the script for configuring the outband NMS (on the device). After reading the related. Ltd. You can select the profile according to the plan. snmp-agent usm-user v3 user1 group1 authentication-mode md5 authkey123 privacy-mode des56 prikey123 snmp-agent group v3 group1 privacy read-view hardy write-view hardy snmp-agent mib-view hardy include internet snmp-agent sys-info contact HW-075528780808 snmp-agent sys-info location Shenzhen_China snmp-agent local-engineid 0123456789 snmp-agent sys-info version v3 snmp-agent trap enable standard snmp-agent target-host trap-hostname huawei address 10. 47 . Several seconds to some 10 minutes are required for uploading the device data. c.10. 3 Configuring the Attributes of the Upstream Port The MA5616 can be interconnected with the upstream device through upstream GPON/GE port. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l EPON port: is always set as an uplink port. Prerequisites If you configure the MA5616 in offline mode. l GPON port: is always set as an uplink port. 48 .. For details about the configuration principles. NOTE The CCUC control board supports this command and the CCUB control board does not support.1 (Optional) Configuring an Uplink Ethernet Port This topic describes how to configure a specified uplink Ethernet port so that the system can use it to communicate with an upper-layer device. This topic describes how to configure the attributes of upstream GPON/GE port so that the device communicates successfully with the upstream device. When two MA5616s are cascaded.1. set GE port 0 on the upper-layer device as the cascaded port and set GE port 0 on the lower-layer device as the uplink port.3. Ltd.10 trap-paramsname ABC snmp-agent target-host trap-paramsname ABC v3 securityname user1 privacy snmp-agent trap source vlanif 30 save 3. multiple devices can be cascaded using GE ports to extend the network coverage and meet the requirements for large access capacity. On the network. EP1A l GE port 0: is set as a cascaded or uplink port. the port mode is configured using the port mode command. ensure that the attributes of the Ethernet port connecting the two devices are the same. Therefore. The MA5616 supports Ethernet cascading network. Background Information The MA5616 must be interconnected with an upper-layer device through Ethernet port.10. Table 3-5 Configuration principles of uplink and cascaded ports on an MA5616 Control Board Daughter Board on the Control Board GP1A Configuration Principles CCUB l GE port 0: is set as a cascaded or uplink port. 3.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration des56 prikey123 snmp-agent group v3 group1 privacy read-view hardy write-view hardy snmp-agent mib-view hardy include internet snmp-agent sys-info contact HW-075528780808 snmp-agent sys-info location Shenzhen_China snmp-agent local-engineid 0123456789 snmp-agent sys-info version v3 snmp-agent trap enable standard snmp-agent target-host trap-hostname huawei address 10. see Table 3-5. Set the auto negotiation mode of the Ethernet port. – After the auto negotiation mode is enabled. Duplex mode Auto negotiation N/A NOTE After the auto negotiation mode of a port is disabled.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Control Board Daughter Board on the Control Board GE1A Configuration Principles l GE port 0: is set as a cascaded or uplink port. configure the duplex mode. You can enable or disable the auto negotiation mode. Default Settings Table 3-6 lists the default settings of Ethernet port attributes. l GE port 1: is always set as an uplink port. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 49 . Network cable adaptation mode Flow control Not supported l FE electrical port: auto l GE electrical port: normal Disabled Disabled Procedure l Configure the physical attributes of an Ethernet port. configure the port rate.. CCUC UP2A/UP2C l GE port 0: is set as a cascaded or uplink port. l GE port 1: is always set as an uplink port. Ltd. Run the auto-neg command to set the auto negotiation mode of the Ethernet port. the port automatically negotiates with the peer port for the rate and working mode. 1. Table 3-6 Default settings of Ethernet port attributes Parameter Auto negotiation mode Rate Default Setting (Optical Port) Enabled Auto negotiation Default Setting (Electrical Port) Enabled N/A NOTE After the auto negotiation mode of a port is disabled. see Table 3-5. ensure that: – The ports of two interconnected devices work in the same duplex mode. When configuring the network cable adaptation mode. Configure the network cable adaptation mode of the Ethernet port. Run the combo-mode command to switch the optical/electrical adaptation mode of the Ethernet port. or auto negotiation. l Configure an Ethernet cascaded port. – The auto negotiation mode is disabled. – If an Ethernet electrical port works in forced mode (the auto negotiation mode is disabled). In this mode. the optical/electrical adaptation mode of a cascaded port must be the same as that of an uplink port.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration – After the auto negotiation mode is disabled. Run the mdi command to configure the network cable adaptation mode of the Ethernet port to match the actual network cable. This prevents communication failures. 3. uplink GE port 0 on the daughter board or GE electrical port 0 on the front panel can be selected. the rate and working mode of the port are in the forced mode (the two attributes use default values or are set using command line interface (CLI)). The recommended mode is autoadaptation because the setting ensures that the system can select a mode automatically.. – across: The crossover cable is used as the network cable. Ltd. the network cable adaptation mode of the port cannot be configured to auto. When setting the rate. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the network cable connecting to the Ethernet port must be a crossover cable. A GE port supports optical and electrical modes: – For a CCUB control board. When setting the duplex mode. 50 . Run the network-role command to set the port as an uplink or cascaded port. This prevents communication failures. In this mode. For details about the configuration principles of uplink or cascaded ports. After the port rate is set successfully. Run the speed command to set the rate of the Ethernet port. Configure the duplex mode of the Ethernet port. – The auto negotiation mode of the Ethernet port is disabled. 4. the network cable connecting to the Ethernet port must be a straight-through cable. – auto: The network cable is selected in auto negotiation mode. 2. ensure that: – The rate of the Ethernet port is the same as that of the interconnected port on the upper-layer device. half-duplex. the port works at the preset rate. The duplex mode of an Ethernet port can be full-duplex. Set the rate of the Ethernet port. Run the duplex command to configure the duplex mode of the Ethernet port. 2. In this mode. pay attention to the following points: – The Ethernet optical port does not support the network cable adaptation mode. the network cable can be a straight-through or crossover cable. The network adaptation modes are classified into: – normal: The straight-through cable is used as the network cable. 1. Only one port is used at a time. On a cascading network. the port attribute can be configured only after the port mode is configured using the port mode command.. the parameters of port 0/0/1 are the same as those of port 0/0/0. Prerequisites If you configure the MA5616 in offline mode. ----End Example Assume that an Ethernet port on the 0/0/1 has the following attributes: l l l l l Optical/Electrical adaptation mode: optical Rate: 1000 Mbit/s Duplex mode: full-duplex Flow control: enabled Auto negotiation mode: not enabled To configure the Ethernet port. set the working mode of an optical module. l Set the alarm thresholds for the receive optical power of the optical module. Run the optical-module threshold (in GPONNNI mode) command to set the alarm thresholds for the receive optical power of the optical module. After the setting. Only one port is used at a time. and set the alarm thresholds for the receive optical power of the optical module through an uplink GPON port. Procedure l Set the password for registering with an OLT. do as follows: huawei(config)#interface eth 0/0 huawei(config-if-eth-0/0)#auto-neg 1 disable huawei(config-if-eth-0/0)#speed 1 1000 huawei(config-if-eth-0/0)#duplex 1 full huawei(config-if-eth-0/0)#flow-control 1 3. If the alarm thresholds are set successfully and the receive optical power of the optical module is beyond the upper or Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. NOTE When dual GPON ports are used for upstream transmission. 51 . Run the mirror port command to mirror the Ethernet port. only 0/0/1 port can be set. Run the password (in GPONNNI mode) command to set the registration password of the current device that functions as a GPON ONU. Only one port is used at a time. l l Run the flow-control command to enable the flow control on the Ethernet port. Ltd.3.2 Configuring the Attributes of an Uplink GPON Port This topic describes how to query the statistics for a port.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration – For a CCUC control board: – The uplink port on the daughter board supports GE optical or electrical module and provides GE optical or electrical port. – Uplink port 0 on the daughter board or GE electrical port 0 on the front panel can be selected. 52 . Context The MA5616 supports manual energy-saving mode. This mode is used to detect the transmit power of an optical port. This mode is used in a test or to locate a fault. l Query the statistics for the port. Ltd. run the following command: huawei(config-if-gponnni-0/0/0)#password { passwordvalue<S><Length 1-10> }:huawei Command: password huawei huawei(config-if-gponnni-0/0/0)#optical-module threshold rx-power lower-limit 5 upper-limit 50 { <cr>|bias<K>|temperature<K>|tx-power<K>|voltage<K> }: Command: optical-module threshold rx-power lower-limit 5 upper-limit 50 huawei(config-if-gponnni-0/0/0)#laser auto 3. Before setting the working mode to off. ----End Example To set the password for registering with an OLT through a GPON port. you can manually power off a board that is not used according to data plan to reduce energy consumption. Prerequisites The board supports power-off and energy-saving modes. Manual energy-saving allows you to power off a board manually. – off: disables the optical port. or off.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration lower threshold. – on: indicates the continuous optical signal transmission mode. the optical port is working properly and services are running properly. When this mode is used. When the detection is complete. set the working mode to auto.. ensure that the uplink port does not carry services. set the lower limit for the receive optical power of an optical module to 5 dBm and the upper limit for the receive optical power to 50 dBm. – auto: indicates the automatic optical signal transmission mode. Run the display gpon-port statistic command to query the traffic information and line status of the GPON port. l Set the working mode of the optical module of the uplink GPON port. Specifically. the system immediately generates an alarm indicating that the optical power is abnormal.4 Configuring the System Energy-Saving Function This topic describes how to power off an unnecessary board to reduce power consumption and save system energy. When you are about to provision a service on a board Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the laser (in GPONNNI mode) command to set the working mode of the optical module to auto. on. set the working mode of the optical module of the uplink PON port to auto. – Run the undo broad-service power-off shutdown command to enable disabled bandwidth services. the system displays a message indicating that the board is powered off. and Layer 2 Control (L2C) OAM on the user ports. the energy-saving mode is disabled. Are you sure to power off the board?(y/n)[n]y The board is powered off successfully huawei(config)#display board 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------SlotID BoardName Status SubType0 SubType1 Online/Offline ------------------------------------------------------------------------0 H831CCUB Active_normal GP1A ASDA 1 H838ASPB Normal Online 2 H835ADLE Normal Online 3 4 H838ASRB Shutdown(manual) Online 5 H831PAIA Normal ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Procedure l Run the board power-off command to manually power off a board. By default. manually power off the board to reduce energy consumption. – When an AC-powered device is powered off and is powered by a battery. In this case. 53 . The MA5616 establishes an ANCP session according to the communication IP address of the General Switch Management Protocol (GSMP) that is used by the network access server (NAS). l Run the broad-service power-off shutdown command to disable bandwidth services. do as follows: huawei(config)#board power-off 0/4 Powering off the board will interrupt the running services. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. line configuration. Ltd.5 Configuring the ANCP Access Node Control Protocol (ANCP) is used to implement the functions such as topology discovery. ----End Example To manually power off an ASRB board that is not used and in slot 0/4 of an MA5616 to reduce energy consumption. disable bandwidth services so that narrowband services can be used for a long time. – After a board is power off manually. power on the board manually.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration that is manually powered off. CAUTION Exercise caution when running this command because this command will interrupt services on a board. run the board power-on command to power on the board. – When a board is not configured with any service. the MA5616 and the NAS need to use the ANCP ACK packets for heartbeat detection to maintain the ANCP session. Therefore. an ANCP session is created between the MA5616 and the NAS. The default value is all.. multicast IP address. the DSLAM responds to the line testing information that is sent by the NAS. Step 4 (Optional) Run the ancp ancp-8021p command to set the priority for sending ANCP packets. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the system supports 60 ANCP sessions. line-config. line configuration. When you select topology-discovery parameter.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Background Information l The MA5616 and the NAS use the TCP connection to carry an ANCP session.0. The NAS functions as the server of the TCP connection. or broadcast IP address. When you select oam parameter. You can set the priority according to the actual requirements and network conditions. Step 2 Run the ancp ip command to configure the GSMP communication IP address for the ANCP session. the three capabilities (topology discovery. l Supports line configuration.0. 54 .1s) l l Procedure Step 1 Run the ancp session command to enter the ANCP session mode. and oam – ANCP packet sending priority: 6 – GSMP TCP communication port ID on the NAS side in an ANCP session: 6068 – Interval for sending packets during the initial stage of an ANCP session: 10 (unit: 0. After the TCP connection is created successfully between the MA5616 and the NAS. the DSLAM automatically reports the line parameters to the NAS. and the MA5616 functions as the client of the TCP connection. the higher the reliability. Ltd. when you select all.1s) – Interval for sending packets during the ANCP session stage: 100 (unit: 0. the GSMP communication IP address cannot be configured. you must create a TCP connection between the MA5616 and the NAS. l The IP address configured here must be the same as the GSMP communication IP address configured on the NAS. Step 3 (Optional) Run the ancp capability command to configure the capability set of the ANCP session. the higher the priority. l Supports the preceding three types of capabilities. When you select line-config parameter. that is.0 – ANCP session capability set: topology-discovery. but it should to not be the same as the default IP address. l When an ANCP session is enabled. l Supports the OAM. the DSLAM responds to the line configuration that is sent by the NAS. l Supports topology discovery. before creating the ANCP session. and L2C OAM) are supported. After the ANCP session is created successfully. The default values of the ANCP parameters are as follows: – GSMP communication IP address for an ANCP session: 0. NOTE Currently. The GSMP TCP communication port ID on the NAS side in an ANCP session is 6000. Step 10 Run the display ancp session command to query the information about the ANCP session. To perform the preceding configurations.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 3 Basic Configuration After an ANCP session is enabled. the GSMP TCP communication port ID is 6068. NOTE After an ANCP session is enabled. the interval is 25s. the priority for sending the ANCP packet of the ANCP session cannot be configured.10. the priority for sending the ANCP packet of the ANCP session cannot be configured. Step 8 Run the ancp enable command to enable the ANCP function. The GSMP TCP communication port ID on the MA5616 must be the same as that on the NAS. do as follows: huawei(config)#ancp session 1 huawei(config-session-1)#ancp ip 10. 55 . By default. Ltd. related parameters cannot be modified. Step 6 (Optional) Run the ancp init-interval command to set the interval for sending packets during the establishment of the ANCP session. related parameters can be modified..10 huawei(config-session-1)#ancp capability topology-discovery huawei(config-session-1)#ancp ancp-8021p 7 huawei(config-session-1)#ancp nas-tcp-port 6000 huawei(config-session-1)#ancp init-interval 20 huawei(config-session-1)#ancp keep-alive 70 huawei(config-session-1)#ancp enable huawei(config-session-1)#quit huawei(config)#display ancp session 1 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The ANCP packet sending priority is 7. By default. the priority for sending the ANCP packet of the ANCP session cannot be configured. The ANCP function is enabled. By default. The interval for sending packets during the initial stage of an ANCP session is 2s.10. the ANCP function is disabled. ----End Example Assume that: l l l l l l l The GSMP communication IP address for an ANCP session is 10. NOTE After an ANCP session is enabled. After an ANCP session is enabled. Step 9 Run the quit command to quit the ANCP mode.10. NOTE Before an ANCP session is enabled. Step 5 (Optional) Run the ancp nas-tcp-port command to set the GSMP TCP communication port ID for the ANCP session on the NAS.10. By default. The ANCP session capability set is topology-discovery. Step 7 (Optional) Run the ancp keep-alive command to set the interval for sending packets during the ACNP session so that the handshake messages can be sent to the peer end at the preset interval. the general query interval is 1s. The interval for sending packets during the ANCP session stage is 7s.10. 6 Configuring a VLAN A virtual local area network (VLAN) is used to separate broadcast domains. 56 .10. Application Scenario VLAN application is specific to user types.01s) Discontinuity time(0.10. VLANs have enhanced security and support expansion and flexible networking.1s) PartitionID Partition used status Bandwidth CAC status Line config roll default OAM threshold(0. Prerequisites The ID of the planned VLAN is not occupied. Ltd. For details on the VLAN application.10 TopologyDiscovery 6000 20 70 0 Disable Disable 100 10 7 Disable Disable 3 Basic Configuration 3. see Table 3-7.01s) Init interval(0. make sure that the VLAN configuration based on planning is complete. Hence..1s) Keepalive interval(0. Configuring VLAN is a prerequisite for configuring a service.01) Topology report shaper interval(0.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide Session config status Session running status Session diagnostic status GSMP version GSMP sub version Configured AN name AN name NAS name NAS IP Local IP AN instance NAS instance Config capabilities Negotiate capabilities NAS TCP port Startup time(0.1s) S-VLAN S-VLAN priority C-VLAN C-VLAN priority Session down send trap status Session up send trap status : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Enable Before syn phase 3 1 10. before configuring a service. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. packets can also be forwarded by the outer VLAN +MAC ID. In this manner. The Ethernet ports in one VLAN can communicate with each other and the Ethernet ports in different VLANs are separated. Ltd. The service used by a user is identified by a unique VLAN ID (S +C VLAN). N:1 access VLAN type: smart VLAN VLAN attribute: common VLAN forwarding mode: VLAN +MAC Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The service ports in one smart VLAN are separated. This plan is used for converging and transmitting the services of multiple users to one VLAN.. the BRAS can receive packets from more users. This reduces the number of VLANs to be used.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Table 3-7 VLAN application and plan Usage Scenarios The device communicates with a network management system (NMS) or the devices are cascaded. The upper layer broadband remote access server (BRAS) authenticates a service by the two VLAN tags contained in the service packets. This function enables ISPs to provide the wholesale services. 1:1 access l Multi-ISP wholesale service (ISP is the abbreviation of Internet service provider. The service ports in different VLANs are also separated. On a Layer-2 upper layer network of the MA5616. VLAN Plan VLAN type: standard VLAN VLAN attribute: common VLAN forwarding mode: VLAN +MAC Remarks This plan is only applicable to Ethernet ports. 57 . A smart VLAN can contain multiple uplink ports and multiple service ports. The outer VLAN identifies a service (service VLAN) and the inner VLAN identifies a user (customer VLAN).) l VLAN ID expansion service VLAN type: smart VLAN VLAN attribute: stacking VLAN forwarding mode: VLAN +MAC or S+C A stacking VLAN packet contains two VLAN tags (inner and outer VLAN) assigned by the MA5616. A standard VLAN only contains multiple uplink ports. . Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Background Information Table 3-8 lists the default parameter settings of VLAN. The outer VLAN forms a Layer 2 virtual private network (VPN) on the user private network for transparently transmitting user services on the private network. Table 3-9 VLAN types VLAN Type Standard VLAN Smart VLAN MUX VLAN Configuration Command To add a standard VLAN. Ltd. 58 . To add a smart VLAN. None None Remarks None Procedure Step 1 Create a VLAN. VLANs of different types are applicable to different scenarios. run the vlan vlanid mux command. run the vlan vlanid smart command. Table 3-8 Default parameter settings of VLAN Parameter Default VLAN of the system Reserved VLAN of the system Default attribute of a new VLAN Default VLAN forwarding mode Default Setting VLAN ID: 1 Type: smart VLAN VLAN ID range: 4079-4093 Common VLAN+MAC You can run the vlan reserve command to modify the VLAN reserved by the system.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Usage Scenarios Enterprise private line service access VLAN Plan VLAN type: smart VLAN VLAN attribute: QinQ VLAN forwarding mode: VLAN +MAC or S+C Remarks A QinQ VLAN contains an inner VLAN tag from the user private network. Run the vlan command to create a VLAN. run the vlan vlanid standard command. To add a MUX VLAN. and an outer VLAN tag assigned by the MA5616. The VLAN with this attribute can be a standard VLAN. The VLAN with this attribute can only be a smart VLAN or a MUX VLAN. l Users can run the stacking innerethertype command to configure the inner Ethernet protocol type supported by system VLAN stacking. l If a stacking VLAN is used. run the vlan vlan-list command. l Users can run the stacking outerethertype command to configure the outer Ethernet protocol type supported by VLAN stacking on the MA5616. run the vlan attrib vlanid q-in-q command. the inner and outer Ethernet protocol types configured on the MA5616 and on the connected device from other vendors must be the same.. To ensure connection. l To add VLANs that do not have consecutive IDs in batches. Ltd. or MUX VLAN. run the vlan attrib vlanid stacking command. run the vlan vlanid to end-vlanid command. smart VLAN. Configure the attribute according to VLAN planning. The default attribute for a new VLAN is "common". To configure stacking as the attribute of a VLAN. Table 3-10 VLAN attributes VLAN Attribute Common Configuration Command The default attribute for a new VLAN is "common". 59 . Step 2 (Optional) Configure the VLAN attribute. or MUX VLAN. QinQ VLAN VLAN Stacking Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. You can run the vlan attrib command to configure the attribute of the VLAN. smart VLAN. To configure QinQ as the attribute of a VLAN. VLAN Type The VLAN with this attribute can be a standard VLAN.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 3 Basic Configuration l To add VLANs that have consecutive IDs in batches. users can run the stacking label command to configure the label of a service port. and MAC address spoofing and attacks. vlan-connect corresponds to the S+C forwarding policy. For the VLAN. To configure the VLAN forwarding policy in the VLAN service profile. The general VLAN description includes the usage and service information of the VLAN. Step 4 (Optional) Configure the VLAN forwarding policy. 2. do as follows: huawei(config)#vlan 10 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 10 common Assume that a stacking VLAN with ID of 50 is to be configured for VLAN ID extension. run the vlan attrib vlanid to endvlanid command. Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the VLAN to the VLAN service profile created in 4. The outer VLAN tag 50 of the stacking VLAN identifies the access device and the inner VLAN tag 10 identifies the user with access to the device. vlan-mac corresponds to VLAN+MAC forwarding policy.. To configure such a VLAN. run the vlan attrib vlan-list command. run the vlan desc command. 3. Step 3 (Optional) Configure VLAN description. Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode. which ensures higher security by solving the problems of insufficient MAC address space. ----End Example To configure VLAN 10 (attribute: common) for N:1 access scenario. To configure VLAN description. l To configure attributes for the VLANs with inconsecutive IDs in batches.1. Ltd.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 3 Basic Configuration l To configure attributes for the VLANs with consecutive IDs in batches. do as follows: 1. Run the commit command to validate the profile configuration. The VLAN+MAC forwarding policy is used when the ONU is connected to a small number of terminals. The default VLAN forwarding policy is VLAN+MAC in the system. The configuration of the VLAN service profile takes effect only after execution of this command. a Layer 2 device forwards packets according to the VLAN information and MAC address contained in the packets. 4. You can configure VLAN description to facilitate maintenance. A service port is added to VLAN 50. Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile and enter the VLAN service profile mode. MAC address aging. Run the forwarding command to configure the VLAN forwarding policy. description needs to be configured for easy maintenance. Generally. 60 . 5. The S+C forwarding policy is used when the optical network unit (ONU) is connected to a large number of terminals. do as follows: huawei(config)#vlan 50 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 50 stacking huawei(config)#service-port vlan 50 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 huawei(config)#stacking label vlan 50 baselabel 10 huawei(config)#vlan desc 50 description stackingvlan/label10 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Step 2 Configure parameters of the VLAN service profile. Background Information The configuration of a VLAN. security feature. protocol packet transparent transmission.7 Configuring a VLAN Service Profile This topic describes how to configure a virtual local area network (VLAN) service profile. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP). Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The VLAN service profile contains VLAN-related configurations. The live network usually requires massive VLANs. l When the profile does not exist. A VLAN service profile collects service parameters related to a specified type of VLAN and encapsulates the service parameters. and enabling or disabling a protocol. To configure such a VLAN. the VLANs are efficiently configured. anti-IP address spoofing. a VLAN has the attributes defined in the service profile. The Policy Information Transfer Protocol (PITP). Ltd. forwarding policy. Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile or enter the configuration mode of the VLAN service profile.. running this command directly enters the configuration mode of the service profile. involves a large number of discrete service parameters related to the forwarding mode. do as follows: huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100 q-in-q huawei(config)#vlan desc 100 description qinqvlan/forhuawei huawei(config)#vlan service-profile profile-id 1 huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#forwarding vlan-connect Info: Please use the commit command to make modifications take effect huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#commit huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#quit huawei(config)#vlan bind service-profile 100 profile-id 1 3. After a VLAN service profile is bound to or unbound from multiple VLANs of the same type. You can configure them based on site requirements. Prerequisite l l The VLAN to which the VLAN service profile is bound is created. The VLAN description also needs to be configured for easy maintenance. Procedure Step 1 Create a VLAN service profile. VMAC. and that the S+C VLAN forwarding policy is used to ensure higher security. These functions take effect only when they are enabled at all the levels. anti-MAC address spoofing functions can be enabled or disabled at two levels. The VLAN service profile is used to efficiently configure VLANs. After being bound to a service profile. global level and VLAN level. resulting in complex VLAN configuration. which is necessary for access network (AN) devices. which contains service-related VLAN parameters.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Assume that a QinQ VLAN with ID of 100 is to be configured for enterprise private line service. 61 . running this command creates a VLAN service profile and enters the configuration mode of the service profile. l When the profile exists. After the anti-IPv6 spoofing function is enabled. default value: vlan-connect). – Run the igmp mismatch command to configure the processing policy for the unmatched IGMP packets. l Security feature A security feature prevents malicious users from attacking the network using IP or MAC address spoofing. the system automatically and dynamically binds the MAC address to the traffic stream. After the anti-MAC address spoofing function is enabled. The S+C forwarding mode does not require the system to learn MAC addresses. – Run the security anti-macspoofing command to configure the anti-MAC address spoofing function. Ltd. In S+C forwarding mode. the system determines the forwarding entries only based on the 2-tuple formed by a virtual local area network (SVLAN) and a customer virtual local area network (CVLAN). NOTE The CCUC control board supports the anti-IPv6 spoofing function and the CCUB control board does not support this function. the system automatically and dynamically binds the IPv6 address to the user. The VLAN forwarding mode in which packets are forwarded at Layer 2 can be either VLAN+MAC (default value: vlan-mac) or SVLAN+CVLAN (or S+C. unknown unicast packets. the device discards the packet. and therefore has the following advantages: – Preventing failures caused by insufficient MAC addresses – Resolving security issues when unknown unicast packets caused by aged MAC addresses are broadcast in a VLAN – Preventing MAC address spoofing or attacks – Run the user-bridging command to configure the Layer 2 bridging function of the VLAN service profile. the device discards the packet.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration l VLAN forwarding mode – Run the forwarding command to configure the VLAN forwarding mode. two users in the same VLAN can directly communicate with each other at Layer 2. 62 . – Run the security anti-ipv6spoofing command to configure the anti-IPv6 spoofing function. and ports to forward packets. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In VLAN+MAC forwarding mode. – Run the packet-policy command to configure the forwarding policy for the unknown multicast packets in a VLAN. l Forwarding policy The forwarding policy determines whether to and how to discard downstream broadcast packets. After the Layer 2 bridging function is enabled. the device discards the traffic stream. The device transmits the traffic stream upstream only when the source MAC address of the traffic stream is the same as the bound MAC address.. the system automatically and dynamically binds the IP address to the user. Otherwise. the system dynamically learns the mapping between VLANs. Among security features. source Media Access Control (MAC) addresses. Otherwise. The device transmits the packet upstream only when the source IPv6 address of the packet is the same as the bound IPv6 address. Otherwise. Two policies (discard and transparent) are supported. After the anti-IP address spoofing function is enabled. Two policies (forward and discard) are supported. or unknown multicast packets. The device transmits the packet upstream only when the source IP address of the packet is the same as the bound IP address. the virtual MAC address (VMAC) function or the anti-IP address spoofing function cannot be used when the S+C mode is enabled. – Run the security anti-ipspoofing command to configure the anti-IP address spoofing function. the Layer 2 BPDUs of a private network can be transparently transmitted over a public network. After the DHCP proxy function is enabled. CDP is the acronym for Cisco Discovery Protocol.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration – Run the vmac command to enable or disable VMAC of IP over Ethernet (IPoE). – Run the pitp command to configure the PITP function to authenticate a user account bound to an access port. After this function is enabled. After this function is enabled. VMAC is disabled. Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the configured VLAN service profile to a specified VLAN. Run the commit command to commit the current parameter configuration of the VLAN service profile. Step 4 Bind the VLAN service profile to a VLAN. NOTE The CCUC control board supports DHCPv6 function and the CCUB control board does not support this function. – Run the vtp-cdp tunnel command to configure the VTP/CDP packet transparent transmission function. – Run the dhcp mode command to switch between the DHCP Layer 2 forwarding mode and the Layer 3 forwarding mode. VTP/CDP packets are transparently transmitted based on the VLAN. Step 3 Commit and save the configuration of the VLAN service profile. OSPF packets can be transparently transmitted at Layer 2 based on the VLAN on the MA5616 on which no OSPF protocol is running. By default. After this function is enabled. Pointto-Point Protocol over ATM (PPPoA). – Run the dhcpv6 command to configure the DHCPv6 option 82 feature. or Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE). After the configuration is complete.. 63 . – Run the dhcp proxy command to configure the DHCP proxy function. Ltd. – Run the rip tunnel command to configure the Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Layer 2 transparent transmission function. After this function is enabled. the server ID proxy function and lease time proxy function will be enabled. – Run the dhcp option82 command to configure the DHCP option 82 feature. l Transparent transmission This feature allows a specified type of protocol packet to be transmitted without being processed during network interconnection. – Run the bpdu tunnel command to configure the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) transparent transmission function. run the commit command to make the configuration take effect. l Enabling or disabling a protocol This feature enables or disables a protocol or some functions of the protocol. – Run the ospf tunnel command to configure the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) Layer 2 transparent transmission function. ----End Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. RIP packets can be transparently transmitted at Layer 2 based on the VLAN on the MA5616 on which no RIP protocol is running. VTP is the acronym for VLAN Trunk Protocol. IPv6 is the upgraded version of Internet Protocol Version 4 (IPv4).. The basic IPv6 configuration includes configuration of the IPv6 address. The following table lists the IPv6 features supported by the MA5616. The CCUB board does not support the IPv6 function. is the secondgeneration standard protocol of network layer protocols. Moreover. and path maximum transmission unit (PMTU). do as follows: huawei(config)#vlan service-profile profile-id 3 huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-3)#forwarding vlan-mac huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-3)#bpdu tunnel enable huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-3)#packet-policy multicast discard huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-3)#commit huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-3)#quit huawei(config)#vlan bind service-profile 100 profile-id 3 3. Ltd. As a set of specifications defined by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF). To add VLAN service profile 3 and bind it to VLAN 100. compatible with various applications.8 Configuring Basic IPv6 Information This topic describes the IPv6 features supported by the MA5616. 64 . also called IP next generation (IPNG). Table 3-11 IPv6 features supported by the MA5616 Feature IPv6 address management and assignment Sub-feature Static configuration of IPv6 global unicast addresses and IPv6 linklocal addresses Automatic configuration of IPv6 link-local addresses Configuration Process or Command Configuring an IPv6 Address for an Interface ipv6 address auto link-local Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. easy for IPv4 networks to transit to IPv6 networks. IPv6 has the following advantages: It is easy to deploy.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Example Assume that the profile parameters are planned as follows: l l l VLAN forwarding mode: VLAN+MAC address (vlan-mac) BPDU transparent transmission: enabled Unknown multicast packet: discarded Other parameters use the default values. NOTE The CCUC board supports the IPv6 function. IPv6 radically solves the problem of IP address shortage. Context Internet Protocol Version 6 (IPv6). The most obvious difference between IPv6 and IPv4 is that IP addresses are lengthened from 32 bits to 128 bits. IPv6 neighbor. and coexists and interworks with IPv4 networks. Ltd. TCP6. including ICMPv6. 65 .. and RawIP6 IPv6 Neighbor Discovery (ND) protocol and static configuration of IPv6 neighbors IPv6 PMTU IPv6 ping and tracert - Configuring IPv6 Neighbor Discovery Configuring PMTU l ping ipv6 l tracert ipv6 IPv6 statistics query and clearance l display ipv6 statistics l reset ipv6 statistics IPv6 route IPv6 QoS and security IPv6 static routes IPv6 ACL Anti-MAC spoofing Anti-IPv6 spoofing Anti-denial of service (DoS) attack Configuring an IPv6 Static Route Configuring ACL Configuring Anti-MAC Spoofing Configuring Anti-IP Spoofing Configuring Anti-Attack service-port IPv6 Layer 2 Transparent Transmission Differentiation of service virtual ports based on the IPv6 over Ethernet (IPv6oE) type (0x86DD) and defining of VLANs for service virtual ports Transparent transmission of IPv6 over PPPoE packets VLAN-based transparent transmission of IPv6 packets - Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Feature Sub-feature DHCPv6 L2 Relay Configuration Process or Command Configuring Anti-Theft and Roaming of User Accounts Through DHCP - Management information base (MIB) for IPv6 address management IPv6 stack and IPv6 host function IPv6/IPv4 dual-stack to ensure compatibility of IPv6 and IPv4 Basic IPv6 protocols. UDP6. Procedure Step 1 Enable IPv6 packet forwarding capability. NOTE l In stateless address auto configuration. It is used for data forwarding across the public network.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 3 Basic Configuration In this manual: l For the IPv6 features that are different from IPv4 features. To configure these IPv6 features. Context Each interface can be configured with a maximum of ten global unicast addresses and only one link-local address. the IPv6 packet forwarding function must be enabled on the device. An EUI-64 address has the same function as a global unicast address. It is recommended to automatically generate a link-local address because the link-local address is used to implement communication requirements of protocol and is not directly related to the communication between users. This topic uses the VLAN interface as an example. Enabling the IPv6 function of the device and the interface is a prerequisite for configuring IPv6 features. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. which is necessary for the communication between users. 66 . Ltd. configuration procedures and examples are provided for both IPv6 and IPv4 features. The difference is that only the network bits need to be specified for the EUI-64 address and the host bits are transformed from the media access control (MAC) addresses of the interface while a complete 128-bit address needs to be specified for the global unicast address. The link-local address is used in neighbor discovery (ND). a host uses the prefix information and local interface ID obtained from the router advertisement (RA) received to automatically generate an IPv6 address. Instead. the host does not use stateful (DHCPv6) address configuration.8. To enable a device to forward IPv6 packets. Before an IPv6 global unicast address or IPv6 link-local address is configured on an interface. l For the IPv6 features that are similar with IPv4 features. and loopback interface. The packets using the link-local address as the source or destination address are not forwarded to other links. MEth interface.1 Configuring an IPv6 Address for an Interface The MA5616 can communicate with other IPv6 equipment after its interface is configured with an IPv6 address. 3. The link-local address can be automatically generated or manually configured. the IPv6 function on the device and interface is disabled. you must enable the IPv6 capability in both the global config mode and the interface mode.. l The global unicast address is equivalent to the IPv4 public address. and in the communication between nodes on the local link in the stateless address auto-configuration. By default. The MA5616 supports IPv6 address configuration on the virtual local area network (VLAN) interface. configuration procedures and examples are not provided for IPv6 features because they are the same as IPv4 features. use IPv6 commands and follow the procedures of IPv4 features. In VLAN interface mode. In global config mode. 2. After this command is executed. run the ipv6 command to enable the IPv6 packet forwarding capability. set the IPv6 address of VLAN interface 10 to 2000::1/64. enable the IPv6 function in interface mode. ----End Example To create VLAN 10. If possible. the IPv6 addresses configured for one interface cannot be in the same network segment. you can also configure an IPv6 global unicast address for automatically generating a link-local address.. In VLANIF mode. l Run the display ipv6 statistics command to query the IPv6 packet statistics. Step 4 Query the address configuration information about an IPv6 interface. The prefix of the IPv6 address configured by running this command must be FE80::/10. After this command is executed. The EUI-64 address and the global unicast address can be configured simultaneously or alternatively.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration 1. run the ipv6 address or ipv6 address eui-64 command to configure an IPv6 global unicast address on the interface. In addition to configuring a link-local address through the preceding two commands. using the link-local address saves global unicast address resources. In VLANIF mode. Ltd. run the following commands: huawei(config)#vlan 10 huawei(config)#ipv6 huawei(config)#interface vlanif huawei(config-if-vlanif10)#ipv6 huawei(config-if-vlanif10)#ipv6 huawei(config-if-vlanif10)#ipv6 10 enable address 2000::1 64 address auto link-local Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. do not change the link-local address. NOTE Before configuring other IPv6 features on an interface. Step 3 Configure an IPv6 link-Local address for an interface. the deletion of the global unicast address does not affect local link communication. the original link-local address is replaced by the new linklocal address. and configure automatic configuration of a link-local address. l Run the ipv6 address link-local command to manually configure a link-local address of an interface. Run the interface vlanif command to enter the VLANIF mode. run the following commands based on the requirements: l Run the ipv6 address auto link-local command to automatically generate a local-link address of an interface. Step 2 Configure an IPv6 global unicast address for an interface. However. l Run the display ipv6 interface command to query the IPv6 interface information. If the device only needs to communicate with another device that is directly connected to the device. run the ipv6 enable command to enable the IPv6 function on the interface. 3. 67 . only default address selection policy entries are contained. Ltd. For example. run the following commands: Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the IPv6 address selection policy table can be used to select source and destination addresses for packets. These entries are prefixed with ::1. If the device supports the IPv4/IPv6 dual-stack.0. The source and destination addresses of packets can be specified or planned based on these rules. 2002::. similar to a routing table. Step 2 Query the IPv6 address selection policy. and set the label to 2.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration 3. the device must select a source address or a destination addresses from multiple addresses on the interface. if a domain name maps both an IPv4 address and an IPv6 address.0. Run the display ipv6 address-policy command to query the IPv6 address selection policy.8. l Procedure Step 1 In global config mode. 68 . Context IPv6 addresses can be classified into different types based on different applications. The address whose label value is the same as the label value of the destination address is selected preferably as the source address. run the ipv6 address-policy command to configure the source and destination address selection policy. The destination address is selected based on both the label and the precedence parameters. This table. FC00::. In this case. l The label parameter can be used to determine the result of source address selection. can be queried by using the longest matching rule. it also must select IPv4 addresses or IPv6 addresses for communication. the system must select an address to respond to the domain name server (DNS) request of the client.. A maximum of 50 address selection policy entries are supported by the system. l l l l Link local addresses and global unicast addresses based on the effective range of the IPv6 addresses Temporary addresses and public addresses based on security levels Home addresses and care-of addresses based on the application in the mobile IPv6 field Physical interface addresses and logical interface addresses based on the interface attributes The preceding IPv6 addresses can be configured on the same interface of the equipment. set the precedence to 3. and ::FFFF:0. the address whose precedence value is largest is selected preferably as the destination address. An IPv6 address selection policy table solves the preceding problems. ----End Example To create the IPv6 address selection policy for the IPv6 address 3::/64.2 Configuring an IPv6 Address Selection Policy Table If multiple IPv6 addresses are configured on an interface of the device.0. If label values of the candidate addresses are the same. It defines a group of address selection rules. ::. By default. The address is selected based on the source and destination addresses. 3 Configuring IPv6 Neighbor Discovery IPv6 neighbor discovery (ND) is a packet transmission process to identify the relationship between neighboring nodes. 1.8. and ICMP redirect messages. In global config mode. Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) router Discovery messages. The Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) is similar to the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP). NOTE For details about ND.0.. you can obtain the mapping of the IPv6 address and media access control (MAC) address of the neighbor. Prerequisite The IPv6 address must be configured. 69 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . The statically configured neighbor entries will overwrite the dynamically learned neighbor entries and they will not age. The MA5616 supports ND configurations on VLAN Layer 3 interfaces. Ltd. see Configuring an IPv6 Address for an Interface. run the interface vlanif command to enter the VLAN interface mode. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration huawei(config)#ipv6 address-policy 3:: 64 3 2 huawei(config)#display ipv6 address-policy all Policy Table : Total:6 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Prefix : :: PrefixLength : 0 Precedence : 40 Label : 1 Default : Yes Prefix : ::1 Precedence : 50 Default : Yes Prefix : ::FFFF:0.0 Precedence : 10 Default : Yes Prefix : 3:: Precedence : 3 Default : No Prefix : 2002:: Precedence : 30 Default : Yes Prefix : FC00:: Precedence : 20 Default : Yes PrefixLength Label PrefixLength Label PrefixLength Label PrefixLength Label PrefixLength Label : 128 : 0 : 96 : 4 : 64 : 2 : 16 : 2 : 7 : 3 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3. and introduces neighbor reachability detection. By configuring a static neighbor. see Neighbor Discovery in the Feature Description. Context Most of the ND configurations are implemented based on the interfaces.0. Procedure l Configure the static neighbors. For details. (Optional) Configure parameters carried in an RA message. – Set the flag bit for stateful auto configuration in RA messages. the lifetime is 1800 seconds. the RA message advertising function does not need to be enabled. In this manner. the maximum interval is 600 seconds and the minimum interval is 200 seconds. l In VLAN interface mode. Run this command when the device advertises only the specified prefixes. By default. Select the following desired operations: – Run the ipv6 nd ra command to configure the interval for advertising RA messages. a proper device can be selected to forward messages of a host. – Run the ipv6 nd ra preference command to configure the default router priority in RA messages. the minimum interval is set to the same value as the maximum interval. The lifetime of the messages advertised by the device must be longer than or equal to the interval for the device to advertise messages. neighbor hold time. – Run the ipv6 nd ra router-lifetime command to configure the lifetime of RA messages. RA messages that carry the default router priority and route information can be transmitted over the local link. this function is disabled. The IPv6 node on the local link receives RA messages and updates information such as the IPv6 prefix list and other information from the RA messages. By default. run the ipv6 neighbor command to configure a static IPv6 neighbor. Ltd. – Run the ipv6 nd ra route-information command to configure the route information in RA messages. Configure the parameters of router advertisement (RA) messages. – Run the ipv6 nd ra prefix command to configure the address prefixes to be advertised in RA messages. By default. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – When a device is not connected to an IPv6 node. In global config mode. and keep-alive time. RA message advertising is disabled on the devices. The device periodically sends router advertisement messages containing information such as address prefixes.. Run the undo ipv6 nd ra halt command to enable RA message advertising. The maximum interval cannot be shorter than the minimum interval. 2. 1. the RA message advertising function needs to be enabled so that the device periodically sends RA messages to the IPv6 node. – Run the ipv6 nd autoconfig managed-address-flag command to set the flag bit for stateful auto configuration addresses in RA messages. By default. run the interface vlanif command to enter the VLAN interface mode.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration 2. 3. By default. maximum number of hops. RA messages contain only the address prefixes specified through the ipv6 address command. When the maximum interval is less than 9 seconds. 70 . – When a device is connected to an IPv6 node. – Configure the default router priority and route information in RA messages. – Configure the maximum number of hops for the route device. The default interval. 1. you are recommended to set the interval for sending NS messages to a greater value. is recommended. number of attempts to send neighbor request messages. – Run the display ipv6 neighbors command to query the IPv6 neighbor information. 30000 milliseconds. that is. 3. In global config mode. – Run the display ipv6 interface command to query the IPv6 interface information. The default interval. Run the ipv6 nd dad attempts to configure the number of DAD attempts. When this flag is set.. Therefore. DAD is used to check whether an IPv6 address is available. run the ipv6 nd hop-limit command to configure the maximum number of hops for the route device. 2. The default value is 64. ----End Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – Run the ipv6 nd ns retrans-timer command to configure the interval for detecting neighbor reachability in RA messages. The value for the maximum number of hops for the route device is the same as that for the maximum number of hops in the RA messages. The default value is 1. hosts use the stateful protocol for address auto-configuration in addition to any automatically configured addresses using stateless address auto-configuration. is recommended. hosts use the stateful protocol for auto-configuration of other (non-address) information. Run the ipv6 nd ns retrans-timer command to configure the interval of DAD. is recommended. 71 . Therefore. A smaller neighbor reachable time set on a device indicates that the device can probe the neighbor reachability more quickly but more network bandwidth and CPU resources are occupied. Run the quit command to quit the VLANIF mode. that is. l Configure duplicate address detection (DAD). In the global config mode. the maximum number of hops for the IPv6 unicast packets initiated by the host. – Run the display ipv6 route-information command to query the route information in the RA message sent from the IPv6 interface. re-transmission timer of neighbor solicitation (NS) messages. 1000 milliseconds. that is. – Run the display ipv6 prefix command to query the IPv6 prefixes in the RA message sent from the IPv6 interface. Frequently sending NS packets helps to determine whether the neighbor is reachable but affects the device performance. When a node is configured with an IPv6 address.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration If this flag is set. – Run the ipv6 nd autoconfig other-flag command to set the flag bit for other stateful configurations. Ltd. re-transmission timer of neighbor solicitation (NS) messages. 1000 milliseconds. that is. it immediately sends an NS message to check whether this address is used by other neighboring nodes. l Query the IPv6 neighbor information. The default interval. run the interface vlanif command to enter the VLANIF mode. you are recommended to set the interval for sending NS messages to a greater value. NUD is short for neighbor unreachability detection. – Run the ipv6 nd nud reachable-time command to configure the neighbor reachable time in RA messages. Procedure Step 1 Configure a static PMTU. In other words. and enable RA message advertising. If the static PMTU value is larger than the MTU value of the interfaces.8. In addition. Step 2 Configure the aging time of dynamic PMTU entries. the priority of static PMTUs is higher than the priority of the dynamic PMTUs.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Example To configure the function of automatically generating a link-local unicast address on VLAN interface 10. because static PMTU entries do not age. only static PMTUs take effect. the aging time of dynamic PMTU entries is 10 minutes. By default. Ltd. It is invalid for static PMTU entries. Generally. If the static PMTU value is manually configured based on the smallest MTU value of the patch that packets are transmitted. Run the ipv6 pathmtu age command to configure the aging time of dynamic PMTU entries. Step 3 Query the PMTU information.4 Configuring PMTU By setting the path maximum transmission unit (PMTU). run the following commands: huawei(config)#vlan 10 huawei(config)#ipv6 huawei(config)#interface vlanif huawei(config-if-vlanif10)#ipv6 huawei(config-if-vlanif10)#ipv6 huawei(config-if-vlanif10)#ipv6 huawei(config-if-vlanif10)#ipv6 huawei(config-if-vlanif10)#undo 10 enable address auto link-local address 3000::/64 eui-64 nd ra prefix 3000::/64 1000 1000 ipv6 nd ra halt 3. the system segments packets according to the MTU value. the PMTU of the path destined for an IPv6 address is 1500 bytes. In the global mode. network resources are used more efficiently and the network throughput reaches the optimal value. run the ipv6 pathmtu command to configure a static PMTU for the path destined for the specified IPv6 address. When both static PMTUs and dynamic PMTUs are configured. Configuring a static PMTU sets the maximum length of a packet that can be sent from the source end to the destination end. set the valid lifetime and preferred lifetime of the prefix to 1000s. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Run the display ipv6 pathmtu command to query the PMTU information. ensuring the smallest value of MTU values is used on all interfaces along the source to the destination nodes. 72 . This prevents attacks initiated by sending jumbo packets.. The ipv6 pathmtu age command is used to change the life cycle of the dynamic PMTU entries in the buffer. packets do not have to be fragmented during transmission and loads on intermediate devices are reduced. Context Dynamic PMTU values can be set on a device by default. By default. the static PMTU value is smaller than or equal to the MTU value of all interfaces on the same path. In this manner. set the local unicast address of site EUI-64 and the prefix to be advertised by the RA message to 3000::/64. you can select a proper maximum transmission unit (MTU) for packet transmission. the packets will be transmitted at a higher rate. and to set the aging time of the dynamic PMTU entries to 40 minute. Step 2 Verify that the route is successfully configured. huawei(config)#ipv6 pathmtu 3001::1 1300 huawei(config)#ipv6 pathmtu age 40 3. Ltd. ----End Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l mask-ip-addr | mask-length: indicates the subnet mask and mask length of the destination IP address. Parameters in the preceding command are described as follows: l ip-addr: indicates the destination IP address or network of the route. When a network changes or is faulty. l gateway-addr: indicates the next-hop IP address of the route. 3. ----End Example To set the PMTU for the IPv6 address 3001::1 to 1300 bytes.9 Configuring a Route This topic describes how to configure Internet Protocol version 4 (IPv4) or Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6) routes on the MA5616. Run the ip route-static ip-addr { mask-ip-addr | mask-length } gateway-addr command to configure the IPv4 static route on the MA5616. 73 . Run the display ip routing-table command to query the IPv4 route table to obtain information about the configured static route.9.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration l Run the display ipv6 interface command to query the MTU value of the IPv6 interface. This parameter and the destination IP address identify the network segment address of the peer device. To verify the connectivity between the MA5616 and the destination IP address. you must manually modify or delete the static route. you can configure static routes for communication between devices at Layer 3. run the following commands. Background Information l l When a network structure is simple. which means the gateway IP address..1 Configuring an IPv4 Static Route This topic describes how to manually configure an Internet Protocol version 4 (IPv4) static route for the communication between the MA5616 and devices that are in different network segments. Procedure Step 1 Configure an IPv4 static route. run the ping or tracert command. 10: bytes=56 Reply from 10.144.10.10.10 PING 10.0. Ltd.10.10: bytes=56 press CTRL_C to break Sequence=1 ttl=127 time Sequence=2 ttl=127 time Sequence=3 ttl=127 time Sequence=4 ttl=127 time Sequence=5 ttl=127 time --.10: bytes=56 Reply from 10.78.0/8 Direct 0 0 127.9.0.144.1 10.78.255.10. To configure the IPv4 static route on the MA5616.78.144. 74 .79.10.0. run the following command: huawei(config)#ip route-static 10..144.120.10.144.255.255. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.0.0.255.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Example Assume that the destination IP address is 10.relay.0 10.144. For details.X.10.1 10.9 127.71.1.0.144. you must manually modify or delete the static route.0.0 255.0. and the next-hop IP address is 10.10.X>|protocol<K>|statistics<K>|verbose <K>||<K> }: Command: display ip routing-table Route Flags: R .1 huawei(config)#display ip routing-table { <cr>|acl<K>|ip-prefix<K>|ip_addr<I><X.10 Ping statistics --5 packets transmitted 5 packets received 0.1 = = = = = 1 1 1 1 1 ms ms ms ms ms Interface meth0 meth0 meth0 meth0 meth0 InLoopBack0 InLoopBack0 10.10.10.10.10. the subnet mask is 255.10: 56 data bytes.1/32 Direct 0 0 huawei(config)#ping 10.10.78.1 10. Reply from 10.9/32 Direct 0 0 10.144.78.10.0. Context l l l When a network structure is simple.0. and the ipv6 enable command to enable the IPv6 function in port mode.10.0.00% packet loss Round-trip min/avg/max = 1/1/1 ms 3.10.10. When a network changes or is faulty.0/23 Direct 0 0 10.10: bytes=56 Reply from 10.1 127.10.10.10.78.0. Prerequisites The IPv6 function has been enabled globally and in port mode. You can run the ipv6 command to enable the IPv6 function globally.10. D .0/24 Static 60 0 10.10.0.79. see the Usage Guidelines for the ipv6 address command.X.1 127. you can configure static routes for communication between devices at Layer 3.10: bytes=56 Reply from 10.10.download to fib -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Routing Tables: Public Destinations : 7 Routes : 7 Destination/Mask Proto Pre Cost Flags NextHop RD RD D D RD D D 10.144. An IPv6 address contains 128 bits.2 Configuring an IPv6 Static Route This topic describes how to manually configure an Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6) static route for the communication between the MA5616 and devices that are in different network segments.0/16 Static 60 0 10.0/24 Static 60 0 127. l prefix-length: indicates the IPv6 prefix length. Step 2 Verify that the route is successfully configured. Procedure Step 1 Configure an IPv6 static route. This parameter and the destination IP address identify the network segment address of the peer device. and the CCUB control board does not support the IPv6 function. and the nexthop IP address is 2001::1. which means the gateway IP address.. ----End Example Assume that the destination IP address is 3001::0.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 3 Basic Configuration The CCUC control board supports the IPv6 function. To configure the IPv6 static route on the MA5616. Ltd. run the following command: huawei(config)#ipv6 route-static 3001::0 64 2001::1 huawei(config)#display ipv6 routing-table { <cr>|acl<K>|protocol<K>|statistics<K>|verbose<K>|x:x::x:x<IPV6><X:X::X:X>||<K> }: Command: display ipv6 routing-table Routing Table : Public Destinations : 5 Routes : 5 Destination NextHop Cost RelayNextHop Interface Destination NextHop Cost RelayNextHop Interface Destination NextHop Cost RelayNextHop Interface Destination NextHop : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : ::1 ::1 0 :: InLoopBack0 2001:: 2001::2001 0 :: vlanif100 2001::2001 ::1 0 :: vlanif100 PrefixLength Preference Protocol TunnelID Flags PrefixLength Preference Protocol TunnelID Flags PrefixLength Preference Protocol TunnelID Flags : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 128 0 Direct 0x0 D 64 0 Direct 0x0 D 128 0 Direct 0x0 D : 3001:: : 2001::1 PrefixLength : 64 Preference : 60 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l nexthop-ipv6-address: indicates the next-hop IP address of the route. Run the display ipv6 routing-table verbose command to query the IPv6 route table to obtain information about static routes (activated or deactivated). To verify the connectivity between the MA5616 and the destination IP address. Parameters in the preceding command are described as follows: l dest-ipv6-address: indicates the destination IP address or network of the route. 75 . run the ping ipv6 or tracert ipv6 command. the subnet prefix length is 64. Run the ipv6 route-static dest-ipv6-address prefix-length nexthop-ipv6-address command to configure the IPv6 static route on the MA5616. Cumulative inconsistency between the clocks at both ends of the bearer network over a long time causes frame slip. re-sync occurs during the base station switching. Otherwise.10 Configuring the System Clock This topic describes how to configure the system clock to restrict the clock frequency and phase of each node on a network within the preset tolerance scope. the TDM service carried on the AN is mainly the voice service. The system clock is also used as the system output clock. One of the difficulties is how to carry the traditional TDM service on the IP network.3001::1 ping statistics --3 packet(s) transmitted 3 packet(s) received 0. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Background Information l The IP-based development is the trend of future network and service development. Background Information l To ensure that the MA5616 and other devices on a network use the unified time. This prevents the deterioration of the TDM service quality caused by inaccurate signal timing at both the transmit and receive ends in the digital transmission system. the wireless application has more rigorous requirements on the clock frequency. Ltd.. Moreover. which reduces the quality of the voice service.10. 76 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide Cost : 0 RelayNextHop : :: Interface : vlanif100 Destination : FE80:: NextHop : :: Cost : 0 RelayNextHop : :: Interface : null0 huawei(config)#ping ipv6 -c 3 -m 10 -s 88 -t 20 { <cr>|-i<K> }: Command: ping ipv6 -c 3 -m 10 -s 88 -t 20 -tc 1 3001::1 PING 3001::1 : 88 data bytes. On the traditional telecommunications network. The frequencies of different base stations must be synchronized within a specified precision.00% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 10/10/10 ms Protocol TunnelID Flags 3 Basic Configuration : Static : 0x0 : RD 10 0 Direct 0x0 D PrefixLength : Preference : Protocol : TunnelID : Flags : -tc 1 3001::1 3. l 3.1 Configuring the Reference Source of the System Clock This topic describes how to configure the clock reference sources so that the system clock can select a reference source when needed. the clock signals of a certain port must be specified as the reference source of the system clock. certain difficulties exist in the transition of the access network (AN) from the traditional network to the IP-based Ethernet bearer network. Therefore. clock synchronization is very important in the TDM voice service. press CTRL_C to break Reply from 3001::1 Bytes=88 Sequence=1 Hop limit=64 Time=10 ms Reply from 3001::1 Bytes=88 Sequence=2 Hop limit=64 Time=10 ms Reply from 3001::1 Bytes=88 Sequence=3 Hop limit=64 Time=10 ms --. Currently. 77 .20.20. GPON line clock. Step 5 Run the clock source command to set the ACM clock as the clock source of the system.20. The system selects a reference source according to the priority level of each reference source. Step 3 Run the port vlan command to add an uplink port to the VLAN. The clock synchronized through the physical layer and restored from the line code stream can serve as the reference source of the system clock.20. – The line clocks supported by the system include the GE line clock. The reference sources of the system clock include the . thus implementing clock synchronization with the upper-layer device. Configuring the Adaptive Clock Reference Source The In the PHS service. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.20 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif14)#quit huawei(config)#port vlan 14 0/0 0 huawei(config)#acm-clock-ip 20.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration l l The system supports a maximum of ten clock reference sources. and line clock. – The adaptive clock restores a clock from the PHS service at the upper layer as the reference source of the system clock. Ltd. Background Information The MA5616 supports the GE. adaptive clock. GPON line clocks as the reference sources of the system clock. run the following commands: huawei(config)#vlan 14 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 14 huawei(config-if-vlanif14)#ip address 20.20. That is.. and restores the line clock as the reference source of the system clock. the UA5000 sends a unidirectional E1 clock packet to the MA5616.20 (assume that the subnet mask length is 24). the system receives a line clock transferred by the upper-layer device through the GPON/GE uplink interface.20 0/2 huawei(config)#clock source 0 acm-clock 0/2/ Configuring the Line Clock Reference Source The MA5616 supports tracing of the uplink GE. The MA5616 can use the clock in the packet as the clock reference source. ----End Example To configure system clock resource 0 for receiving ACM clock packets from Layer 3 interface whose IP address is 20.20. Procedure Step 1 Run the vlan command to create the VLAN for carrying clock packets. Step 2 Run the ip address command to set the IP address of the Layer 3 VLAN. GPON line clock. Step 4 Run the acm-clock-ip command to set the IP address of the Layer 3 interface for receiving adaptive clock method (ACM) clock packets. Background Information l l l The added system clock source can be used in the system only after it is configured with a priority. The priority of the clock source takes effect immediately after it is configured. and set the reference source port to 0/0/1. you need to configure the clock reference source of high quality with a high priority. The system does not determine the quality of the clock source. 78 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . The MA5616 selects the system clock according to the configured clock priorities.. Step 2 Run the display clock source command to check whether the line clock source information is consistent with the data plan. The priorities are represented in the form of p0/p1/p2/p3/p4/p5/p6/p7/p8/p9. in which p0 indicates the highest Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.2 Configuring the Priority of the System Clock This topic describes how to configure the priority for the clock reference source of the system. set the reference source to the GPON line clock. ----End Example To configure clock source 0. Prerequisites The system clock reference source must be configured. This operation. index: 255 3. GPON port as the reference source of the system clock. Therefore. Procedure l Run the clock priority command to configure the priority of the clock source. Ltd. however. The system supports 10 priorities for the clock reference source. do as follows: huawei(config)#clock source 0 0/0/1 Clock source set succeeded huawei(config)#clock priority system 0 Clock source priority set succeeded huawei(config)#display clock source ------------------------------------------------------------------------Index Config Type Source State Priority Output ------------------------------------------------------------------------0 YES line 0/ 0/ 1 Failed 0 --1 NO --/ -/ ------2 NO --/ -/ ------3 NO --/ -/ ------4 NO --/ -/ ------5 NO --/ -/ ------6 NO --/ -/ ------7 NO --/ -/ ------8 NO --/ -/ ------9 NO --/ -/ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------The current system clock source: local .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Procedure Step 1 Run the clock source srcindex frameid/slotid/portid command to configure the clock restored at a certain GE.10. may cause the clock switching in the system. Ltd. it indicates that the priority of the clock reference source with index 3 is the highest. MAC address binding: The MAC address is bound to the service port. Anti-MAC spoofing: It is a countermeasure taken by the system to prevent a user from attacking the system with a forged MAC address. the priority of the reference source with index 7 is lower. IP address binding: The IP address of the user is bound to the corresponding service port for authenticating the user. 79 . Background Information The user security mechanism includes: l PITP: The purpose of the PITP feature is to provide the user physical location information for the upper-layer authentication server.. thus preventing the access of illegal users. After the BRAS obtains the user physical location information. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the BRAS binds the information to the user account for authentication. DHCP option82: The user physical location information is added to the option82 field in the DHCP request sent by the user. For example. l l l l l Table 3-12 lists the default settings of the user security mechanism. ----End Example To configure the priority of clock reference source 0 to the highest priority and the priority of clock reference source 1 to the second highest priority. Table 3-12 Default settings of the user security mechanism Parameter PITP Default Setting Global function: disabled VLAN-level function: enabled Remarks The PITP function can be enabled only when the functions at all levels are enabled. thus protecting the user account against theft and roaming. do as follows: huawei(config)#clock priority system 0/1 Clock source priority set succeeded 3. thus ensuring the security of the authentication.11 Configuring the User Security Configuring the security mechanism can protect operation users and access users against user account theft and roaming or from the attacks from malicious users. if p0-p9 is set to 3/7/8.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration priority and p9 indicates the lowest priority. thus protecting the user account against theft and roaming. The information is used by the upper-layer authentication server for authenticating the user. Anti-IP spoofing: It is a countermeasure taken by the system to prevent a user from attacking the system with a forged IP address. and the priority of the reference source with index of 8 is the lowest. The anti-IP spoofing function can be enabled only when the functions at all levels are enabled. up to eight MAC addresses can be bound. The device sends the port information to the BRAS by VBRAS response packets. and PC2 is connected to the MA5616 through a subtended device) for the dialup access. After the BRAS obtains the user port information. VBRAS mode: It means during the PPPoE negotiation between the users and BRAS. l l PPPoE+ mode: It means during the PPPoE negotiation between the users and BRAS. The anti-MAC spoofing function can be enabled only when the functions at all levels are enabled. l l In the networking of a standalone MA5616: Two PCs (PC1 and PC2) are connected to different ports of the MA5616 for the dialup access. PITP has two modes. The principles in the two scenarios are similar.11. The user dials up from PC1 by using the corresponding user account. 3. the BRAS binds the user account to the user port. The BRAS binds the user account to the user's physical port information reported by the MA5616. PITP can be used for transferring the user physical port information and protecting the user account against theft and roaming. 80 .. the PPPoE+ mode (also called the PITP P mode) and the VBAS mode (also called the PITP V mode). It is a protocol defined for transferring policy information between the access device and the Broadband Remote Access Server (BRAS) through L2 P2P communication.1 Configuring Anti-Theft and Roaming of User Account Through PITP Policy Information Transfer Protocol (PITP) is mainly used for the user PPPoE dialup access. Ltd. Anti-IP spoofing Anti-MAC spoofing Global function: disabled VLAN-level function: disabled Global function: disabled VLAN-level function: disabled Service-port-level status: enabled By default. In the networking of subtended MA5616s: Two PCs (PC1 and PC2) are connected to different MA5616s (PC1 is connected to the MA5616. Background Information PITP is used for providing the user port information for the BRAS. the BRAS sends VBRAS enquiry packets to the device to request the device to report the port information. When the user of PC2 dials up by using the user account Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Parameter DHCP option82 Default Setting Global function: disabled VLAN-level function: enabled Remarks The DHCP option82 function can be enabled only when the functions at all levels are enabled. PITP is applicable to the networking of a standalone MA5616 and the networking of subtended MA5616s. thus protecting the user account against theft and roaming. the device adds TAG to PPPoE packets and transmits the port information to the BRAS. Two methods are available to config RAIO. Default Configuration Table 3-13 lists the default settings related to PITP. you must configure RAIO.. 2. Before using the PITP function. Ltd. Select a corresponding keyword for configuring the RAIO format according to the PITP mode. When the auto-sensing traffic stream is configured. run the raio-format pitp-pmode command to configure the RAIO format. the BRAS discovers that the user account does not match the physical port information and thus rejects the dialup access request of PC2. regardless of whether the traffic stream has learned the VPI/ VCI or not. 81 . – Run the raio-mode mode pitp-vmode command to configure the RAIO mode in the PITP V mode. NOTE The PITP P mode supports all the RAIO modes. – In the PITP P mode. the VLAN that bound with the RAIO profile. For RAIO profile mode. In this mode. adopts the configuration of the RAIO profile. Table 3-13 Default settings related to PITP Parameter PITP function Default Setting Global function: disabled VLAN-level function: enabled PITP sub-option 90 User-side PPPoE packet carrying the vendor tag information Disabled Disabled Procedure Step 1 Configure the relay agent information option (RAIO). Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. you need to run the raio-format command to configure the RAIO format.35 as the VPI/VCI of the tag. the PITP V mode currently supports only the common and userdefine modes. For the VLAN that not bound with the RAIO profile. Configure the RAIO mode. fill in 8191. the global mode and the RAIO profile mode. the global RAIO configuration is adopted. l Configure RAIO in global mode: 1. – Run the raio-mode mode pitp-pmode command to configure the RAIO mode in the PITP P mode. run the raio-format pitp-vmode command to configure the RAIO format. – In the PITP V mode. The parameter user-defined indicates the user-defined RAIO mode. (Optional) Configure the RAIO format if the user-defined mode is selected.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration of PC1. 35 as the VPI/VCI of the tag. PITP sub-option 90 is disabled. the configured format applies to all access modes. By default. the RID format is fixed and therefore it need not be configured manually. (Optional) Run the raio sub-option 0x90 command to configure PITP sub-option 90. Enable or disable PITP sub-option 90 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l RID: Identifies the access information about the user. If the access mode is not selected. run the raio-format pitp-pmode command to configure the RAIO format. 82 . The PPPoE+ mode supports reporting the sub-option 90 line parameters. – Run the raio-mode mode pitp-pmode command to configure the RAIO mode in the PITP P mode. The CID format and RID format in the PITP V mode are the same: l CID: Identifies the attribute information about the device. The CID format and RID format in the PITP V mode are the same: l CID: Identifies the attribute information about the device. 3. – In the PITP P mode. l RID: Identifies the access information about the user. PITP sub-option 90 is disabled. including link type and encapsulation information. – Run the raio-mode mode pitp-vmode command to configure the RAIO mode in the PITP V mode. When the auto-sensing traffic stream is configured. Configure the RAIO mode. (Optional) Configure the RAIO format if the user-defined mode is selected. including link type and encapsulation information. configure the circuit ID (CID) and the remote ID (RID). the configured format applies to only this access mode. Select a corresponding keyword for configuring the RAIO format according to the PITP mode. In other modes. (Optional) Run the raio sub-option 0x90 command to configure PITP sub-option 90. NOTE In the case of the user-defined RAIO format. the configured format applies to all access modes. 2.. Enable or disable PITP sub-option 90 according to actual requirements. 3. regardless of whether the traffic stream has learned the VPI/ VCI or not. 4. The configuration of PITP sub-option 90 takes effect only in the PITP P mode. the PITP V mode currently supports only the common and userdefine modes. The PPPoE+ mode supports reporting the sub-option 90 line parameters. Ltd. If the access mode is selected. By default. Run the raio-profile command to create a RAIO profile and enter the RAIO profile mode.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 3 Basic Configuration In the case of the user-defined RAIO format. – In the PITP V mode. In other modes. configure the circuit ID (CID) and the remote ID (RID). you need to run the raio-format command to configure the RAIO format. If the access mode is selected. The parameter user-defined indicates the user-defined RAIO mode. l Configure RAIO in RAIO profile mode: 1. NOTE The PITP P mode supports all the RAIO modes. run the raio-format pitp-vmode command to configure the RAIO format. the PITP V mode does not support reporting the line parameters. In this mode. If the access mode is not selected. fill in 8191. the configured format applies to only this access mode. the RID format is fixed and therefore it need not be configured manually. run the pitp enable vmode command to enable global PITP V mode. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. NOTE The Ethernet protocol type of the PITP V mode must be configured when the PITP V mode is disabled. and port ID to the PPPoE + upstream PADI and PADR packets to generate new packets. 2. shelf ID. Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile and enter the VLAN service profile mode. The PITP function can be enabled or disabled at two levels. Step 3 Configure the optional attributes of PITP. 1. b. the PITP V mode does not support reporting the line parameters.1 to the VLAN. tagged packets are discarded. The configuration of the VLAN service profile takes effect only after this command is executed. If this function is enabled. Then. The configuration of PITP sub-option 90 takes effect only in the PITP P mode. this function is disabled. slot ID. Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode. (Optional) VLAN-level PITP function: a. the PITP function of the VLAN is enabled. run the raio-format pitp-vmode command to configure the RAIO format. l In the PITP V mode. run the raio-format pitp-pmode command to configure the RAIO format. Run the pitp enable command to enable the PITP function of the VLAN.2. that is. Global PITP function: Run the pitp enable pmode command to enable global PITP P mode. pay attention to the following points: l When the PITP function is enabled only on the OLT.a to the VLAN. By default. Run the pitp permit-forwarding service-port command to set whether the service port allows the user-side PPPoE packet carrying the vendor tag information. the user-side PPPoE packet carrying the vendor tag information is not allowed. c. tagged packets are forwarded. Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect. l In the PITP P mode. run the pitp vmode ether-type command to set the Ethernet protocol type to be the same as that of the BRAS. 6. The PITP function is enabled only when it is enabled at both levels. 5. Ltd. In the PITP V mode. Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the VLAN service profile created in 2. Step 2 Configure the PITP function. the global PITP function is disabled. If this function is disabled.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration according to actual requirements. By default. By default. The system adds a tag containing the device name. Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode.. the tag of the PADI packet contains only the information about the PON port on the OLT. d. 83 . Run the vlan bind raio-profile command to bind the RAIO profile created in 1. When the PITP function is applied to the OLT+MA5616 network. e. That is. ----End Example Assume the following configuration: l l l l RAIO configuration mode: global mode RAIO mode: user-defined mode CID format for the ATM access mode: shelf ID/slot ID/port ID:VPI. do as follows: huawei(config)#raio-mode user-defined pitp-pmode huawei(config)#raio-format pitp-pmode cid atm anid atm frame/slot/port:vpi. 84 . – When this function is disabled. subscribers connected to the service port fail to dial a number. the tag of the PADI packet contains only the information about the PON port on the OLT.. l If the PITP function is enabled on both the OLT and the MA5616.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration l When the PITP function is enabled only on the MA5616.vci huawei(config)#raio-format pitp-pmode cid eth anid eth frame/slot/port:vlanid huawei(config)#raio-format pitp-pmode rid atm plabel huawei(config)#raio-format pitp-pmode rid eth plabel huawei(config)#pitp enable pmode huawei(config)#vlan service-profile profile-id 1 huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#pitp enable huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#commit huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#quit huawei(config)#vlan bind service-profile 30 profile-id 1 Assume the following configuration: l l l l RAIO configuration mode: RAIO profile mode RAIO mode: user-defined mode CID format for the ATM access mode: shelf ID/slot ID/port ID:VPI.VCI CID format for the Ethernet access mode: shelf ID slot ID port ID:VLAN ID To enable the PITP P function for the traffic stream with VLAN ID 30. – When this function is enabled.VCI CID format for the Ethernet access mode: shelf ID slot ID port ID:VLAN ID To enable the PITP P function for the traffic stream with VLAN ID 30. Ltd. the tag of the PADI packet contains only the information about the user port on the MA5616. a function (through the pitp permit-forwarding service-port command) is used to choose which tag the PADI packet carries. the PADI packet (PITP P mode) cannot be transmitted. do as follows: huawei(config)#raio-profile index 1 huawei(config-raio-profile-1)#raio-mode user-defined pitp-pmode huawei(config-raio-profile-1)#raio-format pitp-pmode cid atm anid atm frame/slot/ port:vpi.vci huawei(config-raio-profile-1)#raio-format pitp-pmode cid eth anid eth frame/slot/ port:vlanid huawei(config-raio-profile-1)#raio-format pitp-pmode rid atm plabel huawei(config-raio-profile-1)#raio-format pitp-pmode rid eth plabel huawei(config-raio-profile-1)#quit huawei(config)#vlan bind raio-profile 30 index 1 huawei(config)#pitp enable pmode huawei(config)#vlan service-profile profile-id 1 huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#pitp enable huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#commit huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#quit huawei(config)#vlan bind service-profile 30 profile-id 1 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. slot ID. Disabled Status of the DHCP option 82 suboption 9 function Status of forwarding the DHCP packets with option 82 from the client side Disabled Disabled Procedure Step 1 Configure the relay agent information option (RAIO). Table 3-14 lists the default settings related to DHCP option 82. and configure the RAIO mode to common.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration To set the Ethernet protocol type of VBRAS packets to be the same as the Ethernet protocol type of the upper-layer BRAS. and provides the information such as the user subrack ID. The MA5616 can work in the L2 DHCP forwarding mode.2 Configuring Anti-Theft and Roaming of User Accounts Through DHCPv4 DHCPv4 improves the user authentication security by adding the user physical location information to the option 82 field of the DHCP request packets initiated by the user. so as to prevent theft and roaming of the user account. In the mode. and suboption 9 field (optional). Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. remote ID (RID). VPI. you must configure the RAIO. enable the PITP V function for the traffic stream with VLAN ID 30. anti-theft and roaming of user accounts through DHCP option 82 can be configured. and VCI. Background Information The option 82 field contains the circuit ID (CID). Before using the DHCP function. 85 . Ltd. do as follows: huawei(config)#raio-mode common pitp-vmode huawei(config)#pitp enable vmode huawei(config)#vlan service-profile profile-id 1 huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#pitp enable huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#commit huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#quit huawei(config)#vlan bind service-profile 30 profile-id 1 3. port ID. Table 3-14 Default settings related to DHCP option 82 Parameter Status of the DHCP option 82 function Default Setting Global status: disabled VLAN-level status: enabled Status of the DHCP option 82 suboption 7 function NOTE The CCUC control board supports this function and the CCUB control board does not support this function.. suboption 7 field (optional).11. namely. 0x8500. 3. see the raio-format command. the global mode and the RAIO profile mode. (Optional) Run the raio sub-option command to enable the DHCP option 82 suboption 9 function. see the raio-format command. – For details about the RAIO format. Ltd. NOTE l CID identifies the attribute information of the device..SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Two methods are available to config RAIO. run the raio-format dhcp-option82 command to configure the RAIO format. – If the access mode is not selected. (Optional) If the user-defined mode is selected. run this command to enable the DHCP option 82 suboption 9 function. 3. the configured format is valid to all access modes. If the access mode is selected. NOTE In other modes except the user-defined mode. – To configure the user-defined format. (Optional) If the user-defined mode is selected. Run the raio-mode mode dhcp-option82 command to set the RAIO mode. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l RID identifies the access information of the user. l Configure RAIO in RAIO profile mode: 1. 2. l RID identifies the access information of the user. – To configure the user-defined format. If the access mode is selected. the configured format is valid to only this access mode. (Optional) Run the raio sub-option command to enable the DHCP option 82 suboption 9 function. the configured format is valid to only this access mode. NOTE l CID identifies the attribute information of the device. the RID format is fixed and therefore it need not be configured manually. 86 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . – If the access mode is not selected. run the raio-format dhcp-option82 command to configure the RAIO format. For RAIO profile mode. Run the raio-mode mode dhcp-option82 command to set the RAIO mode. the configured format is valid to all access modes. adopts the configuration of the RAIO profile. the VLAN that bound with the RAIO profile. – For details about the RAIO format. When DHCP needs to support the reporting of the line parameters related to sub options 0x81-0x91 as defined in TR101. mainly configure the RID in the CID. the RID format is fixed and therefore it need not be configured manually. mainly configure the RID in the CID. 2. l Configure RAIO in global mode: 1. the global RAIO configuration is adopted. Run the raio-profile command to create a RAIO profile and enter the RAIO profile mode. 4. NOTE In other modes except the user-defined mode. For the VLAN that not bound with the RAIO profile. b. By default. (Optional) VLAN-level DHCP option 82 function: a. Ltd. The configuration of the VLAN service profile takes effect only after you run this command. ----End Example Assume the following configuration: l l Issue 03 (2012-03-20) RAIO configuration mode: global mode RAIO mode: user-defined mode Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. If the service port is set to allow the packets carrying the option 82 information. Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the VLAN service profile created in 4. the DHCP option 82 function is disabled globally. d. When the user name needs to be encapsulated in suboption 7 of DHCP option 82 and transmitted to the DHCP server. run this command to enable the DHCP option 82 suboption 9 function. 6. If the service port is set to prohibit the packets carrying the option 82 information. e. tagged packets are forwarded. you can enable the DHCP option 82 suboption 7 function. The DHCP option 82 function takes effect only when it is enabled at both levels. Step 2 (Optional) Run the dhcp sub-option7 command to enable the DHCP option 82 suboption 7 function. and port ID to the option 82 field of DHCP packets to generate new packets. the DHCP option 82 function is disabled globally. 87 .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration When DHCP needs to support the reporting of the line parameters related to sub options 0x81-0x91 as defined in TR101.1 to the VLAN. 5. c.a to the VLAN.. the DHCP option 82 function is enabled. Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode. slot ID. Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile and enter the VLAN service profile mode. Global DHCP option 82 function: Run the dhcp option82 command to enable the DHCP option 82 function globally. Step 3 (Optional) Set the service port to allow or prohibit the user-side DHCP packets that carry the option 82 information.2. Run the dhcp option82 command to enable the DHCP option 82 function on the port. 1. By default. Run the dhcp option82 command to enable the DHCP option 82 function. tagged packets are dropped. Run the dhcp-option82 permit-forwarding service-port command to set the service port to allow or prohibit the DHCP packets that carry the option 82 information. Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect. 2. Step 4 Enable or disable the DHCP option 82 function. Run the vlan bind raio-profile command to bind the RAIO profile created in 1. shelf ID. The system adds the device name. Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode. The DHCP option 82 function can be enabled or disabled at two levels. By default. and VCI. Table 3-15 lists the default settings related to DHCPv6 option 18 and option 37. anti-theft and roaming of user accounts through DHCPv6 option 18 and option 37 can be configured. Ltd.vci huawei(config)#raio-format dhcp-option82 rid eth splabel huawei(config)#raio-format dhcp-option82 rid atm splabel huawei(config)#dhcp option82 enable Assume the following configuration: l l l l l RAIO configuration mode: RAIO profile mode RAIO mode: user-defined mode CID format for the Ethernet access mode: shelf ID/slot ID/sub slot ID/port ID:VLAN ID CID format for the ATM access mode: shelf ID/slot ID/port ID:VPI. port ID. slot ID.. do as follows: huawei(config)#raio-profile index 1 huawei(config-raio-profile-1)#raio-mode user-defined dhcp-option82 huawei(config-raio-profile-1)#raio-format dhcp-option82 cid eth anid eth frame/ slot/subslot/port:vlanid huawei(config-raio-profile-1)#raio-format dhcp-option82 cid atm anid frame/slot/ port:vpi. Background Information The option 18 field contains the circuit ID (CID). and the option 37 field contains the remote ID (RID).SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration l l l CID format for the Ethernet access mode: shelf ID/slot ID/sub slot ID/port ID:VLAN ID CID format for the ATM access mode: shelf ID/slot ID/port ID:VPI. VPI. In the mode.VCI RID format for all access modes: label of the service port To enable the DHCPv4 option 82 function for VLAN 30. 88 . The MA5616 can work in the L2 DHCPv6 forwarding mode. The option 18 field and option 37 field provides the information such as the user subrack ID.3 Configuring Anti-Theft and Roaming of User Accounts Through DHCPv6 DHCPv6 improves the user authentication security by adding the user physical location information to the option 18 and option 37 field of the DHCP request packets initiated by the user.VCI RID format for all access modes: label of the service port To enable the DHCPv4 option 82 function.11.vci huawei(config-raio-profile-1)#raio-format dhcp-option82 rid eth splabel huawei(config-raio-profile-1)#raio-format dhcp-option82 rid atm splabel huawei(config-raio-profile-1)#quit huawei(config)#vlan bind raio-profile 30 index 1 huawei(config)#dhcp option82 enable 3. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. do as follows: huawei(config)#raio-mode user-defined dhcp-option82 huawei(config)#raio-format dhcp-option82 cid eth anid eth frame/slot/subslot/ port:vlanid huawei(config)#raio-format dhcp-option82 cid atm anid frame/slot/port:vpi. so as to prevent theft and roaming of the user account. If the access mode is selected. l Configure RAIO in RAIO profile mode: 1. For the VLAN that not bound with the RAIO profile. run the raio-format dhcpv6-option command to configure the RAIO format. l RID identifies the access information of the user. NOTE l CID identifies the attribute information of the device. adopts the configuration of the RAIO profile. – To configure the user-defined format. see the raio-format command. NOTE In other modes except the user-defined mode. 2. the configured format is valid to only this access mode. (Optional) If the user-defined mode is selected. run the raio-format dhcpv6-option command to configure the RAIO format. Run the raio-mode mode dhcpv6-option command to set the RAIO mode. Run the raio-profile command to create a RAIO profile and enter the RAIO profile mode. the configured format is valid to all access modes. Run the raio-mode mode dhcpv6-option command to set the RAIO mode. mainly configure the RID in the CID. – To configure the user-defined format.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Table 3-15 Default settings related to DHCPv6 option 18 and option 37 Parameter Status of the DHCPv6 option 18 and option 37 function Default Setting Global status: disabled VLAN-level status: enabled Procedure Step 1 Configure the relay agent information option (RAIO). the configured format is valid to only this access mode. Before using the DHCP function. 2. If the access mode is selected. l Configure RAIO in global mode: 1. the configured format is valid to all access modes. For RAIO profile mode. – For details about the RAIO format. the global RAIO configuration is adopted. the global mode and the RAIO profile mode. the RID format is fixed and therefore it need not be configured manually. Two methods are available to config RAIO. Ltd. see the raio-format command. (Optional) If the user-defined mode is selected. 3. mainly configure the RID in the CID. – For details about the RAIO format. 89 . Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – If the access mode is not selected. the RID format is fixed and therefore it need not be configured manually.. the VLAN that bound with the RAIO profile. NOTE In other modes except the user-defined mode. you must configure the RAIO. – If the access mode is not selected. By default. (Optional) VLAN-level DHCPv6 option 18 and option 37 function: a. The configuration of the VLAN service profile takes effect only after you run this command. l Run the dhcpv6-option permit-forwarding command to set the port to allow or prohibit the DHCPv6 packets that carry the option 18 and option 37 information. c. If the service port is set to allow the packets carrying the option 18 and option 37 information. Ltd. d. ----End Example Assume the following configuration: l l l l l RAIO configuration mode: global mode RAIO mode: user-defined mode CID format for the Ethernet access mode: shelf ID/slot ID/sub slot ID/port ID:VLAN ID CID format for the ATM access mode: shelf ID/slot ID/port ID:VPI. tagged packets are dropped.VCI RID format for all access modes: label of the service port To enable the DHCPv6 option 18 and option 37 function. the DHCPv6 option 18 and option 37 function is enabled. Run the dhcpv6 option command to enable the DHCPv6 option 18 and option 37 function. 90 . Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the VLAN service profile to the VLAN. and port ID to the option 18 and option 37 field of DHCP packets to generate new packets.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 3 Basic Configuration l CID identifies the attribute information of the device. Step 2 (Optional) Set the port to allow or prohibit the user-side DHCPv6 packets that carry the option 18 and option 37 information. Step 3 Enable or disable the DHCPv6 option 18 and option 37 function. shelf ID. By default. Global DHCPv6 option 18 and option 37 function: Run the dhcpv6 option command to enable the DHCPv6 option 18 and option 37 function globally. 2. By default. Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile and enter the VLAN service profile mode. Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode. 5. 4. tagged packets are forwarded. Run the dhcpv6 option command to enable the DHCPv6 option 18 and option 37 function on the port. the DHCPv6 option 18 and option 37 function is disabled globally. l RID identifies the access information of the user. The DHCPv6 option 18 and option 37 function takes effect only when it is enabled at both levels. Run the vlan bind raio-profile command to bind the RAIO profile to the VLAN. If the service port is set to prohibit the packets carrying the option 18 and option 37 information.. 1. The DHCPv6 option 18 and option 37 function can be enabled or disabled at two levels. do as follows: Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode. The system adds the device name. e. the DHCPv6 option 18 and option 37 function is disabled globally. slot ID. Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect. b. and discards the packets that carry other source IP addresses.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration huawei(config)#raio-mode user-defined dhcpv6-option huawei(config)#raio-format dhcpv6-option cid eth anid eth frame/slot/subslot/ port:vlanid huawei(config)#raio-format dhcpv6-option cid atm anid frame/slot/port:vpi.VCI RID format for all access modes: label of the service port To enable the DHCPv6 option 18 and option 37 function for VLAN 30. a user port is bound to an IP address after the user goes online.. After the binding. Background Information IP address binding refers to binding an IP address to a service port. Procedure l Configure the IP address binding. Ltd. Then. Anti-IP spoofing is mainly applied to DHCP access users. the user cannot go online through this port by using other IP addresses. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the service port permits only the packet whose source IP address is the bound address to go upstream. When anti-IP spoofing is enabled. Anti-IP spoofing is to dynamically trigger the IP address binding.vci huawei(config)#raio-format dhcpv6-option rid eth splabel huawei(config)#raio-format dhcpv6-option rid atm splabel huawei(config)#dhcpv6 option enable Assume the following configuration: l l l l l RAIO configuration mode: RAIO profile mode RAIO mode: user-defined mode CID format for the Ethernet access mode: shelf ID/slot ID/sub slot ID/port ID:VLAN ID CID format for the ATM access mode: shelf ID/slot ID/port ID:VPI. and any user cannot go online through other ports by using this IP address.4 Configuring the Anti-IP Address Attack This topic describes how to configure IP address binding and anti-IP spoofing to prevent malicious users from attacking the device or authorized users by forging the IP addresses of authorized users. 91 . do as follows: huawei(config)#raio-profile index 1 huawei(config-raio-profile-1)#raio-mode user-defined dhcpv6-option huawei(config-raio-profile-1)#raio-format dhcpv6-option cid eth anid eth frame/ slot/subslot/port:vlanid huawei(config-raio-profile-1)#raio-format dhcpv6-option cid atm anid frame/slot/ port:vpi.11.vci huawei(config-raio-profile-1)#raio-format dhcpv6-option rid eth splabel huawei(config-raio-profile-1)#raio-format dhcpv6-option rid atm splabel huawei(config-raio-profile-1)#quit huawei(config)#vlan bind raio-profile 30 index 1 huawei(config)#dhcpv6 option enable 3. Prerequisites The service port to be bound to an IP address is created. Run the bind ip command to bind an IP address to a service port. preventing illegal users from stealing the IP address of legal users. 2. Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the VLAN to the VLAN service profile configured in 1. this user goes offline. The function takes effect only when it is enabled at both levels. By default. The configuration of the VLAN service profile takes effect only after this command is executed. – VLAN-level function: 1. The configuration of the VLAN service profile takes effect only after this command is executed. The function takes effect only when it is enabled at both levels. Run the security anti-ipv6spoofing command to configure the VLAN-level function. 4. – Global function: Run the security anti-ipv6spoofing command to configure the global function. 92 . the VLAN-level function is disabled. and the user needs to go online again. Only the user who goes online after anti-IPv4 spoofing is enabled can have the IPv4 address bound. Ltd. By default. Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile and enter the VLAN service profile mode. 3. Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect. the IPv4 address of this user is not bound by the system. Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile and enter the VLAN service profile mode. 3. The anti-IPv6 spoofing function can be enabled or disabled at two levels. 5. the global function is disabled. the service of this user is interrupted. Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode. l Configure anti-IPv6 spoofing. By default. By default. 2. the global function is disabled. Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode. The anti-IPv4 spoofing function can be enabled or disabled at two levels. l Configure anti-IPv4 spoofing. configure the IP address binding. 5. the VLAN-level function is disabled. – VLAN-level function: 1. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. As a result.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration To permit only the users of certain IP addresses to access the system so that illegal users cannot access the system by using the IP addresses of legal users.. – Global function: Run the security anti-ipspoofing command to configure the global function. Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the VLAN to the VLAN service profile configured in 1. Run the security anti-ipspoofing command to configure the VLAN-level function. 4. Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect. NOTE When anti-IPv4 spoofing is enabled after a user is already online. As a result. ----End Example To bind IP address 10. the binding between a service port and a MAC address is implemented through setting a static MAC address entry of a port and setting the maximum number of learnable MAC addresses to 0. VMAC adopts the trusty virtual MAC address allocated by the MA5616 to replace the source MAC addresses of terminal users and prevents untrusty MAC addresses from entering the network. anti-MAC duplicate. service port 2 permits only the packet whose source IP address is 2000::1/64. only the user whose MAC address is the bound MAC address can access the network through the service port. After the binding. the service of this user is interrupted. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. do as follows: huawei(config)#security anti-ipv6spoofing enable huawei(config)#vlan service-profile profile-id 2 huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-2)#security anti-ipv6spoofing enable Info: Please use the commit command to make modifications take effect huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-2)#commit huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-2)#quit huawei(config)#vlan bind service-profile 10 profile-id 2 3. do as follows: huawei(config)#security anti-ipspoofing enable huawei(config)#vlan service-profile profile-id 2 huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-2)#security anti-ipspoofing enable Info: Please use the commit command to make modifications take effect huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-2)#commit huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-2)#quit huawei(config)#vlan bind service-profile 10 profile-id 2 To enable anti-IPv6 spoofing for VLAN 10. the IPv6 address of this user is not bound by the system. preventing MAC address conflict and MAC address spoofing from malicious users. service port 2 permits only the packet whose source IP address is 10. 93 . that is.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 3 Basic Configuration When anti-IPv6 spoofing is enabled after a user is already online.20.20 to service port 2. Only the user who goes online after anti-IPv6 spoofing is enabled can have the IPv6 address bound. and virtual MAC (VMAC) address to prevent malicious users from attacking the device or authorized users by forging the MAC addresses of authorized users. and the user needs to go online again. Anti-MAC spoofing is mainly applied to PPPoE and DHCP access users.20 To bind IP address 2000::1/64 to service port 2. that is. Instead.10. Ltd.10.5 Configuring the Anti-MAC Address Attack This topic describes how to configure MAC address binding.. Background Information MAC address binding refers to binding a MAC address to a service port. do as follows: huawei(config)#bind ip service-port 2 2000::1/64 To enable anti-IPv4 spoofing for VLAN 10. The purpose is to ensure that the service of legal users is not affected.11.10.10.10. anti-MAC spoofing. this user goes offline. The major function of anti-MAC spoofing is to prevent illegal users from forging the MAC address of legal users.10. The MA5616 does not support the direct binding of a MAC address. do as follows: huawei(config)#bind ip service-port 2 10. 5. the VLAN-level function is disabled. In this way. Only the user who goes online after anti-MAC spoofing is enabled can have the MAC address bound. CAUTION To ensure device security. Run the mac-address max-mac-count command to set the maximum number of learnable MAC addresses to 0. the global function is disabled. By default. By default. Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile and enter the VLAN service profile mode. This parameter is to limit the maximum number of the MAC addresses that can be learned through one account. the global anti-MAC spoofing function for IPv6 users is disabled. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode. the service of this user is interrupted. The anti-MAC spoofing function is enabled only when it is enabled at both the tow levels. 2. 1. NOTE When anti-MAC spoofing is enabled after a user is already online. 4.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration The anti-MAC-duplicate function does not allow dynamic MAC addresses to be duplicated before they are aged. when MAC address conflicts occur between different users. run the security anti-macspoofing control-protocol ipv6oe command to enable the anti-MAC Spoofing for IPv6 users besides running the security anti-macspoofing command. Run the security anti-macspoofing command to configure the VLAN-level function. As a result. it is recommended that you enable this function. The configuration of the VLAN service profile takes effect only after this command is executed. For IPv6 users. Ltd. Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect. 2. 3. to limit the maximum number of the PCs that can access the Internet through one account. Run the mac-address static command to add a static MAC address.. that is. this user goes offline. l Configure anti-MAC spoofing. the MAC address of this user is not bound by the system. l Configure 1:1 VMAC. and the user needs to go online again. 94 . – VLAN-level function: 1. By default. Procedure l Configure the MAC address binding. the user that goes online first will not be affected. Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the VLAN to the VLAN service profile configured in 1. – Global function: Run the security anti-macspoofing command to configure the global function. The anti-MAC spoofing function can be enabled or disabled at tow levels. and port ID. d. the value of the reserved bits must be in the range of [0x0. a. After the anti-MAC-duplicate function is enabled and before the dynamic MAC address learned by the system is aged. The DSLAM ID is bits 21-39 of the VMAC address.. anti-MAC spoofing is preferred and anti-MAC duplicate does not take effect. VMAC can be enabled only when dslam-id is in the range of 0x0-0x7ffff. This command is used to set the value of the reserved bits (bits 47-42) in the VMAC address generating format. Run the vmac dslam-id command to configure the DSLAM ID. l IPoA does not support the obtaining of the MAC address using the VMAC and the MAC address can only be obtained from the MAC address pool. b. The VMAC value is made up of the value of reserved bits and other bits. 1. To enable VMAC. Ltd. a. 2. After VMAC is enabled. NOTE l By default. Run the vlan service-profile command to enter the VLAN service profile mode. multiMAC is also 1:1 VMAC. In such a case. Run the vmac enable command to enable VMAC. the value is 0x0. In the global config mode. NOTE The uniqueness of the DSLAM ID must be ensured by the configuration engineer to prevent allocating the same VMAC address to two DSLAMs. VMAC fails to be enabled. (Optional) Run the vmac reserved-bits command to configure the reserved bits of the VMAC address. c. run this command. The relationship between the user MAC address and the device VMAC address is 1:1. the packets transmitted from other ports will be discarded if the packets carry the same MAC address. c. VMAC can be enabled globally or at the VLAN service profile level. When VMAC is enabled. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Enable VMAC. Run the vmac enable command to enable VMAC at the VLAN service profile level. run the vmac enable command to enable VMAC.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 3 Basic Configuration The xPoE/xPoA MAC address can be allocated in multi-MAC mode. 95 .0x3F]. the anti-MAC-duplicate function is disabled. 19 bits in total. Configure VMAC-related attributes. To limit the number of VMAC addresses on each port. l If VMAC is disabled. l When anti-MAC duplicate and anti-MAC spoofing are enabled. 1. the PPPoA and IPoA MAC addresses are obtained from the configured MAC address pool (by running the mac-pool command). Run the commit command to commit the configuration. slot ID. the VMAC address is generated according to the DSLAM ID. the number of VMAC addresses on each port is 8. By default. By default. (Optional) Run the vmac port-vmac-count command to configure the number of VMAC addresses on each port. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Run the security anti-macduplicate command to enable anti-MAC duplicate. Otherwise. b. the device uses a unique VMAC address to replace the MAC address of a single user. l Configure the anti-MAC-duplicate function. huawei(config)#security anti-macspoofing enable huawei(config)#security anti-macspoofing max-mac-count service-port 2 7 To enable the global VMAC function with DSLAM ID 0x0e02 and enable the 1:1 VMAC function of VLAN service profile 2 bound to VLAN 10.12 Configuring System Security This topic describes how to configure the network security and protection measures of the system to protect the system from malicious attacks. do as follows: huawei(config)#vmac dslam-id 0x0e02 huawei(config)#vmac enable huawei(config)#vlan service-profile profile-id 2 huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-2)#vmac enable huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-2)#commit huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-2)#quit huawei(config)#vlan bind service-profile 10 profile-id 2 To enable anti-MAC duplicate so that the user that goes online first will not be affected when MAC address conflicts occur between different users. service port 1 permits only the packet whose source MAC address is 1010-1010-1010. Background Information With the system security feature. that is.. System security includes the following items: l l l l l l l l ACL/Packet filtering firewall Blacklist Anti-DoS attack Anti-ICMP/IP attack Source route filtering Source MAC address filtering User-side ring network detection Allowed/Denied address segment The following common inappropriate configurations affect the system security: Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. and therefore the MA5616 can run stably in the network. do as follows: huawei(config)#security anti-macduplicate enable 3. Example To bind static MAC address 1010-1010-1010 to service port 1. 96 . do as follows: huawei(config)#mac-address static service-port 1 1010-1010-1010 huawei(config)#mac-address max-mac-count service-port 1 0 To enable anti-MAC spoofing for VLAN 10. and set the maximal number of MAC address bound to service port 2 (related to VLAN 10) to 7. the MA5616 can be protected against the attacks from the network side or user side. ----End Run the display security config command to query the configuration. and set the maximum number of learnable MAC addresses to 0.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration 2. l Packets accessing the management interface of the device are not controlled. Table 3-16 Default settings of system security Parameter Firewall blacklist Anti-DoS attack Anti-ICMP attack Anti-IP attack Source route filtering User-side ring network detection Default Setting Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled 3. apply the minimum authorization principle. Background Information Firewall includes the following items: Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l The anti-address spoofing functions is not enabled.12.. l Use a public network address to manage the device. If the anti-address spoofing function is not enabled. threatening the system security. Preventive methods or measures: Run the security anti-macspoofing enable command to enable the anti-MAC spoofing. Therefore. Preventive methods or measures: Run the ring check command to enable the function of checking user-side ring networks.1 Configuring Firewall Configuring system firewall can control the packets that go through the management port of the device so that unauthorized operators cannot access the system through the inband or outband channel. The access rights are not strictly limited when the ACL is configured. Ltd. Table 3-16 lists the default settings of system security.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration l The ring network detection is not enabled. Preventive methods or measures: – Use a private network address to manage the device. IP addresses other than have been specified are not permitted to access the device through the management port. Preventive methods or measures: Run the firewall packet-filter command to apply the firewall packet filtering rule on the interface to filter packets received on the interface and prevent packet attacks. and add only the necessary management IP address segment. an unauthorized user may forge the MAC address of an authorized user to send PPPoE or DHCP control packets. – Configure the permitted IP address segment. the network may be attacked. the system is busy and the services cannot be provided in the normal state. – When configuring the ACL. 97 . When a device is attacked by packets. 98 2. 3. CAUTION To ensure device security. Run the acl command to create an ACL. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . and bind rule2 first and then rule1 to the inbound direction. Procedure l Configure a firewall blacklist. an ACL can be activated in two modes. Run the quit command to return to the global config mode. l Run the packet-filter command to activate an ACL. The earlier the execution priority of the sub-rules in one ACL is configured. and then matches ACLs. Run the rule(adv acl) command to create an advanced ACL. the system checks the firewall blacklist first. which denies all packets.1.1. That is. 2. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. For the sub-rules in one ACL. For example. the execution priority is implemented by software. Choose either mode. Ltd. Run the firewall packet-filter command. the execution priority is implemented by hardware.1. l Run the firewall packet-filter command to activate an ACL.1 to pass. – Configure the firewall blacklist function by using advanced ACLs. When two modes are configured. For the sub-rules in one ACL. When firewall detects the attack attempt of a specific IP address according to the characteristics of packets. do as follows: 1. ACL/Packet filtering firewall: Configure an ACL to filter data packets. the priority of the firewall blacklist function is higher than the priority of ACLs. firewall actively adds an entry to the blacklist and then filters the packets from this IP address.1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration l Blacklist: The blacklist function can be used to screen the packets sent from a specific IP address. firewall must be configured. In two modes. 1. to allow only the packets from source IP address 1. This mode is mainly applied to the NMS. Two modes are supported: configuring a firewall blacklist by using ACLs or by adding the source IP addresses of untrusted packets. Configure an ACL rule2. the execution priorities on the sub-rules in one ACL are different. To set a port to allow only one type of packets to go through. Only advanced ACLs can be used when the black list function is enabled. The later the execution priority of the sub-rules in one ACL is configured. Therefore. NOTE l On the MA5616.. This is to control the packets that go through the management port of the device. use the ACL to implement the packet filtering function. the higher the priority. the range of the ACL ID is 3000-3999. the higher the priority.1 to go through a port in the inbound direction. Configure an ACL rule1. A major feature of the blacklist function is that entries can be dynamically added or deleted. or both. 3. which allows the packets with source IP address 1. – Run the firewall blacklist enable acl-number acl-number command to enable the firewall blacklist function.20 0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3000)#quit huawei(config)#firewall blacklist enable acl-number 3000 To deny the users in network segment 10. the firewall blacklist function is disabled.10.255 destination 10. do as follows: huawei(config)#firewall blacklist item 10.18 to the firewall blacklist with the aging time of 100 min. – Advanced ACL: Run the rule(adv acl) command. 3.11. Run the interface meth command to enter the METH mode to configure the firewall packet filtering rules for an METH interface. Run different commands to create different types of ACLs.11.10. Run the firewall enable command to enable the firewall blacklist function.10.10. Configure the firewall blacklist function by adding the source IP addresses of untrusted packets. l Configure the firewall (filtering packets based on the ACL). 1. do as follows: huawei(config)#acl 3000 huawei(config-acl-adv-3000)#rule deny ip source 10.10.0 to the firewall blacklist and bind ACL 3000 to these IP addresses. Run the firewall packet-filter command to apply firewall packet filtering rules to an interface. Run the acl command to create an ACL. Run the quit command to return to the global config mode.0.10.11. ----End Example To add IP address 10.11. 99 . run the interface vlanif command to enter the VLANIF mode configure the firewall packet filtering rules for a VLAN interface. To filter the packets of a port based on the basic ACL.28 0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3001)#quit huawei(config)#firewall enable Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. do as follows: huawei(config)#acl 3001 huawei(config-acl-adv-3001)#rule 5 deny icmp source 10.0 0. Run the firewall blacklist item command to add the source IP addresses of untrusted packets to the blacklist. 5.10. – Basic ACL: Run the rule(basic acl) command.0 to access the maintenance Ethernet port with IP address 10.0. Only basic ACLs and advanced ACLs can be used when packet filtering by firewall is configured.28 on the device.0.0.10. Therefore. 2.10.0 0. 6.10. enable the firewall blacklist function.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration 4.18 timeout 100 huawei(config)#firewall blacklist enable To add the IP addresses in network segment 10.10. By default.10.255 destin ation 10. 1.10.. 2. Run the firewall blacklist enable command to enable the firewall blacklist function. 4. the range of the ACL ID is 2000-3999.10. Source route filtering: indicates the defensive measures taken by the system to filter the IP packets that are sent by the user and carry the routing option field. Source MAC address filtering: indicates the defensive measures taken by the system to filter the packets that are sent by the user and carry certain source MAC addresses. Run the security anti-icmpattack enable command to enable anti-ICMP attack. shield the attack port or suppress the protocol packet sending to protect the MA5616 from being attacked. Run the security anti-dos enable command to enable global anti-DoS attack. 100 .12. when the system receives attack packets from a user port. the system deletes the blacklist. and configuring the source route filtering and source MAC address filtering functions can prevent malicious users' attack on the system. Ltd. the system adds the user port to the blacklist. Background Information The MA5616 supports the following measures to prevent malicious users' attack on the system. When PC2 sends a large number of ICMP packets to the VLAN interface.. and then the MA5616 is unable to process the services of another user (PC2). the CPU usage of the MA5616 will be over high. With global anti-DoS attack enabled. l l Anti-DoS attack: indicates the defensive measures taken by the system to receive only a certain number of control packets sent from a user. To implement anti-ICMP attack.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide huawei(config)#interface meth 0 huawei(config-if-meth0)#firewall packet-filter 3001 inbound ACL applied successfully 3 Basic Configuration 3. Application scenario: Two PCs (PC1 and PC2) are connected to the network through the MA5616. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Anti-IP attack: indicates the defensive measures taken by the system to drop the IP packets sent from the user-side device to the MA5616.2 Configuring Anti-Attack Enabling anti-DoS attack and anti-ICMP/IP attack. Anti-ICMP attack: indicates the defensive measures taken by the system to drop the ICMP packets sent from the user-side device to the MA5616. Application scenario: Two PCs (PC1 and PC2) are connected to the network through the MA5616. AntiICMP attack is mainly used to prevent the user-side device from pinging the VLAN interface of the MA5616. l l l Procedure l Configure anti-DoS attack. This is to prevent the user-side device from pinging the VLAN interface of the MA5616. so as to improve system security. directly drop the userside ICMP packets if the IP address of the VLAN interface on the MA5616 is its destination IP address. the services of the user (PC1) that obtains the upper-layer DHCP information through the same VLAN interface will be abnormal. When global anti-DoS attack is disabled. If a malicious user (PC1) sends a large number of protocol control packets to attack the CPU of the MA5616. Choose measures according to actual requirements. To implement antiDoS attack. l Configure anti-ICMP attack. This prevents the users of illegal IP address segments from logging in to the system. Application scenario: In general. and the function of checking user-side ring networks. enable the source route filtering function. l Configure the MAC address filtering function. and the users of the denied IP address segment cannot access the device. routes are dynamic and application does not control route selection. causing the device to fail to process normal services. To prevent the preceding cases. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Application scenario: When a PC sends the packets with the address of VLAN x as the destination IP address to VLANIF x.. With this feature. Then the MA5616 performs validity check on IP packets and drops the packets that match the source route options. ----End Example To enable the global anti-DoS attack function. or forging certain renowned MAC addresses. or the user name and password for logging in to the device. l Enable the source route filtering function. The entries for the statically configured MAC addresses are of a higher priority than that of the dynamically learned MAC addresses. when a user knows the address of VLAN x. Run the security mac-filter command to enable the MAC address filtering function. packets go along a specific route in the network according to the intention of the sender. Ltd. Application scenario: To prevent users from forging the MAC address of the network-side device. The anti-IP attack is used to prevent user-side IP packets from attacking the Layer 3 interface of the device or to prevent illegal users from logging in to the device through telnet. safeguarding the system. This function is mainly used to filter the packets that carry the routing information and are reported to the Layer 3 switch. The MAC addresses that are dynamically learned by the host and the source MAC addresses that are statically configured by running the security mac-filter source command share the four entries for source MAC addresses on the board. Run the security source-route enable command to enable the source route filtering function. To prevent the two preceding cases. 101 . Run the security anti-ipattack enable command to enable anti-IP attack. The sender can add the routing information to IP packets through the source route to perform route selection.3 Preventing the Access of Illegal Users Only the users of the permitted IP address segment can access the device. the user may log in to the device through telnet to randomly change the configurations of the device.12. set the MAC address of the networkside as the MAC address to be filtered. enable anti-IP attack function. In this case. the device drops the packets with the address of the device interface as the destination IP address to prevent the user from attacking the device. the device needs to implement anti-IP attack. it may send a large number of packets to attack the device.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration l Enable anti-IP attack. do as follows: huawei(config)#security anti-dos enable huawei(config)#security anti-ipattack enable 3. l Run the sysman ip-access telnet command to configure the IP address segment that is permitted to access the device through Telnet. configure the permitted IP address segment. That is. 102 .5.5.10. When adding an address segment. Run the sysman ip-refuse telnet command to configure the IP address segment that is forbidden to access the device through Telnet. Run the sysman firewall snmp enable command to enable the firewall function for the access through SNMP. Procedure l Configure the permitted/denied IP address segment for the access through Telnet. l Configure the permitted/denied IP address segment for the access through SNMP (NMS). 1. the firewall function of the system is disabled. Run the sysman ip-refuse ssh command to configure the IP address segment that is forbidden to access the device through SSH. 3. Run the sysman ip-access ssh command to configure the IP address segment that is permitted to access the device through SSH. the firewall function of the system is disabled. Ltd. ----End Example To enable the firewall function for the access through Telnet. and only the user whose IP address is in the permitted address segment and is not in the denied address segment can access the device. Run the sysman ip-refuse snmp command to configure the IP address segment that is forbidden to access the device through SNMP. 1. ensure that the start address does not repeat an existing start address. By default. the firewall function of the system is disabled.. By default. Run the sysman firewall telnet enable command to enable the firewall function for the access through Telnet. and add only the necessary management IP address segment.1-10. Configure the permitted/denied IP address segment for the access through SSH. you only need to enter the start address of the address segment. Run the sysman firewall ssh enable command to enable the firewall function for the access through SSH. Run the sysman ip-access snmp command to configure the IP address segment that is permitted to access the device through SNMP. 3. 1. apply the minimum authorization principles. 2. 3. do as follows: Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and permit only the users of the IP address segment 10.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Background Information l l l Each firewall can be configured with up to 10 address segments. 2.254 to log in to the device through Telnet. IP addresses other than have been specified are not permitted to access the device through the management port. l It is recommended that the permitted IP address segment and the denied IP address segment should not overlap. To delete an address segment.10. 2. By default. CAUTION l To ensure the device security. If the default Ethernet protocol type of ring network detection packets is the same as the existing protocol type on the network.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide huawei(config)#sysman ip-access telnet 10. do as follows: huawei(config)#sysman ip-access ssh 10.20.20. ----End Example To enable the ring network detection..254 huawei(config)#sysman firewall telnet enable 3 Basic Configuration To enable the firewall function for the access through SSH. Procedure Step 1 Run the ring check enable command to enable the ring network detection.1 10.1-10.10. 103 .20.12.4 Enabling the Ring Network Detection on the User Side This topic describes how to enable the ring network detection on the user side and network side to prevent the services from being affected by the ring network.254 huawei(config)#sysman firewall snmp enable 3. Ltd. After the auto-activation interval is set. when detecting a ring network.1-10. do as follows: huawei(config)#sysman ip-refuse snmp 10.10.10.20. Step 2 (Option) Run the ring check private-ethtype command to configure the private Ethernet protocol type of ring network detection packets.10. change the protocol type of the ring detection packets to be different from the protocol type on the network.10.5.20.20.1 10. the system automatically activates the port that sends the ring check packet. the system automatically detects the ring network.10. Step 3 (Option) Run the ring check resume-interval command to set the auto-activation interval for the port in ring check. the ring network detection is disabled.10. and permit only the users of the IP address segment 10.254 huawei(config)#sysman firewall ssh enable To enable the firewall function for the access through SNMP.254 to log in to the device through SSH.1 10.20.254 to log in to the device through SNMP. it is recommended that the ring network detection is enabled. Background Information l l By default. and permit only the users of the IP address segment 10. Step 4 Run the display ring check config command to query the status of the ring network detection.20. CAUTION To ensure the security of the device.10.10.10. After the ring network detection is enabled.5. do as follows: huawei(config)#ring check enable huawei(config)#display ring check config Ring check switch status : enable Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 1X and Admin Telnet correspond to the local AAA. The local AAA does not support accounting. Figure 3-23 Example network of the AAA application RADIUS server ONU OLT PC HWTACACS server The preceding figure shows that the AAA function can be implemented on the MA5616 in the following three ways: l The MA5616 functions as a local AAA server. In the process that a user accesses network resources. 802. or Admin Telnet (associating the user name and the password with the domain name) mode. that is. Ltd.13 Configuring AAA This topic describes how to configure the AAA on the MA5616. certain rights are authorized to the user if the user passes authentication. authorization. and the original data about the user accessing network resources is recorded. through AAA. Figure 3-23 shows an example network of the AAA application. WLAN. that is. NOTE In the existing network. Accounting: Records the original data about the user accessing network resources. VLAN. Background Information AAA refers to authentication. l l l Authentication: Checks whether a user is allowed to access network resources. 104 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) .1X. the MA5616 functions as a local AAA server.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide Ring check private ethtype : 0x8300 Ring check resume-interval(min) : - 3 Basic Configuration 3. PPPoE corresponds to the remote AAA. the MA5616 functions as the client of a remote AAA server. the local AAA needs to be configured. In this case. including configuring the MA5616 as the local and remote AAA servers. and accounting. PPPoE. Application Context AAA is generally applied to the users that access the Internet in the PPPoA. 802. ISDN.. Authorization: Determines what network resources a user can access. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The RADIUS protocol.13. Run the aaa command to enter the AAA mode. except their header. Run the quit command to return to the AAA mode. l The system has a default authentication scheme named default.1 Configuring the Local AAA This topic describes how to configure the local AAA so that the user authentication can be performed locally. Run the authentication-mode local command to configure the local authentication mode. Supports authorization of the configuration commands on the router. The MA5616 functions as the client of a remote AAA server. Encrypts the body of HWTACACS packets. but cannot be deleted. and is connected to the HWTACACS server through the HWTACACS protocol. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. thus implementing the AAA. 3. Separated authorization and authentication. which does not depend on the external server. RADIUS Uses UDP for transmission. 105 . Step 2 Create a domain. Table 3-17 Differences between HWTACACS and RADIUS HWTACACS Uses TCP to realize more reliable network transmission. does not support authorization.. Background Information l l The local AAA configuration is simple. It can be modified. The local AAA supports only authentication. The system supports up to 16 authentication schemes. thus implementing the AAA. 3. 2. Procedure Step 1 Configure the AAA authentication scheme. Ltd. and is connected to the RADIUS server through the RADIUS protocol. Does not support the authorization of the configuration commands on the router. Encrypts only the password field of the authenticated packets. however. Table 3-17 lists the differences between HWTACACS and RADIUS. Run the authentication-scheme command to add an authentication scheme.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration l l The MA5616 functions as the client of a remote AAA server. NOTE l The authentication scheme specifies how all the users in an Internet service provider (ISP) domain are authenticated. Applicable to security control. Concurrent processing of authentication and authorization. 1. Applicable to accounting. 4. In the domain mode. In the AAA mode. run the authentication-scheme command to reference the authentication scheme.. – The authentication and accounting requests of users can be passed on to the Radius server through a network access server (NAS). it is used to manage a large number of distributed dial-in users. 2. The authentication scheme is newscheme.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 3 Basic Configuration l A domain is a group of users of the same type. Step 3 Refer the authentication scheme. l The domain name for user login cannot exceed 15 characters. 1. Background Information l What is RADIUS: – Radius is short for the remote authentication dial-in user service. 106 . In the AAA mode. huawei20041028@huawei. – Radius implements the user accounting by managing a simple user database. Generally.net). Run the quit command to return to the AAA mode. ----End Example User1 in the isp domain adopts the local server for authentication. It is a distributed information interaction protocol with the client-server structure. l In the user name format userid@domain-name (for example. run the domain command to create a domain. Ltd.2 Configuring the Remote AAA (Based on the RADIUS Protocol) The MA5616 is interconnected with the RADIUS server through the RADIUS protocol to implement authentication and accounting. and the other domain names cannot exceed 20 characters. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. do as follows: huawei(config)#aaa huawei(config-aaa)#authentication-scheme newscheme Info: Create a new authentication scheme huawei(config-aaa-authen-newscheme)#authentication-mode local huawei(config-aaa-authen-newscheme)#quit huawei(config-aaa)#domain isp Info: Create a new domain huawei(config-aaa-domain-isp)#authentication-scheme newscheme huawei(config-aaa-domain-isp)#quit huawei(config-aaa)#local-user user1 password a123456 3. the password is a123456. Step 4 Configure a local user.13. run the local-user password command to create a local AAA user. NOTE You can refer an authentication scheme in a domain only after the authentication scheme is created. 1. "userid" indicates the user name for authentication and "domain-name" followed by "@" indicates the domain name. Procedure Step 1 Configure the authentication scheme. 1. 4. authenticates the user account and password contained in the user data. 3.. the RADIUS is configured based on each RADIUS server group. Step 2 Configure the accounting scheme. 2. The system has a default accounting scheme named default. NOTE l The accounting scheme specifies how all the users in an ISP domain are charged. Run the quit command to quit the Authen mode. 2. 1. The RADIUS protocol specifies the means of transmitting the user information and accounting information between the NAS and the RADIUS server. the NAS forwards the user authentication and accounting information to the RADIUS server. l Specification: – For the MA5616. It can only be modified. – In actual networking. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. To make the essential parameters take effect. NOTE l The authentication scheme specifies how all the users in an ISP domain are authenticated. – The RADIUS server receives the connection requests of users sent from the NAS. Run the accounting-mode radius command to configure the accounting mode. but cannot be deleted. Ltd. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) In the AAA mode. run the accounting-scheme command to add an AAA accounting scheme. The system has a default accounting scheme named default.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration l Working principles of RADIUS: – When a user tries to access another network (or some network resources) by setting up a connection to the NAS through a network. l The system supports up to 16 authentication schemes. and returns the required data to the NAS. but cannot be deleted. Run the aaa command to enter the AAA mode. 107 . the RADIUS server group should be referenced in a certain domain. It can be modified. Run the authentication-scheme command to add an authentication scheme. Run the authentication-mode radius command to configure the authentication mode of the authentication scheme. a RADIUS server group can be any of the following: – An independent RADIUS server – A pair of primary/secondary RADIUS servers with the same configuration but different IP addresses – The following lists the attributes of a RADIUS server template: – IP addresses of primary and secondary servers – Shared key – RADIUS server type l The configuration of the RADIUS protocol defines only the essential parameters for the information exchange between the MA5616 and the RADIUS server. l The system supports up to 128 accounting schemes. l By default. The MA5616 classifies a user into a domain according to the domain name. make sure that the route between the RADIUS server and the MA5616 is in the normal state. the MA5616 re-transmits the request packets to the RADIUS to ensure that users can get corresponding services from the RADIUS server. and the part after @ is the domain name. 3. 108 . By default. Run the accounting interim interval command to set the interval of real-time accounting. (Optional) Run the (undo)radius-server user-name domain-included command to configure the user name (not) to carry the domain name when transmitted to the RADIUS server. the shared key of the RADIUS server is huawei. (Optional) Run the radius-server shared-key command to configure the shared key of the RADIUS server. (Optional) Run the radius-server retransmit command to set the maximum re-transmit time of the RADIUS request packets. and thus transmits the RADIUS request packets to another RADIUS server. the interval is 0 minutes. 7. Ltd. (Optional) Run the radius-server timeout command to set the response timeout time of the RADIUS server. Run the radius-server template command to create an RADIUS server template and enter the RADIUS server template mode. the RADIUS server group cannot be set or used in two or more domains. l An access user is named in the format of userid@domain-name. l If an RADIUS server group rejects the user name carrying the domain name. that is. 2. The MA5616 sends the request packets to the RADIUS server. By default. the real-time accounting is not performed. NOTE Step 3 Configure the RADIUS server template. the user name of the RADIUS server carries the domain name. l Make sure that the configuration of the RADIUS service port of the MA5616 is consistent with the port configuration of the RADIUS server.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration 3. By default. Run the radius-server accounting command to configure the IP address and the UDP port ID of the RADIUS server for accounting. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the maximum re-transmit time is 3. Run the radius-server authentication command to configure the IP address and the UDP port ID of the RADIUS server for authentication. By default. 5. the RADIUS server considers that these users are the same because the names transmitted to the server are the same.. 4. the timeout time is 5 seconds. the MA5616 considers that its communication with the RADIUS server is interrupted. 4. before configuring the IP address and UDP port of the RADIUS server. They can receive the packets from each other and can respond to each other only when their keys are the same. when some access users in different domains have the same user name. When the re-transmit time of the RADIUS request packets to a RADIUS server exceeds the maximum re-transmit time. 6. If the RADIUS server does not respond within the response timeout time. NOTE l The RADIUS client (MA5616) and the RADIUS server use the MD5 algorithm to encrypt the RADIUS packets. Otherwise. l To guarantee normal communication between the MA5616 and the RADIUS server. They check the validity of the packets by setting the encryption key. 1. Run the quit command to return to the AAA mode. On the RADIUS server. 2. "userid" indicates the user name for authentication and "domain-name" followed by "@" indicates the domain name. the authentication port ID is 1812. 109 . RADIUS server 129. Run the quit command to return to the AAA mode. Step 4 Create a domain.67 functions as the standby authentication and accounting server. In the user name format userid@domain-name (for example. In the domain mode. run the authentication-scheme command to use the authentication scheme.7. and the domain name for 802. You can use an accounting scheme in a domain only after the accounting scheme is created. 1. To perform the preceding configuration. run the accounting-scheme command to use the accounting scheme. Run the aaa command to enter the AAA mode. You can use an authentication scheme in a domain only after the authentication scheme is created.net). [email protected]. Ltd. In the domain mode.67 1812 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and RADIUS server 129. Step 6 Use the accounting scheme. The accounting interval is 10 minutes. 2. run the domain command to create a domain. A domain is a group of users of the same type.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration 8. ----End Example User1 in the isp domain adopts the RADIUS protocol for authentication and accounting. In the domain mode. accounting port ID 1813. In the AAA mode.66.66.66 1812 huawei(config-radius-hwtest)#radius-server authentication 129. 1.7.7.66 functions as the primary authentication and accounting server. Step 5 Use the authentication scheme. NOTE You can use a RADIUS server template in a domain only after the RADIUS server template is created. The common domain name for login cannot exceed 15 characters. do as follows: huawei(config)#aaa huawei(config-aaa)#authentication-scheme newscheme huawei(config-aaa-authen-newscheme)#authentication-mode radius huawei(config-aaa-authen-newscheme)#quit huawei(config-aaa)#accounting-scheme newscheme huawei(config-aaa-accounting-newscheme)#accounting-mode radius huawei(config-aaa-accounting-newscheme)#accounting interim interval 10 huawei(config-aaa-accounting-newscheme)#quit huawei(config-aaa)#quit huawei(config)#radius-server template hwtest huawei(config-radius-hwtest)#radius-server authentication 129.1x authentication cannot exceed 20 characters.66. Run the quit command to return to the global config mode.. Step 7 Use the RADIUS server template. the authentication password is a123456. run the radius-server template command to use the RADIUS server template. and other parameters adopt the default values.7. and then returns the accept or reject response of the authorization. Background Information l What is HWTACACS: – HWTACACS is a security protocol with enhanced functions on the base of TACACS (RFC1492).SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration secondary huawei(config-radius-hwtest)#radius-server accounting 129. l Principle of HWTACACS: Adopting the client/server architecture. the NAS displays the message to the user.66. the NAS communicates with the daemon of the HWTACACS server. the NAS obtains the prompt of entering the password. After being authenticated. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. To make these parameters take effect. – HWTACACS authorization. authorization. authorization. you need to use the HWTACACS server group in a domain.1 access users and management users. and accounting. When the remote user enters the user name.66 1813 huawei(config-radius-hwtest)#radius-server accounting 129. and obtains the prompt of entering the user name from the daemon. the user can be authorized. When the remote user connects to the corresponding port of the NAS. the NAS transmits the password to the daemon. HWTACACS implements multiple subscriber AAA functions through communications with the HWTACACS server in the client/server (C/S) mode. Procedure Step 1 Configure the AAA authentication scheme. Then. Ltd. The authentication scheme specifies how all the users in an ISP domain are authenticated.67 1813 secondary huawei(config-radius-hwtest)#quit huawei(config)#aaa huawei(config-aaa)#domain isp huawei(config-aaa-domain-isp)#authentication-scheme newscheme huawei(config-aaa-domain-isp)#accounting-scheme newscheme huawei(config-aaa-domain-isp)#radius-server hwtest huawei(config-aaa-domain-isp)#quit 3. Similar to the RADIUS protocol.3 Configuring the Remote AAA (Based on the HWTACACS Protocol) The MA5616 is interconnected with the HWTACACS server through the HWTACACS protocol to implement authentication.7. NOTE l The HWTACACS configuration only defines the parameters used for data exchange between the MA5616 and the HWTACACS server.13. HWTACACS is a protocol through which the NAS (MA5616) transmits the encrypted HWTACACS data packets to communicate with the HWTACACS database of the security server.. and accounting for the 802. – HWTACACS is used for the authentication. l The settings of an HWTACACS server template can be modified regardless of whether the template is bound to a server or not. The NAS communicates with the daemon of the HWTACACS server. and displays the message to the user. The working mode is as follows: – HWTACACS authentication. the NAS transmits the user name to the daemon.66. Then. 110 .7. After the remote user enters the password. run the accounting-scheme command to add an AAA accounting scheme. Run the quit command to return to the AAA mode. Primary and secondary authentication. Run the hwtacacs-server authentication command to configure a primary authentication server.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration The system supports up to 16 authentication schemes. 4. Each HWTACACS server template contains the primary/secondary server IP address. however. The system supports up to 128 accounting schemes. Use the HWTACACS protocol to authenticate users.0. must be different from that of the secondary server. but cannot be deleted. a primary server and a secondary server with the same configuration but different IP addresses. Run the authorization-mode hwtacacs command to configure the authorization mode. Run the aaa command to enter the AAA mode. The system has a default authentication scheme named default. Step 3 Configure the AAA accounting scheme. 1. By default. 4. Run the accounting-mode hwtacacs command to configure the accounting mode. an HWTACACS server group can be an independent HWTACACS server or a combination of two HWTACACS servers. Otherwise.. accounting. run the authorization-scheme command to add an AAA authorization scheme. shared key. The system has a default accounting scheme named default. It can be modified. Run the quit command to return to the AAA mode. 1. 3. Run the quit command to return to the AAA mode. Run the authentication-scheme command to add an authentication scheme. 2. Ltd. The accounting scheme specifies how all the users in an ISP domain are charged. 2. the interval is 0 minutes. Run the authentication-mode hwtacacs command to configure the authentication mode of the authentication scheme. In actual networking scenarios. but cannot be deleted. Run the quit command to return to the global config mode. the configuration of primary and secondary servers will fail. 1. 1. 2. 111 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . 4. Step 2 Configure the AAA authorization scheme. that is. Run the hwtacacs-server template command to create an HWTACACS server template and enter the HWTACACS server template mode. 3. In the AAA mode.0. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 3. and authorization servers can be configured. You can select secondary to configure a secondary authentication server.0. and HWTACACS server type. Run the accounting interim interval command to set the interval of real-time accounting. In the AAA mode. The configuration of the HWTACACS protocol of the MA5616 is on the basis of the HWTACACS server group. By default. It can be modified. By default. the IP addresses of the primary and secondary servers are both 0. The IP address of the primary server. the real-time accounting is not performed. the accounting is not performed. Step 4 Configure the HWTACACS protocol. that is. 2. The authorization scheme specifies how all the users in an ISP domain are authorized. They can receive the packets from each other and can respond to each other only when their keys are the same. make sure that the route between the HWTACACS server and the MA5616 is in the normal state. A domain is a group of users of the same type. (Optional) Run the (undo)hwtacacs-server user-name domain-included command to configure the user name (not) to carry the domain name when transmitted to the HWTACACS server. the response timeout time of the HWTACACS server is 5s. the HWTACACS server does not have a key. huawei20041028@huawei. run the hwtacacs-server accounting-stop-packet command to configure the re-transmission mechanism of the accounting-stop packets of the HWTACACS server. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. (Optional) Run the hwtacacs-server timer response-timeout to set the response timeout time of the HWTACACS server. the MA5616 supports the re-transmission of the accounting-stop packets of the HWTACACS server. the communication between the MA5616 and the current HWTACACS server is considered interrupted. The domain name in the user name of the accounting request is. This is to ensure that the users can be distinguished from each other in the accounting. l By default.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 3 Basic Configuration l To ensure normal communication between the MA5616 and the HWTACACS server. (Optional) In the global config mode. the user name of the HWTACACS server carries the domain name. NOTE l If the HWTACACS server does not respond to the HWTACACS request packets within the timeout time. NOTE l To prevent the loss of the accounting packets. the re-transmit time of the accounting-stop packets of the HWTACACS server is 100. l After the undo hwtacacs-server user-name domain-included command is executed. 4. before configuring the IP address and the UDP port of the HWTACACS server. however. the domain name is deleted from the user name when the client sends authentication and authorization requests to the HWTACACS server. 8. 6. 3. 112 . l By default. Run the hwtacacs-server accounting command to configure a primary accounting server. l By default. (Optional) Run the hwtacacs-server shared-key command to configure the shared key of the HWTACACS server. 5. Run the hwtacacs-server authorization command to configure a primary authorization server. l By default. They check the validity of the packets by configuring the encryption key. Step 5 Create a domain.net).. reserved. You can select secondary to configure a secondary authorization server. You can select secondary to configure a secondary accounting server. Run the quit command to return to the global config mode. 9. NOTE l The HWTACACS client (MA5616) and the HWTACACS server use the MD5 algorithm to encrypt the HWTACACS packets. "userid" indicates the user name for authentication and "domain-name" followed by "@" indicates the domain name. l Make sure that the HWTACACS server port of the MA5616 is the same as the port of the HWTACACS server. Ltd. 7. In the user name format userid@domain-name (for example. do as follows: huawei(config)#aaa huawei(config-aaa)#authentication-scheme newscheme huawei(config-aaa-authen-newscheme)#authentication-mode hwtacacs huawei(config-aaa-authen-newscheme)#quit huawei(config-aaa)#authorization-scheme newscheme huawei(config-aaa-author-newscheme)#authorization-mode hwtacacs huawei(config-aaa-author-newscheme)#quit huawei(config-aaa)#accounting-scheme newscheme huawei(config-aaa-accounting-newscheme)#accounting-mode hwtacacs huawei(config-aaa-accounting-newscheme)#accounting interim interval 10 huawei(config-aaa-accounting-newscheme)#quit huawei(config-aaa)#quit huawei(config)#hwtacacs-server template hwtest huawei(config-hwtacacs-hwtest)#hwtacacs-server authentication 129. run the radius-server template command to use the HWTACACS server template.66.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration The common domain name for login cannot exceed 15 characters. Step 6 Use the authentication scheme.7. 2. 1. In the domain mode. To perform the preceding configuration.66.66 functions as the primary authentication. In the domain mode. Step 9 Use the HWTACACS server template. HWTACACS server 129.7. the parameters adopt the default values. In the domain mode..66. authorization. and accounting. Step 8 Use the authorization scheme. and the domain name for 802.66. and accounting server. authorization.7.66 huawei(config-hwtacacs-hwtest)#hwtacacs-server authentication 129. and HWTACACS server 129. 1. You can use an authorization scheme in a domain only after the authorization scheme is created.1x authentication cannot exceed 20 characters. and accounting server. Run the aaa command to enter the AAA mode. authorization. run the domain command to create a domain.67 functions as the standby authentication.67 secondary Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In the AAA mode. 2. the authentication password is a123456. The accounting interval is 10 minutes. On the HWTACACS server. You can use an HWTACACS server template in a domain only after the HWTACACS server template is created. Ltd. You can use an authentication scheme in a domain only after the authentication scheme is created.7. 113 . You can use an accounting scheme in a domain only after the accounting scheme is created. run the authorization-mode command to use the authorization scheme. ----End Example User1 in the isp domain adopts the HWTACACS protocol for authentication. In the domain mode. Run the quit command to return to the AAA mode. run the authentication-scheme command to use the authentication scheme. run the accounting-scheme command to use the accounting scheme. Step 7 Use the accounting scheme. 66. Networking Figure 3-24 shows the example network of the RADIUS authentication and accounting application.1x authentication.7.66. Ltd.66.7. NOTE The CCUC control board supports this function and the CCUB control board does not support this function.66.13. The RADIUS server with the IP address 129.67 secondary huawei(config-hwtacacs-hwtest)#quit huawei(config)#aaa huawei(config-aaa)#domain isp huawei(config-aaa-domain-isp)#authentication-scheme newscheme huawei(config-aaa-domain-isp)#authorization-scheme newscheme huawei(config-aaa-domain-isp)#accounting-scheme newscheme huawei(config-aaa-domain-isp)#hwtacacs-server hwtest huawei(config-aaa-domain-isp)#quit 3. Prerequisites Service port 1 has been created.66 functions as the primary server for authentication and accounting.67 secondary huawei(config-hwtacacs-hwtest)#hwtacacs-server accounting 129. and the accounting port number is 1813. and accounting (AAA) function can be implemented by the RADIUS server through 802.7.7. The authentication. Other parameters adopt the default settings.7..1X Access Users) The MA5616 is interconnected with the RADIUS server through the RADIUS protocol to implement authentication and accounting. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Background Information You can perform this configuration for the Internet access and multicast services in IPoE mode. authorization. The RADIUS server with the IP address 129.66 huawei(config-hwtacacs-hwtest)#hwtacacs-server accounting 129.66 huawei(config-hwtacacs-hwtest)#hwtacacs-server authorization 129.7.67 functions as the secondary server for authentication and accounting. The RADIUS server performs authentication and accounting for users in the ISP1 domain. Service Requirements l l l l l l The MA5616 accesses services in IPoE mode.4 Configuration Example of the AAA Based on the RADIUS Protocol (802.66. 114 . The authentication port number is 1812.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration huawei(config-hwtacacs-hwtest)#hwtacacs-server authorization 129.66. .7. the interval is 10 minutes.66. and the RADIUS server 129.7.67 1812 secondary huawei(config-radius-hwtest)#radius-server accounting 129.7. 115 .7.7.7.7. Configure accounting scheme named newscheme (users are accounted through RADIUS protocol).SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Figure 3-24 Example network of the RADIUS authentication and accounting application. Create RADIUS server template named hwtest with the RADIUS server 129.67 user1@isp1 user2@isp2 OLT user3@isp3 ONU Procedure Step 1 Configure the authentication scheme.66 1812 huawei(config-radius-hwtest)#radius-server authentication 129.66. Ltd. huawei(config)#aaa huawei(config-aaa)#authentication-scheme newscheme Info: Create a new authentication scheme huawei(config-aaa-authen-newscheme)#authentication-mode radius huawei(config-aaa-authen-newscheme)#quit Step 2 Configure the accounting scheme.66.66.66 1813 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. RADIUS server (Master) 129.66 as the primary authentication and accounting server.66. Configure authentication scheme named newscheme (users are authenticated through RADIUS protocol).67 as the secondary authentication and accounting server.66. huawei(config-aaa)#accounting-scheme newscheme Info: Create a new accounting scheme huawei(config-aaa-accounting-newscheme)#accounting-mode radius huawei(config-aaa-accounting-newscheme)#accounting interim interval 10 huawei(config-aaa-accounting-newscheme)#quit huawei(config-aaa)#quit Step 3 Configure the RADIUS protocol. huawei(config)#radius-server template hwtest Note: Create a new server template huawei(config-radius-hwtest)#radius-server authentication 129.66.66 RADIUS server (Backup) 129. 1X authentication for port 1. You can use an authentication scheme in a domain only after the authentication scheme is created.1X needs to be triggered by DHCP. Ltd.1X global switch. huawei(config)#dot1x enable huawei(config)#dot1x service-port 1 huawei(config)#dot1x dhcp-trigger enable Step 5 Create a domain. huawei(config-aaa-domain-isp1)#authentication-scheme newscheme Step 7 Use the accounting scheme. and then can log in to the MA5616. Then. Therefore. For how to create a service port. Configuration File aaa authentication-scheme newscheme authentication-mode radius quit accounting-scheme newscheme accounting-mode radius Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. You can use a RADIUS server template in a domain only after the RADIUS server template is created. huawei(config) #aaa huawei(config-aaa)#domain isp1 Info: Create a new domain Step 6 Use the authentication scheme.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration huawei(config-radius-hwtest)#radius-server accounting 129. 116 . see 5. the DHCP-trigger authentication must be enabled. The 802.1X authentication. Enable the 802. huawei(config-aaa-domain-isp1)#radius-server hwtest huawei(config-aaa-domain-isp1)#quit ----End Result User 1 in ISP 1 can pass authentication only if both the user name and password are correct.7. NOTE Service port 1 is already configured. You can use an accounting scheme in a domain only after the accounting scheme is created. Enable the 802. the user starts to be accounted.4 Creating the Ethernet Access Service Port.66. Create a domain named isp1.67 1813 secondary huawei(config-radius-hwtest)#quit Step 4 Configure the 802. huawei(config-aaa-domain-isp1)#accounting-scheme newscheme Step 8 Use the RADIUS server template.. authorization.66 functions as the primary server for authentication. authorization.67 1813 secondary quit dot1x enable dot1x service-port 1 dot1x dhcp-trigger enable aaa domain isp1 authentication-scheme newscheme accounting-scheme newscheme radius-server hwtest quit 3 Basic Configuration 3.5 Configuration Example of the AAA Based on the HWTACACS Protocol (802. and accounting.66.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide accounting interim interval 10 quit quit radius-server template hwtest radius-server authentication 129. The authentication. Other parameters adopt the default settings.7. and accounting..13. authorization.7.66 1812 radius-server authentication 129.67 1812 secondary radius-server accounting 129. authorization. The HWTACACS server with the IP address 129. The HWTACACS server with the IP address 129.7.66.66 1813 radius-server accounting 129.67 functions as the secondary server for authentication.1X access users.7. 117 .66. and accounting.66. NOTE The CCUC control board supports this function and the CCUB control board does not support this function. The HWTACACS server performs authentication. authorization.1X Access Users) The MA5616 is interconnected with the HWTACACS server through the HWTACACS protocol to implement authentication.66.7.1x authentication. and accounting for 802. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.66. Service Requirements l l l l l l The MA5616 accesses services in IPoE mode. The user logs in to the server carrying the domain name.7. Ltd. Networking Figure 3-25 shows the example network of the HWTACACS authentication. and accounting (AAA) function can be implemented by the HWTACACS server through 802. Background Information You can perform this configuration for the Internet access and multicast services in IPoE mode. 67 user1@isp1 user2@isp2 OLT ONU user3@isp3 Procedure Step 1 Configure an authentication scheme. huawei(config-aaa)#accounting-scheme newscheme huawei(config-aaa-accounting-newscheme)#accounting-mode hwtacacs huawei(config-aaa-accounting-newscheme)#accounting interim interval 10 huawei(config-aaa-accounting-newscheme)#quit huawei(config-aaa)#quit Step 4 Configure the HWTACACS protocol. and the HWTACACS server 129.66. authorization and accounting server. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.67 as the secondary authentication.66.66. huawei(config-aaa)#authorization-scheme newscheme huawei(config-aaa-author-newscheme)#authorization-mode hwtacacs huawei(config-aaa-author-newscheme)#quit Step 3 Configure the accounting scheme. authorization and accounting server.7.. huawei(config)#aaa huawei(config-aaa)#authentication-scheme newscheme huawei(config-aaa-authen-newscheme)#authentication-mode hwtacacs huawei(config-aaa-authen-newscheme)#quit Step 2 Configure an authorization scheme.7.7.66 HWTACACS server (Backup) 129. Configure authorization scheme named newscheme (users are authorized through HWTACACS protocol). 118 . Configure accounting scheme named newscheme (users are accounted through HWTACACS protocol). Create HWTACACS server template named hwtest with the HWTACACS server 129.7. Configure authentication scheme named newscheme (users are authenticated through HWTACACS protocol).66. the interval is 10 minutes. Ltd.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Figure 3-25 Example network of the HWTACACS authentication HWTACACS server (Master) 129.66 as the primary authentication. 67 secondary huawei(config-hwtacacs-radtest)#quit Step 5 Configure the 802. Then.7. Create a domain named isp1.1X authentication for port 1. Ltd. huawei(config-aaa-domain-isp1)#authorization-scheme newscheme Step 9 Use the accounting scheme. huawei(config) #aaa huawei(config-aaa)#domain isp1 Info: Create a new domain Step 7 Use the authentication scheme. the DHCP-trigger authentication must be enabled. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the user starts to be accounted.7. You can use an authorization scheme in a domain only after the authorization scheme is created.66.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration huawei(config)#hwtacacs-server template hwtest Create a new HWTACACS-server template huawei(config-hwtacacs-radtest)#hwtacacs-server authentication 129.7.. You can use an authentication scheme in a domain only after the authentication scheme is created. Enable the 802.67 secondary huawei(config-hwtacacs-hwtest)#hwtacacs-server authorization 129.67 secondary huawei(config-hwtacacs-radtest)#hwtacacs-server accounting 129.1X authentication.66 huawei(config-hwtacacs-hwtest)#hwtacacs-server authorization 129.66. You can use an accounting scheme in a domain only after the accounting scheme is created.4 Creating the Ethernet Access Service Port.1X global switch.66. huawei(config-aaa-domain-isp1)#hwtacacs-server hwtest ----End Result User 1 in ISP 1 can pass authentication only if both the user name and password are correct. Enable the 802.66.66.7. Therefore. huawei(config-aaa-domain-isp1)#accounting-scheme newscheme Step 10 Bind the HWTACACS server template.66 huawei(config-hwtacacs-radtest)#hwtacacs-server authentication 129.1X needs to be triggered by DHCP. For how to create a service port.66 huawei(config-hwtacacs-radtest)#hwtacacs-server accounting 129.7. The 802. see 5. 119 . huawei(config)#dot1x enable huawei(config)#dot1x service-port 1 huawei(config)#dot1x dhcp-trigger enable Step 6 Create a domain.66. You can use a HWTACACS server template in a domain only after the HWTACACS server template is created. huawei(config-aaa-domain-isp1)#authentication-scheme newscheme Step 8 Use the authorization scheme. NOTE Service port 1 is already configured. and then can log in to the MA5616.7. 66. Other parameters adopt the default settings.67 secondary quit dot1x enable dot1x service-port 1 dot1x dhcp-trigger enable aaa domain isp1 authentication-scheme newscheme authorization-scheme newscheme accounting-scheme newscheme hwtacacs-server hwtest 3.66.7.67 secondary hwtacacs-server accounting 129.7.66 hwtacacs-server accounting 129.13. The authentication port ID is 1812.7. This feature provides ISPs with flexible authentication strategies. The user logs in to the server carrying the domain name.7. Local authentication can be used only when the RADIUS server is unreachable.7.66. The management user information (user name@domain and password) must be configured on the RADIUS server.66 functions as the primary server for authentication.7. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The RADIUS server with the IP address 129.6 Configuration Example of the Authentication Based on the RADIUS Protocol (Device Management Users) The MA5616 allows the management user of the device to log in to the system by preferring the RADIUS authentication mode.66.7. Local authentication can be used when the RADIUS server is unreachable.. 120 . Prerequisites l l The route from the MA5616 to the RADIUS server must be configured.66. Ltd. The RADIUS server with the IP address 129.66 hwtacacs-server authentication 129.66 hwtacacs-server authorization 129.67 secondary hwtacacs-server authorization 129.7.66.66.66.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Configuration File aaa authentication-scheme newscheme authentication-mode hwtacacs quit authorization-scheme newscheme authorization-mode hwtacacs quit accounting-scheme newscheme accounting-mode hwtacacs accounting interim interval 10 quit quit hwtacacs-server template hwtest hwtacacs-server authentication 129.67 functions as the secondary server for authentication. Service Requirements l l l l l l l Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Prefer the RADIUS server to authenticate management user of domain isp1. 66.66 1812 huawei(config-radius-test-login)#radius-server authentication 129.7. Configure authentication scheme named login-auth (users are authenticated through RADIUS protocol). huawei(config)#radius-server template test-login huawei(config-radius-test-login)#radius-server authentication 129. 121 .66. and RADIUS server 129.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Networking Figure 3-26 shows the example network of RADIUS authentication.66.7.66.66.7.67 user1@isp1 user2@isp2 OLT user3@isp3 ONU Procedure Step 1 Configure the authentication scheme.7. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. huawei(config)#aaa huawei(config-aaa)#authentication-scheme login-auth huawei(config-aaa-authen-login-auth)#authentication-mode radius huawei(config-aaa-authen-login-auth)#quit huawei(config-aaa)#quit Step 2 Configure the RADIUS protocol.66. Figure 3-26 Example network of RADIUS authentication RADIUS server (Master) 129. Ltd.7.67 as the secondary authentication server.66 RADIUS server (Backup) 129.67 1812 secondary huawei(config-radius-test-login)#quit Step 3 Create a domain named isp1.66 as the primary authentication server. Create RADIUS server template named test-login with RADIUS server 129.7. except the root user. and "userid" is the user name used for authentication. Operator 3. huawei(config-aaa-domain-isp1)#radius-server test-login huawei(config-aaa-domain-isp1)#quit huawei(config-aaa)#quit Step 6 Configure the authentication mode of the management user. local authentication can be used to log in to the system. You can use an authentication scheme in a domain only after the authentication scheme is created. If the RADIUS server is reachable. huawei(config)#aaa huawei(config-aaa)#domain isp1 Info: Create a new domain Step 4 Use the authentication scheme login-auth. and the domain name for 802. huawei(config-aaa-domain-isp1)#authentication-scheme login-auth Step 5 Bind the RADIUS server template test-login to the user. NOTE l Only the root user can run this command. Common User 2. "domain-name" followed by "@" is the domain name. huawei20041028@isp1. the system prefers RADIUS authentication (the root user is still forcible local authentication). huawei(config)#terminal user authentication-mode aaa isp1 Step 7 (Optional) Configure the local management user of the device. If the RADIUS server is unreachable.1x authentication cannot exceed 20 characters. l When the user name is in the format of userid@domain-name (for example. huawei(config)#terminal user name User Name(length<6. none of the management users can log in to the system through local authentication.15>): //password test01pwd. login to the system fails. Administrator: Error choice or the input level higher than owns Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. same as that on the RADIUS server Confirm Password(length<6. run the terminal user authentication-mode command to configure the authentication of the management user to remote AAA. l The common domain name for login cannot exceed 15 characters. In the global config mode.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 3 Basic Configuration l A domain is a group of users of the same type.net). Otherwise.. Ltd. 122 . l After the authentication of the management user is configured to remote AAA. CAUTION Ensure that the user name and password of the local management user are the same as those specified on the RADIUS server.15>):test01 User Password(length<6.15>): User profile name(<=15 chars)[root]: User's Level: 1. You can use a RADIUS server template in a domain only after the RADIUS server template is created. 66. After entering the user name and password specified on the RADIUS server. – If the local management user is not configured through the terminal user name command. l Configuration File aaa authentication-scheme login-auth authentication-mode radius quit quit radius-server template test-login radius-server authentication 129. Ltd..13. This feature provides ISPs with flexible authentication strategies.15>): 3.66. When the RADIUS server is unreachable: – If the local management user is configured through the terminal user name command. the management user can log in to the MA5616 through Telnet. Local authentication can be used only when the HWTACACS server is unreachable. The management user information (user name@domain and password) must be configured on the HWTACACS server.66 1812 radius-server authentication 129.7. 123 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 1. Common User 2. the management user cannot log in to the MA5616 through Telnet by entering the user name and password specified on the RADIUS server. Operator 3. Administrator:3 Permitted Reenter Number(0--4):1 User's Appended Info(<=30 chars): Adding user succeeds Repeat this operation? (y/n)[n]:n 3 Basic Configuration ----End Result l When the RADIUS server is reachable.67 1812 secondary quit aaa domain isp1 authentication-scheme login-auth radius-server test-login quit quit terminal user authentication-mode aaa test-login terminal user name test01 User Password(length<6. Prerequisites l l The route from the MA5616 to the HWTACACS server must be configured.7 Configuration Example of the Authentication Based on the HWTACACS Protocol (Device Management Users) The MA5616 allows the management user of the device to log in to the system by preferring the HWTACACS authentication mode. the management user can successfully log in to the MA5616. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.15>): //password test01pwd.7. the management user can successfully log in to the MA5616 through Telnet by entering the user name and password specified on the RADIUS server. same as that on the RADIUS server Confirm Password(length<6. 124 .7.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Service Requirements l l l l l l l Prefer the HWTACACS server to authenticate management user of domain isp1. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.7.67 user1@isp1 user2@isp2 Telnet OLT ONU user3@isp3 Procedure Step 1 Configure the authentication scheme.66.7. huawei(config)#aaa huawei(config-aaa)#authentication-scheme login-auth huawei(config-aaa-authen-login-auth)#authentication-mode hwtacacs huawei(config-aaa-authen-login-auth)#quit Step 2 Configure the HWTACACS protocol.66 HWTACACS server (Backup) 129.66 functions as the primary server for authentication. Networking Figure 3-27 shows the example network of HWTACACS authentication. Other parameters adopt the default settings.67 functions as the secondary server for authentication. Ltd. The HWTACACS server with the IP address 129. The HWTACACS server with the IP address 129. Configure authentication scheme named login-auth (users are authenticated through HWTACACS protocol).66. The authentication port ID is 1812..66.66. Local authentication can be used when the HWTACACS server is unreachable. Figure 3-27 Example network of HWTACACS authentication HWTACACS server (Master) 129.7. The user logs in to the server carrying the domain name. except the root user.7. CAUTION Ensure that the user name and password of the local management user are the same as those specified on the HWTACACS server. huawei(config-aaa-domain-isp1)#authentication-scheme login-auth Step 5 Bind the HWTACACS server template test-login to the user. huawei(config)#hwtacacs-server template test-login Create a new HWTACACS-server template huawei(config-hwtacacs-test-login)#hwtacacs-server authentication 129. and the domain name for 802. huawei(config-aaa-domain-isp1)#hwtacacs-server test-login huawei(config-aaa-domain-isp1)#quit huawei(config-aaa)#quit Step 6 Configure the authentication mode of the management user. huawei(config-aaa)#domain isp1 Info: Create a new domain Step 4 Use the authentication scheme login-auth.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Create HWTACACS server template named test-login with HWTACACS server 129. and "userid" is the user name used for authentication.7. 125 .7. the system prefers RADIUS authentication (the root user is still forcible local authentication). In the global config mode.67 as the secondary authentication server.67 1812 secondary huawei(config-hwtacacs-test-login)#quit Step 3 Create a domain named isp1.66. run the terminal user authentication-mode command to configure the authentication of the management user to remote AAA. local authentication can be used to log in to the system. huawei(config)#terminal user authentication-mode aaa isp1 Step 7 (Optional) Configure the local management user of the device. and HWTACACS server 129. You can use a HWTACACS server template in a domain only after the HWTACACS server template is created. l After the authentication of the management user is configured to remote AAA.net). l When the user name is in the format of userid@domain-name (for example.66.7. If the HWTACACS server is reachable. NOTE l Only the root user can run this command. "domain-name" followed by "@" is the domain name. If the HWTACACS server is unreachable. Otherwise. You can use an authentication scheme in a domain only after the authentication scheme is created.66. login to the system fails. NOTE l A domain is a group of users of the same type.. none of the management users can log in to the system through local authentication. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.66 as the primary authentication server.66.66 1812 huawei(config-hwtacacs-test-login)#hwtacacs-server authentication 129.1x authentication cannot exceed 20 characters. l The common domain name for login cannot exceed 15 characters. Ltd. huawei20041028@isp1. same as that on the HWTACACS server Confirm Password(length<6.66 1812 hwtacacs-server authentication 129.67 1812 secondary quit aaa domain isp1 authentication-scheme login-auth hwtacacs-server test-login quit quit terminal user authentication-mode aaa isp1 terminal user name user1 User Password(length<6. rule.7. l Configuration File aaa authentication-scheme login-auth authentication-mode hwtacacs quit quit hwtacacs-server template test-login hwtacacs-server authentication 129.14 Configuring the ACL for Packet Filtering This topic describes the type. the management user can log in to the MA5616 through Telnet.66.66.15>):user01 //Management user name: user01 User Password(length<6.15>): 3.15>): //Password test01pwd. Ltd.15>): User profile name(<=15 chars)[root]: User's Level: 1. Background Information An access control list (ACL) is used to filter certain packets by a series of preset rules. Common User 2. After the specific objects are Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the management user cannot log in to the MA5616 through Telnet by entering the user name and password specified on the HWTACACS server.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide huawei(config)#terminal user name User Name(length<6. When the HWTACACS server is unreachable: – If the local management user is configured through the terminal user name command.. the management user can successfully log in to the MA5616. – If the local management user is not configured through the terminal user name command. and configuration of the ACL on the MA5616.7. Operator 3. In this manner. the management user can successfully log in to the MA5616 through Telnet by entering the user name and password specified on the HWTACACS server. After entering the user name and password specified on the HWTACACS server. the objects that need to be filtered can be identified. Administrator:2 Permitted Reenter Number(0--4):4 User's Appended Info(<=30 chars): aaa Adding user succeeds Repeat this operation? (y/n)[n]:n 3 Basic Configuration ----End Result l When the HWTACACS server is reachable.15>): //Password: test01pwd Confirm Password(length<6. 126 . If the rules are all user-defined rules or non-user-defined rules. Table 3-18 lists the ACL types. l If the rules are issued to the routing interface or firewall. and ICMP message type). TCP destination port. That is. and features of the protocol (including TCP source port. the advanced ACL contains more accurate. – If the rules of an ACL are activated one by one. the corresponding data packets are permitted to pass or prohibited from passing according to the preset policy. the rule with larger rule-id has a higher priority. the rules with a larger rule-id are invalid. Once the rule with a smaller rule-id matches the packets. The ACL-based traffic filtering process is a prerequisite for configuring the QoS or user security. and the data is processed accordingly. Ltd.. and are issued to the physical port: – If the rules of an ACL are activated at the same time.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration identified. and destination MAC address. the rule activated later has higher priority over the one activated earlier. It is irrelative to the activation sequence. – If the rules are issued to the port from different ACLs. and flexible rules. the rule with smaller rule-id has a higher priority. Huawei provides the following suggestions on its configuration: Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The rules are used to match the packets based on rule-id in an ascending order. its subsequent rules are not used. link-layer protocol type. the matching sequence is as follows: l l An ACL rule is valid only when it is within the period of time-range-name. Advanced ACL 3000-3999 When an arrival traffic stream matches two or more ACL rules. Link layer ACL 4000-4999 A link-layer ACL allows definition of rules according to the link-layer information such as the source MAC address. destination IP address. 127 . type of the protocol over IP. Precaution Because the ACL is flexible in use. abundant. Compared with the basic ACL. Table 3-18 ACL types Type Basic ACL Value Range 2000-2999 Feature The rules of a standard ACL are only defined according to the L3 source IP address for analyzing and processing data packets. The rules of an advanced ACL are defined according to the source IP address. VLAN ID. the rule activated later has higher priority over the one activated earlier. IPv6 and IPv4 have different IP address formats and packet formats. Use the ipv6 parameter to choose between IPv4 ACLs and IPv6 ACLs. To prevent the failure of enabling other service functions due to insufficient hardware resources.. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. it is recommended you enable the protocol module first and then activate ACL rules in the data configuration. so the ipv6 parameter must be specified for configuring IPv6 basic ACLs and advanced ACLs. 3. perform the following steps: 1. such as permit any or deny any. 2. and then configure and enable the protocol module. Run the time-range command to create a time range. which can be used when an ACL rule is created. deactivate or delete the unimportant or temporarily unused ACL configurations. If ACL rules occupy too many resources. It is recommended that you know well about how to configure IPv4 ACLs and then configure IPv6 ACLs based on their differences. Procedure Step 1 (Optional) Set a time range.14. The activated ACL rules share the hardware resources with the protocol modules (such as DHCP module and IPoA module) . Use the ipv6 parameter to choose between IPv4 ACLs and IPv6 ACLs. the hardware resources are limited and may be insufficient.1 Configuration Differences Between IPv4 ACLs and IPv6 ACLs This topic describes differences regarding to Configuration between IPv4 ACLs and IPv6 ACLs. l 3. Context l The configuration differences between IPv4 ACLs and IPv6 ACLs are as follows: – IPv6 and IPv4 have different IP address formats and packet formats. In this case. 128 . If you fail to enable a protocol module. A basic ACL is only defined according to the L3 source IP address for analyzing and processing data packets.2 Configuring the Basic ACL for Packet Filtering This topic is applicable to the scenario where the device needs to classify traffic for packets according to the source IP address. Background Information The number of a basic ACL is in the range of 2000-2999. – IPv4 and IPv6 have the same link-layer packet encapsulation format. so configurations do not differentiate IPv6 link-layer ACLs and IPv4 link-layer ACLs.14. so that each packet has a matching traffic rule that determines to forward or filter the unspecified packet. so the ipv6 parameter must be specified for configuring IPv6 ACLs. in each ACL.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration l It is recommended that you define a general rule. Check whether ACL rules occupy too many resources. Ltd. 2. 129 .. do as follows: huawei(config)#time-range time2 5:00 to 6:00 sat huawei(config)#acl ipv6 2001 huawei(config-acl6-basic-2001)#rule deny source 2000::1 64 time-range time2 huawei(config-acl6-basic-2001)#quit huawei(config)#packet-filter inbound ipv6 ip-group 2001 port 0/1/0 huawei(config)#save 3. run the rule command to create a basic ACL rule.2 0. and features for protocol.2. only an ACL gets generated but it will not be functional. Ltd. In the acl-basic mode or the acl6-basic mode. To create an ACL rule with a specified ID.0.2. port 0/1/0 on the MA5616 receives only the packets from 2. and discards the packets from other addresses. use this parameter.2. l time-range: Indicates the keyword of the time range during which the ACL rule will be effective.14. ----End Example To configure that from 00:00 to 12:00 on Fridays.2. l permit: Indicates the keyword for allowing the data packets that meet related conditions to pass. and then enter the ACL mode.0. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Some common commands are as follows: l Run the packet-filter command to activate an ACL. Step 3 Configure a basic ACL rule. Run the acl command to create a basic ACL. see Configuring Traffic Management Based on ACL Rules.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Step 2 Create a basic ACL. such as source port of the TCP. For details. The parameters are as follows: l rule-id: Indicates the ACL rule ID. port 0/1/0 on the MA5616 not to receive packets from the addresses 2000::1/64. You need to run other commands to activate the ACL.0 time-range time1 huawei(config-acl-basic-2000)#quit huawei(config)#packet-filter inbound ip-group 2000 port 0/1/0 huawei(config)#save To configure that from 5:00 to 6:00 on Saturdays. and ICMP type of the data packets.3 Configuring the Advanced ACL for Packet Filtering This topic describes how to classify traffic for the data packets according to the source IP address. do as follows: huawei(config)#time-range time1 00:00 to 12:00 fri huawei(config)#acl 2000 huawei(config-acl-basic-2000)#rule deny time-range time1 huawei(config-acl-basic-2000)#rule permit source 2. destination port of the TCP. After an ACL is configured. l Perform the QoS operation. destination IP address. protocol type over IP. l deny: Indicates the keyword for discarding the data packets that meet related conditions. The number of a basic ACL can only be in the range of 2000-2999. Step 4 Activate the ACL. The number of an advanced ACL is in the range of 3000-3999. l permit: Indicates the keyword for allowing the data packets that meet related conditions to pass. Step 3 Configure a rule of the advanced ACL. ----End Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Step 4 Activate the ACL. l time-range: Indicates the keyword of the time range during which the ACL rules are effective. Ltd. and then enter the acl-adv mode. which can be used when an ACL rule is created.4 Configuring Traffic Management Based on ACL Rules. An advanced ACL can classify traffic according to the following information: l l l l l l l l Protocol type Source IP address Destination IP address Source port ID (source port of the UDP or TCP packets) Destination port ID (destination port of the UDP or TCP packets) ICMP packet type Precedence value: priority field of the data packet Type of service (ToS) value: ToS field of the data packet Procedure Step 1 (Optional) Set a time range. Some common commands are as follows: l Run the packet-filter command to activate an ACL. l deny: Indicates the keyword for discarding the data packets that meet related conditions. The number of an advanced ACL can only be in the range of 3000-3999.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Background Information IPv6 and IPv4 have different IP address formats and packet formats. l Perform the QoS operation.15. only an ACL is generated and the ACL does not take effect. so the ipv6 parameter must be specified for configuring IPv6 ACLs. Step 2 Create an advanced ACL. Use the ipv6 parameter to choose between IPv4 ACLs and IPv6 ACLs. Run the time-range command to create a time range.. see 3. To create an ACL rule with a specified ID. use this parameter. Run the acl command to create an advanced ACL. You need to run other commands to activate the ACL. run the rule command to create an ACL rule. After an ACL is configured. 130 . In the acl-adv or the acl6-adv mode mode. For details. The parameters are as follows: l rule-id: Indicates the ACL rule ID. In the acl-link mode. Step 2 Create a link layer ACL.1p priority VLAN ID Source MAC address Destination MAC address Procedure Step 1 (Optional) Set a time range.10. 131 . Background Information The number of a link layer ACL is in the range of 4000-4999. A link layer ACL can classify traffic according to the following link layer information: l l l l l Protocol type over Ethernet 802.10. Ltd. huawei(config)#acl ipv6 3002 huawei(config-acl6-adv-3002)rule 1 deny icmpv6 source 2000::1 64 huawei(config-acl6-adv-3002)quit huawei(config)#packet-filter inbound ipv6 ip-group 3002 rule 1 port 0/1/0 huawei(config)#packet-filter inbound ipv6 ip-group 3002 rule 2 port 0/1/0 huawei(config)#save 3. source VLAN ID.10. use this parameter. run the rule command to create a link layer ACL rule. do as follows: huawei(config)#acl 3001 huawei(config-acl-adv-3001)rule 1 deny icmp destination 10. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Example Assume that the port 0/1/0 of the MA5616 belongs to a VLAN.101.101 0 huawei(config-acl-adv-3001)rule 2 deny tcp destination 10. and then enter the acl-link mode. L2 protocol type. To create an ACL rule with a specified ID. Run the acl command to create a link layer ACL. The parameters are as follows: l rule-id: Indicates the ACL rule ID. The number of a link layer ACL can only be in the range of 4000-4999.101 0 destinationport eq telnet huawei(config-acl-adv-3001)quit huawei(config)#packet-filter inbound ip-group 3001 rule 1 port 0/1/0 huawei(config)#packet-filter inbound ip-group 3001 rule 2 port 0/1/0 huawei(config)#save To prohibit receiving the ICMPv6 packets from the address 2000::1/64 for the port 0/1/0 on MA5616. Step 3 Configure a link layer ACL rule.4 Configuring the Link Layer ACL for Packet Filtering This topic describes how to classify traffic according to the link layer information such as source MAC address. do as follows. Run the time-range command to create a time range. which can be used when an ACL rule is created.. and the IP address of the VLAN L3 interface is 10.14.10. To prohibit the ICMP (such as ping) and telnet operations from the user side to the VLAN interface on the device. and destination MAC address.10. the ACL can be used to implement flexible traffic classification (see 3. Therefore. thus implementing QoS inside the system. QoS does not have a unified service model.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration l permit: Indicates the keyword for allowing the data packets that meet related conditions to pass. and then QoS can be implemented for traffic streams. l Perform the QoS operation. Queue scheduling For the service packets that are already configured with traffic management. Ltd. On the MA5616. through the configuration of queue scheduling. make the QoS plan for networkwide services before making the configuration solution. VLAN ID 12.14 Configuring the ACL for Packet Filtering). After an ACL is configured. see 3. In the scenario where users have flexible requirements on implementing QoS for traffic streams.15.. to create a link layer ACL rule that allows data packets with protocol type 0x8863 (pppoe-control message). the key points for implementing QoS are as follows: l l Traffic management Configuring traffic management can limit the traffic for a user service or user port. In addition to the preceding key points. Some common commands are as follows: l Run the packet-filter command to activate an ACL. CoS 1. the service packets can be placed into queues with different priorities. l deny: Indicates the keyword for discarding the data packets that meet related conditions. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the MA5616 supports ACL-based traffic management. ----End Example For port 0/1/0. l time-range: Indicates the keyword of the time range during which the ACL rule is effective. Background Information Configuring QoS in the system can provide different quality guarantees for different services. and destination MAC address 00e0-fc11-4141 to pass.15 Configuring QoS This topic describes how to configure quality of service (QoS) on the MA5616 to provide endto-end quality assurance for user services.4 Configuring Traffic Management Based on ACL Rules. You need to run other commands to activate the ACL. only an ACL is generated and the ACL does not take effect. For details. Step 4 Activate the ACL. source MAC address 2222-2222-2222. do as follows: huawei(config)#acl 4001 huawei(config-acl-link-4001)rule 1 permit type 0x8863 cos 1 source 12 2222-2222-2222 0000-0000-0000 destination 00e0-fc11-4141 0000-0000-0000 huawei(config-acl-basic-4001)quit huawei(config)#packet-filter inbound link-group 4001 port 0/1/0 huawei(config)#save 3. 132 . The red packet is discarded directly. and the other three parameters are optional. If you configure only CIR. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Configuring Traffic Management Based on Service Port This topic describes how to configure traffic management based on service port. When configuring a service port.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration 3. the yellow color indicated as 1 and the green color indicated as 0. Table 3-19 lists the traffic parameters defined in the IP traffic profiles. you need to bind an IP traffic profile to the service port and manage the traffic of the service port through the traffic parameters defined in the profile. the MA5616 supports rate limit on the Ethernet port and traffic suppression on inbound broadcast packets and unknown (multicast or unicast) packets. Table 3-19 Traffic parameters defined in the IP traffic profiles Item Parameters of two rate three color management Parameter Description CIR: committed information rate CBS: committed burst size PIR: peak information rate PBS: peak burst size NOTE l CIR is mandatory. In addition.1 Configuring Traffic Management This topic describes how to configure traffic management on the MA5616. Background Information Traffic management based on service port is implemented by creating an IP traffic profile and then binding the IP traffic profile when creating the service port. and the packets of the other two colors are marked on their DEI field in the VLAN tag. 133 . Ltd.15.. You can run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic parameters of the default traffic profiles. the system calculates the other three parameters based on the formula. see 4.5 Creating an xDSL Service Port. It is recommended that you use the default traffic profiles. A new IP traffic profile is created only when the default traffic profiles cannot meet the requirements. It is recommended that you configure only CIR. l l The system has seven default IP traffic profiles with the IDs of 0–6. NOTE For details on configuring traffic classification. l The system marks the service packets with colors according to the four parameters. Overview The MA5616 supports traffic management for the inbound and outbound traffic streams of the system. NOTE Upstream in this document refers to the direction from the user side to the network side.1p priority in the VLAN tag of the upstream packet.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Item Priority policies Parameter Description The priority policies are classified into the following three types: l user-cos: Copy the 802. The following part describes only the key information in the configuration: l The traffic management parameters must contain at least CIR. see the description in the Command Reference in the related link. create a new IP traffic profile. and scheduling policy.1p priority in the inner VLAN tag (CTag) of the packet to the 802.1p priority of the packet. l (Optional) Enter keyword inner-priority to set the inner 802. the system performs scheduling according to the 802. you need to enter the default 802. user-inner-cos. Scheduling policies There are two types of scheduling policies.1p priority in the VLAN tag of the upstream packet. Check whether an existing traffic profile meets the planned traffic management parameters. Ltd..1p priority of the packet (a value in the range of 0–7). Two options are available for setting the priority policy: – Enter a value in the range of 0–7 to specify a priority for the packet.1p priority in the VLAN tag of the upstream packet.1p priority of the packet. l user-inner-cos: Copy the 802. which must be assigned with a value. l Keyword priority must be entered to set the outer 802. l Local-Setting: It is the local priority. 134 .1p priority (the 802. – If the priority of the user-side packet is copied according to user-cos. priority policy. If a proper traffic profile exists.1p priority in the outer VLAN tag of the packet to the 802. That is. If the existing traffic profiles do not meet the requirements. For the usage and parameters of this command. Procedure Step 1 Run the display traffic table ip command to query whether there is a proper traffic profile in the system. and downstream refers to the direction from the network side to the user side.1p priority specified in the traffic profile bound to the traffic stream. Two options are available for setting the priority policy: Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. If the user-side packet does not carry a priority. the specified default 802.1p priority in the CTag) of the packet. l user-tos: Copy the ToS priority in the packet to the 802. select the profile by specifying the profile ID. Step 2 Run the traffic table ip command to create a traffic profile. which are available only to the downstream packet: l Tag-In-Package: The system performs scheduling according to the 802.1p priority of the packet is adopted as the priority of the upstream packet. or user-tos. SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration – Enter a value in the range of 0–7 to specify a priority for the packet. – If the priority of the user-side packet is copied according to user-cos, user-inner-cos, or user-tos, you need to enter the default 802.1p priority of the packet (a value in the range of 0–7). If the user-side packet does not carry a priority, the specified default 802.1p priority of the packet is adopted as the priority of the upstream packet. l Keyword priority-policy must be entered to specify a scheduling policy for the downstream packet. For details about the scheduling policies, see Table 3-19. Step 3 Run the service-port command to bind a proper traffic profile. For the usage and parameters of this command, see the description in the Command Reference in the related link. The following part describes only the key information in the configuration: l You need to enter parameters rx-cttr and tx-cttr and set values for the two parameters: – rx-cttr: Indicates the traffic ID in the connection receiving direction (from the network side to the user side). When you need to set the traffic profile in the connection receiving direction, use this parameter. – tx-cttr: Indicates the traffic ID in the connection transmitting direction (from the user side to the network side). When you need to set the traffic profile in the connection transmitting direction, use this parameter. l (Optional) Enter keyword traffic-table to add or modify the traffic profile referenced by the service port. l (Optional) Enter keyword user-encap to select the encapsulation type of the packets on the user side: – When the encapsulation type of the packets on the user side is IPoE, select ipoe. – When the encapsulation type of the packets on the user side is PPPoE, select pppoe. ----End Example Assume that the CIR is 2048 kbit/s, 802.1p priority of the upstream packet is 6, and the scheduling policy of the downstream packet is Tag-In-Package. To add traffic profile 9 with these settings, do as follows: huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 9 cir 2048 priority 6 priority-policy tag-InPackage Create traffic descriptor record successfully -----------------------------------------------TD Index : 9 TD Name : ip-traffic-table_9 Priority : 6 Copy Priority : CTAG Mapping Priority: CTAG Default Priority: 0 Priority Policy : tag-pri CIR : 2048 kbps CBS : 67536 bytes PIR : 4096 kbps PBS : 133072 bytes Color Mode : color-blind Referenced Status : not used -----------------------------------------------huawei(config)#display traffic table ip index 9 -----------------------------------------------TD Index : 9 TD Name : ip-traffic-table_9 Priority : 6 Copy Priority : - Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 135 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide CTAG Mapping Priority: CTAG Default Priority: 0 Priority Policy : tag-pri CIR : 2048 kbps CBS : 67536 bytes PIR : 4096 kbps PBS : 133072 bytes Color Mode : color-blind Referenced Status : not used ------------------------------------------------ 3 Basic Configuration Configuring Rate Limitation on an Ethernet Port This topic describes how to configure upstream rate limitation on a specified Ethernet port. Prerequisites The Ethernet board must be configured in the system. Background Information l l Rate limitation on an Ethernet port is valid only to the Ethernet board. Traffic streams exceeding the specified rate are discarded. Procedure Step 1 In the global config mode, run the line-rate command to configure upstream rate limitation on a specified Ethernet port. The main parameters are as follows: l inbound: Indicates the input direction of a port. l outbound: Indicates the output direction of a port. l target-rate: Indicates the limited rate of the port, in the unit of kbit/s. l port: Indicates the shelf ID/slot ID/port ID. Step 2 You can run the display qos-info line-rate port command to query the configured rate limitation on the specified Ethernet port ----End Example To limit the rate of Ethernet port 0/0/1 to 6400 kbit/s, do as follows: huawei(config)#line-rate outbound 6400 port 0/0/1 huawei(config)#display qos-info line-rate port 0/0/1 line-rate: port 0/0/1: Outbound: line rate: 6400 Kbps Configuring Rate Limitation Based on a User In the user-based rate limitation, the voice service, IPTV service, and Internet access service of each user share a total user bandwidth. When either of the services carries no traffic, the other Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 136 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration services can hold a burst of the total user bandwidth so that the total user bandwidth can be managed in a unified manner. Background Information The voice service, IPTV service, and Internet access service of each user share a total user bandwidth. The service with the highest class of service (CoS) priority is ensured first. When other services carry no traffic, the only service can hold a burst of the total user bandwidth. The multicast bandwidth is determined by the bandwidth of ordered programs. The total bandwidth of ordered programs cannot exceed the total user bandwidth. The voice service uses a fixed bandwidth. Procedure l For ADSL2+ and VDSL access users. Each port corresponds to a user. By limiting the upstream/downstream rate of the port, set the maximum upstream/downstream rate to the total user bandwidth. 1. Set the maximum upstream/downstream rate to the total user bandwidth. – For the ADSL2+ access mode: a. Run the adsl line-profile quickadd command to quickly add an ADSL2+ line profile, or run the interactive adsl line-profile add command to add an ADSL2+ line profile. Run the adsl channel-profile quickadd command to quickly add an ADSL2 + channel profile, or run the interactive adsl channel-profile add command to add an ADSL2+ channel profile. In the channel profile, configure the maximum upstream and downstream rates to limit the user bandwidth. Run the adsl line-template quickadd command to quickly add an ADSL+ line template, or run the interactive adsl line-template add command to add an ADSL2+ line template. Run the vdsl line-profile quickadd command to quickly add a VDSL line profile, or run the interactive vdsl line-profile add command to add a VDSL line profile. Run the vdsl channel-profile quickadd command to quickly add a VDSL channel profile, or run the interactive vdsl channel-profile add command to add a VDSL channel profile. In the channel profile, configure the maximum upstream and downstream rates to limit the user bandwidth. Run the vdsl line-template quickadd command to quickly add a VDSL2 line template, or run the interactive vdsl line-template add command to add a VDSL2 line template. Run the vdsl service-profile quickadd command to quickly add a VDSL2 service profile, or run the interactive vdsl service-profile add command to add a VDSL2 service profile. Run the vdsl spectrum-profile quickadd command to quickly add a VDSL2 spectrum profile, or run the interactive vdsl spectrum-profile add command to add a VDSL2 spectrum profile. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 137 b. c. – For the VDSL (common mode) access mode: a. b. c. – For the VDSL (TI mode) access mode: a. b. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration – For the VDSL (TR165 mode) access mode: a. Run the xdsl data-rate-profile quickadd command to quickly add a VDSL2 rate profile, or run the interactive xdsl data-rate-profile add command to add a VDSL2 rate profile. Set the line rate in the rate profile. Run the xdsl mode-specific-psd-profile quickadd command to quickly add a VDSL2 PSD profile, or run the interactive xdsl mode-specific-psd-profile add command to add a VDSL2 PSD profile. Run the xdsl line-spectrum-profile quickadd command to quickly add a VDSL2 spectrum profile, or run the interactive xdsl line-spectrum-profile add command to add a VDSL2 spectrum profile. b. c. 2. Run the traffic table ip command to create an IP traffic profile to configure the CoS priority of each service and ensure the CIR and PIR. Here, the PIR is equal to the total user bandwidth. When other services carry no traffic, each service can hold a burst of the total user band width. The CoS priorities of services are voice service, IPTV service, and Internet access service in a descending order. Run the service-port command to create service ports of the services, using the IP traffic profile created in Step 2. Run the queue-scheduler strict-priority command to configure queue scheduling mode of the port to strict priority queue scheduling. 3. 4. ----End Example Assume that under ADSL port 0/2/0, a user is provided with the VoIP, IPTV, and Internet access services. Set the total user bandwidth to 10 Mbit/s (that is, set the downstream maximum rate to 10 Mbit/s in the channel configuration profile). In the case that any two services carry no traffic, the third service can hold a burst of the total user bandwidth. To perform such a configuration with the following parameters, do as follows: l l l Service port 100 of the Internet access service uses traffic profile 10, with the CIR 2 Mbit/ s and the 802.1p priority 4. Service port 101 of the VoIP service uses traffic profile 11, with the CIR 1 Mbit/s and the 802.1p priority 6. Service port 102 of the IPTV service uses traffic profile 12, with the packet rate not limited and the 802.1p priority 5. huawei(config)#adsl line-profile quickadd 10 huawei(config)#adsl channel-profile quickadd 10 rate 32 32 10240 32 32 6000 huawei(config)#adsl line-template quickadd 10 channel1 10 10 60 channel2 10 huawei(config)#interface adsl 0/2 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#deactivate 0 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#activate 0 template-index 10 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#quit huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 10 cir 2048 pir 10240 priority 4 prioritypolicy local-Setting huawei(config)#service-port 100 vlan 2 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-service uservlan 20 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10 huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 11 cir 1024 pir 10240 priority 6 prioritypolicy local-Setting huawei(config)#service-port 101 vlan 2 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-service uservlan 30 rx-cttr 11 tx-cttr 11 huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 12 cir off priority 5 priority-policy localSetting Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 138 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration huawei(config)#service-port 102 vlan 2 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-service uservlan 40 rx-cttr 12 tx-cttr 12 huawei(config)#queue-scheduler strict-priority Configuring Traffic Suppression This topic describes how to configure traffic suppression. The purpose of traffic suppression is to ensure the provisioning of the normal service of system users by suppressing the broadcast, unknown multicast, and unknown unicast packets received by the system. Background Information Traffic suppression can be configured based on the port of a board. Procedure Step 1 Run the interface eth command to enter the ETH mode. Step 2 Query the thresholds of traffic suppression. Run the display traffic-suppress all command to check whether the thresholds of traffic suppression meets the service requirements. Step 3 Run the traffic-suppress command to suppress the traffic of the port. The main parameters are as follows: l broadcast: Suppresses the broadcast traffic. l multicast: Suppresses the unknown multicast traffic. l unicast: Suppresses the unknown unicast traffic. l value: Indicates the index of the traffic suppression level. The index value is the value queried in step 2. ----End Example To suppress the broadcast packets according to traffic suppression level 8 on port 0 on the board in slot 0/0, do as follows: huawei(config)#interface eth 0/0 huawei(config-if-eth-0/0)#display traffic-suppress 0 Command: display traffic-suppress 0 Traffic suppression ID definition: --------------------------------------------------------------------NO. Min bandwidth(kbps) Max bandwidth(kbps) Package number(pps) --------------------------------------------------------------------1 6 145 12 2 12 291 24 3 24 582 48 4 48 1153 95 5 97 2319 191 6 195 4639 382 7 390 9265 763 8 781 18531 1526 9 1562 37063 3052 10 3125 74126 6104 11 6249 148241 12207 12 12499 296483 24414 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 139 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration 13 0 0 0 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Current traffic suppression index of broadcast : 7 Current traffic suppression index of multicast : 7 Current traffic suppression index of unknown unicast : 7 --------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-if-eth-0/0)#traffic-suppress all broadcast value 8 huawei(config-if-eth-0/0)#display traffic-suppress 0 Command: display traffic-suppress 0 Traffic suppression ID definition: --------------------------------------------------------------------NO. Min bandwidth(kbps) Max bandwidth(kbps) Package number(pps) --------------------------------------------------------------------1 6 145 12 2 12 291 24 3 24 582 48 4 48 1153 95 5 97 2319 191 6 195 4639 382 7 390 9265 763 8 781 18531 1526 9 1562 37063 3052 10 3125 74126 6104 11 6249 148241 12207 12 12499 296483 24414 13 0 0 0 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Current traffic suppression index of broadcast : 8 Current traffic suppression index of multicast : 7 Current traffic suppression index of unknown unicast : 7 --------------------------------------------------------------------- 3.15.2 Configuring Queue Scheduling This topic describes how to configure the queue scheduling so that the services with different priorities have different scheduling policies. Then, the corresponding QoS of these services can be ensured. Background Information The queue scheduling policy of the MA5616 is configured according to the service type. That is, the VoIP service priority is usually set to 6, the video service priority is usually set to 4, and the Internet service priority is usually set to 0. When congestion occurs, the system ensures that the traffic stream with a higher priority is processed in time, and also ensures the QoS of services with a lower priority. Configuring the Queue Scheduling Mode This topic describes how to configure the queue scheduling mode for ensuring that packets in the queue with a higher priority can be processed in time in case of congestion. Background Information The MA5616 supports three queue scheduling modes: strict-priority queue (PQ), weighted round robin (WRR), and PQ+WRR. l Issue 03 (2012-03-20) PQ Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 140 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration The PQ gives preference to packets in a queue with a higher priority. The packets of a lower priority queue can be transmitted only when a queue with a higher priority is empty. By default, the system adopts the PQ mode. l WRR The system supports WRR for eight queues. Each queue has a weight value for resource acquisition. In the WRR scheduling mode, the queues are scheduled in turn, which ensures that each queue can be scheduled. Table 3-20 lists the mapping between the queue weights and the actual queues. Table 3-20 Mapping between the queue weights and the actual queues Queue Number 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Configured Weight W7 W6 W5 W4 W3 W2 W1 W0 Actual Queue Weight (Port Supporting Eight Queues) W7 W6 W5 W4 W3 W2 W1 W0 Wn: Indicates the weight of queue n. The weight sum of the queues must be equal to 0 or 100, where 0 indicates that the strict PQ scheduling mode is used. l PQ+WRR – The system schedules some queues by PQ and schedules the other queues by WRR. When the specified WRR value is 0, it indicates that the queue is scheduled in the PQ mode. – The queue scheduled in the PQ mode should be the queue that has the highest priority. – The weight sum of the scheduled queues must be equal to 100. Procedure Step 1 Run the queue-scheduler command to configure the queue scheduling mode. Step 2 Run the display queue-scheduler command to query the configuration information about the queue scheduling mode. ----End Example To adopt the WRR scheduling mode and set the weight values of the eight WRR queues to 10, 10, 20, 20, 10, 10, 10, and 10 respectively, do as follows: Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 141 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide huawei(config)#queue-scheduler wrr 10 10 20 20 10 10 10 10 huawei(config)#display queue-scheduler Queue scheduler mode : WRR --------------------------------Queue Scheduler Mode WRR Weight --------------------------------0 WRR 10 1 WRR 10 2 WRR 20 3 WRR 20 4 WRR 10 5 WRR 10 6 WRR 10 7 WRR 10 --------------------------------- 3 Basic Configuration To adopt the PQ+WRR scheduling mode and set the weight values of the six queues (0 to 5) to 20, 20, 10, 30, 10, and 10 respectively, do as follows: huawei(config)#queue-scheduler wrr 20 20 10 30 10 10 0 0 huawei(config)#display queue-scheduler Queue scheduler mode : WRR --------------------------------Queue Scheduler Mode WRR Weight --------------------------------0 WRR 20 1 WRR 20 2 WRR 10 3 WRR 30 4 WRR 10 5 WRR 10 6 PQ -7 PQ ---------------------------------- Configuring the Mapping Between the Queue and the 802.1p Priority This topic describes how to configure the mapping between the queue and the 802.1p priority so that packets with different 802.1p priorities are mapped to the specified queues based on the configured mapping. This enhances the flexibility of mapping packets to queues. Background Information l l The configuration is valid to all the service boards in the system. By default, the mapping between the queue and the 802.1p priority is as listed in Table 3-21. Table 3-21 Mapping between the queue and the 802.1p priority Queue Number Actual Queue Number (Port Supporting Eight Queues) 7 6 5 4 3 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 802.1p Priority 7 6 5 4 3 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) 7 6 5 4 3 142 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Queue Number Actual Queue Number (Port Supporting Eight Queues) 2 1 0 802.1p Priority 2 1 0 2 1 0 Procedure Step 1 Run the cos-queue-map command to configure the mapping between the 802.1p priority and the queue. Step 2 Run the display cos-queue-map command to query the mapping between the 802.1p priority and the queue. ----End Example To map 802.1p priority 0 to queue 0, 802.1p priority 1 to queue 2, and the other 802.1p priorities to queue 6, do as follows: huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos1 2 cos2 6 cos3 6 cos4 6 cos5 6 cos6 6 cos7 6 huawei(config)#display cos-queue-map CoS and queue map: -----------------------CoS Queue ID -----------------------0 0 1 2 2 6 3 6 4 6 5 6 6 6 7 6 ------------------------ Configuring the Queue Depth This topic describes how to configure the queue depth (the queue buffer space) to re-allocate buffer space to the queues, thus to improve the flexibility of QoS. Background Information The queue depth determines the capability of a queue for processing burst packets. The greater the queue depth, the larger the buffer space, and the more capable is the queue in processing burst packets. The queue depth of the port is allocated on a percentage basis. Table 3-22 lists the default queue depths of the system. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 143 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Table 3-22 Queue depth allocation Queue Number 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Queue Depth (Port Supporting Eight Queues) L7 (default: 6) L6 (default: 25) L5 (default: 12) L4 (default: 12) L3 (default: 13) L2 (default: 13) L1 (default: 6) L0 (default: 13) Ln: Indicates the depth of queue n. The sum of all the queue depths must be equal to 100. Procedure Step 1 Run the queue-buffer command to configure the queue depth of the service board. Step 2 Run the display queue-buffer command to query the queue depth of the current service board. ----End Example To set the queue depths to 20, 20, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, and 10, do as follows: huawei(config)#queue-buffer 20 20 10 10 10 10 10 10 huawei(config)#display queue-buffer -----------------------Queue Depth size ratio -----------------------0 20 1 20 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 10 7 10 ------------------------ 3.15.3 Configuring Early Drop This topic describes how to configure early drop. The early drop function enables a device to discard packets based on the specified rule to provide bandwidth for required services. This operation prevents network congestion deterioration. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 144 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Background Information Early drop means that the system discards the packets that wait to enter the queue when congestion occurs. This process occurs after traffic management. The MA5616 supports the following early drop functions: l Early drop of color-based packets – Early drop based on the IP traffic profile: Packets transmitted at different rates are identified by different colors based on the values of CIR and PIR defined in the IP traffic profile. During network congestion, the packets identified in yellow are discarded first. – Early drop based on the weighted random early discard (WRED) profile: Packets identified in green or yellow are discarded based on the early drop threshold and discard rate. l Early drop of priority-based packets Packets in a queue are discarded based on the early drop threshold (default value: 100%, which cannot be configured) of class of service (CoS) priorities. Configuring Priority-based Early Drop of Packets This topic describes how to configure priority-based early drop of packets so that the MA5616 discards packets in a queue based on different priorities during network congestion. Background Information If the number of packets with a specified class of service (CoS) priority in a queue reaches the threshold, which is also 100% of the queue depth, the other packets with the same priority are not transmitted to the queue, but are discarded. The early drop threshold cannot be configured, and the system uses the default value 100%. NOTE The CCUB control board supports this function, and the CCUC control board does not support this function. Procedure Step 1 Configure the early drop mode. In global config mode, run the early-dropmode pri-base command to configure the early drop mode to priority-based. After the configuration, the system enables the early drop function based on the 802.1p priority at the outer layer of packets. When congestion occurs in a queue, the system discards packets based on the discard threshold of each priority. Step 2 Query the configured early drop mode. Run the display early-drop mode command to verify that the early drop mode is successfully configured. ----End Example To configure early drop of priority-based packets, run the following command: huawei(config)#early-drop mode pri-base huawei(config)#display early-drop mode Current early-drop mode : pri-base Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 145 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Configuring Color-based Early Drop of Packets (Based on an IP Traffic Profile) This topic describes how to configure color-based early drop of packets so that the MA5616 discards packets identified in yellow in a queue during network congestion. Prerequisites The color mode of the IP traffic profile has been set to color-aware. You can run the traffic table ip command to configure this parameter. Background Information The system identifies packets in different colors based on the values of CIR and PIR defined in the IP traffic profile. You can run the display traffic table ip command to query parameters in the IP traffic profile. l l If the transmission rate of a packet is greater than the value of PIR, the packet is identified in red and is directly discarded. If the transmission rate of a packet is less than or equal to the value of PIR and greater than the value of CIR, the packet is identified in yellow and is discarded during network congestion. If the transmission rate of a packet is less than or equal to the value of CIR, the packet is identified in green and is not discarded even during network congestion. NOTE l The CCUB control board supports this function, and the CCUC control board does not support this function. Procedure Step 1 Configure the early drop mode. In global config mode, run the early-drop mode color-base command to configure the early drop mode to color-based. After the configuration, the system transmits green packets at any time and yellow packets that are transmitted at a rate within the specified range. If the transmission rate of a yellow packet exceeds the rate range, the system discards the yellow packet. Step 2 Query the configured early drop mode. Run the display early-drop mode command to verify that the early drop mode is successfully configured. ----End Example To configure early drop of color-based packets, run the following command: huawei(config)#early-drop mode color-base huawei(config)#display early-drop mode Current early-drop mode : color-base Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 146 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Configuring Color-based Early Drop of Packets (Based on a WRED Profile) This topic describes how to configure early drop, which is based on a WRED profile and is applicable to the dropping policy settings for the packets that wait to enter the queue. The MA5616 supports early drop by color. Background Information Early drop means that the system drops the packets that wait to enter the queue when congestion occurs. This process occurs after traffic management. The MA5616 supports early drop by color according to the parameters in the IP traffic profile. The system drops the yellow packets that wait to enter the queue when congestion occurs. NOTE The CCUC control board supports this function and the CCUB control board does not support this function. Procedure Step 1 Add the weighted random early detection (WRED) profile. Run the wred-profile command to add the WRED profile. Step 2 (Optional) Query the information about the WRED profile. Run the display wred-profile command to verify that the WRED profile information is correct. Step 3 Bind a queue with a WRED profile. Run the queue-wred command to bind a queue with a WRED profile. ----End Example Assume the following configurations: The WRED profile ID is 0; the green packets are not dropped; the lower threshold of dropping the yellow packets is 50; the upper threshold of dropping the yellow packets is 80; the packet drop rate is 100. To bind such a WRED profile with queue 0, do as follows: huawei(config)#wred-profile index 0 green low-limit 100 high-limit 100 discardprobability 0 yellow low-limit 50 high-limit 80 discard-probability 100 huawei(config)#display wred-profile all Command: display wred-profile all -----------------------------------------------------------------WRED profile index: 0 Low-limit(%) High-limit(%) Discard-probability(%) Green: 100 100 0 Yellow: 50 80 100 Queue ID: -----------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#queue-wred queue0 0 3.15.4 Configuring Traffic Management Based on ACL Rules The ACL can be used to implement flexible traffic classification according to user requirements. After traffic classification based on ACL rules is completed, you can perform QoS for the traffic streams. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 147 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Controlling the Traffic Matching an ACL Rule This topic describes how to control the traffic matching an ACL rule on a specified port, and process the traffic that exceeds the limit. Prerequisite The ACL and the rule of the ACL are configured, and the port for traffic limit is working in the normal state. Background Information l l The traffic limit is only effective for the permit rules of an ACL. The limited traffic must be an integer multiple of 64 kbit/s. Procedure Step 1 Run the traffic-limit command to control the traffic matching an ACL rule on a specified port. Packets are discarded when the received traffic on a port exceeds the limit. Step 2 Run the display qos-info traffic-limit port command to query the traffic limit information on the specified port. ----End Example To limit the traffic that matches ACL 2001 received on port 0/1/0 to 512 kbit/s, do as follows: huawei(config)#traffic-limit inbound ip-group 2001 512 port 0/1/0 huawei(config)#display qos-info traffic-limit port 0/1/0 traffic-limit: port 0/1/0: Inbound: Matches: Acl 2001 rule 5 running Target rate: 512 Kbps Exceed action: drop Adding a Priority Tag to the Traffic Matching an ACL Rule This topic describes how to add a priority tag to the traffic matching an ACL rule on a specified port so that the traffic can obtain the service that match the specified priority. The priority tag type can be 802.1p. Prerequisite The ACL and the rule of the ACL are configured, and the port for traffic priority is working in the normal state. Background Information The traffic priority is only valid to permit rules of an ACL. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 148 Step 2 Run the display qos-info traffic-statistic port command to query the statistics information about the traffic matching an ACL rule on a specified port. Prerequisite The ACL and the rule of the ACL are configured. do as follows: huawei(config)#traffic-priority inbound ip-group 2001 local-precedence 0 port 0/1/0 huawei(config)#display qos-info traffic-priority port 0/1/0 traffic-priority: port 0/1/0: Inbound: Matches: Acl 2001 rule 5 running Priority action: local-precedence 0 Enabling the Statistics Collection of the Traffic Matching an ACL Rule This topic describes how to enable the statistics collection of the traffic matching an ACL rule. Procedure Step 1 Run the traffic-statistic command to enable the statistics collection of the traffic matching an ACL rule on a specified port. ----End Example To add a priority tag to the traffic that matches ACL 2001 received on port 0/1/0. and the port for traffic statistics is working in the normal state. Background Information The traffic statistics are only valid to permit rules of an ACL. ----End Example To enable the statistics collection of the traffic that matches ACL 2001 received on port 0/0/1. and the local priority of the traffic is 0 ..SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Procedure Step 1 Run the traffic-priority command to add a priority tag to the traffic matching an ACL rule on a specified port. Ltd. thus analyzing and monitoring the traffic. Step 2 Run the display qos-info traffic-priority port command to query the configured priority. do as follows: huawei(config)#traffic-statistic inbound ip-group 2001 port 0/0/1 huawei(config)#display qos-info traffic-statistic port 0/0/1 traffic-statistic: port 0/0/1: Inbound: Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 149 . The system supports only one mirroring destination port and the mirroring destination port must be the upstream port. Ltd.1 Configuring Monitoring Through the ESC This topic describes how to configure the H831VESC and the ESCM (MiniESC on the CLI) on the MA5616..16 Configuring Environment Monitoring This topic provides concepts associated with environment monitoring and describes how to configure environment monitoring on the MA5616. Background Information l l l The traffic mirror is only valid to permit rules of an ACL. 3.16. The destination mirroring port cannot be an aggregation port. Mirroring does not affect packet receipt and transmission on the mirroring source port. do as follows: huawei(config)#traffic-mirror inbound ip-group 2001 port 0/1/0 to port 0/0/1 huawei(config)#display qos-info traffic-mirror port 0/1/0 traffic-mirror: port 0/1/0: Inbound: Matches: Acl 2001 rule 5 Mirror to: port 0/0/1 running 3. ----End Example To mirror the traffic that matches ACL 2001 received on port 0/1/0 to port 0/0/1. Prerequisite The ACL and the rule of the ACL are configured. 150 . and the port for traffic mirroring is working in the normal state. Procedure Step 1 Run the traffic-mirror command to enable the mirroring of the traffic matching an ACL rule on a specified port.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide Matches: Acl 2001 rule 5 0 packet running 3 Basic Configuration Enabling the Mirroring of the Traffic Matching an ACL Rule This topic describes how to mirror the traffic matching an ACL rule on a port to a specified port. You can monitor the traffic of the mirroring source port by analyzing the traffic that passes the mirroring destination port. Step 2 Run the display qos-info traffic-mirror port command to query the mirroring information about the traffic matching an ACL rule on a specified port. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Among the four digital parameters. Background Information l The H831VESC is a built-in virtual EMU of the control board on the MA5616. The H831VESC supports four digital parameters. Step 3 Query the environment information about the H831VESC. Step 4 Save the data. By default. ----End Result After the configuration. the H831VESC works in the normal state and monitors the digital parameters set on the MA5616.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Configuring the Monitoring Through the H831VESC You can monitor the environment status of the MA5616 through its built-in virtual EMU H831VESC. The H831VESC can be deleted and added. it is added. – Digital parameter 2: Indicates the lightning arrester by default. Ensure that it is running properly. – Digital parameter 3: Indicates the wiring by default. the valid levels of default digital parameters are all high levels. l l Procedure Step 1 Query the status of the H831VESC. all of which can be defined by users. – Digital parameter 1: Indicates the cabinet door by default. Run the display emu command to query the status of the H831VESC. When the actual level of a monitored digital parameter is different from the valid level preset in the system. By default. Example Table 3-23 shows the parameter plan for configuring the H831VESC. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the interface emu command to enter the EMU mode. Run the esc digital command to configure the valid level. This topic describes how to configure the H831VESC. Run the quit command to quit the H831VESC mode. Step 2 Configure the digital parameters. Run the display esc environment info command to query the environment information about the H831VESC. and alarm ID of the digital parameters. the MA5616 reports an alarm. The subnode ID is 1. – Digital parameter 0: Empty by default. and then run the save command to save the data. Ltd.. and the ALARM port on the control board is connected to the external sensor through a environment monitoring cable. name. 151 . This digital parameter is set according to the actual requirements. 5: UPS 6: digital userdefined alarm Digital parameter ID: 1 In the F01S50. 2: arrester. digital parameter 1 is used to monitor door status. 3: wiring. When the high level represents the valid level. the MA5616 does not report an alarm in the case of low level. digital parameter 0 is used to monitor the temperature. The monitoring digital parameter of the door sensor is set to monitor the door status. 1: door. The meanings of the alarm IDs are as follows: 0: smoke . 4: the AC power is off. F01S100. When the low level represents the valid level. 152 . The monitoring digital parameter of the temperature sensor is set to monitor the temperature. digital parameter 0 does not take effect. This digital parameter is set according to the actual requirements. the MA5616 reports an alarm. the MA5616 does not report an alarm in the case of low level.. digital parameter 2 is used to monitor the lightning arrester. Ltd. In the F01E50 cabinet. This digital parameter is set according to the actual requirements. and F01E50 cabinets. The monitoring digital parameter of the lightning arrester status sensor is set to monitor the arrester status. When the low level represents the valid level. Valid level of digital parameter 0: low level Name of digital parameter 0: Temperature User-defined alarm ID of digital parameter 0: 6 Valid level of digital parameter 1: high level Name of digital parameter 1: Door User-defined alarm ID of digital parameter 1: 1 Digital parameter ID: 2 Valid level of digital parameter 2: low level Name of digital parameter 2: Arrester Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In the F01S50.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Table 3-23 Data plan for configuring the H831VESC Item Digital parameters Data Digital parameter ID: 0 Remarks In the F01S50 and F01S100 cabinets. and F01E50 cabinets. the MA5616 does not report an alarm in the case of high level. the MA5616 reports an alarm. When the cabinet door is open. When the temperature in the cabinet is between 67°C and 73°C. F01S100. Valid level of digital parameter 3: low level Name of digital parameter 3: Fan User-defined alarm ID of digital parameter 3: 6 huawei(config)#display emu 0 EMU ID: 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------EMU name : H831VESC EMU type : H831VESC Used or not : Used EMU state : Normal Frame ID : 0 Subnode : 1 COM port : RS232 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#interface emu 0 huawei(config-if-h831vesc-0)#esc digital 0 available-level low-level digital-alarm 6 name Temperature huawei(config-if-h831vesc-0)#esc digital 1 available-level high-level digitalalarm 1 name Door huawei(config-if-h831vesc-0)#esc digital 2 available-level low-level digital-alarm 2 name Arrester huawei(config-if-h831vesc-0)#esc digital 3 available-level low-level digital-alarm 6 name Fan huawei(config-if-h831vesc-0)#display esc environment info EMU ID: 0 ESC environment state ---------------------------Digital environment info------------------------ID Name State Value |ID Name State Value 0 Temperature Normal 0 |1 Door Alarm 0 2 Arrester Normal 0 |3 Fan Normal 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-if-h831vesc-0)#quit huawei(config)#save Configuring the Monitoring Through the ESCM The ESCM is an EMU that integrates the environment monitoring board. The monitoring digital parameter of the fan status sensor is set to monitor the fan status.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Item Data User-defined alarm ID of digital parameter 2: 2 Digital parameter ID: 3 Remarks When the lightning arrester is faulty. door status. the MA5616 reports an alarm. the MA5616 reports an alarm. and humidity of the device. wiring. This topic provides the basic information about the ESCM and describes how to configure analog and digital parameters of the ESCM. temperature. 153 . In the F01S100 cabinet. This digital parameter is set according to the actual requirements. digital parameter 3 does not take effect. In the F01S50 cabinet. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. digital parameter 3 is used to monitor the wiring. The ESCM monitors the environment parameters such as smoke. When the fan is faulty. and DIP switches. Ltd.. the MA5616 does not report an alarm in the case of low level. terminal blocks. and also provides extended monitoring ports. water. When the low level represents the valid level. You cannot modify any parameter in these two analog parameters. 8. You cannot modify any parameter in these digital parameters. which indicates that the baud rate is 19200 bit/s. In the case of the ESCM. NOTE Digital parameter 9 Water_Alarm: unavailable.. The setting of the hardware DIP switch on the ESCM must be the same as the configured EMU subnode ID. Ltd. 154 . except the valid level. the system supports the following analog and digital parameters: – Analog parameters 0-1: invariably allocated by the system. Mapping Between Monitoring Parameters and Device Ports Table 3-24 describes the mapping between the monitoring parameters displayed on the host and the ports on the ESCM. such as the temperature. – Digital parameters 0. except the upper and lower alarm thresholds. and current. NOTE For details about the settings of DIP switches. – A digital parameter is a discrete value that indicates a state. l l The ESCM requires an RS-485 serial port for data communication. voltage. see ESCM EMU. The ESCM must be connected to the serial port of the MA5616 by using a two-in-one cable when the CCUC control board is used.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Prerequisites l l l The ESCM must be connected to the serial port of the MA5616 by using a straight-through cable when the CCUB control board is used. 1. l The sixth DIP switch on the ESCM must be set to on. – Analog parameters 2-3: user-defined. Background Information l The differences between an analog parameter and a digital parameter are as follows: – An analog parameter is a consecutive parameter. and 9: invariably allocated by the system. Table 3-24 Mapping between the monitoring parameters displayed on the host and the ports on the ESCM Monitoring Parameter on Host Temperature Input_-48V_0 Analog 2 Analog 3 Wiring Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Device Port Temperature Voltage N/A N/A JTP1 (MDF) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – Digital parameters 2-7: user-defined. Procedure Step 1 Add an EMU. The EMU ID is 3. Run the quit command to quit the miniesc mode. the subnode ID is 8. ----End Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and alarm ID of the digital parameters. 155 . thus supporting the real-time monitoring of the device through the analog parameters. and then run the save command to save the data. Run the emu add command to add an EMU to monitor the environment parameters of the device so that the device runs in a stable environment. Step 2 Configure the analog parameters. name. Run the esc digital command to configure the valid level. Step 4 Query the environment information about the ESCM. Ltd. the type is ESCM (MiniESC on the CLI). and the serial port type isRS485. make sure that the port corresponding to this analog or digital monitoring parameter is properly connected with an environment monitoring cable. Step 3 Configure the digital parameters. Run the display esc environment info command to query the environment information about the ESCM. Step 5 Save the data. Run the esc analog command to configure the upper/lower alarm thresholds and measurement thresholds.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Monitoring Parameter on Host Door0 Digital 2 Digital 3 Digital 4 Digital 5 Digital 6 Digital 7 Smoke Water_Alarm Device Port JTM1 (door status) JTD1 JTD2 JTD3 JTD4 JTD5 JTD6 JTD7 (smoke) JTS1 (water) NOTE Before adding a user-defined analog or digital monitoring parameter.. Example Table 3-25 shows the data plan for configuring the ESCM. the MA5616 reports an alarm. see the esc analog command. see the esc analog command. Remarks The ESCM is displayed as MiniESC on the CLI. When the ambient temperature of the device is lower than 6°C. The user-defined humidity monitoring analog parameter is added to monitor the ambient humidity of the device. 156 . the ESCM works in the normal state and monitors the analog and digital parameters set on the MA5616. the device reports an alarm. When the actual level of a monitored digital parameter is different from the valid level preset in the system. For values and details of this parameter. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Analog parameters Analog parameter ID: 0 This analog parameter is set according to the actual requirements. Upper alarm threshold of analog parameter 0: 54°C Lower alarm threshold of analog parameter 0: 6°C Analog parameter ID: 2 When the ambient temperature of the device is higher than 54°C. Ltd. The hardware DIP switch on the ESCM is set to 8. Table 3-25 Data plan for configuring the ESCM Item EMU Data Type: ESCM (MiniESC) SN: 3 Subnode ID: 8 NOTE The hardware DIP switch on the ESCM ranges from 0–15 and therefore the subnode ID ranges from 0–15. l l When an analog parameter measured is not within the upper and lower alarm thresholds preset in the system. the device reports an alarm. For values and details of this parameter.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Result After the configuration. The built-in analog parameter is set here to monitor the ambient temperature of the device. the MA5616 reports an alarm. Ensure that the hardware DIP switch on the ESCM is set the same as that of the EMU subnode on the device. This topic uses value 8 as an example.. This parameter is invariably allocated by the system. 15: diesel. 18: arrester. 8: room door. 19: DC voltage. 2: AC switch. When the fan unit is faulty. 12: fire. 13: fog.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Item Data Upper alarm threshold of analog parameter 2: 75% RH Lower alarm threshold of analog parameter 2: 5% RH Name of analog parameter 2: humidity Alarm ID of analog parameter 2: 2 Unit of analog parameter 2: % RH Sensor type of analog parameter 2: voltage type Remarks When the ambient humidity of the device is higher than 75% RH. the device does not report an alarm in the case of high level. except the valid level.. The user-defined humidity alarm of the system is used. You cannot modify any parameter of this digital parameter. When the high level represents the valid level. 7: DC power. The monitoring digital parameter of the fan unit is set here to monitor the fan unit. 5: load fuse. Ltd. 9: thief. 16: smell 17: air-condition. the device reports an alarm. 6: rectifier module. and is used to monitor the door status of the telecommunications room. the device reports an alarm. 4: battery fuse. The meanings of the alarm IDs are as follows: 1: AC voltage. the device does not report an alarm in the case of low level. 20 output switch. When the low level represents the valid level. It is a user-defined digital parameter and is set according to the actual requirements. 10: wiring . When the ambient humidity of the device is lower than 5% RH. 14: water. the device reports an alarm. 3: battery voltage. 11: fan. 157 . 21: digital userdefined alarm Digital parameters Digital parameter ID: 1 Valid level of digital parameter 1: high level Digital parameter ID: 2 Valid level of digital parameter 2: low level Name of digital parameter 2: Fan User-defined alarm ID of digital parameter 2: 11 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. This topic provides the basic information about the EPS30-4815AF and describes how to configure data associated with environment monitoring. the EPS30-4815AF system can manage one VRLA battery set and monitor other environment parameters through its EPMU03 monitoring module.please waiting for the ack huawei(config-if-miniesc-3)# Execute command successful huawei(config-if-miniesc-3)#esc digital 2 available-level low-level digital-alarm 11 name Fan Send command to environment monitor board .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration huawei(config)#emu add 3 MINIESC 0 8 RS485 MiniESC huawei(config)#interface emu 3 huawei(config-if-miniesc-3)#esc analog 0 alarm-upper-limit 54 alarm-lower-limit 6 Send command to environment monitor board ..please waiting for the ack huawei(config-if-miniesc-3)# Execute command successful huawei(config-if-miniesc-3)#esc digital 1 available-level high-level Send command to environment monitor board . Configuring the Monitoring Through the EPS30-4815AF The EPS30-4815AF system converts the input 220 VAC into the -48 VDC to provide the -48 VDC power.2 Configuring Monitoring Through the Power System This topic describes how to configure the Power4830 and H831PMU on the MA5616. The EPS30-4815AF must be connected to the ESC port of the control board on the MA5616 by using a two-in-one cable when the CCUC control board is used.00 54 6 C 1 Input_-48V_0 Normal 54.please waiting for the ack huawei(config-if-miniesc-3)# Execute command successful huawei(config-if-miniesc-3)#esc analog 2 alarm-upper-limit 75 alarm-lower-limit 5 name humidity sensor-type 0 analog-alarm 2 unit %RH Send command to environment monitor board . 158 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) .16. In addition.00 60 45 Volt 2 Humidity Low -128.00 75 5 %RH 3 Normal -128. Prerequisites l l The EPS30-4815AF must be connected to the ESC port of the control board on the MA5616 by using a straight-through cable when the CCUB control board is used.please waiting for the ack huawei(config-if-miniesc-3)# Execute command successful huawei(config-if-miniesc-3)#display esc environment info EMU ID: 3 ESC environment state ---------------------------Analog environment info-------------------------ID Name State Value AlmUpper AlmLower Unit 0 Temperature Normal 30. Ltd.00 127 -128 ---------------------------Digital environment info------------------------ID Name State Value |ID Name State Value 0 Wiring Normal 1 |1 Door0 Alarm 0 2 Fan Normal 0 |3 Normal 1 4 Normal 1 |5 Normal 1 6 Normal 1 |7 Normal 1 8 Smoke Normal 1 |9 Water_Alarm Normal 1 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-if-miniesc-3)#quit huawei(config)#save 3. namely.. which indicates that the baud rate is 19200 bit/s. Procedure Step 1 Add the EPS30-4815AF. such as the temperature. Ltd. Table 3-26 Mapping between the monitoring parameters displayed on the host and the ports on the sensor transfer box Monitoring Parameter on Host Temperature Humidity Digital 0 Digital 1 Digital 2 Digital 3 Digital 4 Digital 5 Digital 6 Device Port Temperature and humidity Temperature and humidity JTD1 JTD2 JTD3 JTD4 JTD5 JTD6 JTD7 NOTE Before adding a user-defined analog or digital monitoring parameter. 159 . Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Step 2 In the environment monitoring configuration mode. and current. l The EPS30-4815AF requires an RS-485 serial port for data communication. voltage. – A digital parameter is a discrete value that indicates a state. The sixth DIP switch on the EPS30-4815AF must be set to off. run the display power system parameter command to query the default configuration. Power4830. make sure that the port corresponding to this analog or digital monitoring parameter is properly connected with an environment monitoring cable.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration l l The setting of the hardware DIP switch on the EPS30-4815AF must be the same as the setting of the EMU subnode in the environment configuration. Run the emu add command to add the Power4830. Background Information l The differences between an analog parameter and a digital parameter are as follows: – An analog parameter is a consecutive parameter. Mapping Between Monitoring Parameters and Device Ports Table 3-26 describes the mapping between the monitoring parameters displayed on the host and the ports on the sensor transfer box. Ltd. When a monitored parameter is abnormal.. Run the power module-num command to configure the parameter of the rectifier unit. Run the quit command to quit the Power4830 mode. the power module generates alarms when it works in a condition that does not meet the present requirements. charging parameters and battery set power-off parameters.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Step 3 Configure the parameters of the lead battery. the MA5616 reports an alarm. Run the power battery parameter command to configure battery parameters. Example Table 3-27 provides the data plan for configuring the power monitoring through the EPS30-4815AF. Step 8 Run the display power alarm command to query the alarm. the EPS30-4815AF works in the normal state and monitors parameters set on the MA5616. and then run the save command to save the data. Step 6 Configure the external extended digital parameter for power supply monitoring. Step 5 Configure the environment parameters for power supply monitoring. and battery high-temperature power-off parameters. Step 4 Configure the parameter of the rectifier unit. Run the display power system parameter command to query configuration parameters of the power monitoring unit. 160 . including battery management parameters. ----End Result After the configuration. - Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Step 7 Query configuration parameters and environment parameters of the power system. Table 3-27 Data plan for configuring the power monitoring through the EPS30-4815AF Item EMU Data Type: Power4830 SN: 2 Remarks The selected type of the EPS30-4815AF is Power4830. In this manner. Ensure that no alarm (except the door status alarm) for the monitoring parameter is generated. Run the power environment command to configure the upper and lower alarm thresholds and measurement thresholds of temperature or humidity for power monitoring. You can also use the default settings. Step 9 Save the data. Run the power outside_digital command to configure the external extended digital parameter for power supply monitoring. the default settings are adopted. You can run the power charge command to modify parameters according to actual conditions. Battery management parameters Current-limiting coefficient for battery charging: 0. Ensure that the hardware DIP switch on the EPS30-4815AF is set the same as that of the EMU subnode on the device. a 75 AH battery set is configured for the F01E400 cabinet.15 Interval of battery equalized charging: 60 days Number of battery sets: 1 Capacity of the battery set: 75AH Upper measurement threshold of the battery set temperature: 80°C Lower measurement threshold of the battery set temperature: -20° C Upper alarm threshold of the battery set temperature: 50°C Lower alarm threshold of the battery set temperature: 0°C Temperature compensation coefficient of the battery set: 80 mV You can change the configuration by running the power battery command according to the actual requirements. Charging parameters of the battery Charging mode of the battery: automatic Equalized charging voltage of the battery: 56. and a 50 or 92 AH battery set is configured for the F01S300 cabinet. NOTE When a 92 AH battery set is configured for the F01S300 cabinet. or F01S300 cabinet. The MA5616 can be installed in the F01E2OOE. Battery set power-off parameters Battery set power-off permission status: permit Battery set power-off voltage: 43 V You can change the configuration by running the power off command according to the actual requirements. A 26 AH battery set is configured for the F01E200E cabinet.5 V In this topic.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Item Data Subnode ID: 4 NOTE The hardware DIP switch on the EPS30-4815AF ranges from 0–31 and therefore the subnode ID ranges from 0–31. 161 . the charging currentlimiting coefficien of the battery must be set to 0. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.5 V Float charging voltage of the battery: 53.1.. This topic uses value 4 as an example. Ltd. Remarks The DIP switch on the EPS30-4815AF is set to 4. F01E400. the device does not report an alarm in the case of low level.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Item Hightemperature power-off parameters of the battery Rectifier unit parameter Environment monitoring parameters Data Battery high-temperature power-off permission status: permit Temperature for battery hightemperature power-off: 53°C Number of rectifier units: 2 Upper alarm threshold of the temperature: 68°C Lower alarm threshold of the temperature: -5°C Upper measurement threshold of the temperature: 80°C Lower measurement threshold of the temperature: -20°C Upper alarm threshold of the humidity: 80% RH Lower alarm threshold of the humidity: 10% RH Upper measurement threshold of the humidity: 100% RH Lower measurement threshold of the humidity: 0% RH Remarks You can change the configuration by running the power temperature-off command according to the actual requirements. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 162 . It is a user-defined digital parameter and is set according to the actual requirements. The monitoring digital parameter of the fan status sensor is set to monitor the fan status. The EPS30-4815AF supports up to two rectifier units. External extended digital parameter of the power Extended digital parameter ID: 1 Valid level of extended digital parameter 1: low level Name of extended digital parameter 1: Fan When the low level represents the valid level. You can change the configuration by running the power environment command according to the actual requirements.. Ltd. 21 output switch. 14: power supply.. 17: smell 18: air-condition. It is a user-defined digital parameter and is set according to the actual requirements. 163 . 8: room door. 19: arrester. 16: diesel.15 Equalizing time : 60 days Battery number : 1 Battery 0 capacity : 65 AH battery temperature test upper : 80C battery temperature test lower: -20C temperature redeem quotiety : 80mV battery temperature alarm upper: 53C battery temperature alarm lower: 0C Battery off permit : Permit Battery off voltage : 43. User-defined alarm ID of extended digital parameter 3: 19 huawei(config)#emu add 2 POWER4830 0 4 RS485 POWER4830 huawei(config)#interface emu 2 huawei(config-if-power4830-2)#display power system parameter EMU ID: 2 Power system information ---------------------------------------------------------------------------Charge control state: Automatic control Equalizing voltage : 56. 9: thief. the MA5616 reports an alarm. Ltd.50V Floating voltage : 53. 6: rectifier. 4: battery fuse.H.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Item Data User-defined alarm ID of extended digital parameter 1: 11 Remarks When the fan is faulty.00V AC over alarm volt : 280V AC lack alarm voltage : 180V DC over alarm volt : 58 V DC lack alarm voltage : 45 V Power module number : 2 module 0 address: 1 module 0 switch state : On module 1 address: 2 module 1 switch state : On Battery high-temperature-off permit : Forbid Battery high-temperature-off temperature: 53 C ---------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-if-power4830-2)#display power environment parameter EMU ID: 2 power environment configration parameter -----------------------------------------------------------------------------AnalogID Name AlmUpper AlmLower TestUpper TestLower Unit type 0 Temperature 68 -20 80 -20 C Current 1 Humidity 80 0 100 0 %R. 7: DC power. the device does not report an alarm in the case of low level. When the lightning arrester is faulty. 15: water. 12: fire. 22: digital user-defined alarm Extended digital parameter ID: 3 Valid level of extended digital parameter 3: low level Name of extended digital parameter 3: SPD When the low level represents the valid level. 2: AC switch. 3: battery voltage. The meanings of the alarm IDs are as follows: 1: AC voltage. 11: fan.50V Charge Lmt quotiety : 0. 13: smoke. the MA5616 reports an alarm. 20: DC voltage. Current Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 10: wiring . 5: load fuse. The monitoring digital parameter of the SPD status sensor is set to monitor the SPD status. 15 60 75 huawei(config-if-power4830-2)#power module-num 2 huawei(config-if-power4830-2)#power temperature-off battery-off-state permit huawei(config-if-power4830-2)#power environment humidity 80 10 100 0 This command is invalid unless in the condition of install the sensor. Fog alarm : Normal Battery Temperature alarm : Normal Wiring alarm : Normal Acinput air switch : Normal Battery 1 Temp-Sensor : Invalid Environment 1 Temp-Sensor : Invalid Environment Humidity-Sensor : Invalid Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.H.00V AC over alarm volt : 280V AC lack alarm voltage : 180V DC over alarm volt : 58 V DC lack alarm voltage : 45 V Power module number : 2 module 0 address: 1 module 0 switch state : On module 1 address: 2 module 1 switch state : On Battery high-temperature-off permit : Permit Battery high-temperature-off temperature: 53 C ---------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-if-power4830-2)#display power environment parameter EMU ID: 2 Power environment configuration parameter ---------------------------------------------------------------------------AnalogID Name AlmUpper AlmLower TestUpper TestLower Unit Type 0 Temperature 68 -5 80 -20 C Current 1 Humidity 80 10 100 0 %R. would you continue? (y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-power4830-2)#power environment temperature 68 -5 80 -20 This command is invalid unless in the condition of install the sensor.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration -----------------------------------------------------------------------------DigitalID Name Available Level|DigitalID Name Available Level 0 1 | 1 1 2 1 | 3 1 4 1 | 5 1 6 1 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-if-power4830-2)#power battery parameter 1 0. Ltd. Current ---------------------------------------------------------------------------DigitalID Name available Level |DigitalID Name available Level 0 1 | 1 Fan 0 2 1 | 3 SPD 0 4 1 | 5 1 6 1 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-if-power4830-2)#display power alarm EMU ID: 2 Power alarm information ---------------------------------------------------------------------------Mains supply yes : yes Mains supply lack : normal Total vol lack : Normal Load fuse 0 : Connect Load off : on battery off : on Battery 1 loop : connect Environment Temperature : Normal Environment Humidity : Normal Door alarm : Alarm Water alarm : Normal // The "Door alarm" alarm is generated because the door of the cabinet is not closed.15 Equalizing time : 60 days Battery number : 1 Battery 0 capacity : 75 AH battery temperature test upper : 80C battery temperature test lower: -20C temperature redeem quotiety : 80mV battery temperature alarm upper: 50C battery temperature alarm lower: 0C Battery off permit : Permit Battery off voltage : 43. 164 .50V Floating voltage : 53. would you continue? (y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-power4830-2)#power outside_digital 1 available-level low-level digital_alarm 11 name Fan huawei(config-if-power4830-2)#power outside_digital 3 available-level low-level digital_alarm 19 name SPD huawei(config-if-power4830-2)#display power system parameter EMU ID: 2 Power system information ---------------------------------------------------------------------------Charge control state: Automatic control Equalizing voltage : 56..50V Charge Lmt quotiety : 0. . Procedure Step 1 Run the emu add command to add an environment monitoring unit (EMU). and capacity of the battery set. This topic provides the basic information about the H831PMU and describes how to configure data associated with environment monitoring. Background Information The H831PMU requires an RS-485 serial port for data communication. Ltd. 165 . Step 6 Run the display power system parameter command to query the configuration parameters of the power system. ----End Result After the configuration is completed. such as charging current-limiting coefficient. When a monitored parameter is abnormal. Step 7 Save the data. the H831PMU works in the normal state and monitors parameters set on the MA5616. the MA5616 reports an alarm. Run the quit command to quit the H831PMU mode. In addition.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration module 0 : normal module 1 : normal ---------------------------------------------------------------------------DigitalID Name Alarm State|DigitalID Name Alarm State 0 Normal | 1 Fan Normal 2 Normal | 3 SPD Normal 4 Normal | 5 Normal 6 Normal ---------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-if-power4830-2)#quit huawei(config)#save Configuring the Monitoring Through the H831PMU (Backup Power Using the VRLA Battery) The H831PMU is a power monitoring control module and it works with the PAIB power board to monitor relevant information about the power system. and then run the save command to save the data. Step 5 Run the power supply-parameter command to configure the power distribution parameters. Step 4 Run the power off command to configure the power supply load power-off and battery set poweroff parameters. the H831PMU can manage a VRLA battery set. Step 3 Configure the battery charging parameters. number of battery sets. Run the power battery parameter command to configure battery parameters. Run the power charge command to configure the battery charging mode and the equalized charging voltage or floating charging voltage to charge the battery. Step 2 Configure the battery management parameters. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. timed equalized charging time. 15 90 12 Send command to environment monitor board . make sure that DC overvoltage -1 V > equalized charging voltage > float charging voltage > DC undervoltage +2 V. see the power battery command.. Table 3-28 Data plan for configuring the power monitoring through the H831PMU Item EMU Data Type: H831PMU SN: 3 Subnode ID: 0 Battery management parameters Number of battery sets: 1 Current-limiting coefficient for battery charging: 0. see the power charge command.please waiting for the ack huawei(config-if-h831pmu-3)# Execute command successful huawei(config-if-h831pmu-3)#power charge mode floating Send command to environment monitor board . For values and details of the parameters.please waiting for the ack Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and that DC undervoltage > load power-off voltage > battery power-off voltage.5 V For values and details of the parameters.15 Interval of battery equalized charging: 90 days Capacity of the battery set: 12 AH Charging parameters of the battery Charging mode of the battery: floating Equalized charging voltage of the battery: 56. 166 . Remarks For values and details of the parameters.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Example Table 3-28 provides the data plan for configuring the power monitoring through the H831PMU. Battery set poweroff parameters Battery set power-off permission status: permit Battery set power-off voltage: 44 V Power distribution parameters DC overvoltage alarm threshold: 59 V DC undervoltage alarm threshold: 48 V huawei(config)#emu add 3 H831PMU 0 0 RS485 huawei(config)#interface emu 3 huawei(config-if-h831pmu-3)#power battery parameter 1 0. see the power supply-parameter command. Ltd. see the power off command. When setting the equalized and float charging voltages of the battery. For values and details of the parameters.8 V Float charging voltage of the battery: 53. 167 . Prerequisites l l The Fe-lithium battery must be connected to the ESC port of the MA5616 control board by using a straight-through cable when the CCUB control board is used. large capacity. Ltd. the MA5616 issues a command to the power system to adjust the voltage.00V DC over alarm volt : 59 V DC lack alarm voltage : 48 V Power-cut-close-Broad-service : On ---------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-if-h831pmu-3)#quit huawei(config)#save Configuring the Monitoring Through the H831PMU (Backup Power Using the PBL 02A Fe-lithium Battery) The H831PMU is a power monitoring control module and it works with the PAIB power board to monitor relevant information about the power system. The Fe-lithium battery is connected to the input port of the power system through a power cable and connected to the MA5616 through an RS485 serial port cable.please waiting for the ack huawei(config-if-h831pmu-3)# Execute command successful huawei(config-if-h831pmu-3)#power off battery-off-state permit battery-off-voltage 44 Send command to environment monitor board . When detecting a Fe-lithium battery. the Fe-lithium battery features long lifespan. Compared with the lead-acid battery. The Fe-lithium battery must be connected to the serial port of the MA5616 by using a twoin-one cable when the CCUC control board is used..15 Equalizing time : 90 days Battery number : 1 Battery 0 capacity : 12 AH Battery off permit : Permit Battery off voltage : 44. and flexible environment adaptability.5 Send command to environment monitor board .80V Floating voltage : 53. Background Information The MA5616 supports a Fe-lithium battery set for power backup. In addition. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. it supports intelligent management so that the battery can be automatically charged or discharged.please waiting for the ack huawei(config-if-h831pmu-3)# Execute command successful huawei(config-if-h831pmu-3)#display power system parameter EMU ID: 3 Power system information ---------------------------------------------------------------------------Charge control state: Remote control Equalizing voltage : 56. In addition. This topic describes how to configure the power monitoring through the H831PMU (backup power using the Fe-lithium battery).SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration huawei(config-if-h831pmu-3)# Execute command successful huawei(config-if-h831pmu-3)#power charge voltage equalizing-voltage 56. optimized discharging function.50V Charge Lmt quotiety : 0.8 floatingvoltage 53. The charging mode of a Fe-lithium battery is the equalizing mode. the H831PMU can manage a Fe-lithium battery set.please waiting for the ack huawei(config-if-h831pmu-3)# Execute command successful huawei(config-if-h831pmu-3)#power supply-parameter 59 48 Send command to environment monitor board . fast charging. (Optional) Run the power batteryinstall command to set the time for installing the battery. Run the emu add command to add a Fe-lithium battery monitoring unit. 2. 5. the Fe-lithium battery provides power for the MA5616 to ensure the normal running of the device in a certain period. 1. Procedure Step 1 Run the emu add command to add an environment monitoring unit (EMU).SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration When the mains supply fails. Run the save command to save the data. The EMU ID of the Fe-lithium battery is 4 and the subnode ID is 23. Run the display power run info command to query the battery running information. 168 . The time for installing the battery is 2011-08-20. Run the quit command to quit the H831PMU mode. 3. Ltd. (Optional) Run the display power batteryinstalltime command to query the time for installing the battery. do as follows: huawei(config)#emu add 3 H831PMU 0 0 RS485 huawei(config)#interface emu 3 huawei(config-if-h831pmu-3)#power supply-parameter 59 48 Send command to environment monitor board . and then run the save command to save the data.. Step 4 Save the data. 4. Step 5 Configure the Fe-lithium battery monitoring unit. To configure the power monitoring through the H831PMU (backup power using the Fe-lithium battery) with such configurations. the Felithium battery stops discharging and starts charging. The power parameters are as follows: The DC overvoltage alarm threshold is 59 V and the DC undervoltage alarm threshold is 48 V. When the mains supply recovers. such as the charging status and remaining power. Step 3 Run the display power system parameter command to query the configuration parameters of the power system. Step 2 Run the power supply-parameter command to configure the power distribution parameters. ----End Example Assume that: l l l l The EMU ID of the H831PMU is 3 and the subnode ID is 0.please waiting for the ack huawei(config-if-h831pmu-3)# Execute command successful huawei(config-if-h831pmu-3)#quit huawei(config)#emu add 4 liBATTERY 0 23 rs485 battery1 huawei(config)#interface emu 4 huawei(config-if-libattery-4)#power batteryinstall 2011-08-20 huawei(config-if-libattery-4)#display power run info Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. NOTE The subnode ID of the Fe-lithium battery is invariably 23. Step 5 Save the data. Run the display fan system parameter command to query the configuration parameters of the fan tray. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the quit command to quit the FAN mode.. Here. or 5. Step 2 Configure the speed adjustment mode of the fan. 3. By default. The speed level can be 0. The fan can be automatically found by the system.01V Battery current: 0. NOTE When the fan speed adjustment mode is the manual mode.3 Configuring the Monitoring Through the Fan Tray This topic describes how to configure the speed adjustment mode and the alarm function of the fan tray. and the fan tray of the MA5616 can be monitored. 2. Procedure Step 1 Add an EMU. Step 3 Configure whether alarms associated with the fan tray are reported. Run the fan speed command to configure the speed adjustment mode of the fan. you can run the fan speed adjust command to set the fan speed. ----End Example Table 3-29 shows the data plan for configuring the speed adjustment mode and monitoring of the fan. the fan speed of the MA5616 can be adjusted automatically. Thus. Run the fan alarmset command to configure the reporting of alarms related to the fan tray. 5 stands for the highest level. 1. Step 4 Query the configuration parameters of the fan tray. and then run the save command to save the data. Background Information The fan tray requires the RS-232 serial port for data communication. and 0 stands for the lowest level.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration EMU ID: 4 LiBattery run information ---------------------------------------------------------------------------Battery charge state: Charge Battery voltage: 54.82A Battery temperature: 29°C Battery capacity specification: 10A Battery capacity remained percentage: 97% Battery charge or discharge number: 13 The sum of discharge capacity: 106Ah ---------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-if-libattery-4)#quit huawei(config)#save 3. the fan speed adjustment mode is automatic.16. The subnode ID of the fan tray is invariably 2. 4. Ltd. You can run the emu add command to add an environment monitoring unit. 169 . When the fan stops rotation because of being blocked. Ltd. the fan speed is automatically adjusted according to the temperature. 170 . huawei(config)#emu add 1 FAN 0 2 RS485 FAN huawei(config)#interface emu 1 huawei(config-if-fan-1)#fan speed mode automatic huawei(config-if-fan-1)#fan alarmset block permit Execute command successful huawei(config-if-fan-1)#fan alarmset tem-high permit Execute command successful huawei(config-if-fan-1)#display fan system parameter EMU ID: 1 FAN configration parameter: ---------------------------------------------------------------------------FAN timing mode: Auto timing by temperature ---------------------------------------------------------------------------Alarm_name Permit/Forbid Fan block Permit Temperature high Permit ---------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-if-fan-1)#quit huawei(config)#save Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 3 Basic Configuration Table 3-29 Data plan for configuring monitoring through the fan Item EMU Data Type: FAN SN: 1 Subnode ID: 2 Fan parameters Fan speed adjustment mode: automatic Whether to report an alarm when the fan stops rotation because of being blocked: permit Whether to report an alarm when the temperature is very high: permit Remarks In this mode.. When the temperature of the fan tray is very high. the device reports an alarm automatically. the device reports an alarm automatically. the user name and password for dial-up Internet access must be configured on the BRAS. This topic describes how to configure an xDSL Internet access service on the MA5616. For the identification purpose. – Configuring the ADSL2+ Profile (Normal ADSL Mode) – Configuring the ADSL2+ Profile (NGADSL Mode) – Configuring the SHDSL Profile – Configuring the VDSL2 Profile (Normal Mode) – Configuring the VDSL2 Profile (TI Mode) – Configuring the xDSL Profile(TR165 Mode) IPoE. or 802. a connection to the BRAS must be established. PPPoA. – To enable the AAA function on the device. PPPoE. Ltd. IPoA. – If the AAA function is implemented by the BRAS. see 3. l The xDSL profile for the Internet access service must be created. PPPoE or PPPoA Internet access mode: l Configure the AAA function.13 Configuring AAA.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service 4 Prerequisite Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service About This Chapter xDSL broadband Internet access is applicable in the scenario where the Internet service is provided through the ordinary twisted pairs.1X mode.1X Internet access mode: l l l Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Configuring the ADSL2+ Profile (Normal ADSL Mode) Configuring the ADSL2+ Profile (NGADSL Mode) Configuring the SHDSL Profile Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this scenario. a user can access Internet in IPoE. IPoA.. 171 . The BRAS should be capable of identifying the VLAN tag of the MA5616 in the upstream direction. or 802. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The VLAN planning must ensure proper cooperation with the upperlayer device and thus the upstream VLAN must be consistent with the upstream VLAN of the upper-layer device. According to the general QoS policy for the entire network. The VPI/VCI is valid only for the ATM access and must be the same as the VPI/VCI of the interconnected device. The IP address must be consistent with the IP address of the upper-layer route.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service l l l Configuring the VDSL2 Profile (Normal Mode) Configuring the VDSL2 Profile (TI Mode) Configuring the xDSL Profile(TR165 Mode) Data preparation Before configuring an xDSL Internet access service. - VLAN planning QoS policy IP address Upperlayer LAN switch The LAN switch transparently transmits the service packets of the MA5616 on L2. the priority of an ordinary Internet access service is lower than the priority of a voice or video service. Table 4-1 Data plan for the xDSL Internet access service Item MA5616 Data Access rate Access port VPI/VCI Remarks Specify an access rate according to the user requirement. Ltd. Specify an access port according to the specific network planning.. plan the data items as listed in Table 4-1. The VLAN ID must be consistent with the VLAN ID of the upstream service packets of the MA5616. 172 . 6 (Optional) Configuring the xPoA-xPoE Protocol Conversion Configuring protocol conversion is required only when the encapsulation mode is IPoA or PPPoA. a service port must be created. VLANs have enhanced security and support expansion and flexible networking. you must configure an IP address pool on the BRAS. make sure that the VLAN configuration based on planning is complete. For example. 4.5 Creating an xDSL Service Port A service port is a service channel connecting the user side to the network side.4 Configuring an xDSL Port An xDSL can transmit services only when it is activated. 4. an SHDSL profile. 2.3 Configuring an Upstream Port This topic describes how to add an upstream port for an Internet access service to a VLAN. Remarks - Procedure 1. 4. 4. 4.. 4. 4. 3.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service Item BRAS Data The BRAS performs the related configurations according to the authentication and accounting requirements for dial-up users. To provide services. Configuring VLAN is a prerequisite for configuring a service. it is not required when the encapsulation mode is IPoE or PPPoE. and a VDSL2 profile. before configuring a service.2 Configuring a VLAN A virtual local area network (VLAN) is used to separate broadcast domains. 5. 173 . the BRAS configures the access user domain (including the authentication plan. If the BRAS is used to authenticate users. Hence. and authorization plan bound to the domain) and specifies the RADIUS server. This topic describes how to activate an xDSL port and bind the port to an xDSL profile. Ltd. 6. This topic describes how to configure an ADSL2+ profile. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. If the BRAS is used to allocate IP addresses.1 Configuring the xDSL Profile Configuring the xDSL profile is a prerequisite for configuring an xDSL access service. accounting plan. you need to configure the user name and the password for each user on the BRAS. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Background Information Associated configuration in normal ADSL mode is described here. All these profiles must be bound to an x digital subscriber line (xDSL) port for activating the xDSL port. and a VDSL2 profile. 4.1 Configuring the xDSL Profile Configuring the xDSL profile is a prerequisite for configuring an xDSL access service. You can run the switch adsl mode to command to select a mode. The line template uses the line profile and the channel profile as references. and xDSL impulsive noise monitoring profile.1. ADSL2+ line profile parameters are reorganized. Ltd. 174 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . NG-ADSL mode: In this mode. power spectrum density (PSD) profile. xDSL virtual noise profile. an SHDSL profile. l l Normal mode: This mode is used for common ADSL2+ profiles.. the normal mode is used. For the configuration of TR165 profiles.1 Configuring an ADSL2+ Profile This topic describes how to configure asymmetric digital subscriber line 2 plus (ADSL2+) profiles in various modes for configuring ADSL2+ access services. see 4. and the line alarm template uses the line alarm profile and the channel alarm profile as references.1. l Configuring ADSL2+ Profiles (in Normal ADSL Mode) This topic describes how to configure an ADSL2+ line profile and alarm profile. xDSL spectrum profile. xDSL impulsive noise protection profile.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service 4. new generation asymmetric digital subscriber lines (NG-ADSL) mode (RFC4706). xDSL downstream power backoff (DPBO) profile. bind a ADSL2+ line profile and alarm profile to the port. which are: xDSL rate profile. and ADSL2+ extended line profiles. and TR165 mode. Background Information The MA5616 supports three ADSL2+ modes: normal mode (RFC2662). An ADSL2+ extended line profile contains extended line parameters for ADSL2+ port activation. Prerequisites The system is changed to normal ADSL mode(RFC2662 mode). By default. TR165 mode: A line profile consists of 10 profiles.4 Configuring xDSL Profiles (TR165 Mode). xDSL upstream power backoff (UPBO) profile. radio frequency interference (RFI) profile. including ADSL2+ line profiles. This topic describes how to configure an ADSL2+ profile. ADSL2+ line alarm profiles. xDSL noise margin profile. l l Before activating an ADSL2+ port. and a line template and a line alarm template are used. Normal ADSL is the default mode in the system. . Run the adsl line-profile quickadd command to quickly add an ADSL2+ line profile or run the adsl line-profile add command (an interactive command) to add an ADSL2+ line profile. During line activation.998. – g. In general. all the transmission modes are supported. By default. Therefore. an appropriate rate is automatically negotiated between the preset maximum rate and minimum rate based on the line condition and profile configuration. Physical-layer retransmission can be configured in an ADSL2+ extended line profile and alarm profile to achieve optimal multicast service quality. It is of numeral type and ranges from 0 to 3. An ADSL2+ extended line profile contains the following parameters: – missingtone: It indicates the missingtone function. Procedure l Configure an ADSL2+ line profile. An extended line profile is used in the same way as the line profile. Run the adsl alarm-profile quickadd command to quickly add an ADSL2+ alarm profile or run the adsl alarm-profile add command (an interactive command) to add an ADSL2 + alarm profile. the system automatically adapts to the transmission mode of the peer end. their parameters do not conflict with each other. the lower rate is selected as the user rate. which refers to the idle space for carrying noise. Then. When both rates function. – 2: indicates RTX_FORCED. – snr: Indicates the SNR margin. l Configure an ADSL2+ alarm profile.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service l In normal ADSL mode. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. physical-layer retransmission is supported. the SNR margin of the minimum tone is considered as the SNR margin of the entire ADSL connection. – 0: indicates RTX_FORBIDDEN. l Configure an ADSL2+ extended line profile.4-rtx-mode: It indicates G. an extended line profile is optional for port configuration and a line can be activated normally without an extended line profile. The default mode can be used. – 1: indicates RTX_PREFERRED.998.4 retransmission. An ADSL2+ line profile contains the following parameters: – transmode (only for the preceding interactive command): It indicates the line transmission mode. Ltd. excluding the space for carrying signals. When both an extended line profile and a line profile are configured at the same time. This line rate or the rate configured in the traffic profile bound to a port can be used to restrict a user rate on the port. 175 . An extended line profile defines the parameters for certain enhanced features. When you set this parameter for a specified sub-carrier of the line. – rate: It indicates the line rate. the sub-carrier has no power output or assigned bit. Run the adsl extline-profile quickadd command to quickly add an ADSL2+ extended line profile or run the adsl extline-profile add command (an interactive command) to add an ADSL2+ extended line profile. the system supports the Normal ADSL mode. To configure an ADSL line profile and alarm profile with these parameters and their IDs both being 3. ----End Example Assume that: l l l l l Downstream minimum rate: 2048 kbit/s Downstream maximum rate: 5120 kbit/s Upstream rate: 512 kbit/s All the thresholds of the central office (CO) end: 100s Threshold for the difference between the current and previous transmission rates in channel mode: 1000 kbit/s. An ADSL2+ line alarm template should be formed by binding an ADSL2+ line alarm profile with an ADSL2+ channel alarm profile. do as follows: huawei(config)#adsl line-profile quickadd 3 rate 1024 5120 512 512 huawei(config)#adsl alarm-profile quickadd 3 atu-c trap enable 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 interleaved 1000 1000 fast 1000 1000 Configuring the ADSL2+ Profile (NGADSL Mode) This topic describes how to configure an ADSL2+ line template and an ADSL2+ line alarm template. Ltd. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 176 .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service – 3: indicates RTX_TESTMODE. l l l When activating an ADSL2+ port. Background Information In this task. you need to bind the ADSL2+ line template and alarm template to the port. Figure 4-1 shows the flow for configuring an ADSL2+ template. Prerequisites Run the switch adsl mode to rfc4706 command to switch to the ADSL mode NGADSL. By default. the configuration specified is based on the NGADSL mode.. An ADSL2+ line template should be formed by binding an ADSL2+ line profile with an ADSL2+ channel profile. or run the interactive adsl line-profile add command to add an ADSL2+ line profile. The interleave delay is related to INP. 1. By default. In the fast mode. INP affects the port rate.. it indicates that the current channel can resist the impulse noise in 1 DMT character length. but the error correction capability is weak. In the fast mode. In general. all the transmission modes are supported. – snr: Indicates the SNR margin. the system automatically adapts to the transmission mode of the peer end. Ltd. – rate: Indicates the line rate. During line activation. which refers to the idle space for carrying noise. A zero interleave delay corresponds to the fast mode. The default mode can be used. Run the adsl line-profile quickadd command to quickly add an ADSL2+ line profile. If INP is 1. a proper rate between the preset maximum rate and minimum rate is determined through automatic negotiation Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Then. the interleave delay is short. As a parameter that describes the line capability of resisting impulse interference.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service Figure 4-1 Flowchart for configuring an ADSL2+ template Procedure l Configure an ADSL2+ line template. excluding the space for carrying signals. In the interleave mode. A non-zero interleave delay corresponds to the interleave mode. Main parameters: – transmode and Transmission mode (in interactive mode): It indicates the line transmission mode. higher interleave depth indicates more powerful error correction capability but longer interleave delay. 177 . Run the adsl channel-profile quickadd command to quickly add an ADSL2+ channel profile. 2. The interleave depth increases directly to the interleave delay. the SNR margin of the minimum tone is considered as the SNR margin of the entire ADSL connection. INP does not apply. Main parameters: – interleaved-delay and interleaving delay (in interactive mode): Indicates the interleave delay. – inp: Indicates impulse noise protection. or run the interactive adsl channel-profile add command to add an ADSL2 + channel profile. the downstream rate is 2048 kbit/s. An ADSL2+ port needs to be bound to only an ADSL2+ line template. Run the adsl alarm-profile quickadd command to quickly add an ADSL2+ line alarm profile. the lower one is adopted as the user rate. The user rate can be restricted by this line rate or the rate set in the traffic profile bound to the user. Table 4-2 lists the default SHDSL profiles. Run the adsl line-template quickadd command to quickly add an ADSL+ line template.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service according to the line condition and the profile configuration. 1. and the SNR margin is 6 dB. the channel mode is the interleave mode. the maximum interleave delay is 10 ms. For the ADSL2 + line template. 178 . 3.. Ltd. or run the interactive adsl channel-alarm-profile add command to add an ADSL2+ channel alarm profile. or run the interactive adsl alarm-templateadd command to add an ADSL2+ line alarm template. Run the adsl alarm-template quickadd command to quickly add an ADSL2+ line alarm template. Background Information The SHDSL line profile and alarm profile can be directly bound to an SHDSL port. ----End 2. or run the interactive adsl alarm-profileadd command to add an ADSL2+ line alarm profile. l Configure an ADSL2+ line alarm template. To configure such an ADSL2+ line template. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Example Assume that an ADSL2+ line template with an index number of 3 is to be added. 3.2 Configuring the SHDSL Profile This topic describes how to configure the SHDSL line profile and alarm profile. Run the adsl channel-alarm-profile quickadd command to quickly add an ADSL2 + channel alarm profile. An ADSL2+ alarm template is formed by binding an ADSL2+ line alarm profile with an ADSL2+ channel alarm profile. An ADSL2+ port needs to be bound with only an ADSL2+ alarm template. An ADSL2+ line template is formed by binding an ADSL2+ line profile with an ADSL2+ channel profile. When both rates function. or run the interactive adsl line-template add command to add an ADSL2 + line template. do as follows: huawei(config)#adsl line-profile quickadd 3 snr 60 30 120 60 30 120 huawei(config)#adsl channel-profile quickadd 3 interleaved-delay 10 10 rate 1024 2048 3096 1024 2048 3096 huawei(config)#adsl line-template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 60 70 channel2 3 4.1. annex B. the lower rate is selected as the user rate. the better the line stability. l Configure an SHDSL alarm profile. and meanwhile the lower the physical connection rate of the line after activation. For common Internet access users. – snr-margin: The larger the SNR margin. a proper rate between the preset maximum rate and minimum rate is determined through automatic negotiation according to the line condition and the profile configuration. and annex A&B. SHDSL alarm profile Profile ID: 1 Procedure l Configure an SHDSL line profile. Three transmission modes are supported: annex A.. select ptm. The user rate can be restricted by this rate or the rate set in the traffic profile that is bound to the user. Profile 102 is used to activate the 8-wire ATM SHDSL port. for users with higher priorities. Main parameters: – ptm: If the SHDSL channel mode is the ATM mode. or run the shdsl line-profile add command to interactively add an SHDSL alarm profile. ----End Example To add SHDSL line profile 3 with the line rate of 4096 kbit/s. Set the transmission mode according to line conditions and actual planning. 179 . Profile 101 is used to activate the 6wire ATM SHDSL port. During line activation. – transmission: Indicates the transmission mode. or run the shdsl line-profile add command to interactively add an SHDSL line profile. 101. do as follows: huawei(config)#shdsl line-profile quickadd 3 line four-wire rate 4096 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the shdsl alarm-profile quickadd command to quickly add an SHDSL alarm profile. set the target SNR margin to 3. which is used to activate the 4wire SHDSL port.BIS and the maximum rate can be 5696 kbit/s. If the SHDSL channel mode is the PTM mode. Ltd. Profile 103 is used to activate the EFM-bonding SHDSL port. and 103 Profile 1 is used to activate the 2-wire ATM SHDSL port. 102. set the target SNR margin to 5. NOTE The H832SHLH board supports G. 100.SHDSL.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service Table 4-2 Default SHDSL profiles Parameter SHDSL line profile Default Setting Profile IDs: 1. do not select ptm. Run the shdsl line-profile quickadd command to quickly add an SHDSL line profile. When both rates function. – rate: Indicates the line rate. Profile 100 is used to activate the 4-wire ATM SHDSL port. do as follows: huawei(config-if-shl-0/3)#shdsl alarm-profile quickadd 3 loop-attenuation 10 snrmargin 0 es 100 ses 100 crc-anomaly 10000 losws 100 uas 100 4. and plan parameters for activation mode and frequency spectrum. a line profile consists of profiles: xDSL rate profile. The management mode for VDSL2 lines is TR129. By default. you need to determine the management mode for VDSL2 lines. TI. xDSL virtual noise profile. 180 . you need to configure a line profile. VDSL2 general profiles are classified into the VDSL2 line profile. LOSWS threshold is 100s. Before activating a VDSL2 port. By doing so. CRC abnormality duration threshold is 10000. radio frequency interference (RFI) profile. or TR165. you can set service parameters and quality of service (QoS) parameters for VDSL2 ports based on service type.1. which are selected by running switch vdsl mode to command.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service Assume that the loop attenuation threshold is 10 dB. Specifically. xDSL signal to noise ratio (SNR) margin profile. VDSL2 DPBO profile. and VDSL2 delay INP profile. power spectrum density (PSD) profile. SES threshold is 100s. TI. TI mode: In TI mode. normal(TR129 mode). ES threshold is 100s.3 Configuring the VDSL2 Profile Configuring a VDSL2 profile is a prerequisite for configuring a VDSL2 access service. bind a VDSL2 line template to the port. To quickly add SHDSL line alarm profile 3 with these parameters. the system supports the normal VDSL2 mode(TR129 mode). This topic describes how to configure VDSL2 profiles in various modes. VDSL2 SNR margin profile. xDSL downstream power back-of (DMBO) profile. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. you need to configure a VDSL2 mode in TR129 mode. Background Information The MA5616 supports three VDSL2 modes. VDSL2 channel profile. Prerequisites The VDSL2 mode has been switched to TR129 by running the switch vdsl mode to tr129 command. the parameters are classified by type and frequency used. SNR margin is 0 dB. In TI mode. You must bind these profiles to an xDSL port before activating the port. xDSL frequency spectrum profile. l Configuring the VDSL2 Profile (TR129 Mode) Before configuring very-high-speed digital subscriber line 2 (VDSL2) services. UAS threshold is 100s. xDSL delay impulse noise protection (INP) profile. the parameters in the VDSL2 profile are re-organized. l l Normal mode: It is the mode for VDSL2 general profiles.. Ltd. TR165 mode: In TR165 mode. and VDSL2 line template. and TR165. VDSL2 profiles are classified into six types: VDSL2 service profile. VDSL2 frequency spectrum profile. xDSL upstream power back-of (UPBO) profile. Background Information l l Issue 03 (2012-03-20) A VDSL2 line template consists of a VDSL2 line profile and a VDSL2 channel profile. When the TR129 management mode is used. VDSL2 UPBO profile. When configuring the VDSL2 services. By default. In TR129 mode. 181 .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service l l l A VDSL2 alarm template consists of a VDSL2 line alarm profile and a VDSL2 channel alarm profile. Figure 4-2 provides the configuration flow of a VDSL2 profile. and VDSL2 alarm profile to achieve optimal multicast service quality. This feature can be configured in a VDSL2 line profile. VDSL2 channel profile. Ltd.HS – 5: ADSL – 6: VDSL The default setting can be used. – snr: indicates the signal to noise ratio (SNR) margin. or run the vdsl line-profile add command to interactively add a VDSL2 line profile. 1. Figure 4-2 Flowchart for configuring a VDSL2 profile Procedure l Configure a VDSL2 line template. Main parameters: – transmode: indicates the line transmission mode. Run the vdsl line-profile quickadd command to quickly add a VDSL2 line profile. the system automatically adapts to the transmission mode of the peer end. the system supports all transmission modes as follows: – 1: All – 2: Full rate – 3: G. excluding the space for carrying signals. It refers to the remaining space for carrying noise. Bind a VDSL2 alarm template to a VDSL2 port. the downstream/upstream physical-layer retransmission is supported. Then. the Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. In general.DMT – 4: G. – g. During line activation. The longer the interleave delay. In interleave mode. such as video on demand (VOD) and video phone (VP) services. 182 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . When both CO and CPE support the PTM mode. The interleave mode is applicable to delay-insensitive services with high requirement on reliability. In fast mode. – 0: RTX_FORBIDDEN – 1: RTX_PREFERRED – 2: RTX_FORCED – 3: RTX_TESTMODE 2. but the longer the delay.998. The interleave delay is related to the INP. By default. such as the file download service. Ltd. set the path mode to atm. you do not need to configure the path mode because the system automatically adapts to it based on the actual line mode. Main parameters: – path-mode: indicates the path mode.. When both central office (CO) and CPE support the ATM mode. The user rate can be restricted by this rate or the rate set in the traffic profile bound to the user. or run the vdsl line-template add command to interactively add a VDSL2 line template. – inp: indicates the impulse noise protection. it indicates that the current channel can resist the impulse noise in 1 DMT character length. There are two VDSL2 path modes: asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) and packet transfer mode (PTM). It is of numeral type and ranges from 0 to 3. the interleave delay is short. The INP is a parameter that describes the line capability of resisting impulse interference. The INP affects the port rate. In fast mode. set the path mode to ptm. minimum impulse noise protection against single high impulse noise event. but the error correction capability is weak.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service SNR margin of the minimum tone is used as the SNR margin of the entire VDSL2 connection. or run the vdsl channel-profile add command to interactively add a VDSL2 channel profile. the stronger the error correction capability. the INP is meaningless. such as the maximum/minimum delay. a proper rate between the preset maximum rate and minimum rate is determined through automatic negotiation according to the line condition and the profile configuration. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – interleaved-delay: indicates the interleave delay. It contains various parameters. the system supports both modes.998.4 retransmission.4-rtx-mode: indicates G.4-rtx: indicates physical-layer retransmission. repetitive electrical impulse noise interarrival time.998. When the path mode supported by customer premises equipment (CPE) is unknown. the greater the interleave depth. – g. the lower rate is selected as the user rate. the greater the interleave depth. Run the vdsl channel-profile quickadd command to quickly add a VDSL2 channel profile. A nonzero interleave delay corresponds to the interleave mode. maximum net data rate. minimum impulse noise protection against repetitive electrical impulse noise. A zero interleave delay corresponds to the fast mode. 3. – rate: indicates the line rate. If the INP is 1. The fast mode is applicable to delay-sensitive services. Run the vdsl line-template quickadd command to quickly add a VDSL2 line template. When both rates function. and single impulse noise event ratio. maximum/minimum expected throughput rate. .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service A VDSL2 line template consists of a VDSL2 line profile and a VDSL2 channel profile.998. Ltd. l Configure a VDSL2 alarm template. Bind a VDSL2 alarm template rather than a VDSL2 line alarm profile or a VDSL2 channel alarm profile to a VDSL2 port. Example Assume that: l l l l l l l l l l G. or run the vdsl alarm-profile add command to interactively add a VDSL2 line alarm profile. Run the vdsl alarm-profile quickadd command to quickly add a VDSL2 line alarm profile. When the TI management mode is used. you need to configure a line profile.4-rtx delay-max 50 50 line-template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 100 100 Configuring the VDSL2 Profile (TI Mode) Before configuring very-high-speed digital subscriber line 2 (VDSL2) services. TI. and plan parameters for activation mode and frequency spectrum. bind a VDSL2 line template to the port. 3. Downstream/Upstream rate adaptation carrying percentage of a channel: 100% To add VDSL2 profiles with ID 3 in TR129 mode for configuring the VDSL2 Internet access service with the preceding configurations to enhance the connection stability and impulse noise protection (INP) capability. The management mode for VDSL2 lines is TR129. 183 .998. or TR165.4 is used for the downstream/upstream G.4 retransmission.4-rtx-mode channel-profile quickadd 3 interleaved-delay 8 2 inp 4 2 rate 2048 2048 g. When configuring the VDSL2 services. ----End 2. do as follows: huawei(config)#vdsl 1 1 huawei(config)#vdsl 128 10000 128 10000 huawei(config)#vdsl line-profile quickadd 3 snr 60 0 300 60 0 300 g. or run the vdsl alarm-template add command to interactively add a VDSL2 alarm template. By doing so. Downstream rate: 2048 kbit/s Channel mode: interleave mode Downstream maximum interleave delay: 8 ms Upstream maximum interleave delay: 2 ms SNR margin: 6 dB Downstream minimum INP: 4 Upstream minimum INP: 2 Downstream/Upstream maximum delay: 50 ms in G. 1. Run the vdsl alarm-template quickadd command to quickly add a VDSL2 alarm template.998. you can set service parameters and quality related parameters for VDSL2 ports based on service type. Run the vdsl channel-alarm-profile quickadd command to quickly add a VDSL2 channel alarm profile.998. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. you need to determine the management mode for VDSL2 lines. or run the vdsl channel-alarm-profile add command to interactively add a VDSL2 channel alarm profile. Before activating a VDSL2 port.4 retransmission in precedence over other modes. you need to configure a VDSL2 mode in TI mode.998. A VDSL2 alarm template consists of a VDSL2 line alarm profile and a VDSL2 channel alarm profile. Ltd. adopt the default profiles. 1. or run the vdsl service-profile add command to interactively add a VDSL2 service profile. In general. Bind a VDSL2 alarm template rather than a VDSL2 line alarm profile or a VDSL2 channel alarm profile to a VDSL2 port. A VDSL2 service profile contains the most common parameters of a VDSL2 line. 184 .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service Prerequisites The VDSL2 mode has been switched to TI by running the switch vdsl mode to timode command. Figure 4-3 provides the configuration flow of a VDSL2 profile.. Figure 4-3 Flowchart for configuring a VDSL2 profile Procedure l Configure a VDSL2 line profile. only the configuration of a VDSL2 service profile is required. Background Information The VDSL2 line profile is re-organized to form six types of profiles. bind six types of VDSL2 line configurations to the VDSL2 port. Run the vdsl service-profile quickadd command to quickly add a VDSL2 service profile. A VDSL2 alarm template is formed by binding a VDSL2 line alarm profile with a VDSL2 channel alarm profile. Main parameters: Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In the case of other profiles. Before activating a VDSL2 port. it indicates that the current channel can resist the impulse noise in 1 DMT character length. 3. the greater the interleave depth. – rate: indicates the line rate. By default. or run the vdsl spectrum-profile add command to interactively add a VDSL2 spectrum profile. the stronger the error correction capability. the system automatically adapts to the transmission mode of the peer end. The longer the interleave delay. or run the vdsl delay-inp-profile add command to interactively add a VDSL2 delay INP profile. but the error correction capability is weak. excluding the space for carrying signals. the greater the interleave depth. the interleave delay is short. There are two VDSL2 path modes: asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) and packet transfer mode (PTM). Then. During line activation. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. or run the vdsl noise-margin-profile add command to interactively add a VDSL2 SNR margin profile. In fast mode. but the longer the delay. Run the vdsl noise-margin-profile quickadd command to quickly add a VDSL2 SNR margin profile. such as the file download service. 4. select ptm. the system supports all transmission modes as follows: – 1: All – 2: Full rate – 3: G. select atm. To set the ATM mode as the VDSL2 path mode. Run the vdsl delay-inp-profile quickadd command to quickly add a VDSL2 delay INP profile. – bearer1-inp: The INP is a parameter that describes the line capability of resisting impulse interference. To set the PTM mode as the VDSL2 path mode. A non-zero interleave delay corresponds to the interleave mode. In fast mode. In general. If the INP is 1. The interleave mode is applicable to delay-insensitive services with high requirement on reliability. The user rate can be restricted by this rate or the rate set in the traffic profile bound to the user. When both rates function..SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service – path-mode: indicates the path mode. the lower rate is selected as the user rate. 2. the INP is meaningless. a proper rate between the preset maximum rate and minimum rate is determined through automatic negotiation according to the line condition and the profile configuration. In interleave mode. The INP affects the port rate. The interleave delay is related to the INP. Main parameter: transmode: indicates the line transmission mode. The fast mode is applicable to delay-sensitive services.DMT – 4: G. Main parameters: – bearer1-interleaved-delay: A zero interleave delay corresponds to the fast mode. It is the remaining space for carrying noise. Main parameter: snr-margin: indicates the SNR margin. Run the vdsl spectrum-profile quickadd command to quickly add a VDSL2 spectrum profile. 185 . such as video on demand (VOD) and video phone (VP) services. the SNR margin of the minimum tone is used as the SNR margin of the entire VDSL2 connection.HS – 5: ADSL – 6: VDSL The default setting can be used. Ltd. or run the vdsl alarm-profile add command to interactively add a VDSL2 line alarm profile. or run the vdsl channel-alarm-profile add command to interactively add a VDSL2 channel alarm profile.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service 5. Run the vdsl upbo-profile quickadd command to quickly add a VDSL2 UPBO profile. Ltd. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. or run the vdsl dpbo-profile add command to interactively add a VDSL2 DPBO profile. 3. Run the vdsl alarm-template quickadd command to quickly add a VDSL2 alarm template.1. or run the vdsl alarm-template add command to interactively add a VDSL2 alarm template. Run the vdsl channel-alarm-profile quickadd command to quickly add a VDSL2 channel alarm profile. Only ADSL2 + and VDSL2 profiles are supported in the TR165 mode. do as follows: huawei(config)#vdsl service-profile quickadd 3 path-mode ptm bearer1-rate 512 4096 8192 128 128 128 100000 128 huawei(config)#vdsl delay-inp-profile quickadd 3 bearer1-interleaved-delay 8 2 bearer1-inp 4 2 huawei(config)#vdsl noise-margin-profile quickadd 3 snr-margin 60 10 310 60 10 310 4. A VDSL2 alarm template consists of a VDSL2 line alarm profile and a VDSL2 channel alarm profile.4 Configuring xDSL Profiles (TR165 Mode) This topic describes how to configure various xDSL profiles in the TR165 mode. 186 . 10. ----End Example Assume that: l l l l l l l l l Path mode: PTM mode Downstream minimum reserved rate: 4096 kbit/s Channel mode: interleave mode Downstream maximum interleave delay: 8 ms Upstream maximum interleave delay: 2 ms SNR margin: 10 dB Downstream minimum INP: 4 Upstream minimum INP: 2 Downstream/Upstream noise margin: 60. l Configure a VDSL2 alarm template. Run the vdsl alarm-profile quickadd command to quickly add a VDSL2 line alarm profile. Run the vdsl dpbo-profile quickadd command to quickly add a VDSL2 DPBO profile. 1. 310. and 310 To add VDSL2 profiles with ID 3 in TI mode for configuring the VDSL2 Internet access service with the preceding configurations to enhance the connection stability and impulse noise protection (INP) capability. 6.. 60. 2. or run the vdsl upbo-profile add command to interactively add a VDSL2 UPBO profile. Bind a VDSL2 alarm template rather than a VDSL2 line alarm profile or a VDSL2 channel alarm profile to a VDSL2 port. 10. a configured profile is available for only the one in the TR165 mode. You must bind these profiles to an xDSL port before activating the port. You can collect statistics of equivalent INP and IAT based on the collected INM data and then set the INP_Min and Delay_Max to proper values to increase line stability. Figure 4-4 shows the flow for configuring xDSL profiles. 187 . if only one of them works in the TR165 mode. Background Information l In TR165 mode. a line profile consists of 10 profiles. Figure 4-4 Flowchart for configuring xDSL profiles Service-related profile Start Configure an xDSL rate profile End Spectrum-related profile Start Service quality-related profile Start Configure an xDSL SNR margin profile Configure an xDSL virtual noise profile Configure an xDSL delay INP profile Configure an xDSL INM profile End Configure a PSD profile Configure an xDSL spectrum profile Configure an xDSL UPBO profile Configure an xDSL DPBO profile Configure an RFI profile End l In xDSL TR165 mode. l The PSD profile is not directly bound to ports. NOTE l The UPBO profile is not used for ADSL2+. This feature can be configured in an xDSL rate profile. but referenced by the frequency spectrum profile. l Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. An INM profile monitors impulse noise distribution during performance statistics. a configured profile can be used by both the ADSL2+ and VDSL2. NOTE When both the ADSL2+ and VDSL2 work in the TR165 mode. Ltd. an xDSL delay impulse noise protection (INP) profile..SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service Prerequisites The ADSL2+ profile mode has been switched to TR165 by running the switch adsl mode to tr165 command and the VDSL2 profile mode has been switched to TR165 by running the switch vdsl mode to tr165 command. the downstream/upstream physical-layer retransmission is supported. and an xDSL frequency spectrum profile to achieve optimal multicast service quality. The INM implements the impulse noise monitor function. 1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service Procedure l Configure service-related profiles. You may not configure the path mode. the stronger the error correction capability. Run the xdsl virtual-noise-profile quickadd command to quickly add an xDSL virtual noise profile.998.4-rtx: Indicates G. A zero interleave delay corresponds to the fast mode. but the larger the delay.4 retransmission. It contains various parameters. but the error correction capability is weak. In the interleave mode. The main parameters are as follows: snr-margin: Indicates the SNR margin. the system supports both modes and automatically adapts the path mode according to the modem.4 retransmission. The INP affects the port rate. 1. if the modem supports both modes and the path mode is set to Both. There are two VDSL2 path modes: ATM mode and PTM mode. It contains various parameters. or run the interactive xdsl data-rate-profile add command to add an xDSL rate profile. the interleave delay is short. select ATM. except the space for carrying signals.. Run the xdsl noise-margin-profile quickadd command to quickly add an xDSL SNR margin profile. – interleaving delay: Indicates the interleave delay. – g.998. minimum impulse noise protection against repetitive electrical impulse Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the greater the interleave depth. or run the interactive xdsl noise-margin-profile add command to add an xDSL SNR margin profile.998. such as the maximum/minimum expected throughput rate and maximum net data rate. The INP is a parameter that describes the line capability of resisting impulse interference. – g. By default. select PTM.998. When both rates function. During line activation. The user rate can be restricted by this rate or the rate preset in the traffic profile bound to the user. – rate: Indicates the line rate. or run the interactive xdsl inp-delay-profile add command to add an xDSL delay INP profile. The longer the interleave delay. The ADSL2+ line works in only the ATM mode. The interleave delay is relevant to the INP.4-rtx: Indicates G. The main parameters are as follows: – impulse noise protection: Indicates the impulse noise protection. the PTM mode is preferred to activate the line. repetitive electrical impulse noise inter-arrival time. Run the xdsl data-rate-profile quickadd command to quickly add an xDSL rate profile. l Configure service quality-related profiles. In the fast mode. or run the interactive xdsl virtual-noise-profile add command to add an xDSL virtual noise profile. A non-zero interleave delay corresponds to the interleave mode. if the modem supports the PTM. the INP is meaningless. It is the remaining space for carrying noise. such as the maximum/minimum delay. INP = 1 indicates that the current channel can resist the pulse noise with 1 DMT character length. A rate profile contains the most common parameters on a xDSL line. If the modem supports the ATM mode. . the greater the interleave depth. Run the xdsl inp-delay-profile quickadd command to quickly add an xDSL delay INP profile. the user rate adopts the smaller value. The SNR margin of the minimum tone is generally considered as the SNR margin of the entire xDSL connection. Ltd. an appropriate rate between the preset maximum rate and minimum rate is automatically negotiated according to the line condition and profile configuration. In the fast mode. 188 3. The main parameters are as follows: – path mode: Indicates the path mode. 2. or run the interactive xdsl line-spectrum-profile add command to add an xDSL frequency spectrum profile. It also determines the precision of IAT. or run the interactive xdsl mode-specific-psd-profile add command to add an xDSL-related PSD profile.. Run the xdsl upbo-profile quickadd command to quickly add an xDSL UPBO profile. and single impulse noise event ratio. – g. – mode specific PSD profile index: Indicates the PSD profile index. This parameter can adopt the default value for automatic adaptation. ----End Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. It determines the INMAIATi histogram parameter range with INMIATS. It is of numeral type and ranges from 0 to 3. 1. 5. – 0: RTX_FORBIDDEN – 1: RTX_PREFERRED – 2: RTX_FORCED – 3: RTX_TESTMODE 3. minimum impulse noise protection against single high impulse noise event. – INM cluster continuation value: indicates the INM cluster continuation (INMCC) value. – INM inter arrival time step: indicates the INM inter-arrival time step (INMIATS). Ltd. The main parameters are as follows: – INM inter arrival time offset: indicates the INM inter-arrival time offset (INMIATO). the system supports all transmission modes.4-rtx-mode: indicates G. – INM equivalent INP mode: Indicates the INM equivalent impulse noise protection (INP) mode. Run the xdsl dpbo-profile quickadd command to quickly add an xDSL DPBO profile. By default. Run the xdsl rfi-profile quickadd command to quickly add an xDSL RFI profile. Run the xdsl inm-profile quickadd command to quickly add an xDSL impulse noise monitor profile or run the interactive xdsl inm-profile add command to add an xDSL pulse noise monitor profile. or run the interactive xdsl rfi-profile add command to add an xDSL RFI profile. 1. and 2. l Configure spectrum-related profiles. 4. 189 . 2. It specifies the index of the PSD profile to be used. 4. or run the interactive xdsl upbo-profile add command to add an xDSL UPBO profile. Run the xdsl line-spectrum-profile quickadd command to quickly add an xDSL frequency spectrum profile. Run the xdsl mode-specific-psd-profile quickadd command to quickly add an xDSL-related PSD profile.998.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service noise. It identifies a cluster and indicates the maximum number of consecutive undamaged DMT symbols allowed in a cluster. It determines the INMAIATi histogram parameter range with INMIATO. The main parameters are as follows: – transmode: Indicates the line transmission mode.998. or run the interactive xdsl dpbo-profile add command to add an xDSL DPBO profile. Mode 3 is recommended because the algorithm for the mode is better than the algorithms for modes 0. The method of calculating the equivalent INP varies according to the mode.4 retransmission. It also determines the start point of IAT. 4-rtx 6 6 3 4. Hence.998. see Table 4-3.2 Configuring a VLAN A virtual local area network (VLAN) is used to separate broadcast domains.998. before configuring a service. Prerequisites The ID of the planned VLAN is not occupied.998.4 retransmission is enabled) Channel mode: interleave Maximum downstream interleave delay: 8 ms Maximum upstream interleave delay: 2 ms SNR margin: 6 dB INMIATO: 3 INMIATS: 1 INMCC: 2 INM equivalent INP mode: 3 To add VDSL2 profiles with ID 3 in TR165 mode for configuring the VDSL2 Internet access service with the preceding configurations to enhance the connection stability and impulse noise protection (INP) capability.4-rtx etr-min 64 huawei(config)#xdsl inp-delay-profile quickadd 3 interleaved-delay 8 2 delay-max 60 60 delay-min 1 1 huawei(config)#xdsl noise-margin-profile quickadd 3 snr-margin 6 6 6 6 huawei(config)#xdsl inm-profile quickadd 3 inm-ds 3 1 2 3 inm-us 3 1 2 4096 4096 g. make sure that the VLAN configuration based on planning is complete.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service Example Assume that: l l l l l l l l l l l l l Channel mode: PTM Minimum reserved downstream rate: 4096 kbit/s Minimum expected throughput rate: 64 kbit/s (when the G.. do as follows: huawei(config)#xdsl data-rate-profile quickadd 3 path-mode 2 rate 4096 4096 4096 4096 g. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.4 retransmission is enabled) Minimum delay is 1 ms (when the G.998. 190 . Application Scenario VLAN application is specific to user types. Ltd.998.4 retransmission is enabled) Maximum delay: 60 ms (when the G. Configuring VLAN is a prerequisite for configuring a service. VLANs have enhanced security and support expansion and flexible networking. For details on the VLAN application. Ltd. The service ports in one smart VLAN are separated.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service Table 4-3 VLAN application and plan Usage Scenarios The device communicates with a network management system (NMS) or the devices are cascaded. 191 . A smart VLAN can contain multiple uplink ports and multiple service ports. N:1 access VLAN type: smart VLAN VLAN attribute: common VLAN forwarding mode: VLAN +MAC Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The upper layer broadband remote access server (BRAS) authenticates a service by the two VLAN tags contained in the service packets. This plan is used for converging and transmitting the services of multiple users to one VLAN.) l VLAN ID expansion service VLAN type: smart VLAN VLAN attribute: stacking VLAN forwarding mode: VLAN +MAC or S+C A stacking VLAN packet contains two VLAN tags (inner and outer VLAN) assigned by the MA5616. The outer VLAN identifies a service (service VLAN) and the inner VLAN identifies a user (customer VLAN). The Ethernet ports in one VLAN can communicate with each other and the Ethernet ports in different VLANs are separated. This reduces the number of VLANs to be used. This function enables ISPs to provide the wholesale services. A standard VLAN only contains multiple uplink ports. In this manner. On a Layer-2 upper layer network of the MA5616. The service used by a user is identified by a unique VLAN ID (S +C VLAN). 1:1 access l Multi-ISP wholesale service (ISP is the abbreviation of Internet service provider. the BRAS can receive packets from more users. VLAN Plan VLAN type: standard VLAN VLAN attribute: common VLAN forwarding mode: VLAN +MAC Remarks This plan is only applicable to Ethernet ports. packets can also be forwarded by the outer VLAN +MAC ID. The service ports in different VLANs are also separated.. The outer VLAN forms a Layer 2 virtual private network (VPN) on the user private network for transparently transmitting user services on the private network.. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. run the vlan vlanid mux command. run the vlan vlanid smart command. VLANs of different types are applicable to different scenarios. Background Information Table 4-4 lists the default parameter settings of VLAN. Ltd. 192 . To add a MUX VLAN. None None Remarks None Procedure Step 1 Create a VLAN. To add a smart VLAN. run the vlan vlanid standard command. Run the vlan command to create a VLAN. and an outer VLAN tag assigned by the MA5616.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service Usage Scenarios Enterprise private line service access VLAN Plan VLAN type: smart VLAN VLAN attribute: QinQ VLAN forwarding mode: VLAN +MAC or S+C Remarks A QinQ VLAN contains an inner VLAN tag from the user private network. Table 4-5 VLAN types VLAN Type Standard VLAN Smart VLAN MUX VLAN Configuration Command To add a standard VLAN. Table 4-4 Default parameter settings of VLAN Parameter Default VLAN of the system Reserved VLAN of the system Default attribute of a new VLAN Default VLAN forwarding mode Default Setting VLAN ID: 1 Type: smart VLAN VLAN ID range: 4079-4093 Common VLAN+MAC You can run the vlan reserve command to modify the VLAN reserved by the system. The default attribute for a new VLAN is "common". Configure the attribute according to VLAN planning. You can run the vlan attrib command to configure the attribute of the VLAN. smart VLAN. l If a stacking VLAN is used. To configure stacking as the attribute of a VLAN. users can run the stacking label command to configure the label of a service port. l To add VLANs that do not have consecutive IDs in batches. run the vlan attrib vlanid q-in-q command. or MUX VLAN. the inner and outer Ethernet protocol types configured on the MA5616 and on the connected device from other vendors must be the same. or MUX VLAN. VLAN Type The VLAN with this attribute can be a standard VLAN. smart VLAN. 193 . QinQ VLAN VLAN Stacking Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Step 2 (Optional) Configure the VLAN attribute. Table 4-6 VLAN attributes VLAN Attribute Common Configuration Command The default attribute for a new VLAN is "common".SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service l To add VLANs that have consecutive IDs in batches.. The VLAN with this attribute can be a standard VLAN. run the vlan attrib vlanid stacking command. Ltd. To ensure connection. run the vlan vlanid to end-vlanid command. l Users can run the stacking outerethertype command to configure the outer Ethernet protocol type supported by VLAN stacking on the MA5616. To configure QinQ as the attribute of a VLAN. run the vlan vlan-list command. The VLAN with this attribute can only be a smart VLAN or a MUX VLAN. l Users can run the stacking innerethertype command to configure the inner Ethernet protocol type supported by system VLAN stacking. 4. ----End Example To configure VLAN 10 (attribute: common) for N:1 access scenario. MAC address aging. You can configure VLAN description to facilitate maintenance. which ensures higher security by solving the problems of insufficient MAC address space. 5. description needs to be configured for easy maintenance. 194 . A service port is added to VLAN 50. do as follows: huawei(config)#vlan 10 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 10 common Assume that a stacking VLAN with ID of 50 is to be configured for VLAN ID extension. Run the commit command to validate the profile configuration. The default VLAN forwarding policy is VLAN+MAC in the system. run the vlan attrib vlan-list command. Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the VLAN to the VLAN service profile created in 4. Run the forwarding command to configure the VLAN forwarding policy. do as follows: huawei(config)#vlan 50 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 50 stacking huawei(config)#service-port vlan 50 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 huawei(config)#stacking label vlan 50 baselabel 10 huawei(config)#vlan desc 50 description stackingvlan/label10 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The S+C forwarding policy is used when the optical network unit (ONU) is connected to a large number of terminals. To configure such a VLAN. Step 3 (Optional) Configure VLAN description. Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile and enter the VLAN service profile mode. 3. vlan-mac corresponds to VLAN+MAC forwarding policy.1. Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode. To configure VLAN description. To configure the VLAN forwarding policy in the VLAN service profile. The outer VLAN tag 50 of the stacking VLAN identifies the access device and the inner VLAN tag 10 identifies the user with access to the device. 2. do as follows: 1. Step 4 (Optional) Configure the VLAN forwarding policy. For the VLAN. run the vlan desc command. The VLAN+MAC forwarding policy is used when the ONU is connected to a small number of terminals.. The configuration of the VLAN service profile takes effect only after execution of this command. The general VLAN description includes the usage and service information of the VLAN. Ltd. vlan-connect corresponds to the S+C forwarding policy. Generally.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service l To configure attributes for the VLANs with consecutive IDs in batches. a Layer 2 device forwards packets according to the VLAN information and MAC address contained in the packets. l To configure attributes for the VLANs with inconsecutive IDs in batches. run the vlan attrib vlanid to endvlanid command. and MAC address spoofing and attacks. Procedure Step 1 Configure an upstream port for the VLAN.. If the default attribute of the upstream port does not meet the requirement for interconnection of the upstream port with the upper-layer device. For the two upstream ports. you need to configure the attribute. Run port vlan command to add the upstream port to the VLAN. To configure such upstream ports. do as follows: huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100 q-in-q huawei(config)#vlan desc 100 description qinqvlan/forhuawei huawei(config)#vlan service-profile profile-id 1 huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#forwarding vlan-connect Info: Please use the commit command to make modifications take effect huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#commit huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#quit huawei(config)#vlan bind service-profile 100 profile-id 1 4.3 Configuring an Upstream Port This topic describes how to add an upstream port for an Internet access service to a VLAN. Prerequisites The ID of the planned VLAN is already configured.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service Assume that a QinQ VLAN with ID of 100 is to be configured for enterprise private line service. The VLAN description also needs to be configured for easy maintenance. For details. To configure such a VLAN. do as follows: huawei(config)#port vlan 50 0/0 0 huawei(config)#port vlan 50 0/0 1 huawei(config)#interface eth 0/0 huawei(config-if-eth-0/0)#duplex 0 full huawei(config-if-eth-0/0)#duplex 1 full huawei(config-if-eth-0/0)#speed 0 100 huawei(config-if-eth-0/0)#speed 1 100 huawei(config-if-eth-0/0)#quit huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/0 0 0/0 1 egress-ingress workmode lacp-static Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ----End Example Assume that the 0/0/1 and 0/0/0 upstream ports are to be added to VLAN 50. To ensure reliability of the uplink.2 Configuring the Link Aggregation of Uplink Ethernet Port . and that the S+C VLAN forwarding policy is used to ensure higher security. That is. the working mode is full-duplex (full) and the port rate is 100 Mbit/s. Step 2 Configure the attribute of the upstream port. redundancy backup of the upstream ports needs to be configured. see 3. Step 3 (Optional) Configure redundancy backup for the uplink. 195 . see 9. two upstream ports must be available. The 0/0/1 and 0/0/0 need to be configured into an aggregation group for double upstream accesses. Ltd. For configuration details.3 Configuring the Attributes of the Upstream Port. 4 Configuring an xDSL Port An xDSL can transmit services only when it is activated. such as upstream and downstream line rates and noise margin.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service 4. services can be transmitted between the xDSL port and the xTU-R. the port is disconnected with the modem and is in the activating state. If the training is successful.4 Configuring xDSL Profiles (TR165 Mode) Background Information l Activating (or activation) refers to the training between the xTU-C and the xTU-R. the port is activated.1. When the xTU-R goes online again. 196 . An xDSL port may be in the activating. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1. the system checks the line distance and conditions and performs a negotiation between the xTU-C and the xTU-R to determine whether the port can work under the conditions as preset in the line profile. activated. l l l Figure 4-5 Inter-conversion between xDSL port states NOTE By default. deactivated. To bind a profile to the port. When the training is successful. l l l l l l Configuring ADSL2+ Profiles (in Normal ADSL Mode) Configuring the ADSL2+ Profile (NGADSL Mode) 4. and the xTU-C is in the listening state. you must deactivate port. the training process begins automatically. and the devices are ready for service transmission. This state is called the activated state of a port.2 Configuring the SHDSL Profile Configuring the VDSL2 Profile (TR129 Mode) Configuring the VDSL2 Profile (TI Mode) 4. the communication connection that is set up during activation is terminated. This topic describes how to activate an xDSL port and bind the port to an xDSL profile. or loopback state. Figure 4-5 shows the inter-conversion between xDSL port states. If the xTU-R is offline (powered on). During the training process. If the xTU-R is online (powered on). Prerequisites The xDSL profile is already created.. Ltd. That is. the activating process is completed after the training is successful. the communication connection is set up between the xTU-C and the xTU-R. Run the interface vdsl command to enter VDSL mode. do as follows: huawei(config)#interface adsl 0/2 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#deactivate 0 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#activate 0 template-index 2 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#alarm-config 0 2 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. VDSL TR165 access mode Example To activate ADSL2+ port 0/2/0 and bind line template 2 and alarm template 2 to it. Run the interface vdsl command to enter VDSL mode. If you do not specify the index of the line template. you must bind the port to a line template. the system uses the template bound to the port last time to activate the port. l 1. Run the activate command to activate an SHDSL port and bind the port to an SHDSL line profile. If you do not specify the index of the line template. 3. Run the alarm-config command to bind an alarm template to the port. Run the interface adsl command to enter ADSL mode. 2. Run the activate command to activate an ADSL2+ port and bind the port to an ADSL2 + line template. – In the case of VDSL TI mode. Activate a VDSL port and bind the port to a profile. – In the case of VDSL common mode.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service Procedure l ADSL access mode 1. the system uses the template bound to the port last time to activate the port. Run the activate command to activate a VDSL2 port and bind the port to VDSL2 profiles. l 1. 3. 2. Ltd. To activate a port. 2.. Run the interface shl command to enter SHDSL mode. l 1. run the activate command to activate a VDSL2 port and bind the port to a VDSL2 line template. run the activate command to activate a VDSL2 port and bind the port to VDSL2 profiles. Run the alarm-config command to bind an alarm profile to the port. Run the interface adsl command to enter ADSL mode. 2. 197 . NOTE 3. l ADSL TR165 access mode SHDSL access mode 1. ----End Run the alarm-config command to bind an alarm template to the port. Run the activate command to activate an ADSl2+ port and bind the port to ADSL2+ profiles. the system uses the profile bound to the port last time to activate the port. VDSL access mode To activate a port. you must bind the port to a line template. To activate a port. you must bind the port to a line profile. If you do not specify the index of the line profile. 2. a service port must be created.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service To activate SHDSL port 0/4/0 and bind line profile 2 and alarm profile 2 to it. to activate VDSL2 port 0/1/0 and bind line template 2 and alarm template 2 to it. to activate VDSL2 port 0/1/0 and bind DPBO profile 3. and alarm profile 2 to the port. do as follows: huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#deactivate 0 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#activate 0 prof-idx dpbo 3 ds-rate 3 inm 3 inp-delay 3 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#alarm-config 0 2 4. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. To provide services. Ltd. 198 . INP profile 3.5 Creating an xDSL Service Port A service port is a service channel connecting the user side to the network side. Background Information A service port can carry a single service or multiple services. Table 4-7 Default settings of a service port Parameter Traffic profile ID Administration status Maximum number of learnable MAC addresses Default Setting 0-6 Activated CCUB: 255 CCUC: 600 Procedure Step 1 Add a traffic profile. do as follows: huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#deactivate 0 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#activate 0 template-index 2 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#alarm-config 0 2 In TR165 mode. downstream rate profile 3. the MA5616 supports the following modes of traffic classification: l l l l By user-side VLAN By user-side service encapsulation mode By VLAN+user-side packet priority By VLAN+user-side service encapsulation mode Table 4-7 lists the default settings of a service port. INM profile 3. do as follows: huawei(config)#interface shl 0/4 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#deactivate 0 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#activate 0 2 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#alarm-config 0 2 In the common VDSL mode. When a service port carries multiple services.. user-side packets carry a tag and the value of user-vlanid must be the same as the tag carried in user-side packets. Step 2 Create a service port. – By VLAN + user-side service encapsulation mode (user-encap) Select multi-service user-vlan { untagged | user-vlanid | priority-tagged } userencap user-encap. Multi-service service ports are generally applied to the triple play service scenario. – By VLAN + user-side packet priority (802. – priority-tagged: When priority-tagged is selected. – user-vlanid: When user-vlanid is selected. You can choose to create a single service port or multiple service ports in batches according to requirements. If no traffic profile in the system meets the requirement. The userside VLAN is the C-VLAN. – untagged: When untagged is selected. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – Multi-service service port based on the user-side VLAN: Select multi-service user-vlan { untagged | user-vlanid | priority-tagged | otherall }.. see Configuring Traffic Management Based on Service Port. the VLAN tag is 0 and the priorities of user-side packets are 0-7. run the display traffic table command to check whether the traffic profiles in the system meet the requirement. – Single-service service ports: Select single-service or do not input multi-service to create a single-service service port. There are seven default traffic profiles in the system with the IDs of 0-6. Before creating a service port. All the traffic except known traffic in the system is carried by this channel. user-side packets do not carry a tag. For details about the traffic profile. Ltd.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service Run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. add a traffic profile that meets the requirement. 199 .1p) Select multi-service user-8021p user-8021p [ user-vlan user-vlanid ]. Service ports are classified into single-service service ports and multi-service service ports. – By user-side service encapsulation mode Select multi-service user-encap user-encap. – other-all: When other-all is selected. service ports for the transparent LAN service (TLS) are created. l Run the service-port command to create a single service port. which are mainly used in the QinQ transparent transmission service for enterprises. l The access mode can be ATM or PTM. The traffic profile bound to the service port is created in Step 1.. l vlan indicates the S-VLAN. The query result shows that the system does not have a proper traffic profile and the user does not enable an account. the VPI and VCI must be input and must be the same as the VPI and VCI of the access terminal. If the IPv4oE encapsulation mode is used on a port. and IPv6oE encapsulation modes. Run the service-port desc command to configure the description of the service port. By default. the system starts to allocate an idle index from the currently configured maximum index (regardless of whether it is deleted). The IPoE encapsulation mode cannot be used with the IPv4oE or IPv6oE encapsulation mode on the same port. l The CCUB control board supports IPoE and PPPoE encapsulation modes. After the maximum value range is exceeded. Run the service-port index adminstatus command to set the administrative status of the service port. l The CCUC control board supports IPoE. configure the purpose and related service information as the description of a service port. IPv4oE.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service l The system supports creating service ports by index. To plan data for a residential user who accesses the Internet in the ADSL2+ mode. In general. Ltd. tx-cttr is the same as inbound in terms of meanings and functions. the configuration of service ports is simplified. the access port and the corresponding service port of the user must be activated. l user-encap indicates the user-side encapsulation mode. Either of them indicates the index of the traffic profile from the network side to the user side. Either of them indicates the index of the traffic profile from the user side to the network side. only IPv6 packets can pass through the port. both IPv4 and IPv6 packets can pass through the port. 200 . If the IPv6oE encapsulation mode is used on a port. PPPoE. Therefore. do as follows: huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { <cr>|to-index<K> }: Command: display traffic table ip from-index 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy Pri-Policy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Therefore. the system searches from 0. During the creation of a service port. To provide services for a user. A service port can be activated at two levels: port level and service port level. ----End Example The MA5616 provides the Internet access service with the access rate 3072 kbit/s for the user and up to 2 users can use the same account to access the Internet. An S-VLAN can only be a MUX VLAN or smart VLAN. Configure description for a service port to facilitate maintenance. index indicates the index of the service port and it is optional. l rx-cttr is the same as outbound in terms of meanings and functions. only IPv4 packets can pass through the port. One index maps one service port and the input of a large number of traffic parameters is not required. If it is not entered. If the IPoE encapsulation mode is used on a port. In the ATM access mode. l l Run the multi-service-port command to create service ports in batches. Step 3 Configure the attributes of the service port according to requirements. the MA5616 does not provide the service for the user currently. a service port is in the activated state. l l Run the mac-address max-mac-count service-port command to set the maximum number of MAC addresses learned by the service port to restrict the maximum number of PCs that can access the Internet by using the same account. SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tag-pri 1 1024 34768 2048 69536 0 tag-pri 2 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tag-pri 3 4096 133072 8192 266144 4 tag-pri 4 8192 264144 16384 528288 4 tag-pri 5 16384 526288 32768 1024000 4 tag-pri 6 off off off off 0 tag-pri --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7 huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 3072 priority 4 priority-policy localSetting Create traffic descriptor record successfully -----------------------------------------------TD Index : 8 TD Name : ip-traffic-table_8 Priority : 4 Mapping Priority : Mapping Index : CTAG Mapping Priority: CTAG Mapping Index : CTAG Default Priority: 0 Priority Policy : local-pri CIR : 3072 kbps CBS : 100304 bytes PIR : 6144 kbps PBS : 198608 bytes Referenced Status : not used -----------------------------------------------huawei(config)#service-port 3 vlan 100 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffictable index 8 outbound traffic-table index 8 huawei(config)#mac-address max-mac-count service-port 3 2 huawei(config)#service-port 3 adminstatus disable A residential user requests the Internet access service with the access rate 2048 kbit/s. configure description for the service port. Query result shows that the system has a proper traffic profile. Ltd. the MA5616 adopts the SHDSL mode to provide the Internet access service for the user. 201 . the MA5616 adopts the ADSL2+ mode to provide the Internet access service for the user and differentiates users by user-side VLAN (the S-VLAN is VLAN 50 and the C-VLAN is VLAN 10). the system provides the Internet access service for the user immediately. 6 off off off off 0 tag-pri ---------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7 huawei(config)#service-port 4 vlan 50 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 1 vci 39 multi-service uservlan 10 inbound traffic-table index 5 outbound traffic-table index 5 huawei(config)#service-port desc 4 description HW_adsl/VlanID:50/uservlan/10 A residential user requests the Internet access service with the access rate 2048 kbit/s. To facilitate maintenance. To facilitate service expansion in the future. To facilitate service expansion in the future. Query result shows that the system has a proper traffic profile. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Therefore. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { <cr>|to-index<K> }: Command: display traffic table ip from-index 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy Pri-Policy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------0 1024 34768 2048 69536 6 tag-pri 1 2496 81872 4992 163744 6 tag-pri 2 512 18384 1024 36768 0 tag-pri 3 576 20432 1152 40864 2 tag-pri 4 64 4048 128 8096 4 tag-pri 5 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tag-pri //The profile is a proper traffic profile.. To facilitate maintenance. To facilitate maintenance. the system provides the Internet access service for the user immediately. 3 4096 133072 8192 266144 4 tag-pri 4 8192 264144 16384 528288 4 tag-pri 5 16384 526288 32768 1024000 4 tag-pri 6 off off off off 0 tag-pri --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7 huawei(config)#service-port 5 vlan 50 shdsl mode ptm 0/4/0 inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 huawei(config)#service-port desc 5 description HW_shdsl/singleservice/VlanID:50 A commercial user requests the Internet access service with the access rate 102400 kbit/s. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { <cr>|to-index<K> }: Command: display traffic table ip from-index 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy Pri-Policy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tag-pri 1 1024 34768 2048 69536 0 tag-pri 2 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tag-pri // The profile is a proper traffic profile. the MA5616 adopts the VDSL mode to provide the Internet access service for the user and differentiates users by user-side VLAN (the S-VLAN is VLAN 50 and the C-VLAN is VLAN 10). Ltd. Query result shows that the system does not have a proper traffic profile. configure description for the service port. configure description for the service port.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service Therefore. The system needs to provide the Internet access service for the user immediately. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { <cr>|to-index<K> }: Command: display traffic table ip from-index 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy Pri-Policy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tag-pri 1 1024 34768 2048 69536 0 tag-pri 2 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tag-pri 3 4096 133072 8192 266144 4 tag-pri 4 8192 264144 16384 528288 4 tag-pri 5 16384 526288 32768 1024000 4 tag-pri 6 off off off off 0 tag-pri --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7 huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 9 cir 8192 priority 4 priority-policy localSetting Create traffic descriptor record successfully -----------------------------------------------TD Index : 9 TD Name : ip-traffic-table_9 Priority : 4 Copy Priority : CTAG Mapping Priority: CTAG Default Priority: 0 Priority Policy : local-pri CIR : 8192 kbps CBS : 264144 bytes PIR : 16384 kbps PBS : 526288 bytes Color Mode : color-blind Referenced Status : not used Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. To facilitate service expansion in the future. 202 .. the BRAS automatically allocates a gateway address to the PPPoA user after the PPPoA user passes the authentication on the BRAS and dialup is successful. In the PPPoA mode. Background Information In the xPoA access mode. Therefore. Ltd.. Therefore.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service -----------------------------------------------huawei(config)#service-port 6 vlan 50 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service user-vlan 10 inbound traffic-table index 9 outbound traffic-table index 9 huawei(config)#service-port desc 6 description HW_vdsl/VlanID:50/uservlan:10 4. and protocol conversion is required. the default gateway address needs to be configured in the IPoA mode. Figure 4-6 provides the configuration flow for the xPoA-xPoE protocol conversion. The principle of the IPoA protocol is different from that of the PPPoA protocol. IPoA data is forwarded according to the route to the destination IP address and the next hop IP address needs to be configured. data cannot be directly transmitted in the IP network. 203 . IPoA data and PPPoA data can be transmitted in the IP network only after the IPoA-IPoE and PPPoA-PPPoE conversions are performed. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the default gateway address need not be configured in the PPPoA mode. Figure 4-6 Flowchart for configuring the xPoA-xPoE protocol conversion Table 4-8 lists the default settings of the xPoA-xPoE protocol conversion. it is not required when the encapsulation mode is IPoE or PPPoE.6 (Optional) Configuring the xPoA-xPoE Protocol Conversion Configuring protocol conversion is required only when the encapsulation mode is IPoA or PPPoA. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. run the mac-pool command to configure the MAC address pool. 1. which is used to allocate source MAC addresses to PPPoA users. 4. you must change the encapsulation mode to llc bridge first and then perform switching. the aging time of the IPoA user forwarding entry is 1200s. The default value is recommended. which can be changed by setting parameter scope.. 2. 1. By default. A user can access the Internet in the IPoA mode only after the IPoA-IPoE protocol conversion is enabled. which can be changed by setting parameter scope.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service Table 4-8 Default settings of the xPoA-xPoE protocol conversion Parameter Maximum number of the MAC addresses in the MAC address pool Status of the IPoA-IPoE protocol conversion Aging time of the IPoA user forwarding entry Status of the PPPoA-PPPoE protocol conversion Status of the MRU negotiation function during the PPPoA-PPPoE protocol conversion Default Setting 256 Disabled 1200s Disabled Disabled Procedure l Configure the IPoA-IPoE protocol conversion. Ltd. The MAC address encapsulated into packets during the IPoA-IPoE protocol conversion is the MAC address allocated to the user from the MAC address pool. 3. Run the ipoa enable command to enable the IPoA-IPoE protocol conversion. NOTE l IPoA encapsulation is not supported in the single-PVC for multiple services application. the number of the MAC addresses in the MAC address pool is 256. the IPoA-IPoE protocol conversion is disabled. which is used to allocate source MAC addresses to IPoA users. run the mac-pool command to configure the MAC address pool. The MAC address encapsulated into packets during the PPPoA-PPPoE conversion is the MAC address allocated to the user from the MAC address pool. By default. In the global config mode. l To switch the encapsulation mode from PPPoA to IPoA. l Configure the PPPoA-PPPoE protocol conversion. In the global config mode. A user can access the Internet through the PPPoA dialup only after the PPPoA-PPPoE protocol conversion is enabled. the number of the MAC addresses in the MAC address pool is 256. Run the encapsulation command to set the user packet encapsulation mode (select ipoa as the encapsulation mode). By default. 204 . By default. Run the ipoa expire-time command to set the aging time of the IPoA user forwarding entry. 1.1. To enable the IPoA-IPoE conversion with the start MAC address 0000-0000-0001 in the MAC address pool that contains 200 MAC addresses.1. By default. the MA5616 identifies the PPPoA-PPPoE converted packets. and the IPoA service encapsulation mode is LLC.1. In this case. packets need to be segmented and reassembled.1. the packets need not be segmented or reassembled. do as follows: huawei(config)#mac-pool xpoa 0000-0000-0001 200 huawei(config)#ipoa enable huawei(config)#encapsulation 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 type ipoa llc srcIP 10. the PC initiates the PPPoE connection and negotiates according to the 1492-byte MRU.1 The PPPoA service encapsulation mode is LLC. Run the pppoa mru command to enable PPPoA-PPPoE MRU negotiation. NOTE l PPPoA encapsulation is not supported in the single-PVC for multiple service or QinQ VLAN application. In this case. Enable or disable the PPPoA-PPPoE MRU negotiation according to the packet processing conditions.. – When the MRU negotiation is disabled.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 4 Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service 2. the PPPoA-PPPoE MRU negotiation is disabled.20 dstIP 10. To enable the PPPoA-PPPoE protocol conversion with the start MAC address 0000-1010-1000 in the MAC address pool that contains 200 MAC addresses. the BRAS negotiates with the CPE according to the 1500-byte MRU. l To switch the encapsulation mode from IPoA to PPPoA. Ltd. adds a tag to the packets and then sends them to the upper-layer BRAS.1. do as follows: huawei(config)#mac-pool xpoa 0000-1010-1000 200 huawei(config)#pppoa enable huawei(config)#encapsulation 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 type pppoa llc Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 3. the MTU between the CPE and the BRAS is equal to the standard Ethernet MTU. 205 . Then. the PPPoA-PPPoE protocol conversion is disabled. you must change the encapsulation mode to llc bridge first and then perform switching.1. In this way. By default. which is 10. Run the pppoa enable command to enable the PPPoA-PPPoE protocol conversion.1. the source IP address is 10.20. Run the encapsulation command to set the user packet encapsulation mode (select pppoa as the encapsulation mode).1. the default gateway is the same as the IP address of the upper-layer router. – When the MRU negotiation is enabled. 4. ----End Example The MA5616 works in the L2 mode. 3 (Optional) Configuring the Attributes of the Ethernet Port This topic describes how to configure the attributes of a specified Ethernet port so that the system communicates with the user access device in the normal state. A service port must be configured on a user port to provide services.. If the attributes of a specified Ethernet port do not meet the requirements in the actual application.1 Configuring a VLAN A virtual local area network (VLAN) is used to separate broadcast domains.4 Creating the Ethernet Access Service Port Service ports carry service data and connect the user side to the network side. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 206 . VLANs have enhanced security and support expansion and flexible networking. Configuring VLAN is a prerequisite for configuring a service. 5. 4.2 Configuring the Upstream Port This topic describes how to add the upstream port to a certain VLAN so that the user packets carrying the VLAN ID can be transmitted to the upper-layer device through the upstream port. 2.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 5 Configuring the Ethernet Access Service 5 Context Configuring the Ethernet Access Service About This Chapter This topic describes the features and specifications of the Ethernet access service and how to configure the Ethernet access service on the MA5616. 5. 1. 5. 3. Hence. Ltd. before configuring a service. make sure that the VLAN configuration based on planning is complete. 5. NOTE The CCUC control board supports this function and the CCUB control board does not support this function. configure the attributes. .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 5 Configuring the Ethernet Access Service 5. Application Scenario VLAN application is specific to user types. Ltd. The service ports in one smart VLAN are separated. The service ports in different VLANs are also separated. before configuring a service. Table 5-1 VLAN application and plan Usage Scenarios The device communicates with a network management system (NMS) or the devices are cascaded. This reduces the number of VLANs to be used. Configuring VLAN is a prerequisite for configuring a service. make sure that the VLAN configuration based on planning is complete. N:1 access VLAN type: smart VLAN VLAN attribute: common VLAN forwarding mode: VLAN +MAC Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. VLANs have enhanced security and support expansion and flexible networking.1 Configuring a VLAN A virtual local area network (VLAN) is used to separate broadcast domains. Prerequisites The ID of the planned VLAN is not occupied. The Ethernet ports in one VLAN can communicate with each other and the Ethernet ports in different VLANs are separated. see Table 5-1. VLAN Plan VLAN type: standard VLAN VLAN attribute: common VLAN forwarding mode: VLAN +MAC Remarks This plan is only applicable to Ethernet ports. For details on the VLAN application. A smart VLAN can contain multiple uplink ports and multiple service ports. Hence. A standard VLAN only contains multiple uplink ports. 207 . This plan is used for converging and transmitting the services of multiple users to one VLAN. The outer VLAN identifies a service (service VLAN) and the inner VLAN identifies a user (customer VLAN). The upper layer broadband remote access server (BRAS) authenticates a service by the two VLAN tags contained in the service packets. Ltd. The outer VLAN forms a Layer 2 virtual private network (VPN) on the user private network for transparently transmitting user services on the private network. packets can also be forwarded by the outer VLAN +MAC ID..SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 5 Configuring the Ethernet Access Service Usage Scenarios 1:1 access l Multi-ISP wholesale service (ISP is the abbreviation of Internet service provider. . the BRAS can receive packets from more users. Enterprise private line service access VLAN type: smart VLAN VLAN attribute: QinQ VLAN forwarding mode: VLAN +MAC or S+C A QinQ VLAN contains an inner VLAN tag from the user private network. In this manner. Background Information Table 5-2 lists the default parameter settings of VLAN. On a Layer-2 upper layer network of the MA5616. and an outer VLAN tag assigned by the MA5616. 208 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.) l VLAN ID expansion service VLAN Plan VLAN type: smart VLAN VLAN attribute: stacking VLAN forwarding mode: VLAN +MAC or S+C Remarks A stacking VLAN packet contains two VLAN tags (inner and outer VLAN) assigned by the MA5616. The service used by a user is identified by a unique VLAN ID (S +C VLAN). Table 5-2 Default parameter settings of VLAN Parameter Default VLAN of the system Reserved VLAN of the system Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Default Setting VLAN ID: 1 Type: smart VLAN VLAN ID range: 4079-4093 Remarks None You can run the vlan reserve command to modify the VLAN reserved by the system. This function enables ISPs to provide the wholesale services. run the vlan attrib vlanid q-in-q command. Ltd. run the vlan vlanid mux command. Run the vlan command to create a VLAN. To add a MUX VLAN. or MUX VLAN. 209 ..SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 5 Configuring the Ethernet Access Service Parameter Default attribute of a new VLAN Default VLAN forwarding mode Default Setting Common VLAN+MAC Remarks None None Procedure Step 1 Create a VLAN. NOTE l To add VLANs that have consecutive IDs in batches. Step 2 (Optional) Configure the VLAN attribute. run the vlan vlanid to end-vlanid command. Table 5-3 VLAN types VLAN Type Standard VLAN Smart VLAN MUX VLAN Configuration Command To add a standard VLAN. To add a smart VLAN. run the vlan vlanid standard command. Configure the attribute according to VLAN planning. QinQ VLAN Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Table 5-4 VLAN attributes VLAN Attribute Common Configuration Command The default attribute for a new VLAN is "common". The default attribute for a new VLAN is "common". The VLAN with this attribute can be a standard VLAN. To configure QinQ as the attribute of a VLAN. smart VLAN. l To add VLANs that do not have consecutive IDs in batches. VLAN Type The VLAN with this attribute can be a standard VLAN. You can run the vlan attrib command to configure the attribute of the VLAN. VLANs of different types are applicable to different scenarios. run the vlan vlan-list command. run the vlan vlanid smart command. or MUX VLAN. smart VLAN. and MAC address spoofing and attacks. 210 . vlan-mac corresponds to VLAN+MAC forwarding policy. a Layer 2 device forwards packets according to the VLAN information and MAC address contained in the packets. Generally. l If a stacking VLAN is used. Step 3 (Optional) Configure VLAN description. Step 4 (Optional) Configure the VLAN forwarding policy. To configure the VLAN forwarding policy in the VLAN service profile. which ensures higher security by solving the problems of insufficient MAC address space. To ensure connection. The general VLAN description includes the usage and service information of the VLAN.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 5 Configuring the Ethernet Access Service VLAN Attribute VLAN Stacking Configuration Command To configure stacking as the attribute of a VLAN. You can configure VLAN description to facilitate maintenance. NOTE l To configure attributes for the VLANs with consecutive IDs in batches. MAC address aging. the inner and outer Ethernet protocol types configured on the MA5616 and on the connected device from other vendors must be the same. The VLAN+MAC forwarding policy is used when the ONU is connected to a small number of terminals. VLAN Type The VLAN with this attribute can only be a smart VLAN or a MUX VLAN. l Users can run the stacking innerethertype command to configure the inner Ethernet protocol type supported by system VLAN stacking. Ltd. run the vlan attrib vlanid stacking command. run the vlan desc command. l To configure attributes for the VLANs with inconsecutive IDs in batches.. To configure VLAN description. vlan-connect corresponds to the S+C forwarding policy. l Users can run the stacking outerethertype command to configure the outer Ethernet protocol type supported by VLAN stacking on the MA5616. run the vlan attrib vlan-list command. run the vlan attrib vlanid to endvlanid command. users can run the stacking label command to configure the label of a service port. do as follows: Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The S+C forwarding policy is used when the optical network unit (ONU) is connected to a large number of terminals. 2. do as follows: huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100 q-in-q huawei(config)#vlan desc 100 description qinqvlan/forhuawei huawei(config)#vlan service-profile profile-id 1 huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#forwarding vlan-connect Info: Please use the commit command to make modifications take effect huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#commit huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#quit huawei(config)#vlan bind service-profile 100 profile-id 1 5. Run the commit command to validate the profile configuration. do as follows: huawei(config)#vlan 50 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 50 stacking huawei(config)#service-port vlan 50 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 huawei(config)#stacking label vlan 50 baselabel 10 huawei(config)#vlan desc 50 description stackingvlan/label10 Assume that a QinQ VLAN with ID of 100 is to be configured for enterprise private line service. Run the vlan service-profile command to create a VLAN service profile and enter the VLAN service profile mode. and that the S+C VLAN forwarding policy is used to ensure higher security. The outer VLAN tag 50 of the stacking VLAN identifies the access device and the inner VLAN tag 10 identifies the user with access to the device. see Configuring A VLAN. For detailed procedure. 3. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the forwarding command to configure the VLAN forwarding policy. Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode. Ltd.1. 5. Run the vlan bind service-profile command to bind the VLAN to the VLAN service profile created in 4. The default VLAN forwarding policy is VLAN+MAC in the system. 4. To configure such a VLAN. A service port is added to VLAN 50. Prerequisites The VLAN must be configured on the MA5616. 211 . To configure such a VLAN. The configuration of the VLAN service profile takes effect only after execution of this command. The VLAN description also needs to be configured for easy maintenance. For the VLAN.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 5 Configuring the Ethernet Access Service 1.2 Configuring the Upstream Port This topic describes how to add the upstream port to a certain VLAN so that the user packets carrying the VLAN ID can be transmitted to the upper-layer device through the upstream port. ----End Example To configure VLAN 10 (attribute: common) for N:1 access scenario. do as follows: huawei(config)#vlan 10 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 10 common Assume that a stacking VLAN with ID of 50 is to be configured for VLAN ID extension.. description needs to be configured for easy maintenance. do as follows: huawei(config)#port vlan { vlan-list<S><Length 1-256>|vlanid<U><1. Therefore. see 3. Ltd. For detailed procedure. Step 3 (Optional) Configuring the link aggregation of uplink ethernet port To ensure reliability of the upstream GE link. Table 5-5 Default settings of the attributes of an Ethernet port Parameter Auto-negotiation mode of the port Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Default Setting (Electrical Port) Enabled 212 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Step 2 (Optioal) Configure the attributes of the upstream port. see 9. pay attention to the consistency of port attributes.3 Configuring the Attributes of the Upstream Port. ----End Example To add upstream port 0/0/1 to VLAN 100.3 (Optional) Configuring the Attributes of the Ethernet Port This topic describes how to configure the attributes of a specified Ethernet port so that the system communicates with the user access device in the normal state.4093> }:100 { frame/slot<S><Length 1-15>|to<K> }:0/0 { portlist<S><Length 1-256> }:1 Command: port vlan 100 0/0 1 5. configure the attributes. Default configuration Table 5-5 lists the default settings of the attributes of an Ethernet port.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 5 Configuring the Ethernet Access Service Procedure Step 1 Add the upstream port to the VLAN. . Run the port vlan command to add the upstream port to the VLAN.. you can configure the link aggregation of the upstream port in two upstream-transmission modes. If the attributes of a specified Ethernet port do not meet the requirements in the actual application.2 Configuring the Link Aggregation of Uplink Ethernet Port . If the default attributes of the upstream port fail to meet the requirement for interconnecting the upstream port with the upper-layer device. Context The MA5616 need to be interconnected with the user access device through the Ethernet port. For detailed procedure. you need to configure the attributes of the upstream port. Run the duplex command to configure the duplex mode of the Ethernet port. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 213 . Step 4 Configure the network cable adaptation mode of the Ethernet port.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 5 Configuring the Ethernet Access Service Parameter Port rate Default Setting (Electrical Port) NA NOTE After the auto-negotiation mode of the port is disabled. Ltd. you can configure the port rate. You can enable or disable the auto-negotiation mode: l After the auto-negotiation mode is enabled. Run the mdi command to configure the network cable adaptation mode of the Ethernet port to match the actual network cable. After the port rate is set successfully. Step 3 Configure the duplex mode of the Ethernet port. Procedure Step 1 (Optional) Set the auto-negotiation mode of the Ethernet port. This prevents communication failure. you can configure the network cable adaptation mode. the rate and working mode of the port are in the forced mode (adopt default values or are set through command lines). Duplex mode NA NOTE After the auto-negotiation mode of the port is disabled. Step 2 Set the rate of the Ethernet port. the port works at the set rate. This prevents communication failure. or auto negotiation. l The auto-negotiation mode needs to be disabled. In this case. The network adaptation modes are as follows: l normal: Specifies the adaptation mode of the network cable as straight-through cable. you can configure the duplex mode. Pay attention to the following points: l Ensure that the ports of two interconnected devices work in the same duplex mode. half-duplex. the port automatically negotiates with the peer port for the rate and working mode of the Ethernet port. the network cable connecting to the Ethernet port must be a straight-through cable. Run the speed command to set the rate of the Ethernet port. Pay attention to the following points: l Ensure that the rate of the Ethernet port is the same as that of the interconnected port on the peer device. l The auto-negotiation mode needs to be disabled. Run the auto-neg command to set the auto-negotiation mode of the Ethernet port. Network cable adaptation mode NA NOTE After the auto-negotiation mode of the port is disabled.. l After the auto-negotiation mode is disabled. The duplex mode of an Ethernet port can be full-duplex. l Procedure Step 1 Add a traffic profile. services or users are differentiated by user-side VLANs. services are differentiated by service types. In this case. When a service port on the MA5616 carries multiple services. To configure the Ethernet port 0/3/1. The auto-negotiation mode is not supported. In this manner. create it first. In this manner. In this manner. You can create a single service port or multiple service ports in batches according to requirements. Ltd. the network cable connecting to the Ethernet port must be a crossover cable. – Multi-service service port based on the user-side VLAN: Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. There are seven default traffic profiles in the system with the IDs of 0-6. the service streams can be classified as follows: l l By user-side VLAN.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 5 Configuring the Ethernet Access Service l across: Specifies the adaptation mode of the network cable as crossover cable. ----End Example Assume that: l l l The port rate is 1000 Mbit/s. do as follows: huawei(config)#interface eth 0/3 huawei(config-if-eth-0/3)#auto-neg 1 disable huawei(config-if-eth-0/3)#speed 1 1000 huawei(config-if-eth-0/3)#duplex 1 full 5. services are differentiated by priorities contained in user packets. Context A service port can carry a single service or multiple services. Run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. By user-side packet priority. Step 2 Create the service port. By user-side service encapsulation mode. For example. l Run the service-port command to create a single service port.. run the display traffic table command to check whether the required profile already exists in the system. If the required profile does not exist. Before creating a traffic profile. The duplex mode is adopted. 214 . the point-to-point over Ethernet (PPPoE) service is an Internet dialup service. and the IP over Ethernet (IPoE) service is a multicast service. A service port must be configured on a user port to provide services.4 Creating the Ethernet Access Service Port Service ports carry service data and connect the user side to the network side. the upstream priority is specified to 0. l vlan indicates the S-VLAN. If you do not specify the index. Run the service-port desc command to configure the description of the service port. the VLAN tag is 0 and the priorities of user-side packets are 0-7. tx-cttr is the same as inbound in terms of meanings and functions. To facilitate maintenance. and packet priority policy is based on the traffic profile that is scheduled according to the local priority setting. Either of them indicates the index of the traffic profile from the user side to the network side. Step 3 (Optional) Configure the attributes of the service port. you can add information such as the function of the service port. – By user-side service encapsulation mode Select multi-service user-encap user-encap. and the upstream VLAN is 100. the configuration of service ports is simplified. the specified profile name is huawei. Ltd. service ports of transparent LAN service (TLS) are created and are mainly used in the QinQ transparent transmission service for enterprises. do as follows: huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 name net cir 10240 priority 0 prioritypolicy local-setting huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 100 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan 2 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – untagged: When untagged is selected. All the services except known service in the system is carried on this service port. l rx-cttr is the same as outbound in terms of meanings and functions. – user-vlanid: When user-vlanid is selected. To configure a service port for Internet access service in Ethernet access mode. index indicates the index of the service port and it is optional. One index maps one service port and the input of a large number of traffic parameters is not required. Either of them indicates the index of the traffic profile from the network side to the user side. the system automatically adopts the smallest idle index. – other-all: When other-all is selected. Thus. During the creation of a service port. – priority-tagged: When priority-tagged is selected.. NOTE l The system supports creating service ports by index. user-side packets do not carry a tag. l Run the multi-service-port command to create service ports in batches. the traffic profile 8 is used. The user-side VLAN is the C-VLAN.1p) Select multi-service user-8021p user-8021p. the user-side VLAN is 2. – By user-side packet priority (802. ----End Example Assume that the access service port is 0/3/1. the CIR is 10240.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 5 Configuring the Ethernet Access Service Select multi-service user-vlan { other-all | priority-tagged | untagged | uservlanid }. An S-VLAN can only be a MUX VLAN or smart VLAN. user-side packets carry a tag and the value of user-vlanid is the same as the tag carried in user-side packets. 215 . The MA5616 uses Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) proxy or IGMP snooping. MVLANs are classified by ISPs and each multicast source is allocated with a unique VLAN for multicast domain control and subscriber rights control.. and each multicast program is identified by VLAN+multicast IP address uniquely on the network. Ltd. and reducing network load. 216 . or a multicast routing protocol. bringing opportunities to Internet service providers (ISPs) and carriers.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) About This Chapter This topic describes how to configure the multicast service on the MA5616 in multicast virtual local area network (MVLAN) mode. A device can provide independent multicast services using MVLANs. It is recommended that you know well about how to configure IPv4 multicast and then configure IPv6 multicast based on their differences. reducing network bandwidth consumption. The data is forwarded by VLAN+multicast MAC address. Background Information MVLAN refers to the VLAN carried by multicast data. IP multicast supports point-to-multipoint (P2MP) and multipoint-to-multipoint transmissions. The multicast feature of the MA5616 applies to live TV and near video on demand (NVOD) multicast video services. improving transmission efficiency on the IP network. Service Requirements Subscribers have high requirements on program playing time and diversity. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The ISPs and carriers can meet the requirements using Internet Protocol television (IPTV) multicast services.1 Configuration Differences Between IPv4 Multicase and IPv6 Multicast IPv6 multicast is the multicast service using IPv6 protocols. The MA5616 supports Layer 2 multicast application. The configuration differences between IPv4 multicase and IPv6 multicast lies on the commands and the functions. and the peer device uses IGMP proxy. IGMP snooping. 6. A single-NE network is stabler than a cascaded network and has a higher bandwidth. the multicast service on a single NE can meet service requirements. a single-NE network requires more lines. The methods of configuring the multicast service on a single NE are the same on a single-NE network and a cascaded network. Ltd. 217 . 6. However..SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) 6. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.2 Configuring the Multicast Service on a Single-NE Network When the network topology is simple.3 Configuring the Multicast Service on a Subtending Network This topic describes how to configure the multicast service on the MA5616 on a subtending network. The configuration differences between IPv4 multicase and IPv6 multicast lies on the commands and the functions.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) 6. IPv4 Additional multicast function igmp leave-proxy igmp priority imgp report-proxy igmp echo igmp encapsulation igmp policy igmp query-offline-user igmp user-action-report igmp mismatch display igmp policy Protocol parameters igmp proxy router genquery-interval igmp proxy router genresponse-time igmp proxy router robustness igmp proxy router sp-queryinterval igmp proxy router sp-querynumber Issue 03 (2012-03-20) IPv6 Supported or not by IPv6 Multicast igmp ipv6 leave-proxy igmp ipv6 priority igmp ipv6 report-proxy - Supported Supported Supported Not supported Not supported Not supported Not supported Not supported Not supported Not supported igmp ipv6 router gen-queryinterval igmp ipv6 router genresponse-time igmp ipv6 router robustness igmp ipv6 router sp-queryinterval igmp ipv6 router sp-querynumber Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1 Configuration Differences Between IPv4 Multicase and IPv6 Multicast IPv6 multicast is the multicast service using IPv6 protocols. It is recommended that you know well about how to configure IPv4 multicast and then configure IPv6 multicast based on their differences. Ltd. 218 .. Command Differences Table 6-1 Command Differences Between IPv4 Multicase and IPv6 Multicast NOTE An en dash (-) indicates that IPv6 does not provide the commands provided in IPv4 and does not support the multicast feature. . Ltd.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) IPv4 igmp proxy router spresponse-time igmp initial-unsolicitedreport interval igmp unsolicited-report interval display igmp config vlan igmp proxy router timeout Multicast VLAN igmp mode igmp match mode igmp version igmp match group display igmp config vlan igmp send global-leave IPv6 igmp ipv6 router spresponse-time igmp ipv6 initial-unsolicitedreport interval igmp ipv6 unsolicited-report interval display igmp ipv6 config vlan - Supported or not by IPv6 Multicast Supported Supported Supported Supported Not supported igmp ipv6 mode igmp ipv6 match mode igmp ipv6 version igmp ipv6 match group display igmp ipv6 config vlan - Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Not supported Multicast users and privileges debugging igmp Preview igmp preview igmp preview auto-resettime igmp preview reset count igmp preview reset record igmp preview-profile add igmp preview-profile delete igmp preview-profile modify display igmp preview user display igmp preview-profile Statistic igmp statistic reset igmp ipv6 statistic reset Supported Not supported Not supported Not supported Not supported Not supported Not supported Not supported Not supported Not supported debugging igmp ipv6 Supported Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 219 . Ltd.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) IPv4 display igmp statistic display multicast flowstatistic Logs display igmp log display igmp statistic IPv6 display igmp ipv6 statistic - Supported or not by IPv6 Multicast Supported Not supported display igmp ipv6 statistic Not supported Supported NOTE The commands not listed are common both for IPv4 and IPv6. A single-NE network is stabler than a cascaded network and has a higher bandwidth. The configuration parameters for users do not need to be changed. However.. And the IPv6 program can be added to the privilege profiles. Prerequisite The upper-layer device and multicast source have been configured. 6. The methods of configuring the multicast service on a single NE are the same on a single-NE network and a cascaded network.2 Configuring the Multicast Service on a Single-NE Network When the network topology is simple. a single-NE network requires more lines. the IPv6 multicast does not support the following features. l l l l l l l Transparent transmission of unknown IGMP multicast protocol packets Preview of multicast programs Statistic of the video flow Global leave function Transparent transmission policy and the IGMP policy for the VLAN not matched Policy for transparent transmission and policy set in a VLAN service profile for processing unmatched IGMP packets Log report for IPv6 multicast Configuration Differences The IPv6 multicast can be deployed in the existed IPv4 multicast VLANs. The IPv6 program can be added to the IPv4 multicast VLAN. Function Differences Compared to IPv4 multicast. 220 . Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the multicast service on a single NE can meet service requirements. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. or earlier than that supported by the user-side device. IGMP proxy and IGMP snooping are supported. the MA5616 supports the global configuration and the configuration based on the MVLAN. and user bandwidth Multicast log policy Upper-layer multicast router Home gateway or modem IGMP version The multicast program can be configured statically or generated dynamically.. IGMP version 6. Configuration mode of the multicast program Multicast general query and group-specific query parameters Program list User authentication policy Program bandwidth. a multicast VLAN is allocated to each multicast ISP. For IPv6. the MA5616 only supports the configuration based on the MVLAN. plan the data items as listed in Table 6-2. For IPv4. The IGMP version of the upper-layer multicast router cannot be earlier than the IGMP version used by the MA5616. 221 . Ltd. IGMP V3 and IGMP V2 are supported and IGMP V3 is compatible with IGMP V2.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) Data Plan Before configuring the multicast video service. The default values are adopted. An ONU generally uses IGMP proxy. uplink port bandwidth. IGMP version - Multicast logs can be reported to the log server in syslog mode or in CDR mode.1 Configuring Multicast Global Parameters This topic describes the configuration of L2 multicast protocols (including IGMP proxy and IGMP snooping).2. The version of the protocol supported by the MA5616 cannot be later than that supported by the upper-layer device. The IGMP version of the CPE cannot be later than the IGMP version used by the MA5616. Table 6-2 Data plan for configuring the multicast service on a standalone MA5616 Device MA5616 Item Multicast VLAN Layer 2 multicast protocol Remarks Generally. 222 . for example. In the actual application. Table 6-3 lists the default settings of the multicast global parameters. you can modify the values according to the data plan. the MA5616 periodically updates the multicast forwarding table and releases the bandwidth of the multicast user who has left the multicast group in time. If the MA5616 does not receive the response packet from the multicast user within a specified time (robustness variable x interval of the group-specific query + maximum response time of the group-specific query). Table 6-3 Default settings of the multicast global parameters Parameter General query parameter Default Value Query interval: 125s Maximum response time: 10s Robustness variable (query times): 2 Group-specific query parameter Query interval: 1s Maximum response time: 0.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) Background Information Multicast parameters include general query. group-specific query. and policy of processing multicast packets. it deletes the multicast user from the multicast group. Based on the query result. and provides the configuration example for IPv6 multicast. Principles: When a multicast user leaves a multicast group. switches to another channel. the MA5616 sends a groupspecific query packet to the multicast group.8s. the user sends a leave packet to the MA5616 in an unsolicited manner. The group-specific query packet is used to check whether the multicast user has left the multicast group. Robustness variable (query times): 2 Policy of processing multicast packets IGMP packet: normal (IGMP packets are processed as controllable multicast) Unknown multicast packet: discard Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Principles: The MA5616 periodically sends the general query packet to all the online IGMP users. Ltd. If the MA5616 does not receive the response packet from a multicast user within a specified time (robustness variable x interval of the general query + maximum response time of the general query). l For the group-specific query: l Purpose: A group-specific query packet is sent by the MA5616 after a multicast user who is not configured with the quick leave attribute sends the leave packet.. For the general query: l Purpose: A general query packet is periodically sent by the MA5616 to check whether there is any multicast user who leaves the multicast group without sending the leave packet. it regards the user as having left the multicast group and deletes the user from the multicast group. If the multicast user is not configured with the quick leave attribute. NOTE l The configuration steps for IPv4 multicast and IPv6 multicast are similar while the detailed commands are different. This topic describes the configuration steps for IPv4 multicast. 1. Run the igmp proxy router gen-response-time command to set the maximum response time of the general query. Step 4 Configure the policy of processing multicast packets. By default. run the multicast-vlan command to enter MVLAN mode. you can run the igmp policy command to configure the policy of processing multicast packets if you need to control the forwarding of multicast packets. Run the igmp proxy router sp-response-time command to set the maximum response time of the group-specific query.. By default. By default. the time is 10s. the interval is 125s. Step 5 Run the display igmp config global command to check whether the parameters are configured correctly. the policy need not be changed. For IPv4. 2. it is also to available to run the btv command to enter BTV mode. 1. IGMP packets are processed under control.8s. maximum response time to 20s. ----End Example To configure IPv4 multicast general query parameters by setting the query interval to 150s. maximum response time to 20s. By default. 3. the count is 2. Step 3 Configure group-specific query parameters. do as follows: huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp proxy router sp-query-interval 200 huawei(config-btv)#igmp proxy router sp-response-time v3 100 huawei(config-btv)#igmp proxy router sp-query-number 3 To configure IPv6 multicast general query parameters by setting the query interval to 150s. The default policy is adopted for multicast packets. the interval is 1s. Run the igmp proxy router sp-query-number command to set the count of group-specific queries. Run the igmp proxy router sp-query-interval command to set the interval of the groupspecific query. do as follows: Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the count is 2. 2. and query count to 3. Ltd. and query count to 3. maximum response time to 10s. The default processing mode is as follows: The normal mode is adopted for IGMP packets. Run the igmp proxy router gen-query-interval command to set the interval of the general query. By default. 223 . Step 2 Configure general query parameters. the time is 0. that is. The discard mode is adopted for unknown multicast packets. By default. When configuring other services. and query count to 3. do as follows: huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp proxy router gen-query-interval 150 huawei(config-btv)#igmp proxy router gen-response-time v3 200 huawei(config-btv)#igmp proxy router robustness 3 To configure IPv4 multicast group-specific query parameters by setting the query interval to 20s. 3. Run the igmp proxy router robustness command to set the count of general queries. That is.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) Procedure Step 1 In global config mode. that is. unknown multicast packets are discarded. V2 router present timeout(s) : 400 User action report switch : disable Preview switch : enable Recognition time(s) : 30 The time of reset preview-count : 04:00:00 Auto create log interval(h) : 2 Uplink port mode : default Bandwidth management switch : enable CDR auto report interval(s) : 600 CDR auto report number : 200 CDR switch : disable IGMP Packet encapsulation : all IGMP ECHO switch : disable Router IP : 192. Specific query number : 3 //The count of group-specific queries is 3.1 Initial unsolicited report interval(s): 1 Query offline user switch : disable BTV Forward Mode : MVLAN ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Check whether the IPv6 multicast general query parameters and group-specific query parameters for MVLAN 30 are configured correctly..1s) : 100 V3 General query response time(0. V2 Specific query response time(0.1s) : 200 //The maximum response time of the general query is 20s. huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#display igmp config global ---------------------------------------------------------------------Authorization : enable Robustness variable : 3 //The count of general queries is 3. General query interval(s) : 150 //The interval of the general query is 150s. do as follows: huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 30 huawei(config-mvlan30)#igmp ipv6 router sp-query-interval 200 huawei(config-mvlan30)#igmp ipv6 router sp-response-time v2 100 huawei(config-mvlan30)#igmp ipv6 router sp-query-number 3 Result Check whether the IPv4 multicast general query parameters and group-specific query parameters are configured correctly. Specific query interval(0. 224 . and query count to 3.1s) : 8 V3 Specific query response time(0. huawei(config)#display igmp ipv6 config vlan 30 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------IGMP IPv6 mode : off IGMP IPv6 version : IGMP IPv6 v2 Log switch : enable Default uplink port : Report proxy switch : disable Leave proxy switch : disable Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1s) : 100 //The maximum response time of the group-specific query is 10s. maximum response time to 10s.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 30 huawei(config-mvlan30)#igmp ipv6 router gen-query-interval 150 huawei(config-mvlan30)#igmp ipv6 router gen-response-time v2 200 huawei(config-mvlan30)#igmp ipv6 router robustness 3 To configure IPv6 multicast group-specific query parameters by setting the query interval to 20s.168. Ltd.1. V2 General query response time(0.1s) : 200 //The interval of the groupspecific query is 10s. 1s) : 200 //The maximum response time of the general query is 20s. Table 6-4 Default settings of the multicast VLAN attributes Parameter Program matching mode Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Default Value enable (static configuration mode) 225 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Specific query number : 3 //The count of group-specific queries is 3. Ltd. and IGMP versions.. V1 specific query response time(0.6 Configuring a VLAN. and for the control of multicast domain and user rights.1s) : 200 //The interval of the groupspecific query is 10s. Create a common VLAN before creating a multicast VLAN.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) Unsolicited report interval(s) : 10 IGMP IPv6 priority : 6 Program match mode : enable Program match group : Robustness variable : 3 //The count of general queries is 3. the multicast VLAN and the unicast VLAN share the same traffic channel. Prerequisites The multicast VLAN to which the multicast program belongs must exist. see 3. multicast program. A multicast VLAN can be different from a unicast VLAN. multicast VLANs are used to identify different multicast Internet service providers (ISPs). Table 6-4 lists the default settings of the multicast VLAN attributes. the multicast user with the corresponding rights can watch or preview the program. Generally. the multicast VLAN and the unicast VLAN use different traffic channels. Initial unsolicited report interval(s) : 1 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6. including the Layer 2 multicast protocol. IGMP version. Specific query interval(0. and provides the configuration example for IPv6 multicast. . Background Information In multicast services. NOTE The configuration steps for IPv4 multicast and IPv6 multicast are similar while the detailed commands are different. multicast protocols. General query interval(s) : 150 //The interval of the general query is 150s.1s) : 8 V2 specific query response time(0. For the details on configuring the VLAN. In this case.2.1s) : 100 V2 general query response time(0. and multicast upstream port. This topic describes the configuration steps for IPv4 multicast.1s) : 100 //The maximum response time of the group-specific query is 10s. a multicast VLAN is allocated to each multicast ISP for the VLANbased management of multicast programs. l l A multicast VLAN can be the same as a unicast VLAN. In this case. V1 general query response time(0.2 Configuring the Multicast Program After the program is configured. need to be maintained based on the change of video services. 226 . In this mode. l Dynamic generation mode: A program is generated according to the request of the user. 4. In multicast VLAN mode. user multicast bandwidth management. the source IP address of the program in the multicast VLAN cannot be configured. A multicast program in a multicast VLAN can be configured statically. and multicast bandwidth management functions are supported. run the igmp match mode enable command to set the static configuration mode. In BTV mode. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and program prejoin are not supported. The program in the multicast VLAN is configured statically by default. 2. you need to configure the multicast program in advance. The program host. program prejoin. and idle. In BTV mode. the priorities of the four rights are forbidden > preview > watch > idle. program preview. 1. NOTE If a user is bound with multiple rights profiles and the rights to a program are different in these profiles. run the igmp profile command to bind the rights profile to the program and set the rights to watch the program. preview. the program list is not required. run the igmp program add [name name ] ip ip-addr [ sourceip ip-addr ] [ hostip ip-addr ] command to add a multicast program. 3. If the IGMP version of the multicast VLAN is V2. You can run the igmp right-priority command to adjust the priorities of the four rights: watch. The program list and the rights profile. forbidden. the user uses the rights with the highest priority. the functions such as program management. In this mode. Bind the rights profile to the program. generated dynamically or by a combined mode of statically configuration and dynamically generation. NOTE 1.. Ltd. In multicast VLAN mode. l Static configuration mode: Configure a program list before the users watch video programs. the rights profile can be used to implement controllable multicast. In this case. run the igmp profile add command to add a rights profile. Run the igmp match mode disable command to configure the dynamic generation mode. however. By default. Add a rights profile.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) Parameter Multicast upstream port mode Layer 2 multicast protocol IGMP version Priority of forwarding IGMP packets by the upstream port Default Value default off (multicast function disabled) v3 6 Procedure Step 1 Configure multicast programs. however. SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) CAUTION The igmp match mode { enable | disable } command can be executed only when the IGMP mode is disabled. And other programs can be generated according to the request of the user. 2. In BTV mode. l Combined mode of statically configuration and dynamically generation. By default. Configure part of the programs statically for the multicast VLAN in advance. 2. After the configuration.. the user can request for only the programs whose IP addresses are within the specified range. Among all the multicast VLANs of a user port. run the igmp default uplink-port command to set a default uplink port. In the combined. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. run the igmp uplink-port command to configure the multicast uplink port. In multicast VLAN mode. l MSTP mode: This mode is applicable to the MSTP network. the static program is activated first. Run the igmp match mode disable command to configure the dynamic generation mode. Step 2 Configure the multicast uplink port. 1. 227 2. only one multicast VLAN is allowed to have dynamically generated programs. run the igmp uplink-port-mode command to change the mode of the multicast uplink port. Run the igmp program add [name name ] ip ip-addr [ sourceip ip-addr ] [ hostip ipaddr ] command to add a statical multicast program. the multicast uplink port is in default mode. If the IP addresses of the static program and dynamic program overlap each other. On the MSTP network. the user can request for only the programs whose IP addresses are within the specified range. After the configuration. Ltd. l Default mode: If a multicast VLAN contains only one uplink port. all the packets from the multicast VLAN are forwarded or received through this uplink port. NOTE 3. Run the igmp match group command to configure the IP address range of the program group that can be dynamically generated in the multicast VLAN. After the configuration. Run the igmp match group command to configure the IP address range of the program group that can be dynamically generated in the multicast VLAN.In MSTP mode. . the multicast uplink port adopts the MSTP mode. CAUTION The igmp match mode { enable | disable } command can be executed only when the IGMP mode is disabled. A user port can join multiple multicast VLANs. the IGMP packets that go upstream are sent through all the uplink ports. If a multicast VLAN contains multiple uplink ports. Step 3 Select the multicast protocol. 1. the IGMP packets that go upstream can be sent only through this port. users can switch to the statically configured programs more quickly. it automatically switches back to IGMPv3. the TTL time is 400s. Step 4 Configure the IGMP version. In this case. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. however. In IGMP snooping mode. run this command to switch the IGMP version. the system will force the user to go offline. In BTV mode. the two modes have different processing mechanisms. after authenticating the user. By default. The MA5616 does not send the leave packets from the users before the last user to the network side. When a multicast user joins or leaves a multicast program. the MA5616 sends the user leave packet to the network side and notifies the upper-layer device of stopping sending multicast streams. run the igmp proxy router timeout command to set the IGMPv2 TTL time. the multicast function is disabled in the system. When the first user requests for a program.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) Run the igmp mode { proxy | snooping } command to select the L2 multicast protocol. CAUTION When you run the igmp version{ v2 | v3 } command to configure the IGMP version: l This command can be executed only when the IGMP mode is disabled. the MA5616 supports IGMP proxy and IGMP snooping. 228 . processes the IGMP packets. l IGMP proxy intercepts the IGMP packets between the user and the multicast router. l The system will delete the programs with source IP addresses in this multicast VLAN. the MA5616 automatically switches to IGMPv2 when receiving the IGMPv2 packets. For multicast routers. IGMP snooping and IGMP proxy are controlled separately.. the MA5616 is a multicast user. Run the igmp version{ v2 | v3 } command to configure the IGMP version. When the last user requests for leaving a program. l Run the igmp leave-proxy enable command to enable the proxy of the snooping leave packet. If the MA5616 does not receive any IGMPv2 packets within the preset IGMPv2 time to live (TTL) time. Step 5 Change the priority for forwarding IGMP packets. If the upper-layer and lower-layer devices on the network are of the IGMPv2 version and cannot recognize the IGMPv3 packets. In terms of multicast processing mode. IGMP proxy and IGMP snooping both support multicast video data forwarding. For multicast users. proxy can be enabled for the report packet and leave packet. the MA5616 sends the user report packet to the network side and obtains a corresponding multicast stream from the multicast router. if a user is online. The MA5616 does not send the report packets from the subsequent users for joining the same program to the network side any more. IGMPv3 is enabled in the system. IGMPv3 is compatible with IGMPv2 in packet processing. l Run the igmp report-proxy enable command to enable the proxy of the snooping report packet. Ltd. and forwards the IGMP packets to the upper-layer multicast router. the MA5616 can implement IGMP proxy. the MA5616 is a multicast router. If IGMPv3 is enabled on the MA5616 and the upper-layer multicast router switches to IGMPv2. By default. l IGMP snooping obtains desired information and maintains the multicast forwarding entries by listening to the IGMP packets in the communication between the user and the multicast router. By default. l In IGMP snooping mode. Please wait. the IP address for the dynamic program group ranges from 224. the program bandwidth is 5000 kbit/s.1. the IGMP packets sent to the network side adopt the priority set through the igmp priority command in the multicast VLAN. The priority of the traffic stream is set through the traffic profile. the multicast uplink port is Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1. the program is configured statically.50.1.10.1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) Run the igmp priority command to change the priority for forwarding the IGMP packets on the uplink port.1. Step 6 Check whether the configuration is correct.10 to 224.. the IGMP packets forwarded to the network side adopt the priority of the user traffic stream.1.10.10.1. the IP address of the static program is 224..10.1.1. the source IP address is 10. ----End Example Assume that the VLAN ID is 10.1 sourceip 10. the program is generated in combined mode of static configuration and dynamic generation..1 to-ip 224. Ltd.1.1.1. l In IGMP proxy mode. do as follows: huawei(config)#vlan 10 smart huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 10 huawei(config-mvlan10)#igmp match mode enable Command has been executed successfully huawei(config-mvlan10)#igmp version v3 huawei(config-mvlan10)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y Command is being executed. Command has been executed successfully huawei(config-mvlan10)#igmp program add name movie ip 224.0. and the IGMP version is V3.1. the priority is 6 and it need not be changed.1. l Run the display igmp program vlan command to query the information about the multicast program in the multicast VLAN. do as follows: huawei(config)#vlan 10 smart huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 10 huawei(config-mvlan10)#igmp match mode disable Command has been executed successfully huawei(config-mvlan10)#igmp version v3 huawei(config-mvlan10)#igmp match group ip 224.1 to 224. the multicast uplink port is 0/0/1. the multicast uplink port is 0/0/1.0.100 huawei(config-mvlan10)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 huawei(config-mvlan10)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y Command is being executed. To configure a multicast VLAN and a program for IPv4 multicast with these attributes.254 bandwidth 5000 huawei(config-mvlan10)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 Assume that the VLAN ID is 10. 229 .100.1. Command has been executed successfully Assume that the VLAN ID is 101.10 hostip 10.. the IGMP proxy is enabled. l Run the display igmp config vlan command to query the attributes of the multicast VLAN. the IGMP proxy is enabled.1.1. the IP address for the dynamic program group ranges from 224. To configure a multicast VLAN and a program for IPv4 multicast with these attributes. the IP address of the program is 224.1. Please wait..10. and the IGMP version is V3.1. the program is generated dynamically.1. By default. the program bandwidth is 5000 kbit/s. the program bandwidth is 5000 kbit/s.10.. huawei(config)#display igmp config vlan 10 ---------------------------------------------------------------------IGMP mode : proxy //IGMP proxy protocol IGMP version : IGMP V3 //IGMP V3 Log switch : enable Default uplink port : Report proxy switch : disable Leave proxy switch : disable Unsolicited report interval(s) : 10 IGMP priority : 6 Send global leave switch : enable Program match mode : enable //The program matching mode is Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. do as follows: huawei(config)#vlan 101 smart huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 101 huawei(config-mvlan101)#iigmp match mode disable Command has been executed successfully huawei(config-mvlan101)#igmp match group ip 224. the IP address of the source IP is 2000::1.0.1 sourceip 10. the multicast uplink port is 0/0/1. do as follows: huawei(config)#vlan 101 smart huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 101 huawei(config-mvlan101)#igmp ipv6 match mode enable huawei(config-mvlan101)#igmp program add name movie ipv6 ffff::1 source-ipv6 2000::1 bandwidth 5000 huawei(config-mvlan101)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 huawei(config-mvlan101)#igmp ipv6 mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP IPv6 mode?(y/n) [n]:y Command is being executed. To configure a multicast VLAN and a program for IPv4 multicast with these attributes. To configure a multicast VLAN and a program for IPv6 multicast with these attributes. and the MLD version is V2.254 bandwidth 5000 huawei(config-mvlan101)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 huawei(config-mvlan101)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y Command is being executed.. Ltd. the IP address of the program is ffff::1. and the IGMP version is V3. the program is configured statically.1. the IGMP proxy is enabled. Command has been executed successfully huawei(config-mvlan101)#igmp version v3 Assume that the VLAN ID is 101.. Command has been executed successfully huawei(config-mvlan101)#igmp ipv6 version v2 Result Query the attributes and information of the program in the multicast VLAN for IPv4 multicast in static configuration mode.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) 0/0/1.1..10 hostip 10.0.10 to-ip 224. the IGMP proxy is enabled. Please wait. Please wait.50 huawei(config-mvlan101)#igmp program add name movie ip 224.1.10. 230 .1.1..1. 10.100 Robustness variable : NotConfig General query interval(s) : NotConfig V2 general query response time(0.0 Bandwidth(kbps) : 5000 //The bandwidth of the multicast program is 5000 kbit/s. Program match group : Robustness variable : NotConfig General query interval(s) : NotConfig V2 general query response time(0.1 //IP address of the multicast program VLAN ID : 10 Host attribute : enable Log attribute : enable Prejoin attribute : disable Unsolicited attribute : disable Priority : 7 Host IP : 0.1s) : NotConfig Specific query number : NotConfig V2 router present timeout(s) : NotConfig Initial unsolicited report interval(s) : NotConfig ---------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#display igmp program vlan 10 ip 224.1s) : NotConfig V2 specific query response time(0.1.1. huawei(config-mvlan10)#display igmp config vlan 10 ---------------------------------------------------------------------IGMP mode : proxy IGMP version : IGMP V3 Log switch : enable Default uplink port : Report proxy switch : disable Leave proxy switch : disable Unsolicited report interval(s) : 10 IGMP priority : 6 Send global leave switch : enable Program match mode : disable //The program matching mode is disabled and the multicast program is generated dynamically.0.10.1 --------------------------------------------Program index : 0 Create mode : static Program name : movie IP address : 224.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) enabled and the multicast program is configured statically. 231 . Program match group : 224.1s) : NotConfig Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1s) : NotConfig Specific query interval(0.0.10 Preview Profile : 0 Numbers of watching : 0 Program Grade : --------------------------------------------- Query the attributes and information of the program in the multicast VLAN for IPv4 multicast in dynamic generation mode.1s) : NotConfig V3 specific query response time(0.1.1 { <cr>||<K> }: Command: display igmp program vlan 10 ip 224.1s) : NotConfig V3 general query response time(0.1.1.1.1.1.1. SourceIP : 10.1..1s) : NotConfig V3 general query response time(0. Ltd.1 ~ 224. 1.1. Ltd.10 ~ 224.1s) : NotConfig V3 specific query response time(0.0.1.1. huawei(config)#display igmp ipv6 config vlan 101 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------IGMP IPv6 mode : proxy IGMP IPv6 version : IGMP IPv6 v2 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10..1 VLAN ID : 101 Host attribute : enable Log attribute : enable Prejoin attribute : disable Unsolicited attribute : disable Priority : 7 Host IP : 10.254 Bandwidth(kbps) : 5000 Source IP : 10.0.1s) : NotConfig Specific query interval(0.1s) : NotConfig Specific query number : NotConfig V2 router present timeout(s) : NotConfig Initial unsolicited report interval(s) : NotConfig ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Query the attributes and information of the program in the multicast VLAN for IPv4 multicast in combined mode of static configuration and dynamic generation.1 --------------------------------------------Program index : 0 Create mode : static Program name : movie IP address : 224.1s) : NotConfig V2 specific query response time(0.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) Specific query interval(0.10.1.1s) : NotConfig V2 specific query response time(0.1.1s) : NotConfig Specific query number : NotConfig V2 router present timeout(s) : NotConfig Initial unsolicited report interval(s) : NotConfig Send dual-pw switch : disable ---------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#display igmp program vlan 101 ip 224.1s) : NotConfig V3 specific query response time(0.1s) : NotConfig V3 general query response time(0.1.1.1. huawei(config)#display igmp config vlan 101 ---------------------------------------------------------------------IGMP mode : proxy IGMP version : IGMPv3 Log switch : enable Default uplink port : Report proxy switch : disable Leave proxy switch : disable Unsolicited report interval(s) : 10 IGMP priority : 6 Send global leave switch : enable Program match mode : disable Program match group : 224.50 Robustness variable : NotConfig General query interval(s) : NotConfig V2 general query response time(0.1. 232 .1 { <cr>||<K> }: Command: display igmp program vlan 101 ip 224.10 Preview profile : 0 Numbers of watching : 0 Program grade : --------------------------------------------- Query the attributes and information of the program in the multicast VLAN for IPv6 multicast in static configuration mode. you must perform the following operations: 1.1s) : 100 Specific query interval(0.1s) : 8 V2 specific query response time(0. Ltd. 3.6 Configuring a VLAN 4. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..1s) : 10 V1 specific query response time(0. 2.4 Configuring an xDSL Port 4. 4.2.3 Configuring an Upstream Port 4.1s) : 100 V2 general query response time(0. 3.1s) : 8 Specific query number : 2 Initial unsolicited report interval(s) : 1 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#display igmp program vlan 101 ipv6 ffff::1 { <cr>||<K> }: Command: display igmp program vlan 101 ipv6 ffff::1 --------------------------------------------Program index : 0 Create mode : static Program name : movie IP address : FFFF::1 VLAN ID : 101 Host attribute : enable Log attribute : enable Prejoin attribute : disable Unsolicited attribute : disable Priority : 7 Host IP : Bandwidth(kbps) : 5000 Source IP : 2000::1 Preview profile : 0 Numbers of watching : 0 Program grade : --------------------------------------------- 6. 233 .3 Configuring the Multicast User When a user needs to watch the multicast program.5 Creating an xDSL Service Port For an Ethernet user.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) Log switch : enable Default uplink port : Report proxy switch : disable Leave proxy switch : disable Unsolicited report interval(s) : 10 IGMP IPv6 priority : 6 Program match mode : enable Program match group : Robustness variable : 2 General query interval(s) : 125 V1 general query response time(0. For an xDSL user. you need to configure the user as a multicast user because only a multicast user can watch the multicast program. Prerequisites Before configuring a user as a multicast user. you must perform the following operations: NOTE The CCUC control board supports this function and the CCUB control board does not support this function. you must create a service channel and ensure that this channel is normal. Ltd. Step 2 Configure the multicast user and the multicast user attributes. 3. Table 6-5 lists the default settings of the attributes related to the multicast user. Table 6-5 Default settings of the attributes related to the multicast user Parameter Limitation on the number of programs that can be watched by the multicast user Default Value Number of programs that can be watched concurrently: 32 Maximum number of programs of different priorities that can be watched: no limit MAC-based enable Quick leave mode of the multicast user Global switch of multicast user authentication Procedure Step 1 In global config mode.. Run the igmp user add command to add the multicast user. Configure the maximum number of programs that can be watched by the multicast user. l Use the smart-vlan parameter to add the virtual service ports in the specified smart-vlan as the multicast users. etc. l Use the service-port or the service-port-list parameter to add the specified virtual service port as the multicast user.4 Creating the Ethernet Access Service Port Background Information Add a multicast user and bind the multicast user with the multicast VLAN to create a multicast member. Among all the multicast VLANs of a user port. Add the multicast user. 234 .6 Configuring a VLAN 5. 2. l Use the virtual service port parameter (including port. Bind the rights profile to the multicast user to implement multicast user authentication. The maximum number is 32. 3.2 Configuring the Upstream Port 5. run the btv command to enter BTV mode. 2. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Run the igmp user add or the igmp user modify command with the max-program parameter to configure the maximum number of programs that can be concurrently watched by the multicast user. 1. A user port can join multiple multicast VLANs. slot.) to add the matching virtual service ports as the multicast users. only one multicast VLAN is allowed to have dynamically generated programs. NOTE The igmp user add command supports adding the multicast user by using the following methods.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) 1. l Run the igmp user watch-limit command to configure the maximum number of programs of different priorities that can be watched by the multicast user. see User-Side Interoperating Technologies in the Feature Description. In this mode. Run the igmp user bind-profile command to bind the rights profile to the multicast user. If it is the same as the MAC address in the report packet of the user and the user is the last one who watches the multicast program in the multicast group. if the system does not receive the report packet of the multicast user. Binding the rights profile to the multicast user implements multicast user authentication. ----End Example Assume that multicast user (port) 0/1/0 (with an index of the user traffic stream 100) is added to multicast VLAN 10. you need to enable the global authentication function to make the configuration take effect. the user is considered as offline and the system deletes the multicast user from the multicast group. Run the igmp user add or the igmp user modify command with the quickleave { immediate | disable | mac-based } parameter to configure the leave mode of the multicast user. Step 5 Run the display igmp user command to check whether the multicast user is configured correctly. By default. you can enable the multicast user authentication function. Step 4 Bind the multicast user to the multicast VLAN. Run the igmp user add or the igmp user modify command with the { auth | no-auth } parameter to configure whether to authenticate a multicast user. the multicast user becomes a multicast member of the multicast VLAN and can request for the programs configured in the multicast VLAN. run the igmp multicast-vlan member command to bind the user to the multicast VLAN. To control the rights of a multicast user. Step 3 Configure the multicast user authentication. the application scenario with multiple terminals is supported. You can run the igmp proxy authorization command to change the configuration. the system immediately deletes the multicast user from the multicast group. Configure the multicast user authentication function. Bind the rights profile to the multicast user. By default. 1. After the binding.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) 3. 2. 235 . This is a standard mode defined in IGMP. Binding the rights profile to the multicast user implements user authentication. the Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Within the set aging time. l immediate: After receiving the leave request packet of the multicast user. The system detects the MAC address in the leave packet of the user. The system sends the specific group query packet after receiving the leave packet of the multicast user. Configure the quick leave mode of the multicast user. l mac-based: Indicates the quick leave mode based on the MAC address. l disable: The quick leave function is disabled and a user can leave normally. Then. the global authentication function of multicast user is enabled. the user authentication and the log report function are enabled. Otherwise. NOTE For the quick leave principles and selection principles. the leave mode is the mac-based mode. the system immediately deletes the multicast user from the multicast group. the system does not delete the multicast user. In multicast VLAN mode. the multicast user has the rights to the programs configured in the profile.. NOTE After configuring multicast user authentication. 236 . 101. and rights profile music is bound to the user. l Check the multicast users added by the index of the service-port. To perform the configurations. and 102) in VLAN 10. huawei(config)#display igmp user 0 //0 is the index of the multicast user. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and bind the rights profile music to the users.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) maximum number of programs that can be concurrently watched is 4. Add these three virtual service ports as multicast users. set the user authentication and the log report function to enabled. set the maximum number of programs that can be concurrently watched to 4. You can run the //display igmp user all command to query the index of the multicast user. 0/1/1. //Port of the multicast user //Authentication is required.102 Result Check whether the multicast user is configured correctly. Ltd.101. These three virtual service ports are separately on ports 0/1/0. do as follows: huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 100 auth log enable max-program 4 huawei(config-btv)#igmp user bind-profile service-port 100 profile-name music huawei(config-btv)#quit huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 10 huawei(config-mvlan10)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 100 Assume that there are three virtual service ports (100. { <cr>|| <K> }: Command: display igmp user 0 User State offline Authentication Quick leave based IGMP flow ID 100 Video flow ID 100 Log switch enable Bind profiles 1 IGMP version v3 Current version Available programs that can be Global Leave disable User MaxBandWidth limit Used bandwidth(kbps) 0 Used : 0/1/0 : : auth : MAC: : : : : IGMP : IGMP v3 : 4 : : no: //The maximum number of programs //concurrently watched is 4. and 0/1/2.. do as follows: huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add smart-vlan 10 auth log enable max-program 4 huawei(config-btv)#igmp user bind-profile service-port 100 profile-name music huawei(config-btv)#igmp user bind-profile service-port 101 profile-name music huawei(config-btv)#igmp user bind-profile service-port 102 profile-name music huawei(config-btv)#quit huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 10 huawei(config-mvlan10)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port-list 100. Prerequisites The program matching mode of the multicast VLAN must be the static configuration mode. huawei(config)#display igmp user smart-vlan 10 { <cr>|| <K> }: Command: display igmp user smart-vlan 10 Command is being executed. Ltd.2. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------User index Bind State Auth Quick IGMP Video Log Available profiles leave flow ID flow ID switch programs -----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 1 offline auth MAC-based 100 100 enable 4 1 1 offline auth MAC-based 101 101 enable 4 2 1 offline auth MAC-based 102 102 enable 4 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 3 6. not the dynamic Access Node Control Protocol (ANCP) CAC function is enabled..4 (Optional) Configuring the Multicast Bandwidth To limit the multicast bandwidth of a user. and a user requests for a multicast program. the system compares the remaining Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. --------------------------------------------Total: 1 //The bound rights profile l Check the multicast users added by the smart-vlan. connection admission control (CAC). Please wait. Background Information If the CAC function. 237 . and then control the bandwidth of the multicast user by setting the program bandwidth and the user bandwidth. you can enable the multicast bandwidth management function.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide bandwidth to max bandwidth(%) Total video bandwidth Mcast video bandwidth Bind profile list 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) : : : --------------------------------------------index Profile name Program number --------------------------------------------0 music 0 is music. namely.. the CAC function is enabled globally. the system does not guarantee the bandwidth of the multicast program. That is. The bandwidth is an attribute of the multicast program and identifies the bandwidth required for playing the program. You can run the display service-port command to query the service port. 238 . Table 6-6 Default settings of the CAC parameters Parameter Global CAC function Bandwidth of the multicast program Bandwidth of the multicast user Default Value enable 5000 kbit/s no-limit Procedure Step 1 In global config mode. Step 2 Enable the CAC function globally. l By default. l Run the display igmp config global command to check whether the CAC function is enabled globally. Step 4 Configure the bandwidth of the multicast user.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) bandwidth of the user (bandwidth configured for the user – total bandwidth of the online programs of the user) with the bandwidth of the multicast program. the picture quality of the requested program may be poor. ensure that the service port of the multicast user exists. l By default. Step 3 Configure the bandwidth of the multicast program. the system adds the user to the multicast group. the bandwidth of the multicast program is 5000 kbit/s. run the btv command to enter BTV mode. l Run the igmp bandwidthCAC enable function to enable the CAC function globally. the request of the user fails. mosaic and delay occur. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Table 6-6 lists the default settings of the CAC parameters. l Run the igmp user add service-port index max-bandwidth command to configure the bandwidth of the multicast user. Step 5 Check whether the multicast bandwidth is configured correctly.. Ltd. the system does not respond to the request of the user. If the bandwidth is insufficient. the bandwidth of the multicast user is not limited (no-limit). l Run the igmp program add command to configure the bandwidth of the multicast program. If the CAC function is not enabled. l By default. For example. The system determines whether the user can watch the multicast program based on the result: l l If the remaining bandwidth of the user is sufficient. l Before configuring the bandwidth of the multicast user. In this case. huawei(config)#display igmp user all { <cr>|| <K> }: Command: display igmp user all Command is being executed. please wait. To perform the configurations...1 bandwidth 1024 Result Check whether the bandwidths of the multicast user and multicast program are configured correctly.1.1. ----End Example Assume that the CAC function is enabled globally. the bandwidth of multicast user 0/1/0 is 10 Mbit/s. l Check whether the bandwidth of the multicast user is configured correctly. huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 10 huawei(config-mvlan10)#igmp program add ip 224..1. do as follows: huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp bandwidthcAC enable huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 0 max-bandwidth 10240 //0 is the service port ID of the multicast user.1 is 1 Mbit/s. { <cr>|| <K> }: Command: display igmp user 0 User 0/1/0 State offline Authentication auth Quick leave based : : : no: MAC- Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. l Run the display igmp user command to query the bandwidth of the multicast user. and the bandwidth of the multicast program with IP address 224.1. 239 .191> }:0 //0 is the index of the multicast user queried in the preceding part. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------User Index Bind State Auth Quick IGMP Video Log Available profiles leave flow ID flow ID switch programs -----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 offline no-auth MAC-based 0 0 enable 8 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 1 huawei(config)#display igmp user { all<K>|extended-attributes<K>|user-index<U><0.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) l Run the display igmp program command to query the bandwidth of the multicast program. 1..1. Used bandwidth(kbps) 0 Used bandwidth to max bandwidth(%) 0.1 VLAN ID : 10 Host attribute : Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide IGMP flow ID 0 Video flow ID 0 Log switch enable Bind profiles IGMP version v3 Current version Available programs 8 Global Leave disable User MaxBandWidth is 10 Mbit/s. 240 . huawei(config)#display igmp program all { <cr>|| <K> }: Command: display igmp program all -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Index| Create | IP | Program |User |VLAN |Prejoin| Priority | Flag | Address | name |num | ID | | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 S 224.00 Total video bandwidth Mcast video bandwidth : : : : 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) : IGMP : IGMP v3 : : : 10240 : //The bandwidth of the multicast user : : : - l Check whether the bandwidth of the multicast program is configured correctly.1 PROGRAM-0 0 10 disable 7 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 1 program(s) (Static/Dynamic: 1/0) huawei(config)#display igmp program index 0 <cr>|| <K> }: Command: display igmp program index 0 --------------------------------------------Program index : 0 Create mode : static Program name : PROGRAM-0 IP address : 224.1. Ltd.1. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The purpose is to allow users to have an overview of a program so that the user can determine whether to request for the program. The MA5616 controls the program preview of the user through the configuration of the multicast preview. The purpose is to allow users to have an overview of a program so that the user can determine whether to request for the program. 241 . When the preview time expires. NOTE One multicast program can be bound with only one preview profile.2. The MA5616 can control the duration. To protect the legitimate interests of ISPs. SourceIP : Preview Profile : 0 Numbers of watching : 0 Program Grade : --------------------------------------------- 6. and count of user previews through the configuration of the multicast preview. Preview count: Refers to the count of program previews that a user can request for a multicast program in a period of 24 hours (the start time can be set).5 (Optional) Configuring the Multicast Preview Multicast preview is an advertising method provided by carriers for ISPs. Prerequisites The program matching mode of the multicast VLAN must be the static configuration mode. If the preview count reaches the configured preview count. Ltd. The user can request for the program again only after the configured preview interval expires. interval. Background Information Multicast preview is an advertising method provided by carriers for ISPs.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) enable Log attribute : enable Prejoin attribute : disable Unsolicited attribute : disable Priority : 7 Host IP : 0. l Preview duration: After a user with the preview rights goes online..0 Bandwidth(kbps) : 1024 //The bandwidth of the multicast program is 1 Mbit/s. l l The multicast preview function is implemented through the binding of the preview profile to the multicast program. and count of user previews need to be controlled. interval. Preview interval: When the preview time expires.0. the user can watch the program that can be previewed but the user is restricted by the preview duration. but one preview profile can be referenced by multiple multicast programs. the user cannot preview the program. the user will go offline.0. the user who is previewing a multicast program will go offline. the duration. run the btv command to enter BTV mode. the multicast program is bound with the preview profile with index 0. The system records only the preview of the multicast user on the current day. 242 . Ltd. By default. Step 2 Enable the multicast preview function globally. the multicast preview function is enabled globally. Run the igmp preview-profile add command to configure the multicast preview profile. Table 6-7 Default settings of the multicast preview parameters Parameter Global multicast preview function Preview profile Preview profile parameters Default Value enable Preview profile with index 0 Maximum preview duration: 120s Maximum preview count: 8 Minimum interval between two previews: 120s Time for resetting the preview record Valid duration of multicast preview 4:00:00 am 30s Procedure Step 1 In global config mode. run the igmp program add ip ip-addr preview-profile index command to bind the preview profile to the multicast program so that the multicast program has the preview attributes defined in the preview profile. the system clears the preview record at 04:00:00. In multicast VLAN mode. which can only be modified and cannot be deleted. The system has a default preview profile with index 0. By default. Table 6-7 lists the default settings of the multicast preview parameters. By default.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) The multicast for IPv6 protocols does not support the program preview. Run the igmp preview auto-reset-time command to change the time for clearing the preview record. Step 3 Configure the preview profile. Step 6 Modify the valid duration of the multicast preview.. Step 4 Bind the multicast program with the preview profile. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Step 5 Change the time for clearing the preview record. You can run the igmp preview { enable | disable } command to change the configuration. By default.1.1s) : 8 Specific query number : 2 V2 router present timeout(s) : 400 User action report switch : disable Preview switch : enable //The multicast preview function is enabled. To perform the configurations.1. this preview profile is used when program 224. the preview is not regarded as a valid one and is not added to the preview count.1s) : 100 V3 General query response time(0.1 is added. 243 . the maximum preview duration is 150s.1s) : 10 V2 Specific query response time(0.1s) : 100 Specific query interval(0. If the preview duration of the user is shorter than the valid duration. Recognition time(s) : 30 The time of reset preview-count : 04:00:00 Auto create log interval(h) : 2 Uplink port mode : default Bandwidth management switch : enable CDR auto report interval(s) : 600 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. do as follows: huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp preview enable huawei(config-btv)#igmp preview-profile add index 1 duration 150 times 10 huawei(config-btv)#quit huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 10 huawei(config-mvlan10)#igmp program add ip 224. huawei(config)#display igmp config global ---------------------------------------------------------------------Authorization : enable Robustness variable : 2 General query interval(s) : 125 V2 General query response time(0.1.1 preview-profile 1 Result Check whether the preview function of the multicast program is configured correctly. ----End Example Assume that the preview function of the multicast program is enabled.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) Run the igmp proxy recognition-time command to modify the valid duration of the multicast preview.. the valid duration of the multicast preview is 30s. l Check whether the preview function of the multicast program is enabled.1.1s) : 8 V3 Specific query response time(0. preview profile 1 is configured. the maximum preview count is 10. and other parameters use the default values. huawei(config)#display igmp program index 0 { <cr>|| <K> }: Command: display igmp program index 0 --------------------------------------------Program index : 0 Create mode : static Program name : PROGRAM-0 IP address : 224.1 PROGRAM-0 0 10 disable 7 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 1 program(s) (Static/Dynamic: 1/0) The queried program index is 0.1.1.1.1 VLAN ID : Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Program reference number: 1 l Query the preview profile bound to the multicast program.1 Initial unsolicited report interval(s): 1 Query offline user switch : BTV Forward Mode : Mvlan ---------------------------------------------------------------------- l Check the configuration of the preview profile of the multicast program. Ltd. huawei(config)#display igmp preview-profile index 1 Preview profile Index: 1 Preview duration(s): 150 //The maximum preview duration is 150s. 244 . huawei(config)#display igmp program all { <cr>|| <K> }: Command: display igmp program all -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Index| Create | IP | Program |User |VLAN |Prejoin| Priority | Flag | Address | name |num | ID | | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 S 224.1.1..SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) CDR auto report number : 200 CDR switch : disable IGMP Packet encapsulation : all IGMP ECHO switch : disable Router IP : 192.168. Preview interval(s): 120 Preview times: 10 //The maximum preview count is 10. the multicast stream can be directly transmitted from the uplink port to the user port after the multicast user requests for a program. and provides the configuration example for IPv6 multicast. 245 .0 Bandwidth(kbps) : 5000 SourceIP : Preview Profile : 1 //The index of the preview profile bound to the multicast program is 1. Generally. This topic describes the configuration steps for IPv4 multicast.0.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) Host attribute : enable Log attribute : enable Prejoin attribute : disable Unsolicited attribute : disable Priority : 7 Host IP : 0. Prerequisites The program matching mode of the multicast VLAN must be the static configuration mode. you need to enable the unsolicited report function of IGMP packets so that the user can request for the program quickly. if the upper-layer multicast router does not support static multicast entry forwarding.6 (Optional) Configuring the Program Prejoin A delay occurs when a user switches programs and the switching is processed by devices on the network.2.0. user experience is enhanced. Ltd. the upper-layer multicast router processes the user request by responding to the group-specific query and the general query. NOTE The configuration steps for IPv4 multicast and IPv6 multicast are similar while the detailed commands are different. In this manner. The MA5616 plays the role of a user and sends the report packet for receiving in advance the multicast stream from the upper-layer multicast router to the uplink port. shortening the waiting time of the user for requesting for the program and shortening the delay in program switching. After the prejoin function is enabled. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Background Information Multicast program prejoin is the same as program request. Therefore. Table 6-8 lists the default settings of the prejoin parameters. Numbers of watching : 0 Program Grade : --------------------------------------------- 6.. In program prejoin. the MA5616 receives the multicast stream of a program from the upper-layer multicast router to the uplink port before a user sends a request to join a program. 1. By default.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) Table 6-8 Default settings of the prejoin parameters Parameter Prejoin function Unsolicited report of IGMP packets Default Value disable disable Procedure Step 1 Enable the program prejoin function.. do as follows: huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 101 huawei(config-mvlan101)#igmp program add ipv6 ffff::1 prejoin enable Result Query the status of the program prejoin function for IPv4 multicast. By default. Step 3 Check whether the prejoin function is configured correctly. you need to enable the unsolicited report function of IGMP packets. huawei(config)#display igmp program all { <cr>||<K> }: Command: display igmp program all ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 246 .1 prejoin enable To enable the program prejoin function when adding a program whose IP address is ffff::1. l Run the igmp unsolicited-report interval command to change the interval of the unsolicited report of IGMP packets. By default. do as follows: huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 10 huawei(config-mvlan10)#igmp program add ip 224. l Run the igmp program add ip ip-addr unsolicited enable command to enable the unsolicited report function of IGMP packets. the time is 10s.1. Ltd. this function is disabled. l Run the display igmp config vlan command to query the interval of the unsolicited report of IGMP packets. l Run the display igmp program command to query the status of the program prejoin function and unsolicited report function.1. this function is disabled.1. Step 2 After the program prejoin function is enabled. if the upper-layer multicast router does not support static multicast entry forwarding. ----End Example To enable the program prejoin function when adding a program whose IP address is 224.1. Run the igmp program add ip ip-addr prejoin enable command to enable the program prejoin function. 1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) Index| Create | IP | Program |User |VLAN |Prejoin|Priority | Flag | Address | name |num | ID | | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 S 224.0. Unsolicited attribute : disable Priority : 7 Host IP : 0.0.1. huawei(config)#display igmp program index 0 { <cr>||<K> }: Command: display igmp program index 0 --------------------------------------------Program index : 0 Create mode : static Program name : PROGRAM-0 IP address : FFFF::1 VLAN ID : 101 Host attribute : enable Log attribute : enable Prejoin attribute : enable //The program prejoin function is enabled. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 10 huawei(config-mvlan10)#display igmp program index 0 { <cr>||<K> }: Command: display igmp program index 0 --------------------------------------------Program index : 0 Create mode : static Program name : PROGRAM-0 IP address : 224.1 PROGRAM-0 0 10 disable 7 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 1 program(s) (Static/Dynamic: 1/0) //The queried program index is 0.. Unsolicited attribute : disable Priority : 7 Host IP : Bandwidth(kbps) : 5000 Source IP : Preview profile : 0 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1.1 VLAN ID : 10 Host attribute : enable Log attribute : enable Prejoin attribute : enable //The program prejoin function is enabled.0 Bandwidth(kbps) : 5000 SourceIP : Preview Profile : 0 Numbers of watching : 0 Program Grade : --------------------------------------------- Query the status of the program prejoin function for IPv6 multicast. Ltd. 247 . huawei(config)#display igmp program all { <cr>||<K> }: Command: display igmp program all -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Index| Create | IP | Program |User |VLAN |Prejoin|Priority | flag | address | name |num | ID | | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 S FFFF::1 PROGRAM-0 0 101 enable 7 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 1 program(s) (Static/Dynamic: 1/0) //The queried program index is 0.1. Ltd. The user preview times out.7 (Optional) Configuring the Multicast Log This topic describes how to configure the multicast log. The multicast CAC fails. The IGMP mode is switched. no multicast log is generated. and multicast program are enabled. The preview time is longer than the recognition time of the multicast preview. The system generates a complete log only when the user goes offline. multicast user. the preview is invalid and is not added to the preview count. l Issue 03 (2012-03-20) syslog mode: Logs are reported to the syslog server in the form of a single log. When a user watches a program. The program is deleted. If the watch time of a multicast user is shorter than the recognition time. The MA5616 can report the multicast log to the multicast server. the system records only the online date and time. multicast user. By default. If the preview time of a multicast user is shorter than the recognition time. In addition. The VLAN of the uplink port to which the program is bound is changed. 248 . The system generates logs only when the log functions of all the multicast VLAN. which provides a criterion for carriers to evaluate the viewership of multicast programs. The priority of the program is changed. the MA5616 reports the log in syslog mode. no multicast log is generated. NOTE Recognition time of the multicast preview: When a user previews a program. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the recognition time is used to determine whether the preview is valid. l l l The rights mode is switched. or abnormally.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) Numbers of watching : 0 Program grade : --------------------------------------------- 6. Background Information The multicast log involves the multicast log of the multicast VLAN.. forcibly. see Multicast CAC in Service Provisioning of Feature Description. the system generates logs in any of the following conditions: l l l l l l l l The user goes offline naturally. The uplink port to which the program is bound is changed. For the principles of multicast CAC. and multicast program. and the preview is valid.2. If the online duration of the user is longer than the valid log generation time. The MA5616 can report the multicast log to the log server in syslog mode or in call detailed record (CDR) mode. The user is blocked or deleted. the recognition time is used to determine whether to generate a multicast log. When a user goes online. Prerequisites The communication between the MA5616 and the multicast log server must be normal. Multicast log records the information about multicast programs watched by the multicast user. 249 . run the igmp user add service-portindexlog { enable | disable } command to configure the status of the log function of the multicast user. By default. and multicast program. run the igmp proxy log-interval command to change the interval of automatic log generation. multicast user. multicast user. Ltd. Table 6-9 Default settings of the multicast logging parameters Parameter Report mode of the multicast log Logging function at the multicast VLAN level Logging function at the multicast user level Logging function at the multicast program level Action report function of the multicast user Interval for automatically logging Minimum online duration for generating a valid log Parameters of the log report in the CDR mode Default Value Syslog mode enable enable enable disable 2 hours 30s Report interval: 600s Maximum number of logs that can be reported each time: 200 Procedure l Configure the parameters of the multicast log generation function of the MA5616.cvs). and multicast program are enabled. One log file contains multiple logs. and multicast program are enabled. Change the interval of automatic log generation. The system generates logs only when the log functions of all the multicast VLAN. In BTV mode. – In multicast VLAN mode. run the igmp program add ipip-addrlog { enable | disable } command to configure the status of the log function of the multicast program. multicast user. – In multicast VLAN mode.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) l CDR mode: Logs are reported to the log server in the form of a log file (. 2. – In BTV mode. Enable the multicast log generation function. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The multicast log involves the multicast log of the multicast VLAN. the log functions of all the multicast VLAN. Table 6-9 lists the default settings of the multicast logging parameters. run the igmp log { enable | disable } command to configure the status of the log function of the multicast VLAN.. 1. Run the file-server auto-backup cdr command to configure the active and standby multicast log servers. run the igmp proxy recognition-time command to change the minimum online duration for generating a valid log. – Run the display file-server command to query the configuration of the multicast log server for receiving the multicast log reported in CDR mode. the duration is 30s. the user operation is not regarded as a valid one and a log is not generated. 1. Enable the multicast log report function in CDR mode. – After the multicast log report function in CDR mode is enabled. run the igmp cdr-number command to configure the maximum number of logs that can be reported in CDR mode each time. By default. When the function is enabled. 250 . the maximum number is 200. l Configure the multicast log report function in CDR mode. perform the preceding step and this step. A log is generated only when a user stays online for longer than the specified duration. By default. NOTE By default. the MA5616 reports the logs. the system reports syslog only when the user goes offline. Check whether the configuration is correct. – enable: enables the action report function of a multicast user. If this default mode is used. When the function is disabled. Configure the parameters of the multicast log report in CDR mode. which can affect the accounting. To configure the multicast log report function in CDR mode. By default. run the igmp cdr-interval command to configure the interval of the multicast log report in CDR mode. the function is disabled. the interval is 600s. When the number of multicast logs in the CDR file reaches the preset value. 3.. the system generates logs at preset intervals. This prevents the problem that a log is not generated when the user leaves the multicast group without sending the leave packet. By default. 2. 4. In BTV mode. By default. the system uses syslog mode to report multicast logs and you do not need to configure the function. – disable: disables the action report function of a multicast user. 3. l (Optional) Configure the action report function of a multicast user. run the igmp cdr { enable | disable } command to configure the status of the multicast log report function in CDR mode. If the user is in a multicast group (such as to preview a program) for shorter than the preset duration. – In BTV mode. skip this step. Change the minimum online duration for generating a valid log. the MA5616 reports local multicast logs to the multicast log server in the form of a file.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) When the user stays online for a long time. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Configure the multicast log server and the data transmission mode for the multicast log report in CDR mode. the system uses syslog mode to report multicast logs. Run the igmp user-action-report command to configure the action report function of a multicast user. Ltd. the MA5616 reports each single log to the syslog server in the default syslog mode. In BTV mode. the interval is two hours. – In BTV mode. – After the multicast log report function in CDR mode is disabled. By default. the system reports syslog when the user goes online or offline. 10.10.10. huawei(config)#display file-server auto-backup cdr -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Server type: Primary Trans mode : TFTP //The transmission mode of the multicast log is TFTP. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Current Server: Primary server Query the status and other parameters of the multicast log report in CDR mode.10.1s) : 100 Specific query interval(0.168.10.1s) : 10 V2 Specific query response time(0.10 //The IP address of the multicast log server is 10..1s) : 8 Specific query number : 2 V2 router present timeout(s) : 400 User action report switch : disable Preview switch : enable Recognition time(s) : 30 The time of reset preview-count : 04:00:00 Auto create log interval(h) : 2 Uplink port mode : default Bandwidth management switch : enable CDR auto report interval(s) : 600 CDR auto report number : 200 CDR switch : enable //The multicast log report in CDR mode is enabled.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) – Run the display igmp config global command to query the status and other parameters of the multicast log report in CDR mode.1s) : 100 V3 General query response time(0.10.10.1 Initial unsolicited report interval(s): 1 Query offline user switch : disable BTV Forward Mode : MVLAN ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10 tftp huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp cdr enable Result Query the configuration of the multicast log server for receiving the multicast log reported in CDR mode.10 (active multicast log server) in CDR mode through TFTP transmission.10.10. IGMP Packet encapsulation : all IGMP ECHO switch : disable Router IP : 192. ----End Example To configure the multicast log to be reported to log server 10. IP address : 10. Ltd.1s) : 8 V3 Specific query response time(0. huawei(config)#display igmp config global ---------------------------------------------------------------------Authorization : enable Robustness variable : 2 General query interval(s) : 125 V2 General query response time(0. 251 .1. do as follows: huawei(config)#file-server auto-backup cdr primary 10. SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) 6. the subtending port on the subtending device needs to be configured as the multicast subtending port. Networking Figure 6-1 shows the example network of the multicast service in subtending networking mode. Ltd.3 Configuring the Multicast Service on a Subtending Network This topic describes how to configure the multicast service on the MA5616 on a subtending network. Prerequisites l l Network devices and lines must be in the normal state. 252 . the subtended device regards the subtending device as an IGMP user.. The multicast source must exist on the network and the IP address of the multicast source must be known. Background Information When a subtended device needs to provide the multicast service. In this manner. Figure 6-1 Example network of the multicast service in subtending networking mode Multicast source ISP2 ISP1 Router OLT ONU_A ONU_B STB TV user1 user2 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 10.10.10. providing the multicast program with IP address 224.1 l ISP 2: with IP address 10.11.1.1.2 and the IP address of the program source is the same as the IP address of ISP 2.1.1. Ltd. namely.1. providing the multicast program with IP address 224. Table 6-10 Data plan for configuring the multicast service in subtending networking mode Device MA5616_A Item Smart VLAN Data l VLAN type: Smart VLAN l VLAN ID: 4002-4003 Uplink port Subtending port IGMP version Multicast source 0/0/1 0/0/0 IGMP V3 (default multicast version of the system in multicast VLAN mode) There are two multicast sources. ISP 1 and ISP 2.2 Program library Program in multicast VLAN 4002: Program 1: with IP address 224.10. l ISP 1: with IP address 10.10.1.10. 10.2 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. namely.11 MA5616_B Smart VLAN l VLAN type: Smart VLAN l VLAN ID: 4002-4005 Uplink port IGMP version Multicast source 0/0/0 IGMP V3 (default multicast version of the system in multicast VLAN mode) There are two multicast sources.10. ISP 1 and ISP 2.1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) Data Plan Table 6-10 provides the data plan for configuring the multicast service in subtending networking mode.1. providing the multicast program with IP address 224. l ISP 1: with IP address 10.1 l ISP 2: with IP address 10.10.10. namely. namely.1.10.11.1.10.10.10.1 and the IP address of the program source is the same as the IP address of ISP 1. 10.10. 253 .1.1. providing the multicast program with IP address 224.10 Program in multicast VLAN 4003: Program 2: with IP address 224. 10 Program in multicast VLAN 4003: Program 2: with IP address 224.1 and the IP address of the program source is the same as the IP address of ISP 1.10. huawei(config)#port vlan 4002-4003 0/0 1 huawei(config)#port vlan 4002-4003 0/0 0 3. 10. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. If the planned IGMP mode is IGMP snooping. the IGMP mode can be switched only when the IGMP function is disabled. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 4002 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y 4. Configure the multicast uplink port.11 Multicast user Multicast user 1: l VDSL2 port: 0/1/0 l Multicast VLAN: 4002 Multicast user 2: l VDSL2 port: 0/1/1 l Multicast VLAN: 4003 Procedure l Configure the multicast service on MA5616_A.10.1. you can configure the IGMP snooping mode by running the igmp mode snooping command in multicast VLAN mode.10.1. Create VLANs.1. namely. Configure multicast VLANs and the IGMP mode. 254 . namely. Ltd. huawei(config)#vlan 4002-4003 smart Add the uplink port and the subtending port to the VLANs. 1. 2.. 10. In this example. That is. If configuring the IGMP mode fails.1. check whether the IGMP function is disabled. NOTE The IGMP mode can be configured to IGMP proxy or IGMP snooping according to the requirements. the IGMP mode is IGMP proxy.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) Device Item Program library Data Program in multicast VLAN 4002: Program 1: with IP address 224.10. huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#multicast-vlan 4002 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 5. Configure multicast programs.2 and the IP address of the program source is the same as the IP address of ISP 2. SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) l A multicast program can be configured statically or generated dynamically. l In static configuration mode. Save the data.10. in which M is the index of the added program. Configure service ports. the multicast program is configured statically. instead the system automatically names a program PROGRAM-M. huawei(config-btv)#quit huawei(config)#save l Configure the multicast service on MA5616_B. huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp cascade-port 0/0/0 7.1. huawei(config)#service-port 100 vlan service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 6 huawei(config)#service-port 101 vlan service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 6 4004 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multitx-cttr 6 4005 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/1 multitx-cttr 6 3. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 4002 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y 4.1.10. instead the system automatically names a program PROGRAM-M.2 sourceip 10. you can configure the IGMP snooping mode by running the igmp mode snooping command in multicast VLAN mode. huawei(config)#vlan 4002-4005 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 4002-4005 0/0 0 2. the multicast program is configured statically. Ltd.10 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10.1.11 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#quit 6. huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/0 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#multicast-vlan 4002 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/0 5.1 sourceip 10. You cannot name a program. Create VLANs and add an uplink port to the VLANs.1. in which M is the index of the added program.. In this example.1.10 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp program add name program2 ip 224. In this example.10.1. Configure the multicast uplink port. NOTE l A multicast program can be configured statically or generated dynamically. 1. If the planned IGMP mode is IGMP snooping.1 sourceip 10. Configure the multicast subtending port. Configure multicast VLANs and the IGMP mode. the IGMP mode is IGMP proxy. l In static configuration mode. huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp program add name program1 ip 224. In this example. 255 . huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp program add name program1 ip 224.10. You cannot name a program. Configure multicast programs.10. you can run the igmp program add command to add multicast programs in batches. NOTE The IGMP mode can be configured to IGMP proxy or IGMP snooping according to the requirements. you can run the igmp program add command to add multicast programs in batches. 2 sourceip 10. service-port 100 vlan 4004 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service user-vlan untagged rxcttr 6 tx-cttr 6 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. User 2 belongs to multicast VLAN 4003 and user 2 can watch the program with IP address 224..1. Note that certain steps need to be performed manually and the configuration file cannot be imported directly.1. This step needs to be performed manually.10.2 provided by ISP2. multicast programs. 256 .1 provided by ISP1.10 multicast-vlan 4003 igmp program add name program2 ip 224. ----End Save the data. This step needs to be performed manually.1. and multicast subtending port.1.1.1.1 sourceip 10.1.10.10.11 btv igmp cascade-port 0/0/0 quit save MA5616_B Create VLANs and add an uplink port to the VLANs.10.2 sourceip 10. huawei(config)#save Result l l User 1 belongs to multicast VLAN 4002 and user 1 can watch the program with IP address 224.10. igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 multicast-vlan 4002 igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 igmp program add name program1 ip 224.10.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp program add name program2 ip 224. This step needs to be performed manually. multicast-vlan 4002 igmp mode proxy multicast-vlan 4003 igmp mode proxy Configure the multicast uplink port. vlan 4002 to 4003 smart port vlan 4002 to 4003 0/0 1 port vlan 4002-4003 0/0 0 Configure multicast VLANs and the IGMP mode.1.1. Ltd. MA5616_A Create VLANs and add the uplink port and the subtending port to the VLANs. vlan 4002 to 4005 smart port vlan 4002 to 4005 0/0 0 Create service ports. huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 101 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#multicast-vlan 4002 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 100 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 100 huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 101 huawei(config-btv)#quit 7.11 6.1. Configure multicast users. Configuration File The following part describes the configuration file of this configuration example. igmp uplink-port 0/0/0 multicast-vlan 4002 igmp uplink-port 0/0/0 igmp program add name program1 ip 224.11 btv igmp user add service-port 100 igmp user add service-port 101 multicast-vlan 4002 igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 100 multicast-vlan 4003 igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 101 quit save Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.1. multicast-vlan 4002 igmp mode proxy multicast-vlan 4003 igmp mode proxy Configure the multicast uplink port.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 Configuring the Multicast Service (MVLAN Mode) service-port 101 vlan 4005 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/1 multi-service user-vlan untagged rxcttr 6 tx-cttr 6 Configure multicast VLANs and the IGMP mode..10.1. multicast programs.1.1.10 multicast-vlan 4003 igmp program add name program2 ip 224.10.1 sourceip 10.10. and multicast users.10. 257 .2 sourceip 10. This step needs to be performed manually. 248 protocol. – Run the userdef-template-port-para command to modify user-defined parameters for a port. run the userdef-template-port-para command or the userdef-template-user-para command to modify the parameter configurations in the user defined parameter profile. l Run the voice-para-template select command to select the parameter profile for an area to quickly configure the voice service. The MA5616 can provide the voice service through the H.248 or Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) protocol. The system communicates with the media gateway controller (MGC) through the H. 258 . When the parameter configurations defined in the system do not meet the requirements. NOTE l In this document.1 Configuring the VoIP PSTN Service (Based on the H. The voice pre-configuraiton profile of the MA5616 supports the configuration of main voice parameters through a single command. l If you do not use the voice configuration profile. unless otherwise stated.. The system communicates with the IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) core network device through the SIP protocol to provide the voice service. VoIP transmits voice Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – Run the userdef-template-user-para command to modify user-defined parameters for a user. Ltd. gateway.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service 7 About This Chapter Context l l Configuring the Voice Service The MA5616 supports user access through copper cables to provide the voice service.248 protocol is used. configure the voice parameters one by one by following the configuration steps in the next topics. and provides the voice service under the control of the MGC.248 protocol is used) command to query the parameter configurations for different areas. Run the display voice-para-template name (when the SIP protocol is used) or display voice-para-template name (when the H. AG. or SIP AG refers to the MA5616.248 Protocol) This topic describes how to configure the voice over IP (VoIP) public switched telephone network (PSTN) service on the MA5616 when the H. the MG. 7. When the MA5616 uses the H.3 Configuring the VoIP ISDN BRA Service This topic describes how to configure the VoIP ISDN BRA service on an IP network.248 Protocol) This topic describes how to configure the MoIP service when the H.8 Configuring the Security and Reliability of the Voice Service For the MA5616.248-based.248 protocol is used to transmit the modem data service over the IP network. or SIP-based device authentication configuration. 7. 7..2 Configuring the VoIP PSTN Service (Based on the SIP Protocol) This topic describes how to configure the VoIP PSTN service on the MA5616 through the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP). the device supports the access of the ISDN BRA user.248 protocol is used to transmit the fax data service over the IP network. 7.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service services using the IP technology on the network without deteriorating service quality. Ltd.248 Protocol) This topic describes how to configure the FoIP service when the H. the security configuration of the voice service includes the H. The reliability configuration of the voice service includes the dual-homing configuration and the emergency standalone configuration.4 Configuring the FoIP Service (Based on the H. 7. providing more valued-added functions for customers and reducing costs.7 Configuring the MoIP Service (Based on the SIP Protocol) This topic describes how to configure the MoIP service when the SIP protocol is used to transmit the modem data service over the IP network. 7. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 7. ISDN technology provides end-to-end (E2E) digital connection and supports multiple types of voice and non-voice telecom services.5 Configuring the FoIP Service (Based on the SIP Protocol) This topic describes how to configure the FoIP service based on the SIP protocol to transmit the fax data service over the IP network.248 protocol.6 Configuring the MoIP Service (Based on the H. 7. 259 . A network phone on an IP network transmits more messages than that on a circuit switching-based network and can share a line with other services. Precaution The media gateway control protocols are master/slave protocols. including the attributes of the MG interface and the attributes of the VoIP user. Before configuring the VoIP service.248. the MA5616 functions as an access gateway (AG) and exchanges signaling with the media gateway controller (MGC) through the media gateway control protocol (the H. Ltd. and the MGC controls the AG to implement the call connection. FoIP. 248 protocol). see VoIP (H. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. VoIP transmits voice services using the IP technology on the network without deteriorating service quality. the data on the AG for interconnection with the MGC. to reduce the cost of the voice service. Prerequisite According to the actual network. also called MeGaCo. reducing costs and improving line usage. the VoIP. Therefore.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service 7. In this manner. Data preparation Table 7-1 provides the data plan for configuring the VoIP PSTN service. you must make the data plan by considering interconnection with the MGC. Applicable Environment Compared with a traditional circuit switching-based PSTN. is a protocol developed based on the MGCP protocol by combining the features of other media gateway control protocols. H. In the NGN network. providing more valued-added functions for customers and reducing costs. Background Information The VoIP service uses the IP packet switching network for transmission after the traditional analog voice signals are compressed and packetized. and MoIP services are implemented under the control of the MGC.For details about the VoIP service based on the H. an IP network is based on packet switching at the transport layer. 260 .248 protocol is used.248) in the Feature Description.248 Protocol) This topic describes how to configure the voice over IP (VoIP) public switched telephone network (PSTN) service on the MA5616 when the H.. must be consistent with the corresponding data on the MGC.248 protocol. a route from the MA5616 to the MGC must be configured to ensure that the MA5616 and the MGC are reachable to each other.1 Configuring the VoIP PSTN Service (Based on the H. providing a higher bandwidth and bandwidth usage. Ltd.) Parameter s of the media stream and signaling stream Media and signaling upstream VLAN Media and signaling upstream port Media IP address and signaling IP address Remarks It is used as the upstream VLAN of the VoIP service to be configured. The MA5616 supports four virtual access gateways (VAGs). Generally. UDP is adopted. only the text coding mode is supported. MG interface ID Signaling port ID of the MG interface Currently. The media and signaling IP address pools consist of all the IP addresses of the L3 interface of the media and signaling upstream VLAN. It is the transport layer protocol port ID used for the signaling exchange between the MA5616 (AG) and the MGC. When dual homing is configured. the parameters of the primary MGC need to be configured. It is the IP address of the next hop from the MA5616 to the MGC. the IP address and the port ID of the secondary MGC also need to be configured. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Default IP address of the MG Attribute parameter s of the MG interface NOTE Parameter s listed here are mandator y. These IP addresses must be selected from the media and signaling IP address pools.248 protocol: 2944 (text) and 2945 (binary) IP address of the primary MGC to which the MG interface belongs Port ID of the primary MGC to which the MG interface belongs Coding mode of the MG interface Transmission mode of the MG interface When dual homing is not configured. 261 . Default signaling port ID specified in the H.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Table 7-1 Data plan for configuring the VoIP PSTN service based on the H. It is the MG interface ID used for the VoIP service to be configured. The transmission mode is selected according to the requirements on the MGC side. Standard VLAN is recommended.248 protocol Item MG interface data (The data configuration must be consistent with the data configuration on the MGC.. which means that the MG interface fails to be started if these parameter s are not configure d. It is used as the upstream port of the VoIP service to be configured. the MG interface fails to be started. 262 . which indicates the negotiation is performed according to the profile.248 protocol. Device name of the MG interface It is supported only by the H.248 message is configured as the domain name. In other situations. Digitmap of an MG Interface The digitmaps here are used for certain special applications such as emergency calls and emergency standalone. When the H. this parameter must be configured if parameter MIDType of the H. In other situations. If an MG interconnects with a Huawei MGC. this parameter is optional. Ltd. set the profile ID to 1 or do not set it.248 protocol is used. the digitmaps need not be configured. this parameter must be configured if parameter MIDType of the H.248 protocol. the profile of the MGC must be set. If the services such as emergency calls and emergency standalone are not required. the MG interface fails to be started. this parameter is optional. and therefore such digitmaps need not be configured on the AG. and corresponds to parameter deviceName of the MG interface that uses the H.. Otherwise. the configuration of software parameters determines whether the MG interface supports the functions such as dual homing and emergency standalone.248 message is configured as the domain name. Software Parameters of an MG Interface Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.248 protocol is used. The digitmaps for common phone services are sent to the AG by the MGC.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Item Domain name of the MG interface Remarks It corresponds to parameter domainName of the MG interface. The default value is 1. Otherwise. If an MG interconnects with a third party MGC. According to the service requirements. When the H. Start negotiation version of the H. 248 protocol for the MG interface It is recommended that you configure this parameter to 0. default priority in the system) Priorities cat1. the ringing modes of the MG interface need to be determined. The phone numbers allocated by the MGC need to be determined.) Slot that houses the voice service board User Data Phone number Remarks According to the service requirements. If the TID template with which the PSTN user is bound does not support terminal layering. cat2. Ltd. this parameter needs to be configured. PBX users are connecting to device ports through PBX. The user types are as follows: l DEL: direct exchange lines (default type in the system) l ECPBX: earth calling PBX l LCPBX: loop calling PBX l PayPhone: pay phone DEL users are directly connecting to device ports through user lines. Specify the slot ID based on site requirements. and the paging numbers for users' emergency standalone need to be planned if the emergency standalone function is provided.. User type According to the service requirements. payphone users are connecting to device ports through accounting terminals. The TID format determines the generation mode of various types of user terminals on an MG interface.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Item Ringing Mode of an MG Interface TID Format of an MG Interface Voice service data (The data configuration must be consistent with the data configuration on the MGC. According to the service requirements. TID User priority Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and cat3 are in an descending order. the user type needs to be specified. The user priorities are as follows: l cat1: government1 (category 1 government users) l cat2: government2 (category 2 government users) l cat3: normal (common users. the user priority needs to be specified. 263 . Ltd. Other attributes need not be modified if there is no special requirement. the PSTN port needs to be configured to support the polarity reversal pulse. the local digitmap need not be configured by default. You need to modify the parameters of the ringing current attributes according to the local standards only when the default ringing current attributes do not meet the local standards. Attributes of the Ringing Current 7. 264 . Configure a proper local digitmap according to the local standards. Overseas Parameters Local Digitmap Attributes of a PSTN Port If the PSTN port needs to support the polarity reversal charging. The attributes such as the upper and lower thresholds of the flash-hooking duration need to be configured according to the local standards to ensure that the response of the user terminal complies with the local standards. You can adjust the ringing tone volume by modifying the attributes of the ringing current. Generally. the attributes of the ringing current need not be modified. If the MGC does not send the detailed digitmap to the MA5616. You can configure the local digitmap according to the requirements. CAUTION If the H.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Item System Parameters Remarks The system parameters including the overseas version flag and message waiting indication (MWI) mode need to be configured according to the local standards to ensure that the response of the user terminal complies with the local standards. as it enables communication between the MA5616 access gateway (AG) and the media gateway controller (MGC). configure an MG interface and ensure that it is working properly Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1 Configuring an MG Interface A media gateway (MG) interface is important to H.248 protocol is used. the MA5616 uses the local digitmap to match the phone number.1. Therefore.248-based voice over IP (VoIP) services.. l l l Configuring the Upstream VLAN Interface This topic describes how to specify the upstream VLAN interface for the media stream and signaling stream.248 protocol. and set interface parameters using the command line interface (CLI).. and other IP addresses function as the secondary addresses. Run the port vlan command to add an upstream port to the VLAN. Only one IP address functions as the primary address. Step 4 Check whether the IP addresses of the L3 interface are the same as those in the data plan. Step 3 Configure the IP addresses of the VLAN L3 interface. This topic describes how to configure an MG interface. or the H. Run the interface vlanif command to enter the L3 interface of the upstream VLAN for the media stream and signaling stream. Multiple logic AGs can be connected to various user groups. One MA5616 supports a maximum of four MG interfaces. Background Information Multiple IP addresses can be configured for the same VLAN L3 interface. The MA5616 communicates with the MGC using the MG control protocol. These IP addresses are the sources of the media and signaling IP address pools. Ltd. and how to configure the IP addresses of the L3 interface. Step 2 Add an upstream port to the VLAN. and signaling and media IP addresses can be configured in different virtual local area networks (VLANs). Run the display interface vlanif command to check whether the IP addresses of the L3 interface are the same as those in the data plan. Procedure Step 1 Add an upstream VLAN. 265 . To create media and signaling upstream VLAN 3 and configure IP addresses Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the vlan command to add an upstream VLAN for the media stream and signaling stream. configure a VAG interface (or an MG interface). enter VAG interface mode.248-based VoIP services. ----End Example Assume that the media stream and signaling stream are transmitted upstream through upstream port 0/0/1. Each MG interface supports independent signaling and media IP addresses.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service before implementing H. 2. Background Information l A virtual access gateway (VAG) simulates one physical AG into multiple logic AGs. The MG interfaces support authentication and ring mapping settings. 1. providing different convergence rates for these groups to meet differentiated service requirements. Run the ip address command to configure the IP addresses of the L3 interface. To configure a VAG. Specifically. such as QoS. Similarly.13. do as follows: huawei(config)#vlan 3 standard huawei(config)#port vlan 3 0/0 1 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 3 huawei(config-if-vlanif3)#ip address 10. 1.4. Run the ip address media command to add the media IP address to the media IP address pool.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service 10. Hardware address is 00e0-fc32-1118 Configuring the Media and Signaling IP Address Pools The media IP address pool defines all media IP addresses that can be used by an access gateway (AG). on signaling and media streams. and the signaling IP address pool saves the IP addresses of the signaling-controlled media streams.4.13.13.248 and SIP protocols support signaling and media stream separation. Context l l l The media IP address and the signaling IP address for the MG or SIP interface must be selected from the IP address pools configured here. SmartAX Series.13.117 16 sub huawei(config-if-vlanif3)#quit huawei(config)#display interface vlanif 3 vlanif3 current state : UP Line protocol current state : UP Description : HUAWEI. The media IP address pool and the signaling IP address pool can be the same.116/16 and 10.4.4.117/16 Sub IP Sending Frames' Format is PKTFMT_ETHNT_2.13.4. 2. Step 2 Configure the media IP address pool.. The media IP address pool saves MG/SIP interface IP addresses.4. Run the display ip address media command to check whether the media IP address pool is the same as that in the data plan. For details about how to configure the IP address. The media IP address needs to be selected from the IP addresses of the L3 interface of the media and signaling upstream VLAN. Prerequisites The IP address of the L3 interface of the media and signaling upstream VLAN must be configured. vlanif3 Interface The Maximum Transmit Unit is 1500 bytes Internet Address is 10. Ltd. the signaling and media streams can use different IP addresses and VLANs and are transmitted to different networks. see Configuring the Upstream VLAN Interface.13. and the signaling IP address pool defines all signaling IP addresses that can be used by an AG. network monitoring. the media IP address and the signaling IP address can be the same.117/16 of the L3 interfaces for the media IP address pool and the signaling IP address pool respectively. The H. The separation enables carriers to uses different control policies. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.116 16 huawei(config-if-vlanif3)#ip address 10. Procedure Step 1 Run the voip command to enter the VoIP mode.116/16 Internet Address is 10. and lawful interception. 266 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . 4.. Context Each MA5616 supports a maximum of four MG interfaces..13..4.4.1 MAC Address.1...SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Step 3 Configure the signaling IP address pool.255......1 huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 10.0 Gateway..117 Subnet Mask.116 10.: 00-E0-FC-AF-91-33 huawei(config-voip)#display ip address signaling Signaling: IP Address..13...: 10...: 255. Run the ip address signaling command to add the signaling IP address to the signaling IP address pool.4...13...1.13. 2..1 MAC Address......: 255.......13....: 255.13.: 10.: 00-E0-FC-AF-91-33 Adding an MG Interface This topic describes how to add a media gateway (MG) interface and configure its attributes...117 Subnet Mask..: 10..... Each MA5616 supports a maximum of one MG interface.4..: 10.1.0..... do as follows: huawei(config)#voip huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 10. ----End Example Assume that the IP address of the gateway is 10.117 of L3 interfaces of the media and signaling upstream VLAN to the media IP address pool and the signaling IP address pool respectively...4...: 00-E0-FC-AF-91-33 IP Address...... An MG interface enables communication between an MA5616 and a media gateway controller (MGC)..1.: 255.0 Gateway.....1..4..13..117 huawei(config-voip)#display ip address media Media: IP Address....255.... 1.13...117 10..4....116 and 10........1 huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 10...13.4..116 huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 10. Prerequisites The media and signaling IP address pools have been configured.13.0..........0. For details about how to configure the address pools..116 Subnet Mask...... The signaling IP address needs to be selected from the IP addresses of the L3 interface of the media and signaling upstream VLAN.0 MAC Address.: 00-E0-FC-AF-91-33 IP Address...255..13....4....: 10. Run the display ip address signaling command to check whether the signaling IP address pool is the same as that in the data plan.. Ltd.......13. To add IP addresses 10. see Configuring the Upstream VLAN Interface..0 MAC Address..: 10...13...13.116 Subnet Mask.. 267 ... Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co......0.255...13......1.. When multi-homing is used. deviceName. and start-negotiate-version. Ltd. and transaction reliability function. MG interface attributes include three types of parameters: MG interface identifier parameters. Run the interface h248 command to add an MG interface that supports the H. 268 . and H. heartbeat negotiation parameter. protocol negotiation version. Step 2 Configure the MG interface attributes. identifier parameters of the MGC to which the MG interface belongs. transfer.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Procedure Step 1 Add an MG interface. mgip includes the signaling and media IP addresses. primary-mgc-port. message transmission mode. as well as the disaster tolerance MGC identifier. The detailed description of the parameters is as follows: l MG interface identifier parameters include domainName. l Identifier parameters of the MGC to which the MG interface belongs include mgc-ip and mgc-domain-name. You can reset an MG interface only after setting mgip. Run the if-h248 attribute command to configure MG interface attributes according to the data plan.248 protocol. and mgip. protocol port ID at the transport layer. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.248 message negotiation parameters include the message coding mode. code. set the parameters for the active and standby MGCs. profile negotiation parameter. l H.248 message negotiation parameters.. You can reset an MG interface only after setting either of the two parameters. You can reset an MG interface only after setting mgport. Table 7-2 lists the MG interface parameters for communication between the MG and the MGC. You can run the dhcp-client enable command to configure the IP address of the VLAN interface to be dynamically obtained. In the H. the static IP address is used as the message identification (MID) header when MIDType is IP.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Table 7-2 MG interface parameters Parameter mgip Remarks It can be statically configured or dynamically obtained from the server.248 protocol. NOTE l When IP addresses are dynamically obtained. mgport Indicates the transport layer protocol port ID used for the signaling exchange between the MA5616 (AG) and the MGC. each VLAN ID can only be used to obtain one IP address. If you have configured a static IP address. Ltd. The default signaling port ID defined in H. l In signal-dhcp-vlan mode. The IP address is allocated by the DHCP proxy.248 is 2944 (text) and 2945 (binary).. 269 . you can configure a static IP address. signal-dhcp-vlan vlanid-signal: indicates that the signaling IP address of a port is obtained using the upstream VLAN ID of the MG interface in Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) mode. the protocol port ID is related to the coding type. each VLAN ID can be used to obtain a maximum of eight IP addresses. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. When IP addresses are obtained statically. NOTE The MG interface ID must be the same as that specified on an MGC. set this parameter to 0 (negotiated with the profile). l In signal-dhcp-vlan mode. configure the IP address and port ID of the standby MGC. media-dhcp-vlan vlanid-signal: indicates that the media IP address of a port is obtained using the upstream VLAN ID of the MG interface in DHCP mode. the static IP address is used as the message identification (MID) header when MIDType is IP. 270 . the configuration fails. The transmission mode is selected according to the requirements of the MGC. The IP address is allocated by the DHCP proxy. If the profile file in the system cannot meet requirements. NOTE l When IP addresses are dynamically obtained. primary-mgc-ip1 primary-mgc-port When dual homing is not configured. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. The coding modes of the MG interface and the MGC must be the same. If the signaling process flow on the MG is different from that on the MGC. If you have configured a static IP address. Otherwise. code transfer start-negotiate-version Step 3 Check whether the attribute of the MG interface is the same as that in the data plan. The profile used on the MG interface must be the same as that on the MGC. you can configure a static IP address. UDP is used. You can configure data on the standby MGC only after configuring data on the active MGC. set parameter profile-index index. In addition. contact Huawei for technical support. You can run the dhcp-client command to configure the IP address of the VLAN interface to be dynamically obtained.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Parameter mg-media-ip1 Remarks It can be statically configured or dynamically obtained from the server. you can configure the parameters of only one MGC. Generally. each VLAN ID can be used to obtain a maximum of eight IP addresses. only text coding mode is supported. Ltd. Currently. each VLAN ID can only be used to obtain one IP address. When dual homing is configured. When IP addresses are obtained statically. 5 start-negotiate-version 1 retrans enable huawei(config-if-h248-0)#display if-h248 attribute ------------------------------------------------MGID 0 MG Description MG DomainName Protocol H248 Start Negotiate Version 1 Profile Negotiation Parameter Disable Profile index 1:NoProfile("") 2833Encrypt Codetype Text Transfer Mode UDP HeartBeatGenTimer(s) 60 HeartBeatRetransTimes 3 HeartBeatRetransTimer(s) 60 MG signalling IP 10. the H. the transport layer protocol port ID is 2944. the digitmaps need not be configured.13. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see Adding an MG Interface. IP address 1 of the primary MGC is 10. This topic describes how to configure the digitmaps for certain special applications such as emergency calls and emergency standalone. Prerequisites The MG interface has been configured. the start version is 1.13.2.3.117 mgport 2944 code tex t transfer udp primary-mgc-ip1 10.13.2.4.118 primary-mgc-port 2944 mg-media-ip1 10 .13. It is a dialing scheme residing in media gateways (MGs) and is used for detecting and reporting the digit events received on a terminal. the media IP address is 10.4.13. do as follows: huawei(config)#interface h248 0 Are you sure to add MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-h248-0)#if-h248 attribute mgip 10. the signaling IP address of the MG interface is 10.117.4. Ltd. ----End Example Assume that the MG interface ID is 0.116 MG media IP2 MIDType IP4_ADDR DeviceName Retrans Enable Active MGC MGC Port :2944 MGC Active MGC MGC Port :2944 MGC Active MGC MGC Domain Name:Standby MGC MGC Port :MGC Standby MGC MGC Port :MGC Standby MGC MGC Domain Name:------------------------------------------------IP1:10.. and the transaction reliability is enabled.248 protocol is used for interconnecting with the MGC. If the services such as emergency calls and emergency standalone are not required.120. and therefore such digitmaps need not be configured on the AG.4.2.13. To add such an MG interface. the transport layer protocol port ID of the primary MGC is 2944. For details about how to configure the MG interface.118.117 MG signalling Port 2944 MG media IP1 10.13.13.118 IP2:IP1:IP2:- (Optional) Configuring the Digitmap of an MG Interface A digitmap is a set of digit collection descriptors.116. 271 .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Run the display if-h248 attribute command to check whether the attribute of the MG interface is the same as that in the data plan.4. The digitmaps for common phone services are issued to the AG by the MGC. 248-based MG interface supports the following types of digitmaps: l l Internal digitmap: used for matching the telephone numbers of two internal subscribers on an MG. Ltd. subscribers can still dial the telephone numbers that match the digitmap. indicating any digit from 0 to 9. which provides a better guide to the digitmap configuration. refer to ITU-T H248. When the received dialing sequence matches one of the strings. Automatic redial digitmap of card services: When a subscriber makes a call using a telephone card.1. For details about the digitmap in the H.248 protocol. To configure the emergency standalone function. through emergency channels. l A digitmap is used to improve the efficiency of the MG in sending the callee number.248) before configuring the digitmap.248 protocol. and is not described here. the subscriber can dial another telephone number by pressing the keys defined in the automatic redial digitmap after the call is complete and the called party hooks up.1 (applicable to H.248 protocol Digit or Character 0-9 A-D E F X Description Indicate dialed digits 0-9. It is recommended that you refer to the digitmap description in ITU-T H248. The digitmap applies to automatic redial services. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The information such as the meanings and usage of the characters in a digitmap is defined in the protocol. Table 7-3 Digitmap format in the H.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Context CAUTION The digitmap configuration is relatively complicated. 272 . if the callee number matches a dialing scheme defined by the digitmap.. Indicate A-D. The digitmap applies to emergency calls when an MG is overloaded. That is. Indicates for # in the DTMF mode. such as the police call and ambulance call. Emergency call digitmap (due to call restriction in the case of an overload): When an MG is overloaded or the bandwidth is insufficient. A digitmap consists of strings of digits with certain meanings. you must configure the internal digitmap. it indicates that the digits are collected completely. l Table 7-3 provides the valid characters in the strings and their meanings in the H. The digitmap is issued by the MG and applies to the emergency standalone service. Indicates * in the DTMF mode. Indicates for a wildcard. the MG sends the callee number collectively in a message. l l The H. This topic provides only some basic information. the digitmap is issued by the MGC. the system reports a phone number digit by digit if the phone number is detected after the dialing scheme is matched. Used to separate the strings and indicates that each string is an optional dialing scheme. l Run the display digitmap-timer command to check whether the digitmap timer is configured correctly. When the MGC does not issue the digitmap timer and the default digitmap timer does not meet the service requirements. Step 4 Check whether the configuration of the digitmap timer is the same as that in the data plan. but more numbers may be received and these numbers match other dialing schemes. run the interface h248 command to enter the MG interface mode. In this case. When detecting the timer timeout. When the event duration exceeds the threshold. Ltd. the dialing event fills the location. you can configure the digitmap timer in this step. In global config mode. 273 . the system reports a phone number digit by digit if the phone number is detected after the dialing scheme is matched. Step 3 (Optional) Configure the digitmap timer.. Indicates that one digit or string can be selected from the options. Run the digitmap-timer command to configure the digitmpa timer. Generally. Indicates the duration modifier. Indicates that there can be multiple digits (including 0) or characters before it. L Z . which indicates a dialing event of a long duration. Step 2 Configure the digitmap. ----End Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. When detecting the timer timeout. the issued digitmap timer prevails regardless of whether a timer is configured on the AG. The short timer is applied when the collected number matches at least one dialing scheme. l Run the display digitmap command to check whether the digitmap is configured correctly.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Digit or Character S Description Indicates the short timer. It is before the event character with a fixed location. | [] Procedure Step 1 Enter the MG interface mode. Run the digitmap set command to configure the digitmap required in the data plan. Indicates the long timer. The long timer is applied when the dialed number does not match any dialing scheme. Range: 0-2. To configure the inner digitmap. 248. The other parameters are not required. The other parameters are reserved in the system. Default: 0 This parameter is usually set to 2. see Adding an MG Interface. 274 .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Example Assume that the inner digitmap of H. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.248-based MG interface 0 is configured and the telephone numbers of two internal subscribers on an MG are matched. the parameters take effect immediately and are valid only to the MG interface. Table 7-4 lists parameters that are usually configured to a non-default value. Prerequisites The MG interface has been configured. do as follows: huawei(config)#interface h248 0 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#digitmap set inner 1234xxxx huawei(config-if-h248-0)#display digitmap ---------------------------------------------------------------------Inner digitmap : 1234xxxx Urgent digitmap (for overload or bandwidth restrict) : Dualdial digitmap for card service : ---------------------------------------------------------------------- (Optional) Configuring the Software Parameters of an MG Interface The software parameters of a media gateway (MG) interface mainly define certain common service attributes of the MG interface.. Table 7-4 Parameter 2 Description Indicates whether the MG interface supports dual homing. For details about parameters that can be configured. l 2: Indicates that dual homing and auto-switching is supported. Skip this topic if the system configuration meets user requirements. According to the data plan. Default Setting Numeral type. For details about how to configure the MG interface. l 1: Indicates that dual homing rather than auto-switching is supported. Ltd. After the software parameter configuration. see section Usage Guidelines in mgsoftware parameter. Context There are 37 software parameters (numbered from 0 to 36) of an MG interface that supports H. the inner digitmap format is 1234xxxx. l 0: Indicates that dual homing is not supported. 275 .. l 2: Indicates that only emergency call is permitted. l 0: Indicates that no call is permitted. Range: 0-1. Default: 1 11 Indicates whether the MG interface supports emergency standalone. Numeral type. Range: 0-3. run the interface h248 command to enter the MG interface mode. do as follows: huawei(config)#interface h248 0 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#mg-software parameter 11 1 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#display mg-software parameter 11 ------------------------------------------------Interface Id:0 para index:11 value:1 ------------------------------------------------APPENDIX: ------------------------------------------------Interface software parameter name: 11: Stand alone support Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l 1: Indicates that device authentication is not supported. Run the display mg-software parameter command to check whether the software parameters of the MG interface are the same as those in the data plan. Default: 0 Procedure Step 1 Enter the MG interface mode. In global config mode. l 1: Indicates that only internal call is permitted. Default Setting Numeral type. Step 2 Configure software parameters. l 0: Indicates that device authentication is supported. Ltd. Step 3 Check whether the software parameters are the same as those in the data plan.248-based MG interface 0 to 1 so that the MG interface supports emergency standalone and allows only internal calls. ----End Example To configure software parameter 11 of H. l 3: indicates that internal call and emergency call are permitted.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Parameter 6 Description Indicates whether the MG interface supports device authentication. Run the mg-software parameter command the software parameters required in the data plan. If the default ringing mode (the cadence ringing and initial ringing both are 1:4) meets user requirements. 276 . l If the preset ringing mode does not meet the requirements. Run the interface h248 command to enter the MG interface mode. CAUTION The system supports 16 user-defined ringing modes.. Step 3 Enter the MG interface mode. run the user defined-ring modify command to configure the breakmake ratio of user-defined ringing mode to form a ringing mode that meets the user requirement. Step 4 Add a ringing mapping.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 0: 1: 2: 3: None Inner Emergency Both 7 Configuring the Voice Service (Optional) Configuring the Ringing Mode of an MG Interface This topic describes how to configure the ringing mode of an MG interface to meet different user requirements. In the global config mode. the MG interface can obtains the ringing mode according to the peer parameters issued by the MGC and then play the ringing to the user in this mode. which can be modified but cannot be added or deleted. Step 2 Configure the user-defined ringing mode. Procedure Step 1 Check whether the ringing mode meets the requirements. After the adding is successful. Ltd. proceed to Step 2. l If the preset ringing mode meets the requirements. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. skip this topic. Check whether the preset ringing mode in the system meets the requirements according to the Usage Guidelines of the mg-ringmode add command. Run the mg-ringmode add command to add a ringing mapping. Context Add the ringing mode mapping records of a specified MG interface. go to Step 3. the cadence ringing is 1:4 (the value of the corresponding parameter cadence is 0). 2. To configure the ringing mode of MG interface 0. and the initial ringing is 1:2 (the value of the corresponding parameter initialring is 17). If the initial ringing mode is 144. and the initial ringing and the cadence ringing use user-defined ringing mode 0 (the values of the corresponding parameters cadence and initialring are 128 and 144 respectively). Run the display mg-ringmode attribute command to check whether the ringing mapping is the same as that in the data plan. the breakmake ratio of user-defined ringing mode 0 is 0. if the cadence ringing mode is 128.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service CAUTION 1.4sec On.. User-defined ringing modes 0 to 15 correspond to cadence ringing modes 128 to 143 respectively. do as follows: huawei(config)#interface h248 0 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#mg-ringmode add 0 0 17 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#display mg-ringmode attribute { <cr>|mgcpara<U><0.15> }: Command: display mg-ringmode attribute ------------------------------------------------------MGID PeerPara CadenceRing InitialRing ------------------------------------------------------0 0 0 17 ------------------------------------------------------- Assume that the MG interface ID is 0. the peer parameter ID issued by the MGC is 1. 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 -------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#interface h248 0 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.2sec Off.4sec On..15> }: Command: display user defined-ring -------------------------------------------------RingType Para1 Para2 Para3 Para4 Para5 Para6 -------------------------------------------------0 400 200 400 2000 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 . do as follows: huawei(config)#user defined-ring modify 0 para1 400 para2 200 para3 400 para4 2000 huawei(config)#display user defined-ring { <cr>|ring-type<U><0. For example. user-defined ringing mode 0 is selected. Step 5 Check whether the ringing mapping is the same as that in the data plan. Ltd. 0. ----End Example Assume that the MG interface ID is 0. The peer parameter mgcpara that is on the MG and issued by the MGC must be the same as the parameter mgcpara on the MGC. user-defined ringing mode 0 is selected. the peer parameter ID issued by the MGC is 0. 0. To configure the ringing mode of MG interface 0.. 277 .0sec Off.... 2. and correspond to initial ringing modes 144 to 159 respectively. Based on standards in different countries. l If the parameter list of the TID template includes only keyword "G". Terminal layering: indicates that a terminal user is identified by layered parameters. The TID templates that are bound to various types of users on the MG interface determine whether the users support terminal layering.. l Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. such as subrack ID/slot ID/port (B channel) ID. This topic describes only some basic information. It is recommended that you refer to the TID description in ITU-T H248. Users bound with this template support terminal layering. "P". If the default TID profile in the system meets user requirements. it indicates that the TID template is used by the non-layering users. 278 . The TID format consists of the terminal prefix and the TID template. skip this topic. Ltd.15> }: Command: 7 Configuring the Voice Service display mg-ringmode attribute ------------------------------------------------------MGID PeerPara CadenceRing InitialRing ------------------------------------------------------0 1 128 144 ------------------------------------------------------- (Optional) Configuring the TID Format of an MG Interface A terminal ID (TID) profile determines how various user terminal IDs on a media gateway (MG) interface are generated. it indicates that the TID template is used by the layering users. you can determine whether configure the feature for a user. Context CAUTION The configuration of the TID format is relatively complicated. If the parameter list of the TID template includes only keywords "F". and is not described here. A TID consists of a terminal prefix and a character string generated by a TID template. Users bound with this template do not support terminal layering.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide huawei(config-if-h248-0)#mg-ringmode add 1 128 144 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#display mg-ringmode attribute { <cr>|mgcpara<U><0.1 before configuring the TID format. The TID template defines the generation mode of the TID excluding the terminal prefix. The information such as the syntax rules with which the terminal prefix must comply and the requirements for the character string of the TID template is defined in the protocol. "S". "B" ("B" is not available to PSTN users). NOTE l If certain type of terminal exists on an interface and the interface is not disabled.248. run the tid-format pstn command to configure the TID template and terminal prefix of the PSTN user. S indicates the slot ID.) Precaution Procedure Step 1 To query the template information. Step 4 Configure the TID templates and the terminal prefix of various types of users on the current MG (VAG). digits. which is generated by combining the configured TID profile and the terminal prefix. and the last character cannot be a digit. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. P indicates the port ID. run the tid-format rtp command to configure the TID template and terminal prefix of the RTP ephemeral termination. This termination is not involved unless special remarks are provided. Step 2 Check whether the default TID template of the system meets the service requirements. l The terminal prefix must comply with the following syntax rules: The prefix supports a maximum of 64 characters and supports letters. l In H248 mode. Step 5 Check whether the TID template and the terminal prefix are the same as those in the data plan. l If a certain type of terminal exists on an interface. 279 . The system defines 19 default TID profiles with IDs from 0 to 18. but cannot be added. underscore (_). Step 3 Enter the MG interface mode. l The length of the TID. run the tid-format bra command to configure the TID template and the terminal prefix of the ISDN BRA user. G indicates the general permanent termination index. modified. Run the interface h248 command to enter the MG interface mode. the TID format (including the terminal prefix and the index of the TID profile) of this type of terminal cannot be modified. Run the display tid-template command to query the information about the default TID profile of the system. the terminal prefix of this type of terminal cannot be modified. run the tid-template add command to add a TID profile. B indicates the B channel ID (only for ISDN BRA and ISDN PRA terminals). and slash (/).. These profiles can only be referenced. R indicates the RTP ephemeral termination index (only for the RTP ephemeral termination. the first character must be a letter. If the default 19 TID profiles cannot meet service requirements. l In H248 mode. cannot exceed 64 characters. which exists only when the system protocol is H. or deleted. l In H248 mode. Otherwise. Ltd. proceed to Step 3.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 7 Configuring the Voice Service The meaning of each keyword is as follows: l l l l l l F indicates the shelf ID. ------------------------------------------------Index : 3 Format : %u/%u/%u Para-list : F+1. template-index indicates the index of the TID profile that is bound to the type of user.P+1 // Keywords in the parameter list of the TID template are "F". ----End Example Assume that in the H.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Run the display tid-format command to check whether the TID profiles and the terminal prefixes of various types of users on the current MG interface are the same as those in the data plan. To add a PSTN user on port 0/2/0 and check whether the system automatically allocates a TID generated according to the template. In the query result. do as follows: huawei(config)#display tid-template 3// Query the information about the TID template 3. so that the MG interface can work in the normal state. "S".248 mode.. l When adding a user that supports terminal layering. 280 . and the layering TID template 3 is used. Then run the display tid-template command to check whether the TID template supports the layering configuration. When adding a user that does not support terminal layering. You can learn about whether the user supports terminal layering. you do not need to specify parameter terminalid because the system automatically allocates a terminal ID. you must specify parameter terminalid. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Run the display tid-format command to query the TID formats of various types of users on the current MG interface. and "P". Name : Aln_Not_Fixed_1 ------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#interface h248 1 huawei(config-if-h248-1)#tid-format pstn prefix aln/ template 3 huawei(config-if-h248-1)#quit huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser add 0/2/0 1 huawei(config-esl-user)#display mgpstnuser 0/2/0 { <cr>|endframeid/slotid/portid<S><Length 1-15> }: Command: display mgpstnuser 0/2/0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------F /S /P MGID TelNo Priority PotsLineType TerminalID ---------------------------------------------------------------------------0 /2 /0 1 Cat3 DEL aln/1/3/1 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Enabling an MG Interface Enabling an MG interface is to reset an MG interface to make the MG interface register with the MGC (or to make the modified attributes of the MG interface take effect) after the configuration of the MG interface is complete. The configuration of terminal layering on the MG must be the same as that on the MGC. Ltd. the terminal prefix of the PSTN user on MG interface 1 is aln/.S+1. 2 Configuring the VoIP PSTN User After an MG interface is configured.20. l Run the quit command to quit the global config mode. and then run the display if-h248 all command to check whether the MG interface is in the normal state. see parameter description of State in display if-h248 all of the Command reference. Ltd. Hence. do as follows: huawei(config)#interface h248 0 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#reset coldstart Are you sure to reset MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-h248-0)#quit huawei(config)#display if-h248 all -------------------------------------------------------------------------------MGID Trans State MGPort MGIP MGCPort MGCIP/DomainName -------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 UDP Normal 2944 10. For the state meanings. Wait ack. Step 3 Check the state of the MG interface. You can query the status of the MG interface by using one of the following two methods. Step 2 Enable the MG interface. Run the interface h248 command to enter the H248 mode. NOTE The running states of an MG interface can be Local Closed. you can add public switched telephone network (PSTN) users on the MG interface to implement the VoIP service. Procedure Step 1 Enter the H248 mode. 281 .10.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Precaution CAUTION For the MG interface that has been in service. ----End Example To enable H.10. Run the reset coldstart command to enable the MG interface..10. l Run the display if-h248 state command to check whether the MG interface is in the normal state. and Graceful Closed. this operation interrupts the ongoing services carried on the MG interface. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.11 2944 10. Remote Closed. Normal.1. exercise caution when performing this operation.248-based MG interface 0.11 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7. Background Information Table 7-5 lists the default settings of the attributes of the PSTN user.) BELL_202 NO-TAS 282 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. you need to modify them according to the service requirements. Prerequisites The POTS service board can be detected and is working properly. Table 7-5 Default settings of the attributes of the PSTN user Parameter Sequence of sending the phone number of the calling party Format of the phone number of the calling party Whether to support the detection of the ANSbar signal through monophony Whether to support the bell ANS signal Power-off interval FSK delay interval Whether to enable or disable VQE automatic gain Whether to enable or disable VQE noise suppression Target value of VQE automatic gain Target value of VQE noise suppression Input gain of the DSP chip Output gain of the DSP chip Name of the DSP parameter profile FSK mode of the caller ID display TAS mode of the caller ID display. When configuring the attributes of the PSTN user.(Indicates that the DSP parameter profile is not configured.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Configuring PSTN User Data This topic describes how to configure the PSTN user data (the same as the corresponding data on the MGC) on the MG interface so that the POTS terminal can access the network to implement the VoIP service.. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Default Setting Ringing and then sending the phone number SDMF (FSK single data message format) Not support Not support 100 ms 800 ms Disable Disable -22 dBm 12 dB 0 dB 0 dB . Ltd. . the phone number must be unique on the MG.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Parameter Whether to enable or disable the force send FSK Default Setting Not support Procedure Step 1 Add a PSTN user. the configuration of the TID is not required because the system automatically allocates the TID if the TID template with which the PSTN user on the MG interface is bound is a layering template. This prevents number conflict when emergency standalone is enabled. generally. If this parameter is not set. ----End Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. see the Context in (Optional) Configuring the TID Format of an MG Interface. CAUTION l When you add a PSTN user. or run the mgpstnuser attribute batset command to configure the attributes of PSTN users in batches. Ltd. can be used only as the paging number for emergency standalone. The configured phone number. In global config mode. l When adding a PSTN user. It is recommended that you configure the phone number to be the same as the phone number allocated by the MGC. l When you add a PSTN user. The attributes of a PSTN user need to be configured only when the default settings are inconsistent with the actual application. however. 2. Step 2 (Optional) Configure the attributes of a PSTN user. parameter telno) is configured on the MG. 1. 283 . 3. terminalid must be configured and must be different from the TID of an existing PTSN user if the TID template with which the PSTN user on the MG interface is bound is not a layering template. run the esl user command to enter the ESL user mode. Run the display mgpstnuser command to check whether the configured PSTN user data is the same as the planned data.. no telephone number (namely. Run the display mgpstnuser attribute command to check whether the attributes of the PSTN user are the same as the planned data. you can configure the phone number (parameter telno). Run the mgpstnuser attribute set command to configure the attributes of a single PSTN user. the phone number is null by default. 1. In addition. Run the mgpstnuser add or mgpstnuser batadd command to add a PSTN user or add PSTN users in batches. Phone numbers for normal call services are allocated by the MGC. l For details about the relationship between the TID template and the terminal layering. SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Example Assume that the phone numbers of 16 PSTN users are 83110000-83110015. Indicates the initial ringing stop flag. 0 /3 /14 0 83110014 Cat3 DEL A14 0 /3 /15 0 83110015 Cat3 DEL A15 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Optional) Configuring the System Parameters This topic describes how to configure the system parameters including the overseas version flag and message waiting indication (MWI) mode according to the local standards to ensure that the response of the user terminal complies with the local standards. Background Information Table 7-6 lists the system parameters supported by the MA5616. 6 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) 284 .... Indicates the global digitmap support flag. 1: Indicates that the global digitmap is supported. 0: Indicates that the initial ringing stop flag is not issued. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 0: Indicates China. skip this topic. 1: Indicates that the FSK is sent with ringing. do as follows: huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/15 0 terminalid 0 telno 83110000 huawei(config-esl-user)#display mgpstnuser 0 0 10 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------F /S /P MGID TelNo Priority PotsLineType TerminalID ---------------------------------------------------------------------------0 /3 /0 0 83110000 Cat3 DEL A0 .. Indicates the overseas version flag. Default Setting 1: Indicates that the howler tone is sent. 1: No send power deny. If the system default settings meet local standards. and the default values are used for other attributes. Table 7-6 System parameters supported by the MA5616 Parameter 0 1 2 3 4 5 Description Indicates the howler tone sending flag. Indicates whether to send power deny flag when softswitch indicates block.. Ltd. 0: Indicates that the media stream is forwarded within the device.. Indicates the MWI mode. terminalid are 0-15 (the TID template with which the PSTN users on the MG interface are bound is not a layering template and terminalid needs to be allocated manually). To add the 16 PSTN users in slot 0/3 on MG interface 0 in batches. Indicates the media stream forwarding mode on the same device. . 3:Egypt. 8:Britain ETSI. the overseas parameters are configured according to the Chinese standards. Background Information Table 7-7 lists the overseas parameters supported by the MA5616. ----End Example To configure the overseas version flag (system parameter 1) to Hong Kong (parameter value 1). 4: Singapore. Indicates the Howler tone source. the attributes such as the upper and lower thresholds of the flashhooking duration can be configured according to the local standards to ensure that the response of the user terminal complies with the local standards. Step 2 Run the display system parameters command to check whether the system parameters are the same as the planned data. Ltd. In the actual service configuration. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 14:Turkey. 20:Germany ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Optional) Configuring the Overseas Parameters By default. 9:Bulgaria. 5:Thailand. 2:Brazil. Indicate the reserved parameter. Indicates the acceptant times of absent dsp resource alarm in period. do as follows: huawei(config)#system parameters 1 1 huawei(config)#display system parameters 1 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Parameter name index: 1 Parameter value: 1 Mean: Overseas version flag. 0:China. Default Setting 0: Analog subscriber line board 16 16 15-255 - Procedure Step 1 Run the system parameters command to configure the system parameters. 6:France. 7:Britain MSFUK. Indicates the period of absent DSP resource alarm control. 285 . 1:HongKong.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Parameter 7-11 12 13 14 Description Indicate the reserved parameter. . Indicate the reserved parameter Line B offset - 3 4-255 Procedure Step 1 Configure the overseas parameters. Run the oversea parameters command to configure overseas parameters. reference: China:100. locked. HongKong:800 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Parameter name index: 1 Parameter value: 100 Mean: Hooking lower threshold(ms). 1:Line B offset ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the display oversea parameters command to check whether the overseas parameters are the same as the data plan. 0:not apply. Indicates the lower threshold of the flash-hooking duration. 1:apply ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Parameter name index: 3 Parameter value: 1 Mean: Type of ring DC offset. do as follows: huawei(config)#oversea parameters 0 800 huawei(config)#oversea parameters 1 100 huawei(config)#display oversea parameters { <cr>|name<U><0. Step 2 Check whether the overseas parameters are the same as the data plan.3> }: Command: display oversea parameters ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Parameter name index: 0 Parameter value: 800 Mean: Hooking upper threshold(ms). HongKong:100 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Parameter name index: 2 Parameter value: 0 Mean: Flag of applying PARKED LINE FEED or not when user port is locked. 0:Line A offset. Default Setting 350 ms (in compliance with the Chinese mainland standards) 100 ms (in compliance with the Chinese mainland standards) Indicates whether the current is 0: Indicates that the current is not limited when the user port is limited. Ltd. Indicates the type of ring DC offset. reference: China:350.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Table 7-7 Overseas parameters supported by the MA5616 Parameter 0 1 2 Description Indicates the upper threshold of the flash-hooking duration. 286 . ----End Example To set the upper flash-hooking threshold (overseas parameter 0) to 800 ms (in compliance with the Hong Kong standards) and the lower flash-hooking threshold (overseas parameter 1) to 100 ms (in compliance with the Hong Kong standards). Step 2 Add a local digitmap according to the data plan. the MA5616 prefers to use the digitmap sent by the MGC to match the phone number. 287 . To add a local digitmap with the data listed in Table 7-8. the MA5616 uses the local digitmap to match the phone number. Run the local-digitmap add command to add a local digitmap according to the data plan. or body of the local digitmap. see the Context in (Optional) Configuring the Digitmap of an MG Interface. When the SIP protocol is used. Run the local-digitmap modify command to modify the name. Step 4 (Optional) Modify the local digitmap. When the SIP protocol is used. Step 3 Check whether the local digitmap is the same as the data plan. When the H. When configuring services on the MA5616. configure a proper local digitmap according to the local standards. scc. Precaution l l When the H. the type of the local digitmap can be normal. the type of the local digitmap can only be normal. ----End Example Assume that the H. the MA5616 has to use the local digitmap to match the phone number because the IMS network does not send the digitmap.248 protocol is used on the MA5616.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service (Optional) Configuring the Local Digitmap A local digitmap is also called a local preconfigured digitmap and is used to match telephone numbers. do as follows: Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Background Information l l The MA5616 supports a maximum of eight local digitmaps. run the display protocol support command to query the current protocol type used on the MA5616. In privilege mode. For the meaning of each character in the digitmap body. or second-centrex. Run the display local-digitmap command to check whether the local digitmap is the same as the data plan. For the meaning of the digitmap type.248 protocol is used.248 protocol is used. see the Parameter Description in the local-digitmap add command. Procedure Step 1 Query the current protocol type. Run the local-digitmap append command to add or modify the digitmap body in a configured local digitmap. type. emergency.. Step 5 (Optional) Add or modify the digitmap body. If the MGC does not send the detailed digitmap. direct-centrex. F|[0-9]. and add a local best-effort digitmap according to data plan listed in Table 7-10 so that when an MG interface becomes faulty.F|[0-9]. do as follows: Table 7-10 Local digitmap to be added Digitmap Name huawei1 Digitmap Type emergency Digitmap Body (0E) huawei(config)#display local-digitmap all -----------------------------------------Name: huawei Body: ([2-8]xxxxxxx|[2-8]xxSxxxxxxx|13xxxxxxxxx|0xxxxxxxxx|9xxxx|1[0124-9]x|F| x. Table 7-9 Local digitmap existing in the system Digitmap Name huawei Digitmap Type normal Digitmap Body ([2-8]xxxxxxx|[2-8] xxSxxxxxxx|13xxxxxxxxx| 0xxxxxxxxx|9xxxx|1 [0124-9]x|F|x.F|[0-9]..SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Table 7-8 Local digitmap to be added Digitmap Name huawei Digitmap Type normal Digitmap Body ([2-8]xxxxxxx|[2-8] xxSxxxxxxx|13xxxxxxxxx| 0xxxxxxxxx|9xxxx|1 [0124-9]x|F|x.S) huawei(config)#local-digitmap add huawei normal ([2-8]xxxxxxx|[2-8]xxSxxxxxxx| 13xxxxxxxxx|0xxxxxxxxx|9xxxx|1[0124-9]x|F|x. 288 . Table 7-9 lists the data of the local digitmap.S) When an existing local digitmap is different from the data plan.S) ------------------------------------------ Assume that the SIP protocol is used on the MA5616.F|[0-9]. other users on the MG can use the digitmap. you need to modify the local digitmap.F|[0-9]. Ltd.S) -----------------------------------------huawei(config)#local-digitmap modify huawei name huawei0 huawei(config)#local-digitmap append huawei0 15xxxxxxxxx huawei(config)#local-digitmap add huawei1 emergency (11X|91X|0E) huawei(config)#display local-digitmap all ------------------------------------------ Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. add digitmap body 15xxxxxxxxx. To change the name of the local digitmap to huawei0. The local digitmap exists in the system.S) huawei(config)#display local-digitmap all -----------------------------------------Name: huawei Body: ([2-8]xxxxxxx|[2-8]xxSxxxxxxx|13xxxxxxxxx|0xxxxxxxxx|9xxxx|1[0124-9]x|F| x. l Run the pstnport attribute set command to configure the physical attributes of a single PSTN port.S|15xxxxxxxxx) -----------------------------------------Name: huawei1 Type: emergency Body: (11X|91X|0E) ------------------------------------------ (Optional) Configuring the Attributes of a PSTN Port This topic describes how to configure the attributes of a PSTN port to ensure that the PSTN port can meet the actual application requirements. l l Procedure Step 1 Enter the PSTN port mode. run the pstnport command to enter the PSTN port mode. Ltd. see pstnport kc set. 289 . and dialing mode). Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Run the pstnport electric batset command to configure the electrical attributes of PSTN ports in batches. l Run the pstnport attribute batset command to configure the physical attributes of PSTN ports in batches. Step 2 Configure the physical attributes of a PSTN port..F|[0-9]. Step 4 Configure the KC attributes of the PSTN port. For details about how to configure the KC attributes of a PSTN port. In global config mode. Step 3 Configure the electrical attributes of the PSTN port. l Run the pstnport kc batset command to configure the KC attributes of PSTN ports in batches. l Run the pstnport kc set command to configure the KC attributes of a single PSTN port. see pstnport electric set. whether to support the port locking.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Name: huawei0 Type: normal Body: ([2-8]xxxxxxx|[2-8]xxSxxxxxxx|13xxxxxxxxx|0xxxxxxxxx|9xxxx|1[0124-9]x|F| x. see pstnport attribute set. For details about how to configure the electrical attributes of a PSTN port. For details about how to configure the physical attributes of a PSTN port. and KC accounting. Background Information The MA5616 supports the following attributes of a PSTN port: l Physical attributes (including whether to support the polarity reversal pulse. l Run the pstnport electric set command to configure the electrical attributes of a single PSTN port. KC attributes (including the KC charging mode and the valid voltage). The attributes include polarity-reversing pulse. Electrical attributes (including the impedance and the current). impedance. Run the display pstnport kc command to query the KC attributes of the PSTN port. Ltd.. Run the display pstnport electric command to query the electrical attributes of the PSTN port. Step 5 Check whether the attribute configuration of the PSTN port is the same as the planned data. do as follows: huawei(config)#pstnport huawei(config-pstnport)#pstnport attribute batset 0/3/0 0/3/15 reverse-pole-pulse enable huawei(config-pstnport)#display pstnport attribute 0/3 -------------------------------------------------------------------F /S /P 0 /3 /0 ReversePolepulse Enable PulseLevel 100(ms) PolarityReverseMode Hard-polarity-reverse Dial-Mode DTMF-Pulse-Both LineLock Enable NlpMode Nlp normal mode PolarityReverseWhenCLIP Disable -------------------------------------------------------------------F /S /P 0 /3 /1 ReversePolepulse Enable PulseLevel 100(ms) PolarityReverseMode Hard-polarity-reverse Dial-Mode DTMF-Pulse-Both LineLock Enable NlpMode Nlp normal mode PolarityReverseWhenCLIP Disable -------------------------------------------------------------------. and the KC attribute can take effect only after you run the board reset command to reset the port.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service CAUTION l The physical and electrical attributes take effect immediately after being configured.. 290 . Exercise caution when resetting a service board.... l l l Run the display pstnport attribute command to query the physical attributes of the PSTN port. l Resetting a service board interrupts all the services on the board.. ----End Example To configure PSTN ports 0-15 on the board in slot 0/3 to support the polarity reversal charging. -------------------------------------------------------------------F /S /P 0 /3 /15 ReversePolepulse Enable PulseLevel 100(ms) PolarityReverseMode Hard-polarity-reverse Dial-Mode DTMF-Pulse-Both LineLock Enable NlpMode Nlp normal mode PolarityReverseWhenCLIP Disable -------------------------------------------------------------------- Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the display ring attribute command to check whether the attributes of the ringing current are the same as the data plan. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Background Information The attributes of the ringing current include the following two parameters: l l Ringing current frequency: The higher the frequency is. The default value is 65 Vrms. the MG shows the start time and the end time based on the polarity reversal on the subscriber line. Step 2 Configure the attributes of the ringing current.2 Configuring the VoIP PSTN Service (Based on the SIP Protocol) This topic describes how to configure the VoIP PSTN service on the MA5616 through the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP). Step 3 Check whether the attributes of the ringing current are the same as the data plan.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 7 Configuring the Voice Service When a call starts and ends. ----End Example To set the ringing current frequency to 16 Hz (parameter value 0) and AC amplitude to 50 Vrms (parameter value 2). run the voip command to enter the VoIP mode. Procedure Step 1 Enter the VoIP mode. You need to modify the attributes of the ringing current according to the local standards only when the default ringing current attributes do not meet the local standards. 291 . In global config mode. such as a charging phone set. Run the ring attribute set command to configure the attributes of the ringing current according to the data plan. The default value is 25 Hz. Generally. implements the polarity reversal charging function based on the start time and the end time of a call. (Optional) Configuring the Attributes of the Ringing Current You can adjust the ringing tone volume by modifying the attributes of the ringing current. The billing terminal that supports the polarity reversal charging function.. the louder the ringing tones are. the sharper the ringing tones are. AC voltage amplitude: The greater the amplitude is. do as follows: huawei(config)#voip huawei(config-voip)#ring attribute set frequency 0 acamplitude 2 huawei(config-voip)#display ring attribute ringing current frequency : 16Hz ringing current acamplitute: 50Vrms 7. the attributes of the ringing current need not be modified. Prerequisite According to the actual network. in the upstream direction. It is used as the upstream port for configuring the SIP signaling. it provides the access to PSTN users. In the downstream direction. Table 7-11 Data plan for configuring the VoIP service based on the SIP protocol Item SIP interface data Parameter s of the media stream and signaling stream Media and signaling upstream VLAN Remarks It is used as the upstream VLAN of the VoIP service to be configured. These IP addresses must be selected from the media and signaling IP address pools. For details about the VoIP service. 292 . see Voice in the Feature Description. Data preparation Table 7-11 provides the data plan for configuring the VoIP service. Note that the media stream and the signaling stream can use the same VLAN or different VLANs. Signaling upstream port Media IP address and signaling IP address Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The function and application of the SIP interface are similar to the function and application of the MG interface. it is connected to the IMS system through the SIP interface. to reduce the cost of the voice service. The media and signaling IP address pools consist of all the IP addresses of the L3 interface of the media and signaling upstream VLAN. The MA5616 can also function as a voice over IP gateway (VGW) component in the IMS architecture. a route from the MA5616 to the IMS core network device must be configured to ensure that the MA5616 and the IMS core network device are reachable to each other.. providing the VoIP service by working with the IMS core. Ltd. The result is determined according to the negotiation with the upstream device.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Background Information The voice over IP (VoIP) service uses the IP packet switching network for transmission after the traditional analog voice signals are compressed and packetized. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Otherwise.. Generally. the IP address and the port ID of the secondary IMS core network device must be configured. UDP is adopted. The protocol specifies the port ID to be 5060. l In DNS-A or DNS-SRV mode.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Item Default IP address of the MG Remarks It is the IP address of the next hop from the MA5616 to the IMS core network device. normal calls may fail. the IP address and the port ID of the primary proxy server must be configured. CAUTION If the media IP address and the signaling IP address are different and the media and the signaling are transmitted upstream through different gateways. the domain of the primary proxy server must be configured. When dual homing is not configured. parameters of only the primary IMS core network device are required. Signaling port ID of the SIP interface IP address of the primary IMS core network device to which the SIP interface belongs Port ID of the primary IMS core network device to which the SIP interface belongs Transmission mode of the SIP interface Home domain of the SIP interface Index of the profile used by the SIP interface IP address obtaining mode of the proxy server The transmission mode is selected according to the requirements on the IMS core network device. If dual homing is configured. SIP interface ID It is the SIP interface ID used for the VoIP service to be configured. The MA5616 supports four virtual access gateways (VAGs). which means that the SIP interface fails to be started if these parameter s are not configure d. It corresponds to parameter homedomain in the MG interface attributes. Attribute parameter s of the SIP interface NOTE Parameter s listed here are mandator y. 293 . Ringing Mode of the SIP Interface The ringing mode of the SIP interface is determined by service requirements. Ltd. l In IP mode. It corresponds to parameter profileindex in the MG interface attributes. The value range is 5000-5999. ensure that they correspond to correct gateways. The user type includes the following: l DEL: direct exchange lines (default type in the system) l ECPBX: earth calling PBX l LCPBX: loop calling PBX l PayPhone: pay phone Centrex According to the local standards. The attributes such as the upper and lower thresholds of the flash-hooking duration need to be configured according to the local standards to ensure that the response of the user terminal complies with the local standards. The system parameters including the overseas version flag and message waiting indication (MWI) mode need to be configured according to the local standards to ensure that the response of the user terminal complies with the local standards.. The user priorities are as follows: l cat1: government1 (category 1 government users) l cat2: government2 (category 2 government users) l cat3: normal (common users. default priority in the system) User type According to the service requirements. the out-centrex prefix and out-centrex attributes need to be configured. the user type needs to be specified. Ltd.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Item Voice service data (The data configuration must be consistent with the data configuration on the MGC.) Slot that houses the voice service board User Data Phone number Remarks The phone number that the IMS core network device allocates to the user must be configured. User priority System Parameters Overseas Parameters Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the user priority needs to be specified. 294 . According to the service requirements. Background Information Multiple IP addresses can be configured for the same VLAN L3 interface. Ltd. One MA5616 supports only four SIP interfaces. After the configuration. Attributes of a PSTN Port Attributes of the Ringing Current Procedure 7.1 Configuring the SIP Interface This topic describes how to configure the SIP interface to implement the communication between the MA5616 (SIP AG) and the IMS core network device. Only one IP address functions as the primary address. You can adjust the ringing tone volume by modifying the attributes of the ringing current. Background Information l l The MA5616 can communicate with the IMS core network device through the SIP protocol. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and how to configure the IP addresses of the L3 interface. Other attributes need not be modified if there is no special requirement.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Item Local Digitmap Remarks Configure a proper local digitmap according to the local standards. Procedure Configuring the Upstream VLAN Interface This topic describes how to specify the upstream VLAN interface for the media stream and signaling stream. If the PSTN port needs to support the polarity reversal charging. the PSTN port needs to be configured to support the polarity reversal pulse. the local digitmap can be directly used to match the phone number after the user picks the phone off the hook. Generally.2.. These IP addresses are the sources of the media and signaling IP address pools. the parameters of the ringing current attributes need not be modified. and other IP addresses function as the secondary addresses. 295 . You need to modify the parameters of the ringing current attributes according to the local standards only when the default ringing current attributes do not meet the local standards. 13. Run the interface vlanif command to enter the L3 interface of the upstream VLAN for the media stream and signaling stream.4.13.4.116/16 and 10. Prerequisites The IP address of the L3 interface of the media and signaling upstream VLAN must be configured. 1.13. 296 .116/16 Internet Address is 10. ----End Example Assume that the media stream and signaling stream are transmitted upstream through upstream port 0/0/1.13. see Configuring the Upstream VLAN Interface. and the signaling IP address pool defines all signaling IP addresses that can be used by an AG. do as follows: huawei(config)#vlan 3 standard huawei(config)#port vlan 3 0/0 1 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 3 huawei(config-if-vlanif3)#ip address 10.117/16 of the L3 interfaces for the media IP address pool and the signaling IP address pool respectively. Step 2 Add an upstream port to the VLAN.13. To create media and signaling upstream VLAN 3 and configure IP addresses 10.116 16 huawei(config-if-vlanif3)#ip address 10. Hardware address is 00e0-fc32-1118 Configuring the Media and Signaling IP Address Pools The media IP address pool defines all media IP addresses that can be used by an access gateway (AG). For details about how to configure the IP address. Run the ip address command to configure the IP addresses of the L3 interface. Step 4 Check whether the IP addresses of the L3 interface are the same as those in the data plan. Run the port vlan command to add an upstream port to the VLAN. SmartAX Series. Run the display interface vlanif command to check whether the IP addresses of the L3 interface are the same as those in the data plan.117 16 sub huawei(config-if-vlanif3)#quit huawei(config)#display interface vlanif 3 vlanif3 current state : UP Line protocol current state : UP Description : HUAWEI. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. vlanif3 Interface The Maximum Transmit Unit is 1500 bytes Internet Address is 10. 2.4. and the signaling IP address pool saves the IP addresses of the signaling-controlled media streams. Run the vlan command to add an upstream VLAN for the media stream and signaling stream..SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Procedure Step 1 Add an upstream VLAN. The media IP address pool saves MG/SIP interface IP addresses.4.4. Step 3 Configure the IP addresses of the VLAN L3 interface. Ltd.13.4.117/16 Sub IP Sending Frames' Format is PKTFMT_ETHNT_2. .1.. Similarly.0.. and lawful interception.4..13. Run the display ip address media command to check whether the media IP address pool is the same as that in the data plan. do as follows: huawei(config)#voip huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 10.: 10...: 10.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Context l l l The media IP address and the signaling IP address for the MG or SIP interface must be selected from the IP address pools configured here. The separation enables carriers to uses different control policies...117 huawei(config-voip)#display ip address media Media: IP Address. Ltd..4.: 10.117 10. The media IP address pool and the signaling IP address pool can be the same. Specifically.1..13.0 Gateway. ----End Example Assume that the IP address of the gateway is 10.116 Subnet Mask. on signaling and media streams..13.13..116 and 10. Step 2 Configure the media IP address pool.. Run the ip address media command to add the media IP address to the media IP address pool.... 2. the media IP address and the signaling IP address can be the same.1 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. The signaling IP address needs to be selected from the IP addresses of the L3 interface of the media and signaling upstream VLAN.255..13.1 huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 10.. network monitoring....117 Subnet Mask. the signaling and media streams can use different IP addresses and VLANs and are transmitted to different networks...13..: 255. 2..116 huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 10... The H..1.1 huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 10...4.... such as QoS.4..4... Procedure Step 1 Run the voip command to enter the VoIP mode.4.4..13...117 of L3 interfaces of the media and signaling upstream VLAN to the media IP address pool and the signaling IP address pool respectively. Run the ip address signaling command to add the signaling IP address to the signaling IP address pool.0 Gateway. 1..1..255..: 00-E0-FC-AF-91-33 IP Address... 297 ...13.: 10.1.... Run the display ip address signaling command to check whether the signaling IP address pool is the same as that in the data plan.....4.... To add IP addresses 10..13.0.....13....13.....13.13... The media IP address needs to be selected from the IP addresses of the L3 interface of the media and signaling upstream VLAN.116 10. Step 3 Configure the signaling IP address pool.1 MAC Address.: 255...1.248 and SIP protocols support signaling and media stream separation. 1.. and then run the mgpstnuser batdel command to delete the voice service user. Prerequisites The to-be-configured media and signaling IP addresses of the SIP interface must be added to the media and signaling IP address pools successfully.0 MAC Address.......4...SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide MAC Address.4....0...255. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Step 4 Run the shutdown(h248) command to shut down the MG interface. Step 5 Run the undo interface h248 command to delete the MG interface.0..: 00-E0-FC-AF-91-33 IP Address..... exercise caution when performing this operation...13. Background Information One MA5616 supports four SIP interfaces.. If the system protocol is not SIP...: 00-E0-FC-AF-91-33 7 Configuring the Voice Service Adding an SIP Interface This topic describes how to add an SIP interface so that the MA5616 can communicate with the IMS through the SIP interface........116 Subnet Mask..13.. Ltd..: 00-E0-FC-AF-91-33 huawei(config-voip)#display ip address signaling Signaling: IP Address.: 255... Hence.. l l If the system protocol is SIP......117 Subnet Mask..0 MAC Address.... Step 2 Run the display if-h248 all command to query whether an MG interface that supports the current protocol exists in the system.255. Procedure Step 1 Run the display protocol support command to query the current system protocol... Step 3 Run the display mgpstnuser command to check the user data. go to Step 8... CAUTION This operation interrupts the ongoing services carried on the currently used MG interface.... Before performing this operation... run the esl user command to enter ESL user mode.: 255........ go to Step 2.. Step 6 Run the protocol support sip command to change the system protocol to SIP..: 10..: 10... 298 . be sure to check whether the operation is allowed. 117.117 Signalling Port 5000 Media IP 10. port ID is 5000.13.domain secondary-proxy-ip1 10. Otherwise.116 signal-ip 10.4.13. run the reboot system command to reboot the system to make the new configuration take effect.4.4.13. 299 . run the display if-sip attribute running command to query the status of the SIP interface. port ID of the secondary proxy server is 5060. and profile index is 1.116 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. which are basic attributes. NOTE l Between proxy IP and proxy domain.domain.4.4.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service CAUTION You must delete the default and user-defined local digitmaps before switching the protocol.118. IP address 1 of the secondary proxy server is 10. domain name of the primary proxy server is proxy.4. To configure such attributes of SIP interface 0. Step 9 Run the if-sip attribute basic command to configure the basic attributes of the SIP interface. the system determines which attribute is used according to the configured address mode of the proxy server. do as follows: huawei(config)#interface sip 0 huawei(config)#if-sip attribute basic media-ip 10.4. l The profile index must be configured.13. Step 11 Run the display if-sip attribute command to query the SIP interface attributes.116.119 secondary-proxy-port 5060 huawei(config-if-sip-0)#if-sip attribute basic home-domain sip. Step 8 Run the interface sip command to add an SIP interface. IP address 1 of the primary proxy server is 10. If both attributes are configured. ----End Example Assume that the media IP address is 10. the configuration is stored only in the database.13.13.118 primary-proxy-port 5060 primary-proxy-domain proxy.huawei. at least one attribute must be configured. Ltd. signaling IP address is 10. Step 10 Run the if-sip attribute optional command to configure the optional attributes of the SIP interface.13. transmission protocol is UDP. home domain name is sip.13.4..13.117 signal-port 5000 transfer udp primary-proxy-ip1 10. port ID of the primary proxy server is 5060.13.com sipprofile-index 1 huawei(config-if-sip-0)#reset Are you sure to reset the SIP interface?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-sip-0)# Resetting SIP interface 0 succeeded huawei(config-if-sip-0)#display if-sip attribute running -----------------------------------------------------------MGID 0 Signalling IP 10.com.huawei. Step 13 After the configuration. Step 12 After the configuration.119. Step 7 After saving the configuration data by running the save command.4. you need to run the reset command to reset the SIP interface to make the configuration take effect.4. domain Secondary Proxy Domain Name Home Domain Name sip.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Transfer Mode UDP Primary Proxy IP 1 10. 300 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) .huawei.13.com Description MG Domain Name Phone Context Register URI Conference Factory URI Primary Proxy State up Secondary Proxy State up Current Proxy Subscribe to UA-Profile enable Subscribe to REG-STATE disable Subscribe to MWI disable SDP negotiation mode remote Mode of supporting proxy dual-homing dualhome Proxy detection mode probe Proxy refresh mode immediate ------------------------------------------------------------ (Optional) Configuring the Ringing Mode of the SIP Interface This topic describes how to configure the ringing mode of the SIP interface to support the breakmake ratios of various new ringing modes and make the ringing mode meet the local standards..119 Secondary Proxy IP 2 Secondary Proxy Port 5060 Proxy Address Mode IP SIPProfile Index 1:Default Service logic Index 0:Default Server Address DHCP Option 0:None Primary Proxy Domain Name proxy. Prerequisites The SIP interface must be added successfully.4.4. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. you can select the required ringing mode and configure the corresponding ringing mapping. Background Information l If the preset ringing modes of the system can meet the user requirements.118 Primary Proxy IP 2 Primary Proxy Port 5060 Secondary Proxy IP 1 10.13. Ltd. l initialring: Indicates the initial ringing mode. and then determine whether to perform this operation. check whether the preset ringing mode in the system meets the requirement. so that the user of the service board can use the new ringing mode. An index can be used for adding only one ringing mode on the same SIP interface. which correspond to the cadence ringing modes 128-143 and initial ringing modes 144-159 defined by the user. evaluate the impact on the online users before resetting the service board. Run this command to configure the ringing mode for the users on the same SIP interface. Step 5 Run the ringmode add command to add the ringing mapping. Step 2 In the global config mode.. user-defined ringing mode 0 is selected. l Precaution l l l The ringing mapping name must be unique on the same SIP interface. If the service board has been in service for a period. For example. user-defined ringing mode 0 is selected. l If the requirement is met. go to Step 4. go to Step 2.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service l l l If the preset ringing modes cannot meet the user requirements. The key parameters are described as follows: l cadencering: Indicates the cadence ringing mode. Procedure Step 1 According to the Usage Guidelines of the ringmode add command. Step 3 Run the display user defined-ring command to query the user-defined ringing. Ltd. ----End Example Assume that: Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. You can configure the cadence duration for the user-defined ringing to form different ringing modes. The user-defined ringing modes are 0-15. The range 144-159 of this parameter corresponds to user-defined ringing modes 0-15. l After configuring the user-defined ringing mode. Step 4 Run the interface sip command to enter the SIP mode. The system supports a maximum of 16 records of the ringing mode mapping. If the userdefined initial ringing mode is 144. run the user defined-ring modify command to configure the userdefined ringing mode. if the userdefined cadence ringing mode is 128. Step 6 Run the display ringmode command to query ringing mapping records. perform this step and you can define the 0-15 ringing types. you need to reset the corresponding service board to make the configuration take effect. NOTE l To use the user-defined ringing mode. The range 128-143 of this parameter corresponds to user-defined ringing modes 0-15. l If the requirement is not met. 301 . The 16 user-defined ringing modes can be modified but cannot be added. you can use the user-defined ringing mode and configure the corresponding ringing mapping. Ltd. It is recommended that you insert the service board into the planned slot and then confirm the board. Context Table 7-12 lists the default settings of the attributes of the PSTN user. Configuring the PSTN User Data This topic describes how to configure the PSTN user data (the same as the corresponding data on the IMS) on the SIP interface so that the POTS terminal can access the network to implement the VoIP service.2. 302 . do as follows: huawei(config)#interface sip 0 huawei(config-if-sip-0)#ringmode add 1 alter-group cadencering 1 initialring 4 huawei(config-if-sip-0)#display ringmode 1 ----------------------------------------------------------------MGID: 0 Index: 1 Ringmode-name: alter-group CadenceRing: 1: Special Ring 1:2 InitialRing: 4: Normal Ring (FSK) 1:4 ----------------------------------------------------------------- 7. you need to modify them according to the service requirements. Prerequisites The POTS service board must be inserted into the planned slot. Table 7-12 Default settings of the attributes of the PSTN user Parameter Priority PotsLineType Sequence of sending the phone number of the calling party Format of the phone number of the calling party Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Default Setting cat3 DEL Ringing and then sending the phone number SDMF(FSK) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. you can add public switched telephone network (PSTN) users on the SIP interface to implement the VoIP service. When configuring the attributes of the PSTN user. NOTE You can add a service board in two ways (see the Usage Guideline of the board add command).2 Configuring the VoIP PSTN User After an SIP interface is configured.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service l l l l Index of the ringing mode mapping record: 1 Name of the ringing mode mapping record: alert-group Cadence ringing mode: 1 Initial ringing mode: 4 To add such a ringing mode mapping record on SIP interface 0.. . run the esl user command to enter the ESL user mode. NOTE You need not run this command if the board is integrated in the backplane.) Not support Not support BELL_202 NO-TAS Procedure Step 1 In global config mode. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.(Indicates that the DSP parameter profile is not configured. Ltd. Step 2 Add a PSTN user. 1. 303 . 2.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Parameter Power-off interval FSK delay interval Whether to enable or disable VQE automatic gain Whether to enable or disable VQE noise suppression Target value of VQE automatic gain Target value of VQE noise suppression Input gain of the DSP chip Output gain of the DSP chip Name of the DSP parameter profile Whether to support the detection of the ANSbar signal through monophony Whether to support the bell ANS signal Display mode of the FSK phone number of the calling party TAS CID mode Default Setting 100ms 800ms Disable Disable -22 dBm0 12 dB 0 dB 0 dB . In global config mode. run the board confirm command to confirm the service board. Run the sippstnuser add or sippstnuser batadd command to add a PSTN user or add PSTN users in batches. you can configure the phone number (parameter telno). 0 /3 /14 0 83120014 0 /3 /15 0 83120015 --------------------------------------0/3/15 0 telno 83120000 step 1 (Optional) Configuring the Centrex Centrex refers to a virtual user group. 3.. Run the sippstnuser attribute set or sippstnuser attribute batset command to configure the attributes of a PSTN user. When the public ID is generated by phone number. 304 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . Ltd.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service CAUTION When adding a user. A centrex prefix contains 0 to 9 digits.. 1. These parameter values must be the same as these on the softswitch. The MA5616 supports the following functions: Members in a centrex can call each other by dialing short numbers. To add the 16 PSTN users in slot 0/3 on SIP interface 0 in batches. Run the display sippstnuser attribute command to check whether the attributes of the PSTN user are the same as the planned data. 2. If a softswitch does not issue centrex parameters. Step 3 (Optional) Configure the attributes of a PSTN user. The attributes of a PSTN user need to be configured when the default settings are inconsistent with the actual application. you must enter the phone number. Background Information l l Centrex prefix: When attempting to call a user in another centrex group. a user must dial the centrex prefix before dialing the called number. ----End Example Assume that the phone numbers of 16 PSTN users are 83120000-83120015 and the default values are used for other attributes.. It is recommended that you configure this phone number to be the same as the phone number configured on the IMS. and members in a centrex can call the members outside of the centrex by dialing centrex prefix + the complete phone number. use the parameters preset on the MA5616.. ensure that the phone number is unique on the AG. a softswitch issues centrex parameters. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Run the display sippstnuser command to check whether the PSTN user data is the same as the planned data. The function that the members in a centrex can call each other by dialing short numbers need not be configured on the MA5616 through the command line interface (CLI). Generally. In addition. do as follows: huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#sippstnuser batadd 0/3/0 huawei(config-esl-user)#display sippstnuser 0/3 --------------------------------------F /S /P MGID TelNo --------------------------------------0 /3 /0 0 83120000 .. The similarity and difference are as follows: – Similarity: When the members in a centrex need to call the members outside of the centrex. no out-group dial tone is played. The MA5616 supports the configuration of the centrex prefix through one of two methods. Add a digitmap based on site requirements. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. configure the centrex prefix and centrex attributes for a single user in ESL user mode. l Procedure Step 1 Configure the centrex call function for a centrex group. If the centrex attribute is set to direct centrex. the members in a centrex can hear the dial tone again after dialing the centrex prefix. configure the centrex prefix and centrex attributes for all the users in global config mode. Run the display local-digitmap command to check whether the local digitmap is the same as the data plan. The centrex attribute of a centrex can be direct centrex or two-stage centrex.. the system centrex attribute is two-stage centrex. When you add a two-stage centrex digitmap. 2. method 1 takes effect. 305 . In method 2.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service l The function that the members in a centrex can call the members outside of the centrex by dialing centrex prefix + the complete phone number can be supported only when the SIP protocol is used. 1. Use method 2: NOTE If method 2 is used. l When you add a direct centrex digitmap. they must dial the centrex prefix. Step 2 Check whether the value of the sipprofile control point 148 is the same as the data plan. the system centrex attribute is direct centrex. run the sipprofile modify command in SIP mode to change the control point value. and uses the call digitmap. In global config mode. 2. run the sippstnuser servicedata parameter set command to configure the centrex prefix and centrex attributes of a centrex group. l Use method 1: In ESL user mode. NOTE l The system does not support the adding of a direct centrex digitmap and a two-stage centrex digitmap at the same time. to match the phone number dialed by a user. Run the display sipprofile syspara detail command to check whether the value of control point 148 is the same as the data plan. l 1. the MA5616 uses the centrex digitmap to match the centrex prefix. In method 1. If they are different. or the normal digitmap. run the local-digitmap add command to configure a direct centrex digitmap or a two-stage centrex digitmap. – Difference: If the centrex attribute is set to two-stage centrex. Ltd. Run the display sippstnuser servicedata command to check whether the centrex parameter settings of a centrex are the same as the data plan. When both methods are used. Ltd. When it is set to 0. a phone number contain a centrex prefix. By default. 306 . and plan the digitmap body to (8100) and the digitmap name to huawei1 for the two-stage centrex digitmap according to the centrex prefix. do as follows: huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#sippstnuser servicedata parameter set 0/3/0 telno 88627792 centrexprefix 8100 centrexflag dialsecondary huawei(config-esl-user)#display sippstnuser servicedata 0/3/0 telno 88627792 ---------------------------------------F /S /P : 0/3/0 telno : 88627792 centrexno : centrexprefix : 8100 centrexflag : dialsecondary mwimode : deferred hottime(s) : 100 hotlinenum : dialtone : normal cfbnum : cfnrnum : cfunum : cfnrtime(s) : 100 displayname : permanent-hold-mode : norecall permanent-hold-time(s) : 20 --------------------------------------------------- To configure the centrex call function for such a user by using method 2. the centrex attribute is two-stage centrex. To configure the centrex call function for such a user by using method 1.S) -----------------------------------------Name: DefaultEmergencyDmm Type: emergency Body: (11X|91X) -----------------------------------------Name: huawei1 Type: second-centrex Body: (8100) ------------------------------------------ Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and run the sipprofile modify command to change the value for the sipprofile control point 148. ----End Example Assume that the centrex prefix of the 0/3/0 user with phone number 88627792 is 8100.S|[EF][EF]X[0-9E].SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 7 Configuring the Voice Service l The sipprofile control point 148 can be set to 0 or 1. do as follows: huawei(config)#local-digitmap add huawei1 second-centrex (8100) huawei(config)#display local-digitmap all -----------------------------------------Name: DefaultNormalDmm Type: normal Body: x. a phone number does not contain a centrex prefix. l Run the if-sip attribute basic sipprofile-index 0 command to specify a user-defined profile for the current SIP interface.F|[EF]X[0-9E].F|[EF][EF]X[0-9E]. it is 1. and the control point of the Sipprofile uses the default value.S -----------------------------------------Name: DefaultSccDmm Type: scc Body: ([EF]X[0-9E]. when it is set to 1.. 1: No send power deny. Indicates the MWI mode. Indicates the period of absent DSP resource alarm control. Table 7-13 System parameters supported by the MA5616 Parameter 0 1 2 3 4 5 Description Indicates the howler tone sending flag. Indicates the media stream forwarding mode on the same device.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service (Optional) Configuring the System Parameters This topic describes how to configure the system parameters including the overseas version flag and message waiting indication (MWI) mode according to the local standards to ensure that the response of the user terminal complies with the local standards. 0: Indicates that the media stream is forwarded within the device. Ltd. Default Setting 1: Indicates that the howler tone is sent. 1: Indicates that the global digitmap is supported. 0: Indicates that the initial ringing stop flag is not issued. Indicates the global digitmap support flag. skip this topic. 307 . Indicate the reserved parameter. Indicates the overseas version flag. 6 7-11 12 13 14 0: Analog subscriber line board 16 16 15-255 - Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Background Information Table 7-13 lists the system parameters supported by the MA5616. Indicates whether to send power deny flag when softswitch indicates block.. 0: Indicates China. Indicate the reserved parameter. Indicates the acceptant times of absent dsp resource alarm in period. Indicates the initial ringing stop flag. Indicates the Howler tone source. If the system default settings meet local standards. 1: Indicates that the FSK is sent with ringing. 0:China. Step 2 Run the display system parameters command to check whether the system parameters are the same as the planned data. 1:HongKong. 9:Bulgaria. Indicates the lower threshold of the flash-hooking duration. Default Setting 350 ms (in compliance with the Chinese mainland standards) 100 ms (in compliance with the Chinese mainland standards) Indicates whether the current is 0: Indicates that the current is not limited when the user port is limited. ----End Example To configure the overseas version flag (system parameter 1) to Hong Kong (parameter value 1). Table 7-14 Overseas parameters supported by the MA5616 Parameter 0 1 2 Description Indicates the upper threshold of the flash-hooking duration. 5:Thailand.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Procedure Step 1 Run the system parameters command to configure the system parameters. 14:Turkey. 20:Germany ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Optional) Configuring the Overseas Parameters By default. Indicates the type of ring DC offset. 3:Egypt. the overseas parameters are configured according to the Chinese standards.. 6:France. do as follows: huawei(config)#system parameters 1 1 huawei(config)#display system parameters 1 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Parameter name index: 1 Parameter value: 1 Mean: Overseas version flag. Background Information Table 7-14 lists the overseas parameters supported by the MA5616. 308 . 7:Britain MSFUK. 2:Brazil. Indicate the reserved parameter Line B offset - 3 4-255 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In the actual service configuration. 8:Britain ETSI. the attributes such as the upper and lower thresholds of the flashhooking duration can be configured according to the local standards to ensure that the response of the user terminal complies with the local standards. 4: Singapore. locked. Ltd. ----End Example To set the upper flash-hooking threshold (overseas parameter 0) to 800 ms (in compliance with the Hong Kong standards) and the lower flash-hooking threshold (overseas parameter 1) to 100 ms (in compliance with the Hong Kong standards). do as follows: huawei(config)#oversea parameters 0 800 huawei(config)#oversea parameters 1 100 huawei(config)#display oversea parameters { <cr>|name<U><0. Run the display oversea parameters command to check whether the overseas parameters are the same as the data plan. reference: China:100. 0:Line A offset. When the H. HongKong:100 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Parameter name index: 2 Parameter value: 0 Mean: Flag of applying PARKED LINE FEED or not when user port is locked. reference: China:350. HongKong:800 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Parameter name index: 1 Parameter value: 100 Mean: Hooking lower threshold(ms). Precaution l Issue 03 (2012-03-20) When the H.3> }: Command: display oversea parameters ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Parameter name index: 0 Parameter value: 800 Mean: Hooking upper threshold(ms).248 protocol is used. Background Information l l The MA5616 supports a maximum of eight local digitmaps. For the meaning of each character in the digitmap body. 0:not apply. Run the oversea parameters command to configure overseas parameters. the MA5616 uses the local digitmap to match the phone number. the MA5616 prefers to use the digitmap sent by the MGC to match the phone number. Ltd. the MA5616 has to use the local digitmap to match the phone number because the IMS network does not send the digitmap. 1:apply ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Parameter name index: 3 Parameter value: 1 Mean: Type of ring DC offset. see the Context in (Optional) Configuring the Digitmap of an MG Interface. When configuring services on the MA5616. the type of the local digitmap can only be normal. If the MGC does not send the detailed digitmap. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Procedure Step 1 Configure the overseas parameters. Step 2 Check whether the overseas parameters are the same as the data plan. When the SIP protocol is used.248 protocol is used. configure a proper local digitmap according to the local standards. 1:Line B offset ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Optional) Configuring the Local Digitmap A local digitmap is also called a local preconfigured digitmap and is used to match telephone numbers. 309 . direct-centrex. emergency. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. scc.F|[0-9]. Ltd.. Run the display local-digitmap command to check whether the local digitmap is the same as the data plan.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service l When the SIP protocol is used. Run the local-digitmap append command to add or modify the digitmap body in a configured local digitmap. Step 2 Add a local digitmap according to the data plan.S) huawei(config)#local-digitmap add huawei normal ([2-8]xxxxxxx|[2-8]xxSxxxxxxx| 13xxxxxxxxx|0xxxxxxxxx|9xxxx|1[0124-9]x|F|x. Step 5 (Optional) Add or modify the digitmap body. see the Parameter Description in the local-digitmap add command. Table 7-16 lists the data of the local digitmap. or body of the local digitmap. Run the local-digitmap modify command to modify the name. Procedure Step 1 Query the current protocol type. the type of the local digitmap can be normal.F|[0-9]. Step 4 (Optional) Modify the local digitmap. do as follows: Table 7-15 Local digitmap to be added Digitmap Name huawei Digitmap Type normal Digitmap Body ([2-8]xxxxxxx|[2-8] xxSxxxxxxx|13xxxxxxxxx| 0xxxxxxxxx|9xxxx|1 [0124-9]x|F|x.F|[0-9]. In privilege mode. To add a local digitmap with the data listed in Table 7-15. Step 3 Check whether the local digitmap is the same as the data plan. run the display protocol support command to query the current protocol type used on the MA5616. ----End Example Assume that the H. 310 .S) ------------------------------------------ Assume that the SIP protocol is used on the MA5616. The local digitmap exists in the system. type. Run the local-digitmap add command to add a local digitmap according to the data plan. For the meaning of the digitmap type.248 protocol is used on the MA5616. or second-centrex.S) huawei(config)#display local-digitmap all -----------------------------------------Name: huawei Body: ([2-8]xxxxxxx|[2-8]xxSxxxxxxx|13xxxxxxxxx|0xxxxxxxxx|9xxxx|1[0124-9]x|F| x. do as follows: Table 7-17 Local digitmap to be added Digitmap Name huawei1 Digitmap Type emergency Digitmap Body (0E) huawei(config)#display local-digitmap all -----------------------------------------Name: huawei Body: ([2-8]xxxxxxx|[2-8]xxSxxxxxxx|13xxxxxxxxx|0xxxxxxxxx|9xxxx|1[0124-9]x|F| x. 311 .F|[0-9].S) -----------------------------------------huawei(config)#local-digitmap modify huawei name huawei0 huawei(config)#local-digitmap append huawei0 15xxxxxxxxx huawei(config)#local-digitmap add huawei1 emergency (11X|91X|0E) huawei(config)#display local-digitmap all -----------------------------------------Name: huawei0 Type: normal Body: ([2-8]xxxxxxx|[2-8]xxSxxxxxxx|13xxxxxxxxx|0xxxxxxxxx|9xxxx|1[0124-9]x|F| x. impedance. and add a local best-effort digitmap according to data plan listed in Table 7-17 so that when an MG interface becomes faulty..SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Table 7-16 Local digitmap existing in the system Digitmap Name huawei Digitmap Type normal Digitmap Body ([2-8]xxxxxxx|[2-8] xxSxxxxxxx|13xxxxxxxxx| 0xxxxxxxxx|9xxxx|1 [0124-9]x|F|x. Ltd. add digitmap body 15xxxxxxxxx. The attributes include polarity-reversing pulse. To change the name of the local digitmap to huawei0. and KC accounting.F|[0-9]. other users on the MG can use the digitmap. Background Information The MA5616 supports the following attributes of a PSTN port: Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.S) When an existing local digitmap is different from the data plan. you need to modify the local digitmap.S|15xxxxxxxxx) -----------------------------------------Name: huawei1 Type: emergency Body: (11X|91X|0E) ------------------------------------------ (Optional) Configuring the Attributes of a PSTN Port This topic describes how to configure the attributes of a PSTN port to ensure that the PSTN port can meet the actual application requirements.F|[0-9]. In global config mode. For details about how to configure the physical attributes of a PSTN port.. l Run the pstnport kc batset command to configure the KC attributes of PSTN ports in batches. see pstnport kc set. l l Procedure Step 1 Enter the PSTN port mode. run the pstnport command to enter the PSTN port mode. l Run the pstnport electric batset command to configure the electrical attributes of PSTN ports in batches. CAUTION l The physical and electrical attributes take effect immediately after being configured. and dialing mode). l Run the pstnport attribute batset command to configure the physical attributes of PSTN ports in batches. and the KC attribute can take effect only after you run the board reset command to reset the port. Run the display pstnport kc command to query the KC attributes of the PSTN port. see pstnport electric set. l Run the pstnport electric set command to configure the electrical attributes of a single PSTN port. KC attributes (including the KC charging mode and the valid voltage). l Resetting a service board interrupts all the services on the board. ----End Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l l l Run the display pstnport attribute command to query the physical attributes of the PSTN port. Run the display pstnport electric command to query the electrical attributes of the PSTN port.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service l Physical attributes (including whether to support the polarity reversal pulse. For details about how to configure the electrical attributes of a PSTN port. Ltd. 312 . Step 5 Check whether the attribute configuration of the PSTN port is the same as the planned data. Electrical attributes (including the impedance and the current). Step 3 Configure the electrical attributes of the PSTN port. Step 4 Configure the KC attributes of the PSTN port. see pstnport attribute set. whether to support the port locking. Exercise caution when resetting a service board. For details about how to configure the KC attributes of a PSTN port. l Run the pstnport kc set command to configure the KC attributes of a single PSTN port. l Run the pstnport attribute set command to configure the physical attributes of a single PSTN port. Step 2 Configure the physical attributes of a PSTN port. .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Example To configure PSTN ports 0-15 on the board in slot 0/3 to support the polarity reversal charging. do as follows: huawei(config)#pstnport huawei(config-pstnport)#pstnport attribute batset 0/3/0 0/3/15 reverse-pole-pulse enable huawei(config-pstnport)#display pstnport attribute 0/3 -------------------------------------------------------------------F /S /P 0 /3 /0 ReversePolepulse Enable PulseLevel 100(ms) PolarityReverseMode Hard-polarity-reverse Dial-Mode DTMF-Pulse-Both LineLock Enable NlpMode Nlp normal mode PolarityReverseWhenCLIP Disable -------------------------------------------------------------------F /S /P 0 /3 /1 ReversePolepulse Enable PulseLevel 100(ms) PolarityReverseMode Hard-polarity-reverse Dial-Mode DTMF-Pulse-Both LineLock Enable NlpMode Nlp normal mode PolarityReverseWhenCLIP Disable -------------------------------------------------------------------. (Optional) Configuring the Attributes of the Ringing Current You can adjust the ringing tone volume by modifying the attributes of the ringing current. implements the polarity reversal charging function based on the start time and the end time of a call. You need to modify the attributes of the ringing current according to the local standards only when the default ringing current attributes do not meet the local standards.. -------------------------------------------------------------------F /S /P 0 /3 /15 ReversePolepulse Enable PulseLevel 100(ms) PolarityReverseMode Hard-polarity-reverse Dial-Mode DTMF-Pulse-Both LineLock Enable NlpMode Nlp normal mode PolarityReverseWhenCLIP Disable -------------------------------------------------------------------NOTE When a call starts and ends. such as a charging phone set. The billing terminal that supports the polarity reversal charging function. The default value is 65 Vrms.. Ltd. Background Information The attributes of the ringing current include the following two parameters: l l Ringing current frequency: The higher the frequency is... the louder the ringing tones are. AC voltage amplitude: The greater the amplitude is. Generally. 313 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . The default value is 25 Hz. the sharper the ringing tones are. the attributes of the ringing current need not be modified. the MG shows the start time and the end time based on the polarity reversal on the subscriber line.. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The ISDN service provides the E2E digital connection and supports multiple types of voice and non-voice telecom services.) – ISDN basic rate interface (BRI). Ltd.248 protocol. On the ISDN network. Step 2 Configure the attributes of the ringing current. ----End Example To set the ringing current frequency to 16 Hz (parameter value 0) and AC amplitude to 50 Vrms (parameter value 2). run the voip command to enter the VoIP mode. 314 l . For the detailed description of the VoIP service.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Procedure Step 1 Enter the VoIP mode. Step 3 Check whether the attributes of the ringing current are the same as the data plan. which supports a rate of 144 kbit/s and provides two B channels (for carrying services) and one D channel (for transmitting call control signaling and maintenance and management signaling). Background Information l The voice over IP (VoIP) service uses the IP packet switched network for transmission after the traditional analog voice signals are compressed and packetized. the device supports the access of the ISDN BRA user. Run the display ring attribute command to check whether the attributes of the ringing current are the same as the data plan. users can access the network through the following two interfaces: (The ISDN technology provides two types of usernetwork interfaces based on the user-network interface reference model. do as follows: huawei(config)#voip huawei(config-voip)#ring attribute set frequency 0 acamplitude 2 huawei(config-voip)#display ring attribute ringing current frequency : 16Hz ringing current acamplitute: 50Vrms 7. ISDN technology provides end-to-end (E2E) digital connection and supports multiple types of voice and non-voice telecom services. Run the ring attribute set command to configure the attributes of the ringing current according to the data plan. In global config mode. Prerequisites According to the actual network. the ISDN is a communication network evolved from the Integrated Digital Network (IDN). a route from the MA5616 to the MGC must be configured to ensure that the MA5616 communicates with the MGC normally.. When the MA5616 uses the H.3 Configuring the VoIP ISDN BRA Service This topic describes how to configure the VoIP ISDN BRA service on an IP network. Defined by the International Telegraph and Telephone Consultative Committee (CCITT). This service lowers the cost of the voice service. see Voice Feature in the Feature Description. The rate of B channels is 64 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The data on the AG for the interconnection with the MGC. Data preparation Table 7-18 provides the data plan for configuring the H. Table 7-18 Data plan for configuring the H.248-based VoIP ISDN BRA service. such as the attributes of the MG interface and the attributes of the VoIP user. The media and signaling IP address pools consist of all the IP addresses of the L3 interface of the upstream VLAN for media and signaling streams. under which the MGC controls the AG to implement call connection and disconnection. see DSLD . For detailed description of the DSLD board.248-based VoIP ISDN BRA service Item MG interface data (The data must be consistent with the data on the MGC. must be the same as the corresponding data on the MGC. 315 .048 Mbit/s and provides 30 B channels and one D channel.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service kbit/s and the rate of D channel is 16 kbit/s. Ltd. The MA5616 provides the ISDN BRA service through the DSL port on the DSLD board. These IP addresses must be contained in the media and signaling IP address pools. The service carried on the ISDN BRI is the ISDN basic rate access (BRA) service. Precaution The media gateway control protocol (MGCP) is a master/slave protocol. – ISDN primary rate interface (PRI). before configuring the VoIP service. It is the next hop IP address from the MA5616 to the MGC. The rates of the B channel and D channel are both 64 kbit/s. The service carried on the ISDN PRI is the ISDN primary rate access (PRA) service. which supports a rate of 2. Standard VLAN is recommended. It is used as the uplink port for the VoIP service to be configured.Eight-Channel ISDN Service Board in the Hardware Description. you must contact MGC engineers to check and ensure that the interconnection data plan for the AG is consistent with the corresponding plan for the MGC.) Parameters of the media stream and signaling stream Upstream VLAN for media and signaling streams Uplink port for media and signaling streams Media IP address and signaling IP address Remarks It is used as the upstream VLAN of the VoIP service to be configured. Default IP address of the MG Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Therefore. l l The MA5616 supports only the VoIP ISDN BRA service.. Otherwise. Generally. this parameter is optional.248 is 2944 (text) and 2945 (binary).SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Item Attribute parameters of the MG interface NOTE There are many MG interface parameters. 316 . IP address of the primary MGC to which the MG interface belongs Port ID of the primary MGC to which the MG interface belongs Coding mode of the MG interface Transmission mode of the MG interface Domain name of the MG interface When dual homing is not configured. Only mandatory parameters are listed here. The default signaling port ID defined in H.. Remarks MG interface ID It is the ID of the MG interface used by the VoIP service to be configured. It is the transport layer protocol port ID used for the signaling exchange between the MA5616 (AG) and the MGC. When the H. only the text mode is supported.248 protocol is used. the MG interface cannot be started. this parameter must be configured if the MIDType parameter of the H. Signaling port ID of the MG interface Currently. you can configure the parameters of only the primary MGC.248 message is configured to domainName. The MA5616 supports four VAGs. In other situations. When dual homing is configured. UDP is used. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. you also need to configure the IP address and port ID of the secondary MGC. If the mandatory parameters are not configured. Ltd. the MG interface cannot be started. It corresponds to the domainName parameter of the MG interface. The transmission mode is selected according to the requirements of the MGC. 248 protocol. The IUA link can be configured only after the IUA link set is configured. IUA link ID IUA link set ID It indicates the link for transmitting the signaling. - Software parameters of the MG interface Ringing mode of the MG interface Terminal ID (TID) format of the MG interface IUA link IUA link set IUA link Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 317 .248 message is configured to domainName.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Item Device name of the MG interface Remarks It is supported by only the H. Which ringing mode is used by the MG interface is determined by the service requirements. If the services such as emergency calls and emergency standalone are not required. Whether the MG interface supports the functions such as dual homing and emergency standalone is determined by the service requirements. In other situations. the MG interface cannot be started. and therefore such digitmaps need not be configured on the AG.. The digitmaps for common phone services are issued to the AG by the MGC. Digitmap of the MG interface The digitmaps are used for certain special applications such as emergency calls and emergency standalone. The TID format determines the generation mode of various types of user terminals on an MG interface. and it corresponds to the deviceName parameter of the MG interface that uses the H.248 protocol. this parameter is optional. this parameter need not be configured. Ltd. Otherwise. This parameter must be configured if the MIDType parameter of the H. 1-4 If the TID format bound to the BRA user does not support terminal layering function. The SCTP protocol supports the multi-homing function. local IP address. Ltd. In addition. it must be the same as the remote port ID configured on the MGC. the local IP addresses of the links that are in the same link set must be the same. the service cannot be configured. (The IP address must exist in the media IP address pool. it must be the same as the local port ID configured on the MGC. Local IP address Remote port ID Remote IP address ISDN BRA user data (The data must be consistent with the data on the MGC. remote port ID.) Slot that houses the DSLD service board User data Termination ID Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. This ensures that the service is not affected.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Item NOTE The local port ID.) To activate the link normally. The MA5616 supports the configuration of the active remote IP address and standby remote IP address. one link can be configured with the IP addresses of multiple MGCs as the remote IP addresses. It must be the same as the local IP address of the link configured on the MGC. the link can be switched to other MGCs automatically. and remote IP address of different links must not be completely same. Remarks Local port ID To activate the link normally. this parameter needs to be configured. and the configuration must be consistent with the configuration on the MGC. otherwise. It must be the same as the remote IP address of the link configured on the MGC. That is. 318 . When one MGC is faulty.. The attributes such as the upper and lower thresholds of the flashhooking duration need to be configured according to the local standards to ensure that the response of the user terminal complies with the local standards. and cat3 are in descending order. There are three categories of user priorities. as it enables communication between the MA5616 access gateway (AG) and the media gateway Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The attributes such as the working mode. 319 .. Ltd. The configuration of this parameter must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the MGC. Interface ID It indicates the interface for the BRA user data to pass through the MG and MGC.1 Configuring an MG Interface A media gateway (MG) interface is important to H. System parameters Overseas parameters Attributes of an ISDN BRA Port 7.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Item User priority Remarks The user priority must be specified according to the service requirements. Modify such attributes only if there is a special requirement.248-based voice over IP (VoIP) services. default) The priorities of cat1. and autodeactivation status of the port can be configured.3. cat2. remote power supply status. which are as follows: l cat1: government1 (category 1 government user) l cat2: government2 (category 2 government user) l cat3: normal (common user. The system parameters including the oversea version flag and message waiting indication (MWI) mode need to be configured according to the local standards to ensure that the response of the user terminal complies with the local standards. 320 . l l l Configuring the Upstream VLAN Interface This topic describes how to specify the upstream VLAN interface for the media stream and signaling stream. and how to configure the IP addresses of the L3 interface. The MG interfaces support authentication and ring mapping settings.248 protocol. The MA5616 communicates with the MGC using the MG control protocol. or the H. 2. Only one IP address functions as the primary address. 1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service controller (MGC)..248-based VoIP services. configure an MG interface and ensure that it is working properly before implementing H. and set interface parameters using the command line interface (CLI). Run the display interface vlanif command to check whether the IP addresses of the L3 interface are the same as those in the data plan. configure a VAG interface (or an MG interface). Run the interface vlanif command to enter the L3 interface of the upstream VLAN for the media stream and signaling stream. and other IP addresses function as the secondary addresses. Multiple logic AGs can be connected to various user groups. Procedure Step 1 Add an upstream VLAN. Each MG interface supports independent signaling and media IP addresses. providing different convergence rates for these groups to meet differentiated service requirements. enter VAG interface mode. Run the ip address command to configure the IP addresses of the L3 interface. Step 4 Check whether the IP addresses of the L3 interface are the same as those in the data plan. Ltd. Background Information Multiple IP addresses can be configured for the same VLAN L3 interface. To create media and signaling upstream VLAN 3 and configure IP addresses Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and signaling and media IP addresses can be configured in different virtual local area networks (VLANs). One MA5616 supports a maximum of four MG interfaces. Therefore. These IP addresses are the sources of the media and signaling IP address pools. ----End Example Assume that the media stream and signaling stream are transmitted upstream through upstream port 0/0/1. Step 3 Configure the IP addresses of the VLAN L3 interface. To configure a VAG. This topic describes how to configure an MG interface. Run the port vlan command to add an upstream port to the VLAN. Step 2 Add an upstream port to the VLAN. Background Information l A virtual access gateway (VAG) simulates one physical AG into multiple logic AGs. Run the vlan command to add an upstream VLAN for the media stream and signaling stream. Similarly. on signaling and media streams.117/16 of the L3 interfaces for the media IP address pool and the signaling IP address pool respectively.4.4. the signaling and media streams can use different IP addresses and VLANs and are transmitted to different networks.4. Prerequisites The IP address of the L3 interface of the media and signaling upstream VLAN must be configured. Hardware address is 00e0-fc32-1118 Configuring the Media and Signaling IP Address Pools The media IP address pool defines all media IP addresses that can be used by an access gateway (AG). Run the display ip address media command to check whether the media IP address pool is the same as that in the data plan.13.13. SmartAX Series.4. The H. The media IP address pool and the signaling IP address pool can be the same. Ltd.. For details about how to configure the IP address.4. Step 2 Configure the media IP address pool.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service 10. Run the ip address media command to add the media IP address to the media IP address pool.13. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.116/16 and 10.248 and SIP protocols support signaling and media stream separation. and lawful interception. 321 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . and the signaling IP address pool defines all signaling IP addresses that can be used by an AG. such as QoS. The media IP address needs to be selected from the IP addresses of the L3 interface of the media and signaling upstream VLAN.13. the media IP address and the signaling IP address can be the same.117/16 Sub IP Sending Frames' Format is PKTFMT_ETHNT_2.13. Procedure Step 1 Run the voip command to enter the VoIP mode. 1.117 16 sub huawei(config-if-vlanif3)#quit huawei(config)#display interface vlanif 3 vlanif3 current state : UP Line protocol current state : UP Description : HUAWEI. network monitoring. see Configuring the Upstream VLAN Interface.13. Specifically. The media IP address pool saves MG/SIP interface IP addresses. Context l l l The media IP address and the signaling IP address for the MG or SIP interface must be selected from the IP address pools configured here. The separation enables carriers to uses different control policies.4.116 16 huawei(config-if-vlanif3)#ip address 10.116/16 Internet Address is 10. do as follows: huawei(config)#vlan 3 standard huawei(config)#port vlan 3 0/0 1 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 3 huawei(config-if-vlanif3)#ip address 10. and the signaling IP address pool saves the IP addresses of the signaling-controlled media streams. 2. vlanif3 Interface The Maximum Transmit Unit is 1500 bytes Internet Address is 10. ....117 Subnet Mask.....4.. For details about how to configure the address pools......1.. 2...: 10. Prerequisites The media and signaling IP address pools have been configured.: 00-E0-FC-AF-91-33 IP Address...116 and 10..: 255.: 00-E0-FC-AF-91-33 IP Address..4.. An MG interface enables communication between an MA5616 and a media gateway controller (MGC).13.4..13...116 huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 10.....116 Subnet Mask..117 of L3 interfaces of the media and signaling upstream VLAN to the media IP address pool and the signaling IP address pool respectively.13..13. Run the display ip address signaling command to check whether the signaling IP address pool is the same as that in the data plan..4..13.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Step 3 Configure the signaling IP address pool.: 10..1.13.....4.117 10.0 MAC Address... Ltd.1..13.... Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co...... Run the ip address signaling command to add the signaling IP address to the signaling IP address pool.....0.........1....: 255..1 huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 10...13.. The signaling IP address needs to be selected from the IP addresses of the L3 interface of the media and signaling upstream VLAN.: 00-E0-FC-AF-91-33 huawei(config-voip)#display ip address signaling Signaling: IP Address.13.. To add IP addresses 10..117 huawei(config-voip)#display ip address media Media: IP Address.13...: 10..1...: 10...... 1.13...255..13.. 322 ....116 10..4........1.4.....0 Gateway..13..4. see Configuring the Upstream VLAN Interface.......0.116 Subnet Mask....: 255.1 huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 10. do as follows: huawei(config)#voip huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 10..: 00-E0-FC-AF-91-33 Adding an MG Interface This topic describes how to add a media gateway (MG) interface and configure its attributes...1 MAC Address.117 Subnet Mask.255...0..255...0... ----End Example Assume that the IP address of the gateway is 10. Each MA5616 supports a maximum of one MG interface.: 10.0 Gateway...1 MAC Address..4.......0 MAC Address...13.13.4.: 255..: 10.... Context Each MA5616 supports a maximum of four MG interfaces....255.. and transaction reliability function. set the parameters for the active and standby MGCs. 323 .248 protocol. You can reset an MG interface only after setting mgport. protocol negotiation version. Run the if-h248 attribute command to configure MG interface attributes according to the data plan. protocol port ID at the transport layer. transfer. and mgip. The detailed description of the parameters is as follows: l MG interface identifier parameters include domainName. When multi-homing is used. Table 7-19 lists the MG interface parameters for communication between the MG and the MGC. You can reset an MG interface only after setting either of the two parameters. mgip includes the signaling and media IP addresses. l Identifier parameters of the MGC to which the MG interface belongs include mgc-ip and mgc-domain-name. as well as the disaster tolerance MGC identifier. identifier parameters of the MGC to which the MG interface belongs. MG interface attributes include three types of parameters: MG interface identifier parameters. deviceName. code. Step 2 Configure the MG interface attributes. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and start-negotiate-version. Ltd. Run the interface h248 command to add an MG interface that supports the H. profile negotiation parameter. You can reset an MG interface only after setting mgip.248 message negotiation parameters. l H. message transmission mode. heartbeat negotiation parameter.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Procedure Step 1 Add an MG interface. and H..248 message negotiation parameters include the message coding mode. primary-mgc-port. the protocol port ID is related to the coding type. The IP address is allocated by the DHCP proxy. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.248 is 2944 (text) and 2945 (binary).248 protocol. When IP addresses are obtained statically. Ltd. In the H. mgport Indicates the transport layer protocol port ID used for the signaling exchange between the MA5616 (AG) and the MGC. the static IP address is used as the message identification (MID) header when MIDType is IP. each VLAN ID can only be used to obtain one IP address. l In signal-dhcp-vlan mode. The default signaling port ID defined in H. signal-dhcp-vlan vlanid-signal: indicates that the signaling IP address of a port is obtained using the upstream VLAN ID of the MG interface in Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) mode. 324 .. NOTE l When IP addresses are dynamically obtained.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Table 7-19 MG interface parameters Parameter mgip Remarks It can be statically configured or dynamically obtained from the server. If you have configured a static IP address. You can run the dhcp-client enable command to configure the IP address of the VLAN interface to be dynamically obtained. you can configure a static IP address. NOTE The MG interface ID must be the same as that specified on an MGC. each VLAN ID can be used to obtain a maximum of eight IP addresses. The profile used on the MG interface must be the same as that on the MGC. each VLAN ID can be used to obtain a maximum of eight IP addresses. code transfer start-negotiate-version Step 3 Check whether the attribute of the MG interface is the same as that in the data plan. only text coding mode is supported. Generally. configure the IP address and port ID of the standby MGC. set parameter profile-index index. you can configure a static IP address. l In signal-dhcp-vlan mode.. If you have configured a static IP address. Otherwise. each VLAN ID can only be used to obtain one IP address. contact Huawei for technical support. The coding modes of the MG interface and the MGC must be the same. 325 . primary-mgc-ip1 primary-mgc-port When dual homing is not configured. You can run the dhcp-client command to configure the IP address of the VLAN interface to be dynamically obtained.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Parameter mg-media-ip1 Remarks It can be statically configured or dynamically obtained from the server. When dual homing is configured. you can configure the parameters of only one MGC. the static IP address is used as the message identification (MID) header when MIDType is IP. In addition. UDP is used. If the signaling process flow on the MG is different from that on the MGC. When IP addresses are obtained statically. The IP address is allocated by the DHCP proxy. NOTE l When IP addresses are dynamically obtained. set this parameter to 0 (negotiated with the profile). Ltd. If the profile file in the system cannot meet requirements. You can configure data on the standby MGC only after configuring data on the active MGC. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the configuration fails. Currently. media-dhcp-vlan vlanid-signal: indicates that the media IP address of a port is obtained using the upstream VLAN ID of the MG interface in DHCP mode. The transmission mode is selected according to the requirements of the MGC. Prerequisites The MG interface has been configured. For details about how to configure the MG interface.120.117. the transport layer protocol port ID of the primary MGC is 2944.118 IP2:IP1:IP2:- (Optional) Configuring the Digitmap of an MG Interface A digitmap is a set of digit collection descriptors.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Run the display if-h248 attribute command to check whether the attribute of the MG interface is the same as that in the data plan.4.2.5 start-negotiate-version 1 retrans enable huawei(config-if-h248-0)#display if-h248 attribute ------------------------------------------------MGID 0 MG Description MG DomainName Protocol H248 Start Negotiate Version 1 Profile Negotiation Parameter Disable Profile index 1:NoProfile("") 2833Encrypt Codetype Text Transfer Mode UDP HeartBeatGenTimer(s) 60 HeartBeatRetransTimes 3 HeartBeatRetransTimer(s) 60 MG signalling IP 10.13. see Adding an MG Interface.13. the start version is 1. the digitmaps need not be configured.117 MG signalling Port 2944 MG media IP1 10.4.118.13.13. It is a dialing scheme residing in media gateways (MGs) and is used for detecting and reporting the digit events received on a terminal. 326 .4. IP address 1 of the primary MGC is 10.13.118 primary-mgc-port 2944 mg-media-ip1 10 .117 mgport 2944 code tex t transfer udp primary-mgc-ip1 10. To add such an MG interface. the signaling IP address of the MG interface is 10. the media IP address is 10. the H.3.116 MG media IP2 MIDType IP4_ADDR DeviceName Retrans Enable Active MGC MGC Port :2944 MGC Active MGC MGC Port :2944 MGC Active MGC MGC Domain Name:Standby MGC MGC Port :MGC Standby MGC MGC Port :MGC Standby MGC MGC Domain Name:------------------------------------------------IP1:10. the transport layer protocol port ID is 2944.13. and the transaction reliability is enabled.13.4.2.248 protocol is used for interconnecting with the MGC. ----End Example Assume that the MG interface ID is 0.116. The digitmaps for common phone services are issued to the AG by the MGC. Ltd. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and therefore such digitmaps need not be configured on the AG.2.4. This topic describes how to configure the digitmaps for certain special applications such as emergency calls and emergency standalone. do as follows: huawei(config)#interface h248 0 Are you sure to add MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-h248-0)#if-h248 attribute mgip 10. If the services such as emergency calls and emergency standalone are not required..13. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The digitmap is issued by the MG and applies to the emergency standalone service.. When the received dialing sequence matches one of the strings.248 protocol. l A digitmap is used to improve the efficiency of the MG in sending the callee number.248 protocol.1 (applicable to H.248 protocol Digit or Character 0-9 A-D E F X Description Indicate dialed digits 0-9. For details about the digitmap in the H.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Context CAUTION The digitmap configuration is relatively complicated. Indicates for # in the DTMF mode. you must configure the internal digitmap. indicating any digit from 0 to 9. Indicate A-D. The digitmap applies to automatic redial services. subscribers can still dial the telephone numbers that match the digitmap. It is recommended that you refer to the digitmap description in ITU-T H248. The information such as the meanings and usage of the characters in a digitmap is defined in the protocol. Table 7-20 Digitmap format in the H. This topic provides only some basic information. l Table 7-20 provides the valid characters in the strings and their meanings in the H. A digitmap consists of strings of digits with certain meanings. To configure the emergency standalone function. Indicates for a wildcard. Emergency call digitmap (due to call restriction in the case of an overload): When an MG is overloaded or the bandwidth is insufficient. if the callee number matches a dialing scheme defined by the digitmap. Ltd. Automatic redial digitmap of card services: When a subscriber makes a call using a telephone card.1. 327 . and is not described here. The digitmap applies to emergency calls when an MG is overloaded. the MG sends the callee number collectively in a message. through emergency channels. it indicates that the digits are collected completely. refer to ITU-T H248. the subscriber can dial another telephone number by pressing the keys defined in the automatic redial digitmap after the call is complete and the called party hooks up.248) before configuring the digitmap. Indicates * in the DTMF mode. which provides a better guide to the digitmap configuration. That is. such as the police call and ambulance call. l l The H.248-based MG interface supports the following types of digitmaps: l l Internal digitmap: used for matching the telephone numbers of two internal subscribers on an MG. l Run the display digitmap command to check whether the digitmap is configured correctly. Run the digitmap set command to configure the digitmap required in the data plan. When the MGC does not issue the digitmap timer and the default digitmap timer does not meet the service requirements. the digitmap is issued by the MGC. It is before the event character with a fixed location. In global config mode. Run the digitmap-timer command to configure the digitmpa timer. Indicates the long timer. run the interface h248 command to enter the MG interface mode. 328 . The short timer is applied when the collected number matches at least one dialing scheme. The long timer is applied when the dialed number does not match any dialing scheme. Step 4 Check whether the configuration of the digitmap timer is the same as that in the data plan. the dialing event fills the location. the system reports a phone number digit by digit if the phone number is detected after the dialing scheme is matched. you can configure the digitmap timer in this step. Indicates that there can be multiple digits (including 0) or characters before it. When detecting the timer timeout. Indicates the duration modifier..SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Digit or Character S Description Indicates the short timer. When the event duration exceeds the threshold. In this case. l Run the display digitmap-timer command to check whether the digitmap timer is configured correctly. Step 3 (Optional) Configure the digitmap timer. Used to separate the strings and indicates that each string is an optional dialing scheme. which indicates a dialing event of a long duration. Ltd. Step 2 Configure the digitmap. the system reports a phone number digit by digit if the phone number is detected after the dialing scheme is matched. Generally. | [] Procedure Step 1 Enter the MG interface mode. but more numbers may be received and these numbers match other dialing schemes. When detecting the timer timeout. ----End Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Indicates that one digit or string can be selected from the options. the issued digitmap timer prevails regardless of whether a timer is configured on the AG. L Z . After the software parameter configuration. see Adding an MG Interface. l 1: Indicates that dual homing rather than auto-switching is supported. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. For details about how to configure the MG interface. Ltd. For details about parameters that can be configured. see section Usage Guidelines in mgsoftware parameter. The other parameters are reserved in the system. According to the data plan. Default: 0 This parameter is usually set to 2. Prerequisites The MG interface has been configured.248-based MG interface 0 is configured and the telephone numbers of two internal subscribers on an MG are matched. To configure the inner digitmap. Table 7-21 Parameter 2 Description Indicates whether the MG interface supports dual homing.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Example Assume that the inner digitmap of H. Range: 0-2. the inner digitmap format is 1234xxxx. the parameters take effect immediately and are valid only to the MG interface. do as follows: huawei(config)#interface h248 0 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#digitmap set inner 1234xxxx huawei(config-if-h248-0)#display digitmap ---------------------------------------------------------------------Inner digitmap : 1234xxxx Urgent digitmap (for overload or bandwidth restrict) : Dualdial digitmap for card service : ---------------------------------------------------------------------- (Optional) Configuring the Software Parameters of an MG Interface The software parameters of a media gateway (MG) interface mainly define certain common service attributes of the MG interface. l 2: Indicates that dual homing and auto-switching is supported. 329 . 248. Default Setting Numeral type. l 0: Indicates that dual homing is not supported.. Table 7-21 lists parameters that are usually configured to a non-default value. Skip this topic if the system configuration meets user requirements. Context There are 37 software parameters (numbered from 0 to 36) of an MG interface that supports H. The other parameters are not required. Run the display mg-software parameter command to check whether the software parameters of the MG interface are the same as those in the data plan.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Parameter 6 Description Indicates whether the MG interface supports device authentication. Ltd. l 1: Indicates that device authentication is not supported. Run the mg-software parameter command the software parameters required in the data plan. l 3: indicates that internal call and emergency call are permitted.. run the interface h248 command to enter the MG interface mode. In global config mode. l 0: Indicates that device authentication is supported. l 0: Indicates that no call is permitted.248-based MG interface 0 to 1 so that the MG interface supports emergency standalone and allows only internal calls. Range: 0-1. Default: 1 11 Indicates whether the MG interface supports emergency standalone. Default Setting Numeral type. Range: 0-3. Default: 0 Procedure Step 1 Enter the MG interface mode. do as follows: huawei(config)#interface h248 0 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#mg-software parameter 11 1 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#display mg-software parameter 11 ------------------------------------------------Interface Id:0 para index:11 value:1 ------------------------------------------------APPENDIX: ------------------------------------------------Interface software parameter name: 11: Stand alone support Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l 1: Indicates that only internal call is permitted. l 2: Indicates that only emergency call is permitted. Step 2 Configure software parameters. Step 3 Check whether the software parameters are the same as those in the data plan. Numeral type. ----End Example To configure software parameter 11 of H. 330 . Step 4 Add a ringing mapping. go to Step 3. Ltd. After the adding is successful. l If the preset ringing mode does not meet the requirements. In the global config mode. 331 . run the user defined-ring modify command to configure the breakmake ratio of user-defined ringing mode to form a ringing mode that meets the user requirement.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 0: 1: 2: 3: None Inner Emergency Both 7 Configuring the Voice Service (Optional) Configuring the Ringing Mode of an MG Interface This topic describes how to configure the ringing mode of an MG interface to meet different user requirements. Check whether the preset ringing mode in the system meets the requirements according to the Usage Guidelines of the mg-ringmode add command.. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Context Add the ringing mode mapping records of a specified MG interface. proceed to Step 2. CAUTION The system supports 16 user-defined ringing modes. Step 3 Enter the MG interface mode. l If the preset ringing mode meets the requirements. If the default ringing mode (the cadence ringing and initial ringing both are 1:4) meets user requirements. Run the interface h248 command to enter the MG interface mode. skip this topic. the MG interface can obtains the ringing mode according to the peer parameters issued by the MGC and then play the ringing to the user in this mode. Step 2 Configure the user-defined ringing mode. Run the mg-ringmode add command to add a ringing mapping. which can be modified but cannot be added or deleted. Procedure Step 1 Check whether the ringing mode meets the requirements. 2. the cadence ringing is 1:4 (the value of the corresponding parameter cadence is 0). 2. To configure the ringing mode of MG interface 0. and the initial ringing is 1:2 (the value of the corresponding parameter initialring is 17). 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 -------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#interface h248 0 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co... Run the display mg-ringmode attribute command to check whether the ringing mapping is the same as that in the data plan. For example. Ltd. The peer parameter mgcpara that is on the MG and issued by the MGC must be the same as the parameter mgcpara on the MGC.. the peer parameter ID issued by the MGC is 0. Step 5 Check whether the ringing mapping is the same as that in the data plan. user-defined ringing mode 0 is selected. and the initial ringing and the cadence ringing use user-defined ringing mode 0 (the values of the corresponding parameters cadence and initialring are 128 and 144 respectively).2sec Off. If the initial ringing mode is 144. 0. do as follows: huawei(config)#user defined-ring modify 0 para1 400 para2 200 para3 400 para4 2000 huawei(config)#display user defined-ring { <cr>|ring-type<U><0. 332 .. the peer parameter ID issued by the MGC is 1.4sec On. 0. ----End Example Assume that the MG interface ID is 0..0sec Off. User-defined ringing modes 0 to 15 correspond to cadence ringing modes 128 to 143 respectively. user-defined ringing mode 0 is selected.15> }: Command: display user defined-ring -------------------------------------------------RingType Para1 Para2 Para3 Para4 Para5 Para6 -------------------------------------------------0 400 200 400 2000 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 . if the cadence ringing mode is 128.. the breakmake ratio of user-defined ringing mode 0 is 0. and correspond to initial ringing modes 144 to 159 respectively.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service CAUTION 1.4sec On. do as follows: huawei(config)#interface h248 0 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#mg-ringmode add 0 0 17 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#display mg-ringmode attribute { <cr>|mgcpara<U><0. To configure the ringing mode of MG interface 0.15> }: Command: display mg-ringmode attribute ------------------------------------------------------MGID PeerPara CadenceRing InitialRing ------------------------------------------------------0 0 0 17 ------------------------------------------------------- Assume that the MG interface ID is 0. 1 before configuring the TID format.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide huawei(config-if-h248-0)#mg-ringmode add 1 128 144 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#display mg-ringmode attribute { <cr>|mgcpara<U><0.15> }: Command: 7 Configuring the Voice Service display mg-ringmode attribute ------------------------------------------------------MGID PeerPara CadenceRing InitialRing ------------------------------------------------------0 1 128 144 ------------------------------------------------------- (Optional) Configuring the TID Format of an MG Interface A terminal ID (TID) profile determines how various user terminal IDs on a media gateway (MG) interface are generated. such as subrack ID/slot ID/port (B channel) ID. "S". it indicates that the TID template is used by the non-layering users. l If the parameter list of the TID template includes only keyword "G". Based on standards in different countries. Users bound with this template support terminal layering. Users bound with this template do not support terminal layering. Ltd. l Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The TID format consists of the terminal prefix and the TID template. A TID consists of a terminal prefix and a character string generated by a TID template. The TID template defines the generation mode of the TID excluding the terminal prefix. It is recommended that you refer to the TID description in ITU-T H248.. 333 . The information such as the syntax rules with which the terminal prefix must comply and the requirements for the character string of the TID template is defined in the protocol. you can determine whether configure the feature for a user. Context CAUTION The configuration of the TID format is relatively complicated. "B" ("B" is not available to PSTN users). This topic describes only some basic information. If the parameter list of the TID template includes only keywords "F". and is not described here. it indicates that the TID template is used by the layering users. skip this topic. The TID templates that are bound to various types of users on the MG interface determine whether the users support terminal layering. "P". Terminal layering: indicates that a terminal user is identified by layered parameters. If the default TID profile in the system meets user requirements. the first character must be a letter. proceed to Step 3. l If a certain type of terminal exists on an interface. Step 2 Check whether the default TID template of the system meets the service requirements. run the tid-format rtp command to configure the TID template and terminal prefix of the RTP ephemeral termination. 334 .) Precaution Procedure Step 1 To query the template information. S indicates the slot ID.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 7 Configuring the Voice Service The meaning of each keyword is as follows: l l l l l l F indicates the shelf ID. l In H248 mode.. NOTE l If certain type of terminal exists on an interface and the interface is not disabled. These profiles can only be referenced. Step 3 Enter the MG interface mode. l The terminal prefix must comply with the following syntax rules: The prefix supports a maximum of 64 characters and supports letters. which is generated by combining the configured TID profile and the terminal prefix. Run the interface h248 command to enter the MG interface mode. l In H248 mode. G indicates the general permanent termination index. and slash (/). l The length of the TID. Otherwise. P indicates the port ID.248. underscore (_). l In H248 mode. which exists only when the system protocol is H. run the tid-format bra command to configure the TID template and the terminal prefix of the ISDN BRA user. Step 4 Configure the TID templates and the terminal prefix of various types of users on the current MG (VAG). If the default 19 TID profiles cannot meet service requirements. Run the display tid-template command to query the information about the default TID profile of the system. This termination is not involved unless special remarks are provided. B indicates the B channel ID (only for ISDN BRA and ISDN PRA terminals). cannot exceed 64 characters. and the last character cannot be a digit. but cannot be added. Step 5 Check whether the TID template and the terminal prefix are the same as those in the data plan. the TID format (including the terminal prefix and the index of the TID profile) of this type of terminal cannot be modified. modified. the terminal prefix of this type of terminal cannot be modified. digits. The system defines 19 default TID profiles with IDs from 0 to 18. run the tid-template add command to add a TID profile. R indicates the RTP ephemeral termination index (only for the RTP ephemeral termination. or deleted. Ltd. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. run the tid-format pstn command to configure the TID template and terminal prefix of the PSTN user. Name : Aln_Not_Fixed_1 ------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#interface h248 1 huawei(config-if-h248-1)#tid-format pstn prefix aln/ template 3 huawei(config-if-h248-1)#quit huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser add 0/2/0 1 huawei(config-esl-user)#display mgpstnuser 0/2/0 { <cr>|endframeid/slotid/portid<S><Length 1-15> }: Command: display mgpstnuser 0/2/0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------F /S /P MGID TelNo Priority PotsLineType TerminalID ---------------------------------------------------------------------------0 /2 /0 1 Cat3 DEL aln/1/3/1 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Enabling an MG Interface Enabling an MG interface is to reset an MG interface to make the MG interface register with the MGC (or to make the modified attributes of the MG interface take effect) after the configuration of the MG interface is complete. the terminal prefix of the PSTN user on MG interface 1 is aln/. Ltd. When adding a user that does not support terminal layering. l When adding a user that supports terminal layering. The configuration of terminal layering on the MG must be the same as that on the MGC. You can learn about whether the user supports terminal layering. you do not need to specify parameter terminalid because the system automatically allocates a terminal ID. so that the MG interface can work in the normal state. In the query result. and "P". and the layering TID template 3 is used.P+1 // Keywords in the parameter list of the TID template are "F". you must specify parameter terminalid. template-index indicates the index of the TID profile that is bound to the type of user. Then run the display tid-template command to check whether the TID template supports the layering configuration.S+1.. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. To add a PSTN user on port 0/2/0 and check whether the system automatically allocates a TID generated according to the template.248 mode.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Run the display tid-format command to check whether the TID profiles and the terminal prefixes of various types of users on the current MG interface are the same as those in the data plan. ------------------------------------------------Index : 3 Format : %u/%u/%u Para-list : F+1. 335 . do as follows: huawei(config)#display tid-template 3// Query the information about the TID template 3. l Run the display tid-format command to query the TID formats of various types of users on the current MG interface. ----End Example Assume that in the H. "S". 336 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) .10. You can query the status of the MG interface by using one of the following two methods..10. Context l Simple Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) is a connection-oriented protocol.248-based MG interface 0. Wait ack. l Run the display if-h248 state command to check whether the MG interface is in the normal state.3. this operation interrupts the ongoing services carried on the MG interface. Run the interface h248 command to enter the H248 mode. and then run the display if-h248 all command to check whether the MG interface is in the normal state. Remote Closed. Hence. Step 2 Enable the MG interface. Its most fundamental function is to provide reliable transmission for interaction messages between Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10. exercise caution when performing this operation. Run the reset coldstart command to enable the MG interface. Procedure Step 1 Enter the H248 mode. ----End Example To enable H. For the state meanings. Step 3 Check the state of the MG interface. NOTE The running states of an MG interface can be Local Closed. and Graceful Closed. see parameter description of State in display if-h248 all of the Command reference.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Precaution CAUTION For the MG interface that has been in service. do as follows: huawei(config)#interface h248 0 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#reset coldstart Are you sure to reset MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-h248-0)#quit huawei(config)#display if-h248 all -------------------------------------------------------------------------------MGID Trans State MGPort MGIP MGCPort MGCIP/DomainName -------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 UDP Normal 2944 10.11 2944 10. Normal. Ltd. l Run the quit command to quit the global config mode.2 Configuring the IUA Link This topic describes how to configure the IUA link for signaling transmission between the MA5616 and MGC in the VoIP ISDN BRA service.20.11 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7. SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service the MA5616 and MGC. Procedure Step 1 In global config mode. prefix of the IID is b/. namely. pending duration is 20s. you must add a corresponding link set. run the sigtran command to enter the Sigtran mode. ----End Example Assume that the link set ID is 0. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SCTP can be regarded as a transmission layer. the system is in the deactivated state by default. The SCTP protocol implements services based on the association between two SCTP endpoints. Adding an IUA Link Set This topic describes how to add an IUA link set. 337 . To add such an IUA link set. Before adding an IUA link. you can add an IUA link to carry the Q.931 call signaling. do as follows: huawei(config)#sigtran huawei(config-sigtran)#iua-linkset add 0 trafficmode override pendingtime 20 iidmap 2 braprefix b/ huawei(config-sigtran)#display iua-linkset attribute { <cr>|linksetno<L> }: Command: display iua-linkset attribute ---------------------------------------------------------LinksetNo :0 PendingTime :20 TrafficMode :override C/S-Mode :server IID-Type :integer IID-Map :2 BRA IID-Prefix :b/ BRA IID-Suffix :---------------------------------------------------------- Adding an IUA Link This topic describes how to add an IUA link. and its lower layer is the IP network. Context l l The system supports the configuration of a maximum of four IUA link sets. working mode of the link set is active/standby mode. you need to configure the IUA link to carry the Q. parameter 2. Step 2 Run the iua-linkset add command to add an IUA link set. When configuring the VoIP ISDN service. Otherwise. Step 3 You can run the display iua-linkset attribute command to check whether the configured IUA link set information is the same as the data plan. Its upper layer is called SCTP subscriber. l The IUA link is the carrier of the interaction signaling between the MA5616 and MGC. IID generation mode is using the binary value that is automatically generated in ffsspp mode. the link cannot be added. Ltd. After the link set is added.931 call signaling for the ISDN user. After a link set is configured successfully.. .10.10.10.10.10.10 1404 10. local IP address is 10. Only two links can be configured in the same link set. Configuring the ISDN BRA User Data This topic describes how to configure the ISDN BRA user data based on H. 338 . do as follows: huawei(config)#sigtran huawei(config-sigtran)#iua-link add 0 0 1402 10. Procedure Step 1 (This step is not required if the command line interface is already in the Sigtran mode.) In global config mode. link set ID is 0. In addition.10. the local IP addresses of the two links must be the same. ----End Example Assume that the link ID is 0.10.10. Step 3 You can run the display iua-link attribute command to check whether the configured IUA link information is the same as the data plan.10.3.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Prerequisites The IUA link set must be added. you can add the VoIP ISDN BRA user on this interface to implement the VoIP ISDN BRA service.10 Remote port : 1404 Remote IP address : 10.10. local port ID is 1402. remote port ID. local IP address.10.20 huawei(config-sigtran)#display iua-link attribute { <cr>|linkno<L> }: Command: display iua-link attribute ---------------------------------------------------------------------LinkNo : 0 LinksetNo : 0 Local port : 1402 Local IP address : 10. Context l l Make sure that a minimum of one item in the local port ID. To add such a link. remote port ID is 1404. run the sigtran command to enter the Sigtran mode.3 Configuring the VoIP ISDN BRA User This topic describes how to configure the VoIP ISDN BRA user. After the MG interface is configured.248 (the data must be the same as the corresponding data on the MGC) so that the ISDN BRA user can access the network to use the ISDN BRA service.10. and remote IP address 1 is 10.20. Step 2 Run the iua-link add command to add an IUA link.20 Remote IP address 2 : Priority : 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 7. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.10. and remote IP address of a link is different from the corresponding item of other links. the terminal ID is 2. Step 2 Run the mgbrauser add command to add an ISDN BRA.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Prerequisites The H832DSLD service board must be inserted into the planned slot correctly and the board must be in the normal state. When configuring these attributes. see (Optional) Configuring the Attributes of an ISDN BRA Port. you can modify the values according to the service requirements. l If the MG interface does not support the terminal layering function. to add the second ISDN BRA user. The working mode of the BRA port must be configured according to the requirements. For details about how to configure the IUA link. see 7. For details about how to configure the working mode of the BRA port. l If the query result is Auto_find. it indicates that the board is in the normal state. 339 . Background Information One H832DSLD board can be configured with a maximum of eight ISDN BRA users. l If the query result is Failed. handle the fault according to Service Board Is in the Failed State described in the Maintenance Guide. interfaceid must be configured and be different from the interfaceid of other users in the same link set. In addition. Table 7-22 Default settings of the attributes of the ISDN BRA user Parameter Priority of the ISDN BRA user Flag of reporting the UNI fault of the ISDN BRA user Threshold for the number of auto recoveries from deterioration faults Default Settings cat3: (common user) Disable 20 Procedure Step 1 In global config mode.3. Ltd. the terminal ID must be configured when an ISDN BRA user is added. Default Configuration Table 7-22 lists the default settings of the attributes of the ISDN BRA user. the terminal ID must differ from the terminal ID of the existing ISDN BRA user by an integer multiple of 2. NOTE You can run the display board command to query the board status. run the esl user command to enter the ESL user mode. l When iid-map in the iua-linkset add command is configured to 1. the Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. you need to run the board confirm command to confirm the board. l If the query result is Normal.2 Configuring the IUA Link. For example. l The terminal ID of an ISDN BRA user must be different from the terminal IDs of other users. The IUA link must be configured according to the requirements. to add the first ISDN BRA user. Step 4 (Perform this step only when you need to modify the attributes of the ISDN BRA user. the terminal ID is 6. The system automatically allocates a terminal ID for the user. Ltd.) Run the mgbrauser attribute set command to configure the attributes of the ISDN BRA user. the terminal ID cannot be configured when an ISDN BRA user is added on the MG interface. see (Optional) Configuring the Software Parameters of an MG Interface.) Run the display mgbrauser attribute command to query whether the configured attributes of the ISDN BRA user are the same as the data plan. to add the third ISDN BRA user. l If the MG interface supports the terminal layering function. do as follows: huawei(config-sigtran)#quit huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#mgbrauser add 0/4/0 0 0 interfaceid 0 terminalid 2 priority cat3 telno 83110001 Are you sure to configure the working mode of the DSL board to normal and reset the board automatically? (y/n) [n]:y huawei(config-esl-user)#display mgbrauser 0/4 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------F /S /P /B MGID LinkSetNo UserIFID TelNo Priority TerminalID -----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 /4 /0 /0 0 0 0 83110001 Cat3 A2 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-esl-user)#mgbrauser attribute set 0/4/0 priority cat3 unireport enable auto-resume-limit 30 huawei(config-esl-user)#display mgbrauser attribute 0/4/0 { <cr>|endframeid/slotid/portid<S><Length 1-15> }: Command: display mgbrauser attribute 0/4/0 -------------------------------------------------------F /S /P UNIreport Prior Auto reservice times/limit -------------------------------------------------------0 /4 /0 enable Cat3 0/30 -------------------------------------------------------- Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ----End Example Assume the following configurations: l l l l l Link set ID: 0 IUA interface ID: 0 (value of iid-map: 1) Terminal ID: 2 (not supporting the terminal layering function) User priority: cat3 Telephone number: 83110001 (Before configuring a emergency standalone number. ensure that the emergency standalone function has been enabled on the MG interface.) UNI alarm report function: enable Threshold for the number of auto recoveries from L1 deterioration faults: 30 l l To add an ISDN BRA user with such configurations on port 0/4/0 of MG interface 0.. Step 3 Run the display mgbrauser attribute command to check whether the ISDN PSTN user data is the same as the data plan.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service terminal ID is 4. the rest may be deduced by analogy. Step 5 (Perform this step only after you modify the attributes of the ISDN BRA user. For details. 340 . 1: No send power deny. Table 7-23 System parameters supported by the MA5616 Parameter 0 1 2 3 4 5 Description Indicates the howler tone sending flag. 341 . Indicates whether to send power deny flag when softswitch indicates block. Default Setting 1: Indicates that the howler tone is sent. 1: Indicates that the FSK is sent with ringing. 0: Indicates that the initial ringing stop flag is not issued. Indicates the acceptant times of absent dsp resource alarm in period. Indicates the period of absent DSP resource alarm control. 1: Indicates that the global digitmap is supported. Indicate the reserved parameter. 6 7-11 12 13 14 0: Analog subscriber line board 16 16 15-255 - Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. If the system default settings meet local standards. skip this topic. Indicate the reserved parameter. 0: Indicates that the media stream is forwarded within the device. Indicates the media stream forwarding mode on the same device. Ltd..SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service (Optional) Configuring the System Parameters This topic describes how to configure the system parameters including the overseas version flag and message waiting indication (MWI) mode according to the local standards to ensure that the response of the user terminal complies with the local standards. Indicates the MWI mode. Indicates the initial ringing stop flag. Indicates the global digitmap support flag. Indicates the overseas version flag. Background Information Table 7-23 lists the system parameters supported by the MA5616. 0: Indicates China. Indicates the Howler tone source. 1:HongKong. 342 . Indicates the lower threshold of the flash-hooking duration. Default Setting 350 ms (in compliance with the Chinese mainland standards) 100 ms (in compliance with the Chinese mainland standards) Indicates whether the current is 0: Indicates that the current is not limited when the user port is limited. Indicate the reserved parameter Line B offset - 3 4-255 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Indicates the type of ring DC offset. 2:Brazil.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Procedure Step 1 Run the system parameters command to configure the system parameters. Table 7-24 Overseas parameters supported by the MA5616 Parameter 0 1 2 Description Indicates the upper threshold of the flash-hooking duration. 4: Singapore. 14:Turkey. 7:Britain MSFUK. 20:Germany ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Optional) Configuring the Overseas Parameters By default. 6:France. In the actual service configuration. Step 2 Run the display system parameters command to check whether the system parameters are the same as the planned data. ----End Example To configure the overseas version flag (system parameter 1) to Hong Kong (parameter value 1). 9:Bulgaria. the overseas parameters are configured according to the Chinese standards. 0:China. Ltd. do as follows: huawei(config)#system parameters 1 1 huawei(config)#display system parameters 1 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Parameter name index: 1 Parameter value: 1 Mean: Overseas version flag. Background Information Table 7-24 lists the overseas parameters supported by the MA5616. 3:Egypt.. 5:Thailand. 8:Britain ETSI. the attributes such as the upper and lower thresholds of the flashhooking duration can be configured according to the local standards to ensure that the response of the user terminal complies with the local standards. locked. SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Procedure Step 1 Configure the overseas parameters. 0:Line A offset. HongKong:800 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Parameter name index: 1 Parameter value: 100 Mean: Hooking lower threshold(ms). and working mode of the port. 0:not apply. Run the display oversea parameters command to check whether the overseas parameters are the same as the data plan. Run the oversea parameters command to configure overseas parameters. Step 2 Check whether the overseas parameters are the same as the data plan.3> }: Command: display oversea parameters ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Parameter name index: 0 Parameter value: 800 Mean: Hooking upper threshold(ms). Ltd. You can configure the autodeactivation status. ----End Example To set the upper flash-hooking threshold (overseas parameter 0) to 800 ms (in compliance with the Hong Kong standards) and the lower flash-hooking threshold (overseas parameter 1) to 100 ms (in compliance with the Hong Kong standards). HongKong:100 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Parameter name index: 2 Parameter value: 0 Mean: Flag of applying PARKED LINE FEED or not when user port is locked. you can change the values according to the service requirements. UNI fault alarming function. Table 7-25 Default values of the attributes of an ISDN BRA port Parameter Autodeactive Autodeactive-delay Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Default Setting Disable 30s 343 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. do as follows: huawei(config)#oversea parameters 0 800 huawei(config)#oversea parameters 1 100 huawei(config)#display oversea parameters { <cr>|name<U><0. reference: China:350. 1:Line B offset ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Optional) Configuring the Attributes of an ISDN BRA Port This topic describes how to configure the attributes of an ISDN BRA port to ensure that the ISDN BRA port can meet the actual application requirements. 1:apply ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Parameter name index: 3 Parameter value: 1 Mean: Type of ring DC offset. . When configuring the attributes. remote power supply status. Default Configuration Table 7-25 lists the default values of the attributes of an ISDN BRA port.. reference: China:100. ----End Example Assume that the working mode is p2mp. Step 2 Run the braport attribute set command to configure the attributes such as the working mode. and the auto-deactivation function is disabled. see the parameter description in braport attribute set.248 protocol is used to transmit the fax data service over the IP network. For detailed description of the braport attribute set command. auto-deactivation status. run the braport command to enter braport mode. the activation mode is stable.4 Configuring the FoIP Service (Based on the H. Ltd. configure the working mode of the port to p2p.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Parameter Activemode Remotepower Unialarm Workmode Default Setting unstable-active Disable Disable p2mp Procedure Step 1 In global config mode. To configure such attributes of ISDN BRA port 0/4/0. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and remote power supply status of the port.248 Protocol) This topic describes how to configure the FoIP service when the H. do as follows: huawei(config)#braport huawei(config-braport)#braport attribute set 0/4/0 workmode p2mp activemode stableactive huawei(config-braport)#display braport attribute { frameid/slotid/portid<S><Length 1-15>|frameid/slotid<S><Length 1-15> }:0/4/0 Command: display braport attribute 0/4/0 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------F /S /P Remotepower Workmode Autodeactive Deactivedelay Activemode Unialarm ----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 /4 /0 disable p2mp disable 30 stable disable ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.. 344 . If an ISDN BRA port needs to be connected to multiple terminal users. If an ISDN BRA port needs to be connected to only one terminal user. configure the working mode of the port to p2mp. This reduces delay. and decreases the impact of packet loss on the transmission of the fax service data.711 transparent transmission.30 transparent transmission fax (using the G. this transmission mode is used. otherwise.38-based transmission mode). the fax working mode of the MA5616 is not controlled by the MGC. l l The MA5616 supports the 10 ms packing function and the RFC 2198 function. the softswitch determines whether the fax port ID is increased by 2 through signaling negotiation.38-based transmission mode. the softswitch determines the transmission mode to be used (transparent transmission mode or T. and V5 fax flows. 345 . when the V2 T. the transparent transmission mode is used. the FoIP service is classified into T. manual configuration is required. Therefore. the RFC 2198 can ensure the service quality. Therefore. l The MA5616 supports the self-switch mode and the auto-negotiation mode: l l Self-switch: If the self-switch mode is configured. the fax working mode of the MA5616 is automatically configured during the negotiation with the MGC. When the network packet loss occurs. the RFC 2198 function improves the reliability of data transmission. the port IDs are both increased by 2 or neither of the port IDs is increased by 2. Context The FoIP service can be classified according to the following modes: l According to the coding/decoding mode: In this mode. RFC 2198 function: Through the redundant transmission. In addition. In addition..38-based transmission mode). and the fax mode on the MGC side must be consistent with the fax mode on the MG side. the MG determines the transmission mode to be used (transparent transmission mode or T. if the softswitch requires the T. To be specific.38 fax (using the T.38 coding). The voice service port used by the FoIP service and the voice service on that port must be in the normal state. Auto-negotiation: If the auto-negotiation mode is configured. In the V5 negotiation flow. Ltd. the fax transparent transmission function is added with the 10 ms G.711 transparent transmission. improves the performance of transparent transmission. l 10 ms packing function: In addition to the 20 ms G. The MA5616 supports the V2. l In the V2 negotiation flow. According to the role of the MGC: In this mode. In the V3 negotiation flow. That is.711 coding) and T. l Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the softswitch determines whether the fax port ID is increased by 2 through signaling negotiation.38 is configured. V3. and determines whether the fax port ID is increased by 2. manual configuration is not required. the FoIP service is classified into the SoftSwitch-controlled fax and the self-switch fax (the fax flow is controlled by the MGC itself). the IDs of the local and peer ports must be configured consistently. Therefore. No signaling negotiation is performed when the port ID is increased by 2. the softswitch determines the DSP and port ID.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Prerequisites l l The communication between the MG and the MGC must be in the normal state. 2.38 port ID. 346 . (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters transevent command to configure the transmission mode of the modem event. If the self-switch mode is configured in Step 1.38 fax port ID of the two sides are both added by 2 or not added by 2. run the fax parameters workmode command to configure fax working mode. (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters rfc2198-start-mode command to configure the RFC2198 function. (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters packet-interval-10ms command to enable or disable the 10ms packing function. 5.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Default Configuration Table 7-26 lists the default configuration of the flows of the FoIP service: Table 7-26 Default configuration of the flows of the FoIP service Item Coding/decoding negotiation mode Coding/decoding mode Negotiation flow 10 ms packing switch RFC2198 startup mode Transmission mode of the modem event Default Negotiation Transparent transmission fax V3 flow Disabled 2198 intelligent startup function not enabled ControlledByMGC Procedure Step 1 Configure public fax and modem parameters. l l 1. (Optional) Run the fax parameters is-port+2 command to configure the T.38 fax port ID is added by 2 for the two sides must be consistent. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. NOTE If the fax machines are not configured on the same MG interface. If the auto-negotiation mode is configured in Step 1. the T. Run the fax-modem parameters negomode command to configure the negotiation mode. 6. (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters vbd-pt-type command to configure the payload type of the VBD. 1.1.1. 4. 2.. Step 2 Configure the fax working mode. Run the fax parameters flow command to configure the fax flow. go to Step 2. 3. That is. the configurations for whether the T.1. Ltd. Step 3 Query public fax and modem parameters and the codec mode of the fax. (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters vbd-codec command to configure the codec mode of the voice-band data (VBD). Context During the application of the fax service. The transmission mode of the modem event is ControlledByMGC (default). The working mode of the fax is transparent transmission (thoroughly). The fax working flow is V3 flow.5 Configuring the FoIP Service (Based on the SIP Protocol) This topic describes how to configure the FoIP service based on the SIP protocol to transmit the fax data service over the IP network. The voice service port used by the FoIP service and the voice service on that port must be in the normal state. To configure the MA5616. The payload type of the VBD is static payload (default). Prerequisites l l The communication between the MA5616 and the IMS must be in the normal state.711A vbd-pt-type static huawei(config)#fax parameters workmode thoroughly flow v3 huawei(config)#display fax-modem parameters ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Negomode : Self switch Packet-interval-10ms : Enable Rfc2198-start-mode : Enable Rfc2198SmartStartup TransEvent : ControlledByMGC Vbd-codec : G. The codec mode of the VBD is G. the FoIP service can be classified into two modes according to the participation of the SIP signaling in the transmission control process: l Self-switch: If the self-switch mode is configured. The 10 ms packing function and the RFC2198 intelligent startup function are enabled. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. do as follows: huawei(config)#fax-modem parameters negomode selfswitch packet-interval-10ms enable rfc2198-start-mode enableRfc2198SmartStartup transevent controlledByMGC vbdcodec G.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Run the display fax-modem parameters and display fax parameters commands to query the fax transmission parameters. 347 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) .711A Vbd-payload-type : Static ----------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#display fax parameters ----------------------------------------------------------------------------FAX transfers mode :Thoroughly T38 Fax Port :RTP port FAX flow :V3 Flow ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.711A (default).. the fax working mode of the MA5616 needs to be configured manually. Ltd. ----End Example Assume that: l l l l l l l The negotiation mode of the MA5616 is self-switch. Table 7-27 Items involved in the FoIP service Item Codec negotiation mode Codec mode Option Negotiation Self-switch Transparent transmission fax T..SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service l Auto-negotiation: If the auto-negotiation mode is configured. The FoIP service can be classified into two modes according to the fax coding: l l Transparent transmission fax: The voice encoding (G. When the network packet loss occurs. Default Configuration Table 7-28 lists the default configuration of the flows of the FoIP service. Ltd. This reduces delay. The T. l 10 ms packing function: In addition to the 20 ms G. T. The G.7xx encoding) is adopted.711 encoding is adopted. the fax transparent transmission function is added with the 10 ms G. the RFC 2198 can ensure the service quality. Therefore.711 transparent transmission. the fax working mode of the MA5616 is automatically configured during the negotiation with the MGC. Table 7-28 Default configuration of the flows of the FoIP service Item Codec negotiation mode Codec mode Default Negotiation Transparent transmission fax Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.38 encoding is adopted.38 encoding is adopted. The MG determines what codec mode is used. l Data preparation It is recommended that you plan the working mode of the fax on the entire IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) before configuring the data so that the working mode on the entire network is consistent. and decreases the impact of packet loss on the transmission of the modem service data.711 transparent transmission. improves the performance of transparent transmission. The MA5616 supports the 10 ms packing function and the RFC 2198 function.38 flow Remarks The codec mode needs to be negotiated through the SIP signaling. manual configuration is not required. RFC 2198 function: Through the redundant transmission.38 fax: The T. the RFC 2198 improves the reliability of data transmission. 348 . 1. Step 3 Check whether the fax transmission parameters are the same as the data plan. Run the interface sip command to enter the SIP mode. 7. Run the display fax-modem parameters and display fax parameters commands to check the fax transmission parameters. The transmission mode of the fax is transparent transmission (thoroughly)..SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Procedure Step 1 Configure public fax and modem parameters. Run the fax-modem parameters negomode command to configure the negotiation mode. ----End Example Assume that: l l l l l l The negotiation mode of the MA5616 is self-switch. 3. (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters vbd-pt-type command to configure the payload type of the VBD. Run the fax parameters command to configure the fax working mode of the SIP interface. The codec mode of the VBD is G.711A. The payload type of the VBD is static payload. 6.152 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-if-sip-0)#fax parameters transmode 0 huawei(config-if-sip-0)#quit huawei(config)#display fax parameters 0 --------------------------------------MGID Transmode Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Step 2 Configure the codec mode of the fax. The RFC2198 negotiation mode is fixedstart.711A Vbd-pt-type :static Vbd-attribute-type :v. (Optional) Run the rfc2833 set rfc2833-fax-modem command to configure the mode for reporting fax or modem events. 5. (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters rtp-interval command to enable or disable the 10 ms packing function. 2. (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters vbd-codec command to configure the codec mode of the voice-band data (VBD). The 10 ms packing function and the RFC2198 intelligent startup function are enabled. To configure the MA5616. do as follows: huawei(config)#interface sip 0 huawei(config-if-sip-0)#fax-modem parameters negomode self-switch rtp-interval 1 vbd-pt-type static huawei(config-if-sip-0)#rfc2198 set rfc2198-negomode fixedstart rfc2198-startmode smart2198 huawei(config-if-sip-0)#display fax-modem parameters ------------------------------------------------------------------------------MGID :0 Nego-mode :self-switch Rtp-interval :10ms Vbd-codec :G. 4. 349 . (Optional) Run the command to configure the RFC2198 function. 248 Protocol) This topic describes how to configure the MoIP service when the H. the modem transparent transmission function is added with the 10 ms G. Context The MA5616 supports the self-switch mode and the auto-negotiation mode: l l Self-switch: If the self-switch mode is configured.711 transparent transmission. the MG uses the G.711 mode to encode and decode the modem signal.248 protocol is used to transmit the modem data service over the IP network. The MA5616 supports only the modem service in the transparent transmission mode. Prerequisites l l The communication between the MG and the MGC must be in the normal state. the host reports the modem event to the MGC immediately when the host receives a modem event. the host reports the modem event with low speed signals to the MGC 5. the RFC 2198 improves the reliability of data transmission.711 transparent transmission.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide --------------------------------------0 Thoroughly --------------------------------------- 7 Configuring the Voice Service 7. the modem working mode of the MA5616 is not controlled by the MGC. 350 l Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . and decreases the impact of packet loss on the transmission of the modem service data.. manual configuration is required. The voice service port used by the MoIP service and the voice service on that port must be in the normal state. l The MoIP service supports two transmission modes: the transparent transmission mode and the relay (redundancy) mode. The report mode of the modem event: l l Direct: In direct mode. Therefore. The transparent transmission mode depends on the bearer network to a great extent. Auto-negotiation: If the auto-negotiation mode is configured. the RFC 2198 can ensure the service quality. This reduces delay. RFC 2198 function: Through the redundant transmission. the host does not report the modem event immediately after an event is received. Ltd. manual configuration is not required. Delay: In delay mode. improves the performance of transparent transmission. The MA5616 supports the 10 ms packing function and the RFC 2198 function. In the transparent transmission mode. but waits for a period of time until the event times out and the fax signal is detected. the modem working mode of the MA5616 is automatically configured during the negotiation with the MGC. In this way. When the network packet loss occurs. and processes the signal like processing the common RTP data. Therefore. when the high-speed modem machine fails in the high-speed transmission negotiation.5s after the host receives a Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l 10 ms packing function: In addition to the 20 ms G.6 Configuring the MoIP Service (Based on the H. it can transmit data in low-speed transmission mode. Direct for high-speed signals: In the mode of the direct for high-speed signals. The codec mode of the VBD is G. NOTE Step 2 Configure the event report mode of fax codec. and the modem event is reported in the direct mode.711A (default). the host reports the modem event with high speed signals to the MGC immediately when the host receives a modem event. 5.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service modem event. do as follows: huawei(config)#fax-modem parameters negomode selfswitch packet-interval-10ms enable rfc2198-start-mode enableRfc2198SmartStartup transevent controlledByMGC vbd- Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. (Optional) Run the modem parameters eventmode command to configure the report mode of the modem event. Step 3 Query public fax and modem parameters and the codec mode of the fax. 2. 4. 351 . The 10 ms packing function and the RFC2198 intelligent startup function are enabled. Ltd. Procedure Step 1 Configure public fax and modem parameters. l By default. 1. The working mode of modem is transparent transmission (thoroughly). Run the modem parameters tranmode command to configure the transmission mode of the modem. Run the fax-modem parameters negomode command to configure the negotiation mode. To configure the MA5616. The payload type of the VBD is static payload (default).. 2. The transmission mode of the modem event is ControlledByMGC (default). (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters vbd-codec command to configure the codec mode of the voice-band data (VBD). 1. (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters RFC2198-start-mode command to configure the RFC2198 function. ----End Example Assume that: l l l l l l l The negotiation mode of the MA5616 is self-switch. Run the display fax-modem parameters and display modem parameters commands to query modem parameters. The report mode of the modem event is direct. (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters transevent command to configure the transmission mode of the modem event. 3. the transmission mode of the modem is the transparent transmission mode. l To enable the MGC to quickly respond to a modem event. you need to configure the report mode of the modem event as the direct report mode. (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters packet-interval-10ms command to enable or disable the 10 ms packing function. 6. (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters vbd-pt-type command to configure the payload type of the VBD. The MA5616 supports only the modem service in the transparent transmission mode. The transparent transmission mode depends on the bearer network to a great extent. RFC 2198 function: Through the redundant transmission. improves the performance of transparent transmission. Prerequisites l l l The communication between the MA5616 and the IMS must be in the normal state. Auto-negotiation: If the auto-negotiation mode is configured. manual configuration is not required. Context The MA5616 supports the self-switch mode and the auto-negotiation mode: l l Self-switch: If the self-switch mode is configured.2 Configuring the VoIP PSTN User.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service codec G. the modem working mode of the MA5616 is automatically configured during the negotiation with the MGC. the MG uses the G. When the network packet loss occurs.711 transparent transmission. you need to configure the fax working mode of the MA5616 manually. l The MoIP service supports two transmission modes: the transparent transmission mode and the relay (redundancy) mode. l 10 ms packing function: In addition to the 20 ms G. the RFC 2198 can ensure the service quality. the RFC 2198 improves the reliability of data transmission. see 7..7 Configuring the MoIP Service (Based on the SIP Protocol) This topic describes how to configure the MoIP service when the SIP protocol is used to transmit the modem data service over the IP network. 352 .711A vbd-pt-type static huawei(config)#modem parameters tranmode 0 eventmode 1 huawei(config)#display fax-modem parameters ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Negomode : Self switch Packet-interval-10ms : Enable Rfc2198-start-mode : Enable Rfc2198SmartStartup TransEvent : ControlledByMGC Vbd-codec : G. and decreases the impact of packet loss on the transmission of the modem service data. the modem transparent transmission function is added with the 10 ms G.711A Vbd-payload-type : Static ----------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config)#display modem parameters ----------------------------------------------------------------------------MODEM transfers mode :Thoroughly MODEM event mode :Direct ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.711 mode to encode and decode the modem signal. The voice service port used by the MoIP service and the voice service on that port must be in the normal state. and processes the signal like processing the common RTP data. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.711 transparent transmission. In the transparent transmission mode. Therefore. This reduces delay. The MA5616 supports the 10 ms packing function and the RFC 2198 function. The VoIP service must be configured.2. Ltd. The 10 ms packing function and the RFC2198 intelligent startup function are enabled.. (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters vbd-codec command to configure the codec mode of the voice-band data (VBD). 7. Step 2 Configure the transmission mode of the modem. only the modem service in the transparent transmission mode is supported. ----End Example Assume that: l l l l l l The negotiation mode of the MA5616 is self-switch. 5. The payload type of the VBD is static payload. To configure the MA5616. (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters rtp-interval 1 to enable or disable the 10 ms packing function. (Optional) Run the fax-modem parameters vbd-pt-type command to configure the payload type of the VBD. 6. 4. 353 . Run the fax-modem parameters negomode command to configure the negotiation mode. 3. Run the interface sip command to enter the SIP interface mode. do as follows: huawei(config)#interface sip 0 huawei(config-if-sip-0)#fax-modem parameters negomode self-switch vbd-codec g. 1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Procedure Step 1 Configure public fax and modem parameters. (Optional) Run the rfc2198 set rfc2198-startmode command to configure the startup mode of the RFC 2198 function. The RFC2198 negotiation mode is fixedstart. (Optional) Run the rfc2198 set rfc2198-negomode command to configure the RFC 2198 function. (Optional) Run the rfc2833 set rfc2833-fax-modem command to configure the mode for reporting fax or modem events.711a vbd-pt-type static rtp-interval 1 huawei(config-if-sip-0)#rfc2198 set rfc2198-negomode fixedstart rfc2198-startmode smart2198 huawei(config-if-sip-0)#modem parameters transmode 0 huawei(config-if-sip-0)#display fax-modem parameters ------------------------------------------------------------------------------MGID :0 Nego-mode :self-switch Rtp-interval :10ms Vbd-codec :G.711A Vbd-pt-type :static Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Step 3 Check whether the modem parameters are the same as those in the data plan. Currently. 8. Run the modem parameters tranmode command to configure the transmission mode of the modem. 2. The transmission mode of the modem is transparent transmission (thoroughly).711A. Run the display fax-modem parameters and display modem parameters commands to query modem parameters. Ltd. The codec mode of the VBD is G. The reliability configuration of the voice service includes the dual-homing configuration and the emergency standalone configuration. it indicates that the authentication is successful. Procedure Step 1 In global config mode. the security configuration of the voice service includes the H. If the calculation results are the same. and the DH authentication MG ID. Ltd. Then.. Precautions When the MGC is Huawei SoftX3000. Configuring the Device Authentication (Based on the H.248 protocol is used.152 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------huawei(config-if-sip-0)#display modem parameters --------------------------------------MGID Transmode --------------------------------------0 Thoroughly --------------------------------------- 7. The parameters. 7.8 Configuring the Security and Reliability of the Voice Service For the MA5616. the authentication MG ID must be a string of more than eight characters. If the calculation results are different. Step 4 Run the auth command to configure the authentication MG ID and the initial key. Step 3 Run the mg-software parameter 6 0 command to configure the MG interface to support the device authentication.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Vbd-attribute-type :v.248 Protocol) This topic describes how to configure the device authentication parameters of the MA5616 to prevent illegal devices from registering with the MGC when the H. Prerequisites l l The MG interface must be added successfully on the MA5616. the initial key. Step 2 Run the mg-software parameter 4 command to configure the registration mode. the calculation results on the MG and the MGC are compared on either side.8. The same authentication algorithm is used on the MG and the MGC separately.1 Configuring the Device Authentication The purpose of authentication is to verify the validity of users and networks. run the interface h248 command to enter the MG interface mode. including the encryption type. it indicates that the authentication fails. 354 .248-based. These parameters must be the same as the parameters configured on the MA5616. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. or SIP-based device authentication configuration. must be configured on the MGC. ----End Example To configure the device authentication parameters shown in the Table 7-29 for the MA5616. Otherwise. Initial key Default: 0123456789ABCDEF. Step 6 Run the reset coldstart command to reset the MG interface.. Authentication MG ID Value 0 Yes Yes MA5616 It must be the same as the configuration on the MGC. do as follows: Table 7-29 Data plan for configuring the authentication parameters (H.248) Configuration Item MGID Whether to use the wildcard in registration Whether to support the device authentication. Ltd. the MG cannot register with the MGC. It must be the same as the initial key configured on the MGC.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service Step 5 Run the display auth command to query the device authentication parameters. 355 . huawei(config)#interface h248 0 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#mg-software parameter 4 0 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#display mg-software parameter 4 ------------------------------------------------Interface Id:0 para index:4 value:0 ------------------------------------------------APPENDIX: ------------------------------------------------Interface software parameter name: 4: Whether MG uses wildcard in registration 0: Yes 1: No huawei(config-if-h248-0)#mg-software parameter 6 0 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#display mg-software parameter 6 ------------------------------------------------Interface Id:0 para index:6 value:0 ------------------------------------------------APPENDIX: ------------------------------------------------Interface software parameter name: 6: Whether MG supports authentication 0: Yes 1: No huawei(config-if-h248-0)#auth auth_mgid MA5616 initial_key 0123456789ABCDEF huawei(config-if-h248-0)#display auth [AUTH_PARA config] Initial Key : 0123456789ABCDEF Auth MGid : MA5616 Algorithm : MD5 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The authentication user name and password have been configured on the IMS. Run the esl user command to enter the ESL user mode. l 1. Run the reset command to reset the SIP interface. preventing an unauthorized device from registering with the information management system (IMS). The authentication information can be configured for a single user. Procedure l Configure the authentication information for the SIP interface.com and the password of 123456789.. Run the sip-auth-parameter command to configure the authentication user name and password for an SIP interface. 4. These parameters must be the same as the authentication user name and password configured on the MA5616. Context l l l The authentication information can be configured for the SIP interface. Run the sippstnuser auth set command to configure the authentication user name and password for a single user. do as follows: huawi(config)#interface sip 0 huawei(config-if-sip-0)#sip-auth-parameter { <cr>|auth-mode<K>|password-mode<K> }:password-mode Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. ----End In the global config mode. Example l To configure the authentication information for SIP interface 0 with the user name of huawei. run the interface sip command to enter the SIP interface mode. Run the display sip-auth command to query the authentication information of an SIP interface. 1. The configuration takes effect only after you run the reset command on the SIP interface. 356 . 3. In the actual application.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide huawei(config-if-h248-0)#reset coldstart Are you sure to reset MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y 7 Configuring the Voice Service Configuring the Device Authentication (Based on the SIP Protocol) This topic describes how to configure the authentication information for the SIP interface or a single user of the MA5616 when the SIP protocol is used. 3. The configuration takes effect immediately after the configuration is complete. 2. Ltd. Prerequisites l l The SIP interface has been added successfully on the MA5616. Configure the authentication information for a single user. whether the user uses the authentication information configured for the SIP interface or a single user can be controlled through system parameter 81 in the sipprofile modify command. Run the display sippstnuser authinfo command to query the authentication information of a specified user. the data for interconnecting with the MG interface must be configured.. Step 2 Run the mg-software parameter 2 command to configure the MG interface to support the dual homing. Configuring the Dual Homing (Based on the H.com User Password(<=64 chars. Ltd. MGC1 functions as the active MGC and MGC2 functions as the standby MGC. run the interface h248 command to enter the MG interface mode. 357 . the MG automatically registers with MGC2 and works under the control of MGC2.2 Configuring the Dual Homing Dual-homing is a disaster recovery mechanism of emergency communication against softswitch failure or unexpected disaster (such as fire in the equipment room. "-" indicates deletion): 7. When MGC1 is down.ha1> }:password { <cr>|auth-mode<K> }: Command: 7 Configuring the Voice Service sip-auth-parameter password-mode password User Name(<=64 chars. On the MGCs. configuring the dual homing means registering one MA5616 with two MGCs.248 protocol. and abnormal power supply). "-" indicates deletion):huawei. do as follows: huawi(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#sippstnuser auth set 0/3/0 telno 88442200 passwordmode password User Name(<=64 chars. the MA5616 automatically switches to the other MGC. ----End Example To configure MG interface 0 to support the dual homing. Prerequisites l l The MGC1 and MGC2 must be configured on the attributes of the MG interface. "-" indicates deletion):user1. Procedure Step 1 In global config mode. do as follows: Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.com User Password(<=64 chars.com and the password of 987654321.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide { password-mode-value<E><password. When one MGC is faulty and cannot support the communication. and not to automatically switch over to the active MGC when the active MGC recovers. disconnection of the cable connected to the equipment room. Background Information The MA5616 supports registering the MG interface with two MGCs (MGC1 and MGC2).8.248 Protocol) Based on the H. "-" indicates deletion): The configuration will take effect after resetting the interface huawei(config-if-sip-0)#reset Are you sure to reset the SIP interface?(y/n)[n]:y The configuration will take effect after resetting the interface l To configure the authentication information for a single user on port0/3/0 with the user name of user1. you can modify the proxy dual-homing mode to autoswitchover.248 protocol is used. Procedure Step 1 In global config mode...248) To. the MG can switch to Proxy 2 to continue working. Ltd. where.. mgc switch Configuring the Dual Homing (Based on the SIP Protocol) The SIP dual-homing means that the MA5616 supports the 1+1 mutual assistance mode of the upstream PROXY. The default value is dualhome. implementing the disaster recovery for the access reliability of the device when the SIP protocol is used. After Proxy 1 fails. Step 2 (Optional) Run the if-sip attribute optional command to configure the proxy dual-homing mode. Prerequisites On the IMS. including the media IP address. 358 .. Forcibly switch the MG to register with the other MGC Run the Command. Step 3 Run the if-sip attribute basic command to configure the IP address of the active/standby proxy server of the SIP interface and other mandatory attributes. Proxy 1 functions as the active proxy server. run the interface sip command to enter the MG interface mode. Background Information The MA5616 supports configuring the SIP interface on two proxy servers (Proxy 1 and Proxy 2).. namely. the data for interconnecting with the SIP interface must be configured. the MA5616 service automatically switches to another device. the deployment in the active/standby mode.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service huawei(config)#interface h248 0 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#mg-software parameter 2 1 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#display mg-software parameter 2 ------------------------------------------------Interface Id:0 para index:2 value:1 ------------------------------------------------APPENDIX: ------------------------------------------------Interface software parameter name: 2: Whether MG support dual-home function 0: Do not support the dual-homing 1: Support the dual-homing. Table 7-30 Related operation for configuring the dual homing (H. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. but do not support the auto switchover 2: Support the dual-homing and auto switchover Related Operation Table 7-30 lists the related operation for configuring the dual homing when the H. When one of the upstream active/standby devices is faulty. 13 signal-ip 10. domain name and port ID of the proxy server.13 signal-port 5000 transfer udp primary-proxy-ip1 10. ----End Example Assume that: l l The media IP address is 10. The dual homing is implemented through the configuration of the active/standby proxy server.13 signal-ip 10.com sipprofile-index 1 huawei(config-if-sip-0)#reset 7. Ltd.14. When the MA5616 and the MGC device fail to communicate with each other. transfer protocol is UDP.10. The media IP address must exist in the IP address pool.14 primary-proxy-port 5060 primary-proxy-domain proxy.13. transfer protocol.13 signal-port 5000 transfer udp primary-proxy-ip1 10. port ID. and profile index.10. 359 .10. l To configure the dual homing of SIP interface 0. homing domain name.10.10. Prerequisites l l Issue 03 (2012-03-20) The H.10. and port ID is 5000.10.10.10.10.8. The profile index is 1.10.10.15 secondary-proxy-port 5060 { <cr>|home-domain<K>|primary-proxy-ip2<K>|proxy-addr-mode<K>|secondary-proxy-do main<K>|secondary-proxy-ip2<K>|server-dhcp-option<K>|sipprofile-index<K>|srvlogi c-index<K> }: Command: if-sip attribute basic media-ip 10. 10.10. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.14 primary-proxy-port 5060 primary-proxy-domain proxy. the MA5616 independently processes the internal users connecting to the same MG interface. IP address 1 of the active proxy server is 10. port ID of the active proxy server is 5060.10.13.10.15 secondary-proxy-port 5060 huawei(config-if-sip-0)#if-sip attribute basic home-domain huawei.10.com sipprofileindex 1 { <cr>|media-ip<K>|primary-proxy-domain<K>|primary-proxy-ip1<K>|primary-proxy-ip 2<K>|primary-proxy-port<K>|proxy-addr-mode<K>|secondary-proxy-domain<K>|secondar y-proxy-ip1<K>|secondary-proxy-ip2<K>|secondary-proxy-port<K>|server-dhcp-option <K>|signal-ip<K>|signal-port<K>|srvlogic-index<K>|transfer<K> }: Command: if-sip attribute basic home-domain huawei.. signaling IP address is 10.3 Configuring the Emergency Standalone This topic describes how to configure the emergency standalone function on the MA5616.10.248 protocol must be used in the system. do as follows: huawei(config-if-sip-0)#if-sip attribute basic media-ip 10.10.10. therefore.10. The obtaining mode of the IP address of the proxy server is the IP mode.domain secondary-proxy-ip1 10. the internal users can make calls normally without the control of MGC. and the port ID of the standby proxy server is 5060.10.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service signaling IP address.15. Step 4 Run the reset command to reset the SIP interface to validate the configuration data.10.domain secondary-proxy-ip1 10.10.10. IP address 1 of the standby proxy server is. The phone number of the MG user is configured to be the same as the phone number on the MGC. To keep the user phone number in the emergency standalone state consistent with the phone number in the normal condition. ----End Example To configure MG0 to support the emergency standalone function and configure the digitmap for internal calls as 8764XXXX.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 7 Configuring the Voice Service l l The voice users must be configured on the MG interface and the users can call each other successfully. and you need not configure them.. Procedure Step 1 Run the mg-software parameter 11 1 command to configure the MG interface to support the emergency standalone function. l Context l l When the MG interface works in the emergency standalone state. the default parameters of the emergency standalone timers are used. Ltd. run the system parametres 5 command to configure the media stream forwarding mode as the mode in which the media stream is forwarded within the device. NOTE In general. 360 . Step 2 Run the digitmap set inner command to configure the digitmap for the internal calls. do as follows: huawei(config)#interface h248 0 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#mg-software parameter 11 1 huawei(config-if-h248-0)#display mg-software parameter 11 ------------------------------------------------Interface Id:0 para index:11 value:1 ------------------------------------------------APPENDIX: ------------------------------------------------Interface software parameter name: 11: Stand alone flag 0: None 1: Inner 2: Emergency 3: Both huawei(config-if-h248-0)#digitmap set inner 8764XXXX huawei(config-if-h248-0)#display digitmap ----------------------------------------------------------------------------Inner digitmap : 8764XXXX Urgent digitmap (for overload or bandwidth restrict) : Dualdial digitmap for card service : ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Step 3 (Optional) Run the standalone parameters command to configure the parameters of the emergency standalone timers. If the device cannot communicate with the MG. configure the phone number on the MG to be the same as the phone number on the MGC. only the internal users on the MG interface can communicate with each other properly. SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 7 Configuring the Voice Service The configured digitmap corresponds to the user phone number. Ltd. 361 .. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 3ah to make the Ethernet physicallayer specifications in respect of the user access part and the Ethernet OAM in respect of the access part. namely. Ethernet connectivity fault management (CFM) OAM is defined as connectivity fault management in IEEE 802. 362 .2 Configuring the Ethernet EFM OAM Ethernet in the First Mile (EFM) OAM is defined in IEEE 802. Ltd..SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 8 Configuring the Ethernet OAM 8 About This Chapter Configuring the Ethernet OAM Operation. The Ethernet OAM feature includes two sub-features. 8. administration. and maintenance (OAM) refers to a method of monitoring and diagnosing network faults.1 Configuring the Ethernet CFM OAM On the Ethernet network.1ag to implement the OAM function of connectivity detection on the Ethernet bearer network. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ethernet CFM OAM is applicable to the end-to-end (E2E) network with a large scale and it is the network-level OAM. Ethernet CFM OAM and Ethernet EFM OAM. Ethernet EFM OAM is used for the link detection of the last mile and it is the linklevel OAM. 8. The Ethernet CFM checks the connectivity for each MA. and troubleshoot the Ethernet. Figure 8-1 Example network of the Ethernet CFM OAM function Router ONU_A ONU_B Procedure Step 1 Create a VLAN. the network management and maintenance are increasingly important. Ltd. 363 . which can be used to monitor.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 8 Configuring the Ethernet OAM 8. Currently. features low cost. diagnose. and supports plug-and-play and multipoint operations. however. Ethernet is a widely used local area network (LAN) technology. As the Ethernet technology is developing from carriers' networks to metropolitan area networks (MANs) and wide area networks (WANs). The OLT must support the Ethernet CFM OAM function. Run the vlan command to create a VLAN that is associated with the object managed by a maintenance association (MA). Ethernet does not support carrier-class management. Each MA corresponds to one VLAN. It provides rich bandwidth. Networking Figure 8-1 shows the example network of the Ethernet CFM OAM function. Ethernet CFM OAM is applicable to the end-to-end (E2E) network with a large scale and it is the network-level OAM. Ethernet connectivity fault management (CFM) OAM is defined as connectivity fault management in IEEE 802. Prerequisites l l Network devices and lines must be in the normal state.1ag to implement the OAM function of connectivity detection on the Ethernet bearer network. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1 Configuring the Ethernet CFM OAM On the Ethernet network. and thus L2 network faults cannot be detected on Ethernet networks. Background Information OAM is a key method of reducing network maintenance cost.. Ethernet CFM OAM is an E2E fault detection technology. l Run the cfm ma mdindex/maindex meplist mepid command to configure the maintenance end point (MEP) list of an MA. Step 5 Enable the local CFM function globally. l Up refers to the direction facing packet forwarding at the device layer. ----End Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. NOTE When configuring an MEP. namely. l Down refers to the reverse direction of the up direction. instead of being forwarded through the device. Step 3 Configure an MA. l Run the cfm md mdindex name-format { no-name | dns-name dns-name | mac-integer mac-address | string string } level level [ mhf-creation { no-mhf | default-mhf | explicitmhf } ] command to create an MD. l Run the display cfm ma command to query the configuration information about an MA. packets are forwarded through the device. An MEP is the end point of a maintenance channel. An MD can be divided into one or more MAs. Step 7 Query the configuration result. note that the objects managed by the MEP are in two directions. An MD can be a network or a part of a network on which the Ethernet CFM is performed. Step 6 Enable the remote CFM function globally. up and down. Ethernet OAM tests the link connectivity by using the MEPs on the two ends of a maintenance channel. l Run the display cfm md command to query the configuration information about an MD. the Ethernet CFM OAM function is disabled globally. That is. Step 4 Configure an MEP. By default. packets are directly forwarded through the MEP port. All the MDs are managed by a unified Internet service provider (ISP). An MA is a part of an MD. 364 . Run the cfm mep command to create an MEP. Run the cfm enable function to enable the local Ethernet CFM OAM function globally. l Run the display cfm command to query the configuration information about the CFM globally. l Run the cfm ma mdindex/maindex vlan vlanid command to configure the VLAN associated with an MA. Run the cfm remote-mep-detect enable function to enable the remote Ethernet CFM OAM function globally. Each MA corresponds to one VLAN. the remote Ethernet CFM OAM function is disabled globally. The Ethernet CFM checks the connectivity for each MA. That is.. By default.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 8 Configuring the Ethernet OAM Step 2 Configure a maintenance domain (MD). l Run the cfm ma command to create an MA and configure the parameters of the MA. l Run the display cfm mep command to query the configuration information about an MEP. 365 .2 ----------------------------------------------------------------------- To query the configuration information about the MD. the level of the object managed by the MD is 7.. the MEP port is 0/0/0. huawei(config)#save To query the configuration information about the MA. huawei(config)#cfm ma 0/0 meplist 2 huawei(config)#cfm mep 0/0/1 direction down port 0/0/0 huawei(config)#cfm enable //Enable the local CFM function globally. MHF Creation : defer-mhf MEP List : 1. ONU_B: VLAN 10 is associated with the MA.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 8 Configuring the Ethernet OAM Example Assume that: l ONU_A: VLAN 10 is associated with the MA. do as follows: huawei(config)#display cfm ma 0/0 ----------------------------------------------------------------------MA Index : 0/0 MA NameType : string MA Name : huawei-1 MA CC Interval : 1m MA Remote-mep-detect : enable MA VlanID : 10 //VLAN 10 associated with the MA. l Configure ONU_A huawei(config)#vlan 10 smart //Create a VLAN that is associated with the MA. the name of the object managed by the MD is huawei. the name of the object managed by the MA is huawei-1. the level of the object managed by the MD is 7. huawei(config)#cfm remote-mep-detect enable //Enable the remote CFM function. the remote MEP is 0/0/2. huawei(config)#port vlan 10 0/0 0 huawei(config)#cfm md 0 name-format string huawei level 7 huawei(config)#cfm ma 0/0 name-format string huawei-1 huawei(config)#cfm ma 0/0 vlan 10 //Configure the VLAN to be associated with the MA. do as follows: huawei(config)#display cfm mep mdindex/maindex/mepid 0/0/1 ----------------------------------------------------------------------MEP : 0/0/1 MEP Direction : down MEP Port : 0/0/0 VLAN Tag1 : VLAN Tag2 : MEP Admin Status : enable MEP CC Status : enable MEP Priority : 7 MEP Alarm Status : None Alarm lowest priority: 2 Alarm Time : 2500(ms) Reset Time : 10000(ms) Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the local MEP is 0/0/1. the name of the object managed by the MA is huawei-1. the remote MEP is 0/0/1. the MEP port is 0/0/0. do as follows: huawei(config)#display cfm md 0 ----------------------------------------------------------------------MD Index : 0 MD NameType : string MD Name : huawei MD Level : 7 MHF Creation : no-mhf ----------------------------------------------------------------------- To query the configuration information about the MEP. Ltd. huawei(config)#cfm ma 0/0 meplist 1 //Configure the MEP list of the MA. the local MEP is 0/0/2. the name of the object managed by the MD is huawei. . Prerequisites l l Network devices and lines must be in the normal state. as a complement to the higher layer applications. NOTE The CCUC control board supports this function and the CCUB control board does not support this function. huawei(config)#port vlan 10 0/0 0 huawei(config)#cfm md 0 name-format string huawei level 7 huawei(config)#cfm ma 0/0 name-format string huawei-1 huawei(config)#cfm ma 0/0 vlan 10 huawei(config)#cfm ma 0/0 meplist 1 huawei(config)#cfm ma 0/0 meplist 2 huawei(config)#cfm mep 0/0/2 direction down port 0/0/0 huawei(config)#cfm enable huawei(config)#cfm remote-mep-detect enable huawei(config)#save 8. Ethernet EFM OAM provides a mechanism for monitoring links. Ethernet EFM OAM is used for the link detection of the last mile and it is the linklevel OAM. Ltd.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 8 Configuring the Ethernet OAM MEP IfType : port Remote MEP ID/MAC : 2/0000-0000-0000 ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Configure ONU_B huawei(config)#vlan 10 smart //Create a VLAN that is associated with the MA. 366 . It is an L2 mechanism. Figure 8-2 Example network of the Ethernet EFM OAM function Router ONU_A ONU_B Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.3ah Clause 57 and it is a key component of Ethernet OAM. Background Information OAM is a key method of reducing network maintenance cost. Ethernet EFM OAM is defined in IEEE 802. such as remote defect indication (RDI) and remote loopback control.2 Configuring the Ethernet EFM OAM Ethernet in the First Mile (EFM) OAM is defined in IEEE 802.3ah to make the Ethernet physicallayer specifications in respect of the user access part and the Ethernet OAM in respect of the access part. The OLT must support the Ethernet EFM OAM function. Networking Figure 8-2 shows the example network of the Ethernet EFM OAM function. l After the Ethernet EFM OAM loopback is started. and control parameters for the Ethernet EFM OAM loopback on the port. the link signals and data quality can be monitored. the Ethernet EFM OAM loopback is not performed. ----End Example l ONU__A: The Ethernet EFM OAM function is enabled. the local error frame window is 1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 8 Configuring the Ethernet OAM Procedure Step 1 Run the efm oam mode command to configure the Ethernet EFM OAM mode of the port. end. the error frame threshold is 1. ONU__B: The Ethernet EFM OAM function is enabled. Step 4 Run the efm error-frame command to set error frame parameters and the status of the error frame alarm function. the local error frame window is 1. Step 3 (Optional) Run the efm loopback command to configure the start. l By default. the Ethernet EFM OAM mode is in the active mode. l The default Ethernet EFM OAM mode of the port is the active mode. the error frame threshold is 1. The Ethernet EFM OAM function can be enabled only when the Ethernet EFM OAM mode of the device at one end is the active mode. the Ethernet EFM OAM mode is in the passive mode. the Ethernet EFM OAM function on the port is disabled. l Run the display efm oam event config command to query the parameters of the Ethernet EFM OAM event. the mode of the port cannot be changed. the Ethernet EFM OAM function cannot be enabled. Step 5 Query the configuration information about the Ethernet EFM OAM function.. l After the Ethernet EFM OAM function is enabled on the port. In this manner. all the services are interrupted. the error frame alarm function is enabled. Ltd. l Configure ONU__A: huawei(config)#efm huawei(config)#efm huawei(config)#efm huawei(config)#efm huawei(config)#efm oam mode 0/0/1 active oam 0/0/1 enable error-frame 0/0/1 notification enable error-frame 0/0/1 period 1 error-frame 0/0/1 threshold 1 Run the display efm oam status command to query the status of the Ethernet EFM OAM function. l Run the display efm oam status command to query the status of the Ethernet EFM OAM function. the error frame alarm function is enabled. l When the Ethernet EFM OAM mode of both the local and peer devices is the passive mode. huawei(config)#display efm oam status { frameid/slotid/portid<S><Length 1-15> }:0/0/1 { local<K>|remote<K> }:local Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 367 . Step 2 Run the efm oam { frameid/slotid | frameid/slotid/portid } enable command to enable the Ethernet EFM OAM function on the port. By default. select remote. Command: display efm oam status 0/0/1 local Admin Status : Enable //The Ethernet OAM function is enabled. Max OAM PDU Size : 1514 Stable & Evaluation : 1 Configuration Revision : 0 Multiplexer Action : Forward Parser Action : Forward Unidirectional Support : No Loopback Support : Yes Event Support : Yes Variable Support : No Run the display efm oam event config command to query the parameters of the Ethernet EFM OAM event. huawei(config)#display efm oam event config { frameid/slotid/portid<S><Length 1-15> }:0/0/1 Command: display efm oam event config 0/0/1 Errored Symbol Period Event :Disable Errored Symbol Period Event Window :Errored Symbol Period Event Threshold :Errored Frame Event :Enable //The error frame alarm function is enabled. If you need to query the remote Ethernet OAM status. 368 . Operation Status : Operational OAM Mode : Passive //The local Ethernet OAM mode is the passive mode.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 8 Configuring the Ethernet OAM Command: display efm oam status 0/0/1 local Admin Status : Enable Operation Status : LinkFault OAM Mode : Active //The local Ethernet OAM mode is the active mode. Errored Frame Period Event :Disable Errored Frame Period Event Window :Errored Frame Period Event Threshold :Errored Frame Seconds Summary Event :Disable Errored Frame Seconds Summary Event Window :Errored Frame Seconds Summary Event Threshold :Link Fault Event :Enable Dying Gasp Event :Disable Critical Link Event :Disable Configure ONU__B: huawei(config)#efm huawei(config)#efm huawei(config)#efm huawei(config)#efm huawei(config)#efm oam mode 0/0/1 passive oam 0/0/1 enable error-frame 0/0/1 notification enable error-frame 0/0/1 period 1 error-frame 0/0/1 threshold 1 Run the display efm oam status command to query the status of the Ethernet EFM OAM function.. huawei#display efm oam status { frameid/slotid/portid<S><Length 1-15> }:0/0/1 { local<K>|remote<K> }:local //Query the local Ethernet OAM status. Errored Frame Event Threshold :1 //The error frame threshold is 1. Ltd. Errored Frame Event Window :1 //The error frame window is 1. Max OAM PDU Size : 1514 Stable & Evaluation : 2 Configuration Revision : 0 Multiplexer Action : Forward Parser Action : Forward Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Errored Frame Event Threshold :1 //The error frame threshold is 1. Errored Frame Event Window :1 //The error frame window is 1. 369 . Errored Frame Period Event :Disable Errored Frame Period Event Window :Errored Frame Period Event Threshold :Errored Frame Seconds Summary Event :Disable Errored Frame Seconds Summary Event Window :Errored Frame Seconds Summary Event Threshold :Link Fault Event :Enable Dying Gasp Event :Disable Critical Link Event :Disable Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide Unidirectional Support Loopback Support Event Support Variable Support : : : : No No Yes No 8 Configuring the Ethernet OAM Run the display efm oam event config command to query the parameters of the Ethernet EFM OAM event. huawei(config)#display efm oam event config 0/0/1 Errored Symbol Period Event :Disable Errored Symbol Period Event Window :Errored Symbol Period Event Threshold :Errored Frame Event :Enable //The error frame alarm function is enabled.. data is transmitted through another GE port.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 9 Configuring Network Protection 9 Configuring Network Protection About This Chapter The MA5616 provides a network protection mechanism to improve the system reliability. the reliability of the transmission is enhanced. When a certain aggregated GE port or GE link fails. 9. Therefore.1 Configuring the MSTP This topic describes how to configure MSTP on the MA5616. Ltd. 370 .. The mechanism maximally secures the network and services of carriers and minimizes loss if an exception occurs. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 9.2 Configuring the Link Aggregation of Uplink Ethernet Port Port aggregation means aggregating the two uplink GE ports on the MA5616 to increase the bandwidth through load balancing. Figure 9-1 Flowchart for configuring the MSTP Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Background Information l MSTP applies to a redundant network. MSTP provides multiple redundant paths for VLAN data transmission to achieve the load-sharing purpose. Ltd. MSTP makes the network converge fast and the traffic of different VLANs distributed along their respective paths. which provides a better load-sharing mechanism.1 Configuring the MSTP This topic describes how to configure MSTP on the MA5616. l Configuration Flowchart Figure 9-1 shows the flowchart for configuring the MSTP. It makes up for the drawback of STP and RSTP. MSTP trims a loop network into a loop-free tree network..SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 9 Configuring Network Protection 9. In addition. 371 . It prevents the proliferation and infinite cycling of the packets in the loop network. Run the check region-configuration command to query the parameters of the current MST region. l By default. 1. 1. Run the active region-configuration command to activate the configuration of the MST region. Run the stp region-configuration command to enter MST region mode. Step 4 Activating the configuration of the MST region. l After the MSTP function is enabled. MSTP maintains dynamically the spanning tree of the VLAN based on the received BPDU packets. that is. l A maximum of 10 VLAN sections can be configured for an MSTP instance. – Run the stp priority command to set the priority of the device in the specified spanning tree instance. Run the stp enable command or the stp port frameid/slotid/portid enable command to enable the MSTP function of the bridge or the port. l Setting the priority of the device in the specified spanning tree instance. Step 3 Configuring the MSTP instance. the original mapping is disabled.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 9 Configuring Network Protection Procedure Step 1 Enabling the MSTP function. which maps the VLAN to the spanning tree. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. After the MSTP function is disabled. Run the instance instance-id vlan command to map the specified VLAN to the specified MSTP instance. Run the region-name command to configure the name of the MST region. if the transparent transmission of BPDU packets is disabled. Run the quit command to quit MST region mode. Run the check region-configuration command to query the parameters of the current MST region. l One VLAN can be mapped to only one instance. Run the display stp region-configuration command to query the effective configuration of the MST region. – Run the display stp command to query the MSTP configuration of the device. 2. the MSTP device becomes a transparent bridge and does not maintain the spanning tree. 1. 3. 2. Run the display stp command or the display stp port command to query the MPLS state of the bridge or the port. 1. all VLANs are mapped to CIST. If you re-map a VLAN to another instance. l By default. Step 5 Other optional configurations. Ltd. 2. l After the MSTP function is enabled.. the device determines whether it works in STP compatible mode or MSTP mode based on the configured protocol. 3. 372 . the MSTP function is disabled. instance 0. The MSTP protocol configures the VLAN mapping table (mapping between the VLAN and the spanning tree). Step 2 Configuring the MST region name. – Run the stp max-hops command to set the maximum number of hops of the MST region. l Configuring the device protection function. l Specifying the device as a root bridge or a backup root bridge. – Run the stp port frameid/slotid/portid edged-port enable command to set the port as an edge port. – Run the stp port frameid/slotid/portid loop-protection enable command to enable the loop protection function of the port.. l Setting the calculation standard for the path cost. l Setting the time parameters of the specified network bridge. – Run the stp time-factor command to set the timeout time factor of the specified network bridge. l Setting the diameter of the switching fabric. – Run the stp port frameid/slotid/portid port-priority command to set the priority of the specified port. – Run the stp bpdu-protection enable command to enable the BPDU protection function of the device. run the revision-level command to set the MSTP revision level of the device. – Run the stp pathcost-standard command to set the calculation standard for the path cost. – In the MSTP region mode.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 9 Configuring Network Protection l Setting the MST region parameters. l Clear the MSTP protocol statistics. 373 . l Setting the parameters of the specified port. – Run the stp md5-key command to set the MD5-Key for the MD5 encryption algorithm configured on the MST region. – Run the stp port frameid/slotid/portid cost command to set the path cost of a specified port. – Run the stp root command to specify the device as a root bridge or a backup root bridge. – Run the stp port frameid/slotid/portid root-protection enable command to enable the root protection function of the port. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – Run the stp timer hello command to set the Hello Time of the specified network bridge. run the vlan-mapping module command to map all VLANs to the MSTP instances by modular arithmetic. – Run the stp port point-to-point command to set whether the link that is connected to the port is a point-to-point link. Ltd. – In the MSTP region mode. l Setting the maximum number of hops of the MST region. – Run the reset stp region-configuration command to restore the default settings to all parameters of the MST region. – Run the stp timer forward-delay command to set the Forward Delay of the specified network bridge. – Run the stp timer max-age command to set the Max Age of the specified network bridge. – Run the stp bridge-diameter command to set the diameter of the switching fabric. – Run the stp port frameid/slotid/portid transmit-limit command to set the number of packets transmitted by the port within the Hello Time. Therefore. ----End Example Assume that: l l l l l l l MSTP function: enabled MST region name: hwrg1 VLAN 2-VLAN 10 and VLAN 12-VLAN 16 are mapped to MSTP instance 1. Procedure Step 1 Configure the Ethernet port aggregation. No static MAC address is allowed on the aggregation ports. Maximum number of hops in the MST region: 10 Diameter of the switching network: 6 BPDU protection function: enabled To configure the MSTP with these parameters. Prerequisites l l The network device and the line must be normal.. data is transmitted through another GE port. Ltd. When a certain aggregated GE port or GE link fails. The VLAN of the interface on the upper-layer device of the MA5616 must be consistent with the VLAN configured for the uplink port on the MA5616. do as follows: huawei(config)#stp enable huawei(config)#stp region-configuration huawei(stp-region-configuration)#region-name hwrg1 huawei(stp-region-configuration)#instance 1 vlan 2 to 10 12 to 16 huawei(stp-region-configuration)#active region-configuration huawei(stp-region-configuration)#quit huawei(config)#stp instance 1 priority 0 huawei(config)#stp max-hops 10 huawei(config)#stp bridge-diameter 6 huawei(config)#stp bpdu-protection enable 9. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. You can run the display macaddress command to query the configuration. The ports to be aggregated cannot be destination mirroring ports. Background Information l l l Ensure that the configurations of the Ethernet port attributes on two aggregation ports are the same.2 Configuring the Link Aggregation of Uplink Ethernet Port Port aggregation means aggregating the two uplink GE ports on the MA5616 to increase the bandwidth through load balancing. Priority of the device in a specified spanning tree instance: 0. 374 .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 9 Configuring Network Protection – Run the reset stp statistics command to clear the MSTP protocol statistics. the reliability of the transmission is enhanced. Run the display link-aggregation all command to query the type. Step 2 Configure the switchback function for the system to switch back from the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) standby link to the active link. the system automatically switches back to the active link if the active link recovers from a fault. do as follows: huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/0 0-1 ingress workmode lacp-static huawei(config)#lacp preempt enable huawei(config)#display link-aggregation all ------------------------------------------------------------------------Master port Link aggregation mode Port NUM Work mode Max link number ------------------------------------------------------------------------0/0/0 ingress 2 lacp-static ------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 1 link aggregation(s) Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Step 3 Query the information about the aggregation group. 375 . and status of an aggregated port. Run the lacp preempt enable command to set the LACP to priority preemption mode. and each port sends packets according to the source MAC address in the static LACP aggregation mode. Example Assume that two uplink ports 0/0/0 and 0/0/1 on the same control board of the MA5616 is to be configured as an aggregation group. If the aggregation group is a static Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) group. number and working mode of the aggregated Ethernet ports. Ltd. To perform the preceding configuration. when the system is configured with the active and standby links. After the setting. run the display lacp link-aggregation portframe/slot/port command to query the type.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 9 Configuring Network Protection Run the link-aggregation command to configure the Ethernet port aggregation. the PC can still access the Internet through PPPoE dialup after you run the shutdown command to deactivate port 0/0/0 or 0/0/1.. ----End Result In ETH mode. role. 4 Configuration Example of the VoIP Service This topic describes how to configure the VoIP service based on the H. With the two VLAN tags. a Layer 2 virtual private network (VPN) tunnel is formed between private networks. voice service. 376 .1 Configuration Example of the xDSL Internet Access Service This topic describes how to configure the xDSL Internet access service in the PPPoE. 10. increasing the usage rate and flexibility of the device. voice over IP (VoIP). multicast service. inner VLAN tag from the private network and outer VLAN tag from the MA5616. These services include video.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) About This Chapter This topic describes how to configure the Internet service. 10.. PPPoA and IPoA modes. 10. IPoE. 10. 10.3 Configuration Example of the Multicast Service (Multicast VLAN Mode) This topic describes how to configure the multicast service on the MA5616 in multicast VLAN mode. and triple play service on the MA5616 in various scenarios. 10. A virtual local area network (VLAN) packet with the QinQ attribute has VLAN tags of two layers. and data services. Ltd. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.248 or SIP protocol. This topic describes how to configure the MA5616 to implement Ethernet service access using a passive optical network (GPON) port for upstream transmission.2 Configuration Example of the Single-Port for Multi-Service Ethernet Access Service The MA5616 supports access to one or more services using a single Ethernet port.5 Configuration Example of the VAG Service The purpose of configuring virtual access gateways (VAGs) is to simulate multiple AGs by using one AG and rent MG interfaces to different carriers.7 Configuration Example of the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service This topic describes how to configure the private line service based on the QinQ feature. 10.6 Configuration Example of the VLAN Stacking Wholesale Service This topic describes the VLAN stacking wholesale service and how to configure the VLAN stacking wholesale service on the MA5616. 377 . Ltd.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) The VPN tunnel is a secure channel for transparently transmitting services between private networks. 10. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.8 Configuring the Triple Play Service This topic describes the triple play service and how to configure the triple play service on an MA5616 that is used on a GPON upstream transmission network.. To implement the function. 10. One VLAN tag is added to user packets for upstream transmission and each user is allocated a VLAN on MA5616. Authorization and Accounting (AAA) function. Figure 10-1 Example network of the xDSL Internet access service through the PPPoE dialup Modem ONU OLT PC Prerequisite The broadband remote access server (BRAS) implements the Authentication.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) 10. Figure 10-1 shows an example network of the xDSL Internet access service through the PPPoE dialup. Ltd. 378 .1 Configuration Example of the xDSL Internet Access Service in xDSL PPPoE Mode This topic describes how to configure a user so that the user will access the MA5616 in xDSL mode at a 2048 kbit/s rate through a Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE) dialup. IPoE. In addition.1 Configuration Example of the xDSL Internet Access Service This topic describes how to configure the xDSL Internet access service in the PPPoE. Procedure Step 1 Create a SVLAN and add a uplink port to the SVLAN. PPPoA and IPoA modes. Policy Information Transfer Protocol (PITP) P. The user access rate is 2048 kbit/s.. Create SVLAN 50 and add uplink port 0/0/1 to the SVLAN. A traffic profile is adopted for rate limitation. Service Requirements l l l l The user accesses the Internet through the PPPoE dialup. huawei(config)#vlan 50 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 50 0/0 1 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. or PPPoE+ is enabled to protect user accounts against theft and roaming.1. the user name and password of the PPPoE dialup user must be configured on the BRAS. the BRAS needs to identify the VLAN tags carried by the MA5616 in the upstream direction. For details. Configure an ADSL2+ profile. see Configuring ADSL2+ Profiles (in Normal ADSL Mode). Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. bind the default ADSL2+ line template 1 and ADSL2+ alarm template 1 to ADSL port 0/2/0. see 4. Here. Ltd. follow this step. NOTE 2. and bind the ADSL2+ templates. huawei(config)#interface adsl 0/2 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#deactivate 0 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#activate 0 template-index 1 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#quit 3.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Step 2 In ADSL access mode. In the ADSL access mode.. an ADSL port is in the activated state. Run the display traffic table command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system. For details about how to configure an ADSL profile in ADSL TR165 mode. see Configuring the ADSL2+ Profile (NGADSL Mode). By default. This step uses NGADSL mode as an example.4 Configuring xDSL Profiles (TR165 Mode). 1. 379 . you must deactivate the port. For details about how to configure an ADSL profile in normal ADSL mode.1. The query result shows that traffic profile 2 (for inbound and outbound rate limitation) meets the requirement. the default ADSL2+ line template (line template 1) and the default ADSL2+ alarm template (alarm template 1) are used as an example. Activate the ADSL port. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { <cr>|toindex<K> }: Command: display traffic table ip from-index 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy PriPolicy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tagpri 1 1024 34768 2048 69536 0 tagpri 2 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tagpri 3 4096 133072 8192 266144 4 tagpri 4 8192 264144 16384 528288 4 tagpri 5 16384 526288 32768 1024000 4 tagpri 6 off off off off 0 tagpri --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7 The service requires that the user access rate be 2048 kbit/s. Before binding a template to the port. When both profiles are configured. the traffic profile is used to limit the user access rate.1. run the traffic table ip command to configure a new traffic profile. huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 50 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 1 vci 39 multi-service user-vlan untagged inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 huawei(config)#service-port desc 1 description Vlanid:50/adsl/vpi:1vci:39 Step 3 In the SHDSL access mode. also configure the service port description.2 Configuring the SHDSL Profile. For details. NOTE By default. Before binding a profile or template to the port. Configure an SHDSL profile. Run the display traffic table command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system. an SHDSL port is in the activated state.. and bind the preset SHDSL line profile 3 and the default SHDSL alarm template (alarm template 1) to the port. Ltd. the user access rate can be limited by either a traffic profile or an ADSL line profile. In this example. 4. huawei(config)#interface shl 0/4 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#deactivate 0 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#activate 0 3 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#quit 3. and set the S-VLAN ID to 50.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) l If a matched traffic profile is not available in the system. The index of the service port is 1. see 4. To facilitate the maintenance of the service port. follow this step. Add SHDSL line profile 3 of the PTM type. with the maximum line rate 2048 kbit/s. you must deactivate the port. huawei(config)#shdsl line-profile quickadd 3 ptm rate 512 2048 2. Run the service-port command to create a service port. Assume that the management VPI and VCI of the modem are 1 and 39. l On the MA5616. adopt traffic profile 2. 1. and the access port ID is 0/2/0. Activate SHDSL port 0/4/0. and the VPI and VCI of the service port must be the same as the management VPI and VCI of the peer modem. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { <cr>|toindex<K> }: Command: display traffic table ip from-index 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy PriPolicy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tagpri 1 1024 34768 2048 69536 0 tagpri 2 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tagpri 3 4096 133072 8192 266144 4 tagpri 4 8192 264144 16384 528288 4 tagpri 5 16384 526288 32768 1024000 4 tag- Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 380 . the smaller one of the two rates configured in the profiles is adopted as the user bandwidth. Activate VDSL port 0/1/0. the traffic profile is used to limit the user access rate. 4. adopt traffic profile 2. Ltd. the smaller one of the two rates configured in the profiles is adopted as the user bandwidth. follow this step. huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#deactivate 0 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#activate 0 template-index 3 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#quit 3. downstream rate is 2048 kbit/s. Assume that the VDSL profile ID is 3. Set the SHDSL channel mode to PTM.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide pri 6 off pri off off 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) off 0 - tag- --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7 The service requires that the user access rate be 2048 kbit/s. Before binding a template to the port. This step uses the VDSL normal mode as an example. The query result shows that traffic profile 2 (for inbound and outbound rate limitation) meets the requirement. also configure the service port description. Run the service-port command to create a service port. the user access rate can be limited by either a traffic profile or an SHDSL line profile. maximum upstream interleave delay is 2 ms. see 4. huawei(config)#vdsl line-profile quickadd 3 snr 60 0 300 60 0 300 huawei(config)#vdsl channel-profile quickadd 3 path-mode ptm interleaved-delay 8 2 inp 4 2 rate 128 10000 128 10000 2048 2048 huawei(config)#vdsl line-template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 100 100 2. a VDSL port is in the activated state. minimum downstream INP is 4. To facilitate the maintenance of the service port. run the traffic table ip command to configure a new traffic profile. and bind the preset VDSL line template 3 and the default VDSL alarm template (alarm template 1) to the port. l On the MA5616.1. When both profiles are configured. NOTE By default. channel mode is the interleave mode. see Configuring the VDSL2 Profile (TI Mode). you must deactivate the port. see Configuring the VDSL2 Profile (TR129 Mode). For details about how to configure a VDSL profile in VDSL TR165 mode. For details about how to configure a VDSL profile in VDSL TI mode.4 Configuring xDSL Profiles (TR165 Mode). and set the S-VLAN ID to 50. In this example. NOTE l If a matched traffic profile is not available in the system. Run the display traffic table command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system.. huawei(config)#service-port 2 vlan 50 shdsl mode ptm 0/4/0 multi-service uservlan untagged inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 huawei(config)#service-port desc 2 description Vlanid:50/shdsl/vpi:1vci:39 Step 4 In the VDSL access mode. and create service port 2 on SHDSL port 0/4/0. 1. and minimum upstream INP is 2. For details. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { <cr>|toindex<K> }: Command: display traffic table ip from-index Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 381 . Configure a VDSL profile. SNR margin is 6 dB. maximum downstream interleave delay is 8 ms. l On the MA5616. To facilitate the maintenance of the service port. and set the S-VLAN ID to 50. Set the VDSL channel mode to PTM. Ltd. The common mode matches item common.1 Configuring Anti-Theft and Roaming of User Account Through PITP. adopt traffic profile 2. The RAIO mode can be customized based on actual requirements.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 0 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy PriPolicy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tagpri 1 1024 34768 2048 69536 0 tagpri 2 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tagpri 3 4096 133072 8192 266144 4 tagpri 4 8192 264144 16384 528288 4 tagpri 5 16384 526288 32768 1024000 4 tagpri 6 off off off off 0 tagpri --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7 The service requires the user access rate be 2048 kbit/s. Step 6 Save the data. also configure the service port description. When both profiles are configured. The PITP P mode can be enabled to protect the user account against theft and roaming. 4. huawei(config)#save ----End Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 382 . huawei(config)#pitp enable pmode huawei(config)#raio-mode common pitp-pmode NOTE For details about the PITP configuration for the user account security. the user access rate can be limited by either a traffic profile or a VDSL line profile. The query result shows that traffic profile 2 (for inbound and outbound rate limitation) meets the requirement. This step uses common mode as example. the traffic profile is used to limit the user access rate. In this example. run the traffic table ip command to configure a new traffic profile. and create service port 3 on VDSL port 0/1/0. huawei(config)#service-port 3 vlan 50 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service uservlan untagged inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 huawei(config)#service-port desc 3 description Vlanid:50/vdsl Step 5 Configure the user account security. see 3. Run the service-port command to create a service port. the smaller one of the two rates configured in the profiles is adopted as the user bandwidth.11. NOTE l If a matched traffic profile is not available in the system.. Step 2: Dial up on the PC by using the PPPoE dialup software. Ltd. After the dialup is successful..SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Verification l l l Step 1: Configure the user name and password for the dialup on the modem (the user name and password must be the same as those configured on the BRAS). the user can access the Internet. The upstream and downstream rates must be the same as these of the provided service. Step 3: Log in to the network rate test website and test the rate. Configuration File Configuration File in the ADSL access mode: vlan 50 smart port vlan 50 0/0 1 interface adsl 0/2 deactivate 0 activate 0 template-index 1 alarm-config 0 1 quit service-port 1 vlan 50 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 1 vci 39 multi-service user-vlan untagged inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 service-port desc 1 description Vlanid:50/adsl/vpi:1vci:39 pitp enable pmode raio-mode common pitp-pmode save Configuration File in the SHDSL access mode: vlan 50 smart port vlan 50 0/0 1 shdsl line-profile quickadd 3 ptm rate 512 2048 interface shl 0/4 activate 0 3 alarm-config 0 1 quit service-port 2 vlan 50 shdsl mode ptm 0/4/0 multi-service user-vlan untagged inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 service-port desc 2 description Vlanid:50/shdsl/vpi:1vci:39 pitp enable pmode raio-mode common pitp-pmode save Configuration File in the VDSL access mode: vlan 50 smart port vlan 50 0/0 1 vdsl line-profile quickadd 3 snr 60 0 300 60 0 300 vdsl channel-profile quickadd 3 path-mode ptm interleaved-delay 8 2 inp 4 2 rate 128 10000 128 10000 2048 2048 vdsl line-template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 100 100 interface vdsl 0/1 deactivate 0 activate 0 template-index 3 alarm-config 0 1 quit service-port 3 vlan 50 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service user-vlan untagged inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 service-port desc 3 description Vlanid:50/vdsl pitp enable pmode raio-mode common pitp-pmode save Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 383 . This step uses NGADSL mode as an example. 384 .2 Configuration Example of the xDSL IPoE Internet Access Service This topic describes how to configure a user so that the user can access the MA5616 in the xDSL mode. Figure 10-2 Example network of the xDSL IPoE Internet access service Modem ONU OLT PC Prerequisite The number of xDSL ports is under the control of licenses. Service Requirements l l l The user accesses the Internet in the IPoE mode. Make sure that sufficient licenses are already requested. For details. Here. the default ADSL2+ line template (line template 1) and the default ADSL2+ alarm template (alarm template 1) are used as an example. 1. you must deactivate the port. an ADSL port is in the activated state. A traffic profile is adopted for rate limitation.1. and then access the Internet in the IPoE mode at a rate of 2048 kbit/s. The account authentication is implemented through the DHCP option 82 field.1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) 10. see Configuring ADSL2+ Profiles (in Normal ADSL Mode). follow this step. For details about how to configure an ADSL profile in normal ADSL mode. huawei(config)#vlan 50 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 50 0/0 1 Step 2 In ADSL access mode. Create SVLAN 50 and add uplink port 0/0/1 to the SVLAN. and bind the ADSL2+ templates. One VLAN tag is added to user packets for upstream transmission and each user is allocated a VLAN on MA5616. Procedure Step 1 Create a SVLAN and add a uplink port to the SVLAN. The user access rate is 2048 kbit/s. Figure 10-2 shows an example network of the xDSL IPoE Internet access service. NOTE 2. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Configure an ADSL2+ profile. By default.4 Configuring xDSL Profiles (TR165 Mode). see Configuring the ADSL2+ Profile (NGADSL Mode). Ltd. Before binding a template to the port.. see 4. For details about how to configure an ADSL profile in ADSL TR165 mode. Activate the ADSL port. the smaller one of the two rates configured in the profiles is adopted as the user bandwidth. When both profiles are configured. To facilitate the maintenance of the service port. huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 50 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 1 vci 39 multi-service user-vlan untagged inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 huawei(config)#service-port desc 1 description Vlanid:50/adsl/vpi:1vci:39 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. run the traffic table ip command to configure a new traffic profile. bind the default ADSL2+ line template 1 and ADSL2+ alarm template 1 to ADSL port 0/2/0. Run the service-port command to create a service port. and the VPI and VCI of the service port must be the same as the management VPI and VCI of the peer modem. The query result shows that traffic profile 2 (for inbound and outbound rate limitation) meets the requirement. Assume that the management VPI and VCI of the modem are 1 and 39. In this example. 385 . NOTE l If a matched traffic profile is not available in the system.. huawei(config)#interface adsl 0/2 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#deactivate 0 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#activate 0 template-index 1 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#quit 3. The index of the service port is 1. Ltd. 4. adopt traffic profile 2. also configure the service port description. l On the MA5616. Run the display traffic table command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system. the user access rate can be limited by either a traffic profile or an ADSL line profile. and set the S-VLAN ID to 50. the traffic profile is used to limit the user access rate. and the access port ID is 0/2/0.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) In the ADSL access mode. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { <cr>|toindex<K> }: Command: display traffic table ip from-index 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy PriPolicy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tagpri 1 1024 34768 2048 69536 0 tagpri 2 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tagpri 3 4096 133072 8192 266144 4 tagpri 4 8192 264144 16384 528288 4 tagpri 5 16384 526288 32768 1024000 4 tagpri 6 off off off off 0 tagpri --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7 The service requires that the user access rate be 2048 kbit/s. Before binding a profile or template to the port. 4. The query result shows that traffic profile 2 (for inbound and outbound rate limitation) meets the requirement. huawei(config)#interface shl 0/4 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#deactivate 0 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#activate 0 3 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#quit 3. huawei(config)#shdsl line-profile quickadd 3 ptm rate 512 2048 2. NOTE l If a matched traffic profile is not available in the system.2 Configuring the SHDSL Profile. and set the S-VLAN ID to 50. follow this step. the traffic profile is used to limit the user access rate. Add SHDSL line profile 3 of the PTM type. 386 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . see 4. the user access rate can be limited by either a traffic profile or an SHDSL line profile.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Step 3 In the SHDSL access mode. When both profiles are configured. Configure an SHDSL profile..1. In this example. For details. Run the display traffic table command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { <cr>|toindex<K> }: Command: display traffic table ip from-index 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy PriPolicy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tagpri 1 1024 34768 2048 69536 0 tagpri 2 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tagpri 3 4096 133072 8192 266144 4 tagpri 4 8192 264144 16384 528288 4 tagpri 5 16384 526288 32768 1024000 4 tagpri 6 off off off off 0 tagpri --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7 The service requires that the user access rate be 2048 kbit/s. with the maximum line rate 2048 kbit/s. adopt traffic profile 2. Set the SHDSL channel mode to PTM. an SHDSL port is in the activated state. NOTE By default. and create service port 2 on Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and bind the preset SHDSL line profile 3 and the default SHDSL alarm template (alarm template 1) to the port. Ltd. run the traffic table ip command to configure a new traffic profile. you must deactivate the port. 1. the smaller one of the two rates configured in the profiles is adopted as the user bandwidth. l On the MA5616. Run the service-port command to create a service port. Activate SHDSL port 0/4/0. channel mode is the interleave mode. This step uses the VDSL normal mode as an example.1. and minimum upstream INP is 2. 1. a VDSL port is in the activated state. minimum downstream INP is 4. downstream rate is 2048 kbit/s. For details. Assume that the VDSL profile ID is 3.. SNR margin is 6 dB. huawei(config)#service-port 2 vlan 50 shdsl mode ptm 0/4/0 multi-service uservlan untagged inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 huawei(config)#service-port desc 2 description Vlanid:50/shdsl/vpi:1vci:39 Step 4 In the VDSL access mode. follow this step. For details about how to configure a VDSL profile in VDSL TR165 mode. maximum downstream interleave delay is 8 ms. Activate VDSL port 0/1/0. huawei(config)#vdsl line-profile quickadd 3 snr 60 0 300 60 0 300 huawei(config)#vdsl channel-profile quickadd 3 path-mode ptm interleaved-delay 8 2 inp 4 2 rate 128 10000 128 10000 2048 2048 huawei(config)#vdsl line-template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 100 100 2. Run the display traffic table command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system. see 4. see Configuring the VDSL2 Profile (TI Mode). Before binding a template to the port. you must deactivate the port. huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#deactivate 0 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#activate 0 template-index 3 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#quit 3. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { <cr>|toindex<K> }: Command: display traffic table ip from-index 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy PriPolicy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tagpri 1 1024 34768 2048 69536 0 tagpri 2 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tagpri 3 4096 133072 8192 266144 4 tagpri 4 8192 264144 16384 528288 4 tagpri 5 16384 526288 32768 1024000 4 tagpri Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.4 Configuring xDSL Profiles (TR165 Mode). To facilitate the maintenance of the service port. see Configuring the VDSL2 Profile (TR129 Mode). 387 . Ltd.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) SHDSL port 0/4/0. For details about how to configure a VDSL profile in VDSL TI mode. and bind the preset VDSL line template 3 and the default VDSL alarm template (alarm template 1) to the port. Configure a VDSL profile. maximum upstream interleave delay is 2 ms. NOTE By default. also configure the service port description. run the traffic table ip command to configure a new traffic profile. When both profiles are configured. The upstream and downstream rates must be the same as these of the provided service. adopt traffic profile 2. The query result shows that traffic profile 2 (for inbound and outbound rate limitation) meets the requirement. huawei(config)#save ----End Verification l l Step 1: After the PC NIC automatically obtains an IP address and a connection to the Internet is set up. do as follows: huawei(config)#dhcp option82 enable huawei(config)#raio-mode user-defined dhcp-option82 huawei(config)#raio-format dhcp-option82 cid anid frame/slot/port:vlanid huawei(config)#raio-format dhcp-option82 rid splabel NOTE For the details about the security of DHCP accounts. l On the MA5616. In this example. and create service port 3 on VDSL port 0/1/0. the CID is the access node name frame/ slot/port:vlanid. the traffic profile is used to limit the user access rate. huawei(config)#service-port 3 vlan 50 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service uservlan untagged inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 huawei(config)#service-port desc 3 description Vlanid:50/vdsl Step 5 Configure the security of user accounts. Ltd. Assume that the RAIO mode is the user-defined mode. the user access rate can be limited by either a traffic profile or a VDSL line profile. To enable the DHCP option 82 function with these parameters.. 4. NOTE l If a matched traffic profile is not available in the system. Configuration File Configuration File for the ADSL access mode: vlan 50 smart port vlan 50 0/0 1 interface adsl 0/2 deactivate 0 activate 0 template-index 1 alarm-config 0 1 quit Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and set the S-VLAN ID to 50.11. the RID is the label of the service port where the user is connected. Step 6 Save the data. the smaller one of the two rates configured in the profiles is adopted as the user bandwidth.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 6 off pri off off 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) off 0 tag- --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7 The service requires the user access rate be 2048 kbit/s. Set the VDSL channel mode to PTM. Step 2: Log in to the network rate test website and test the rate.2 Configuring Anti-Theft and Roaming of User Accounts Through DHCPv4. Run the service-port command to create a service port. the user can access the Internet. also configure the service port description. To facilitate the maintenance of the service port. 388 . see 3. This is called the N:1 access. Service Requirements l l The user accesses the Internet in the PPPoA mode. are transmitted in the upstream direction.3 Configuration Example of the xDSL Internet Access Service in xDSL PPPoA Mode This topic describes how to configure a user so that the user can access the MA5616 in the xDSL mode. A traffic profile is adopted for rate limitation.1.. and the services of multiple users are converged into one VLAN. PITP is enabled to protect user accounts from theft and roaming. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The user access rate is 2048 kbit/s. and then access the Internet in the PPPoA mode at a rate of 2048 kbit/s. Ltd. 389 l l Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . which carry a single VLAN tag. User packets.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) service-port 1 vlan 50 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 1 vci 39 multi-service user-vlan untagged inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 service-port desc 1 description Vlanid:50/adsl/vpi:1vci:39 dhcp option82 enable raio-mode user-defined dhcp-option82 raio-format dhcp-option82 cid anid frame/slot/port:vlanid raio-format dhcp-option82 rid splabel save Configuration File for the SHDSL access mode: vlan 50 smart port vlan 50 0/0 1 shdsl line-profile quickadd 3 ptm rate 512 2048 interface shl 0/4 activate 0 3 alarm-config 0 1 quit service-port 2 vlan 50 shdsl mode ptm 0/4/0 multi-service user-vlan untagged inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 service-port desc 2 description Vlanid:50/shdsl/vpi:1vci:39 dhcp option82 enable raio-mode user-defined dhcp-option82 raio-format dhcp-option82 cid anid frame/slot/port:vlanid raio-format dhcp-option82 rid splabel save Configuration File for the VDSL access mode: vlan 50 smart port vlan 50 0/0 1 vdsl line-profile quickadd 3 snr 60 0 300 60 0 300 vdsl channel-profile quickadd 3 path-mode ptm interleaved-delay 8 2 inp 4 2 rate 128 10000 128 10000 2048 2048 vdsl line-template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 100 100 interface vdsl 0/1 deactivate 0 activate 0 template-index 3 alarm-config 0 1 quit service-port 3 vlan 50 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service user-vlan untagged inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 service-port desc 3 description Vlanid:50/vdsl dhcp option82 enable raio-mode user-defined dhcp-option82 raio-format dhcp-option82 cid anid frame/slot/port:vlanid raio-format dhcp-option82 rid splabel save 10. 390 . Ltd. the BRAS needs to identify the VLAN tags carried by the MA5616 in the upstream direction.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Figure 10-3 shows an example network of the xDSL PPPoA Internet access service. you must deactivate the port. In addition. huawei(config)#vlan 50 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 50 0/0 1 Step 2 In ADSL access mode. Create SVLAN 50 and add uplink port 0/0/1 to the SVLAN. Configure an ADSL2+ profile. the user name and password of the PPPoE dialup user must be configured on the BRAS. For details. The port is port 0/2/0. For details about how to configure an ADSL profile in ADSL TR165 mode. an ADSL port is in the activated state. the downstream rate is 2048 kbit/s. NOTE By default.. the maximum interleave delay is 10 ms. Activate the ADSL port. Figure 10-3 Example network of the xDSL PPPoA Internet access service Prerequisite The broadband remote access server (BRAS) implements the Authentication.1. For details about how to configure an ADSL profile in normal ADSL mode. The ID of the ADSL2+ line profile is 3. huawei(config)#adsl huawei(config)#adsl 1024 2048 3096 1024 3096 huawei(config)#adsl 3 line-profile quickadd 3 snr 60 30 120 60 30 120 channel-profile quickadd 3 interleaved-delay 10 10 rate 2048 line-template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 60 70 channel2 2. see Configuring the ADSL2+ Profile (NGADSL Mode). Procedure Step 1 Create a SVLAN and add a uplink port to the SVLAN. huawei(config)#interface adsl 0/2 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#deactivate 0 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 1.4 Configuring xDSL Profiles (TR165 Mode). To implement the function. see 4. the channel mode is the interleave mode. follow this step. see Configuring ADSL2+ Profiles (in Normal ADSL Mode). Before binding a template to the port. and ADSL line template 3 and the default alarm template (alarm template 1) are bound to the port. Authorization and Accounting (AAA) function. This step uses NGADSL mode as an example. and the SNR margin is 6 dB. the traffic profile is used to limit the user access rate. l On the MA5616. run the traffic table ip command to configure a new traffic profile. The VPI and VCI must be the same as the management VPI and VCI of the peer modem. the user bandwidth adopts the minimum value in the two profiles. When both profiles are configured. Run the service-port command to create a service port.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#activate 0 template-index 3 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#quit 3. The query result shows that traffic profile 2 meets the requirement. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 4. huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 50 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffictable index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 huawei(config)#service-port desc 1 description MA5616HW/Vlanid:50/adsl/smart 5. Assume that the management VPI and VCI of the modem are 1 and 39. namely the maximum number of the PCs that can access the Internet through one account. In this example. the access port is port 0/2/0. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { <cr>|toindex<K> }: Command: display traffic table ip from-index 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy PriPolicy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tagpri 1 1024 34768 2048 69536 0 tagpri 2 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tagpri 3 4096 133072 8192 266144 4 tagpri 4 8192 264144 16384 528288 4 tagpri 5 16384 526288 32768 1024000 4 tagpri 6 off off off off 0 tagpri --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7 The service requires that the user access rate be 2048 kbit/s. and the SVLAN is VLAN 50. also configure the service port description. 391 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . Run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles that exist in the system. traffic profile 2 meets the service requirement. Set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned by the service port is 16. This parameter is to limit the maximum number of the MAC addresses that can be learned by one account.. Ltd. To facilitate the maintenance of the service port. the user access rate can be limited by either a traffic profile or an ADSL line profile. NOTE l If no traffic profile in the system meets the service requirement. The index of the new service port is 1. 2 Configuring the SHDSL Profile. you must deactivate the port. see 4. The ID of the SHDSL line profile is 3. an SHDSL port is in the activated state. For details. Ltd. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. follow this step. Run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles that exist in the system.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) huawei(config)#mac-address max-mac-count service-port 1 16 Step 3 In SHDSL access mode.1. Configure an SHDSL profile. 392 . huawei(config)#shdsl line-profile quickadd 3 line four-wire rate 2048 2. 1. huawei(config)#interface shl 0/4 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#deactivate 0 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#activate 0 3 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#quit 3.. Before binding a template to the port. the line rate is 2048 kbit/s. NOTE By default. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { <cr>|toindex<K> }: Command: display traffic table ip from-index 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy PriPolicy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tagpri 1 1024 34768 2048 69536 0 tagpri 2 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tagpri 3 4096 133072 8192 266144 4 tagpri 4 8192 264144 16384 528288 4 tagpri 5 16384 526288 32768 1024000 4 tagpri 6 off off off off 0 tagpri --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7 The service requires that the user access rate be 2048 kbit/s. Activate the SHDSL port. and the profile is used to activate 4-wire ports. The port is port 0/4/0. and SHDSL line profile 3 and the default alarm profile (alarm profile 1) are bound to the port. The query result shows that traffic profile 2 meets the requirement. Run the service-port command to create a service port. and the S-VLAN is VLAN 50. 4. The index of the new service virtual port is 2. Assume that the VDSL profile ID is 3. see Configuring the VDSL2 Profile (TI Mode). downstream rate is 2048 kbit/s. run the traffic table ip command to configure a new traffic profile. For details. The access port is port 0/1/0. the traffic profile is used to limit the user access rate. Activate the VDSL port. For details about how to configure a VDSL profile in VDSL TI mode. This parameter is to limit the maximum number of the MAC addresses that can be learned by one account. Set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned by the service port is 16.1. huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#deactivate 0 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#activate 0 template-index 3 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#quit 3. channel mode is the interleave mode.. and minimum upstream INP is 2. see Configuring the VDSL2 Profile (TR129 Mode). maximum downstream interleave delay is 8 ms. To facilitate the maintenance of the service port.4 Configuring xDSL Profiles (TR165 Mode). huawei(config)#mac-address max-mac-count service-port 2 16 Step 4 In VDSL access mode. l On the MA5616. also configure the service port description. Configure a VDSL profile. see 4. Assume that the management VPI and VCI of the modem are 1 and 39. the user bandwidth adopts the minimum value in the two profiles. 1. This step uses the VDSL normal mode as an example. In this example. and VDSL line template 3 and the default VDSL alarm template (alarm template 1) are bound to the port. namely the maximum number of the PCs that can access the Internet through one account. minimum downstream INP is 4. the access port is port 0/4/0. When both profiles are configured. huawei(config)#vdsl line-profile quickadd 3 snr 60 0 300 60 0 300 huawei(config)#vdsl channel-profile quickadd 3 path-mode atm interleaved-delay 8 2 inp 4 2 rate 128 10000 128 10000 2048 2048 huawei(config)#vdsl line-template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 100 100 2. huawei(config)#service-port 2 vlan 50 shdsl mode atm 0/4/0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 huawei(config)#service-port desc 2 description MA5616HW/Vlanid:50/shdsl/smart 5. For details about how to configure a VDSL profile in VDSL TR165 mode. you must deactivate the port. maximum upstream interleave delay is 2 ms. Run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles that exist in the system. Ltd. The VPI and VCI must be the same as the management VPI and VCI of the peer modem. traffic profile 2 meets the service requirement. 393 . NOTE By default. the user access rate can be limited by either a traffic profile or an SHDSL line profile. SNR margin is 6 dB. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { <cr>|toindex<K> }: Command: Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) l If no traffic profile in the system meets the service requirement. a VDSL port is in the activated state. follow this step. Before binding a template to the port. Run the service-port command to create a service port. the user access rate can be limited by either a traffic profile or a VDSL line profile. The PPPoA-PPPoE protocol conversion is enabled and the service encapsulation mode is LLC. run the traffic table ip command to configure a new traffic profile.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) display traffic table ip from-index 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy PriPolicy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tagpri 1 1024 34768 2048 69536 0 tagpri 2 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tagpri 3 4096 133072 8192 266144 4 tagpri 4 8192 264144 16384 528288 4 tagpri 5 16384 526288 32768 1024000 4 tagpri 6 off off off off 0 tagpri --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7 The service requires that the user access rate be 2048 kbit/s. In this example. The start MAC address in the MAC address pool is 0000-1111-1010. traffic profile 2 meets the service requirement. When both profiles are configured. huawei(config)#service-port 3 vlan 50 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 huawei(config)#service-port desc 3 description MA5616HW/Vlanid:50/vdsl/smart 5. also configure the service port description. This parameter is to limit the maximum number of the MAC addresses that can be learned by one account. 4. Ltd. The query result shows that traffic profile 2 meets the requirement. huawei(config)#mac-pool xpoa 0000-1111-1010 300 huawei(config)#pppoa enable huawei(config)#encapsulation 0/2/0 vpi 1 vci 39 type pppoa llc Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The VPI and VCI must be the same as the management VPI and VCI of the peer modem. To facilitate the maintenance of the service port. 394 . NOTE l If no traffic profile in the system meets the service requirement. the access port is port 0/1/0. and the S-VLAN is VLAN 50. The index of the new service virtual port is 3. and the maximum number of the MAC addresses in the MAC address pool is 300. the traffic profile is used to limit the user access rate. This step is to configure the PPPoA MAC address pool. huawei(config)#mac-address max-mac-count service-port 3 16 Step 5 Configure the PPPoA-PPPoE protocol conversion. the user bandwidth adopts the minimum value in the two profiles. Set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned by the service port is 16. Assume that the management VPI and VCI of the modem are 1 and 39. namely the maximum number of the PCs that can access the Internet through one account. l On the MA5616.. .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) huawei(config)#encapsulation 0/4/0 vpi 1 vci 39 type pppoa llc huawei(config)#encapsulation 0/1/0 vpi 1 vci 39 type pppoa llc Step 6 Configure the user account security. Ltd. Step 7 Save the data. see 3. l l Configuration File Configuration File for the ADSL access mode: vlan 50 smart port vlan 50 0/0 1 adsl line-profile quickadd 3 2 snr 60 30 120 60 30 120 adsl channel-profile quickadd 3 interleaved-delay 10 10 rate 1024 2048 3096 1024 2048 3096 adsl line-template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 60 70 channel2 3 interface adsl 0/2 deactivate 0 activate 0 template-index 3 alarm-config 0 1 quit service-port 1 vlan 50 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 service-port desc 1 description MA5616HW/Vlanid:50/adsl/smart mac-address max-mac-count service-port 1 16 mac-pool xpoa 0000-1111-1010 300 pppoa enable encapsulation 0/2/0 vpi 1 vci 39 type pppoa llc pitp enable pmode raio-mode cntel pitp-pmode save Configuration File for the SHDSL access mode: vlan 50 smart port vlan 50 0/0 1 shdsl line-profile quickadd 3 line four-wire rate 2048 interface shl 0/4 deactivate 0 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Configure the user name and password used for dialing (the user name and password must be the same as those configured on the BRAS. huawei(config)#pitp enable pmode huawei(config)#raio-mode common pitp-pmode NOTE For details about the PITP configuration for the user account security. This step uses common mode as example. and the user can access the Internet. huawei(config)#save ----End Verification l Step 1: Set the VPI/VCI of the modem to 1/39 and encapsulation mode to llc-pppoa.1 Configuring Anti-Theft and Roaming of User Account Through PITP.) Step 2: After the settings on the modem are completed. The upstream and downstream rates must be the same as these of the provided service. The RAIO mode can be customized based on actual requirements. 395 . a network connection is automatically set up. The PITP P mode can be enabled to protect the user account against theft and roaming. dialing is initialized. The common mode matches item common.11. Step 3: Log in to the network rate test website and test the rate. 1.4 Configuration Example of the xDSL Internet Access Service in xDSL IPoA Mode This topic describes how to configure a user so that the user can access the MA5616 in the xDSL mode. User packets. Ltd. l Figure 10-4 shows an example network of the xDSL IPoA Internet access service. The user access rate is 2048 kbit/s. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. are transmitted in the upstream direction. which is restricted by the traffic profile.. and then access the Internet in the IPoA mode at a rate of 2048 kbit/s. 396 . and the services of multiple users are converged into one VLAN. The MA5616 works in the L2 mode. Service Requirements l l The user accesses the Internet in the IPoA mode. This is called the N:1 access.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) activate 0 3 alarm-config 0 1 quit service-port 2 vlan 50 shdsl mode atm 0/4/0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 service-port desc 2 description MA5616HW/Vlanid:50/shdsl/smart mac-address max-mac-count service-port 2 16 mac-pool xpoa 0000-1111-1010 300 pppoa enable encapsulation 0/4/0 vpi 1 vci 39 type pppoa llc pitp enable pmode raio-mode cntel pitp-pmode save Configuration File for the VDSL access mode: vlan 50 smart port vlan 50 0/0 1 vdsl line-profile quickadd 3 snr 60 0 300 60 0 300 vdsl channel-profile quickadd 3 path-mode atm interleaved-delay 8 2 inp 4 2 rate 128 10000 128 10000 2048 2048 vdsl line-template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 100 100 interface vdsl 0/1 deactivate 0 activate 0 template-index 3 alarm-config 0 1 quit service-port 3 vlan 50 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 service-port desc 3 description MA5616HW/Vlanid:50/vdsl/smart mac-address max-mac-count service-port 3 16 mac-pool xpoa 0000-1111-1010 300 pppoa enable encapsulation 0/1/0 vpi 1 vci 39 type pppoa llc pitp enable pmode raio-mode cntel pitp-pmode save 10. which carry a single VLAN tag. Create SVLAN 50 and add uplink port 0/0/1 to the SVLAN. see Configuring ADSL2+ Profiles (in Normal ADSL Mode). huawei(config)#vlan 50 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 50 0/0 1 Step 2 In ADSL access mode. follow this step. The ID of the ADSL2+ line profile is 3. NOTE By default. For details. Run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles that exist in the system. 397 . the downstream rate is 2048 kbit/s. the channel mode is the interleave mode.1. 1. Before binding a template to the port. an ADSL port is in the activated state. huawei(config)#interface adsl 0/2 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#deactivate 0 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#activate 0 template-index 3 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#quit 3. see 4. huawei(config)#adsl huawei(config)#adsl 1024 2048 3096 1024 3096 huawei(config)#adsl 3 line-profile quickadd 3 snr 60 30 120 60 30 120 channel-profile quickadd 3 interleaved-delay 10 10 rate 2048 line-template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 60 70 channel2 2. Activate the ADSL port. Configure an ADSL2+ profile.4 Configuring xDSL Profiles (TR165 Mode). For details about how to configure an ADSL profile in normal ADSL mode. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { <cr>|toindex<K> }: Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and the SNR margin is 6 dB.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Figure 10-4 Example network of the xDSL IPoA Internet access service Procedure Step 1 Create a SVLAN and add a uplink port to the SVLAN. The port is port 0/2/0. Ltd. and ADSL line template 3 and the default alarm template (alarm template 1) are bound to the port. This step uses NGADSL mode as an example. For details about how to configure an ADSL profile in ADSL TR165 mode. see Configuring the ADSL2+ Profile (NGADSL Mode). the maximum interleave delay is 10 ms.. you must deactivate the port. traffic profile 2 meets the service requirement. To facilitate the maintenance of the service port.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide Command: 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) display traffic table ip from-index 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy PriPolicy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tagpri 1 1024 34768 2048 69536 0 tagpri 2 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tagpri 3 4096 133072 8192 266144 4 tagpri 4 8192 264144 16384 528288 4 tagpri 5 16384 526288 32768 1024000 4 tagpri 6 off off off off 0 tagpri --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7 The service requires that the user access rate be 2048 kbit/s. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 398 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . 4. Activate the SHDSL port. The query result shows that traffic profile 2 meets the requirement. Configure an SHDSL profile. the line rate is 2048 kbit/s. When both profiles are configured. Run the service-port command to create a service port. The port is port 0/4/0. namely the maximum number of the PCs that can access the Internet through one account. NOTE l If no traffic profile in the system meets the service requirement. Assume that the management VPI and VCI of the modem are 1 and 39. huawei(config)#shdsl line-profile quickadd 3 line four-wire rate 2048 2. run the traffic table ip command to configure a new traffic profile. the user bandwidth adopts the minimum value in the two profiles. huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 50 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffictable index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 huawei(config)#service-port desc 1 description MA5616HW/Vlanid:50/adsl/smart 5. In this example. follow this step.. The ID of the SHDSL line profile is 3. 1.2 Configuring the SHDSL Profile. This parameter is to limit the maximum number of the MAC addresses that can be learned by one account. Ltd. see 4. the traffic profile is used to limit the user access rate. also configure the service port description. the user access rate can be limited by either a traffic profile or an ADSL line profile. huawei(config)#mac-address max-mac-count service-port 1 16 Step 3 In SHDSL access mode. the access port is port 0/2/0. The index of the new service port is 1. Set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned by the service port is 16. and the profile is used to activate 4-wire ports. The VPI and VCI must be the same as the management VPI and VCI of the peer modem.1. For details. and SHDSL line profile 3 and the default alarm profile (alarm profile 1) are bound to the port. l On the MA5616. and the SVLAN is VLAN 50. In this example. When both profiles are configured. 4. traffic profile 2 meets the service requirement. Before binding a template to the port. Assume that the management VPI and VCI of the modem are 1 and 39. To facilitate the maintenance of the service port. an SHDSL port is in the activated state. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The VPI and VCI must be the same as the management VPI and VCI of the peer modem. Ltd. and the S-VLAN is VLAN 50.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) By default.. NOTE l If no traffic profile in the system meets the service requirement. The query result shows that traffic profile 2 meets the requirement. l On the MA5616. also configure the service port description. Run the service-port command to create a service port. the access port is port 0/4/0. The index of the new service virtual port is 2. the traffic profile is used to limit the user access rate. run the traffic table ip command to configure a new traffic profile. 399 . Run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles that exist in the system. huawei(config)#interface shl 0/4 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#deactivate 0 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#activate 0 3 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#quit 3. you must deactivate the port. the user access rate can be limited by either a traffic profile or an SHDSL line profile. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { <cr>|toindex<K> }: Command: display traffic table ip from-index 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy PriPolicy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tagpri 1 1024 34768 2048 69536 0 tagpri 2 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tagpri 3 4096 133072 8192 266144 4 tagpri 4 8192 264144 16384 528288 4 tagpri 5 16384 526288 32768 1024000 4 tagpri 6 off off off off 0 tagpri --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7 The service requires that the user access rate be 2048 kbit/s. the user bandwidth adopts the minimum value in the two profiles. follow this step. Set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned by the service port is 16. namely the maximum number of the PCs that can access the Internet through one account. channel mode is the interleave mode. you must deactivate the port. The access port is port 0/1/0. For details.4 Configuring xDSL Profiles (TR165 Mode). huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { <cr>|toindex<K> }: Command: display traffic table ip from-index 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy PriPolicy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tagpri 1 1024 34768 2048 69536 0 tagpri 2 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tagpri 3 4096 133072 8192 266144 4 tag- Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. For details about how to configure a VDSL profile in VDSL TR165 mode. SNR margin is 6 dB.. minimum downstream INP is 4. huawei(config)#mac-address max-mac-count service-port 2 16 Step 4 In VDSL access mode. Before binding a template to the port. and VDSL line template 3 and the default VDSL alarm template (alarm template 1) are bound to the port. huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#deactivate 0 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#activate 0 template-index 3 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#quit 3. downstream rate is 2048 kbit/s. Run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles that exist in the system. Ltd. see 4. 1. Activate the VDSL port. Configure a VDSL profile. For details about how to configure a VDSL profile in VDSL TI mode. huawei(config)#vdsl line-profile quickadd 3 snr 60 0 300 60 0 300 huawei(config)#vdsl channel-profile quickadd 3 path-mode atm interleaved-delay 8 2 inp 4 2 rate 128 10000 128 10000 2048 2048 huawei(config)#vdsl line-template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 100 100 2. maximum downstream interleave delay is 8 ms. maximum upstream interleave delay is 2 ms. 400 . and minimum upstream INP is 2. This parameter is to limit the maximum number of the MAC addresses that can be learned by one account.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) huawei(config)#service-port 2 vlan 50 shdsl mode atm 0/4/0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 huawei(config)#service-port desc 2 description MA5616HW/Vlanid:50/shdsl/smart 5. see Configuring the VDSL2 Profile (TI Mode). Assume that the VDSL profile ID is 3. This step uses the VDSL normal mode as an example. see Configuring the VDSL2 Profile (TR129 Mode). NOTE By default. a VDSL port is in the activated state.1. SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide pri 4 8192 pri 5 16384 pri 6 off pri off off 526288 32768 264144 16384 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) 528288 1024000 off 4 4 0 - tagtagtag- --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7 The service requires that the user access rate be 2048 kbit/s. Set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned by the service port is 16. The IP address of the modem is 192.20) of the upper-layer router.168. NOTE l If no traffic profile in the system meets the service requirement.1 Step 6 Save the data. and the S-VLAN is VLAN 50. This parameter is to limit the maximum number of the MAC addresses that can be learned by one account. huawei(config)#mac-address max-mac-count service-port 3 16 Step 5 Enable the IPoA-IPoE protocol conversion.1. and the service encapsulation mode is LLC-IPoA.1.168. Ltd. the user bandwidth adopts the minimum value in the two profiles.1 huawei(config)#encapsulation 0/1/0 vpi 1 vci 39 type ipoa llc srcIP 192. In this example.168. When both profiles are configured. the user access rate can be limited by either a traffic profile or a VDSL line profile.168.1. traffic profile 2 meets the service requirement. The VPI and VCI must be the same as the management VPI and VCI of the peer modem. huawei(config)#service-port 3 vlan 50 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 huawei(config)#service-port desc 3 description MA5616HW/Vlanid:50/vdsl/smart 5.1.1. and IP address to 192. This step is to configure the IPoA MAC address pool.1. The start MAC address in the MAC address pool is 0000–1111–1010.. The index of the new service virtual port is 3. the access port is port 0/1/0.1 huawei(config)#encapsulation 0/4/0 vpi 1 vci 39 type ipoa llc srcIP 192. 4.168. huawei(config)#save ----End Verification l Step 1: Set the VPI/VCI of the modem to 1/39. The query result shows that traffic profile 2 meets the requirement. and the maximum number of the MAC addresses in the MAC address pool is 300.20 huawei(config)#encapsulation 0/2/0 vpi 1 vci 39 type ipoa llc srcIP 192. also configure the service port description. encapsulation mode to llc-ipoa. run the traffic table ip command to configure a new traffic profile. namely the maximum number of the PCs that can access the Internet through one account. Run the service-port command to create a service port.1. Assume that the management VPI and VCI of the modem are 1 and 39.168. huawei(config)#mac-pool xpoa 0000-1111-1010 300 huawei(config)#ipoa enable huawei(config)#ipoa default gateway 192. The IPoA-IPoE protocol conversion is enabled. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 401 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . the default gateway is the same as the IP address (192. l On the MA5616.1. To facilitate the maintenance of the service port.1.168. the traffic profile is used to limit the user access rate. 1.168. Ltd.168.1 save Configuration File of the SHDSL access mode: vlan 50 smart port vlan 50 0/0 1 shdsl line-profile quickadd 3 line four-wire rate 2048 interface shl 0/4 deactivate 0 activate 0 3 alarm-config 0 1 quit service-port 2 vlan 50 shdsl mode atm 0/4/0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 service-port desc 2 description MA5616HW/Vlanid:50/shdsl/smart mac-address max-mac-count service-port 2 16 mac-pool xpoa 0000-1111-1010 300 ipoa enable ipoa default gateway 192.1.20 encapsulation 0/2/0 vpi 1 vci 39 type ipoa llc srcIP 192. The upstream and downstream rates must be the same as these of the provided service.168. Step 3: Log in to the network rate test website and test the rate.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) l l Step 2: After the settings on the modem are completed.1.. Configuration File Configuration File of the ADSL access mode: vlan 50 smart port vlan 50 0/0 1 adsl line-profile quickadd 3 2 snr 60 30 120 60 30 120 adsl channel-profile quickadd 3 interleaved-delay 10 10 rate 1024 2048 3096 1024 2048 3096 adsl line-template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 60 70 channel2 3 interface adsl 0/2 deactivate 0 activate 0 template-index 3 alarm-config 0 1 quit service-port 1 vlan 50 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 service-port desc 1 description MA5616HW/Vlanid:50/adsl/smart mac-address max-mac-count service-port 1 16 mac-pool xpoa 0000-1111-1010 300 ipoa enable ipoa default gateway 192. 402 .1 save Configuration File of the VDSL access mode: vlan 50 smart port vlan 50 0/0 1 vdsl line-profile quickadd 3 snr 60 0 300 60 0 300 vdsl channel-profile quickadd 3 path-mode atm interleaved-delay 8 2 inp 4 2 rate 128 10000 128 10000 2048 2048 vdsl line-template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 100 100 interface vdsl 0/1 deactivate 0 activate 0 template-index 3 alarm-config 0 1 quit service-port 3 vlan 50 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 service-port desc 3 description MA5616HW/Vlanid:50/vdsl/smart mac-address max-mac-count service-port 3 16 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.20 encapsulation 0/4/0 vpi 1 vci 39 type ipoa llc srcIP 192.168.1. the network connection is automatically set up and the user can access the Internet. l Networking Figure 10-5 shows an example network for configuring the single-port for multi-service Ethernet access service.1. and Internet services. These services include video.20 encapsulation 0/1/0 vpi 1 vci 39 type ipoa llc srcIP 192.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) mac-pool xpoa 0000-1111-1010 300 ipoa enable ipoa default gateway 192. which then transmits the data to the Internet. and set-top box (STB) are connected to the Ethernet port on the MA5616 through a local area network (LAN) switch. l Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l The PC. Prerequisites A multicast source is available on the network and the IP address of the multicast source is known.1. and STB to the optical line terminal (OLT) using gigabit-capable PON (GPON) port 0/0/1.2 Configuration Example of the Single-Port for MultiService Ethernet Access Service The MA5616 supports access to one or more services using a single Ethernet port. 403 . and data services. Ltd. which functions as an optical network unit (ONU). voice over IP (VoIP).. and the MA5616 forwards services from the PC. is connected to user terminals using Category-5 twisted pair cables. phone. the OLT converges and forwards the data upstream to the switch. This topic describes how to configure the MA5616 to implement Ethernet service access using a passive optical network (GPON) port for upstream transmission. VoIP.168. phone. After receiving service data from the MA5616 using the ports on a PON service board.1 save 10. Service Requirements PON upstream transmission l The MA5616.168. and the distance between the ONU and user terminals is 100 meters or less. The user has subscribed to video. l IPTV service: The index is 8 (user-defined).SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Figure 10-5 Example network for configuring the single-port for multi-service Ethernet access service Multicast sourse OSS & RADIUS Server/ RADIUS Proxy NMS IPTV DHCP Server GW BRAS Router VoIP DHCP Server LAN Switch OLT ONU LAN Switch Phone PC TV Data Plan Table 10-1 provides the data plan for configuring the single-port for multi-service Ethernet access service Table 10-1 Data plan for configuring the single-port for multi-service Ethernet access service Configuration Item Traffic profile Data l Internet service: The index is 7 (userdefined). and priority is 0.. 404 . Remarks The VoIP service has the highest priority. CIR is 10 Mbit/s. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and the Internet service has the lowest priority. and priority is 6. l VoIP service: The index is 9 (user-defined). and priority is 4. Ltd. CIR is 2 Mbit/s. CIR is 10 Mbit/s. SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Configuration Item User port Uplink port Upstream virtual local area network (VLAN) IDs User VLAN IDs Data 0/3/1 0/0/1 l Internet service: VLAN 100 l IPTV service: VLAN 101 for multicast services and VLAN 103 for unicast services l VoIP service: VLAN 102 l Internet service: VLAN 2 l IPTV service: VLAN 3 l VoIP service: VLAN 4 Remarks The upstream VLAN IDs must be the same as the user VLAN IDs on the OLT. - Internet mode Program library Point-to-point over Ethernet (PPPoE) Program 1: The multicast IP address is 224.1.1.1 and the program source IP address is 10.10.10.10. Port: 0/3/1 Multicast VLAN ID: 101 - Multicast user - Priorities 802.1p priority mode: l VoIP service: 6 l IPTV service: 4 l Internet service: 0 - Upper-layer LAN switch requirements l The LAN switch transparently transmits service packets from the MA5616 at Layer 2. l A user VLAN must be configured on the LAN switch, and the VLAN ID must be the same as the upstream VLAN ID configured on the MA5616. For detailed configuration instructions, see the LAN switch configuration manual. Configuration Flowchart Figure 10-6 shows the flowchart for configuring the single-port for multi-service Ethernet access service on the MA5616. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 405 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Figure 10-6 Flowchart for configuring the single-port for multi-service Ethernet access service on the MA5616 Start Add a traffic profile (optional) Create the VLAN Add the upstream port to the VLAN Internet/VoIP IPTV Add the service port to the VLAN Save the data Add the service port to the VLAN Configure the multicast data Save the data End Procedure l Configure the Internet service. 1. Configure a traffic profile. huawei(config)#<b>traffic table ip index 7 name internet cir 10240 priority 0 priority-policy local-Setting</b> 2. Create a VLAN and add the uplink port to the VLAN. huawei(config)#<b>vlan 100 smart</b> huawei(config)#<b>port vlan 100 <keyword conref="commonterms/ commonterms.xml#commonterms/upboardslot"></keyword> <keyword conref="commonterms/commonterms.xml#commonterms/upportid"></keyword></b> 3. Create a service port. Create service port 2, set the user VLAN ID to 2 and S-VLAN ID to 100, and use the default traffic profile 7. huawei(config)#<b>service-port 2 vlan 100 eth <keyword conref="commonterms/commonterms.xml#commonterms/ethcardport0"></keyword> multi-service user-vlan 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7</b> l Configure the VoIP service. 1. Configure a traffic profile. huawei(config)#<b>traffic table ip index 9 name voip cir 2048 priority 6 priority-policy local-Setting</b> 2. Create a VLAN and add the uplink port to the VLAN. huawei(config)#<b>vlan 102 smart</b> huawei(config)#<b>port vlan 102 <keyword conref="commonterms/ commonterms.xml#commonterms/upboardslot"></keyword> <keyword conref="commonterms/commonterms.xml#commonterms/upportid"></keyword></b> Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 406 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) 3. Create a service port. Create service port 4, set the user VLAN ID to 4 and S-VLAN ID to 102, and use traffic profile 9. huawei(config)#<b>service-port 4 vlan 102 eth <keyword conref="commonterms/commonterms.xml#commonterms/ethcardport0"></keyword> multi-service user-vlan 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9</b> l Configure the IPTV service. 1. Configure a traffic profile. huawei(config)#<b>traffic table ip index 8 name iptv cir 10240 priority 4 priority-policy local-Setting</b> 2. Create a VLAN and add the uplink port to the VLAN. huawei(config)#<b>vlan 101,103 smart</b> It will take several minutes, and console may be timeout, please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add VLANs? (y/n)[n]:<b>y</b> The total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the added VLANs is 2 huawei(config)#<b>port vlan 101,103 <keyword conref="commonterms/ commonterms.xml#commonterms/upboardslot"></keyword> <keyword conref="commonterms/commonterms.xml#commonterms/upportid"></keyword></b> It will take several minutes, and console may be timeout, please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add standard port(s)? (y/n)[n]:<b>y</b> The total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the port VLAN(s) having been added is 2 3. Create a service port. Create service port 3, set the user VLAN ID to 3 and S-VLAN ID to 103, and use traffic profile 9. huawei(config)#<b>service-port 3 vlan 103 eth <keyword conref="commonterms/commonterms.xml#commonterms/ethcardport0"></keyword> multi-service user-vlan 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8</b> 4. Configure multicast data. a. Configure a multicast VLAN and the multicast mode. huawei(config)#<b>multicast-vlan 101</b> huawei(config-mvlan101)#<b>igmp mode proxy</b> Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:<b>y</b> b. Configure the multicast uplink port. huawei(config-mvlan101)#<b>igmp uplink-port <keyword conref="commonterms/commonterms.xml#commonterms/upport"></keyword></ b> c. d. Configure multicast programs. huawei(config-mvlan101)#<b>igmp program add name program1 ip 224.1.1.1 sourceip 10.10.10.10</b> Configure a multicast user. huawei(config-mvlan101)#<b>btv</b> huawei(config-btv)#<b>igmp user add service-port 3</b> huawei(config-btv)#<b>multicast-vlan 101</b> huawei(config-mvlan101)#<b>igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 3</ b> l Save the data. huawei(config-mvlan101)#<b>quit</b> huawei(config)#<b>save</b> ----End Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 407 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Result The services configured on port 0/3/1 are available. l l l The user can access the Internet using the PPPoE dialup software on the PC. The user can communicate with other VoIP users. The user that is connected to port 0/3/1 can watch program 1. Configuration File Configuring the Internet service traffic table ip index 7 name internet cir 10240 priority 0 priority-policy localSetting vlan 100 smart port vlan 100 <keyword conref="commonterms/commonterms.xml#commonterms/ upboardslot"></keyword> <keyword conref="commonterms/commonterms.xml#commonterms/ upportid"></keyword> service-port 2 vlan 100 eth <keyword conref="commonterms/ commonterms.xml#commonterms/ethcardport0"></keyword> multi-service user-vlan 2 rxcttr 7 tx-cttr 7 Configuring the VoIP service traffic table ip index 9 name voip cir 2048 priority 6 priority-policy localSetting vlan 102 smart port vlan 102 <keyword conref="commonterms/commonterms.xml#commonterms/ upboardslot"></keyword> <keyword conref="commonterms/commonterms.xml#commonterms/ upportid"></keyword> service-port 4 vlan 102 eth <keyword conref="commonterms/ commonterms.xml#commonterms/ethcardport0"></keyword> multi-service user-vlan 4 rxcttr 9 tx-cttr 9 Configuring the IPTV service traffic table ip index 8 name iptv cir 10240 priority 4 priority-policy localSetting vlan 101,103 smart port vlan 101,103 <keyword conref="commonterms/commonterms.xml#commonterms/ upboardslot"></keyword> <keyword conref="commonterms/commonterms.xml#commonterms/ upportid"></keyword> service-port 3 vlan 103 eth <keyword conref="commonterms/ commonterms.xml#commonterms/ethcardport0"></keyword> multi-service user-vlan 3 rxcttr 8 tx-cttr 8 multicast-vlan 101 igmp mode proxy igmp uplink-port igmp program add name program1 ip 224.1.1.1 sourcei<?Pub Caret?>p 10.10.10.10 btv igmp user add service-port 3 multicast-vlan 101 igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 3 quit save 10.3 Configuration Example of the Multicast Service (Multicast VLAN Mode) This topic describes how to configure the multicast service on the MA5616 in multicast VLAN mode. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 408 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) 10.3.1 Configuration Example of the Multicast Video Service (Static Configuration Mode) This topic describes how to configure the multicast video service in static configuration mode. The multicast video service in static configuration mode supports refined program configuration and management and provides the following functions: program and user multicast bandwidth management, program previewing, and program prejoin. This service applies to the scenario in which users have a high requirement on program and user management. Prerequisites l l l Network devices and lines have been connected properly. A multicast source is available on the network and the IP address of the multicast source has been obtained. Multicast programs have been configured in static mode. Service Requirements l Independent service provider (ISP) 1 provides two hot music programs. ISP 2 provides one hot music program and one hot video program. These programs can always be ordered in real time. The program ordering status can be recorded, collected, and reported for monitoring and charging. User 1 has only permissions to the music programs provided by ISP 1, and user 2 has only permissions to the video program provided by ISP 2. The maximum multicast bandwidths for users 1 and 2 are 10 Mbit/s and 5 Mbit/s respectively. l l l Networking Figure 10-7 shows the example network of the multicast service. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 409 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Figure 10-7 Example network of the multicast service Multicast source ISP1 ISP2 Router OLT ONU Home Gateway STB TV user1 user2 Data Plan Table 10-2 provides the data plan for configuring the multicast service. Table 10-2 Data plan for configuring the multicast service Device Optical network unit (ONU): MA5616 Item Smart VLAN Data l VLAN type: Smart VLAN l VLAN ID: 4002-4003 Uplink port Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version Multicast source 0/0/1 IGMPv3 (default multicast version of the system in multicast VLAN mode) There are two multicast sources: ISP 1 and ISP 2. l ISP 1: with IP address 10.10.10.10, providing multicast programs with IP address 224.1.1.1 l ISP 2: with IP address 10.10.10.11, providing multicast programs with IP address 224.1.1.2 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 410 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Device Item Program library Data Program in multicast VLAN 4002: Program 1: with IP address 224.1.1.1 and the IP address of the program source is the same as the IP address of ISP 1 (10.10.10.10) Program in multicast VLAN 4003: Program 2: with IP address 224.1.1.2 and the IP address of the program source is the same as the IP address of ISP 2 (10.10.10.11) Multicast user Multicast user 1: l VDSL2 port: 0/1/0 l Multicast VLAN: 4002 Multicast user 2: l VDSL2 port: 0/1/1 l Multicast VLAN: 4003 Procedure Step 1 Create VLANs and add the uplink port to the VLANs. huawei(config)#vlan 4002-4003 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 4002-4003 0/0 1 Step 2 Configure service ports. huawei(config)#service-port 100 vlan 4002 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service uservlan untagged rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 huawei(config)#service-port 101 vlan 4003 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/1 multi-service uservlan untagged rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 Step 3 Configure multicast VLANs and the IGMP mode. NOTE The IGMP mode can be configured to IGMP proxy or IGMP snooping based on site requirements. In this example, the IGMP mode is IGMP proxy. If the planned IGMP mode is IGMP snooping, configure the IGMP snooping mode by running the igmp mode snooping command in multicast VLAN mode. The IGMP mode can be switched only when it is off. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 4002 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y Step 4 Configure the multicast uplink port. huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#multicast-vlan 4002 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 Step 5 Configure multicast programs. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 411 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) l In static configuration mode, run the igmp program add command to add multicast programs. Users cannot name a program. The system automatically names a program PROGRAM-M, where M is the index of the added program. l If the IGMP version of the multicast VLAN is IGMPv2, a source IP address cannot be configured for the programs in this multicast VLAN. huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp program add name program1 ip 224.1.1.1 sourceip 10.10.10.10 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp program add name program2 ip 224.1.1.2 sourceip 10.10.10.11 Step 6 Configure multicast users. huawei(config-mvlan4003)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 100 huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 101 huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 4002 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 100 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 101 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#quit Step 7 Save the data. huawei(config)#save ----End Result l l User 1 belongs to multicast VLAN 4002 and the user can watch the music programs with IP address 224.1.1.1 provided by ISP 1. User 2 belongs to multicast VLAN 4003 and the user can watch the video program with IP address 224.1.1.2 provided by ISP 2. Configuration File The following part describes the configuration file of this configuration example. Note that certain steps need to be performed manually and the configuration file cannot be imported directly. Create VLANs and add the uplink port to the VLANs. This step needs to be performed manually. vlan 4002 to 4003 smart port vlan 4002 to 4003 0/0 1 Create service ports. service-port 100 vlan 4002 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service user-vlan untagged rxcttr 6 tx-cttr 6 service-port 101 vlan 4003 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/1 multi-service user-vlan untagged rxcttr 6 tx-cttr 6 Configure multicast VLANs and the IGMP mode. This step needs to be performed manually. multicast-vlan 4002 igmp mode proxy multicast-vlan 4003 igmp mode proxy Configure the multicast uplink port, multicast programs, and multicast users. igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 multicast-vlan 4002 igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 igmp program add name program1 ip 224.1.1.1 sourceip 10.10.10.10 multicast-vlan 4003 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 412 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) igmp program add name program2 ip 224.1.1.2 sourceip 10.10.10.11 btv igmp user add service-port 100 igmp user add service-port 101 multicast-vlan 4002 igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 100 multicast-vlan 4003 igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 101 quit save 10.3.2 Configuration Example of the Multicast Video Service (Dynamic Configuration Mode) This topic describes how to configure the multicast video service in dynamic configuration mode. This type of service simplifies configurations and reduces maintenance costs. However, this type of service does not support the following functions: program and user multicast bandwidth management, program previewing, and program prejoin. Therefore, the multicast video service in dynamic configuration mode applies to the scenario in which carriers do not have a high requirement on program and user management, or the program and user management is implemented on the upper-layer device. Prerequisites l l l Network devices and lines have been connected properly. A multicast source is available on the network and the IP address of the multicast source has been obtained. Multicast programs have been configured in dynamic mode. Background Information The program in the multicast VLAN can be configured statically or generated dynamically. Dynamic generation mode: A program is dynamically generated according to the program requested by the user. l In this mode, the program list is not required. You need to configure the IP address range of the program group that can be dynamically generated. The user can request for only the program whose IP address is within this IP address range. The following functions are not supported: bandwidth management of the multicast program, user bandwidth management, program preview, and program prejoin. l The program in the multicast VLAN is configured statically by default. Run the igmp match mode disable command to configure the dynamic generation mode. NOTE The igmp match mode command for configuring the mode of the multicast program can be executed only when the IGMP mode is off. Changing the IGMP mode will force users to go offline. Therefore, it is recommended that you initialize configurations before providing services. Service Requirements l Internet service providers (ISPs) 1 and 2 have a multicast program in an address segment respectively. The multicast programs do not require strict program and user management, and can be dynamically updated based on user requirements. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 413 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) l l User 1 can watch programs provided only by ISP 1 and user 2 can watch programs provided only by ISP 2. Program ordering status can be recorded for monitoring and charging. Figure 10-8 shows the example network of the multicast service. Figure 10-8 Example network of the multicast service Multicast source ISP1 ISP2 Router OLT ONU Home Gateway STB TV user1 user2 Data Plan Table 10-3 provides the data plan for configuring the multicast service. Table 10-3 Data plan for configuring the multicast service Device ONU: MA5616 Item Smart VLAN Data l VLAN type: Smart VLAN l VLAN ID: 4002-4003 Uplink port IGMP version 0/0/1 IGMP V3 (default multicast version of the system in multicast VLAN mode) Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 414 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Device Item Multicast source Data There are two multicast sources, namely, ISP 1 and ISP 2. l ISP 1: with IP address 10.10.10.10, providing the multicast program with IP address 224.1.1.1 l ISP 2: with IP address 10.10.10.11, providing the multicast program with IP address 224.1.1.2 Program library Program in multicast VLAN 4002: Program 1: with IP address 224.1.1.1 and the IP address of the program source is the same as the IP address of ISP 1, namely, 10.10.10.10 Program in multicast VLAN 4003: Program 2: with IP address 224.1.1.2 and the IP address of the program source is the same as the IP address of ISP 2, namely, 10.10.10.11 Multicast user Multicast user 1: l VDSL2 port: 0/1/0 l Multicast VLAN: 4002 Multicast user 2: l VDSL2 port: 0/1/1 l Multicast VLAN: 4003 Procedure Step 1 Create VLANs and add the uplink port to the VLANs. huawei(config)#vlan 4002-4003 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 4002-4003 0/0 1 Step 2 Configure service ports. huawei(config)#service-port 100 vlan 4002 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service uservlan untagged rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 huawei(config)#service-port 101 vlan 4003 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/1 multi-service uservlan untagged rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 Step 3 Configure multicast VLANs and the multicast mode. NOTE The IGMP mode can be configured to IGMP proxy or IGMP snooping according to the requirements. In this example, the IGMP mode is IGMP proxy. If the planned IGMP mode is IGMP snooping, you can configure the IGMP snooping mode by running the igmp mode snooping command in multicast VLAN mode. The IGMP mode can be switched only when the IGMP mode is off. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 4002 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp match mode disable huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp match mode disable Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 415 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y Step 4 Configure the multicast uplink port. huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#multicast-vlan 4002 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 Step 5 Configure multicast programs. Configure the program in the multicast VLAN in dynamic generation mode, and specify the IP address range of the program that can be requested by the user to 224.1.1.1-224.1.1.2. NOTE The execution of the igmp match mode command for configuring the mode of the multicast program will cause the user to go offline. Therefore, plan the multicast program mode before configuring the multicast program. This command can be executed only when the IGMP function is disabled. It is recommended that you initialize configurations before providing services. huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp match group ip 224.1.1.1 to-ip 224.1.1.2 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp match group ip 224.1.1.1 to-ip 224.1.1.2 Step 6 Configure multicast users. huawei(config-mvlan4002)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 100 huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 101 huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 4002 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 100 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 101 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#quit Step 7 Save the data. huawei(config)#save ----End Result l l User 1 belongs to multicast VLAN 4002 and user 1 can watch the program with IP address 224.1.1.1 provided by ISP1. User 2 belongs to multicast VLAN 4003 and user 2 can watch the program with IP address 224.1.1.2 provided by ISP2. Configuration File The following part describes the configuration file of this configuration example. Note that certain steps need to be performed manually and the configuration file cannot be imported directly. Create VLANs and add the uplink port to the VLANs. This step needs to be performed manually. vlan 4002 to 4003 smart port vlan 4002 to 4003 0/0 1 Create service ports. service-port 100 vlan 4002 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service user-vlan untagged rxcttr 6 tx-cttr 6 service-port 101 vlan 4003 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/1 multi-service user-vlan untagged rxcttr 6 tx-cttr 6 Configure multicast VLANs and the IGMP mode. This step needs to be performed manually. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 416 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide multicast-vlan 4002 igmp match mode disable igmp mode proxy multicast-vlan 4003 igmp match mode disable igmp mode proxy 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Configure the multicast uplink port, multicast programs, and multicast users. igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 multicast-vlan 4002 igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 igmp match group ip 224.1.1.1 to-ip 224.1.1.2 multicast-vlan 4003 igmp match group ip 224.1.1.1 to-ip 224.1.1.2 btv igmp user add service-port 100 igmp user add service-port 101 multicast-vlan 4002 igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 100 multicast-vlan 4003 igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 101 quit save 10.4 Configuration Example of the VoIP Service This topic describes how to configure the VoIP service based on the H.248 or SIP protocol. 10.4.1 Configuration Example of the VoIP PSTN Service (Based on the H.248 Protocol) This topic describes how to configure the VoIP service based on the H.248 protocol. Service Requirements In an office, the MA5616 that adopts the H.248 protocol is newly deployed. Data plan and configuration, however, are not performed on the MGC (softswitch) connected to the MA5616. The following voice services are required: l l POTS service needs to be provided for phone 0-phone 31 for 32 users. Polarity reversal charging is adopted. Prerequisite l l According to the actual network, a route from the MA5616 to the MGC must be configured to ensure that the MA5616 and the MGC are reachable to each other. POTS service board ASRB must be inserted into the planned slot, and the RUN ALM indicator on the board must be green and must be on for 1s and off for 1s repeatedly. Networking Figure 10-9 shows the example network of the VoIP service based on the H.248 protocol. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 417 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Figure 10-9 Example network of the VoIP service based on the H.248 protocol Router MGC Media and signaling uplink VLAN: Standard VLAN 20 MG interface 0 Splitter Media and signaling IP addresses: 10.10.10.10 OLT H.248 ONU Community: huawei ... Phone 0 Tel: 83110000 Phone 31 Tel: 83110031 Data Plan After the service requirements are further confirmed and analyzed with engineers of the office, the data plan is made by considering the interconnection with the MGC and according to the data plan described in 7.1 Configuring the VoIP PSTN Service (Based on the H.248 Protocol). Table 10-4 provides the data plan for configuring the VoIP service based on the H. 248 protocol. Table 10-4 Data plan for configuring the VoIP service based on the H.248 protocol Item MG interface data (The data configuration must be consistent with the data Parameter s of the media stream and signaling stream Media and signaling upstream VLAN Media and signaling upstream port Data Standard VLAN is recommended as the upstream VLAN of the voice service. In this section, standard VLAN 20 is adopted. 0/0/1 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 418 20. The MID adopts the IP address (default).. The text coding mode is adopted. Therefore. The signaling port ID is 2944. Ltd.10. and may not be configured with a device name.) Media IP address and signaling IP address Default IP address of the MG Data These two IP addresses are both 10. the IP address of the next hop from the MA5616 to the MGC is 10. the digitmap is not configured.10. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10.20. the same as the port ID on the MA5616. the IP address of the primary MGC is 10.10. Confirmed with the engineers of this office. MG interface ID Signaling port ID of the MG interface IP address of the primary MGC to which the MG interface belongs Port ID of the primary MGC to which the MG interface belongs Coding mode of the MG interface Transmission mode of the MG interface Domain name of the MG interface Device name of the MG interface Start negotiation version of the H. 419 . and may not be configured with a domain name. UDP The message ID (MID) adopts the IP address (default). and the port ID is 2944. The MG interface ID used for the VoIP service to be configured is 0. 0 Digitmap of an MG Interface Special applications such as emergency calls and emergency standalone are not configured. 248 protocol for the MG interface The network of the office does not support dual homing. According to the network topology.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Item configuration on the MGC. which means that the MG interface fails to be started if these parameter s are not configure d.10. Attribute parameter s of the MG interface NOTE Parameter s listed here are mandator y.10.1. To differentiate users by terminal ID (TID). you need not configure the phone number when adding a user. Ringing Mode of an MG Interface TID Format of an MG Interface Voice service data (The data configuration must be consistent with the data configuration on the MGC. the value of the ringing parameter (corresponding to the users) specified on the MGC is 0 (value of mgcpara). the TID need not be allocated manually.) Slot that houses the voice service board User Data Phone number The user is accessed through the 0/3 port on the ASRB board. the default configuration can meet the service requirements. TID The terminal layering is supported. Confirmed with the engineers of the office. parameter telno) is configured on the MG. the normal ringing with the break-make ratio of 1:4 is adopted. Therefore. 420 . Therefore.. Run the display tid-template command to query the default TID template. No telephone number (namely. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Therefore. Ltd. The emergency standalone is not supported. Therefore. and the users have no special requirements for the ringing mode.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Item Software Parameters of an MG Interface Data According to the Context in Software Parameters of an MG Interface and confirmed with the engineers of the office. because telephone numbers are specified by the MGC. NOTE Generally. It is found that default TID template (template 6) can meet the requirements. the engineers of the office require that the terminal prefix uses the community name huawei and the TID is automatically generated by the system according to the slot ID/shelf ID/port ID of the user. Phone numbers allocated by the MGC for phone 0-phone 31 are 83110000-83110031. the software parameters are not configured. Therefore. According to the Context in (Optional) Configuring the System Parameters and confirmed with the engineers of the office. the system parameters are not configured. According to the Context in (Optional) Configuring the Overseas Parameters and confirmed with the engineers of the office. and the user type uses the default user type. Plan this parameter according to the prefix of the local phone number. User type System Parameters Overseas Parameters Local Digitmap CAUTION By default.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Item User priority Data Users are common users. Digitmap name Digitmap type Digitmap body Attributes of a PSTN Port The polarity reversal charging is required for the service. the default configuration can meet the service requirements. Users are common users. You can configure these parameter s according to the requireme nts. . these parameter s need not be configure d. huawei Only the normal digitmap is supported if the H.248 protocol is used. the ([2-8]xxxxxxx|[2-8] xxSxxxxxxx|13xxxxxxxxx| 0xxxxxxxxx) digitmap body is used. namely. 421 Attributes of the Ringing Current Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. DEL. cat3. Therefore. namely. you need to configure the PSTN port to which the user belongs so that the PSTN port supports the polarity reversal impulse. In this example. The ringing attribute need not be configured unless otherwise specified. Therefore. Ltd. The other attributes of the PSTN port need not be modified. the default configuration can meet the service requirements. and the user priority uses the default priority.. the overseas parameters are not configured. SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Procedure Step 1 Configure the upstream VLAN interface. the value of parameter cadence is 0. According to the data plan. Configure the user ringing mode. According to the data plan.10. which facilitates the configuration of the media and signaling IP address pools. Add an MG interface for the MG to communicate with the MGC. huawei(config)#vlan 20 standard huawei(config)#port vlan 20 0/0 0 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 20 huawei(config-if-vlanif20)#ip address 10.10. According to the data plan.10. the media and signaling IP addresses used for the services can be selected from the IP address pools. huawei(config-if-vlanif20)#quit huawei(config)#voip huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 10.10 is added to the media and signaling IP address pools.20 primary-mgc-port 2944 code text transfer udp start-negotiate-version 0 Step 4 Configure the ringing mapping of MG interface 0. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10 10.10. configure standard VLAN 20 as the media and signaling upstream VLAN.10.10 Step 3 Add an MG interface. Therefore.10 mgip 10.10.10 mgport 2944 primary-mgc-ip1 10. 422 .10. add upstream port 0/0/1 to the VLAN. huawei(config-voip)#quit huawei(config)#interface h248 0 Are you sure to add MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-h248-0)#if-h248 attribute mg-media-ip1 10. Thus..10. the break-make ratios of the cadence ringing and initial ringing are both 1:4.1 huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 10.1.10.10.10 24 Step 2 Configure the media and signaling IP address pools. According to the data plan. Add the IP address of the VLAN L3 interface configured in the previous step to the media and signaling IP address pools respectively.10. and the gateway IP address corresponding to the media IP address is 10.10.10.10. According to the data plan.20.10.10. and the TID template adopts layering template 6. IP address 10.10. Configure the TID generation mode. and configure the IP address of the L3 interface to 10. the terminal prefix of the PSTN user needs to be configured to huawei. which ensures that the MGC can control the call connection through the MG interface. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#mg-ringmode add 0 0 4 Step 5 Configure the TID template of the PSTN user on MG interface 0. Ltd. and the value of parameter initialring is 4.10. add MG interface 0 and configure the interface attributes.10.10. and ISDN PRA users on the same H. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#reset coldstart Are you sure to reset MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y Step 7 Query the running status of the MG interface. huawei(config-esl-user)#quit huawei(config)#local-digitmap add huawei normal ([2-8]xxxxxxx|[2-8]xxSxxxxxxx| 13xxxxxxxxx|0xxxxxxxxx) Step 10 Configure the polarity reversal charging function. huawei(config)#pstnport huawei(config-pstnport)#pstnport attribute batset 0/3/0 0/3/31 reverse-pole-pulse enable Step 11 Save the data. Ltd.10. indicating that the MG interface works in the normal state. the MG interface needs to be in the normal state. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#tid-format pstn prefix huawei template 6 Step 6 Start the MG interface.20 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Step 8 Configure the PSTN user data.20.248 interface are either the same or different. 423 . start the MG interface in a cold start manner. After the MG interface is interconnected with the MGC successfully.10. The MG interface can be started in different manners (see Parameter Description of the reset command). Add POTS users phone 0-phone 31 so that the users can go online. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#quit huawei(config)#display if-h248 all -----------------------------------------------------------------------------MGID Trans State MGPort MGIP MGCPort MGCIP/DomainName -----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 UDP Normal 2944 10. huawei(config-pstnport)#quit huawei(config)#save ----End Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10. Note this when configuring the terminal prefix.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) CAUTION The MA5616 requires that the terminal prefixes of PSTN users. For a newly configured MG interface. Reset the MG interface to make the MG interface register with the MGC (and to make the modified attributes of the MG interface take effect) so that the MG interface can work in the normal state. huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/31 0 Step 9 Configure the local digitmap. After the configuration. ISDN BRA users.10 2944 10. the MA5616 matches the phone number according to the local digitmap if the MGC does not send the detailed digitmap to the MA5616.. so that the user can support the polarity reversal charging. Configure the physical attributes of the PSTN port to which the user belongs to support the polarity reversal pulse. Configuration File The following part describes the configuration file of this configuration example.20.10. Configure the upstream VLAN interface.10 10. causing the line cross. quit interface h248 0 if-h248 attribute mg-media-ip1 10. l If the MGC is not configured with the call forwarding service.10. the phone of the called party can ring normally. When the calling party dials the phone number of the called party. quit voip ip address media 10. the calling party can hear the busy tone. reset coldstart Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. NOTE When the calling party calls the number of a specified user.10 mgport 2944 primarymgc-ip1 10.10.10.10. l If the MGC is configured with the call forwarding service.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Result After the interface data and the PSTN user data corresponding to the MG interface are configured on the MGC. After the called party places the phone on the hook. l l The calling party and the called party can communicate with each other normally. Note that certain steps must be performed manually and the configuration file cannot be imported directly. vlan 20 standard port vlan 20 0/0 0 interface vlanif 20 ip address 10.10.10. In normal cases.10. An MG interface must be added manually and the configuration file cannot be imported directly.10 mgip 10. Ltd.10.10 Add an MG interface and then configure the attributes of the MG interface.10.. and the calling party hears the ringback tone. 424 .10. if the phone of the specified user does not ring but the phone of another user connected to the MA5616 rings.10.10 24 Configure the media and signaling IP address pools. check whether the MGC is configured with the call forwarding service.20 primary-mgc-port 2944 code text transfer udp start-negotiate-version 0 Configure the ringing mapping of the MG interface. mg-ringmode add 0 0 4 Configure the TID template of the PSTN user on the MG interface. phone 0-phone 31 can call each other. l l The calling party can hear the dial tone after picking up the phone off the hook.1 ip address signaling 10. and the calling party can hear the ringback tone.10. cancel the call forwarding service on the MGC. tid-format pstn prefix huawei template 6 An MG interface must be started manually and the configuration file cannot be imported directly. contact Huawei technical support engineer to handle the fault. check whether the VoIP service can be provided normally. 2.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Query the running status of the MG interface. 425 .4. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. quit local-digitmap add huawei normal ([2-8]xxxxxxx|[2-8]xxSxxxxxxx|13xxxxxxxxx| 0xxxxxxxxx) Configure the polarity reversal charging function. Networking Figure 10-10 shows the example network of the VoIP PSTN service based on the SIP protocol. The PSTN user data corresponding to the SIP interface must be configured on the IMS. Prerequisites l l l The voice service board ASRB must be installed in the specified slot. quit save 10. For how to configure the SIP interface. The SIP interface must be configured. quit display if-h248 all Configure the PSTN user data. pstnport pstnport attribute batset 0/3/0 0/3/31 reverse-pole-pulse enable Save the data.2 Configuration Example of the VoIP PSTN Service (Based on the SIP Protocol) This topic describes how to configure the VoIP PSTN service based on the SIP protocol.. Ltd. see 7. esl user mgpstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/31 0 Configure the local digitmap.1 Configuring the SIP Interface. Table 10-5 Data plan for configuring the VoIP PSTN service based on the SIP protocol Item SIP interface Local digitmap Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Data SIP interface ID Digitmap name 0 huawei0 and huawei1 426 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co... run the system parameters and oversea parameters commands to set the parameters to the required values. . Phone Phone Phone Phone Data Plan Run the display system parameters and display oversea parameters commands to query the system parameters and overseas parameters.. If the parameter settings do meet the requirements. you need not configure these parameters. the MA5616 is used in China. Table 10-5 provides the data plan for configuring the VoIP PSTN service based on the SIP protocol.. The default configurations of system parameters and overseas parameters can meet the standard and application requirements.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Figure 10-10 Example network of the VoIP PSTN service based on the SIP protocol Router OLT Splitter SIP ONU Out-centrex prefix: 8100 . .. Ltd. In this example. Therefore. The type of phone 0 is DEL and the type of phone 1-phone 31 is Payphone. huawei(config)#local-digitmap add huawei0 normal ([2-8]xxxxxxx|[2-8]xxSxxxxxxx| 13xxxxxxxxx|0xxxxxxxxx|9xxxx|1[0124-9]x|F|x. 3.F|[0-9]. 1. huawei(config-esl-user)#sippstnuser attribute set 0/3/0 priority cat2 Configure the type of the PSTN user in slot 0/3.F|[0-9]. The parameters of the emergency digitmap use the default values. 427 . huawei(config-esl-user)#sippstnuser attribute batset 0/3/1 0/3/31 potslinetype PayPhone Step 3 Configure the PSTN port attribute.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Item Digitmap type Data The digitmap type of huawei0 is normal. huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#sippstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/31 0 telno 83110000 2. Configure the local call digitmap and two-stage dialing digitmap.S). The digitmap body of huawei1 is (8100). Voice service board ASRB Data of the PSTN users in slot 0/3 Slot that houses the board Numbers of phone 0phone 31 User priority User type PSTN port attribute 0/3 83110000-83110031 The priority of phone 0 is Cat2 and the priority of phone 1-phone 31 is Cat3 (default priority). Ltd. Configure the PSTN port in slot 0/3 so that the port supports polarity reversal impulse. Digitmap body The digitmap body of huawei0 is ([2-8] xxxxxxx|[2-8]xxSxxxxxxx|13xxxxxxxxx| 0xxxxxxxxx|9xxxx|1[0124-9]x|F|x. Phone 1-phone 31 support polarity reversal impulse. NOTE The parameters of the emergency digitmap use default values. Configure the priority of the PSTN user in slot 0/3/0 to Cat2.. Configure the data of the PSTN users (phone 0-phone 31) in slot 0/3.S) huawei(config)#local-digitmap add huawei1 second-centrex (8100) Step 2 Configure the PSTN user data. Procedure Step 1 Configure the local digitmap. The digitmap type of huawei1 is secondcentrex. huawei(config-esl-user)#quit huawei(config)#pstnport Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. quit save 10.. the service is sent upstream to the IP network through the control Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and the calling party can hear the ringback tone. l l The calling party and the called party can communicate with each other normally. the phone of the called party can ring normally.S) local-digitmap add huawei1 second-centrex (8100) Configure the PSTN user data. causing the line cross. the calling party can hear the busy tone. contact Huawei technical support engineer to handle the fault.248 protocol is used. Ltd. phone 0-phone 31 can call each other. Configure the local digitmap. After the called party places the phone on the hook.F|[0-9]. NOTE When the calling party calls the number of a specified user. Note that certain steps must be performed manually and the configuration file cannot be imported directly. When the calling party dials the phone number of the called party.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) huawei(config-pstnport)#pstnport attribute batset 0/3/1 0/3/31 reverse-pole-pulse enable Step 4 Save the data. 428 . and the calling party hears the ringback tone. l If the IMS is configured with the call forwarding service. if the phone of the specified user does not ring but the phone of another user connected to the MA5616 rings. local-digitmap add huawei0 normal ([2-8]xxxxxxx|[2-8]xxSxxxxxxx| 13xxxxxxxxx|0xxxxxxxxx|9xxxx|1[0124-9]x|F|x. cancel the call forwarding service on the IMS. huawei(config-pstnport)#quit huawei(config)#save ----End Result After the configuration.4. Then. quit pstnport pstnport attribute batset 0/3/1 0/3/31 reverse-pole-pulse enable Save the data. l If the IMS is not configured with the call forwarding service. the MA5616 can access the ISDN BRA service through the DSLD service board.3 Configuration Example of the VoIP ISDN BRA Service When the H. Configuration File The following part describes the configuration file of this configuration example. esl user sippstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/31 0 telno 83110000 sippstnuser attribute set 0/3/0 priority cat2 sippstnuser attribute batset 0/3/1 0/3/31 potslinetype PayPhone Configure the PSTN port attribute. check whether the IMS is configured with the call forwarding service. l l The calling party can hear the dial tone after picking up the phone off the hook. When the MG interface supports terminal layering. "P". it indicates that the TID profile is used by the non-layering users. implementing the ISDN BRA service. Prerequisites l l l l The devices on the network must be connected properly and must work in the normal state. The data on the MGC side must be configured correctly. You can run the display tid-format to query the TID profile to which various users under the MG interface are bound. 429 . Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – If the parameter list of the TID profile includes only keywords "F". it indicates that the TID profile is used by the layering users. Hence.248 protocol to communicate with the MGC. – If the parameter list of the TID profile includes only keyword "G". the terminal ID cannot be configured. and the system automatically allocates the terminal ID according to the TID profile configured for the interface of the PSTN user. Users bound with this profile support terminal layering.248 protocol. The MA5616 must use the H.. the terminal ID must be configured and must be different from the terminal ID of an existing PSTN user. The ISDN BRA service on the MA5616 can be supported only by the H. "B" ("B" is unavailable for PSTN users). NT1 must be connected properly and must work in the normal state. Users bound with this profile do not support terminal layering. l Networking Figure 10-11 shows the example network for configuring the ISDN BRA service.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) board. and then run the display tid-template command to check whether the TID profile supports the layering configuration. you can check whether the user supports terminal layering. "S". Context l l When the MG interface does not support the terminal layering. Ltd. 116/16 10.13. Ltd.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Figure 10-11 Example network for configuring the ISDN BRA service Router MGC OLT Splitter H. 430 .116 0/0/1 VLAN ID: 10 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.13..4. Table 10-6 Data plan for configuring the ISDN BRA service Item Parameters of the media stream and signaling stream IP address and mask of the VLAN L3 interface IP address of the media stream and signaling stream Upstream interface of the media stream and signaling stream Upstream VLAN of the media stream and signaling stream Data 10.4.248 ONU NT1 PBX ISDN phone1 ISDN phone2 ISDN phone3 Data Plan Table 10-6 provides the data plan for configuring the ISDN BRA service. 13.14.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Item Default media gateway of the MG interface TID profile ID of the TID profile used by the ISDN BRA user TID terminal prefix used by the ISDN BRA user Static route from the MG to the MGC IP address of the destination network segment IP address of the gateway Attribute parameters of the MG interface MG interface ID Coding type of the MG interface Protocol supported by the MG interface Signaling port ID of the MG interface Media/Signaling IP address of the MG interface Default media gateway of the MG interface IP address of the primary MGC to which the MG interface belongs Port ID of the primary MGC to which the MG interface belongs Transmission mode of the MG interface Start negotiation version of the H.1.1 2 (default.13.0.13. no configuration is required) A (default.14.116 10.1 10.0 10.1.com 0/4 0 0 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1.1 0 text H.248 protocol for the MG interface Domain name Voice service board DSLD IUA link parameters Slot that houses the board ID of the IUA link set IUA link ID Data 10.1.4.2 2944 UDP 2 MA5616. no configuration is required) 10.13.248 2944 10.. Ltd. 431 . Ltd.13.1.14.1. Procedure Step 1 Add a DSLD service board.4. huawei(config)#voip huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 10.2/16 (IP address of the primary MGC) l Shelf/slot/port ID of the BRA user: 0/4/0 l Phone number: 83110001 l Working mode: point to multi-point l Terminal ID: 2 l IUA interface ID: 0 l Priority of the user: Cat3 (default) ISDN phone3 l Shelf/slot/port ID of the BRA user: 0/4/1 l Phone number: 83110002 l Working mode: point to point l Terminal ID: 4 l IUA interface ID: 2 l Priority of the user: Cat1 NOTE In the point to point mode.4.1 huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 10.4..13.13.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Item Local port ID Local IP address Remote port ID IP address of the primary MGC BRA user data ISDN phone1 and ISDN phone2 Data 1401 10.13.116 16 huawei(config-if-vlanif10)#quit Step 3 Add the uplink port to the VLAN. huawei(config)#board add 0/4 H832DSLD 0 frame 4 slot board added successfully Step 2 Create a VLAN and configure the VLAN L3 interface.116/16 1400 10.116 10. huawei(config)#port vlan 10 0/0 1 Step 4 Configure the media/signaling IP address. the terminal endpoint identifier (TEI) of the ISDN BRA digital phone is always 0. 432 .4. huawei(config)#vlan 10 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 10 huawei(config-if-vlanif10)#ip address 10.13.116 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. huawei(config)#interface h248 0 Are you sure to add MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y Step 7 Configure the attributes of the MG interface.4.13.4. Step 5 Configure the static route. You can run the display ip address command to query the information about the media IP address pool or the signaling IP address pool.. Ltd.0 16 10.14. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#quit huawei(config)#braport huawei(config-braport)#braport attribute set 0/4/0 workmode p2mp huawei(config-braport)#braport attribute set 0/4/1 activemode stable-active workmode p2p NOTE In the point to point mode.1. huawei(config-voip)#quit huawei(config)#ip route-static 10.13.0. huawei(config-sigtran)#quit huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#mgbrauser add 0/4/0 0 0 interfaceid 0 terminalid 2 priority cat3 telno 83110001 Are you sure to configure the working mode of the DSL board to normal and reset the board automatically? (y/n) [n]:y huawei(config-esl-user)#mgbrauser add 0/4/1 0 0 interfaceid 2 terminalid 4 pr iority cat1 telno 83110002 Step 12 Save the data.com primary-mgc-ip1 10.1.14. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the L1 activemode of the ISDN BRA port must be set to stable-active to make the configuration take effect.1 Step 6 Add an MG interface.13.14.13. huawei(config-esl-user)#quit huawei(config)#save ----End Result l ISDN phone1 and ISDN phone2 can communicate with ISDN phone3 by dialing number 83110002.116 mgport 2944 code text transfer udp MIDType domainName domainName MA5616.116 start-negotiate-version 2 Step 8 Reset the MG interface.2 primary-mgc-port 2944 mg-media-ip1 10. Step 10 Add an IUA link set and IUA links. 433 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) .2 Step 11 Add an ISDN BRA user and configure the data. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#if-h248 attribute mgip 10.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Ensure that the to-be-configured media/signaling IP address of the MG interface must exist in the corresponding address pool.116 1400 10. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#reset coldstart Are you sure to reset MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y Step 9 Configure the working mode of the ISDN BRA port. huawei(config-braport)#quit huawei(config)#sigtran huawei(config-sigtran)#iua-linkset add 0 huawei(config-sigtran)#iua-link add 0 0 1401 10.1.4. 1 Add an MG interface.13. port vlan 10 0/0 1 Configure the media IP address pool and the signaling IP address pool.116 Configure a static route. Configuration File The following part describes the configuration file of this configuration example.4.116 10. In addition. quit ip route-static 10.116 start-negotiate-version 2 Enable the MG interface. voip ip address media 10.13. quitsigtran iua-linkset add 0 iua-link add 0 0 1401 10.13. ISDN phone1 and ISDN phone2 can communicate with ISDN phone3 at the same time.116 1400 10.2 Add an ISDN BRA user and configure the data.1.14.1 ip address signaling 10.1.4.13. Note that certain steps must be performed manually and the configuration file cannot be imported at a time.1.14. board add 0/4 H832DSLD Create a service VLAN and configure its L3 interface. Ltd.1.0 16 10.116 16 quit Add an uplink port to the service VLAN. Add the DSLD service board.4. if-h248 attribute mgip 10.13. quit esl user Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.13. ISDN phone1 and ISDN phone2 can hear the ringing tone at the same time.4.com primary-mgc-ip1 10.116 mgport 2944 code text transfer udp MIDType domainName domainName MA5616.4.14. quit braport braport attribute set 0/4/0 workmode p2mp braport attribute set 0/4/1 activemode stable-active workmode p2p Add an IUA link set and IUA links.13.2 primary-mgc-port 2944 mg-media-ip1 10. 434 .0.13..4. interface h248 0 Configure the attributes of the MG interface. reset coldstart Configure the working mode of the ISDN BRA port.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) l When ISDN phone3 dials number 83110001. vlan 10 interface vlanif 10 ip address 10. 1 Configuration Example of the VAG Service (Based on the H.248 protocol. increasing the usage rate and flexibility of the device.248 interfaces on the MA5616 and configuring PSTN users on the two H. 248 Protocol) This topic describes how to configure and verify the VAG service by creating two H.248 interfaces with different IDs on the same device. up to four SIP interfaces with different indexes can be configured on the MA5616. Ltd. The procedure of configuring VAGs is similar to the procedure of configuring the VoIP service. and each MG interface can be considered as a VAG. 435 .248-based. up to four MG interfaces with different indexes can be configured on the MA5616. up to four H.248 interfaces. and each MG interface can be considered as a VAG. and each SIP interface can be considered as a virtual SIP AG.248 interfaces. The values of at least one of the following parameters must be different on the H.248 interfaces are not completely the same. Context The MA5616 supports H. quit save 10.248.5. Pay attention to the following points: l l When the system uses the H.248 interfaces with the MGC. Background Information Configuring VAGs is literally to configure H. This topic is applicable to the scenario where multiple logical AGs are simulated on one physical AG.248 interfaces with different IDs can be configured on the MA5616. When the system protocol is SIP.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) mgbrauser add 0/4/0 0 0 interfaceid 0 terminalid 2 priority cat3 telno 83110001 mgbrauser add 0/4/1 0 0 interfaceid 2 terminalid 4 priority cat1 telno 83110002 Save the data. make sure that the values of the following parameters of the H. and to configure user ports homing to different H. and SIP-based VAGs. When configuring the parameters for interconnecting different H. 10.5 Configuration Example of the VAG Service The purpose of configuring virtual access gateways (VAGs) is to simulate multiple AGs by using one AG and rent MG interfaces to different carriers. – Local IP address – Local port ID – Remote IP address – Remote port ID Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The MA5616 supports up to four VAGs.248 interfaces. The only difference is to configure interfaces with different indexes on the same device: l l When the system protocol is H.. Figure 10-12 Example network of the VAG service MGC1 MGC2 BRAS Router OLT H. 436 .248 MA5616 Phone Phone VAG1 Phone Phone VAG2 The service requirements are as follows: Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd..SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Service Requirements Figure 10-12 shows an example network of the VAG service. which belongs to MGC1.10. In this office. configure VAG1. The data plan of VAG2 is the same as that of VAG1 except for the following differences: – The MG interface ID is 1.) Media and signaling parameter s Media and signaling upstream VLAN Media and signaling upstream port Data Standard VLAN is recommended as the upstream VLAN of the voice service. text (indicates the text coding mode) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10. The MG communicates with the MGC through the H. the same as the port ID on the MA5616. which belongs to MGC2. These two IP addresses are both 10. Ltd. The IP address of the next hop from the MA5616 to the MGC is 10.20. Standard VLAN 20 is adopted. and MG1 indicates VAG2 in the figure. and configure the users in slot 0/3 to belong to VAG1. configure VAG2. – The upstream VLAN ID of VAG2 is 40. port 0/0/1 is used as the upstream port of the voice service.1.248 protocol.10.20.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) l As shown in Figure 10-12. 0 and 1 2944 Media IP address and signaling IP addresses Default gateway IP address Attributes of the MG interface MG interface ID Signaling port ID of the MG interface IP address of the primary MGC to which the MG interface belongs Port ID of the primary MGC to which the MG interface belongs Coding mode of the MG interface Issue 03 (2012-03-20) The IP address of the primary MGC is 10. – The media IP address and signaling IP address of VAG2 are 10. Table 10-7 Data plan of VAG1 Item MG interface data (The data configuration must be the same as the data configuration on the MGC.20.10.. all the services are transmitted upstream through the control board. l l l l MG0 indicates VAG1 in the figure.10.20.20.10. – The MGC2 assigns phone numbers 85110000-85110031 to phones 0-31 of VAG2. Configure the data plan of VAG1 as listed in Table 10-7. and the port ID is 2944. – The IP address of MGC2 is 10.40.10.10. Therefore. and configure the users in slot 0/4 to belong to VAG2. 437 . and therefore the TIDs do not need to be allocated manually.) Slot of the voice service board Configuri ng PSTN User Data Phone number User access is implemented by the ASRB board in slot 0/3. The MGC assigns phone numbers 83110000-83110031 to phones 0-31. Ltd. Voice user data (The data configuration must be the same as the data configuration on the MGC. and therefore the phone numbers do not need to be configured when the users are added. 438 . add upstream port 0/0/1 to the VLAN. According to the data plan. Run the display tid-template command to query the default TID template. Procedure l Configure VAG1. TID The terminal layering is supported.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Item NOTE Parameter s listed here are mandator y. and configure the IP address Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Data Transmission mode of the MG interface UDP (Optional) Configuring the TID Format of an MG Interface To differentiate users according to the TID. configure standard VLAN 20 as the media and signaling upstream VLAN. It is found that default TID template (template 6) can meet the requirements. Add the upstream VLAN interface. the office requires that the terminal prefix uses the community name huawei and the TID is automatically generated by the system according to the subrack ID/slot ID/port ID (F/S/P) of the user.. 1. The emergency standalone is not supported. which means that the MG interface fails to be enabled if these parameter s are not configure d. The MG interface can be started in different ways (see Parameters of the reset command). and ISDN BRA users on the same H. For a newly configured MG interface.10.20. huawei(config)#vlan 20 standard huawei(config)#port vlan 20 0/0 1 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 20 huawei(config-if-vlanif20)#ip address 10.10.10 3. huawei(config-voip)#quit huawei(config)#ip route-static 10.10.20 primary-mgc-port 2944 code text transfer udp 5.10. IP address 10. Note this when configuring the terminal prefix. and the TID template adopts layering template 6. which ensures that the MGC can control the call connection through the MG interface. Configure a static route to the MGC.10.0 255.10.10. 439 .10. the media and signaling IP addresses used for the services can be selected from the IP address pools. huawei(config-if-vlanif20)#quit huawei(config)#voip huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 10. Add an MG interface.10. which facilitates the configuration of the media and signaling IP address pools. and configure the interface attributes. and the gateway IP address corresponding to the media IP address is 10.10 is added to the media and signaling IP address pools.10.10.0. Configure the TID template of the PSTN users on MG interface 0. According to the data plan.1 huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 10.10.10. The static route is used as an example.10. Make sure that the route between the local device and the MGC is reachable.10.10.10. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10. Add an MG interface for the MG to communicate with the MGC.10. Configure the media and signaling IP address pools. huawei(config)#interface h248 0 Are you sure to add MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-h248-0)#if-h248 attribute mg-media-ip1 10.10. enable the MG interface through cold start. Reset the MG interface to make the MG interface register with the MGC (and to make the modified attributes of the MG interface take effect) so that the MG interface can work in the normal state.10 mgip 10.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) of the Layer 3 interface to 10. According to the data plan. Configure the TID generation mode.0. Add the IP address of the VLAN Layer 3 interface configured in the previous step to the media and signaling IP address pools respectively.10 10.10. add MG interface 0.1 4.10 mgport 2944 primary-mgc-ip1 10. the terminal prefix of PSTN users is huawei. CAUTION The MA5616 requires that the terminal prefixes of PSTN users. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#tid-format pstn prefix huawei template 6 6.255.10. Ltd. Therefore.10 16 2. Reset the MG interface. According to the data plan.248 interface be either the same or different.10.0 10..1. Add POTS users (phones 0-31) so that the users can go online. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#quit huawei(config)#display if-h248 all ----------------------------------------------------------------------------MGID Trans State MGPort MGIP MGCPort MGCIP/ DomainName ----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 UDP Normal 2944 10.10. According to the data plan.1. After the MG interface is interconnected with the MGC. huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/31 0 10.10. Confirm the service board.10.20. huawei(config)#vlan 40 standard huawei(config)#port vlan 40 0/0 1 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 40 huawei(config-if-vlanif40)#ip address 10. Query the running status of the MG interface. huawei(config-esl-user)#quit huawei(config)#save l Configure VAG2. huawei(config)#board confirm 0/3 9.20.10 16 2. and the gateway IP address corresponding to the media IP address is 10. indicating that the MG interface works in the normal state.20 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8. huawei(config-if-vlanif40)#quit huawei(config)#voip Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10. which facilitates the configuration of the media and signaling IP address pools.20. Configure the PSTN user data. Add the IP address of the VLAN Layer 3 interface configured in the previous step to the media and signaling IP address pools respectively.20. add upstream port 0/0/1 to the VLAN. Therefore. IP address 10. 440 . Save the data.10.10 is added to the media and signaling IP address pools. configure standard VLAN 40 as the media and signaling upstream VLAN. Configure the media and signaling IP address pools. Add the upstream VLAN interface. configure the IP address of the Layer 3 interface to 10.20. Confirm the ASPB service board that carries services so that the board can work in the normal state.10. the MG interface should be in the normal state..SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) huawei(config-if-h248-0)#reset coldstart Are you sure to reset MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y 7.10 2944 10.10. 1. According to the data plan. Ltd.10. the media and signaling IP addresses used for the services can be selected from the IP address pools. and configure the interface attributes.10 3.0. Add an MG interface. CAUTION The MA5616 requires that the terminal prefixes of PSTN users.20. Reset the MG interface to make the MG interface register with the MGC (and to make the modified attributes of the MG interface take effect) so that the MG interface can work in the normal state.10.10. the terminal prefix of PSTN users is huawei.1 huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 10. Configure the TID template of the PSTN users on MG interface 1. enable the MG interface through cold start.248 interface be either the same or different.40. indicating that the MG interface works in the normal state.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 10. Ltd. For a newly configured MG interface. which ensures that the MGC can control the call connection through the MG interface.0.10 2944 10. the MG interface should be in the normal state.10.20.10 mgport 2944 primary-mgc-ip1 10. and ISDN BRA users on the same H.20.20. According to the data plan. Add an MG interface for the MG to communicate with the MGC. huawei(config-if-h248-1)#quit huawei(config)#display if-h248 all ----------------------------------------------------------------------------MGID Trans State MGPort MGIP MGCPort MGCIP/ DomainName ----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 UDP Normal 2944 10.20.255.0 255. Reset the MG interface.20 primary-mgc-port 2944 code text transfer udp 5.20..10. The MG interface can be started in different ways (see Parameters of the reset command). huawei(config-voip)#quit huawei(config)#ip route-static 10.10.10. The static route is used as an example.10. Configure the TID generation mode.1 4. 441 . huawei(config-if-h248-1)#tid-format pstn prefix huawei template 6 6.10 10.10. huawei(config)#interface h248 1 Are you sure to add MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-h248-1)#if-h248 attribute mg-media-ip1 10.0 10. After the MG interface is interconnected with the MGC. Make sure that the route between the local device and the MGC is reachable. Configure a static route to the MGC.20. add MG interface 1.20. huawei(config-if-h248-1)#reset coldstart Are you sure to reset MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y 7. Query the running status of the MG interface.10 mgip 10. Note this when configuring the terminal prefix. According to the data plan.20 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10. and the TID template adopts layering template 6.20. Confirm the ASPB service board that carries services so that the board can work in the normal state.10.10.20.10. phones 0-31 belonging to VAG1 and phones 0-31 belonging to VAG2 can communicate with each other. vlan 40 standard port vlan 40 0/0 1 interface vlanif 40 ip address 10.255.10.20. Configure the PSTN user data.10 2944 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8.10. Add POTS users (phones 0-31) so that the users can go online.40.10 16 quit voip ip address media 10.10 mgport 2944 primarymgc-ip1 10.0.0 10. huawei(config)#board confirm 0/4 9.10.1 ip address signaling 10.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 1 UDP 10. 442 . Save the data.10.10. Configuration File Configure VAG1.0. vlan 20 standard port vlan 20 0/0 1 interface vlanif 20 ip address 10. huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser batadd 0/4/0 0/4/31 1 10. Ltd.10.10.10.1 interface h248 0 if-h248 attribute mg-media-ip1 10.10 quit ip route-static 10.10.10.10.0 255.10.10.10.10 mgip 10.20.20 Normal 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) 2944 10.20. huawei(config-esl-user)#quit huawei(config)#save ----End Result When VAG1 and VAG2 communicate with the MGC in the normal state.20 primary-mgc-port 2944 code text transfer udp tid-format pstn prefix huawei template 6 reset coldstart quit display if-h248 all board confirm 0/3 esl user mgpstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/31 0 quit save Configure VAG2.10 10. Confirm the service board..10 16 quit voip Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10. 5.1 ip address signaling 10.10.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) ip address media 10.2 Configuration Example of the VAG Service (Based on the SIP Protocol) This topic describes how to configure and verify the VAG service by creating two SIP interfaces on the MA5616 and configuring PSTN users on the two SIP interfaces. make sure that the values of the following parameters of the SIP interfaces are not completely the same.10. This topic is applicable to the scenario where multiple logical AGs are simulated on one physical AG. Pay attention to the following points: l l When the system uses the SIP protocol.0.10 10.0.20 primary-mgc-port 2944 code text transfer udp tid-format pstn prefix huawei template 6 reset coldstart quit display if-h248 all board confirm 0/4 esl user mgpstnuser batadd 0/4/0 0/4/31 1 quit save 10.20. up to four SIP interfaces with different IDs can be configured on the MA5616.1 interface h248 1 if-h248 attribute mg-media-ip1 10.0 10.1 mgport 2944 primary-mgcip1 10.10. Background Information Configuring VAGs is literally to configure SIP interfaces with different IDs on the same device.40.0 255.10 quit ip route-static 10.20.. – Local IP address – Local port ID – Remote IP address – Remote port ID Service Requirements Figure 10-13 shows an example network of the SIP-based VAG service.20.20.20. Ltd. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10. The values of at least one of the following parameters must be different on the SIP interfaces.255.10.20. 443 .20. and each SIP interface can be considered as a VAG.10 mgip 10. and to configure user ports homing to different SIP interfaces. When configuring the parameters for interconnecting different SIP interfaces with the IMS.10.20. 444 l l Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. which belongs to IMS1. Ltd. configure VAG2. and configure the users in slot 0/4 to belong to VAG2.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Figure 10-13 Example network of the SIP-based VAG service IMS1 IMS2 BRAS Router OLT SIP MA5616 Phone VAG1 Phone Phone VAG2 Phone Data Plan The service requirements are as follows: l As shown in Figure 10-13. and configure the users in slot 0/3 to belong to VAG1. The MA5616 communicates with the IMS through the SIP protocol. Configure the data plan of VAG1 as listed in Table 10-8. configure VAG1.. which belongs to IMS2. 10. – The IP address of IMS2 is 10.10.20. SIP interface ID Signaling port ID of the SIP interface IP address of the primary IMS core network device to which the SIP interface belongs Port ID of the primary IMS core network device to which the SIP interface belongs Transmission mode of the SIP interface 10.) Media and signaling parameter s Media and signaling upstream VLAN Media and signaling upstream port Remarks Standard VLAN 30 is adopted.20. and SIP interface 1 indicates VAG2 in the figure.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) l The data plan of VAG2 is the same as that of VAG1 except for the following differences: – The SIP interface ID of VAG2 is 1. port 0/0/1 is used as the upstream port of the voice service.20. – The IMS2 assigns phone numbers 85000000-85000031 to phones 0-31 of VAG2. Table 10-8 Data plan of VAG1 Item SIP interface data (The data configuration must be the same as the data configuration on the IMS. These two IP addresses are both 10.20.100. In this office. Ltd. Therefore. 445 . The IP address of the next hop from the MA5616 to the IMS core network device is 10.20. which means that the SIP interface fails to be enabled if these parameter s are not configure d. l SIP interface 0 indicates VAG1 in the figure.100 5060 UDP Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.20.10..11. 0 and 1 5060 Media IP address and signaling IP addresses Default gateway IP address Attributes of the SIP interface NOTE Parameter s listed here are mandator y.30.1. – The media IP address and signaling IP address of VAG2 are 10.10. all the services are transmitted upstream through the control board. . Configure the media and signaling IP address pools.20. and configure the interface attributes. the media and signaling IP addresses used for the services can be selected from the IP address pools.20.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Item Homing domain name of the SIP interface Index of the profile used by the SIP interface Voice user data (The data configuration must be the same as the data configuration on the IMS.10 10. which facilitates the configuration of the media and signaling IP address pools.20.20.10. Add the upstream VLAN interface. 446 . add SIP interface 0. huawei(config)#vlan 30 standard huawei(config)#port vlan 30 0/0 1 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 30 huawei(config-if-vlanif30)#ip address 10. 1.20.10.255.0.1.20.0 255. huawei(config-if-vlanif30)#quit huawei(config)#voip huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 10. Make sure that the route between the local device and the IMS is reachable. Configure a static route to the IMS.10 3.10. add upstream port 0/0/1 to the VLAN. huawei(config)#interface sip 0 Are you sure to add the SIP interface?(y/n)[n]:y Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The static route is used as an example. According to the data plan.10.10. configure standard VLAN 30 as the media and signaling upstream VLAN.10.1 huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 10. IP address 10. and the gateway IP address corresponding to the media IP address is 10. huawei(config-voip)#quit huawei(config)#ip route-static 10. Add the IP address of the VLAN Layer 3 interface configured in the previous step to the media and signaling IP address pools respectively.20.10.0 10. According to the data plan.20.10.10.10 16 2.10 is added to the media and signaling IP address pools.1 4. and configure the IP address of the Layer 3 interface to 10.0. Therefore.20.) Slot of the voice service board Phone number Remarks huawei Default profile (profile 1) The ASRB service board in slot 0/3 80000000-80000031 Procedure l Configure VAG1. Add a SIP interface. Ltd. According to the data plan. the VLAN is added and the IP address of the VLAN Layer 3 interface is configured.10. They are used for Layer 3 forwarding.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) huawei(config-if-sip-0)#if-sip attribute basic media-ip 10.1.20.11 is added to the media and signaling IP address pools. Reset the SIP interface to make the SIP interface register with the IMS (and to make the modified attributes of the SIP interface take effect) so that the SIP interface can work in the normal state. which facilitates the configuration of the media and signaling IP address pools. Add the upstream VLAN interface. the media and signaling IP addresses used for the services can be selected from the IP address pools.11. Add POTS users (phones 0-31) to VAG1 so that the users can go online.20.20. Make sure that the route between the local device and the IMS is reachable.10. According to the data plan. and the gateway IP address corresponding to the media IP address is 10.11 16 sub 2.20. In this step. huawei(config)#board confirm 0/3 7.20. use standard VLAN 30 as the media and signaling upstream VLAN (the uplink port ID is 0/0/1).1 huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 10.100 primary-proxy-port 5060 home-domain huawei sipprofile-index 1 5. If the static route has been configured.20. Add the IP address of the VLAN Layer 3 interface configured in the previous step to the media and signaling IP address pools respectively. huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#sippstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/31 0 telno 80000000 8.10 signal-ip 10. 1. Ltd. In step Step 1. Reset the SIP interface. Therefore.10.10. The secondary IP address is the same as the primary IP address in function. huawei(config-esl-user)#quit huawei(config)#save l Configure VAG2.10. The static route is used as an example.. Configure the media and signaling IP address pools.20.10 signal-port 5060 transfer udp primary-proxy-ip1 10.20. Save the data. Confirm the ASRB service board that carries services so that the board can work in the normal state.10.10.20. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Confirm the service board. huawei(config-if-vlanif30)#quit huawei(config)#voip huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 10. Configure the PSTN user data.20.11 10.10. huawei(config-if-sip-0)#reset Are you sure to reset SIP interface?(y/n)[n]:y 6. 447 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . huawei(config)#interface vlanif 30 huawei(config-if-vlanif30)#ip address 10.20.11 3. skip this step. use the sub parameter to configure the secondary IP address of the VLAN. Configure a static route to the IMS. According to the data plan. IP address 10. and configure the IP address of the Layer 3 interface to 10.10. Configure the PSTN user data.20. Add a SIP interface.1 ip address signaling 10. Reset the SIP interface to make the SIP interface register with the IMS (and to make the modified attributes of the SIP interface take effect) so that the SIP interface can work in the normal state. huawei(config-esl-user)#quit huawei(config)#save ----End Result When VAG1 and VAG2 communicate with the MGC in the normal state.30.255.20.20. huawei(config)#board confirm 0/4 7.20. Ltd.20.0 255. huawei(config)#interface sip 1 Are you sure to add the SIP interface?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-sip-1)#if-sip attribute basic media-ip 10. Add POTS users (phones 0-31) to VAG2 so that the users can go online.1 4.10 signal-ip 10.20.10.10.100 primary-proxy-port 5060 home-domain huawei sipprofile-index 1 5.10.1 interface sip 0 if-sip attribute basic media-ip 10.0. Confirm the ASRB service board that carries services so that the board can work in the normal state. Example Configure VAG1.255.10.0 10. 448 .20. Reset the SIP interface.20. and configure the interface attributes. vlan 30 standard port vlan 30 0/0 1 interface vlanif 30 ip address 10.0. huawei(config-if-sip-1)#reset Are you sure to reset SIP interface?(y/n)[n]:y 6.11 signal-port 5060 transfer udp primary-proxy-ip1 10.20. Save the data.10. Confirm the service board.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) huawei(config-voip)#quit huawei(config)#ip route-static 10.10.0.10. phones 0-31 belonging to VAG1 and phones 0-31 belonging to VAG2 can communicate with each other.20.20.10 quit ip route-static 10.0 10.20. huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#sippstnuser batadd 0/4/0 0/4/31 1 telno 85000000 8..100 primary-proxy-port 5060 home-domain huawei sipprofile-index 1 reset Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. add SIP interface 1.10 signal-port 5060 transfer udp primary-proxy-ip1 10. According to the data plan.10 16 quit voip ip address media 10.10 10.11 signal-ip 10.10.0 255.20.10.20.20.0.10. 11 signal-ip 10. there are multiple Internet service providers (ISPs). and adds an inner VLAN tag to identify users.11 10.1 ip address signaling 10.10.0. Service Requirements l l The user accesses the Internet through the PPPoE dialup. The device adds an outer VLAN tag to user packets to identify ISPs.11 quit ip route-static 10. The authentication data of the access user must be configured on the BRAS.0 10.20.1 interface sip 1 if-sip attribute basic media-ip 10.11 16 sub quit voip ip address media 10. different user groups can be connected to the specified ISPs in batches through different outer VLAN tags to obtain services from the ISPs. To provision the services provided by the ISP to the specified user group rapidly. 449 .20.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) board confirm 0/3 esl user sippstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/31 0 telno 80000000 quit save Configure VAG2.20.11 signal-port 5060 transfer udp primary-proxy-ip1 10.100 primary-proxy-port 5060 home-domain huawei sipprofile-index 1 reset board confirm 0/4 esl user sippstnuser batadd 0/4/0 0/4/31 1 telno 85000000 quit save 10.0.0 255.20.10.10. while the inner VLAN tags to identify users. In this way. Ltd. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1 Configuring the VLAN Stacking Wholesale Service In a L2 switched metropolitan area network (MAN). The system is working properly.20.20.6.20.10. Prerequisites l l l Network devices and lines must be in the normal state.20. 10.255.6 Configuration Example of the VLAN Stacking Wholesale Service This topic describes the VLAN stacking wholesale service and how to configure the VLAN stacking wholesale service on the MA5616.30.10.. the outer VLAN tags of VLAN stacking can be used to identify ISPs.20.10.10. interface vlanif 30 ip address 10. Networking Figure 10-14 shows the example network for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service. 450 .. and users 3 and 4 obtain the broadband service from different ISPs.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Users 1 and 2. The MA5616 supports the VLAN stacking function to implement the multi-ISP wholesale service. Figure 10-14 Example network for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service ISP1 BRAS VLAN ID:100 VLAN ID:101 LAN Switch BRAS ISP2 OLT Splitter ONU Modem Modem User1 User2 User3 User4 Data Plan Table 10-9 provides the data plan for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service. the users can obtain the services provided by the ISP. the device transmits the packets upstream over the GPON network and forwards the packets to the L2 network through the OLT. The L2 switch forwards the user packets to a specified ISP BRAS based on the outer VLAN tags. Table 10-9 Data plan for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service Item ISP 1 user group Data Uplink port: 0/0/1 Network-side VLAN ID (outer VLAN tag): 100 VLAN attribute: stacking VLAN User 1: l Access port: 0/1/0 l Inner VLAN tag: 11 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. After being authenticated by the ISP BRAS. The ISP BRAS removes the outer VLAN tags and identifies the user based on the inner VLAN tags. The device adds an outer VLAN tag to user packets to identify ISPs and adds an inner VLAN tag to identify users. Ltd. Then. NOTE You can run the stacking outer-ethertype command to set the type of outer Ethernet protocol supported by VLAN stacking on the MA5616. Add uplink port 0/0/1 to VLAN 100 and VLAN 101. Ltd. huawei(config)#vlan 100-101 smart It will take several minutes.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Item Data User 2: l Access port: 0/1/1 l Inner VLAN tag: 12 ISP 2 user group Uplink port: 0/0/1 Network-side VLAN ID (outer VLAN tag): 101 VLAN attribute: stacking VLAN User 3: l Access port: 0/1/2 l Inner VLAN tag: 11 User 4: l Access port: 0/1/3 l Inner VLAN tag: 12 Procedure Step 1 Create VLANs. Network-side VLAN IDs are 100 and 101. huawei(config)#port vlan 100-101 0/0 1 It will take several minutes. and console may be timeout.. You can also run the stacking inner-ethertype command to set the type of inner Ethernet protocol supported by VLAN stacking on the MA5616. please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add standard port(s)? (y/n)[n]:y Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to continue? (y/n)[n]:y The total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the VLAN(s) which have been operated successfully is 2 Step 3 Add an uplink port to the VLAN. the type of the inner/outer Ethernet protocol must be the same as that of the interconnect device. 451 . To ensure that Huawei device is interconnected with the device of other vendors. and console may be timeout. huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100-101 stacking It will take several minutes. please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add VLANs? (y/n)[n]:y The total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the added VLANs is 2 Step 2 Set the VLAN attribute to stacking VLAN. and the VLAN type is smart VLAN. and console may be timeout. The VLAN tags under different ISPs can be the same with each other. huawei(config)#save ----End Result l l After being authenticated by the ISP 1 BRAS. An inner VLAN tag under the same ISP must be unique. users 3 and 4 can obtain the services provided by ISP 2. the index of the traffic stream may vary according to the number of traffic streams in the system. huawei(config)#display service-port all { <cr>|sort-by<K>||<K> }: Command: display service-port all ------------------------------------------------------------------------INDEX VLAN VLAN PORT F/ S/ P VPI VCI FLOW FLOW RX TX STATE ID ATTR TYPE TYPE PARA ------------------------------------------------------------------------0 100 stacking vdl 0/1/ 0 encap pppoe 6 6 up 1 100 stacking vdl 0/1/ 1 encap pppoe 6 6 up 2 101 stacking vdl 0/1/ 2 encap pppoe 6 6 up 3 101 stacking vdl 0/1/ 3 encap pppoe 6 6 up ------------------------------------------------------------------------Total : 4 (Up/Down : 4/0) huawei(config)#stacking label service-port 1 11 huawei(config)#stacking label service-port 2 12 huawei(config)#stacking label service-port 3 11 huawei(config)#stacking label service-port 4 12 NOTE In the actual configuration. Create service ports for users 1.. The inner VLAN tag is used to identify the user. Step 6 Save the data. After being authenticated by the ISP 2 BRAS. Ltd. 3.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) The total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the port VLAN(s) having been added is 2 Step 4 Add service ports to VLANs. and then add the service ports to VLAN 100 and VLAN 101. users 1 and 2 can obtain the services provided by ISP 1. huawei(config)#service-port pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 huawei(config)#service-port encap pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 huawei(config)#service-port pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 huawei(config)#service-port pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 1 vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service user-encap 2 vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/1 multi-service user- 3 vlan 101 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/2 multi-service user-encap 4 vlan 101 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/3 multi-service user-encap Step 5 Set the inner VLAN tag. 2. 452 . You only need to ensure that the actual index corresponds to the inner VLAN tag. and 4. Configuration File vlan 100 to 101 smart vlan attrib 100 to 101 stacking Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. or the outer VLAN tag is used to identify the access device and the inner tag is used to identify the users that access the device. the inner VLAN tags are used to identify the user. Broadband users through multiple MA5616s are authenticated on a BRAS to obtain the broadband service provided by the carrier. The authentication data of the access user must be configured on the BRAS.6. The outer VLAN tag identifies the MA5616 that accesses users. Ltd.2 Configuring the VLAN ID Extension Service In the application of the VLAN ID extension. Service Requirements l l l The Internet access service is deployed on the network.. The BRAS identifies the access users based on the L2 VLAN tag to increase the number of users identified by the VLAN ID. The BRAS supports the user identification through L2 VLAN. Networking Figure 10-15 shows the example network for configuring the VLAN ID extension.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide port vlan 100 to 101 0/0 1 service-port 1 vlan 100 vdsl mode 6 tx-cttr 6 service-port 2 vlan 100 vdsl mode 6 tx-cttr 6 service-port 3 vlan 101 vdsl mode 6 tx-cttr 6 service-port 4 vlan 101 vdsl mode 6 tx-cttr 6 stacking label service-port 1 11 stacking label service-port 2 12 stacking label service-port 3 11 stacking label service-port 4 12 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) ptm 0/1/0 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr ptm 0/1/1 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr ptm 0/1/2 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr ptm 0/1/3 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 10. 453 . Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Prerequisites l l Network devices and lines must be in the normal state. and the inner VLAN tag identifies the users of the device. thus increasing the number of users that access the BRAS. Two VLAN IDs are allocated on the BRAS to identify four access users. The MA5616 is used on the GPON upstream transmission network. Ltd.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Figure 10-15 Example network for configuring the VLAN ID extension BRAS LSW OLT VLAN 100 ONU_A VLAN 101 ONU_B User 1 User 2 User 3 User 4 Data Plan Table 10-10 provides the data plan for configuring the VLAN ID extension. 454 . Table 10-10 Data plan for configuring the VLAN ID extension Item Data Uplink port: 0/0/1 Upstream VLAN ID (outer VLAN tag): 100 VLAN attribute: Stacking VLAN ONU_A: MA5616_A User 1: l Access port: 0/1/1 l Inner VLAN tag: 11 User 2: l Access port: 0/1/2 l Inner VLAN tag: 12 Uplink port: 0/0/1 ONU_B: MA5616_B Upstream VLAN ID (outer VLAN tag): 101 VLAN attribute: Stacking VLAN Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. 2. Set the inner VLAN tag. huawei(config)#display service-port all { <cr>|sort-by<K>||<K> }: Command: display service-port all ------------------------------------------------------------------------INDEX VLAN VLAN STATE ID ATTR PARA PORT F/ S/ P VPI TYPE VCI FLOW TYPE FLOW RX TX ------------------------------------------------------------------------0 up 1 up ------------------------------------------------------------------------Total : 2 (Up/Down : 2/0) huawei(config)#stacking label service-port 0 11 huawei(config)#stacking label service-port 1 12 100 common vdl 0/1/2 encap pppoe 6 6 100 common vdl 0/1/1 encap pppoe 6 6 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Create a VLAN. Ltd.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Item Data User 3: l Access port: 0/1/1 l Inner VLAN tag: 11 User 4: l Access port: 0/1/2 l Inner VLAN tag: 12 Procedure l The procedure for configuring the VLAN ID extension on MA5616_A is as follows: 1. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart Set the VLAN attribute to stacking VLAN. 4. huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/0 1 Add service ports to the VLAN. 3. 455 .. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/1 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/2 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 5. huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100 stacking Add an uplink port to the VLAN. 456 . the index of the traffic stream may vary according to the number of traffic streams in the system. You only need to ensure that the actual index corresponds to the inner VLAN tag. Two users of the MA5616 can be identified according to one outer VLAN tag. it is not described here. The only difference lies in the upstream VLAN ID. the number of the access user based on one VLAN tag is increased. Hence. A virtual local area network (VLAN) packet with the QinQ attribute has VLAN tags of two layers. inner VLAN tag from the private network and outer VLAN tag from the MA5616. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Save the data. Configuration File Configuration file of MA5616_A vlan 100 smart vlan attrib 100 stacking port vlan 100 0/0 1 service-port 0 vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/1 multi-service user-encap pppoe 6 tx-cttr 6 service-port 1 vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/2 multi-service user-encap pppoe 6 tx-cttr 6 stacking label service-port 0 11 stacking label service-port 1 12 save rx-cttr rx-cttr Configuration file of MA5616_B vlan 101 smart vlan attrib 101 stacking port vlan 101 0/0 1 service-port 0 vlan 101 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/1 multi-service user-encap pppoe 6 x-cttr 6 service-port 1 vlan 101 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/2 multi-service user-encap pppoe 6 x-cttr 6 stacking label service-port 0 11 stacking label service-port 1 12 save rx-cttr rx-cttr 10. The VPN tunnel is a secure channel for transparently transmitting services between private networks. With the two VLAN tags. In this manner. ----End Result After being authenticated by the BRAS. a Layer 2 virtual private network (VPN) tunnel is formed between private networks. the users on MA5616_A and MA5616_B can access the Internet. 6. huawei(config)#save The procedure for configuring the VLAN ID extension on MA5616_B is as follows: The configuration procedure of MA5616_B is the same as the configuration procedure of MA5616_A..7 Configuration Example of the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service This topic describes how to configure the private line service based on the QinQ feature. Ltd.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) In the actual configuration. This provides a transparent and safe data transmission channel for enterprise private networks that are located in different places. 457 . Ltd. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The MA5616 must be connected to the upper-layer network through the OLT. The upperlayer network must work in L2 mode. On MA5616_A and MA5616_B. so that the service and BPDUs between different branches can be transparently transmitted through the public network. Networking Figure 10-16 shows an example network for configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service. The control board and the service boards must be in the normal state. and forwards packets based on the VLAN and the MAC address. l l The two branches (A and B) of the enterprise are connected to the MAN through MA5616_A and MA5616_B respectively. Figure 10-16 Example network for configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service LSW LSW OLT_A OLT_B ONU_A LSW ONU_B LSW Branch A Branch B Data Plan Table 10-11 provides the data plan for configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service. configure the QinQ VLAN private line service for the enterprise. Service Requirements QinQ VLAN enables service data and bridge protocol data units (BPDUs) between enterprise private networks to be transparently transmitted on the public network.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Prerequisites l l l The network device and the line must be normal.. it is not described here. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service user-vlan 50 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 6. ----End Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Item VDSL port Upstream port Network-side VLAN VLAN type VLAN attribute User-side VLAN VLAN service profile Data 0/1/0 0/0/1 100 Smart VLAN QinQ 50 Profile ID: 1 Transparent transmission of BPDUs: enable Procedure l The procedure for configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service on MA5616_A is as follows: 1. huawei(config)#save The procedure for configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service on MA5616_B is as follows: The configuration procedure of MA5616_B is the same as the configuration procedure of MA5616_A. huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100 q-in-q (Optional) If the Layer 2 protocol packets on a private network need to be transparently transmitted on the public network. l Save the data.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Table 10-11 Data plan for configuring the QinQ VLAN private line service Device ONU_A: MA5616_A ONU_B: MA5616_B NOTE The data plan of MA5616_B is the same as the data plan of MA5616_A.. 2. Add an upstream port to the VLAN. enable the BPDU transparent transmission function and bind a VLAN service profile to the VLAN. 5. 3. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart Set the VLAN attribute to QinQ. 458 . Hence. Ltd. huawei(config)#vlan service-profile profile-id 1 huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#bpdu tunnel enable Info: Please use the commit command to make modifications take effect huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#commit huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#quit huawei(config)#vlan bind service-profile 100 profile-id 1 4. Create a VLAN. huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/0 1 Add the service ports to the VLAN. The default traffic profile 6 is applied. such as the video and IPTV services. l For the triple play service over a single PVC. uplink ports are configured to transmit these services from different VLANs. According to service specifications. and Internet Protocol television (IPTV) service simultaneously.8 Configuring the Triple Play Service This topic describes the triple play service and how to configure the triple play service on an MA5616 that is used on a GPON upstream transmission network. In addition. The IPTV service uses a large bandwidth and has a high requirement on bit error rate (BER) or packet loss rate. an MA5616 supports the triple play service over a single permanent virtual channel (PVC) or multiple PVCs. 459 l Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . Configuration File vlan 100 smart vlan attrib 100 q-in-q vlan service-profile profile-id 1 bpdu tunnel enable port vlan 100 0/0 1 service-port vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service user-vlan 50 rx-cttr 6 txcttr 6 save 10. Originally. each xDSL port must be configured with at least three PVCs. such as IP over Ethernet (IPoE) or Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE). voice over IP (VoIP) service. On the network side. The functions of the two modes are basically the same. the broadband access technology supports more services.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Result The branches of the enterprise located in two different places can communicate with each other in the normal state. With the development of the Internet. l The VoIP service uses a small bandwidth and has a high requirement on delay. If the delay is long. The original broadband access technology supports only the high-speed Internet access service. This Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and IPTV services have different requirements for bandwidths and priorities. Context When the triple play technology is used. VoIP. implementing various services of the private network. For the triple play service over multiple PVCs. l The high-speed Internet access. The PSTN-to-IP development supports the function of providing the VoIP service over broadband lines. Ltd. echo occurs. Users can select either of the modes based on network plan and terminal capability.. such as asymmetric digital subscriber line 2 plus (ADSL2+) and very-high-speed digital subscriber line 2 (VDSL2). On the user side. voice signals are transmitted over a public switched telephone network (PSTN) network. affecting voice service quality. providing a foundation for supporting the video service. the three types of services are carried over different PVCs. the VoIP service has the highest priority among the three types of services. If the BER or packet loss rate is high. These services are differentiated by user-side virtual local area network (VLAN) ID and Ethernet type. This technology reduces device maintenance costs. multiple services are accessed through a subscriber line. Therefore. greater bandwidths are supported. the three types of services are carried over a single PVC from the access device to each x digital subscriber line (xDSL) terminal. with the development of access modes. video frames may be lost. The most widely used triple play service provides high-speed Internet access service. 1. or the xDSL terminal does not support the function of identifying multiple service flows.1 Configuring the Triple Play Service . l The high-speed Internet access service is generally for browsing web pages. Specifically. the IPTV service has a higher priority than the high-speed Internet access service. Service Requirements As shown in Figure 10-17 of the carrier's networking. The customer premises equipment (CPE) has been configured. Therefore. voice over IP (VoIP).3 Configuring the VDSL2 Profile. and Internet Protocol television (IPTV) services. A user can connect to multiple terminals through a home gateway (HGW) for Internet access. Networking Figure 10-17 shows the example network for configuring the triple play service based on the user-side VLAN. Prerequisites Before configuring the triple play service. affecting customer experience. see 4. When the number of permanent virtual channels (PVCs) from an MA5616 to an x digital subscriber line (xDSL) terminal is limited. The triple play service includes the Internet access. The very-high-speed digital subscriber line 2 (VDSL2) line template and alarm template that need to be bound to ports have been configured. an MA5616 uses a GPON port for upstream transmission and accesses users in VDSL2 mode. the MA5616 does not support the function of mapping a service flow to a PVC. Therefore. the high-speed Internet access service has the lowest priority among the three types of services. All boards of the device are running properly. In such a case.Single PVC for Multiple Services Based on the User-Side VLAN This topic describes how to configure the triple play service in single-PVC for multiple services mode (based on the user-side VLAN). 10. This service does not have a high requirement on real-time data transmission or packet loss rate as the IPTV service does because the high-speed Internet access service uses the retransmission mechanism to ensure transmission reliability. For details about how to configure the VDSL2 line template or alarm template. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. implementing the triple play service.8. and IPTV services. The triple play service is provided for users 1 and 2. virtual local area networks (VLANs) have been configured on the CPE for different services.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) case results in pixelation or even artifacts. VoIP. a PVC needs to carry multiple service flows. but a lower priority than the VoIP service.. ensure that: l l l l Network devices and lines have been connected properly. 460 . To set different priorities for different types of services. carriers need to provide quality of service (QoS) assurance for these services by user-side VLANs. Ltd. Table 10-12 Data plan of the triple play service based on the user-side VLAN Item VDSL2 Data Service ports: 0/1/0 and 0/1/1 Index of the VDSL2 line template bound to the port: 2. where: l Index of the VDSL2 line alarm profile: 3 l Index of the VDSL2 channel alarm profile: 3 VPI/VCI: 0/35 Traffic profile parameters Internet service: 1 Mbit/s VoIP service: 64 Kbit/s IPTV service: no limit Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 461 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . where: l Index of the VDSL2 line profile: 3 l Index of the VDSL2 channel profile: 3 Index of the VDSL2 alarm template bound to the port: 2.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Figure 10-17 Example network for configuring the triple play service based on the user-side VLAN Multicase Sever OSS & RADIUS Server/ RADIUS Proxy BMS TG Softswitch BRAS LAN Switch Router ONU CPE IAD Voice Gateway IAD Voice Gateway STB CPE STB IP Phone PC TV IP Phone PC TV Data Plan Table 10-12 provides the data plan of the triple play service based on the user-side VLAN.. Ltd. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The VoIP service has priority 6. User 1: User 1 (on port 0/1/0) can watch all the programs.10. User 2: User 2 (on port 0/1/1) can watch only program 1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Item Uplink port ID Upstream VLANs Data 0/0/1 Internet service: smart VLAN 102 VoIP service: smart VLAN 103 IPTV service: smart VLAN 104 User-side VLANs Internet service: smart VLAN 2 VoIP service: smart VLAN 3 IPTV service: smart VLAN 4 IGMP version Multicast source IGMP v3 (default IGMP version in the multicast VLAN mode) Two multicast sources: ISP 1: with IP address 10. providing the multicast program with IP address 224. the program source IP address being the same as the IP address of ISP 2 (10. the program source IP address being the same as the IP address of ISP 1 (10.10.1.10.10. Profile 0 has the right to watch program 1 in the program library.1.1 ISP 2: with IP address 10.1p priorities are used.10) Program 2: with IP address 224.2 Multicast program library Programs in multicast VLAN 104: Program 1: with IP address 224. IPTV service priority 5. Ltd.10.1.10.10.1.11) Right profile Multicast users Upstream priority Set right profile 0.1.11. 462 .1.10.1. and Internet service priority 1.10.1..2.1. Configuration Flowchart Figure 10-18 shows the flowchart for configuring the triple play service based on the user-side VLAN. providing the multicast program with IP address 224. The 802. 1p priority of each service. set the traffic profile index to 7 and the 802. Ltd. and Internet service. Configure a traffic profile. – Generally. IPTV service. you must set the 802. and Internet services are provided through the same port.1p priority of the Internet service to 1. huawei(config)#vlan 102 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 102 0/0 1 2. – Because the VoIP. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 7 cir 1024 priority 1 prioritypolicy loca l-Setting 3.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Figure 10-18 Flowchart for configuring the triple play service based on the user-side VLAN Procedure l Configure the Internet service.. 463 . Configure service ports. In this example. IPTV. Create a VLAN and add an uplink port to the VLAN. the priorities are in a descending order for the VoIP service. Add service ports to the VLAN and use the traffic profile configured in the preceding step. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 1. l Save the data. Create a VLAN and add the uplink port to the VLAN. please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add VLANs? (y/n) [n]:y The total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the added VLANs is 2 huawei(config)#port vlan 104-105 0/0 1 It will take several minutes.1p priority of the VoIP service to 6.1p priority of the IPTV service to 5. huawei(config)#vlan 103 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 103 0/0 1 2. 1. huawei(config)#save Configure the VoIP service. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priority-policy local-Setting 3. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Add service ports to the VLAN and use the traffic profile configured in the preceding step. 464 . and console may be timeout. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 64 priority 6 priority-policy localSetting 3. huawei(config)#vlan 104-105 smart It will take several minutes. Configure service ports.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) 4. Set the traffic profile index to 8 and the 802. huawei(config)#save Configure the IPTV service. Set the traffic profile index to 9 and the 802. Configure a traffic profile. Configure service ports. please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add standard port(s)? (y/n) [n]:y The total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the port VLAN(s) having been added is 2 2. l Save the data. and console may be timeout. Ltd. Configure a traffic profile. Add service ports to the VLAN and use the traffic profile configured in the preceding step. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 4. 1. Create a VLAN and add the uplink port to the VLAN.. huawei(config-mvlan104)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp profile add profile-name profile0 huawei(config-btv)#igmp profile profile-name profile0 program-name program1 watc h e.1. 10.10. In this example. if the PVC is configured with a priority. To provision the multicast video service..11 d. huawei(config)#save Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 465 . the priority of the multicast packets carried by the PVC is not affected. Configure multicast users. Configure the right profile. a. Add a multicast VLAN and configure the multicast mode. Ltd. huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 huawei(config-mvlan104)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp uplink-port-mode default Are you sure to change the uplink port mode?(y/n)[n]:y c. huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 10 huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 11 auth huawei(config-btv)#igmp user bind-profile service-port 11 profilename profile0 huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 104 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 10 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 11 huawei(config-mvlan104)#quit 5. Configure the multicast data. Configure the multicast uplink port.1 sourceip 10. b. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 104 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y NOTE Select a multicast mode according to the actual requirements. 10.10.2 sourceip 10. you also need to configure IGMP proxy and programs.1.1. 4. the IGMP proxy mode is considered.1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) huawei(config)#service-port 10 vlan 105 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 huawei(config)#service-port 11 vlan 105 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 CAUTION On the MA5616. huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 104 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp program add name program1 ip 224. Configure the program library.10 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp program add name program2 ip 224. ----End Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Save the data. VoIP.10.10. the user can access the Internet.2 sourceip 10.10 igmp program add name program2 ip 224..11 btv igmp profile add profile-name profile0 igmp profile profile-name profile0 program-name program1 watch igmp user add service-port 10 igmp user add service-port 11 auth igmp user bind-profile service-port 11 profile-name profile0 multicast-vlan 104 igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 10 igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 11 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l l l Perform the PPPoE dialup on the PC. Configuration File Internet: vlan 102 smart port vlan 102 0/0 1 traffic table ip index 7 cir 1024 priority 1 priority-policy local-Setting service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7 service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7 save VoIP: vlan 103 smart port vlan 103 0/0 1 traffic table ip index 8 cir 64 priority 6 priority-policy local-Setting service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 save IPTV: vlan 104-105 smart y port vlan 104-105 0/0 1 y traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priority-policy local-Setting service-port 10 vlan 105 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 service-port 11 vlan 105 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 multicast-vlan 104 igmp mode proxy y igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 btv igmp uplink-port-mode default y multicast-vlan 104 igmp program add name program1 ip 224. Ltd. and IPTV services) is available. and IPTV user 2 on port 0/1/1 can watch program 1 only.1. 466 .10.1. After the dialup is successful. VoIP users 1 and 2 can call each other.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Result After the related upstream device and downstream device are configured.1.10. the triple play service (Internet. IPTV user 1 on port 0/1/0 can watch all the programs.1.1 sourceip 10. The triple play service includes the Internet access. In such a case. implementing the triple play service. All boards of the device are running properly. an MA5616 uses a GPON port for upstream transmission and accesses users in VDSL2 mode.. Service Requirements As shown in Figure 10-19 of the carrier's networking. Specifically. and Internet Protocol television (IPTV) services.3 Configuring the VDSL2 Profile. see 4. voice over IP (VoIP). To set different priorities for different types of services. user-side 802. the MA5616 does not support the function of mapping a service flow to a PVC. a PVC needs to carry multiple service flows.1p priority. ensure that: l l l l Network devices and lines have been connected properly. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1p This topic describes how to configure the triple play service in single-PVC for multiple services mode (based on the user-side 802. Prerequisites Before configuring the triple play service.1p priorities.8.1p priorities have been configured on the CPE for different services. VoIP. 467 . and IPTV services. Ltd.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide quit save 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) 10. or the xDSL terminal does not support the function of identifying multiple service flows. carriers need to provide quality of service (QoS) assurance for these services by user-side 802.2 Configuring the Triple Play Service . A user can connect to multiple terminals through a home gateway (HGW) for Internet access. Networking Figure 10-19 shows the example network for configuring the triple play service in the singlePVC for multiple services mode based on the user-side 802.Single PVC for Multiple Services Based on the User-Side 802. For details about how to configure the VDSL2 line template or alarm template. The customer premises equipment (CPE) has been configured. The very-high-speed digital subscriber line 2 (VDSL2) line template and alarm template that need to be bound to ports have been configured. The triple play service is provided for users 1 and 2. When the number of permanent virtual channels (PVCs) from an MA5616 to an x digital subscriber line (xDSL) terminal is limited.1p priority).1. Table 10-13 Data plan for configuring the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple services mode based on the user-side 802. 468 .1p priority Item VDSL2 Data Service ports: 0/1/0 and 0/1/1 Index of the VDSL2 line template bound to the port: 2..1p priority.1p priority Multicase Sever OSS & RADIUS Server/ RADIUS Proxy BMS TG Softswitch BRAS LAN Switch Router ONU CPE IAD Voice Gateway IAD Voice Gateway STB CPE STB IP Phone PC TV IP Phone PC TV Data Plan Table 10-13 provides the data plan for configuring the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple services mode based on the user-side 802. where: l Index of the VDSL2 line profile: 3 l Index of the VDSL2 channel profile: 3 Index of the VDSL2 alarm template bound to the port: 2. where: l Index of the VDSL2 line alarm profile: 3 l Index of the VDSL2 channel alarm profile: 3 VPI/VCI: 0/35 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Figure 10-19 Example network for configuring the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple services mode based on the user-side 802. 1.2 Multicast program library Programs in multicast VLAN 104: Program 1: with IP address 224.10.1 ISP 2: with IP address 10.10. and Internet service priority 1.10.1.1. User 2: User 2 (on port 0/3/1) can watch only program 1.10.10.11.1.11) Right profile Multicast users Upstream priority Set right profile 0.1p priorities are used. IPTV service priority 5.10.1p priority.10) Program 2: with IP address 224. providing the multicast program with IP address 224.10. 469 . User 1: User 1 (on port 0/3/0) can watch all the programs.2.10. The VoIP service has priority 6. Configuration Flowchart Figure 10-20 shows the flowchart for configuring the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple services mode based on the user-side 802.1. Profile 0 has the right to watch program 1 in the program library. the program source IP address being the same as the IP address of ISP 1 (10.1.10. providing the multicast program with IP address 224.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Item Traffic profile parameters Uplink port ID Upstream VLANs Data Internet service: 1 Mbit/s VoIP service: 64 Kbit/s IPTV service: no limit 0/0/1 Internet service: smart VLAN 102 VoIP service: smart VLAN 103 IPTV service: smart VLAN 104 User-side 802. Ltd. the program source IP address being the same as the IP address of ISP 2 (10.1.1p priorities IGMP version Multicast source Internet service: 2 VoIP service: 3 IPTV service: 4 IGMP v3 (default IGMP version in the multicast VLAN mode) Two multicast sources: ISP 1: with IP address 10. The 802.1.1. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. – Generally. In this example. the priorities are in a descending order for the VoIP service. IPTV. Ltd. Configure a traffic profile. and Internet services are provided through the same port. 1. – Because the VoIP. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 7 cir 1024 priority 1 prioritypolicy loca l-Setting 3. and Internet service.1p priority Procedure l Configure the Internet service. huawei(config)#vlan 102 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 102 0/0 1 2. IPTV service. you must set the 802.1p priority of the Internet service to 1. Configure service ports. 470 .. Create a VLAN and add an uplink port to the VLAN. Add service ports to the VLAN and use the traffic profile configured in the preceding step. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1p priority of each service. set the traffic profile index to 7 and the 802.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Figure 10-20 Flowchart for configuring the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple services mode based on the user-side 802. Ltd. Set the traffic profile index to 9 and the 802. please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add VLANs? (y/n) [n]:y The total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the added VLANs is 2 huawei(config)#port vlan 104-105 0/0 1 It will take several minutes. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Add service ports to the VLAN and use the traffic profile configured in the preceding step. and console may be timeout. Configure a traffic profile. 1. Create a VLAN and add the uplink port to the VLAN. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priority-policy local-Setting 3. Configure service ports.1p priority of the VoIP service to 6. huawei(config)#vlan 103 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 103 0/0 1 2. please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add standard port(s)? (y/n) [n]:y The total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the port VLAN(s) having been added is 2 2. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 64 priority 6 priority-policy localSetting 3. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 4.. huawei(config)#vlan 104-105 smart It will take several minutes.1p priority of the IPTV service to 5. 471 .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) 4. Add service ports to the VLAN and use the traffic profile configured in the preceding step. Create a VLAN and add the uplink port to the VLAN. l Save the data. Configure a traffic profile. Set the traffic profile index to 8 and the 802. and console may be timeout. Configure service ports. huawei(config)#save Configure the IPTV service. l Save the data. huawei(config)#save Configure the VoIP service. 1. 10 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp program add name program2 ip 224.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) huawei(config)#service-port 10 vlan 105 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 huawei(config)#service-port 11 vlan 105 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 CAUTION On the MA5616. b. Configure the multicast uplink port. Configure the multicast data.1.10.1. In this example. huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 huawei(config-mvlan104)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp uplink-port-mode default Are you sure to change the uplink port mode?(y/n)[n]:y c. 4. the IGMP proxy mode is considered. Configure multicast users. huawei(config)#save Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp profile add profile-name profile0 huawei(config-btv)#igmp profile profile-name profile0 program-name program1 watc h e. the priority of the multicast packets carried by the PVC is not affected. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 104 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y NOTE Select a multicast mode according to the actual requirements. if the PVC is configured with a priority. 10. you also need to configure IGMP proxy and programs.1. 472 .1. 10. huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 10 huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 11 auth huawei(config-btv)#igmp user bind-profile service-port 11 profilename profile0 huawei(config-btv)#quit huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 104 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 10 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 11 huawei(config-mvlan104)#quit 5. Configure the program library. a. Ltd. Configure the right profile.. huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 104 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp program add name program1 ip 224.11 huawei(config-mvlan104)#quit d. To provision the multicast video service.1 sourceip 10.2 sourceip 10. Add a multicast VLAN and configure the multicast mode. ----End Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Save the data.10. 10. 473 . and IPTV user 2 on port 0/1/1 can watch program 1 only. the triple play service (Internet.1.1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Result After the related upstream device and downstream device are configured. IPTV user 1 on port 0/1/0 can watch all the programs.10 igmp program add name program2 ip 224. Configuration File Internet: vlan 102 smart port vlan 102 0/0 1 traffic table ip index 7 cir 1024 priority 1 priority-policy local-Setting service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7 service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7 save VoIP: vlan 103 smart port vlan 103 0/0 1 traffic table ip index 8 cir 64 priority 6 priority-policy local-Setting service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 save IPTV: vlan 104-105 smart y port vlan 104-105 0/0 1 y traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priority-policy local-Setting service-port 10 vlan 105 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 service-port 11 vlan 105 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 multicast-vlan 104 igmp mode proxy y igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 btv igmp uplink-port-mode default y multicast-vlan 104 igmp program add name program1 ip 224.1.1 sourceip 10. and IPTV services) is available.11 btv igmp profile add profile-name profile0 igmp profile profile-name profile0 program-name program1 watch igmp user add service-port 10 igmp user add service-port 11 auth igmp user bind-profile service-port 11 profile-name profile0 multicast-vlan 104 igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 10 igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 11 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10. the user can access the Internet. VoIP users 1 and 2 can call each other. After the dialup is successful. VoIP.2 sourceip 10.1.10.10.. l l l Perform the PPPoE dialup on the PC. Ltd. voice over IP (VoIP). For details about how to configure the VDSL2 line template or alarm template. VoIP. To set different priorities for different types of services. maintenance. The very-high-speed digital subscriber line 2 (VDSL2) line template and alarm template that need to be bound to ports have been configured. Specifically. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. The customer premises equipment (CPE) has been configured. Carriers can implement the triple play service in multi-PVC for multiple services mode using the existing operation. Service Requirements As shown in Figure 10-21 of the carrier's networking. A user can connect to multiple terminals through a home gateway (HGW) for Internet access. and management system. permanent virtual channels (PVCs) have been configured on the CPE for different services. and IPTV services.3 Configuring the Triple Play Service . and Internet Protocol television (IPTV) services.8. The triple play service includes the Internet access. an MA5616 uses a GPON port for upstream transmission. see 4. carriers need to provide quality of service (QoS) assurance for these services by traffic priority of the PVCs. Ltd.3 Configuring the VDSL2 Profile. 474 .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide quit save 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) 10. All boards of the device are running properly.1. Prerequisites Before configuring the triple play service. The triple play service is provided for users 1 and 2. ensure that: l l l l Network devices and lines have been connected properly.Multiple PVCs for Multiple Services This topic describes how to configure the triple play service in multi-PVC for multiple services mode. Networking Figure 10-21 shows the example network of the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple services mode. 475 .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Figure 10-21 Example network of the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple services mode Multicase Sever OSS & RADIUS Server/ RADIUS Proxy BMS TG Softswitch BRAS LAN Switch Router ONU CPE IAD Voice Gateway IAD Voice Gateway STB CPE STB IP Phone PC TV IP Phone PC TV Data Plan Table 10-14 provides the data plan for configuring the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple services mode.. Ltd. Table 10-14 Data plan for configuring the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple services mode Item VDSL2 Data Service ports: 0/1/0 and 0/1/1 Index of the VDSL2 line template bound to the port: 2. where: l Index of the VDSL2 line profile: 3 l Index of the VDSL2 channel profile: 3 Index of the VDSL2 alarm template bound to the port: 2. where: l Index of the VDSL2 line alarm profile: 3 l Index of the VDSL2 channel alarm profile: 3 VPI/VCI for the Internet service: 0/37 VPI/VCI for the VoIP service: 0/36 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the program source IP address being the same as the IP address of ISP 1 (10.10) Program 2: with IP address 224. The VoIP service has priority 6.1.1.10. User 2: User 2 (on port 0/1/1) can watch only program 1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Item Data VPI/VCI for the IPTV service: 0/35 Traffic profile parameters Uplink port ID VLANs Internet service: 1 Mbit/s VoIP service: 64 Kbit/s IPTV service: no limit 0/0/1 Internet service: smart VLAN 102 VoIP service: smart VLAN 103 IPTV service: smart VLAN 104 IGMP version Multicast source IGMP v3 (default IGMP version in the multicast VLAN mode) Two multicast sources: ISP 1: with IP address 10.1 ISP 2: with IP address 10. and Internet service priority 1.11.10. Profile 0 has the right to watch program 1 in the program library.2 Multicast program library Programs in multicast VLAN 104: Program 1: with IP address 224.10. the program source IP address being the same as the IP address of ISP 2 (10. IPTV service priority 5. Configuration Flowchart Figure 10-22 shows the flowchart for configuring the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple services mode. providing the multicast program with IP address 224.10.10.1.10.. User 1: User 1 (on port 0/1/0) can watch all the programs.1.10.1.1.1. Ltd. 476 . The 802.10.10. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1.1p priorities are used. providing the multicast program with IP address 224.11) Right profile Multicast users Upstream priority Set right profile 0.1.2. Configure service ports. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Save the data. In this example. and Internet service. the priorities are in a descending order for the VoIP service. Add service ports to the VLAN and use the traffic profile configured in the preceding step. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 7 cir 1024 priority 1 prioritypolicy loca l-Setting 3. 477 . Configure a traffic profile. Ltd. users must set the 802. Therefore. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 37 rxcttr 7 tx-cttr 7 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 37 rxcttr 7 tx-cttr 7 4. IPTV service.1p priority of the Internet service to 1. – The VoIP. – Generally.. 1. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and Internet services are provided through the same port.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Figure 10-22 Flowchart for configuring the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple services mode Procedure l Configure the Internet service.1p priority of each service. set the traffic profile index to 7 and the 802. huawei(config)#vlan 102 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 102 0/0 1 2. IPTV. Create a VLAN and add an uplink port to the VLAN. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 64 priority 6 priority-policy localSetting 3. 1. Configure service ports. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priority-policy local-Setting 3. huawei(config)#service-port 10 vlan 104 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 huawei(config)#service-port 11 vlan 104 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 NOTE On the MA5616. Add service ports to the VLAN and use the traffic profile configured in the preceding step. 1. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 104 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. users also need to configure IGMP proxy and programs. huawei(config)#vlan 104 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 104 0/0 1 2. if the PVC is configured with a priority. Add service ports to the VLAN and use the traffic profile configured in the preceding step. Configure a traffic profile. huawei(config)#save Configure the IPTV service.1p priority of the VoIP service to 6. Ltd. Configure a traffic profile.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide huawei(config)#save 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) l Configure the VoIP service. Add a multicast VLAN and configure the multicast mode. a. huawei(config)#vlan 103 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 103 0/0 1 2. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 36 rxcttr 8 tx-cttr 8 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 36 rxcttr 8 tx-cttr 8 4. Create a VLAN and add the uplink port to the VLAN. Set the traffic profile index to 9 and the priority of the IPTV service to 5. l Save the data. Create a VLAN and add the uplink port to the VLAN. Set the traffic profile index to 8 and the 802. Configure service ports. 478 . 4. To provide the multicast video service. Configure the multicast data.. the priority of the multicast packets carried by the PVC is not affected. 2 sourceip 10. the user can access the Internet.1.10. and IPTV user 2 on port 0/1/1 can watch only program 1. Configure the right profile. 10..1.10. b. In this example. After the dialup is successful. the triple play service (Internet. huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 huawei(config-mvlan104)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp uplink-port-mode default Are you sure to change the uplink port mode?(y/n)[n]:y c. Configure the multicast uplink port.1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) Select a multicast mode according to the actual requirements. huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 104 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp program add name program1 ip 224. VoIP. and IPTV services) is available. 10. huawei(config-mvlan104)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp profile add profile-name profile0 huawei(config-btv)#igmp profile profile-name profile0 program-name program1 watc h e.11 d. Configure the program library. 479 . Configuration File Internet: vlan 102 smart port vlan 102 0/0 1 traffic table ip index 7 cir 1024 priority 1 priority-policy local-Setting service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 37 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7 service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 37 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7 save VoIP: Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. VoIP users 1 and 2 can call each other. the IGMP proxy mode is considered. Ltd. l l l Perform the PPPoE dialup on the PC. huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 10 huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 11 auth huawei(config-btv)#igmp user bind-profile service-port 11 profilename profile0 huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 104 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 10 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 11 huawei(config-mvlan104)#quit 5. IPTV user 1 on port 0/1/0 can watch all the programs.1.10 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp program add name program2 ip 224.1 sourceip 10. huawei(config)#save Result After the related upstream device and downstream device are configured. Configure multicast users. ----End Save the data. 1 sourceip 10.1.10.10.10..1.11 btv igmp profile add profile-name profile0 igmp profile profile-name profile0 program-name program1 watch igmp user add service-port 10 igmp user add service-port 11 auth igmp user bind-profile service-port 11 profile-name profile0 multicast-vlan 104 igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 10 igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 11 quit save Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. 480 .10.1.1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 10 Configuration Examples of MA5616 Services (GPON Upstream) vlan 103 smart port vlan 103 0/0 1 traffic table ip index 8 cir 64 priority 6 priority-policy local-Setting service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 36 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 36 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 save IPTV: vlan 104-105 smart y port vlan 104-105 0/0 1 y traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priority-policy local-Setting service-port 10 vlan 105 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 service-port 11 vlan 105 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 multicast-vlan 104 igmp mode proxy y igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 btv igmp uplink-port-mode default y multicast-vlan 104 igmp program add name program1 ip 224.2 sourceip 10.10 igmp program add name program2 ip 224. Ltd. This topic describes how to configure the MA5616 to implement the Ethernet access service through GE port for upstream transmission. 481 .248 or SIP protocol. 11. 11. 11.4 Configuration Example of the VoIP Service This topic describes how to configure the VoIP service based on the H.3 Configuration Example of the Multicast Service (Multicast VLAN Mode) This topic describes how to configure the multicast service on the MA5616 in multicast VLAN mode. and triple play service on the MA5616 on different networks. and data services through a single Ethernet port in multi-service mode.5 Configuration Example of the VAG Service The purpose of configuring virtual access gateways (VAGs) is to simulate multiple AGs by using one AG and rent MG interfaces to different carriers. PPPoA and IPoA modes..2 Configuration Example of the Ethernet Access Service in the Single-Port for Multi-Service Mode The MA5616 supports the access of one or multiple services among video. 11. voice service. A virtual local area network (VLAN) packet with the QinQ attribute has VLAN tags of two layers. multicast service.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission About This Chapter This topic describes how to configure Internet access service.6 Configuration Example of the VLAN Stacking Wholesale Service This topic describes the VLAN stacking wholesale service and how to configure the VLAN stacking wholesale service on the MA5616. voice. 11. IPoE. 11. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1 Configuration Example of the xDSL Internet Access Service This topic describes how to configure the xDSL Internet access service in the PPPoE. 11. increasing the usage rate and flexibility of the device.7 Configuration Example of the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service This topic describes how to configure the private line service based on the QinQ feature. With the two VLAN tags. 482 . 11. a Layer 2 virtual private network (VPN) tunnel is formed between private networks. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission inner VLAN tag from the private network and outer VLAN tag from the MA5616. Ltd..8 Configuring the Triple Play Service This topic describes the triple play service and how to configure the triple play service on the MA5616 on the GE upstream transmission network. The VPN tunnel is a secure channel for transparently transmitting services between private networks. To ensure reliability. or PPPoE+ is enabled to protect user accounts against theft and roaming. dual GE ports are adopted for upstream transmission. The user packet goes upstream carrying two VLAN tags. IPoE. Ltd. and the user packet goes upstream carrying two VLAN tags through the MA5616.1 Configuration Example of the xDSL Internet Access Service This topic describes how to configure the xDSL Internet access service in the PPPoE. Figure 11-1 Example network of the xDSL Internet access service through the PPPoE dialup Prerequisite The broadband remote access server (BRAS) implements the Authentication. that is. the BRAS needs to identify the VLAN tags carried by the MA5616 in the upstream direction.1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission 11. To implement the function.. l l l Figure 11-1 shows an example network of the xDSL Internet access service through the PPPoE dialup.1 Configuration Example of the xDSL Internet Access Service in xDSL PPPoE Mode This topic describes how to configure a user so that the user can access the MA5616 in the xDSL mode through the PPPoE dialup and at a rate of 2048 kbit/s. Authorization and Accounting (AAA) function. PPPoA and IPoA modes. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In addition. this is a 1:1 access scenario. The service of each user is identified by unique S-VLAN+C-VLAN. Policy Information Transfer Protocol (PITP) P. The user access rate is 2048 kbit/s. The outer VLAN tag identifies the service and the inner VLAN tag identifies the user. A traffic profile is adopted for rate limitation. 11. and link aggregation is configured for the two upstream ports. 483 . Service Requirements l l The user accesses the Internet through the PPPoE dialup. the user name and password of the PPPoE dialup user must be configured on the BRAS. l The port rates must be the same and the rate of an electrical port must not be of the auto-negotiation type.4 Configuring xDSL Profiles (TR165 Mode). The outer VLAN tag identifies the service and the inner VLAN tag identifies the user. huawei(config)#interface adsl 0/2 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#deactivate 0 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. follow this step. This step uses NGADSL mode as an example. Configure S-VLAN 50 with the stacking attribute. l The attributes of the ports. and bind the ADSL2+ templates. In the ADSL access mode. Here. Step 3 In ADSL access mode. you must deactivate the port. an ADSL port is in the activated state. must be the same. Two ports are added for the purpose of port aggregation. l One port can belong to only one aggregation group. bind the default ADSL2+ line template 1 and ADSL2+ alarm template 1 to ADSL port 0/2/0. see Configuring the ADSL2+ Profile (NGADSL Mode). Activate the ADSL port. l The port must not be a mirroring destination port. Add upstream ports 0/0/1 and 0/0/0 to VLAN 50. For details about how to configure an ADSL profile in ADSL TR165 mode. and set the aggregation group to work in the LACP static mode.1. and the VLAN forwarding mode is the S-VLAN+C-VLAN mode. huawei(config)#port vlan 50 0/0 0-1 To aggregate the two upstream ports as one aggregation group. huawei(config)#vlan 50 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 50 stacking huawei(config)#vlan service-profile profile-id 5 huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-5)#forwarding vlan-connect Info: Please use the commit command to make modifications take effect huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-5)#commit huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-5)#quit huawei(config)#vlan bind service-profile 50 profile-id 5 Step 2 Configure upstream ports. such as the VLAN. NOTE 2. Configure an ADSL2+ profile.. 484 . For details. see 4. For details about how to configure an ADSL profile in normal ADSL mode. the default ADSL2+ line template (line template 1) and the default ADSL2+ alarm template (alarm template 1) are used as an example.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Procedure Step 1 Configure a VLAN. l The start port ID must be smaller than the end port ID. see Configuring ADSL2+ Profiles (in Normal ADSL Mode). Ltd. By default. do as follows: huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/0 0 0/0 1 ingress workmode lacp-static NOTE The aggregated ports must meet the following requirements: l The ports must work in the full-duplex mode. Before binding a template to the port. The user packet goes upstream carrying two VLAN tags. 1. The service of each user is identified by unique S-VLAN+C-VLAN. set the packet forwarding mode of the aggregation group to ingress. 2 Configuring the SHDSL Profile. Configure an SHDSL profile. see 4. 1. Run the service-port command to create a service port. the traffic profile is used to limit the user access rate. and the VPI and VCI of the service port must be the same as the management VPI and VCI of the peer modem. To facilitate the maintenance of the service port. follow this step.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#activate 0 template-index 1 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#quit 3. Add SHDSL line profile 3 of the PTM type. also configure the service port description. For details. Run the display traffic table command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system. adopt traffic profile 2. huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 50 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 1 vci 39 multi-service user-vlan untagged inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 huawei(config)#service-port desc 1 description Vlanid:50/adsl/vpi:1vci:39 Step 4 In the SHDSL access mode. the smaller one of the two rates configured in the profiles is adopted as the user bandwidth. When both profiles are configured. with the maximum line rate 2048 kbit/s. In this example. 4. the user access rate can be limited by either a traffic profile or an ADSL line profile. and the access port ID is 0/2/0. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. run the traffic table ip command to configure a new traffic profile. The index of the service port is 1. Ltd. The query result shows that traffic profile 2 (for inbound and outbound rate limitation) meets the requirement. and set the S-VLAN ID to 50. NOTE l If a matched traffic profile is not available in the system. 485 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . Assume that the management VPI and VCI of the modem are 1 and 39. l On the MA5616.1. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { <cr>|toindex<K> }: Command: display traffic table ip from-index 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy PriPolicy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tagpri 1 1024 34768 2048 69536 0 tagpri 2 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tagpri 3 4096 133072 8192 266144 4 tagpri 4 8192 264144 16384 528288 4 tagpri 5 16384 526288 32768 1024000 4 tagpri 6 off off off off 0 tagpri --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7 The service requires that the user access rate be 2048 kbit/s.. Run the service-port command to create a service port. Set the SHDSL channel mode to PTM. To facilitate the maintenance of the service port. In this example. The query result shows that traffic profile 2 (for inbound and outbound rate limitation) meets the requirement. Before binding a profile or template to the port. adopt traffic profile 2. Run the display traffic table command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system. and bind the preset SHDSL line profile 3 and the default SHDSL alarm template (alarm template 1) to the port. the smaller one of the two rates configured in the profiles is adopted as the user bandwidth. huawei(config)#interface shl 0/4 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#deactivate 0 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#activate 0 3 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#quit 3. the traffic profile is used to limit the user access rate. you must deactivate the port. Ltd. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { <cr>|toindex<K> }: Command: display traffic table ip from-index 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy PriPolicy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tagpri 1 1024 34768 2048 69536 0 tagpri 2 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tagpri 3 4096 133072 8192 266144 4 tagpri 4 8192 264144 16384 528288 4 tagpri 5 16384 526288 32768 1024000 4 tagpri 6 off off off off 0 tagpri --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7 The service requires that the user access rate be 2048 kbit/s. When both profiles are configured. NOTE l If a matched traffic profile is not available in the system. and set the S-VLAN ID to 50. and create service port 2 on SHDSL port 0/4/0. 486 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . run the traffic table ip command to configure a new traffic profile. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Activate SHDSL port 0/4/0.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission huawei(config)#shdsl line-profile quickadd 3 ptm rate 512 2048 2.. also configure the service port description. the user access rate can be limited by either a traffic profile or an SHDSL line profile. an SHDSL port is in the activated state. l On the MA5616. NOTE By default. 4. Ltd. downstream rate is 2048 kbit/s. huawei(config)#vdsl line-profile quickadd 3 snr 60 0 300 60 0 300 huawei(config)#vdsl channel-profile quickadd 3 path-mode ptm interleaved-delay 8 2 inp 4 2 rate 128 10000 128 10000 2048 2048 huawei(config)#vdsl line-template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 100 100 2. maximum upstream interleave delay is 2 ms. see 4. follow this step. For details about how to configure a VDSL profile in VDSL TR165 mode. SNR margin is 6 dB.4 Configuring xDSL Profiles (TR165 Mode).. Assume that the VDSL profile ID is 3. 1. maximum downstream interleave delay is 8 ms.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission huawei(config)#service-port 2 vlan 50 shdsl mode ptm 0/4/0 multi-service uservlan untagged inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 huawei(config)#service-port desc 2 description Vlanid:50/shdsl/vpi:1vci:39 Step 5 In the VDSL access mode. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { <cr>|toindex<K> }: Command: display traffic table ip from-index 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy PriPolicy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tagpri 1 1024 34768 2048 69536 0 tagpri 2 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tagpri 3 4096 133072 8192 266144 4 tagpri 4 8192 264144 16384 528288 4 tagpri 5 16384 526288 32768 1024000 4 tagpri 6 off off off off 0 tagpri Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. you must deactivate the port. For details about how to configure a VDSL profile in VDSL TI mode. see Configuring the VDSL2 Profile (TR129 Mode). Activate VDSL port 0/1/0. For details. 487 . huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#deactivate 0 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#activate 0 template-index 3 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#quit 3. a VDSL port is in the activated state.1. and minimum upstream INP is 2. Before binding a template to the port. minimum downstream INP is 4. channel mode is the interleave mode. Run the display traffic table command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system. This step uses the VDSL normal mode as an example. Configure a VDSL profile. see Configuring the VDSL2 Profile (TI Mode). NOTE By default. and bind the preset VDSL line template 3 and the default VDSL alarm template (alarm template 1) to the port. When both profiles are configured. also configure the service port description. To facilitate the maintenance of the service port.. Ltd. huawei(config)#save ----End Verification l l l Step 1: Configure the user name and password for the dialup on the modem (the user name and password must be the same as those configured on the BRAS). In this example. 4. Set the VDSL channel mode to PTM. Run the service-port command to create a service port. Configuration File Configuration File in the ADSL access mode: vlan 50 smart vlan attrib 50 stacking vlan service-profile profile-id 5 forwarding vlan-connect commit quit vlan bind service-profile 50 profile-id 5 port vlan 50 0/0 0 port vlan 50 0/0 1 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. After the dialup is successful. Step 3: Log in to the network rate test website and test the rate.11. huawei(config)#pitp enable pmode huawei(config)#raio-mode cntel pitp-pmode NOTE For details about the PITP configuration for the user account security. the user can access the Internet.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7 The service requires the user access rate be 2048 kbit/s. run the traffic table ip command to configure a new traffic profile. NOTE l If a matched traffic profile is not available in the system. l On the MA5616. adopt traffic profile 2. see 3. The query result shows that traffic profile 2 (for inbound and outbound rate limitation) meets the requirement. the smaller one of the two rates configured in the profiles is adopted as the user bandwidth. Here. The upstream and downstream rates must be the same as these of the provided service. Step 7 Save the data. the traffic profile is used to limit the user access rate.1 Configuring Anti-Theft and Roaming of User Account Through PITP. The PITP P mode can be enabled to protect the user account against theft and roaming. huawei(config)#service-port 3 vlan 50 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service uservlan untagged inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 huawei(config)#service-port desc 3 description Vlanid:50/vdsl Step 6 Configure the user account security. the cntel is considered as an example. and create service port 3 on VDSL port 0/1/0. Step 2: Dial up on the PC by using the PPPoE dialup software. the user access rate can be limited by either a traffic profile or a VDSL line profile. and set the S-VLAN ID to 50. 488 . The RAIO mode can be customized according to actual requirements. SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission link-aggregation 0/0 0 0/0 1 ingress workmode lacp-static interface adsl 0/2 deactivate 0 activate 0 template-index 1 alarm-config 0 1 quit service-port 1 vlan 50 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 service-port desc 1 description Vlanid:50/adsl/vpi:1vci:39/stacking stacking label service-port 1 10 stacking inner-priority service-port 1 4 pitp enable pmode raio-mode cntel pitp-pmode save Configuration File in the SHDSL access mode: vlan 50 smart vlan attrib 50 stacking vlan service-profile profile-id 5 forwarding vlan-connect commit quit vlan bind service-profile 50 profile-id 5 port vlan 50 0/0 0 port vlan 50 0/0 1 link-aggregation 0/0 0 0/0 1 ingress workmode lacp-static shdsl line-profile quickadd 3 ptm rate 512 2048 interface shl 0/4 activate 0 3 alarm-config 0 1 quit service-port 2 vlan 50 shdsl mode ptm 0/4/0 inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 service-port desc 2 description Vlanid:50/shdsl/vpi:1vci:39/stacking stacking label service-port 2 10 stacking inner-priority service-port 2 4 pitp enable pmode raio-mode cntel pitp-pmode save Configuration File in the VDSL access mode: vlan 50 smart vlan attrib 50 stacking vlan service-profile profile-id 5 forwarding vlan-connect commit quit vlan bind service-profile 50 profile-id 5 port vlan 50 0/0 0 port vlan 50 0/0 1 link-aggregation 0/0 0 0/0 1 ingress workmode lacp-static vdsl line-profile quickadd 3 snr 60 0 300 60 0 300 vdsl channel-profile quickadd 3 path-mode ptm interleaved-delay 8 2 inp 4 2 rate 128 10000 128 10000 2048 2048 vdsl line-template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 100 100 interface vdsl 0/1 deactivate 0 activate 0 template-index 3 alarm-config 0 1 quit service-port 3 vlan 50 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 service-port desc 3 description Vlanid:50/vdsl/vpi:1vci:39/stacking stacking label service-port 3 10 stacking inner-priority service-port 3 4 stacking inner-priority service-port 2 4 pitp enable pmode Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.. 489 . and then access the Internet in the IPoE mode at a rate of 2048 kbit/s. 490 . where the outer VLAN tag identifies the service and the inner VLAN tag identifies the user. l l Figure 11-2 shows an example network of the xDSL IPoE Internet access service.2 Configuration Example of the xDSL Internet Access Service in xDSL IPoE Mode This topic describes how to configure a user so that the user can access the MA5616 in the xDSL mode.1. A traffic profile is adopted for rate limitation.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide raio-mode cntel pitp-pmode save 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission 11. Double VLAN tags are added to user packets for upstream transmission.. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Configure S-VLAN 50 with the stacking attribute. The service of each user is identified by unique S-VLAN+C-VLAN. and the VLAN forwarding mode is the S-VLAN+C-VLAN mode. The account authentication is implemented through the DHCP option 82 field. The outer VLAN tag identifies the service and the inner VLAN tag identifies the user. Link aggregation is configured for the two upstream ports. The service of each user is identified by a unique S-VLAN+C-VLAN. Service Requirements l l The user accesses the Internet in the IPoE mode. Dual GE ports are adopted for upstream transmission to ensure reliability. Figure 11-2 Example network of the xDSL IPoE Internet access service Procedure Step 1 Configure a VLAN. Add upstream ports 0/0/1 and 0/0/0 to VLAN 50. huawei(config)#vlan 50 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 50 stacking huawei(config)#vlan service-profile profile-id 5 huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-5)#forwarding vlan-connect Info: Please use the commit command to make modifications take effect huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-5)#commit huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-5)#quit huawei(config)#vlan bind service-profile 50 profile-id 5 Step 2 Configure upstream ports. The user access rate is 2048 kbit/s. This is called the 1:1 access. The user packet goes upstream carrying two VLAN tags. Ltd. Two ports are added for the purpose of port aggregation. follow this step.1. see Configuring the ADSL2+ Profile (NGADSL Mode). l The start port ID must be smaller than the end port ID. In the ADSL access mode. l One port can belong to only one aggregation group. see 4. Before binding a template to the port. set the packet forwarding mode of the aggregation group to ingress. l The port must not be a mirroring destination port. an ADSL port is in the activated state. bind the default ADSL2+ line template 1 and ADSL2+ alarm template 1 to ADSL port 0/2/0. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { <cr>|toindex<K> }: Command: display traffic table ip from-index 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy PriPolicy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tagpri Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 491 . This step uses NGADSL mode as an example. and bind the ADSL2+ templates. By default. see Configuring ADSL2+ Profiles (in Normal ADSL Mode). such as the VLAN.4 Configuring xDSL Profiles (TR165 Mode). you must deactivate the port. and set the aggregation group to work in the LACP static mode. huawei(config)#interface adsl 0/2 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#deactivate 0 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#activate 0 template-index 1 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#quit 3. Ltd. Here. For details about how to configure an ADSL profile in ADSL TR165 mode. l The port rates must be the same and the rate of an electrical port must not be of the auto-negotiation type. must be the same.. Configure an ADSL2+ profile. l The attributes of the ports. NOTE 2. do as follows: huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/0 0 0/0 1 ingress workmode lacp-static NOTE The aggregated ports must meet the following requirements: l The ports must work in the full-duplex mode. the default ADSL2+ line template (line template 1) and the default ADSL2+ alarm template (alarm template 1) are used as an example. For details. 1. Run the display traffic table command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system. For details about how to configure an ADSL profile in normal ADSL mode. Step 3 In ADSL access mode. Activate the ADSL port.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide huawei(config)#port vlan 50 0/0 0-1 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission To aggregate the two upstream ports as one aggregation group. Activate SHDSL port 0/4/0. and set the S-VLAN ID to 50. Ltd. the traffic profile is used to limit the user access rate. follow this step. To facilitate the maintenance of the service port. and the VPI and VCI of the service port must be the same as the management VPI and VCI of the peer modem. Assume that the management VPI and VCI of the modem are 1 and 39. NOTE By default. Configure an SHDSL profile. run the traffic table ip command to configure a new traffic profile. 4. Add SHDSL line profile 3 of the PTM type. an SHDSL port is in the activated state. the user access rate can be limited by either a traffic profile or an ADSL line profile.1. NOTE l If a matched traffic profile is not available in the system. The index of the service port is 1. When both profiles are configured. Run the display traffic table command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system. In this example. 492 . and the access port ID is 0/2/0. Before binding a profile or template to the port. huawei(config)#interface shl 0/4 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#deactivate 0 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#activate 0 3 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#quit 3. l On the MA5616. the smaller one of the two rates configured in the profiles is adopted as the user bandwidth. Run the service-port command to create a service port. also configure the service port description.. 1.2 Configuring the SHDSL Profile. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { <cr>|toindex<K> }: Command: display traffic table ip from-index Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. huawei(config)#shdsl line-profile quickadd 3 ptm rate 512 2048 2. with the maximum line rate 2048 kbit/s. you must deactivate the port. and bind the preset SHDSL line profile 3 and the default SHDSL alarm template (alarm template 1) to the port. adopt traffic profile 2. The query result shows that traffic profile 2 (for inbound and outbound rate limitation) meets the requirement.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 1 1024 pri 2 2048 pri 3 4096 pri 4 8192 pri 5 16384 pri 6 off pri off off 526288 32768 264144 16384 133072 8192 67536 4096 34768 2048 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission 69536 135072 266144 528288 1024000 off 0 0 4 4 4 0 tagtagtagtagtagtag- --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7 The service requires that the user access rate be 2048 kbit/s. huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 50 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 1 vci 39 multi-service user-vlan untagged inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 huawei(config)#service-port desc 1 description Vlanid:50/adsl/vpi:1vci:39 Step 4 In the SHDSL access mode. For details. see 4. and minimum upstream INP is 2. For details about how to configure a VDSL profile in VDSL TI mode. When both profiles are configured. the traffic profile is used to limit the user access rate.4 Configuring xDSL Profiles (TR165 Mode).1. Ltd. l On the MA5616. The query result shows that traffic profile 2 (for inbound and outbound rate limitation) meets the requirement. see Configuring the VDSL2 Profile (TR129 Mode). downstream rate is 2048 kbit/s. NOTE l If a matched traffic profile is not available in the system. SNR margin is 6 dB. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the service-port command to create a service port. Activate VDSL port 0/1/0. maximum downstream interleave delay is 8 ms. huawei(config)#vdsl line-profile quickadd 3 snr 60 0 300 60 0 300 huawei(config)#vdsl channel-profile quickadd 3 path-mode ptm interleaved-delay 8 2 inp 4 2 rate 128 10000 128 10000 2048 2048 huawei(config)#vdsl line-template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 100 100 2. the user access rate can be limited by either a traffic profile or an SHDSL line profile. adopt traffic profile 2. and set the S-VLAN ID to 50.. also configure the service port description. Assume that the VDSL profile ID is 3. run the traffic table ip command to configure a new traffic profile. the smaller one of the two rates configured in the profiles is adopted as the user bandwidth. 493 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . follow this step. maximum upstream interleave delay is 2 ms. see Configuring the VDSL2 Profile (TI Mode). In this example.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 0 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy PriPolicy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tagpri 1 1024 34768 2048 69536 0 tagpri 2 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tagpri 3 4096 133072 8192 266144 4 tagpri 4 8192 264144 16384 528288 4 tagpri 5 16384 526288 32768 1024000 4 tagpri 6 off off off off 0 tagpri --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7 The service requires that the user access rate be 2048 kbit/s. see 4. and create service port 2 on SHDSL port 0/4/0. This step uses the VDSL normal mode as an example. 1. For details about how to configure a VDSL profile in VDSL TR165 mode. and bind the preset VDSL line template 3 and the default VDSL alarm template (alarm template 1) to the port. minimum downstream INP is 4. To facilitate the maintenance of the service port. 4. Configure a VDSL profile. For details. Set the SHDSL channel mode to PTM. huawei(config)#service-port 2 vlan 50 shdsl mode ptm 0/4/0 multi-service uservlan untagged inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 huawei(config)#service-port desc 2 description Vlanid:50/shdsl/vpi:1vci:39 Step 5 In the VDSL access mode. channel mode is the interleave mode. 4. and create service port 3 on VDSL port 0/1/0. 494 . the user access rate can be limited by either a traffic profile or a VDSL line profile. run the traffic table ip command to configure a new traffic profile. To facilitate the maintenance of the service port. Before binding a template to the port. The query result shows that traffic profile 2 (for inbound and outbound rate limitation) meets the requirement. a VDSL port is in the activated state. adopt traffic profile 2.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission By default. huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#deactivate 0 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#activate 0 template-index 3 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#quit 3. you must deactivate the port. Ltd. l On the MA5616. also configure the service port description. Set the VDSL channel mode to PTM. the traffic profile is used to limit the user access rate. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { <cr>|toindex<K> }: Command: display traffic table ip from-index 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy PriPolicy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tagpri 1 1024 34768 2048 69536 0 tagpri 2 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tagpri 3 4096 133072 8192 266144 4 tagpri 4 8192 264144 16384 528288 4 tagpri 5 16384 526288 32768 1024000 4 tagpri 6 off off off off 0 tagpri --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7 The service requires the user access rate be 2048 kbit/s. Run the service-port command to create a service port. and set the S-VLAN ID to 50. NOTE l If a matched traffic profile is not available in the system.. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the display traffic table command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system. the smaller one of the two rates configured in the profiles is adopted as the user bandwidth. huawei(config)#service-port 3 vlan 50 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service uservlan untagged inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 huawei(config)#service-port desc 3 description Vlanid:50/vdsl Step 6 Configure the security of user accounts. In this example. When both profiles are configured. see 3.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Assume that the RAIO mode is the user-defined mode. the CID is the access node name frame/ slot/port:vlanid. Ltd. Step 2: Log in to the network rate test website and test the rate. Step 7 Save the data. Configuration File Configuration File for the ADSL access mode: vlan 50 smart vlan attrib 50 stacking vlan service-profile profile-id 5 forwarding vlan-connect commit quit vlan bind service-profile 50 profile-id 5 port vlan 50 0/0 0-1 link-aggregation 0/0 0 0/0 1 egress-ingress workmode lacp-static interface adsl 0/2 deactivate 0 activate 0 template-index 1 alarm-config 0 1 quit service-port 1 vlan 50 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 service-port desc 1 description Vlanid:50/adsl/vpi:1vci:39/stacking stacking label service-port 1 10 stacking inner-priority service-port 1 4 dhcp option82 enable raio-mode user-defined dhcp-option82 raio-format dhcp-option82 cid anid frame/slot/port:vlanid raio-format dhcp-option82 rid splabel save Configuration File for the SHDSL access mode: vlan 50 smart vlan attrib 50 stacking vlan service-profile profile-id 5 forwarding vlan-connect commit quit vlan bind service-profile 50 profile-id 5 port vlan 50 0/0 0-1 link-aggregation 0/0 0 0/0 1 egress-ingress workmode lacp-static Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 495 . the RID is the label of the service port where the user is connected. The upstream and downstream rates must be the same as these of the provided service.. do as follows: huawei(config)#dhcp option82 enable huawei(config)#raio-mode user-defined dhcp-option82 huawei(config)#raio-format dhcp-option82 cid anid frame/slot/port:vlanid huawei(config)#raio-format dhcp-option82 rid splabel NOTE For the details about the security of DHCP accounts.2 Configuring Anti-Theft and Roaming of User Accounts Through DHCPv4. the user can access the Internet.11. To enable the DHCP option 82 function with these parameters. huawei(config)#save ----End Verification l l Step 1: After the PC NIC automatically obtains an IP address and a connection to the Internet is set up. User packets.. which carry a single VLAN tag. and then access the Internet in the PPPoA mode at a rate of 2048 kbit/s. and the services of multiple users are converged into one VLAN. are transmitted in the upstream direction. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission shdsl line-profile quickadd 3 ptm rate 512 2048 interface shl 0/4 activate 0 3 alarm-config 0 1 quit service-port 2 vlan 50 shdsl mode ptm 0/4/0 inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 service-port desc 2 description Vlanid:50/shdsl/vpi:1vci:39/stacking stacking label service-port 2 10 stacking inner-priority service-port 2 4 dhcp option82 enable raio-mode user-defined dhcp-option82 raio-format dhcp-option82 cid anid frame/slot/port:vlanid raio-format dhcp-option82 rid splabel save Configuration File for the VDSL access mode: vlan 50 smart vlan attrib 50 stacking vlan service-profile profile-id 5 forwarding vlan-connect commit quit vlan bind service-profile 50 profile-id 5 port vlan 50 0/0 0-1 link-aggregation 0/0 0 0/0 1 egress-ingress workmode lacp-static vdsl line-profile quickadd 3 snr 60 0 300 60 0 300 vdsl channel-profile quickadd 3 path-mode ptm interleaved-delay 8 2 inp 4 2 rate 128 10000 128 10000 2048 2048 vdsl line-template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 100 100 interface vdsl 0/1 deactivate 0 activate 0 template-index 3 alarm-config 0 1 quit service-port 3 vlan 50 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 service-port desc 3 description Vlanid:50/vdsl/vpi:1vci:39/stacking stacking label service-port 3 10 stacking inner-priority service-port 3 4 stacking inner-priority service-port 2 4 dhcp option82 enable raio-mode user-defined dhcp-option82 raio-format dhcp-option82 cid anid frame/slot/port:vlanid raio-format dhcp-option82 rid splabel save 11. A traffic profile is adopted for rate limitation. Ltd.1. 496 l l Issue 03 (2012-03-20) .3 Configuration Example of the xDSL Internet Access Service in xDSL PPPoA Mode This topic describes how to configure a user so that the user can access the MA5616 in the xDSL mode. The user access rate is 2048 kbit/s. Service Requirements l l The user accesses the Internet in the PPPoA mode. PITP is enabled to protect user accounts from theft and roaming. This is called the N:1 access. l The start port ID must be smaller than the end port ID. Step 3 In ADSL access mode. the user name and password of the PPPoE dialup user must be configured on the BRAS. Ltd. must be the same. Figure 11-3 Example network of the xDSL PPPoA Internet access service Prerequisite The broadband remote access server (BRAS) implements the Authentication. follow this step. Figure 11-3 shows an example network of the xDSL PPPoA Internet access service. In addition. To implement the function. l One port can belong to only one aggregation group. 497 . Create smart VLAN 50. set the packet forwarding mode of the aggregation group to ingress. such as the VLAN. Add upstream ports 0/0/1 and 0/0/0 to VLAN 50. Procedure Step 1 Create a VLAN.. do as follows: huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/0 0 0/0 1 ingress workmode lacp-static NOTE The aggregated ports must meet the following requirements: l The ports must work in the full-duplex mode. l The port must not be a mirroring destination port. l The attributes of the ports. and set the aggregation group to work in the LACP static mode. Link aggregation is configured for the two upstream ports. the BRAS needs to identify the VLAN tags carried by the MA5616 in the upstream direction. huawei(config)#port vlan 50 0/0 0-1 To aggregate the two upstream ports as one aggregation group. Authorization and Accounting (AAA) function. l The port rates must be the same and the rate of an electrical port must not be of the auto-negotiation type. huawei(config)#vlan 50 smart Step 2 Configure upstream ports. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission l Dual GE ports are adopted for upstream transmission to ensure reliability. Two ports are added for the purpose of port aggregation. NOTE By default. Ltd. see Configuring the ADSL2+ Profile (NGADSL Mode). The ID of the ADSL2+ line profile is 3. an ADSL port is in the activated state. see Configuring ADSL2+ Profiles (in Normal ADSL Mode). For details about how to configure an ADSL profile in ADSL TR165 mode. and ADSL line template 3 and the default alarm template (alarm template 1) are bound to the port. and the SNR margin is 6 dB. you must deactivate the port. the downstream rate is 2048 kbit/s. huawei(config)#adsl huawei(config)#adsl 1024 2048 3096 1024 3096 huawei(config)#adsl 3 line-profile quickadd 3 snr 60 30 120 60 30 120 channel-profile quickadd 3 interleaved-delay 10 10 rate 2048 line-template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 60 70 channel2 2. For details.4 Configuring xDSL Profiles (TR165 Mode). Activate the ADSL port. Run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles that exist in the system.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission This step uses NGADSL mode as an example. Before binding a template to the port.1. the maximum interleave delay is 10 ms. the channel mode is the interleave mode.. For details about how to configure an ADSL profile in normal ADSL mode. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { <cr>|toindex<K> }: Command: display traffic table ip from-index 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy PriPolicy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tagpri 1 1024 34768 2048 69536 0 tagpri 2 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tagpri 3 4096 133072 8192 266144 4 tagpri 4 8192 264144 16384 528288 4 tagpri 5 16384 526288 32768 1024000 4 tagpri 6 off off off off 0 tagpri --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. huawei(config)#interface adsl 0/2 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#deactivate 0 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#activate 0 template-index 3 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#quit 3. 1. see 4. 498 . Configure an ADSL2+ profile. The port is port 0/2/0. Activate the SHDSL port. also configure the service port description. In this example. The VPI and VCI must be the same as the management VPI and VCI of the peer modem. the line rate is 2048 kbit/s.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission The service requires that the user access rate be 2048 kbit/s. the user bandwidth adopts the minimum value in the two profiles. and the SVLAN is VLAN 50. the access port is port 0/2/0. you must deactivate the port. traffic profile 2 meets the service requirement. 499 . huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { <cr>|toindex<K> }: Command: display traffic table ip from-index 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy PriPolicy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Before binding a template to the port. The index of the new service port is 1. Configure an SHDSL profile. follow this step. huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 50 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffictable index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 huawei(config)#service-port desc 1 description MA5616HW/Vlanid:50/adsl/smart 5. NOTE By default. namely the maximum number of the PCs that can access the Internet through one account. Run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles that exist in the system. huawei(config)#interface shl 0/4 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#deactivate 0 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#activate 0 3 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#quit 3. NOTE l If no traffic profile in the system meets the service requirement. The query result shows that traffic profile 2 meets the requirement. 1. The port is port 0/4/0. To facilitate the maintenance of the service port. Assume that the management VPI and VCI of the modem are 1 and 39. see 4. run the traffic table ip command to configure a new traffic profile. huawei(config)#shdsl line-profile quickadd 3 line four-wire rate 2048 2. This parameter is to limit the maximum number of the MAC addresses that can be learned by one account. an SHDSL port is in the activated state. Run the service-port command to create a service port.1. Ltd. the traffic profile is used to limit the user access rate.2 Configuring the SHDSL Profile. 4. l On the MA5616. and the profile is used to activate 4-wire ports. and SHDSL line profile 3 and the default alarm profile (alarm profile 1) are bound to the port. The ID of the SHDSL line profile is 3. For details. the user access rate can be limited by either a traffic profile or an ADSL line profile.. huawei(config)#mac-address max-mac-count service-port 1 16 Step 4 In SHDSL access mode. When both profiles are configured. Set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned by the service port is 16. see Configuring the VDSL2 Profile (TI Mode). huawei(config)#vdsl line-profile quickadd 3 snr 60 0 300 60 0 300 huawei(config)#vdsl channel-profile quickadd 3 path-mode atm interleaved-delay 8 2 inp 4 2 rate 128 10000 128 10000 2048 2048 huawei(config)#vdsl line-template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 100 100 2. follow this step.. channel mode is the interleave mode. huawei(config)#mac-address max-mac-count service-port 2 16 Step 5 In VDSL access mode. the user bandwidth adopts the minimum value in the two profiles. Assume that the VDSL profile ID is 3. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. To facilitate the maintenance of the service port. Run the service-port command to create a service port. Ltd. This parameter is to limit the maximum number of the MAC addresses that can be learned by one account. When both profiles are configured.4 Configuring xDSL Profiles (TR165 Mode).SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tagpri 1 1024 34768 2048 69536 0 tagpri 2 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tagpri 3 4096 133072 8192 266144 4 tagpri 4 8192 264144 16384 528288 4 tagpri 5 16384 526288 32768 1024000 4 tagpri 6 off off off off 0 tagpri --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7 The service requires that the user access rate be 2048 kbit/s. minimum downstream INP is 4. SNR margin is 6 dB. Set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned by the service port is 16. maximum upstream interleave delay is 2 ms. and the S-VLAN is VLAN 50. The access port is port 0/1/0. This step uses the VDSL normal mode as an example. see 4. In this example.1. The index of the new service virtual port is 2. run the traffic table ip command to configure a new traffic profile. The query result shows that traffic profile 2 meets the requirement. For details about how to configure a VDSL profile in VDSL TR165 mode. Configure a VDSL profile. 500 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . the user access rate can be limited by either a traffic profile or an SHDSL line profile. the traffic profile is used to limit the user access rate. For details. also configure the service port description. huawei(config)#service-port 2 vlan 50 shdsl mode atm 0/4/0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 huawei(config)#service-port desc 2 description MA5616HW/Vlanid:50/shdsl/smart 5. Activate the VDSL port. the access port is port 0/4/0. For details about how to configure a VDSL profile in VDSL TI mode. maximum downstream interleave delay is 8 ms. 1. l On the MA5616. NOTE l If no traffic profile in the system meets the service requirement. downstream rate is 2048 kbit/s. 4. traffic profile 2 meets the service requirement. and minimum upstream INP is 2. and VDSL line template 3 and the default VDSL alarm template (alarm template 1) are bound to the port. see Configuring the VDSL2 Profile (TR129 Mode). The VPI and VCI must be the same as the management VPI and VCI of the peer modem. namely the maximum number of the PCs that can access the Internet through one account. Assume that the management VPI and VCI of the modem are 1 and 39. run the traffic table ip command to configure a new traffic profile. The VPI and VCI must be the same as the management VPI and VCI of the peer modem. also configure the service port description. Assume that the management VPI and VCI of the modem are 1 and 39. The query result shows that traffic profile 2 meets the requirement. 501 . and the S-VLAN is VLAN 50. In this example. To facilitate the maintenance of the service port. traffic profile 2 meets the service requirement. Ltd.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission By default. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#deactivate 0 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#activate 0 template-index 3 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#quit 3. The index of the new service virtual port is 3. you must deactivate the port. Run the service-port command to create a service port. 4.. When both profiles are configured. the traffic profile is used to limit the user access rate. Run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles that exist in the system. the user bandwidth adopts the minimum value in the two profiles. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { <cr>|toindex<K> }: Command: display traffic table ip from-index 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy PriPolicy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tagpri 1 1024 34768 2048 69536 0 tagpri 2 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tagpri 3 4096 133072 8192 266144 4 tagpri 4 8192 264144 16384 528288 4 tagpri 5 16384 526288 32768 1024000 4 tagpri 6 off off off off 0 tagpri --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7 The service requires that the user access rate be 2048 kbit/s. NOTE l If no traffic profile in the system meets the service requirement. a VDSL port is in the activated state. Before binding a template to the port. l On the MA5616. the access port is port 0/1/0. the user access rate can be limited by either a traffic profile or a VDSL line profile. dialing is initialized. see 3. huawei(config)#pitp enable pmode huawei(config)#raio-mode common pitp-pmode NOTE For details about the PITP configuration for the user account security. Step 8 Save the data. This step is to configure the PPPoA MAC address pool. a network connection is automatically set up. huawei(config)#mac-address max-mac-count service-port 3 16 Step 6 Configure the PPPoA-PPPoE protocol conversion.1 Configuring Anti-Theft and Roaming of User Account Through PITP. The start MAC address in the MAC address pool is 0000-1111-1010.. and the user can access the Internet. and the maximum number of the MAC addresses in the MAC address pool is 300. Set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned by the service port is 16. huawei(config)#mac-pool xpoa huawei(config)#pppoa enable huawei(config)#encapsulation huawei(config)#encapsulation huawei(config)#encapsulation 0000-1111-1010 300 0/2/0 vpi 1 vci 39 type pppoa llc 0/4/0 vpi 1 vci 39 type pppoa llc 0/1/0 vpi 1 vci 39 type pppoa llc Step 7 Configure the user account security. namely the maximum number of the PCs that can access the Internet through one account. This step uses common mode as example. The PITP P mode can be enabled to protect the user account against theft and roaming. huawei(config)#save ----End Verification l Step 1: Set the VPI/VCI of the modem to 1/39 and encapsulation mode to llc-pppoa.11. 502 . Ltd. The common mode matches item common. The RAIO mode can be customized based on actual requirements.) Step 2: After the settings on the modem are completed. This parameter is to limit the maximum number of the MAC addresses that can be learned by one account. l l Configuration File Configuration File for the ADSL access mode: vlan 50 smart port vlan 50 0/0 0-1 link-aggregation 0/0 0 0/0 1 egress-ingress workmode lacp-static adsl line-profile quickadd 3 2 snr 60 30 120 60 30 120 adsl channel-profile quickadd 3 interleaved-delay 10 10 rate 1024 2048 3096 1024 2048 3096 adsl line-template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 60 70 channel2 3 interface adsl 0/2 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Configure the user name and password used for dialing (the user name and password must be the same as those configured on the BRAS. The upstream and downstream rates must be the same as these of the provided service. Step 3: Log in to the network rate test website and test the rate. The PPPoA-PPPoE protocol conversion is enabled and the service encapsulation mode is LLC.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission huawei(config)#service-port 3 vlan 50 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 huawei(config)#service-port desc 3 description MA5616HW/Vlanid:50/vdsl/smart 5. and then access the Internet in the IPoA mode at a rate of 2048 kbit/s.4 Configuration Example of the xDSL Internet Access Service in xDSL IPoA Mode This topic describes how to configure a user so that the user can access the MA5616 in the xDSL mode.1. Ltd. 503 ..SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission deactivate 0 activate 0 template-index 3 alarm-config 0 1 quit service-port 1 vlan 50 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 service-port desc 1 description MA5616HW/Vlanid:50/adsl/smart mac-address max-mac-count service-port 1 16 mac-pool xpoa 0000-1111-1010 300 pppoa enable encapsulation 0/2/0 vpi 1 vci 39 type pppoa llc pitp enable pmode raio-mode cntel pitp-pmode save Configuration File for the SHDSL access mode: vlan 50 smart port vlan 50 0/0 0-1 link-aggregation 0/0 0 0/0 1 egress-ingress workmode lacp-static shdsl line-profile quickadd 3 line four-wire rate 2048 interface shl 0/4 deactivate 0 activate 0 3 alarm-config 0 1 quit service-port 2 vlan 50 shdsl mode atm 0/4/0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 service-port desc 2 description MA5616HW/Vlanid:50/shdsl/smart mac-address max-mac-count service-port 2 16 mac-pool xpoa 0000-1111-1010 300 pppoa enable encapsulation 0/4/0 vpi 1 vci 39 type pppoa llc pitp enable pmode raio-mode cntel pitp-pmode save Configuration File for the VDSL access mode: vlan 50 smart port vlan 50 0/0 0-1 link-aggregation 0/0 0 0/0 1 egress-ingress workmode lacp-static vdsl line-profile quickadd 3 snr 60 0 300 60 0 300 vdsl channel-profile quickadd 3 path-mode atm interleaved-delay 8 2 inp 4 2 rate 128 10000 128 10000 2048 2048 vdsl line-template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 100 100 interface vdsl 0/1 deactivate 0 activate 0 template-index 3 alarm-config 0 1 quit service-port 3 vlan 50 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 service-port desc 3 description MA5616HW/Vlanid:50/vdsl/smart mac-address max-mac-count service-port 3 16 mac-pool xpoa 0000-1111-1010 300 pppoa enable encapsulation 0/1/0 vpi 1 vci 39 type pppoa llc pitp enable pmode raio-mode cntel pitp-pmode save 11. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. follow this step.. such as the VLAN. Two ports are added for the purpose of port aggregation. and the services of multiple users are converged into one VLAN. Step 3 In ADSL access mode. Dual GE ports are adopted for upstream transmission to ensure reliability. l One port can belong to only one aggregation group. l The port must not be a mirroring destination port. This is called the N:1 access. 504 . Figure 11-4 Example network of the xDSL IPoA Internet access service Procedure Step 1 Create a VLAN. The user access rate is 2048 kbit/s. which is restricted by the traffic profile. l l Figure 11-4 shows an example network of the xDSL IPoA Internet access service. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. are transmitted in the upstream direction. Create smart VLAN 50. must be the same. set the packet forwarding mode of the aggregation group to ingress. huawei(config)#vlan 50 smart Step 2 Configure upstream ports. l The port rates must be the same and the rate of an electrical port must not be of the auto-negotiation type. do as follows: huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/0 0 0/0 1 ingress workmode lacp-static NOTE The aggregated ports must meet the following requirements: l The ports must work in the full-duplex mode. which carry a single VLAN tag. l The start port ID must be smaller than the end port ID. l The attributes of the ports. huawei(config)#port vlan 50 0/0 0-1 To aggregate the two upstream ports as one aggregation group. and set the aggregation group to work in the LACP static mode. Link aggregation is configured for the two upstream ports. Add upstream ports 0/0/1 and 0/0/0 to VLAN 50. User packets.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Service Requirements l l The user accesses the Internet in the IPoA mode. The MA5616 works in the L2 mode. the maximum interleave delay is 10 ms. and the SNR margin is 6 dB.. see Configuring ADSL2+ Profiles (in Normal ADSL Mode).4 Configuring xDSL Profiles (TR165 Mode). The port is port 0/2/0. huawei(config)#interface adsl 0/2 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#deactivate 0 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#activate 0 template-index 3 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#quit 3. Before binding a template to the port. huawei(config)#adsl huawei(config)#adsl 1024 2048 3096 1024 3096 huawei(config)#adsl 3 line-profile quickadd 3 snr 60 30 120 60 30 120 channel-profile quickadd 3 interleaved-delay 10 10 rate 2048 line-template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 60 70 channel2 2. Ltd. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { <cr>|toindex<K> }: Command: display traffic table ip from-index 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy PriPolicy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tagpri 1 1024 34768 2048 69536 0 tagpri 2 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tagpri 3 4096 133072 8192 266144 4 tagpri 4 8192 264144 16384 528288 4 tagpri 5 16384 526288 32768 1024000 4 tagpri 6 off off off off 0 tagpri --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see 4. Run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles that exist in the system. For details. Configure an ADSL2+ profile. For details about how to configure an ADSL profile in ADSL TR165 mode. and ADSL line template 3 and the default alarm template (alarm template 1) are bound to the port. the downstream rate is 2048 kbit/s. see Configuring the ADSL2+ Profile (NGADSL Mode). 1. NOTE By default.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission This step uses NGADSL mode as an example.1. you must deactivate the port. For details about how to configure an ADSL profile in normal ADSL mode. 505 . Activate the ADSL port. The ID of the ADSL2+ line profile is 3. an ADSL port is in the activated state. the channel mode is the interleave mode. The ID of the SHDSL line profile is 3. The index of the new service port is 1. huawei(config)#interface shl 0/4 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#deactivate 0 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#activate 0 3 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-shl-0/4)#quit 3. Before binding a template to the port. run the traffic table ip command to configure a new traffic profile. The port is port 0/4/0. When both profiles are configured. see 4. namely the maximum number of the PCs that can access the Internet through one account. huawei(config)#mac-address max-mac-count service-port 1 16 Step 4 In SHDSL access mode.1. NOTE l If no traffic profile in the system meets the service requirement. Run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles that exist in the system. follow this step. l On the MA5616. NOTE By default.. In this example. the user bandwidth adopts the minimum value in the two profiles. also configure the service port description. and the SVLAN is VLAN 50. To facilitate the maintenance of the service port. the user access rate can be limited by either a traffic profile or an ADSL line profile. The query result shows that traffic profile 2 meets the requirement.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission The service requires that the user access rate be 2048 kbit/s. This parameter is to limit the maximum number of the MAC addresses that can be learned by one account. huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 50 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffictable index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 huawei(config)#service-port desc 1 description MA5616HW/Vlanid:50/adsl/smart 5. traffic profile 2 meets the service requirement. and the profile is used to activate 4-wire ports. Ltd. 1. you must deactivate the port. the line rate is 2048 kbit/s. Set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned by the service port is 16. Activate the SHDSL port. the traffic profile is used to limit the user access rate. For details. 506 . the access port is port 0/2/0. an SHDSL port is in the activated state. Run the service-port command to create a service port. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { <cr>|toindex<K> }: Command: display traffic table ip from-index 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy PriPolicy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Configure an SHDSL profile. The VPI and VCI must be the same as the management VPI and VCI of the peer modem. 4. huawei(config)#shdsl line-profile quickadd 3 line four-wire rate 2048 2. and SHDSL line profile 3 and the default alarm profile (alarm profile 1) are bound to the port. Assume that the management VPI and VCI of the modem are 1 and 39.2 Configuring the SHDSL Profile. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. maximum upstream interleave delay is 2 ms. see Configuring the VDSL2 Profile (TI Mode). run the traffic table ip command to configure a new traffic profile. NOTE l If no traffic profile in the system meets the service requirement. The query result shows that traffic profile 2 meets the requirement. the user bandwidth adopts the minimum value in the two profiles. Ltd.1. also configure the service port description. the traffic profile is used to limit the user access rate. l On the MA5616. maximum downstream interleave delay is 8 ms. Assume that the management VPI and VCI of the modem are 1 and 39. huawei(config)#mac-address max-mac-count service-port 2 16 Step 5 In VDSL access mode. Run the service-port command to create a service port. huawei(config)#vdsl line-profile quickadd 3 snr 60 0 300 60 0 300 huawei(config)#vdsl channel-profile quickadd 3 path-mode atm interleaved-delay 8 2 inp 4 2 rate 128 10000 128 10000 2048 2048 huawei(config)#vdsl line-template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 100 100 2. the user access rate can be limited by either a traffic profile or an SHDSL line profile. huawei(config)#service-port 2 vlan 50 shdsl mode atm 0/4/0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 huawei(config)#service-port desc 2 description MA5616HW/Vlanid:50/shdsl/smart 5. SNR margin is 6 dB. namely the maximum number of the PCs that can access the Internet through one account. see 4. The access port is port 0/1/0. To facilitate the maintenance of the service port. The VPI and VCI must be the same as the management VPI and VCI of the peer modem. and the S-VLAN is VLAN 50. minimum downstream INP is 4. channel mode is the interleave mode. downstream rate is 2048 kbit/s. 1. For details about how to configure a VDSL profile in VDSL TI mode. Assume that the VDSL profile ID is 3. and VDSL line template 3 and the default VDSL alarm template (alarm template 1) are bound to the port. Configure a VDSL profile. Activate the VDSL port. The index of the new service virtual port is 2. Set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned by the service port is 16. 507 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . This step uses the VDSL normal mode as an example. the access port is port 0/4/0. 4.. follow this step. and minimum upstream INP is 2. For details about how to configure a VDSL profile in VDSL TR165 mode.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tagpri 1 1024 34768 2048 69536 0 tagpri 2 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tagpri 3 4096 133072 8192 266144 4 tagpri 4 8192 264144 16384 528288 4 tagpri 5 16384 526288 32768 1024000 4 tagpri 6 off off off off 0 tagpri --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7 The service requires that the user access rate be 2048 kbit/s. When both profiles are configured. This parameter is to limit the maximum number of the MAC addresses that can be learned by one account.4 Configuring xDSL Profiles (TR165 Mode). traffic profile 2 meets the service requirement. see Configuring the VDSL2 Profile (TR129 Mode). In this example. For details. To facilitate the maintenance of the service port. The query result shows that traffic profile 2 meets the requirement. The VPI and VCI must be the same as the management VPI and VCI of the peer modem. also configure the service port description. the access port is port 0/1/0. In this example. NOTE l If no traffic profile in the system meets the service requirement. traffic profile 2 meets the service requirement. Before binding a template to the port. Run the service-port command to create a service port.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission By default. huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#deactivate 0 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#activate 0 template-index 3 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#quit 3. Run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles that exist in the system. 4. When both profiles are configured. run the traffic table ip command to configure a new traffic profile. and the S-VLAN is VLAN 50. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. the user access rate can be limited by either a traffic profile or a VDSL line profile. a VDSL port is in the activated state. 508 .. The index of the new service virtual port is 3. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 { <cr>|toindex<K> }: Command: display traffic table ip from-index 0 --------------------------------------------------------------------------TID CIR CBS PIR PBS Pri Copy-policy PriPolicy (kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes) --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tagpri 1 1024 34768 2048 69536 0 tagpri 2 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tagpri 3 4096 133072 8192 266144 4 tagpri 4 8192 264144 16384 528288 4 tagpri 5 16384 526288 32768 1024000 4 tagpri 6 off off off off 0 tagpri --------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Num : 7 The service requires that the user access rate be 2048 kbit/s. you must deactivate the port. the user bandwidth adopts the minimum value in the two profiles. the traffic profile is used to limit the user access rate. l On the MA5616. Assume that the management VPI and VCI of the modem are 1 and 39. Configuration File Configuration File of the ADSL access mode: vlan 50 smart port vlan 50 0/0 0-1 link-aggregation 0/0 0 0/0 1 egress-ingress workmode lacp-static adsl line-profile quickadd 3 2 snr 60 30 120 60 30 120 adsl channel-profile quickadd 3 interleaved-delay 10 10 rate 1024 2048 3096 1024 2048 3096 adsl line-template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 60 70 channel2 3 interface adsl 0/2 deactivate 0 activate 0 template-index 3 alarm-config 0 1 quit service-port 1 vlan 50 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 service-port desc 1 description MA5616HW/Vlanid:50/adsl/smart mac-address max-mac-count service-port 1 16 mac-pool xpoa 0000-1111-1010 300 ipoa enable ipoa default gateway 192. Step 3: Log in to the network rate test website and test the rate.1.20 huawei(config)#encapsulation 0/2/0 vpi 1 vci 39 type ipoa llc srcIP 192.168.1 huawei(config)#encapsulation 0/1/0 vpi 1 vci 39 type ipoa llc srcIP 192.168. The start MAC address in the MAC address pool is 0000–1111–1010.1.1. The upstream and downstream rates must be the same as these of the provided service. Ltd.168. This parameter is to limit the maximum number of the MAC addresses that can be learned by one account. and the service encapsulation mode is LLC-IPoA. the network connection is automatically set up and the user can access the Internet. encapsulation mode to llc-ipoa. Step 2: After the settings on the modem are completed.168.168.168. and the maximum number of the MAC addresses in the MAC address pool is 300.1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission huawei(config)#service-port 3 vlan 50 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 huawei(config)#service-port desc 3 description MA5616HW/Vlanid:50/vdsl/smart 5. Set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned by the service port is 16..1.1.1 save Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.20 encapsulation 0/2/0 vpi 1 vci 39 type ipoa llc srcIP 192.168.1. the default gateway is the same as the IP address (192.1.168. huawei(config)#mac-pool xpoa 0000-1111-1010 300 huawei(config)#ipoa enable huawei(config)#ipoa default gateway 192.1.1. The IP address of the modem is 192. This step is to configure the IPoA MAC address pool.1 huawei(config)#encapsulation 0/4/0 vpi 1 vci 39 type ipoa llc srcIP 192.1 Step 7 Save the data.168. namely the maximum number of the PCs that can access the Internet through one account.20) of the upper-layer router. and IP address to 192. huawei(config)#save ----End Verification l l l Step 1: Set the VPI/VCI of the modem to 1/39. 509 .1. The IPoA-IPoE protocol conversion is enabled. huawei(config)#mac-address max-mac-count service-port 3 16 Step 6 Enable the IPoA-IPoE protocol conversion. .1 save Configuration File of the VDSL access mode: vlan 50 smart port vlan 50 0/0 0-1 link-aggregation 0/0 0 0/0 1 egress-ingress workmode lacp-static vdsl line-profile quickadd 3 snr 60 0 300 60 0 300 vdsl channel-profile quickadd 3 path-mode atm interleaved-delay 8 2 inp 4 2 rate 128 10000 128 10000 2048 2048 vdsl line-template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 100 100 interface vdsl 0/1 deactivate 0 activate 0 template-index 3 alarm-config 0 1 quit service-port 3 vlan 50 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 service-port desc 3 description MA5616HW/Vlanid:50/vdsl/smart mac-address max-mac-count service-port 3 16 mac-pool xpoa 0000-1111-1010 300 ipoa enable ipoa default gateway 192.20 encapsulation 0/4/0 vpi 1 vci 39 type ipoa llc srcIP 192.168.1 save 11. This topic describes how to configure the MA5616 to implement the Ethernet access service through GE port for upstream transmission.168. 510 .168. Ephone. implementing the Ethernet access in the single-port for multi-service mode. Prerequisites l l The network device and the line must be normal. and Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Service Requirements The PC.1.2 Configuration Example of the Ethernet Access Service in the Single-Port for Multi-Service Mode The MA5616 supports the access of one or multiple services among video. and STB are connected to the Ethernet port on the MA5616 through the LAN switch.20 encapsulation 0/1/0 vpi 1 vci 39 type ipoa llc srcIP 192.1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Configuration File of the SHDSL access mode: vlan 50 smart port vlan 50 0/0 0-1 link-aggregation 0/0 0 0/0 1 egress-ingress workmode lacp-static shdsl line-profile quickadd 3 line four-wire rate 2048 interface shl 0/4 deactivate 0 activate 0 3 alarm-config 0 1 quit service-port 2 vlan 50 shdsl mode atm 0/4/0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffic-table index 2 outbound traffic-table index 2 service-port desc 2 description MA5616HW/Vlanid:50/shdsl/smart mac-address max-mac-count service-port 2 16 mac-pool xpoa 0000-1111-1010 300 ipoa enable ipoa default gateway 192. The multicast source must exist in the network and the IP address must be known. voice.168.1. and data services through a single Ethernet port in multi-service mode.1. Ltd. . Then. the data is transmitted to the Internet. CIR is 2 Mbit/s. and priority is 0. and priority is 4. l IPTV service: The index is 8 (user-defined). l VoIP service: The index is 9 (user-defined). 511 . Remarks The VoIP service has the highest priority. Networking Figure 11-5 provides an example network of the Ethernet access service (GE upstream). and the Internet service has the lowest priority. CIR is 10 Mbit/s.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission transmitting the data upstream to the router through GE upstream port 0/0/1. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and priority is 6. CIR is 10 Mbit/s. Figure 11-5 Example network of the Ethernet access service (GE upstream) Multicastsourse OSS & RADIUS Server/RADIUS Proxy NMS IPTV DHCP Server GW BRAS Router LAN Switch ONU LAN Switch VoIP DHCP Server STB Ephone PC TV Data Plan Table 11-1 provides the data plan for configuring the single-port for multi-service Ethernet access service Table 11-1 Data plan for configuring the single-port for multi-service Ethernet access service Configuration Item Traffic profile Data l Internet service: The index is 7 (userdefined). Ltd. Configuration Flowchart Figure 11-6 shows the flowchart for configuring the single-port for multi-service Ethernet access service on the MA5616. 512 .1.. see the LAN switch configuration manual. Port: 0/3/1 Multicast VLAN ID: 101 - Multicast user - Priorities 802.10. Ltd.1p priority mode: l VoIP service: 6 l IPTV service: 4 l Internet service: 0 - Upper-layer LAN switch requirements l The LAN switch transparently transmits service packets from the MA5616 at Layer 2. l A user VLAN must be configured on the LAN switch. - Internet mode Program library Point-to-point over Ethernet (PPPoE) Program 1: The multicast IP address is 224.1 and the program source IP address is 10.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Configuration Item User port Uplink port Upstream virtual local area network (VLAN) IDs User VLAN IDs Data 0/3/1 0/0/1 l Internet service: VLAN 100 l IPTV service: VLAN 101 for multicast services and VLAN 103 for unicast services l VoIP service: VLAN 102 l Internet service: VLAN 2 l IPTV service: VLAN 3 l VoIP service: VLAN 4 Remarks The upstream VLAN IDs must be the same as the user VLAN IDs on the OLT.10. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10. and the VLAN ID must be the same as the upstream VLAN ID configured on the MA5616.1. For detailed configuration instructions. Configuration File Configuring the Internet service traffic table ip index 7 name internet cir 10240 priority 0 priority-policy localSetting vlan 100 smart port vlan 100 <keyword conref="commonterms/commonterms.xml#commonterms/ upportid"></keyword> service-port 4 vlan 102 eth <keyword conref="commonterms/ Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.xml#commonterms/ upportid"></keyword> service-port 2 vlan 100 eth <keyword conref="commonterms/ commonterms.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Figure 11-6 Flowchart for configuring the single-port for multi-service Ethernet access service on the MA5616 Start Add a traffic profile (optional) Create the VLAN Add the upstream port to the VLAN Internet/VoIP IPTV Add the service port to the VLAN Save the data Add the service port to the VLAN Configure the multicast data Save the data End Result The services configured on port 0/3/1 are available. The user that is connected to port 0/3/1 can watch program 1.xml#commonterms/ upboardslot"></keyword> <keyword conref="commonterms/commonterms. Ltd.xml#commonterms/ upboardslot"></keyword> <keyword conref="commonterms/commonterms. l l l The user can access the Internet using the PPPoE dialup software on the PC.xml#commonterms/ethcardport0"></keyword> multi-service user-vlan 2 rxcttr 7 tx-cttr 7 Configuring the VoIP service traffic table ip index 9 name voip cir 2048 priority 6 priority-policy localSetting vlan 102 smart port vlan 102 <keyword conref="commonterms/commonterms. The user can communicate with other VoIP users.. 513 . A multicast source is available on the network and the IP address of the multicast source has been obtained.3 Configuration Example of the Multicast Service (Multicast VLAN Mode) This topic describes how to configure the multicast service on the MA5616 in multicast VLAN mode. User 1 has only permissions to the music programs provided by ISP 1. The multicast video service in static configuration mode supports refined program configuration and management service and provides the following functions: program and user multicast bandwidth management.1.1 Configuration Example of the Multicast Video Service (Static Configuration Mode) This topic describes how to configure the multicast video service in static configuration mode.10 btv igmp user add service-port 3 multicast-vlan 101 igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 3 quit save 11. ISP 2 provides one hot music program and one hot video program. Service Requirements l Independent service provider (ISP) 1 provides two hot music programs. The program ordering status can be recorded.xml#commonterms/ethcardport0"></keyword> multi-service user-vlan 3 rxcttr 8 tx-cttr 8 multicast-vlan 101 igmp mode proxy igmp uplink-port igmp program add name program1 ip 224.10.xml#commonterms/ upboardslot"></keyword> <keyword conref="commonterms/commonterms. This service applies to the scenario in which carriers have a high requirement on program and user management. 11.1. and reported for monitoring and charging. and user 2 has only permissions to the video program provided by ISP 2.103 smart port vlan 101.. and program prejoin. Ltd. program previewing.10. 514 l l Issue 03 (2012-03-20) .3. Prerequisites l l Network devices and lines have been connected properly.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission commonterms.xml#commonterms/ethcardport0"></keyword> multi-service user-vlan 4 rxcttr 9 tx-cttr 9 Configuring the IPTV service traffic table ip index 8 name iptv cir 10240 priority 4 priority-policy localSetting vlan 101.xml#commonterms/ upportid"></keyword> service-port 3 vlan 103 eth <keyword conref="commonterms/ commonterms. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. collected.1 sourcei<?Pub Caret?>p 10.103 <keyword conref="commonterms/commonterms. These programs can always be ordered in real time. SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission l The maximum multicast bandwidths for users 1 and 2 are 10 Mbit/s and 5 Mbit/s respectively. Networking Figure 11-7 shows the example network of the multicast service. Ltd. Figure 11-7 Example network of the multicast service Multicast Source ISP1 ISP2 BRAS Router LAN Switch ONU Home Gateway STB TV user1 user2 Data Plan Table 11-2 provides the data plan for configuring the multicast service. .. Table 11-2 Data plan for configuring the multicast service Device ONU: MA5616 Item Smart VLAN Data l VLAN type: Smart VLAN l VLAN ID: 4002-4005 Uplink port IGMP version 0/0/1 IGMP V3 (default multicast version of the system in multicast VLAN mode) 515 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 1. If the planned IGMP mode is IGMP snooping. NOTE The IGMP mode can be configured to IGMP proxy or IGMP snooping according to the requirements.10 Program in multicast VLAN 4003: Program 2: with IP address 224. ISP 1 and ISP 2. configure the IGMP snooping mode by running the igmp mode snooping command in multicast VLAN mode. huawei(config)#vlan 4002-4005 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 4002-4005 0/0 1 Step 2 Configure service ports..1.1 and the IP address of the program source is the same as the IP address of ISP 1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Device Item Multicast source Data There are two multicast sources.11 Multicast user Multicast user 1: l VDSL2 port: 0/1/0 l Multicast VLAN: 4002 Multicast user 2: l VDSL2 port: 0/1/1 l Multicast VLAN: 4003 Procedure Step 1 Create VLANs and add the uplink port to the VLANs.10. The IGMP mode can be switched only when the IGMP mode is off. 10.10.10.2 and the IP address of the program source is the same as the IP address of ISP 2. the IGMP mode is IGMP proxy.10.10.10.1. 516 . huawei(config)#service-port 100 vlan 4004 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service uservlan untagged rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 huawei(config)#service-port 101 vlan 4005 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/1 multi-service uservlan untagged rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 Step 3 Configure multicast VLANs and the IGMP mode. l ISP 1: with IP address 10.10. 10.1. Ltd.10.10.1 l ISP 2: with IP address 10. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 4002 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.11. In this example. providing the multicast program with IP address 224. namely. namely.2 Program library Program in multicast VLAN 4002: Program 1: with IP address 224. namely.1.1. providing the multicast program with IP address 224.1.1. vlan 4002 to 4005 smart port vlan 4002 to 4005 0/0 1 Create service ports. Create VLANs and add the uplink port to the VLANs. huawei(config)#save ----End Result l l User 1 belongs to multicast VLAN 4002 and user 1 can watch the music program with IP address 224.1.2 provided by ISP2. where M is the index of the added program.1.2 sourceip 10.1 sourceip 10. Configuration File The following part describes the configuration file of this configuration example.11 Step 6 Configure multicast users. huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#multicast-vlan 4002 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 Step 5 Configure multicast programs.1 provided by ISP1. 517 . l If the IGMP version of the multicast VLAN is V2. service-port 100 vlan 4004 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service user-vlan untagged rxcttr 6 tx-cttr 6 service-port 101 vlan 4005 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/1 multi-service user-vlan untagged rxcttr 6 tx-cttr 6 Configure multicast VLANs and the IGMP mode.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Step 4 Configure the multicast uplink port.10. The system automatically names a program PROGRAM-M. Note that certain steps need to be performed manually and the configuration file cannot be imported directly. This step needs to be performed manually.1. Ltd.10. User 2 belongs to multicast VLAN 4003 and user 2 can watch the video program with IP address 224. NOTE l In static configuration mode.1. huawei(config-mvlan4003)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 100 huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 101 huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 4002 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 100 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 101 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#quit Step 7 Save the data.10.1.10.1. Users cannot name a program. the source IP address of the program in the multicast VLAN cannot be configured. This step needs to be performed manually.1..10 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp program add name program2 ip 224.1. users can run the igmp program add command to add multicast programs. multicast-vlan 4002 igmp mode proxy multicast-vlan 4003 igmp mode proxy Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp program add name program1 ip 224. program previewing.1.10.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Configure the multicast uplink port. The user can request for only the program whose IP address is within this IP address range. However. Prerequisites l l l Network devices and lines have been connected properly. or the program and user management is implemented on the upper-layer device. and program prejoin. You need to configure the IP address range of the program group that can be dynamically generated. Background Information The program in the multicast VLAN can be configured statically or generated dynamically. Dynamic generation mode: A program is dynamically generated according to the program requested by the user.11 btv igmp user add service-port 100 igmp user add service-port 101 multicast-vlan 4002 igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 100 multicast-vlan 4003 igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 101 quit save 11. and program prejoin. l In this mode. Ltd.10. igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 multicast-vlan 4002 igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 igmp program add name program1 ip 224. Run the igmp match mode disable command to configure the dynamic generation mode. multicast programs.1.1.3. user bandwidth management.10 multicast-vlan 4003 igmp program add name program2 ip 224. This type of service simplifies configurations and reduces maintenance costs. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Multicast programs have been configured in dynamic mode.10.2 Configuration Example of the Multicast Video Service (Dynamic Configuration Mode) This topic describes how to configure the multicast video service in dynamic configuration mode. this type of service does not support the following functions: program and user multicast bandwidth management.1. l The program in the multicast VLAN is configured statically by default. A multicast source is available on the network and the IP address of the multicast source has been obtained. The following functions are not supported: bandwidth management of the multicast program. the program list is not required.10. program preview. Therefore. 518 .. NOTE The igmp match mode command for configuring the mode of the multicast program can be executed only when the IGMP mode is off.1 sourceip 10. the multicast video service in dynamic configuration mode applies to the scenario in which carriers do not have a high requirement on program and user management. and multicast users.2 sourceip 10. Figure 11-8 Example network of the multicast service Multicast Source ISP1 ISP2 BRAS Router LAN Switch ONU Home Gateway STB TV user1 user2 Data Plan Table 11-3 provides the data plan for configuring the multicast service. Table 11-3 Data plan for configuring the multicast service Device ONU: MA5616 Item Smart VLAN Data l VLAN type: Smart VLAN l VLAN ID: 4002-4005 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 519 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . User 1 can watch programs provided only by ISP 1 and user 2 can watch programs provided only by ISP 2. and can be dynamically updated based on user requirements.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Service Requirements l Internet service providers (ISPs) 1 and 2 have a multicast program in an address segment respectively. Ltd. l l Figure 11-8 shows the example network of the multicast service. Program ordering status can be recorded for monitoring and charging. The multicast programs do not require strict program and user management.. 10.10 Program in multicast VLAN 4003: Program 2: with IP address 224.1. l ISP 1: with IP address 10.. If the planned IGMP mode is IGMP snooping. namely. namely.11 Multicast user Multicast user 1: l VDSL2 port: 0/1/0 l Multicast VLAN: 4002 Multicast user 2: l VDSL2 port: 0/1/1 l Multicast VLAN: 4003 Procedure Step 1 Create VLANs and add the uplink port to the VLANs. 10. huawei(config)#service-port 100 vlan 4004 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service uservlan untagged rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 huawei(config)#service-port 101 vlan 4005 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/1 multi-service uservlan untagged rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 Step 3 Configure multicast VLANs and the multicast mode.10. the IGMP mode is IGMP proxy.11.10.2 Program library Program in multicast VLAN 4002: Program 1: with IP address 224.1.10.2 and the IP address of the program source is the same as the IP address of ISP 2. providing the multicast program with IP address 224.1.10.10.1.1. 520 . 10.10.1 and the IP address of the program source is the same as the IP address of ISP 1.1. Ltd. The IGMP mode can be switched only when the IGMP mode is off. NOTE The IGMP mode can be configured to IGMP proxy or IGMP snooping according to the requirements. namely.10.1. providing the multicast program with IP address 224. In this example.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Device Item Uplink port IGMP version Multicast source Data 0/0/1 IGMP V3 (default multicast version of the system in multicast VLAN mode) There are two multicast sources.10.1. huawei(config)#vlan 4002-4005 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 4002-4005 0/0 1 Step 2 Configure service ports. ISP 1 and ISP 2.1 l ISP 2: with IP address 10. you can configure the IGMP snooping mode by running the igmp mode snooping command in multicast VLAN mode. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. vlan 4002 to 4005 smart port vlan 4002 to 4005 0/0 1 Create service ports.1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 4002 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y Step 4 Configure the multicast uplink port. Configuration File The following part describes the configuration file of this configuration example. huawei(config)#save ----End Result l l User 1 belongs to multicast VLAN 4002 and user 1 can watch the program with IP address 224.2 Step 6 Configure multicast users.1.1. huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp match mode disable huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp match group ip 224.1.2. and specify the IP address range of the program that can be requested by the user to 224. This step needs to be performed manually.2 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp match mode disable huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp match group ip 224. plan the multicast program mode before configuring the multicast program.1.1. 521 .1 to-ip 224. service-port 100 vlan 4004 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service user-vlan untagged rxcttr 6 tx-cttr 6 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1 to-ip 224.1 provided by ISP1. Therefore.1. Note that certain steps need to be performed manually and the configuration file cannot be imported directly..1.1.1. Ltd. huawei(config-mvlan4002)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 100 huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 101 huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 4002 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 100 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#multicast-vlan 4003 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 101 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#quit Step 7 Save the data. User 2 belongs to multicast VLAN 4003 and user 2 can watch the program with IP address 224.1. NOTE The execution of the igmp match mode command for configuring the mode of the multicast program will cause the user to go offline. Configure the program in the multicast VLAN in dynamic generation mode.1.2 provided by ISP2.1. Create VLANs and add the uplink port to the VLANs. This command can be executed only when the IGMP function is disabled.1-224.1. huawei(config-mvlan4003)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 huawei(config-mvlan4003)#multicast-vlan 4002 huawei(config-mvlan4002)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 Step 5 Configure multicast programs.1.1. multicast programs. Prerequisite l l According to the actual network. Data plan and configuration. POTS service board ASRB must be inserted into the planned slot. however. Networking Figure 11-9 shows the example network of the VoIP service based on the H. Service Requirements In an office.1 to-ip 224.2 multicast-vlan 4003 igmp match mode disable igmp match group ip 224.1. the MA5616 that adopts the H. Polarity reversal charging is adopted.248 Protocol) This topic describes how to configure the VoIP service based on the H. igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 multicast-vlan 4002 igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 igmp match mode disable igmp match group ip 224. Ltd. multicast-vlan 4002 igmp mode proxy multicast-vlan 4003 igmp mode proxy Configure the multicast uplink port.248 or SIP protocol.1.. 11. and the RUN ALM indicator on the board must be green and must be on for 1s and off for 1s repeatedly.1 Configuration Example of the VoIP PSTN Service (Based on the H.4 Configuration Example of the VoIP Service This topic describes how to configure the VoIP service based on the H.1. are not performed on the MGC (softswitch) connected to the MA5616.2 btv igmp user add service-port 100 igmp user add service-port 101 multicast-vlan 4002 igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 100 multicast-vlan 4003 igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 101 quit save 11. The following voice services are required: l l POTS service needs to be provided for phone 0-phone 15 for 16 users.1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission service-port 101 vlan 4005 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/1 multi-service user-vlan untagged rxcttr 6 tx-cttr 6 Configure multicast VLANs and the IGMP mode. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1. This step needs to be performed manually.248 protocol. 522 .1.1.248 protocol.4.1. and multicast users.1 to-ip 224. a route from the MA5616 to the MGC must be configured to ensure that the MA5616 and the MGC are reachable to each other.248 protocol is newly deployed. SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Figure 11-9 Example network of the VoIP service based on the H. Table 11-4 Data plan for configuring the VoIP service based on the H. Table 11-4 provides the data plan for configuring the VoIP service based on the H. 523 . Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.248 protocol Item MG interface data (The data configuration must be consistent with the data Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Data Parameter Media and signaling s of the upstream VLAN media stream and signaling stream Standard VLAN is recommended as the upstream VLAN of the voice service..248 protocol Data Plan After the service requirements are further confirmed and analyzed with engineers of the office.248 Protocol). standard VLAN 20 is adopted. In this section.1 Configuring the VoIP PSTN Service (Based on the H. the data plan is made by considering the interconnection with the MGC and according to the data plan described in 7. 248 protocol. Ltd. 10.20. 0 Digitmap of an MG Interface Special applications such as emergency calls and emergency standalone are not configured. and the port ID is 2944.10. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 0 The signaling port ID is 2944. the IP address of the primary MGC is 10. which means that the MG interface fails to be started if these parameter s are not configure d.10.10. the same as the port ID on the MA5616. MG interface ID Signaling port ID of the MG interface IP address of the primary MGC to which the MG interface belongs Port ID of the primary MGC to which the MG interface belongs Coding mode of the MG interface Transmission mode of the MG interface Domain name of the MG interface Device name of the MG interface Start negotiation version of the H. Ltd. 248 protocol for the MG interface The network of the office does not support dual homing. and may not be configured with a device name.) Media and signaling upstream port Media IP address and signaling IP address Default IP address of the MG Attribute parameter s of the MG interface NOTE Parameter s listed here are mandator y..10.20. and may not be configured with a domain name.1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Item configuration on the MGC. 524 . Data 0/0/1 These two IP addresses are both 10. UDP The message ID (MID) adopts the IP address (default). the digitmap is not configured. According to the network topology. The text coding mode is adopted. Therefore. The MID adopts the IP address (default).10. The IP address of the next hop from the MA5616 to the MGC is 10. Therefore. Ringing Mode of an MG Interface TID Format of an MG Interface Voice service data (The data configuration must be consistent with the data configuration on the MGC. the engineers of the office require that the terminal prefix uses the community name huawei and the TID is automatically generated by the system according to the slot ID/shelf ID/port ID of the user. parameter telno) is configured on the MG. Therefore. and the user priority uses the default priority. the software parameters are not configured. Run the display tid-template command to query the default TID template. the normal ringing with the break-make ratio of 1:4 is adopted. The emergency standalone is not supported. Phone numbers allocated by the MGC for phone 0-phone 15 are 83110000-83110015. Therefore. cat3. you need not configure the phone number when adding a user. To differentiate users by terminal ID (TID). because telephone numbers are specified by the MGC. the TID need not be allocated manually. It is found that default TID template (template 6) can meet the requirements.. 525 . Users are common users. No telephone number (namely. and the users have no special requirements for the ringing mode. the default configuration can meet the service requirements. The value of the ringing parameter (corresponding to the users) specified on the MGC is 0 (value of mgcpara). User priority Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Therefore. Ltd.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Item Software Parameters of an MG Interface Data According to the Context in Software Parameters of an MG Interface and confirmed with the engineers of the office. TID The terminal layering is supported.) Slot that houses the voice service board User Data Phone number The user is accessed through the 0/3 port on the ASRB board. NOTE Generally. namely. Digitmap name Digitmap type Digitmap body Attributes of a PSTN Port The polarity reversal charging is required for the service. Therefore. Plan this parameter according to the prefix of the local phone number. DEL. The other attributes of the PSTN port need not be modified. System Parameters Overseas Parameters Local Digitmap CAUTION By default. huawei Only the normal digitmap is supported if the H. Therefore. the default configuration can meet the service requirements. the system parameters are not configured. Ltd. Attributes of the Ringing Current Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the overseas parameters are not configured. namely. 526 . 248 protocol is used.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Item User type Data Users are common users. the ([2-8]xxxxxxx|[2-8] xxSxxxxxxx|13xxxxxxxxx| 0xxxxxxxxx) digitmap body is used. In this example. you need to configure the PSTN port to which the user belongs so that the PSTN port supports the polarity reversal impulse. According to the Context in (Optional) Configuring the System Parameters and confirmed with the engineers of the office. You can configure these parameter s according to the requireme nts. and the user type uses the default user type. The ringing attribute need not be configured unless otherwise specified.248 protocol is used. the default configuration can meet the service requirements. According to the Context in (Optional) Configuring the Overseas Parameters and confirmed with the engineers of the office.. Therefore. these parameter s need not be configure d if the H. 10. and the TID template adopts layering template 6.20.10. which facilitates the configuration of the media and signaling IP address pools.20 primary-mgc-port 2944 code text transfer udp start-negotiate-version 0 Step 4 Configure the ringing mapping of MG interface 0.10. Ltd.10 24 Step 2 Configure the media and signaling IP address pools.10.10. and the value of parameter initialring is 4.10. Configure the user ringing mode. Configure the TID generation mode. add upstream port 0/0/1 to the VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 20 standard huawei(config)#port vlan 20 0/0/1 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 20 huawei(config-if-vlanif20)#ip address 10.10 mgip 10. and configure the IP address of the L3 interface to 10. the media and signaling IP addresses used for the services can be selected from the IP address pools. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#mg-ringmode add 0 0 4 Step 5 Configure the TID template of the PSTN user on MG interface 0.10. 527 .10. Therefore. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10. Thus.10. the terminal prefix of the PSTN user needs to be configured to huawei. Add an MG interface for the MG to communicate with the MGC. According to the data plan.10 is added to the media and signaling IP address pools..10.10. and the gateway IP address corresponding to the media IP address is 10. the break-make ratios of the cadence ringing and initial ringing are both 1:4. add MG interface 0 and configure the interface attributes.10.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Procedure Step 1 Configure the upstream VLAN interface.10.1. According to the data plan.10. According to the data plan.10.10. According to the data plan. configure standard VLAN 20 as the media and signaling upstream VLAN.10 mgport 2944 primary-mgc-ip1 10. According to the data plan.10 Step 3 Add an MG interface. Add the IP address of the VLAN L3 interface configured in the previous step to the media and signaling IP address pools respectively.1 huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 10. IP address 10. huawei(config-if-vlanif20)#quit huawei(config)#voip huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 10.10.10. huawei(config-voip)#quit huawei(config)#interface h248 0 Are you sure to add MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-h248-0)#if-h248 attribute mg-media-ip1 10.10 10.10. the value of parameter cadence is 0. which ensures that the MGC can control the call connection through the MG interface. the MG interface needs to be in the normal state. Confirm the ASRB board that carries services to ensure that the board can work in the normal state. For a newly configured MG interface. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#quit huawei(config)#display if-h248 all -----------------------------------------------------------------------------MGID Trans State MGPort MGIP MGCPort MGCIP/DomainName -----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 UDP Normal 2944 10.248 interface are either the same or different.10 2944 10. Note this when configuring the terminal prefix.10. Configure the physical attributes of the PSTN port to which the user belongs to support the polarity reversal pulse. ISDN BRA users. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#reset coldstart Are you sure to reset MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y Step 7 Query the running status of the MG interface. Add POTS users phone 0-phone 15 so that the users can go online. huawei(config-esl-user)#quit huawei(config)#local-digitmap add huawei normal ([2-8]xxxxxxx|[2-8]xxSxxxxxxx| 13xxxxxxxxx|0xxxxxxxxx) Step 11 Configure the polarity reversal charging function.10. 528 . huawei(config-if-h248-0)#tid-format pstn prefix huawei template 6 Step 6 Start the MG interface.10. indicating that the MG interface works in the normal state. After the MG interface is interconnected with the MGC successfully. and ISDN PRA users on the same H. huawei(config)#pstnport Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..20 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Step 8 Confirm the service board. The MG interface can be started in different manners (see Parameter Description of the reset command). huawei(config)#board confirm 0/3 Step 9 Configure the PSTN user data. After the configuration. start the MG interface in a cold start manner. Ltd. huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/15 0 Step 10 Configure the local digitmap.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission CAUTION The MA5616 requires that the terminal prefixes of PSTN users.20. the MA5616 matches the phone number according to the local digitmap if the MGC does not send the detailed digitmap to the MA5616. so that the user can support the polarity reversal charging. Reset the MG interface to make the MG interface register with the MGC (and to make the modified attributes of the MG interface take effect) so that the MG interface can work in the normal state. causing the line cross. l If the MGC is configured with the call forwarding service. quit voip ip address media 10.10.10.10. vlan 20 standard port vlan 20 0/0/1 interface vlanif 20 ip address 10. the phone of the called party can ring normally. l If the MGC is not configured with the call forwarding service. An MG interface must be added manually and the configuration file cannot be imported directly.10.10. cancel the call forwarding service on the MGC. l l The calling party can hear the dial tone after picking up the phone off the hook.10. quit interface h248 0 if-h248 attribute mg-media-ip1 10. 529 . When the calling party dials the phone number of the called party.10.1 ip address signaling 10. the calling party can hear the busy tone. contact Huawei technical support engineer to handle the fault. check whether the MGC is configured with the call forwarding service.. and the calling party hears the ringback tone.10 mgport 2944 primarymgc-ip1 10. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission huawei(config-pstnport)#pstnport attribute batset 0/3/0 0/3/15 reverse-pole-pulse enable Step 12 Save the data.20. phone 0-phone 15 can call each other.20 primary-mgc-port 2944 code text transfer udp start-negotiate-version 0 Configure the ringing mapping of the MG interface. l l The calling party and the called party can communicate with each other normally.10.10. if the phone of the specified user does not ring but the phone of another user connected to the MA5616 rings.10. NOTE When the calling party calls the number of a specified user.10 10.10 24 Configure the media and signaling IP address pools. and the calling party can hear the ringback tone. After the called party places the phone on the hook.10 Add an MG interface and then configure the attributes of the MG interface. Configuration File The following part describes the configuration file of this configuration example. Ltd.10. Configure the upstream VLAN interface. check whether the VoIP service can be provided normally. huawei(config-pstnport)#quit huawei(config)#save ----End Result After the interface data and the PSTN user data corresponding to the MG interface are configured on the MGC.10 mgip 10.10. Note that certain steps must be performed manually and the configuration file cannot be imported directly. In normal cases. For how to configure the SIP interface. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..4. see 7. board confirm 0/3 Configure the PSTN user data. quit save 11.2 Configuration Example of the VoIP PSTN Service (Based on the SIP Protocol) This topic describes how to configure the VoIP PSTN service based on the SIP protocol. 530 . Networking Figure 11-10 shows the example network of the VoIP PSTN service based on the SIP protocol. The PSTN user data corresponding to the SIP interface must be configured on the IMS.1 Configuring the SIP Interface. Prerequisites l l l The voice service board ASRB must be installed in the specified slot.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide mg-ringmode add 0 0 4 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Configure the TID template of the PSTN user on the MG interface. tid-format pstn prefix huawei template 6 An MG interface must be started manually and the configuration file cannot be imported directly. Ltd. reset coldstart Query the running status of the MG interface.2. quit display if-h248 all Confirm the service board. pstnport pstnport attribute batset 0/3/0 0/3/15 reverse-pole-pulse enable Save the data. quit local-digitmap add huawei normal ([2-8]xxxxxxx|[2-8]xxSxxxxxxx|13xxxxxxxxx| 0xxxxxxxxx) Configure the polarity reversal charging function. esl user mgpstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/15 0 Configure the local digitmap. The SIP interface must be configured. .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Figure 11-10 Example network of the VoIP PSTN service based on the SIP protocol Data Plan Run the display system parameters and display oversea parameters commands to query the system parameters and overseas parameters. Table 11-5 provides the data plan for configuring the VoIP PSTN service based on the SIP protocol. Ltd. Therefore. Table 11-5 Data plan for configuring the VoIP PSTN service based on the SIP protocol Item SIP interface Local digitmap Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Data SIP interface ID Digitmap name 0 huawei0 and huawei1 531 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. run the system parameters and oversea parameters commands to set the parameters to the required values. If the parameter settings do meet the requirements. you need not configure these parameters.. the default configurations of system parameters and overseas parameters can meet the standard and application requirements. In this example. Configure the data of the PSTN users (phone 0-phone 15) in slot 0/3. The type of phone 0 is DEL and the type of phone 1-phone 15 is Payphone. huawei(config-esl-user)#sippstnuser attribute batset 0/3/1 0/3/15 potslinetype PayPhone Step 3 Configure the PSTN port attribute. huawei(config)#local-digitmap add huawei0 normal ([2-8]xxxxxxx|[2-8]xxSxxxxxxx| 13xxxxxxxxx|0xxxxxxxxx|9xxxx|1[0124-9]x|F|x. The digitmap type of huawei1 is secondcentrex.. huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#sippstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/15 0 telno 83110000 2. Voice service board ASRB Data of the PSTN users in slot 0/3 Slot that houses the board Numbers of phone 0phone 15 User priority User type PSTN port attribute 0/3 83110000-83110015 The priority of phone 0 is Cat2 and the priority of phone 1-phone 15 is Cat3 (default priority). Digitmap body The digitmap body of huawei0 is ([2-8] xxxxxxx|[2-8]xxSxxxxxxx|13xxxxxxxxx| 0xxxxxxxxx|9xxxx|1[0124-9]x|F|x. Phone 1-phone 15 support polarity reversal impulse.S). 3. Configure the local call digitmap and two-stage dialing digitmap. The digitmap body of huawei1 is (8100).S) huawei(config)#local-digitmap add huawei1 second-centrex (8100) Step 2 Configure the PSTN user data. huawei(config-esl-user)#quit huawei(config)#pstnport Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Configure the PSTN port in slot 0/3 so that the port supports polarity reversal impulse.F|[0-9]. Configure the priority of the PSTN user in slot 0/3/0 to Cat2. 1.F|[0-9].SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Item Digitmap type Data The digitmap type of huawei0 is normal. The parameters of the emergency digitmap use the default values. Ltd. huawei(config-esl-user)#sippstnuser attribute set 0/3/0 priority cat2 Configure the type of the PSTN user in slot 0/3. NOTE The parameters of the emergency digitmap use default values. 532 . Procedure Step 1 Configure the local digitmap. quit save 11. cancel the call forwarding service on the IMS.. contact Huawei technical support engineer to handle the fault. Configure the local digitmap. huawei(config-pstnport)#quit huawei(config)#save ----End Result After the configuration. the MA5616 can access the ISDN BRA service through the DSLD service board. local-digitmap add huawei0 normal ([2-8]xxxxxxx|[2-8]xxSxxxxxxx|13xxxxxxxxx| 0xxxxxxxxx|9xxxx|1[0124-9]x|F|x. When the calling party dials the phone number of the called party. check whether the IMS is configured with the call forwarding service.248 protocol is used. Note that certain steps must be performed manually and the configuration file cannot be imported directly. the calling party can hear the busy tone.4. causing the line cross. l l The calling party can hear the dial tone after picking up the phone off the hook. l l The calling party and the called party can communicate with each other normally. and the calling party can hear the ringback tone. l If the IMS is not configured with the call forwarding service. Configuration File The following part describes the configuration file of this configuration example. NOTE When the calling party calls the number of a specified user. the service is sent upstream to the IP network through the control Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. quit pstnport pstnport attribute batset 0/3/1 0/3/15 reverse-pole-pulse enable Save the data.3 Configuration Example of the VoIP ISDN BRA Service When the H. Ltd. esl user sippstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/15 0 telno 83110000 sippstnuser attribute set 0/3/0 priority cat2 sippstnuser attribute batset 0/3/1 0/3/15 potslinetype PayPhone Configure the PSTN port attribute. if the phone of the specified user does not ring but the phone of another user connected to the MA5616 rings. After the called party places the phone on the hook.S) local-digitmap add huawei1 second-centrex (8100) Configure the PSTN user data. Then. 533 . l If the IMS is configured with the call forwarding service. the phone of the called party can ring normally. phone 0-phone 15 can call each other. and the calling party hears the ringback tone.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission huawei(config-pstnport)#pstnport attribute batset 0/3/1 0/3/15 reverse-pole-pulse enable Step 4 Save the data.F|[0-9]. When the MG interface supports terminal layering. and then run the display tid-template command to check whether the TID profile supports the layering configuration. Users bound with this profile do not support terminal layering. the terminal ID must be configured and must be different from the terminal ID of an existing PSTN user. You can run the display tid-format to query the TID profile to which various users under the MG interface are bound.248 protocol. 534 . Users bound with this profile support terminal layering. The ISDN BRA service on the MA5616 can be supported only by the H. Prerequisites l l l l The devices on the network must be connected properly and must work in the normal state. the terminal ID cannot be configured. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. thus implementing the ISDN BRA service. – If the parameter list of the TID profile includes only keywords "F". Ltd. The MA5616 must use the H. you can check whether the user supports terminal layering. l Networking Figure 11-11 shows the example network for configuring the ISDN BRA service. "P". NT1 must be connected properly and must work in the normal state. it indicates that the TID profile is used by the layering users. Hence.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission board.248 protocol to communicate with the MGC. The data on the MGC side must be configured correctly. "S". it indicates that the TID profile is used by the non-layering users. "B" ("B" is unavailable for PSTN users). – If the parameter list of the TID profile includes only keyword "G".. Context l l When the MG interface does not support the terminal layering. and the system automatically allocates the terminal ID according to the TID profile configured for the interface of the PSTN user. 116/16 10. Ltd.13.13.4. 535 .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Figure 11-11 Example network for configuring the ISDN BRA service Data Plan Table 11-6 provides the data plan for configuring the ISDN BRA service.116 0/0/1 VLAN ID: 10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.4.. Table 11-6 Data plan for configuring the ISDN BRA service Item Parameters of the media stream and signaling stream IP address and mask of the VLAN L3 interface IP address of the media stream and signaling stream Upstream interface of the media stream and signaling stream Upstream VLAN of the media stream and signaling stream Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Data 10. no configuration is required) 10.13.0 10.2 2944 UDP 2 MA5616.14.14.0.1.4.1 0 text H.13.13.13.116 10.1.1 10.248 protocol for the MG interface Domain name Voice service board DSLD IUA link parameters Slot that houses the board ID of the IUA link set IUA link ID Data 10.1. no configuration is required) A (default.1.1 2 (default.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Item Default media gateway of the MG interface TID profile ID of the TID profile used by the ISDN BRA user TID terminal prefix used by the ISDN BRA user Static route from the MG to the MGC IP address of the destination network segment IP address of the gateway Attribute parameters of the MG interface MG interface ID Coding type of the MG interface Protocol supported by the MG interface Signaling port ID of the MG interface Media/Signaling IP address of the MG interface Default media gateway of the MG interface IP address of the primary MGC to which the MG interface belongs Port ID of the primary MGC to which the MG interface belongs Transmission mode of the MG interface Start negotiation version of the H.com 0/4 0 0 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.248 2944 10.. Ltd. 536 . 4.4.13.116 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.14.1 huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 10.2/16 (IP address of the primary MGC) l Shelf/slot/port ID of the BRA user: 0/4/0 l Phone number: 83110001 l Working mode: point to multi-point l Terminal ID: 2 l IUA interface ID: 0 l Priority of the user: Cat3 (default) ISDN phone3 l Shelf/slot/port ID of the BRA user: 0/4/1 l Phone number: 83110002 l Working mode: point to point l Terminal ID: 4 l IUA interface ID: 2 l Priority of the user: Cat1 NOTE In the point to point mode.13.13.1.4. huawei(config)#board add 0/4 H832DSLD 0 frame 4 slot board added successfully Step 2 Create a VLAN and configure the VLAN L3 interface. 537 ..1.4.116 16 huawei(config-if-vlanif10)#quit Step 3 Add the uplink port to the VLAN. the terminal endpoint identifier (TEI) of the ISDN BRA digital phone is always 0. Procedure Step 1 Add a DSLD service board. huawei(config)#vlan 10 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 10 huawei(config-if-vlanif10)#ip address 10. huawei(config)#port vlan 10 0/0/1 Step 4 Configure the media/signaling IP address.116/16 1400 10.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Item Local port ID Local IP address MGC port ID IP address of the primary MGC BRA user data ISDN phone1 and ISDN phone2 Data 1401 10. huawei(config)#voip huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 10.13. Ltd.13.116 10. 13.4. You can run the display ip address command to query the in formation about the media IP address pool or the signaling IP address pool.116 start-negotiate-version 2 Step 8 Reset the MG interface. Step 10 Add an IUA link set and IUA links.4.1 Step 6 Add an MG interface.14. huawei(config-braport)#quit huawei(config)#sigtran huawei(config-sigtran)#iua-linkset add 0 huawei(config-sigtran)#iua-link add 0 0 1401 10. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#quit huawei(config)#braport huawei(config-braport)#braport attribute set 0/4/0 workmode p2mp huawei(config-braport)#braport attribute set 0/4/1 activemode stable-active workmode p2p NOTE In the point to point mode.116 1400 10..13.0. 538 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) .1.13.1. huawei(config-voip)#quit huawei(config)#ip route-static 10.2 Step 11 Add an ISDN BRA user and configure the data. huawei(config)#interface h248 0 Are you sure to add MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y Step 7 Configure the attributes of the MG interface. the L1 activemode of the ISDN BRA port must be set to stable-active to make the configuration take effect.4. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#reset coldstart Are you sure to reset MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y Step 9 Configure the working mode of the ISDN BRA port.14.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Ensure that the to-be-configured media/signaling IP address of the MG interface must exist in the corresponding address pool. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#if-h248 attribute mgip 10.1.0 16 10. Ltd.14. huawei(config-sigtran)#quit huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#mgbrauser add 0/4/0 0 0 interfaceid 0 terminalid 2 priority cat3 telno 83110001 Are you sure to configure the working mode of the DSL board to normal and reset the board automatically? (y/n) [n]:y huawei(config-esl-user)#mgbrauser add 0/4/1 0 0 interfaceid 2 terminalid 4 priority cat1 telno 83110002 Step 12 Save the data.com primary-mgc-ip1 10.13.116 mgport 2944 code text transfer udp MIDType domainName domainName MA5616. huawei(config-esl-user)#quit huawei(config)#save ----End Result l ISDN phone1 and ISDN phone2 can communicate with ISDN phone3 by dialing number 83110002.2 primary-mgc-port 2944 mg-media-ip1 10. Step 5 Configure the static route. 116 1400 10.14.116 10.13. reset coldstart Configure the working mode of the ISDN BRA port.4. if-h248 attribute mgip 10.13.4. ISDN phone1 and ISDN phone2 can communicate with ISDN phone3 at the same time. In addition. port vlan 10 0/0/1 Configure the media IP address pool and the signaling IP address pool.13. vlan 10 interface vlanif 10 ip address 10.2 Add an ISDN BRA user and configure the data. quitsigtran iua-linkset add 0 iua-link add 0 0 1401 10.1.com primary-mgc-ip1 10.13.13.1 Add an MG interface. 539 .0.2 primary-mgc-port 2944 mg-media-ip1 10.116 mgport 2944 code text transfer udp MIDType domainName domainName MA5616..4.1.4. board add 0/4 H832DSLD Create a service VLAN and configure its L3 interface. Add the DSLD service board.116 start-negotiate-version 2 Enable the MG interface. quit ip route-static 10.14.4.14.0 16 10. Ltd.1.1 ip address signaling 10.13.13. Note that certain steps must be performed manually and the configuration file cannot be imported at a time. ISDN phone1 and ISDN phone2 can hear the ringing tone at the same time. quit braport braport attribute set 0/4/0 workmode p2mp braport attribute set 0/4/1 activemode stable-active workmode p2p Add an IUA link set and IUA links. quit esl user Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.116 Configure a static route.13. interface h248 0 Configure the attributes of the MG interface.4. voip ip address media 10. Configuration File The following part describes the configuration file of this configuration example.1.116 16 quit Add an uplink port to the service VLAN.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission l When ISDN phone3 dials number 83110001. SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission mgbrauser add 0/4/0 0 0 interfaceid 0 terminalid 2 priority cat3 telno 83110001 mgbrauser add 0/4/1 0 0 interfaceid 2 terminalid 4 priority cat1 telno 83110002 Save the data. quit save 11.5 Configuration Example of the VAG Service The purpose of configuring virtual access gateways (VAGs) is to simulate multiple AGs by using one AG and rent MG interfaces to different carriers, increasing the usage rate and flexibility of the device. Context The MA5616 supports H.248-based, and SIP-based VAGs. The MA5616 supports up to four VAGs. l l When the system protocol is H.248, up to four H.248 interfaces with different indexes can be configured on the MA5616, and each H.248 interface can be considered as a VAG. When the system protocol is SIP, up to four SIP interfaces with different indexes can be configured on the MA5616, and each SIP interface can be considered as a virtual SIP AG. 11.5.1 Configuration Example of the VAG Service (Based on the H. 248 Protocol) This topic describes how to configure and verify the VAG service by creating two H.248 interfaces on the MA5616 and configuring PSTN users on the two H.248 interfaces. This topic is applicable to the scenario where multiple logical AGs are simulated on one physical AG. Background Information Configuring VAGs is literally to configure H.248 interfaces with different IDs on the same device, and to configure user ports homing to different H.248 interfaces. Pay attention to the following points: l l When the system uses the H.248 protocol, up to four H.248 interfaces with different IDs can be configured on the MA5616, and each H.248 interface can be considered as a VAG. When configuring the parameters for interconnecting different H.248 interfaces with the MGC, make sure that the values of the following parameters of the H.248 interfaces are not completely the same. The values of at least one of the following parameters must be different on the H.248 interfaces. – Local IP address – Local port ID – Remote IP address – Remote port ID Service Requirements Figure 11-12 shows an example network of the VAG service. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 540 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Figure 11-12 Example network of the VAG service MGC1 MGC2 BRAS Router LAN Switch H.248 MA5616 Phone Phone VAG1 Phone Phone VAG2 The service requirements are as follows: l l l l As shown in Figure 11-12, configure the users in slot 0/3 to belong to VAG1, which belongs to MGC1; configure the users in slot 0/4 to belong to VAG2, which belongs to MGC2. The MG communicates with the MGC through the H.248 protocol. Configure the data plan of VAG1 as listed in Table 11-7. The data plan of VAG2 is the same as that of VAG1 except for the following differences: – The MG interface ID is 1. – The upstream VLAN ID of VAG2 is 40. – The media IP address and signaling IP address of VAG2 are 10.20.10.10. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 541 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission – The MGC2 assigns phone numbers 85110000-85110031 to phones 0-31 of VAG2. – The IP address of MGC2 is 10.20.40.20. l MG0 indicates VAG1 in the figure, and MG1 indicates VAG2 in the figure. Table 11-7 Data plan of VAG1 Item MG interface data (The data configuration must be the same as the data configuration on the MGC.) Media and signaling parameter s Media and signaling upstream VLAN Media and signaling upstream port Data Standard VLAN is recommended as the upstream VLAN of the voice service. Standard VLAN 20 is adopted. In this office, all the services are transmitted upstream through the control board. Therefore, port 0/0/1 is used as the upstream port of the voice service. These two IP addresses are both 10.10.10.10. The IP address of the next hop from the MA5616 to the MGC is 10.10.10.1. 0 2944 Media IP address and signaling IP addresses Default gateway IP address Attributes of the MG interface NOTE Parameter s listed here are mandator y, which means that the MG interface fails to be enabled if these parameter s are not configure d. H.248 interface ID Signaling port ID of the MG interface IP address of the primary MGC to which the MG interface belongs Port ID of the primary MGC to which the MG interface belongs Coding mode of the MG interface Transmission mode of the MG interface The IP address of the primary MGC is 10.10.20.20, and the port ID is 2944, the same as the port ID on the MA5616. text (indicates the text coding mode) UDP Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 542 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Item (Optional) Configuring the TID Format of an MG Interface Data To differentiate users according to the TID, the office requires that the terminal prefix uses the community name huawei and the TID is automatically generated by the system according to the subrack ID/slot ID/port ID (F/S/P) of the user. Run the display tid-template command to query the default TID template. It is found that default TID template (template 6) can meet the requirements. Voice user data (The data configuration must be the same as the data configuration on the MGC.) Slot of the voice service board Configuri ng PSTN User Data Phone number User access is implemented by the ASRB board in slot 0/3. The emergency standalone is not supported, and therefore the phone numbers do not need to be configured when the users are added. The MGC assigns phone numbers 83110000-83110031 to phones 0-31. TID The terminal layering is supported, and therefore the TIDs do not need to be allocated manually. Procedure l Configure VAG1. 1. Add the upstream VLAN interface. According to the data plan, configure standard VLAN 20 as the media and signaling upstream VLAN, add upstream port 0/0/1 to the VLAN, and configure the IP address of the Layer 3 interface to 10.10.10.10, which facilitates the configuration of the media and signaling IP address pools. huawei(config)#vlan 20 standard huawei(config)#port vlan 20 0/0 1 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 20 huawei(config-if-vlanif20)#ip address 10.10.10.10 16 2. Configure the media and signaling IP address pools. Add the IP address of the VLAN Layer 3 interface configured in the previous step to the media and signaling IP address pools respectively. Therefore, the media and signaling IP addresses used for the services can be selected from the IP address pools. According to the data plan, IP address 10.10.10.10 is added to the media and signaling IP address pools, and the gateway IP address corresponding to the media IP address is 10.10.10.1. huawei(config-if-vlanif20)#quit huawei(config)#voip Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 543 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 10.10.10.10 10.10.10.1 huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 10.10.10.10 3. Configure a static route to the MGC. Make sure that the route between the local device and the MGC is reachable. The static route is used as an example. huawei(config-voip)#quit huawei(config)#ip route-static 10.10.0.0 255.255.0.0 10.10.10.1 4. Add an MG interface. Add an MG interface for the MG to communicate with the MGC, which ensures that the MGC can control the call connection through the MG interface. According to the data plan, add MG interface 0, and configure the interface attributes. huawei(config)#interface h248 0 Are you sure to add MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-h248-0)#if-h248 attribute mg-media-ip1 10.10.10.10 mgip 10.10.10.10 mgport 2944 primary-mgc-ip1 10.10.20.20 primary-mgc-port 2944 code text transfer udp 5. Configure the TID template of the PSTN users on MG interface 0. Configure the TID generation mode. According to the data plan, the terminal prefix of PSTN users is huawei, and the TID template adopts layering template 6. CAUTION The MA5616 requires that the terminal prefixes of PSTN users, and ISDN BRA users on the same H.248 interface be either the same or different. Note this when configuring the terminal prefix. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#tid-format pstn prefix huawei template 6 6. Reset the MG interface. Reset the MG interface to make the MG interface register with the MGC (and to make the modified attributes of the MG interface take effect) so that the MG interface can work in the normal state. The MG interface can be started in different ways (see Parameters of the reset command). For a newly configured MG interface, enable the MG interface through cold start. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#reset coldstart Are you sure to reset MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y 7. Query the running status of the MG interface. After the MG interface is interconnected with the MGC, the MG interface should be in the normal state, indicating that the MG interface works in the normal state. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#quit huawei(config)#display if-h248 all ----------------------------------------------------------------------------MGID Trans State MGPort MGIP MGCPort MGCIP/ DomainName ----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 UDP Normal 2944 10.10.10.10 2944 10.10.20.20 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 544 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8. Confirm the service board. Confirm the ASPB service board that carries services so that the board can work in the normal state. huawei(config)#board confirm 0/3 9. Configure the PSTN user data. Add POTS users (phones 0-31) so that the users can go online. huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/31 0 10. Save the data. huawei(config-esl-user)#quit huawei(config)#save l Configure VAG2. 1. Add the upstream VLAN interface. According to the data plan, configure standard VLAN 40 as the media and signaling upstream VLAN, add upstream port 0/0/1 to the VLAN, configure the IP address of the Layer 3 interface to 10.20.10.10, which facilitates the configuration of the media and signaling IP address pools. huawei(config)#vlan 40 standard huawei(config)#port vlan 40 0/0 1 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 40 huawei(config-if-vlanif40)#ip address 10.20.10.10 16 2. Configure the media and signaling IP address pools. Add the IP address of the VLAN Layer 3 interface configured in the previous step to the media and signaling IP address pools respectively. Therefore, the media and signaling IP addresses used for the services can be selected from the IP address pools. According to the data plan, IP address 10.20.10.10 is added to the media and signaling IP address pools, and the gateway IP address corresponding to the media IP address is 10.20.10.1. huawei(config-if-vlanif40)#quit huawei(config)#voip huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 10.20.10.10 10.20.10.1 huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 10.20.10.10 3. Configure a static route to the MGC. Make sure that the route between the local device and the MGC is reachable. The static route is used as an example. huawei(config-voip)#quit huawei(config)#ip route-static 10.20.0.0 255.255.0.0 10.20.10.1 4. Add an MG interface. Add an MG interface for the MG to communicate with the MGC, which ensures that the MGC can control the call connection through the MG interface. According to the data plan, add MG interface 1, and configure the interface attributes. huawei(config)#interface h248 1 Are you sure to add MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-h248-1)#if-h248 attribute mg-media-ip1 10.20.10.10 mgip 10.20.10.10 mgport 2944 primary-mgc-ip1 10.20.40.20 primary-mgc-port 2944 code text transfer udp Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 545 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission 5. Configure the TID template of the PSTN users on MG interface 1. Configure the TID generation mode. According to the data plan, the terminal prefix of PSTN users is huawei, and the TID template adopts layering template 6. CAUTION The MA5616 requires that the terminal prefixes of PSTN users, and ISDN BRA users on the same H.248 interface be either the same or different. Note this when configuring the terminal prefix. huawei(config-if-h248-1)#tid-format pstn prefix huawei template 6 6. Reset the MG interface. Reset the MG interface to make the MG interface register with the MGC (and to make the modified attributes of the MG interface take effect) so that the MG interface can work in the normal state. The MG interface can be started in different ways (see Parameters of the reset command). For a newly configured MG interface, enable the MG interface through cold start. huawei(config-if-h248-1)#reset coldstart Are you sure to reset MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y 7. Query the running status of the MG interface. After the MG interface is interconnected with the MGC, the MG interface should be in the normal state, indicating that the MG interface works in the normal state. huawei(config-if-h248-1)#quit huawei(config)#display if-h248 all ----------------------------------------------------------------------------MGID Trans State MGPort MGIP MGCPort MGCIP/ DomainName ----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 UDP Normal 2944 10.10.10.10 2944 10.10.20.20 1 UDP Normal 2944 10.20.10.10 2944 10.20.40.20 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8. Confirm the service board. Confirm the ASPB service board that carries services so that the board can work in the normal state. huawei(config)#board confirm 0/4 9. Configure the PSTN user data. Add POTS users (phones 0-31) so that the users can go online. huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser batadd 0/4/0 0/4/31 1 10. Save the data. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 546 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide huawei(config-esl-user)#quit huawei(config)#save 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission ----End Result When VAG1 and VAG2 communicate with the MGC in the normal state, phones 0-31 belonging to VAG1 and phones 0-31 belonging to VAG2 can communicate with each other. Configuration File Configure VAG1. vlan 20 standard port vlan 20 0/0 1 interface vlanif 20 ip address 10.10.10.10 16 quit voip ip address media 10.10.10.10 10.10.10.1 ip address signaling 10.10.10.10 quit ip route-static 10.10.0.0 255.255.0.0 10.10.10.1 interface h248 0 if-h248 attribute mg-media-ip1 10.10.10.10 mgip 10.10.10.10 mgport 2944 primarymgc-ip1 10.10.20.20 primary-mgc-port 2944 code text transfer udp tid-format pstn prefix huawei template 6 reset coldstart quit display if-h248 all board confirm 0/3 esl user mgpstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/31 0 quit save Configure VAG2. vlan 40 standard port vlan 40 0/0 1 interface vlanif 40 ip address 10.20.10.10 16 quit voip ip address media 10.20.10.10 10.20.10.1 ip address signaling 10.20.10.10 quit ip route-static 10.20.0.0 255.255.0.0 10.20.10.1 interface h248 1 if-h248 attribute mg-media-ip1 10.20.10.10 mgip 10.20.10.1 mgport 2944 primary-mgcip1 10.20.40.20 primary-mgc-port 2944 code text transfer udp tid-format pstn prefix huawei template 6 reset coldstart quit display if-h248 all board confirm 0/4 esl user mgpstnuser batadd 0/4/0 0/4/31 1 quit save Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 547 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission 11.5.2 Configuration Example of the VAG Service (Based on the SIP Protocol) This topic describes how to configure and verify the VAG service by creating two SIP interfaces on the MA5616 and configuring PSTN users on the two SIP interfaces. This topic is applicable to the scenario where multiple logical AGs are simulated on one physical AG. Background Information Configuring VAGs is literally to configure SIP interfaces with different IDs on the same device, and to configure user ports homing to different SIP interfaces. Pay attention to the following points: l l When the system uses the SIP protocol, up to four SIP interfaces with different IDs can be configured on the MA5616, and each SIP interface can be considered as a VAG. When configuring the parameters for interconnecting different SIP interfaces with the IMS, make sure that the values of the following parameters of the SIP interfaces are not completely the same. The values of at least one of the following parameters must be different on the SIP interfaces. – Local IP address – Local port ID – Remote IP address – Remote port ID Service Requirements Figure 11-13 shows an example network of the SIP-based VAG service. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 548 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Figure 11-13 Example network of the SIP-based VAG service IMS1 IMS2 BRAS Router LAN Switch SIP MA5616 Phone VAG1 Phone Phone VAG2 Phone Data Plan The service requirements are as follows: l l l l As shown in Figure 11-13, configure the users in slot 0/3 to belong to VAG1, which belongs to IMS1; configure the users in slot 0/4 to belong to VAG2, which belongs to IMS2. The MA5616 communicates with the IMS through the SIP protocol. Configure the data plan of VAG1 as listed in Table 11-8. The data plan of VAG2 is the same as that of VAG1 except for the following differences: – The SIP interface ID of VAG2 is 1. – The media IP address and signaling IP address of VAG2 are 10.20.10.11. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 549 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission – The IMS2 assigns phone numbers 85000000-85000031 to phones 0-31 of VAG2. – The IP address of IMS2 is 10.20.30.100. l MG0 indicates VAG1 in the figure, and MG1 indicates VAG2 in the figure. Table 11-8 Data plan of VAG1 Item SIP interface data (The data configuration must be the same as the data configuration on the IMS.) Media and signaling parameter s Media and signaling upstream VLAN Media and signaling upstream port Remarks Standard VLAN 30 is adopted. In this office, all the services are transmitted upstream through the control board. Therefore, port 0/0/1 is used as the upstream port of the voice service. These two IP addresses are both 10.20.10.10. The IP address of the next hop from the MA5616 to the IMS core network device is 10.20.10.1. 0 5060 Media IP address and signaling IP addresses Default gateway IP address Attributes of the SIP interface NOTE Parameter s listed here are mandator y, which means that the SIP interface fails to be enabled if these parameter s are not configure d. SIP interface ID Signaling port ID of the SIP interface IP address of the primary IMS core network device to which the SIP interface belongs Port ID of the primary IMS core network device to which the SIP interface belongs Transmission mode of the SIP interface Homing domain name of the SIP interface Index of the profile used by the SIP interface 10.20.20.100 5060 UDP huawei Default profile (profile 1) Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 550 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Item Voice user data (The data configuration must be the same as the data configuration on the IMS.) Slot of the voice service board Phone number Remarks The ASRB service board in slot 0/3 80000000-80000031 Procedure l Configure VAG1. 1. Add the upstream VLAN interface. According to the data plan, configure standard VLAN 30 as the media and signaling upstream VLAN, add upstream port 0/0/1 to the VLAN, and configure the IP address of the Layer 3 interface to 10.20.10.10, which facilitates the configuration of the media and signaling IP address pools. huawei(config)#vlan 30 standard huawei(config)#port vlan 30 0/0 1 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 30 huawei(config-if-vlanif30)#ip address 10.20.10.10 16 2. Configure the media and signaling IP address pools. Add the IP address of the VLAN Layer 3 interface configured in the previous step to the media and signaling IP address pools respectively. Therefore, the media and signaling IP addresses used for the services can be selected from the IP address pools. According to the data plan, IP address 10.20.10.10 is added to the media and signaling IP address pools, and the gateway IP address corresponding to the media IP address is 10.20.10.1. huawei(config-if-vlanif30)#quit huawei(config)#voip huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 10.20.10.10 10.20.10.1 huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 10.20.10.10 3. Configure a static route to the IMS. Make sure that the route between the local device and the IMS is reachable. The static route is used as an example. huawei(config-voip)#quit huawei(config)#ip route-static 10.20.0.0 255.255.0.0 10.20.10.1 4. Add a SIP interface. According to the data plan, add SIP interface 0, and configure the interface attributes. huawei(config)#interface sip 0 Are you sure to add the SIP interface?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-sip-0)#if-sip attribute basic media-ip 10.20.10.10 signal-ip 10.20.10.10 signal-port 5060 transfer udp primary-proxy-ip1 10.20.20.100 primary-proxy-port 5060 home-domain huawei sipprofile-index 1 5. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Reset the SIP interface. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 551 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Reset the SIP interface to make the SIP interface register with the IMS (and to make the modified attributes of the SIP interface take effect) so that the SIP interface can work in the normal state. huawei(config-if-sip-0)#reset Are you sure to reset SIP interface?(y/n)[n]:y 6. Confirm the service board. Confirm the ASRB service board that carries services so that the board can work in the normal state. huawei(config)#board confirm 0/3 7. Configure the PSTN user data. Add POTS users (phones 0-31) to VAG1 so that the users can go online. huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#sippstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/31 0 telno 80000000 8. Save the data. huawei(config-esl-user)#quit huawei(config)#save l Configure VAG2. 1. Add the upstream VLAN interface. According to the data plan, use standard VLAN 30 as the media and signaling upstream VLAN (the uplink port ID is 0/0/1), and configure the IP address of the Layer 3 interface to 10.20.10.11, which facilitates the configuration of the media and signaling IP address pools. In step Step 1, the VLAN is added and the IP address of the VLAN Layer 3 interface is configured. In this step, use the sub parameter to configure the secondary IP address of the VLAN. The secondary IP address is the same as the primary IP address in function. They are used for Layer 3 forwarding. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 30 huawei(config-if-vlanif30)#ip address 10.20.10.11 16 sub 2. Configure the media and signaling IP address pools. Add the IP address of the VLAN Layer 3 interface configured in the previous step to the media and signaling IP address pools respectively. Therefore, the media and signaling IP addresses used for the services can be selected from the IP address pools. According to the data plan, IP address 10.20.10.11 is added to the media and signaling IP address pools, and the gateway IP address corresponding to the media IP address is 10.20.10.1. huawei(config-if-vlanif30)#quit huawei(config)#voip huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 10.20.10.11 10.20.10.1 huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 10.20.10.11 3. Configure a static route to the IMS. Make sure that the route between the local device and the IMS is reachable. The static route is used as an example. If the static route has been configured, skip this step. huawei(config-voip)#quit huawei(config)#ip route-static 10.20.0.0 255.255.0.0 10.20.10.1 4. Add a SIP interface. According to the data plan, add SIP interface 1, and configure the interface attributes. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 552 SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission huawei(config)#interface sip 1 Are you sure to add the SIP interface?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-sip-1)#if-sip attribute basic media-ip 10.20.10.11 signal-ip 10.20.10.11 signal-port 5060 transfer udp primary-proxy-ip1 10.20.30.100 primary-proxy-port 5060 home-domain huawei sipprofile-index 1 5. Reset the SIP interface. Reset the SIP interface to make the SIP interface register with the IMS (and to make the modified attributes of the SIP interface take effect) so that the SIP interface can work in the normal state. huawei(config-if-sip-1)#reset Are you sure to reset SIP interface?(y/n)[n]:y 6. Confirm the service board. Confirm the ASRB service board that carries services so that the board can work in the normal state. huawei(config)#board confirm 0/4 7. Configure the PSTN user data. Add POTS users (phones 0-31) to VAG2 so that the users can go online. huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#sippstnuser batadd 0/4/0 0/4/31 1 telno 85000000 8. Save the data. huawei(config-esl-user)#quit huawei(config)#save ----End Result When VAG1 and VAG2 communicate with the MGC in the normal state, phones 0-31 belonging to VAG1 and phones 0-31 belonging to VAG2 can communicate with each other. Example Configure VAG1. vlan 30 standard port vlan 30 0/0 1 interface vlanif 30 ip address 10.20.10.10 16 quit voip ip address media 10.20.10.10 10.20.10.1 ip address signaling 10.20.10.10 quit ip route-static 10.20.0.0 255.255.0.0 10.20.10.1 interface sip 0 if-sip attribute basic media-ip 10.20.10.10 signal-ip 10.20.10.10 signal-port 5060 transfer udp primary-proxy-ip1 10.20.20.100 primary-proxy-port 5060 home-domain huawei sipprofile-index 1 reset board confirm 0/3 esl user sippstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/31 0 telno 80000000 quit save Configure VAG2. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 553 11 signal-port 5060 transfer udp primary-proxy-ip1 10.20. the device forwards the packets to the L2 network.11 16 sub quit voip ip address media 10. Users 1 and 2. Networking Figure 11-14 shows an example network for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service..0 10. The system is working properly.1 ip address signaling 10.10.20. different user groups can be connected to the specified ISPs in batches through different outer VLAN tags to obtain services from the ISPs.30.20. 554 .10.20. Service Requirements l l The user accesses the Internet through the PPPoE dialup. The authentication data of the access user must be configured on the BRAS. while the inner VLAN tags to identify users. The device adds an outer VLAN tag to user packets to identify ISPs and adds an inner VLAN tag to identify users. The L2 switch forwards the user packets to a specified ISP BRAS based on the outer VLAN tags.255.11 10.10.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission interface vlanif 30 ip address 10. Then.20.20.10.20.1 Configuring the VLAN Stacking Wholesale Service In a L2 switched metropolitan area network (MAN).1 interface sip 1 if-sip attribute basic media-ip 10.20. and users 3 and 4 obtain the broadband service from different ISPs.10.11 quit ip route-static 10.0.0 255. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this way. there are multiple Internet service providers (ISPs).6 Configuration Example of the VLAN Stacking Wholesale Service This topic describes the VLAN stacking wholesale service and how to configure the VLAN stacking wholesale service on the MA5616. To provision the services provided by the ISP to the specified user group rapidly.10.10. The ISP BRAS removes the outer VLAN tags and identifies the user based on the inner VLAN tags. The device adds an outer VLAN tag to user packets to identify ISPs.11 signal-ip 10. Prerequisites l l l Network devices and lines must be in the normal state.20. 11.0. and adds an inner VLAN tag to identify users. the outer VLAN tags of VLAN stacking can be used to identify ISPs.100 primary-proxy-port 5060 home-domain huawei sipprofile-index 1 reset board confirm 0/4 esl user sippstnuser batadd 0/4/0 0/4/31 1 telno 85000000 quit save 11. Ltd.6. The MA5616 supports the VLAN stacking function to implement the multi-ISP wholesale service. the users can obtain the services provided by the ISP. Figure 11-14 Example network for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service Data Plan Table 11-9 provides the data plan for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service. Table 11-9 Data plan for configuring the VLAN stacking wholesale service Item ISP 1 user group Data Uplink port: 0/0/1 Network-side VLAN ID (outer VLAN tag): 100 VLAN attribute: stacking VLAN User 1: l Access port: 0/1/0 l Inner VLAN tag: 11 User 2: l Access port: 0/1/1 l Inner VLAN tag: 12 ISP 2 user group Uplink port: 0/0/1 Network-side VLAN ID (outer VLAN tag): 101 VLAN attribute: stacking VLAN Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Ltd. 555 .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission After being authenticated by the ISP BRAS. SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Item Data User 3: l Access port: 0/1/2 l Inner VLAN tag: 11 User 4: l Access port: 0/1/3 l Inner VLAN tag: 12 Procedure Step 1 Create VLANs.. Ltd. the type of the inner/outer Ethernet protocol must be the same as that of the interconnect device. You can also run the stacking inner-ethertype command to set the type of inner Ethernet protocol supported by VLAN stacking on the MA5616. 2. Network-side VLAN IDs are 100 and 101. huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 huawei(config)#service-port 2 vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/1 multi-service userencap pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to continue? (y/n)[n]:y The total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the VLAN(s) which have been operated successfully is 2 Step 3 Add an uplink port to the VLAN. and console may be timeout. and 4. huawei(config)#port vlan 100-101 0/0 1 It will take several minutes. To ensure that Huawei device is interconnected with the device of other vendors. Create service ports for users 1. and the VLAN type is smart VLAN. please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add standard port(s)? (y/n)[n]:y The total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the port VLAN(s) having been added is 2 Step 4 Add service ports to VLANs. 3. NOTE You can run the stacking outer-ethertype command to set the type of outer Ethernet protocol supported by VLAN stacking on the MA5616. Add uplink port 0/0/1 to VLAN 100 and VLAN 101. please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add VLANs? (y/n)[n]:y The total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the added VLANs is 2 Step 2 Set the VLAN attribute to stacking VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 100-101 smart It will take several minutes. and then add the service ports to VLAN 100 and VLAN 101. huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100-101 stacking It will take several minutes. and console may be timeout. 556 . and console may be timeout. huawei(config)#save ----End Result l l After being authenticated by the ISP 1 BRAS. the index of the traffic stream may vary according to the number of traffic streams in the system. Ltd. The VLAN tags under different ISPs can be the same with each other.. After being authenticated by the ISP 2 BRAS. users 1 and 2 can obtain the services provided by ISP 1. users 3 and 4 can obtain the services provided by ISP 2. Step 6 Save the data. The inner VLAN tag is used to identify the user. huawei(config)#display service-port all { <cr>|sort-by<K>||<K> }: Command: display service-port all ------------------------------------------------------------------------INDEX VLAN VLAN PORT F/ S/ P VPI VCI FLOW FLOW RX TX STATE ID ATTR TYPE TYPE PARA ------------------------------------------------------------------------0 100 stacking vdl 0/1/ 0 encap pppoe 6 6 up 1 100 stacking vdl 0/1/ 1 encap pppoe 6 6 up 2 101 stacking vdl 0/1/ 2 encap pppoe 6 6 up 3 101 stacking vdl 0/1/ 3 encap pppoe 6 6 up ------------------------------------------------------------------------Total : 4 (Up/Down : 4/0) huawei(config)#stacking label service-port 1 11 huawei(config)#stacking label service-port 2 12 huawei(config)#stacking label service-port 3 11 huawei(config)#stacking label service-port 4 12 NOTE In the actual configuration. Configuration File vlan 100 to 101 smart vlan attrib 100 to 101 stacking port vlan 100 to 101 0/0 1 service-port 1 vlan 100 vdsl mode 6 tx-cttr 6 service-port 2 vlan 100 vdsl mode 6 tx-cttr 6 service-port 3 vlan 101 vdsl mode 6 tx-cttr 6 service-port 4 vlan 101 vdsl mode 6 tx-cttr 6 stacking label service-port 1 11 stacking label service-port 2 12 stacking label service-port 3 11 stacking label service-port 4 12 ptm 0/1/0 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr ptm 0/1/1 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr ptm 0/1/2 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr ptm 0/1/3 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 557 .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission huawei(config)#service-port 3 vlan 101 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/2 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 huawei(config)#service-port 4 vlan 101 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/3 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 Step 5 Set the inner VLAN tag. You only need to ensure that the actual index corresponds to the inner VLAN tag. An inner VLAN tag under the same ISP must be unique. Prerequisites l l Network devices and lines must be in the normal state. Broadband users through multiple MA5616s are authenticated on a BRAS to obtain the broadband service provided by the carrier.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission 11. and the inner VLAN tag identifies the users of the device. Networking Figure 11-15 shows the example network for configuring the VLAN ID extension. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 11-15 Example network for configuring the VLAN ID extension Data Plan Table 11-10 provides the data plan for configuring the VLAN ID extension. Service Requirements l l l The Internet access service is deployed on the network. the inner VLAN tags are used to identify the user. or the outer VLAN tag is used to identify the access device and the inner tag is used to identify the users that access the device. The authentication data of the access user must be configured on the BRAS.. 558 . Two VLAN IDs are allocated on the BRAS to identify four access users.2 Configuring the VLAN ID Extension Service In the application of the VLAN ID extension. The BRAS identifies the access users based on the L2 VLAN tag to increase the number of users identified by the VLAN ID. The outer VLAN tag identifies the MA5616 that accesses users. The MA5616 is used on the GE upstream transmission network. The BRAS supports the user identification through L2 VLAN. thus increasing the number of users that access the BRAS.6. Ltd. SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Table 11-10 Data plan for configuring the VLAN ID extension Item Data Uplink port: 0/0/1 Upstream VLAN ID (outer VLAN tag): 100 VLAN attribute: Stacking VLAN ONU_A: MA5616_A User 1: l Access port: 0/1/1 l Inner VLAN tag: 11 User 2: l Access port: 0/1/2 l Inner VLAN tag: 12 Uplink port: 0/0/1 Upstream VLAN ID (outer VLAN tag): 101 VLAN attribute: Stacking VLAN ONU_B: MA5616_B User 3: l Access port: 0/1/1 l Inner VLAN tag: 11 User 4: l Access port: 0/1/2 l Inner VLAN tag: 12 Procedure l The procedure for configuring the VLAN ID extension on MA5616_A is as follows: 1. huawei(config)#display service-port all { <cr>|sort-by<K>||<K> }: Command: Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/0 1 Add service ports to the VLAN. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/1 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/2 multi-service user-encap pppoe rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 5. 3. huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100 stacking Add an uplink port to the VLAN. Create a VLAN. 2. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart Set the VLAN attribute to stacking VLAN.. 559 . 4. Set the inner VLAN tag. Ltd. . 6. Configuration File Configuration file of MA5616_A vlan 100 smart vlan attrib 100 stacking port vlan 100 0/0 1 service-port 0 vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/1 multi-service user-encap pppoe 6 tx-cttr 6 service-port 1 vlan 100 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/2 multi-service user-encap pppoe 6 tx-cttr 6 stacking label service-port 0 11 stacking label service-port 1 12 save rx-cttr rx-cttr Configuration file of MA5616_B vlan 101 smart vlan attrib 101 stacking port vlan 101 0/0 1 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Two users of the MA5616 can be identified according to one outer VLAN tag.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission display service-port all ------------------------------------------------------------------------INDEX VLAN VLAN STATE ID ATTR PARA PORT F/ S/ P VPI TYPE VCI FLOW TYPE FLOW RX TX ------------------------------------------------------------------------0 up 1 up ------------------------------------------------------------------------Total : 2 (Up/Down : 2/0) huawei(config)#stacking label service-port 0 11 huawei(config)#stacking label service-port 1 12 NOTE 100 common 100 common vdl vdl 0/1/1 0/1/2 - - encap pppoe encap pppoe 6 6 6 6 In the actual configuration. You only need to ensure that the actual index corresponds to the inner VLAN tag. In this manner. 560 . the users on MA5616_A and MA5616_B can access the Internet. The only difference lies in the upstream VLAN ID. huawei(config)#save The procedure for configuring the VLAN ID extension on MA5616_B is as follows: The configuration procedure of MA5616_B is the same as the configuration procedure of MA5616_A. it is not described here. Ltd. ----End Result After being authenticated by the BRAS. l Save the data. the index of the traffic stream may vary according to the number of traffic streams in the system. Hence. the number of the access user based on one VLAN tag is increased. Figure 11-16 shows an example network for configuring the private line service. The VPN tunnel is a secure channel for transparently transmitting services between private networks.. and forwards packets based on the VLAN +MAC. A virtual local area network (VLAN) packet with the QinQ attribute has VLAN tags of two layers. The upper layer network is in the L2 mode. inner VLAN tag from the private network and outer VLAN tag from the MA5616. With the two VLAN tags. Ltd. a Layer 2 virtual private network (VPN) tunnel is formed between private networks. 561 . Figure 11-16 Example network for configuring the private line service LSW MAN LSW ONU_A Modem LAN Switch Branch_A ONU_B Modem LAN Switch Branch_B Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The service boards must be in the normal state.7 Configuration Example of the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service This topic describes how to configure the private line service based on the QinQ feature. the attribute of the upstream VLAN of user packets is configured as QinQ private line service. In this way. Prerequisite l l l The network devices and lines must be in the normal state. On the MA5616. Networking The two branches of enterprise A are connected to the MAN through the MA5616.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide service-port 0 6 x-cttr 6 service-port 1 6 x-cttr 6 stacking label stacking label save 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission rx-cttr rx-cttr vlan 101 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/1 multi-service user-encap pppoe vlan 101 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/2 multi-service user-encap pppoe service-port 0 11 service-port 1 12 11. services and BPDU packets from the private network of the enterprise can be transparently transmitted to the peer private network. . Ltd. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Data Plan Table 11-11 lists data plan for configuring the private line service. with the permitted access rate of 2 Mbit/s VPI/VCI: 0/35 (the same as that of the modem) ONU_B The same as the data plan of MA5616_A Configuration Flowchart Figure 11-17 shows the flowchart for configuring the private line service. 562 . Table 11-11 Data plan for configuring the private line service Item ONU_A Data VDSL port: 0/1/0 Upstream port: 0/0/1 Up stream VLAN ID: 50 VLAN type: smart VLAN VLAN attribute: QinQ BPDU transparent function: enable Traffic profile index: 5 (default). huawei(config)#vlan attrib 50 q-in-q Step 3 Enable transparent transmission of BPDUs. Procedure Step 1 Create a VLAN. Ltd. and describes how to configure the QinQ VLAN private line service. huawei(config)#vlan 50 smart Step 2 Set the VLAN attribute to QinQ. huawei(config)#port vlan 50 0/0 1 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Figure 11-17 Flowchart for configuring the private line service The configurations on both ONU_A and ONU_B are the same.. 563 . The following considers the configuration on ONU_A as an example. huawei(config)#vlan service-profile profile-id 1 huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#bpdu tunnel enable huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#commit huawei(config-vlan-srvprof-1)#quit huawei(config)#vlan bind service-profile 50 profile-id 1 Step 4 Add an upstream port to the VLAN. Single PVC for Multiple Services Based on the User-Side VLAN This topic describes how to configure the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple services mode based on the user-side VLAN. 564 .3 Configuring the VDSL2 Profile. Service Requirements l Issue 03 (2012-03-20) The MA5616 is used on the GE upstream transmission network. the two branches of enterprise A can communicate with each other. see 4. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Prerequisites Before configuring the triple play service. and various services between private networks are implemented.8 Configuring the Triple Play Service This topic describes the triple play service and how to configure the triple play service on the MA5616 on the GE upstream transmission network.8.. Configuration File vlan 50 smart vlan attrib 50 q-in-q vlan service-profile profile-id 1 bpdu tunnel enable commit quit vlan bind service-profile 50 profile-id 1 port vlan 50 0/0 1 service-port vlan 50 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 5 tx-cttr 5 save 11. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 50 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 5 txcttr 5 Step 6 Save the data. Specifically. The customer premises equipment (CPE) has been configured. All boards of the device are running properly. 11.1. The very-high-speed digital subscriber line 2 (VDSL2) line template and alarm template that need to be bound to ports have been configured. Ltd. ensure that: l l l l Network devices and lines have been connected properly. For details about how to configure the VDSL2 line template or alarm template. virtual local area networks (VLANs) have been configured on the CPE for different services. huawei(config)#save ----End Result After the configuration.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Step 5 Add a service port to the VLAN by adopting the default traffic profile 5.1 Configuration Example of the Triple Play Service . 565 . the MA5616 provides different QoS guarantees to the traffic streams according to the user-side VLANs. The Internet service is accessed in the PPPoE mode. Figure 11-18 Example network for configuring the triple play service based on the user-side VLAN Multicase Sever OSS & RADIUS Server/ RADIUS Proxy BMS TG Softswitch BRAS LAN Switch Router ONU User1 User2 CPE IAD Voice Gateway IAD Voice Gateway STB CPE STB IP Phone PC TV IP Phone PC TV Data Plan Table 11-12 provides the data plan of the triple play service based on the user-side VLAN. After receiving different traffic streams through the same PVC. Networking Figure 11-18 shows the example network for configuring the triple play service based on the user-side VLAN. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission l l l VDSL2 user 1 and VDSL2 user 2 are connected to the MA5616 to implement the triple play.. 10.1.1.1.1. providing the multicast program with IP address 224.10.10. the program source IP address being the same as the IP address of ISP 2 (10. Ltd.1.10.1.10.1. User 2: User 2 (on port 0/1/1) can watch only program 1. 566 . User 1: User 1 (on port 0/1/0) can watch all the programs.1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Table 11-12 Data plan of the triple play service based on the user-side VLAN Item VDSL2 Data Service ports: 0/1/0 and 0/1/1 Index of the VDSL2 line template bound to the port: 2.1 ISP 2: with IP address 10.10. Profile 0 has the right to watch program 1 in the program library..10. providing the multicast program with IP address 224.11. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the program source IP address being the same as the IP address of ISP 1 (10.10.10) Program 2: with IP address 224. where: l Index of the VDSL2 line profile: 3 l Index of the VDSL2 channel profile: 3 Index of the VDSL2 alarm template bound to the port: 2.1.11) Right profile Multicast users Set right profile 0.2. where: l Index of the VDSL2 line alarm profile: 3 l Index of the VDSL2 channel alarm profile: 3 VPI/VCI: 0/35 Traffic profile parameters Uplink port ID Upstream VLANs Internet service: 1 Mbit/s VoIP service: 64 Kbit/s IPTV service: no limit 0/0/1 Internet service: smart VLAN 102 VoIP service: smart VLAN 103 IPTV service: smart VLAN 104 User-side VLANs Internet service: smart VLAN 2 VoIP service: smart VLAN 3 IPTV service: smart VLAN 4 IGMP version Multicast source IGMP v3 (default IGMP version in the multicast VLAN mode) Two multicast sources: ISP 1: with IP address 10.2 Multicast program library Programs in multicast VLAN 104: Program 1: with IP address 224.10. Ltd. IPTV service.1p priorities are used. 567 .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Item Upstream priority Data The 802. you must set the 802. 1.1p priority of each service. IPTV service priority 5. the priorities are in a descending order for the VoIP service. and Internet services are provided through the same port. – Because the VoIP. and Internet service priority 1. Configure a traffic profile.1p priority of the Internet service to 1. The VoIP service has priority 6.. Figure 11-19 Flowchart for configuring the triple play service based on the user-side VLAN Procedure l Configure the Internet service. – Generally. In this example. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. huawei(config)#vlan 102 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 102 0/0 1 2. set the traffic profile index to 7 and the 802. Configuration Flowchart Figure 11-19 shows the flowchart for configuring the triple play service based on the user-side VLAN. IPTV. and Internet service. Create a VLAN and add an uplink port to the VLAN. Add service ports to the VLAN and use the traffic profile configured in the preceding step. and console may be timeout. Create a VLAN and add the uplink port to the VLAN. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 4. 1.1p priority of the VoIP service to 6. please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add VLANs? (y/n) [n]:y The total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the added VLANs is 2 huawei(config)#port vlan 104-105 0/0 1 It will take several minutes. Create a VLAN and add the uplink port to the VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 103 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 103 0/0 1 2. Configure service ports. Add service ports to the VLAN and use the traffic profile configured in the preceding step. huawei(config)#save Configure the VoIP service. 568 . Set the traffic profile index to 8 and the 802. Ltd. and console may be timeout. huawei(config)#save Configure the IPTV service. huawei(config)#vlan 104-105 smart It will take several minutes. Configure a traffic profile. 1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 7 cir 1024 priority 1 prioritypolicy loca l-Setting 3. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7 4.. l Save the data. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 64 priority 6 priority-policy localSetting 3. please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add standard port(s)? (y/n) [n]:y The total of the VLANs having been processed is Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Configure service ports. l Save the data. Configure the multicast uplink port.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 2 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission The total of the port VLAN(s) having been added is 2 2. b. Configure the multicast data. you also need to configure IGMP proxy and programs.2 sourceip 10. huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 104 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp program add name program1 ip 224.10. Configure the program library. 10.1. a.10 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp program add name program2 ip 224. In this example. huawei(config-mvlan104)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp profile add profile-name profile0 huawei(config-btv)#igmp profile profile-name profile0 program-name program1 watc h Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Configure service ports.1p priority of the IPTV service to 5. huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 huawei(config-mvlan104)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp uplink-port-mode default Are you sure to change the uplink port mode?(y/n)[n]:y c. 4. To provision the multicast video service. 10. Ltd. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priority-policy local-Setting 3.11 d. Set the traffic profile index to 9 and the 802. Add a multicast VLAN and configure the multicast mode.10. Configure a traffic profile. if the PVC is configured with a priority. 569 .. Configure the right profile. huawei(config)#service-port 10 vlan 105 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 huawei(config)#service-port 11 vlan 105 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 CAUTION On the MA5616. Add service ports to the VLAN and use the traffic profile configured in the preceding step. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 104 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y NOTE Select a multicast mode according to the actual requirements. the priority of the multicast packets carried by the PVC is not affected.1.1. the IGMP proxy mode is considered.1.1 sourceip 10. Configure multicast users. ----End Save the data. Ltd. After the dialup is successful. huawei(config)#save Result After the related upstream device and downstream device are configured. VoIP users 1 and 2 can call each other. VoIP. and IPTV user 2 on port 0/1/1 can watch program 1 only. the user can access the Internet. 570 .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission e. the triple play service (Internet. and IPTV services) is available. huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 10 huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 11 auth huawei(config-btv)#igmp user bind-profile service-port 11 profilename profile0 huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 104 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 10 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 11 huawei(config-mvlan104)#quit 5. Configuration File Internet: vlan 102 smart port vlan 102 0/0 1 traffic table ip index 7 cir 1024 priority 1 priority-policy local-Setting service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7 service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7 save VoIP: vlan 103 smart port vlan 103 0/0 1 traffic table ip index 8 cir 64 priority 6 priority-policy local-Setting service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 save IPTV: vlan 104-105 smart y port vlan 104-105 0/0 1 y traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priority-policy local-Setting service-port 10 vlan 105 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 service-port 11 vlan 105 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-vlan 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 multicast-vlan 104 igmp mode proxy y Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l l l Perform the PPPoE dialup on the PC.. IPTV user 1 on port 0/1/0 can watch all the programs. 1p This topic describes how to configure the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple services mode based on the user-side 802.1. The very-high-speed digital subscriber line 2 (VDSL2) line template and alarm template that need to be bound to ports have been configured.10.1p priority.10 igmp program add name program2 ip 224. All boards of the device are running properly. The customer premises equipment (CPE) has been configured.3 Configuring the VDSL2 Profile. Service Requirements l l l l The MA5616 is used on the GE upstream transmission network. After receiving different traffic streams through the same PVC.1. user-side 802. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1.8. the MA5616 provides different QoS guarantees to the traffic streams according to the user-side 802.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 btv igmp uplink-port-mode default y multicast-vlan 104 igmp program add name program1 ip 224. ensure that: l l l l Network devices and lines have been connected properly. VDSL2 user 1 and VDSL2 user 2 are connected to the MA5616 to implement the triple play. Prerequisites Before configuring the triple play service.1p priority.Single PVC for Multiple Services Based on the User-Side 802.1. Specifically.10. The Internet service is accessed in the PPPoE mode. Ltd.10. For details about how to configure the VDSL2 line template or alarm template. see 4.1. 571 .10.11 btv igmp profile add profile-name profile0 igmp profile profile-name profile0 program-name program1 watch igmp user add service-port 10 igmp user add service-port 11 auth igmp user bind-profile service-port 11 profile-name profile0 multicast-vlan 104 igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 10 igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 11 quit save 11.1p priorities have been configured on the CPE for different services.2 Configuration Example of the Triple Play Service .. Networking Figure 11-20 shows the example network for configuring the triple play service in the singlePVC for multiple services mode based on the user-side 802.1 sourceip 10.1p priority.2 sourceip 10. 1p priority Item VDSL2 Data Service ports: 0/1/0 and 0/1/1 Index of the VDSL2 line template bound to the port: 2.1p priority.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Figure 11-20 Example network for configuring the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple services mode based on the user-side 802. where: l Index of the VDSL2 line profile: 3 l Index of the VDSL2 channel profile: 3 Index of the VDSL2 alarm template bound to the port: 2.. 572 . where: l Index of the VDSL2 line alarm profile: 3 l Index of the VDSL2 channel alarm profile: 3 VPI/VCI: 0/35 Traffic profile parameters Internet service: 1 Mbit/s VoIP service: 64 Kbit/s IPTV service: no limit Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Table 11-13 Data plan for configuring the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple services mode based on the user-side 802.1p priority Multicase Sever OSS & RADIUS Server/ RADIUS Proxy BMS TG Softswitch BRAS LAN Switch Router ONU User1 User2 CPE IAD Voice Gateway IAD Voice Gateway STB CPE STB IP Phone PC TV IP Phone PC TV Data Plan Table 11-13 provides the data plan for configuring the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple services mode based on the user-side 802. Ltd. 10.10. IPTV service priority 5. Ltd.10) Program 2: with IP address 224.1. User 2: User 2 (on port 0/3/1) can watch only program 1.1.1p priority.10.1.10. providing the multicast program with IP address 224.1 ISP 2: with IP address 10.2..11) Right profile Multicast users Upstream priority Set right profile 0.1.10.10.1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Item Uplink port ID Upstream VLANs Data 0/0/1 Internet service: smart VLAN 102 VoIP service: smart VLAN 103 IPTV service: smart VLAN 104 User-side 802.1.2 Multicast program library Programs in multicast VLAN 104: Program 1: with IP address 224. the program source IP address being the same as the IP address of ISP 2 (10. The 802.10.1.11.1p priorities IGMP version Multicast source Internet service: 2 VoIP service: 3 IPTV service: 4 IGMP v3 (default IGMP version in the multicast VLAN mode) Two multicast sources: ISP 1: with IP address 10. User 1: User 1 (on port 0/3/0) can watch all the programs. The VoIP service has priority 6. 573 . Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the program source IP address being the same as the IP address of ISP 1 (10.10.1p priorities are used. providing the multicast program with IP address 224.10.1.1. Configuration Flowchart Figure 11-21 shows the flowchart for configuring the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple services mode based on the user-side 802. Profile 0 has the right to watch program 1 in the program library. and Internet service priority 1. SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Figure 11-21 Flowchart for configuring the triple play service in the single-PVC for multiple services mode based on the user-side 802. Create a VLAN and add an uplink port to the VLAN. 574 . huawei(config)#vlan 102 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 102 0/0 1 2. and Internet services are provided through the same port.1p priority of each service. you must set the 802. set the traffic profile index to 7 and the 802.. 1. and Internet service. IPTV service.1p priority Procedure l Configure the Internet service. Ltd. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 7 cir 1024 priority 1 prioritypolicy loca l-Setting 3. Configure service ports. Add service ports to the VLAN and use the traffic profile configured in the preceding step. In this example. – Generally. – Because the VoIP.1p priority of the Internet service to 1. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. IPTV. Configure a traffic profile. the priorities are in a descending order for the VoIP service. Set the traffic profile index to 9 and the 802. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. huawei(config)#vlan 103 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 103 0/0 1 2. 575 . Create a VLAN and add the uplink port to the VLAN. Create a VLAN and add the uplink port to the VLAN. Set the traffic profile index to 8 and the 802. and console may be timeout. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priority-policy local-Setting 3. Add service ports to the VLAN and use the traffic profile configured in the preceding step. Configure a traffic profile. huawei(config)#save Configure the VoIP service.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission 4. Add service ports to the VLAN and use the traffic profile configured in the preceding step. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 64 priority 6 priority-policy localSetting 3. please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add standard port(s)? (y/n) [n]:y The total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the port VLAN(s) having been added is 2 2. l Save the data.1p priority of the IPTV service to 5. 1. Configure a traffic profile. l Save the data. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 4. Configure service ports. Ltd.1p priority of the VoIP service to 6. and console may be timeout.. please use command idle-timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add VLANs? (y/n) [n]:y The total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the added VLANs is 2 huawei(config)#port vlan 104-105 0/0 1 It will take several minutes. huawei(config)#save Configure the IPTV service. huawei(config)#vlan 104-105 smart It will take several minutes. Configure service ports. 1. . Configure the program library.10 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp program add name program2 ip 224. Configure multicast users. the priority of the multicast packets carried by the PVC is not affected. huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 huawei(config-mvlan104)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp uplink-port-mode default Are you sure to change the uplink port mode?(y/n)[n]:y c.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission huawei(config)#service-port 10 vlan 105 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 huawei(config)#service-port 11 vlan 105 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 CAUTION On the MA5616. ----End Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Save the data. Configure the right profile. 576 . if the PVC is configured with a priority. In this example.1. Ltd. the IGMP proxy mode is considered.10. huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 10 huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 11 auth huawei(config-btv)#igmp user bind-profile service-port 11 profilename profile0 huawei(config-btv)#quit huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 104 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 10 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 11 huawei(config-mvlan104)#quit 5.1. Configure the multicast data. 10. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 104 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y NOTE Select a multicast mode according to the actual requirements.1 sourceip 10. Add a multicast VLAN and configure the multicast mode. huawei(config)#save Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 4.2 sourceip 10. you also need to configure IGMP proxy and programs. huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 104 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp program add name program1 ip 224. b. huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp profile add profile-name profile0 huawei(config-btv)#igmp profile profile-name profile0 program-name program1 watc h e.1.1. Configure the multicast uplink port. To provision the multicast video service.11 huawei(config-mvlan104)#quit d. a.10. 10. 10.2 sourceip 10. and IPTV user 2 on port 0/1/1 can watch program 1 only. Ltd..1 sourceip 10.1. IPTV user 1 on port 0/1/0 can watch all the programs.1.10.1. the triple play service (Internet.11 btv igmp profile add profile-name profile0 igmp profile profile-name profile0 program-name program1 watch igmp user add service-port 10 igmp user add service-port 11 auth igmp user bind-profile service-port 11 profile-name profile0 multicast-vlan 104 igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 10 igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 11 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Configuration File Internet: vlan 102 smart port vlan 102 0/0 1 traffic table ip index 7 cir 1024 priority 1 priority-policy local-Setting service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7 service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 2 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7 save VoIP: vlan 103 smart port vlan 103 0/0 1 traffic table ip index 8 cir 64 priority 6 priority-policy local-Setting service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 3 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 save IPTV: vlan 104-105 smart y port vlan 104-105 0/0 1 y traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priority-policy local-Setting service-port 10 vlan 105 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 service-port 11 vlan 105 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-serv ice user-8021p 4 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 multicast-vlan 104 igmp mode proxy y igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 btv igmp uplink-port-mode default y multicast-vlan 104 igmp program add name program1 ip 224. and IPTV services) is available.10. the user can access the Internet.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Result After the related upstream device and downstream device are configured.1.10 igmp program add name program2 ip 224. 577 . VoIP users 1 and 2 can call each other. l l l Perform the PPPoE dialup on the PC.10. VoIP. After the dialup is successful. 1. ensure that: l l l l Network devices and lines have been connected properly.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide quit save 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission 11. VDSL2 user 1 and VDSL2 user 2 are connected to the MA5616 to implement the triple play.. For details about how to configure the VDSL2 line template or alarm template.3 Configuration Example of the Triple Play Service . see 4. After receiving different traffic streams. The very-high-speed digital subscriber line 2 (VDSL2) line template and alarm template that need to be bound to ports have been configured.3 Configuring the VDSL2 Profile.Multiple PVCs for Multiple Services This topic describes how to configure the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple services mode. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. All boards of the device are running properly. Prerequisites Before configuring the triple play service. 578 . permanent virtual channels (PVCs) have been configured on the CPE for different services. Service Requirements l l l l The MA5616 is used on the GE upstream transmission network. Networking Figure 11-22 shows the example network of the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple services mode. The Internet service is provided in the PPPoE mode. Ltd.8. the MA5616 provides different QoS guarantees to the traffic streams according to the traffic priorities in the PVC. Specifically. The customer premises equipment (CPE) has been configured. SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Figure 11-22 Example network of the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple services mode Multicase Sever OSS & RADIUS Server/ RADIUS Proxy BMS TG Softswitch BRAS LAN Switch Router ONU User1 User2 CPE IAD Voice Gateway IAD Voice Gateway STB CPE STB IP Phone PC TV IP Phone PC TV Data Plan Table 11-14 provides the data plan for configuring the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple services mode. Table 11-14 Data plan for configuring the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple services mode Item VDSL2 Data Service ports: 0/1/0 and 0/1/1 Index of the VDSL2 line template bound to the port: 2. Ltd. where: l Index of the VDSL2 line profile: 3 l Index of the VDSL2 channel profile: 3 Index of the VDSL2 alarm template bound to the port: 2. 579 .. where: l Index of the VDSL2 line alarm profile: 3 l Index of the VDSL2 channel alarm profile: 3 VPI/VCI for the Internet service: 0/37 VPI/VCI for the VoIP service: 0/36 VPI/VCI for the IPTV service: 0/35 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 1.2 Multicast program library Programs in multicast VLAN 104: Program 1: with IP address 224.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Item Traffic profile parameters Uplink port ID VLANs Data Internet service: 1 Mbit/s VoIP service: 64 Kbit/s IPTV service: no limit 0/0/1 Internet service: smart VLAN 102 VoIP service: smart VLAN 103 IPTV service: smart VLAN 104 IGMP version Multicast source IGMP v3 (default IGMP version in the multicast VLAN mode) Two multicast sources: ISP 1: with IP address 10.1p priorities are used. Ltd. and Internet service priority 1.11. User 2: User 2 (on port 0/1/1) can watch only program 1.1.10.1. The VoIP service has priority 6. providing the multicast program with IP address 224.2.10. providing the multicast program with IP address 224.1.. the program source IP address being the same as the IP address of ISP 1 (10.11) Right profile Multicast users Upstream priority Set right profile 0. The 802. the program source IP address being the same as the IP address of ISP 2 (10.1.10.10.10) Program 2: with IP address 224. Configuration Flowchart Figure 11-23 shows the flowchart for configuring the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple services mode.10.10.10. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1.1.1.10.1.10. User 1: User 1 (on port 0/1/0) can watch all the programs.1 ISP 2: with IP address 10. IPTV service priority 5. 580 . Profile 0 has the right to watch program 1 in the program library. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 7 cir 1024 priority 1 prioritypolicy loca l-Setting 3. and Internet service. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Figure 11-23 Flowchart for configuring the triple play service in the multi-PVC for multiple services mode Procedure l Configure the Internet service.. 1.1p priority of the Internet service to 1. 581 .1p priority of each service. Create a VLAN and add an uplink port to the VLAN. the priorities are in a descending order for the VoIP service. Configure a traffic profile. In this example. IPTV. Add service ports to the VLAN and use the traffic profile configured in the preceding step. huawei(config)#vlan 102 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 102 0/0 1 2. and Internet services are provided through the same port. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Save the data. Therefore. – Generally. Ltd. IPTV service. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 37 rxcttr 7 tx-cttr 7 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 37 rxcttr 7 tx-cttr 7 4. – The VoIP. Configure service ports. users must set the 802. set the traffic profile index to 7 and the 802. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priority-policy local-Setting 3. 1. users also need to configure IGMP proxy and programs.. the priority of the multicast packets carried by the PVC is not affected.1p priority of the VoIP service to 6. huawei(config)#save Configure the IPTV service. 4. Create a VLAN and add the uplink port to the VLAN. To provide the multicast video service. Add service ports to the VLAN and use the traffic profile configured in the preceding step. Configure the multicast data. 582 .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide huawei(config)#save 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission l Configure the VoIP service. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 36 rxcttr 8 tx-cttr 8 huawei(config)#service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 36 rxcttr 8 tx-cttr 8 4. Add a multicast VLAN and configure the multicast mode. Configure service ports. 1. a. Configure a traffic profile. Configure service ports. huawei(config)#service-port 10 vlan 104 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 huawei(config)#service-port 11 vlan 104 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 NOTE On the MA5616. Set the traffic profile index to 8 and the 802. l Save the data. if the PVC is configured with a priority. Create a VLAN and add the uplink port to the VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 104 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 104 0/0 1 2. Ltd. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 104 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n)[n]:y Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Configure a traffic profile. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 64 priority 6 priority-policy localSetting 3. huawei(config)#vlan 103 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 103 0/0 1 2. Add service ports to the VLAN and use the traffic profile configured in the preceding step. Set the traffic profile index to 9 and the priority of the IPTV service to 5. VoIP users 1 and 2 can call each other. the user can access the Internet. the triple play service (Internet.2 sourceip 10. Ltd..11 d.1 sourceip 10. huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 104 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp program add name program1 ip 224. huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 10 huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 11 auth huawei(config-btv)#igmp user bind-profile service-port 11 profilename profile0 huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 104 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 10 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 11 huawei(config-mvlan104)#quit 5.10. Configuration File Internet: vlan 102 smart port vlan 102 0/0 1 traffic table ip index 7 cir 1024 priority 1 priority-policy local-Setting service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 37 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7 service-port vlan 102 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 37 rx-cttr 7 tx-cttr 7 save VoIP: Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. huawei(config-mvlan104)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp profile add profile-name profile0 huawei(config-btv)#igmp profile profile-name profile0 program-name program1 watc h e. Configure multicast users. huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 huawei(config-mvlan104)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp uplink-port-mode default Are you sure to change the uplink port mode?(y/n)[n]:y c. In this example.10 huawei(config-mvlan104)#igmp program add name program2 ip 224. 10. Configure the multicast uplink port. IPTV user 1 on port 0/1/0 can watch all the programs. b. Configure the right profile. 10. VoIP. 583 . huawei(config)#save Result After the related upstream device and downstream device are configured.1.1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide NOTE 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission Select a multicast mode according to the actual requirements. After the dialup is successful. and IPTV user 2 on port 0/1/1 can watch only program 1. l l l Perform the PPPoE dialup on the PC. the IGMP proxy mode is considered. ----End Save the data.1. and IPTV services) is available.10. Configure the program library.1. 1 sourceip 10.10. 584 . Ltd.10 igmp program add name program2 ip 224..11 btv igmp profile add profile-name profile0 igmp profile profile-name profile0 program-name program1 watch igmp user add service-port 10 igmp user add service-port 11 auth igmp user bind-profile service-port 11 profile-name profile0 multicast-vlan 104 igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 10 igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 11 quit save Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 11 Configuration Example of Services on the MA5616 Through GE Upstream Transmission vlan 103 smart port vlan 103 0/0 1 traffic table ip index 8 cir 64 priority 6 priority-policy local-Setting service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 36 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 service-port vlan 103 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 36 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 save IPTV: vlan 104-105 smart y port vlan 104-105 0/0 1 y traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priority-policy local-Setting service-port 10 vlan 105 vdsl mode atm 0/1/0 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 service-port 11 vlan 105 vdsl mode atm 0/1/1 vpi 0 vci 35 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 multicast-vlan 104 igmp mode proxy y igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 btv igmp uplink-port-mode default y multicast-vlan 104 igmp program add name program1 ip 224.1.1.1.2 sourceip 10.10.10.10.1. marking. and it can be divided into following policies: traffic classification. Security policy ensures service security from different aspects. 12.3 QoS Plan The QoS plan for FTTB is an E2E planning. device management. and services. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 12. 12. 12. user security.5 VoIP Service Data Plan The VoIP service plan mainly includes the plan of VLANs and VLAN translation policy in different network scenarios.. and DBA policies. 12. and service security. scheduling. 585 . Ltd. The examples in this topic are based on the planning data.6 IPTV Service Data Plan The IPTV service plan mainly includes the plan of VLANs and VLAN translation policies in different network scenarios.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 12 FTTB and FTTC Data Plan 12 About This Chapter FTTB and FTTC Data Plan This topic describes data plan for various FTTB and FTTC networking diagrams in terms of security. and the plan of IPTV services.2 Device Management Data Plan The device management plan includes channel management plan and the IP address plan. traffic monitoring. QoS.1 Security Design Security design involves designs for system security. 12.4 Internet Access Service Data Plan The Internet access service plan mainly includes the plan of the VLAN and VLAN translation policy in different network scenarios. and the plan of voice protocols. control packets are monitored and those exceeding the number threshold are discarded.. Security policy ensures service security from different aspects. Only the security measures that meet the following requirements need to be deployed: l The security measures can be used on the live network. user security. After the anti-DoSattack function is enabled. Ltd. 3. Run the security anti-dos controlpacket policy command to configure the policy of processing protocol packets when a DoS attack occurs.1 Security Design Security design involves designs for system security. l The security measures are effective. System Security Security Vulnera bility DoS attack Solution Description Suggestion Configuration Method 1. Use this solution in a new deployment. NOTE The device provides complete security measures. and service security. l The security measures are easy to deploy. 586 .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 12 FTTB and FTTC Data Plan 12. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the security anti-dos controlpacket rate command to configure the threshold of the rate for sending protocol packets to the CPU. Run the security anti-dos enable command to enable global anti-DoS attack. 2. but not all security measures need to be deployed. Enable the anti-DoSattack function. Run the security antiipattack enable command to enable antiIP attack. and therefore the system is protected. After the anti-IPattack function is enabled. After the antiICMP-attack function is enabled. a device discards the IP packets received from the user side whose destination IP address is the IP address of the device. and therefore the system is protected.. Ltd. 587 . a device discards the ICMP packets received from the user side whose destination IP address is the IP address of the device. Use this solution in a new deployment. Use this solution in a new deployment. Enable the anti-ICMPattack function. IP attack Enable the anti-IP-attack function.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 12 FTTB and FTTC Data Plan Security Vulnera bility ICMP attack Solution Description Suggestion Configuration Method Run the security antiicmpattack enable command to enable antiICMP attack. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. it can prevent users from forging MAC addresses to perform malicious attacks. the system discards the packets directly. In this case.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 12 FTTB and FTTC Data Plan User Security Security Vulnera bility MAC spoofing Solution Description Suggestion Configuration Method Run the security antimacduplicate enable command to enable antiMAC-duplicate.. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. If receiving packets sent from the host that has the same MAC address with the port. the system records the first MAC address learnt from the port and binds the MAC address to the port and VLAN. Enable the anti-MACduplicate function. After anti-MACduplicate is enabled. Use this solution in a new deployment. Ltd. 588 . Global level: Run the security antiipspoofing enable command in global configuration mode. Use this solution in a new deployment. 1. it can prevent users from forging IP addresses to perform malicious attacks. This anti-IP spoofing function takes effect only when it is enabled at all three levels. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. 3. After the anti-IP spoofing is enabled. 589 . VLAN level: Run the security antiipspoofing enable command in VLAN service profile configuration mode.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 12 FTTB and FTTC Data Plan Security Vulnera bility IP spoofing Solution Description Suggestion Configuration Method The anti-IP spoofing function can be enabled or disabled at three levels. Ltd. Service port level: Run the security anti-ipspoofing service-port serviceport-id enable command. Enable the anti-IP spoofing function.. l Implements anti-IP spoofing. Service port level: Run the dhcp option82 serviceport command. The DHCP option 82 function takes effect only when it is enabled at all four levels. 1. 590 . l Implements anti-MAC spoofing. In the DHCP option 82 mode. 4. user's physical location is added to the option 82 field carried in the DHCP request packet initiated by a user. and the BRAS implements user authenticatio n based on the RAIO information. DHCP option 82 is enabled on the access network. Ltd. Port level: Run the dhcp option82 port or dhcp option82 board command to enable the function at the port level. l Achieves static allocation of DHCP addresses. Global level: Run the dhcp option82 enable command in global configuration mode. l Prevents DHCP address exhaustion.. 3. l Implements anti-user ID spoofing. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. can help implement the following functions: l The DHCP relay forwards DHCP response packets to devices with specified CID and RID. Use this solution for the DHCP Internet access service. used for user authentication on the upper-layer authentication server.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 12 FTTB and FTTC Data Plan Service Security Security Vulnera bility Unauthori zed broadband access of small enterprise s (IPoE) Solution Description Suggestion Configuration Method The DHCP option 82 function can be enabled or disabled at four levels. The physical location. 2. VLAN level: Run the dhcp option82 enable command in VLAN service profile configuration mode. The BRAS responds to request packets of users with specified CID and RID. PPPoE+ (PITP) is enabled on the access network and the BRAS implements user authenticatio n based on binding of RAIO to the user account. l Implements anti-user ID spoofing. Port level: Run the pitp port or pitp board command to enable the function at the port level. 591 . Ltd. ONU Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 3. 12. l Implements anti-MAC spoofing.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 12 FTTB and FTTC Data Plan Security Vulnera bility Broadban d access of residential users (PPPoE). VLAN level: Run the pitp enable command in VLAN service profile configuration mode. Service port level: Run the pitp serviceport command. Use a single S-VLAN as the equipment management VLAN of the ONU and that of all other equipment in the network. l Implements anti-IP spoofing. The PITP function takes effect only when it is enabled at all four levels.. In this way.2 Device Management Data Plan The device management plan includes channel management plan and the IP address plan. Use this solution for the PPPoE Internet access service. 2. Global level: Run the pitp enable pmode command in global configuration mode. user account theft/ borrowing Solution Description Suggestion Configuration Method The PITP function can be enabled or disabled at four levels. 1. the following functions are implemented: l Prevents IP address exhaustion. Device Management Data Plan Plan Management channel Device/Service OLT Introduction Use a single S-VLAN as the equipment management VLAN of the OLT and that of all other equipment in the network. 4. the MDU functions as a DHCP client and obtains IP addresses using DHCP. or a PON port for identifying services and physical locations. 592 . A PC obtains a private network IP address using DHCP. Internet access service VoIP service If an MDU has a built-in voice module. An STB obtains a public network IP address using DHCP and the subscriber can order programs. scheduling. The MDU is only used for transparent transmission. If an HGW has a built-in voice module. an OLT. It is recommended that you set different HGW management VLANs for the OLTs connected to one SR to avoid an excessively large broadcast domain of the SR and convergence switch. traffic monitoring. The HGW obtains a public network IP address using PPPoE dialup. and connects to the TR069 server (ACS). A PC obtains a public network IP address using PPPoE dialup for Internet access. IP address plan Device management It is recommended that you use private network IP addresses as the management IP address of the OLT and MDU for securing network devices. and service provisioning. maintenance.. marking. and it can be divided into following policies: traffic classification. and DBA policies. Ltd. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. a PON board. obtains a public network IP address using DHCP. the HGW functions as a DHCP client. Set a management VLAN for an entire network. IPTV service TR069 service 12.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 12 FTTB and FTTC Data Plan Plan Device/Service HGW Introduction Use a single S-VLAN as the management VLAN of the HGW that are managed by the Itms. Multiple POTS ports on the MDU share one public network IP address. the HGW obtains IP address using DHCP. For scenarios in which TR069 is used for management.3 QoS Plan The QoS plan for FTTB is an E2E planning. Users are allowed to preempt No rate limit Configur e rate limit by a traffic profile as required.1p priorities for the GPON system. The service priorities are arranged according to the operators's actual planning. Type 3 (DBA profile: assured bandwid th + maximu m bandwid th. and Scheduling Policies Service Type 802.1p Priority Queue Scheduling Method OLT Queue ID (8 Queues) ONT Queue. [Remark 1] Set ONU port rate limit or xDSL line rate limit as required. Marking. Service priorities in this table are recommended values. Traffic Monitoring and DBA Policies Service Type OLT GEM port Upstream TCON T DBA Type DBA Bandwi dth Plannin g Configur e the DBA bandwid th accordin g to the user's bandwid th package. [Remark 1] Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The assured bandwid Downst ream Traffic Profile ONU Upstrea m Port Rate Limit Downst ream Port Rate Limit Manage ment service Internet access service 11 12 All services share a TCONT. 593 . [Remark 1] Set ONU port rate limit or xDSL line rate limit as required.ID Supporting Eight Queues 6 5 4 0 Supporting Four Queues 3 2 2 0 Management service VoIP service 6 5 PQ PQ PQ PQ 6 5 4 0 IPTV service 4 Internet access service 0 Note l l Different service packets are distinguished by different VLAN IDs. Ltd.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 12 FTTB and FTTC Data Plan Traffic Classification. GEM ports are mapped based on 802.. The maximu m bandwid th is larger than or equal to the maximu m bandwid th that users apply.) No rate limit No rate limit Remark 1: Table 12-1 shows the reference service bandwidth of each service for each user. Ltd. However .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 12 FTTB and FTTC Data Plan Service Type OLT GEM port Upstream TCON T DBA Type DBA Bandwi dth Plannin g th is the maximu m bandwid th required by manage ment packets. the total bandwid th cannot exceed the maximu m bandwid th. 594 . VoIP. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. and IPTV upstream packets. Downst ream Traffic Profile ONU Upstrea m Port Rate Limit Downst ream Port Rate Limit VoIP service IPTV service 13 14 the bandwid th on conditio n that the users' assured bandwid th is guarante ed. . 595 . GEM ports are arranged according to the operator's actual planning. Some bandwidth must be reserved for future service expansion. The actual bandwidth varies with the coding format. IPTV service mainly occupies the downstream bandwidth. The GEM ports in the table are recommended value. Different service packets of ONUs are distinguished by 802.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 12 FTTB and FTTC Data Plan Table 12-1 Reference Service Bandwidth of Each service for Each User Service Type Upstrea m Bandwi dth Determi ned based on the tariff package. OLTs and ONUs do not limit rates on service flows.5 Mbit/schannel / 9. Each GEM port (each service) corresponds to a T-CONT or all GEM ports share a T-CONT. and the number of programs that can be concurrently watched by one user (in the case of multi STBs access). 10% bandwidth burst traffic. 200 kbit/ s Downstream Bandwidth Bandwidth Description Internet access service Determined based on the tariff package. This bandwidth is calculated for two POTS ports.1p priorities so that packets are transmitted to different GEM ports. which requires little bandwidth and can be neglected.1p priorities and are mapped to GEM ports based on 802. Ltd. Available bandwidth of Internet access service = Committed bandwidth of the tariff package . The upstream bandwidth is mainly used for transmitting IGMP packets. l l l Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. OLTs can limit rates on service flows using traffic profiles. the picture in picture information. IPTV service (commo n program ) IPTV service (high definitio n program ) / 2. The actual bandwidth depends on the coding format. If the BRAS does not support rate limit.VoIP bandwidth .7 Mbit/s channel Note l Rate limit on the BRAS or SR is recommended. The sum of assured bandwidth of all ONTs under a PON port and the fixed bandwidth of OMCI management channel is smaller than the GPON upstream bandwidth.IPTV bandwidth VoIP service 200 kbit/s The upstream bandwidth and the downstream bandwidth of VoIP service are symmetrical. can be allocated based on the OLT. l Tagged upstream packets of HGWs: ONUs translate user VLANs to C'VLANs. VLAN and VLAN Translation Policy Application Scenario FTTB networking (without HGWs) VLAN Plan VLAN Translation ONU Double-tagged VLAN (S-VLAN +C-VLAN) The inner C-VLAN is mapped based on user port to ensure that ONUs under the same PON board do not have the same CVLAN. User C-VLANs are unique in one S-VLAN.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 12 FTTB and FTTC Data Plan 12. Ltd. plan per user per service per VLAN (PUPSPV) for the Internet access service. l Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. HGWs (LAN upstream transmission) l Untagged upstream packets of HGWs: ONUs map C-VLANs based on user port.. use dual VLANs (S-VLAN+C-VLAN) on the OLT to differentiate users for the Internet access service. C'-VLAN <-> S-VLAN + C-VLAN FTTB+HGW networking (ONU providing the VoIP service) FTTB+HGW networking (HGW providing the VoIP service) Note l To ensure traceability of users and finer-grained QoS control and management of users and services. The outer S-VLAN. which identifies services and physical location. [Remark 1] HGWs (xDSL upstream transmission): ONUs translate PVCs to C'VLANs. The inner C-VLAN identifies users.4 Internet Access Service Data Plan The Internet access service plan mainly includes the plan of the VLAN and VLAN translation policy in different network scenarios. Considering OLT capacity and VLAN scalability. or PON port (recommended). 596 . OLT The OLT translates VLANs and adds an SVLAN. PON board (recommended). Transparently transmits packets. This solution is recommended.. OLT Transparently transmits packets. The OLT adds one S-VLAN tag: C-VLAN <-> SVLAN+CVLAN. Example: C-VLAN ID = 256 x PON port ID + 32 x Split ratio x (Optical port ID . VLAN and VLAN translation policy Application Scenario FTTB networking (without HGWs) FTTB+HGW networking (ONU providing the VoIP service) VLAN Plan Singletagged VLAN Singletagged VLAN Doubletagged VLAN (SVLAN+CVLAN) Singletagged VLAN Doubletagged VLAN (SVLAN+CVLAN) VLAN Translation ONU ONUs provide the VoIP service and use the same SVLAN. optical splitters. This solution is used only when double-tagged VLANs are planned. When packets sent from the HGW using LAN upstream transmission carries user VLANs. HGWs (xDSL upstream transmission): ONUs translate PVCs to C'VLANs. This solution is used only when double-tagged VLANs are planned. The OLT adds one S-VLAN tag: C-VLAN <-> SVLAN+CVLAN. and ONU ports to ensure C-VLAN uniqueness and to facilitate location. ONUs provide the VoIP service and use the same SVLAN. Remarks Transparently transmits packets. 12. FTTB+HGW networking (HGW providing the VoIP service) Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1) + ONU port ID + 1 l It is recommended that you use stacking VLANs as S-VLANs so that security features. the ONU translates user VLANs to CVLANs. 597 .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide TIP 12 FTTB and FTTC Data Plan It is recommended that you associate C-VLAN IDs with PON ports. ONUs provide the VoIP service and use the same CVLAN. and anti-MAC attack. and the plan of voice protocols. This solution is recommended. and anti-MAC spoofing can be easily deployed.5 VoIP Service Data Plan The VoIP service plan mainly includes the plan of VLANs and VLAN translation policy in different network scenarios. Ltd. such as PPPoE+/option 82. 248 or SIP Item MG interface/ SIP interface data NOTE (Must be the same as that on the MGC or IMS core network device. The transmission mode is selected according to the requirements on the MGC/IMS side. the parameters of the primary MGC need to be configured. Generally. which identifies services and physical locations. 598 .) Remarks Media and signalin g paramet ers Media and signaling upstream VLAN Media and signaling upstream port Media IP address and signaling IP address Default IP address of the MG MG interface/SIP interface ID Signaling port ID IP address of primary MGC (H. or a PON port for identifying services and physical locations. Generally.. the IP address and the port ID of the secondary MGC must also be configured. Set an S-VLAN for an entire network. l VoIP data plan based on H. It is recommended that you set different VoIP VLANs for the OLTs connected to one VoIP SR to avoid an excessively large broadcast domain of the VoIP SR and convergence switch.248)/IP address of primary IMS device (SIP) Port ID of primary MGC (H248)/port ID of primary IMS device (SIP) Codec mode Upstream VLANs of the VoIP service Upstream ports of the VoIP service Separating media streams from signaling streams Next hop IP address from an ONU/HGW to an MGC/IMS Choose the transmission method according to the requirement on the MGC/IMS side. The single-tagged S-VLAN is the mainstream application and is recommended. can be allocated based on the OLT. or PON port. When dual homing is not configured. The codec mode is selected according to the requirements on the MGC/IMS side. PON board.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 12 FTTB and FTTC Data Plan Note l l The VoIP service is a closed service self-operated by carriers. the text mode is used. a PON board. The inner C-VLAN identifies services or users. UDP is used. Ltd. The outer S-VLAN. an OLT. When dual homing is configured. - Transmission mode Home domain name (SIP) Profile index (SIP) Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The attributes such as the upper and lower thresholds of the flash-hooking duration need to be configured according to the local standards to ensure that the response of the user terminal complies with the local standards. this parameter needs to be configured.248) If the TID template with which the PSTN user is bound does not support terminal layering. The interface may fail to register because some softswitches do not support V3. 599 . The user priorities include the following: l cat1: government1 (category 1 government users) l cat2: government2 (category 2 government users) l cat3: normal (common users).SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 12 FTTB and FTTC Data Plan Item H.248: The phone numbers allocated by the MGC need to be determined.. user type needs to be specified. According to the service requirements. including the international version flag and message waiting indication (MWI) mode. and the paging numbers for users' emergency standalone need to be planned if the emergency standalone function is provided.248 version used for starting negotiation VoIP user data Phone number Remarks V1. International parameters Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. SIP: The phone number that the IMS core network device allocates to the user must be configured. This is the default value. User type According to the service requirements. V2 or V3 (default value). user priorities must be specified. The user type includes the following: l DEL: direct exchange lines (default) l ECPBX: earth calling PBX l LCPBX: loop calling PBX l PayPhone: pay phone User priority Common Parameter System parameter The system parameters. H. need to be configured according to local standards to ensure that the response of the user terminal complies with the local standards. TID (H. SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 12 FTTB and FTTC Data Plan Item PSTN port attributes Remarks If the PSTN port needs to support the polarity reversal accounting.6 IPTV Service Data Plan The IPTV service plan mainly includes the plan of VLANs and VLAN translation policies in different network scenarios. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and the plan of IPTV services. ring volume is changed. 600 . Other attributes do not need to be modified if there is no special requirement. When the attributes of ring current are changed. IPTV services include multicast service and VoD service. This parameter needs to be modified according to the local standard only when the default ring current attribute does not comply with the local standard. the PSTN port needs to be configured to support the polarity reversal pulse. Ringing current attributes 12. These two services have relationships and independence in VLAN planning.. Ltd. The multicast VLAN (MVLAN) of the HGW is different from the network-side MVLAN. l Downstream multicast service flows: The ONU replicates multicast packets based on user ports and multicasts downstream multicast packets across VLANs: user VLAN <-> MVLAN OLT l Upstream IGMP: The OLT performs IGMP proxy to terminate IGMP packets transmitted from the user side and encapsulate IGMP packets transmitted by networkside MVLANs. l Upstream IGMP: The ONU performs IGMP proxy to terminate IGMP packets transmitted from the user side and encapsulate IGMP packets transmitted by networkside MVLANs. l The OLT replicates multicast packets based on PON ports with MVLANs unchanged.. Remarks Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. This solution is recommended because carriers will define a unified MVLAN on the HGW. Ltd. 601 .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 12 FTTB and FTTC Data Plan VLAN and VLAN translation policy Applicatio n Scenario Scenario 1: FTTB +HGW networking (ONU providing the VoIP service) and scenario 2: FTTB +HGW networking (HGW providing the VoIP service) Servic e Type Multic ast service VLA N Plan Single tagged VLA N VLAN Translation ONU 1. S-VLANs of VoD service can identify services and physical locations based on an entire network or an OLT. the ONU translates user VLANs to C-VLANs. the ONU translates PVCs to CVLANs. l Data plan for multicast service Data Item Multicast protocol Remarks The OLT and ONU generally use IGMP proxy. and single-tagged S-VLAN is recommended. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.. 602 . Remarks This solution is recommended. It is recommended that you use different S-VLANs as MVLAN and VoD VLAN so that the upper-layer device can easily differentiate the BTV service and VoD service. The ONT or HGW generally uses IGMP snooping. OLT Transparently transmits packets. It is recommended that you set different VoD VLANs for the OLTs connected to one IPTV SR to avoid an excessively large broadcast domain of the SR and convergence switch.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 12 FTTB and FTTC Data Plan Applicatio n Scenario Servic e Type VoD VLA N Plan Single tagged VLA N VLAN Translation ONU VLAN translation policy: l When packets sent from the HGW using LAN upstream transmission carries user VLANs. l When packets are sent from the HGW using xDSL upstream transmission. The PSPV mode is recommended for the VoD service because the service requires fewer VLANs. Note l l IPTV service is a closed service self-operated by carriers. The same S-VLAN or different S-VLANs can be used as the MVLAN and VoD VLAN. In this mode. l If the user-side version is V2. 2. Multicast preview profile Multicast fast leave Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 1. the program list does not need to be configured or maintained. saving the bandwidth resources. the recommended version for the access equipment is V2 or V3.. Default Enabling this function is recommended. the OLT dynamically generates a program list according to the programs requested by users. Ltd. The IGMP version on the multicast router can be seamlessly degraded without packet loss.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 12 FTTB and FTTC Data Plan Data Item IGMP version Remarks The compatibility policies of the IGMP version on access equipment distinguish between the network side and the user side. the recommended version for the access equipment is V2. the functions such as program management. however. 603 . The OLT can also generate a multicast program library. l If the network-side version is V3. In normal application scenarios. the device is usually the active initiating party. Multicast program Static configuration is recommended. the recommended version for the access equipment is V3. user multicast bandwidth management. program preview. In other words. It reduced the exchange of IGMP packets. the recommended version for the access equipment is V2 or V3. l If the user-side version is V3. The recommended versions are as follows: l If the network-side version is V2. and program prejoin are not supported. The terminals are always the active initiating party and can be seamlessly degraded without packet loss. SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios 13 Context Configuring Services in Various FTTB/ FTTC Scenarios About This Chapter This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service. The description of this topic is based on the mode below. 604 . Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Without HGW) In the Fiber-to-the-building/curb (FTTB/C) scenario.1 FTTB Networking (LAN Access Without HGW) In FTTB networking (LAN access without the HGW). Ltd.2 FTTB/C Scenario (xDSL Access. 13. the ONU provides 100M FE access and POTS access for Internet access service and VoIP service respectively for users. This topic describes the OLT and ONU configurations required for commissioning Internet access and voice services. This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service and VoIP service on the OLT and ONU in FTTB networking. an optical network unit (ONU) supports x digital subscriber line (xDSL) and plain old telephone service (POTS) access and provides Internet access and voice over IP (VoIP) services. voice service and multicast service in GPON access mode in FTTB/FTTC networking scenarios. Mode GPON profile mode Query Method huawei(config)#diagnose huawei(diagnose)%%display xpon mode ------------------------------------------Current config mode: Profile-mode ------------------------------------------huawei(config)#diagnose huawei(diagnose)%%display xdsl mode ------------------------------------------ADSL Current mode : rfc2662 VDSL Current mode : tr129 -------------------------------------------- ADSL2+ common mode (RFC2662 mode) VDSL2 common mode (TR129 mode) 13.. You can query the current mode in the diagnosis mode. 4 FTTB+HGW Networking (HGW Providing the VoIP Service) In an FTTB+HGW network.. the built-in IAD of the HGW provides the VoIP service by connecting to the upstream ONU using LAN or xDSL.3 FTTB+HGW Scenario (Voice Service Provided by ONU) The home gateway (HGW) provides Internet access and Internet Protocol television (IPTV) services. Ltd. the HGW provides the Internet access and IPTV services. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios 13. In addition. 13. The Integrated Access Device (IAD) in the ONU provides voice services. The services are sent upstream to the optical network unit (ONU) over a local area network (LAN) or x digital subscriber line (xDSL). 605 . optical fibers are connected from the central office (CO) to buildings. 606 .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios 13. LAN access is easily and commonly deployed and therefore becomes the first choice for bandwidth construction. the ONU is deployed in the building and is connected to the user's home through the category-5 cable. Considering simple and flexible service provisioning and easy OM. MA5612..1 Service Requirements and Application Scenarios FTTB networking is usually used in trade estate and housing estate having high-density buildings and users. Ltd. l For the Internet access service: Users are connected to the ONU through category-5 cables and are authenticated by dialup using PCs. In FTTB networking. This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service and VoIP service on the OLT and ONU in FTTB networking. The network section from the service convergence nodes to users is deployed by xDSL or LAN access. Application Scenarios As shown in Figure 13-1. For the VoIP service: Users are provisioned with the VoIP service through the ONU with the build-in voice module. 13. Service Requirements Only Internet access service and VoIP service are supported and there is no multicast requirement. l ONU for FTTB networking: MA5620. Each user has an independent account and is authenticated and managed on the BRAS.1 FTTB Networking (LAN Access Without HGW) In FTTB networking (LAN access without the HGW).1. MA5616. Figure 13-1 Example network of the FTTB service (LAN access) LAN PC S OT OLT UPE ONU PE-AGG NGN/IMS P Metro Network Optical splitter UPE PE-AGG ONU Internet Phone LAN PC PO TS Phone Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. category-5 cables and FTTB (LAN access) are used for deployment. the ONU provides 100M FE access and POTS access for Internet access service and VoIP service respectively for users. Usage Scenario The ONU password or serial number (SN) is obtained. A T-CONT is bound to a DBA profile for dynamic bandwidth allocation. dba-profile add Line profile Query a line profile. Table 13-1 Introduction to ONU profiles Profile Type DBA profile Function A DBA profile describes GPON traffic parameters. and alarm profile. ont-lineprofile add Alarm profile Query an alarm profile. see Table 13-1. Command Query a DBA profile. A line profile describes binding between the T-CONT and the DBA profile. including the dynamic bandwidth allocation (DBA) profile. Context l When an ONU is added. display ontlineprofile Add a line profile. Mode Add an ONU offline. In the GPON mode.. Ltd. Command Run the ont add command to add an ONU. An alarm profile contains a series of alarm threshold parameters that are used for performance measurement and monitoring of the activated ONT lines. Both the ONU password and SN are not obtained. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Select either mode as required. For details about functions and configuration methods for these profiles.1. improving upstream bandwidth utilization. the QoS mode of the service flow. display gpon alarm-profile Add an alarm profile. Automati cally discover an ONU. and mapping between the GEM port and the ONU-side service. 607 .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios 13. corresponding profiles need to be bound to the ONU.2 Adding an ONU to an OLT Services can be configured for an ONU only after the ONU is successfully added to an OLT. gpon alarmprofile add l An ONU can be added in two modes. line profile. display dbaprofile Add a DBA profile. run the port ontauto-find command to enable the ONU auto-discovery function of a GPON port and then run the ont confirm command to add an ONU. In this example. a. bind T-CONT 4 to DBA profile fttb_dba.. Configure an ONU line profile. Bind GEM ports 11. huawei(config)#ont-lineprofile gpon profile-id 10 profile-name fttb(c) NOTE The ID of the line profile to be created must not exist in the system and the line profile must be created according to the data plan.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Data plan Table 13-2 Data plan Item DBA profile Data Profile name: fttb_dba Profile type: type3 Assured bandwidth: 8 Mbit/s Maximum bandwidth: 20 Mbit/s Line profile Profile name: fttb(c) Profile ID: 10 T-CONT ID: 4 GEM port ID for management service: 11 GEM port ID for Internet access service: 12 GEM port ID for VoIP service: 13 Network topology data PON port: 0/2/1 ONT ID: 1 Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONU profiles. QoS policies for various service flows also need to be configured. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#tcont 4 dba-profile-name fttb_dba In the line profile mode. 1. Ltd. In configuring. In the line profile mode. c. l Add GEM port 11 to carry management service flows. l Add GEM port 13 to carry VoIP service flows. l Add GEM port 12 to carry Internet access service flows. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 11 eth tcont 4 cascade on huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 12 eth tcont 4 cascade on huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem add 13 eth tcont 4 cascade on Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see 12. 608 . huawei(config)#dba-profile add profile-name fttb_dba type3 assure 8192 max 20480 2.3 QoS Plan. Add GPON ONU line profile 10 fttb(c). line profile 10 is used. For details about QoS data plan. and 13 to T-CONT 4. b. bind the GEM port to the T-CONT. 12. Configure a DBA profile. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 11 0 priority 6 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 12 1 priority 0 huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#gem mapping 13 2 priority 5 e. and VoIP service flows with 802. There are two modes to add an ONT: add an ONT offline and confirm an automatically discovered ONU.1p priority. and Config state is normal. By default. l The ID of the default GPON alarm profile is 1. and the bound line profile is fttb(c).. After an ONU is added. l In this example. run the commit command to make the configured parameters take effect. Step 2 Add an ONU to an OLT. management mode is SNMP. (Optional) Add an alarm profile. default alarm profile 1 is used and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required. Step 3 Check the ONU status. huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#commit huawei(config-gpon-lineprofile-10)#quit 3. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/2 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#ont add 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont-lineprofile-name fttb(c) l Confirm an automatically discovered ONU.1p priority 0 to GEM port 12. Configure mapping between the GEM port and the ONU-side service. Ensure that Config flag of the ONU is active. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/2 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#port 1 ont-auto-find enable huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#display ont autofind 1 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn-auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont-lineprofile-name fttb(c) 1. l Add an ONU offline. run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONU. Set the mode for mapping the GEM port to the ONU-side service to 802.1p priority 5 to GEM port 13. SN is 32303131B39FD641. which indicates that no alarm is generated. (Optional) Bind the alarm profile to the ONU. In this example. huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#display ont info 1 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------F/S/P : 0/2/1 ONT-ID : 1 Control flag : active //The ONU is activated. Run state : online //The ONU is online. alarm profile 1 automatically bound to an ONU. Run State is online.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios d. Assume that the ID of GPON port 0/2/1 is 1.1p priority 6 to GEM port 11. After the configuration is completed. Internet access service flows with 802. Map management service flows with 802. 609 . A non-default alarm profile is bound manually only when the default one does not meet the requirement. The thresholds for all the alarm parameters in the default alarm profile are 0. Connect the ONU to such a GPON port through the optical splitter. the default alarm profile is used and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Config state : normal //The ONU configurations are recovered normally. Ltd. run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONU. Consequently Config state is failed. 13. If Run state is offline. and the management IP address of the OLT and that of the MDU must be in the same network segment.. and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONU configuration: – Create a proper ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU. the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully. the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability. the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONU. and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONU. run the display ont failed-configuration command in the diagnose mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause.3 Configuring the Management Channel Between the OLT and the ONU After the inband management channel between the OLT and the ONU is configured and available.2/24 Remarks To configure the MDU from the OLT by logging in to the MDU through telnet.168.. – Modify the ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification. the priority-queue parameter of the gem add command is invalid when the priority-queue value is set to 4-7.1/24 Management VLAN ID: 8 Management VLAN type: smart VLAN Inband management IP address: 192. Management VLAN and management IP address on the ONU side Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Data plan Item Management VLAN and management IP address on the OLT side Data Management VLAN ID: 8 Management VLAN type: smart VLAN Inband management IP address: 192.1. run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU. In this case.50.//The rest of the response information is not provided here. rectify the fault accordingly. If Config state is failed. l If the ONU does not match. NOTE If the ONT only supports 4 queues. Check the line and the optical module. that is. In this case. huawei(config-if-epon-0/2)#quit ----End Follow-up Procedure When Config state is failed. you can log in to the ONU from the OLT to configure the ONU. or Match state is mismatch: l l l If Control flag is deactive.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios . Run state is offline. a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged.50. Ltd. 610 . Then.168.. Match state is mismatch. Then. the management VLAN of the OLT and that of the MDU must be the same. 0 gateway 192. Configure the inband management VLAN to 8 and the IP address to 192. management VLAN ID to 8. and user-side VLAN ID to 8. run the telnet 192.168. huawei(config)#interface gpon 0/2 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#ont ipconfig 1 1 static ip-address 192. The OLT does not limit inband management service flows. GEM port ID to 11.254 vlan 8 huawei(config-if-gpon-0/2)#quit Step 3 Configure an inband management service port. l On the OLT.2 command to check the connectivity between the OLT and the ONU. The ICMP ECHO-REPLY packet from the ONU should be received.168.1.4 Configuring the Service Channel Between the OLT and the ONU Various service flows can be configured on the OLT for different services so that service packets on the ONU can be forwarded at Layer 2 according to the planned VLAN and forwarding policies.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Procedure Step 1 Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the OLT.168.50. Table 13-3 Adding service flows Mode Add service flows one by one. Therefore.50.50.1/24. Ltd.1 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#quit Step 2 Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the ONU. as described in Table 13-3. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Command service-port Remarks - Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.2 command to telnet the ONU and then configure the ONU. run the ping 192. ----End 13. l On the OLT.254. it is recommended that you use default traffic profile 6.2 mask 255.255. gateway to 192. Context Service flows can be added in two modes..50.50.50.168.255. Configure the management service port ID to 1. huawei(config)#vlan 8 smart huawei(config)#interface vlanif 8 huawei(config-if-vlanif8)#ip address 192.50.2/24.168.168.50. huawei(config)#service-port 1 vlan 8 gpon 0/2/1 ont 1 gemport 11 multi-service user-vlan 8 rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 Step 4 Confirm that the management channel between the OLT and the ONU is available. Configure the static IP address of the ONU to 192. 611 . Select either mode as required.168.168. and the management VLAN ID to 8 (the same as the management VLAN of the OLT). 4 Internet Access Service Data Plan. see 12. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 100.1p priority for the Internet access service is 0 and the traffic profile is unlimited. Procedure l Configure the channel for the Internet access service. For details about the data plan. and VLAN attribute to stacking. The 802. Use traffic profile 6. For details about the data plan.. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/19 0 2. Ltd. Configure the SVLAN ID to 100.1) + ONU port ID + 1 l SVLAN: VLAN ID 100 and attribute stacking Upstream VLANs of the ONU: 1001-1016 Service flow ID: 101 VoIP service OLT VLAN ID (VLAN transparently transmitting the ONU service): 200 ONU VLAN ID: 200 Service flow ID: 201 Remarks Assume that the split ratio of the optical splitter is 1:32. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 3. the inner VLAN is 258 according to the formula for calculating the inner VLAN. Configure the service VLAN and add the upstream port to this VLAN. 612 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Mode Add service flows in batches. Data plan Item Internet access service Data OLT VLAN ID: l CVLAN ID: 256 x GPON port ID + 32 x Split ratio x (Splitter port ID . and the user PC is connected to port 1 on the ONU. You can run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profile in the system. In this case.5 VoIP Service Data Plan. Command multi-service-port Remarks You need to specify the ontid + gemindex to identify a service flow and ensure that the number of GEM ports is the same as the number of VLANs on the user side. 1. Configure service flows to receive and transparently transmits the Internet access service from the ONU. Configure the corresponding traffic profile. VLAN type to smart VLAN. the ONU is connected to port 1 on the optical splitter using the optical cable. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see 12. 1001. and service security is improved by configuring security policy in global config mode.1p priority of the VoIP service is 5 and the traffic profile is unlimited. New traffic profile 9 is added.1. a new traffic profile is required. that is. – For the ONU: The upstream VLAN ID is 200. The user-side VLAN ID of the OLT is the same as the upstream VLAN ID of the ONU. which indicates that service packets are scheduled by the priority specified in the traffic profile. The user-side VLAN ID of the OLT is the same as the upstream VLAN ID of the ONU. The 802. huawei(config)#service-port 101 vlan 100 gpon 0/2/1 ont 1 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 1001 tag-transform translate-and-add inner-vlan 258 rx-cttr 6 txcttr 6 l Configure the channel for the VoIP service. Configure the corresponding traffic profile.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios According to the data plan. inner VLAN ID is 258. 613 . The Internet access service uses GEM port 12. – For the OLT: The SVLAN ID is 100. Configure the service VLAN and add the upstream port to this VLAN. According to the data plan. Congestion Control. 200. If the existing traffic profile does not meet data plan requirements. Ltd. that is. In the command execution. Configure the SVLAN ID to 200 and VLAN type to smart VLAN. The VoIP service uses GEM port 13. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. 1. and Security Policy Service reliability is improved by configuring uplink aggregation and priority scheduling policy for upstream queues in global config mode. Background Information In link aggregation. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priority-policy local-setting 3. You are advised to configure link aggregation. – For the ONU: The upstream VLAN ID is 1001. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 200. huawei(config)#vlan 200 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/19 0 2. – For the OLT: The SVLAN ID is 200. priority-policy is localsetting. multiple upstream Ethernet ports are aggregated into a group to increase bandwidth and reliability of OLT uplinks. Configure service flows to receive and transparently transmits the VoIP service from the ONU.5 Configuring Link Aggregation. huawei(config)#service-port 201 vlan 200 gpon 0/2/1 ont 1 gemport 13 multiservice user-vlan 200 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 ----End 13. You can run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profile in the system. The anti-IP spoofing function can be enabled or disabled at three levels.1 Security Design. For details. 1. huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/19 0-1 ingress workmode lacp-static l Configure queue scheduling.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios In congestion control. This anti-IP spoofing function takes effect only when it is enabled at all three levels. Enable anti-IP spoofing. Configure upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 into an aggregation group. Global level: Run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command in global configuration mode. Run the security anti-ipattack enable command to enable anti-IP attack. Run the security anti-dos control-packet policy command to configure the policy of processing protocol packets when a DoS attack occurs. queue scheduling is used to put packets from one port into multiple queues and then process the packets based on queue priorities. ensuring normal services from different aspects. Ltd. 614 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . Each member port in the aggregation group allocates packets based on the source MAC address. Enable anti-ICMP attack. all packets are scheduled in strict priority (SQ) mode and mapped into different queues based on priorities. 3. 2.3 QoS Plan. NOTE You are advised to enable the service security feature according to service types. l Configure user security. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Enable anti-IP attack. The working mode is LACP static aggregation. According to "12. 3. – – Run the security anti-dos enable command to enable global anti-DoS attack. Run the security anti-dos control-packet rate command to configure the threshold of the rate for sending protocol packets to the CPU. Run the security anti-macduplicate enable command to enable anti-MAC-duplicate. – – Enables anti-MAC transfer. which is used in DHCP dialup as recommended. VLAN level: Run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command in VLAN service profile configuration mode. 1. user security. You are advised to configure congestion control.. Security policy involves system security. – Enable DHCP option 82. – Enable anti-DoS attack. and service security. 2. Procedure l Configure link aggregation. l Configure service security. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler strict-priority huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 l Configure system security. Service port level: Run the security anti-ipspoofing service-port serviceportid enable command. see 12. Run the security anti-icmpattack enable command to enable anti-ICMP attack. 1. configurations are slightly different. 1. 3. For details about the data plan. 4. Remarks - Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – Global level: Run the dhcp option82 enable command in global configuration mode. Data plan Item Port Data Upstream port: 0/0/1 Service port: 0/3/1 Service VLAN VLAN ID: 1001-1016 VLAN type: smart VLAN VLAN attribute: common The ONU supporting 16 FE ports is used as an example. see the corresponding Configuration Guide.4 Internet Access Service Data Plan. Context In this example. which is used in PPPoE dialup as recommended. The PITP function can be enabled or disabled at four levels. For details.. Port level: Run the pitp port or pitp board command to enable the function at the port level.6 Configuring LAN Internet Access Service (ONU Side) This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service through the Ethernet port by the ONU. 2. VLAN level: Run the pitp enable command in VLAN service profile configuration mode. Enable PITP. ----End 13. The DHCP option 82 function takes effect only when it is enabled at all four levels. 4. 1. the ONU is in version V800R310C00. 2. see 12. 615 . Port level: Run the dhcp option82 port or dhcp option82 board command to enable the function at the port level. For ONU in other versions. Service port level: Run the pitp service-port command. In actual configuration. 3. Service port level: Run the dhcp option82 service-port command. The PITP function takes effect only when it is enabled at all four levels.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios The DHCP option 82 function can be enabled or disabled at four levels. Ltd. Specifically. VLAN level: Run the dhcp option82 enable command in VLAN service profile configuration mode. configure service flows on the ONU and configure the upstream VLAN to provide the service channel from the ONU to the user and set up the upstream channel from the ONU to the OLT. plan the data according to actual capabilities of devices. Global level: Run the pitp enable pmode command in global configuration mode. Configure traffic profile 8. Procedure Step 1 Log in to and configure the ONU. huawei(config)#port vlan 1001-1016 0/0 1 Step 4 Configure a traffic profile. If the existing traffic profile in the system does not meet the requirement.248 protocol to provide the high quality and low cost VoIP service for users. huawei(config)#service-port 101 vlan 1001 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 Step 6 Save the data. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 4096 priority 0 priority-policy localSetting Step 5 Add a service port.7 Configuring H. set the user-side VLAN to untagged and bind the VLAN to traffic profile 8. Assume that the committed information rate (CIR) is 4 Mbit/s. huawei(config)#vlan 1001-1016 smart Step 3 Add the upstream port to SVLANs. 616 .. and downstream packets are scheduled based on the priorities specified in the traffic profile. run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. By default. Create service port 101. priority of upstream packets is 0. Ltd. Run the display traffic table ip command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system. NOTE This example creates one service port as an example.3 QoS Plan. see 12. Log in to the ONU from the OLT by telnet the management IP address of the ONU. Add upstream port 0/0/1 to SVLANs. huawei(config)#save ----End 13.1. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Each service port maps a user.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Item Traffic profile Data Profile ID: 8 Committed rate: 4 Mbit/s Priority: 0 Remarks For details about the data plan.248 Voice Service (on the ONU) This topic describes how to configure the voice service on the ONU based on the H. the user name is root and the password is mduadmin. Create smart SVLANs 1001-1016 in batches with attribute common. When configuring another service port. bind it to port 0/3/1. Step 2 Create SVLANs. map the corresponding SVLAN. these two protocols are mutually exclusive. WARNING This operation interrupts the ongoing services carried on the currently used MG interface. save the configuration and restart the system to make the configured protocol take effect. Item MG interface data NOTE The data configurati on must be the same as the data configurati on on the MGC. Data plan For details about the data plan.200.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Prerequisites l l The media gateway controller (MGC) interface data and the PSTN user data corresponding to the media gateway (MG) interface is configured on the MGC. Hence..200/24 2944 Text UDP 1 (the negotiation starts from V1) Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. You can run the display protocol support command to query the currently supported voice protocol. Precautions 1. 617 .248 and SIP protocols. you need to delete the MG interface first and run the protocol support command to switch the protocol. An ONU supports both the H.10/24 17.10. however. exercise caution when performing this operation. 2.10. Data Media and signalin g paramet ers Media and signaling upstream VLANs Media and signaling upstream port Media IP address and signaling IP address Default gateway IP address MG interface ID Signaling port ID IP address of the primary MGC Port ID of the primary MGC Coding Transmission mode H248 version that MG starts to negotiate 200 0/0/1 17. see 12.10. After the configuration is complete.10.5 VoIP Service Data Plan. Ensure that the Status of the voice board on the ONU is Normal by running the display board 0 command. If the voice protocol needs to be switched.200.1/24 0 2944 200. Ltd. 618 . Log in to the ONU from the OLT by telnet the management IP address of the ONU.10 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 200 huawei(config-if-vlanif200)#ip address 17. By default. Create an upstream VLAN.10. huawei(config)#vlan 200 smart 2.10 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif200)#quit Step 3 Configure the media and signaling IP address pools. huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/0 1 3. Configure both the media IP address and signaling IP address to 17..1.10. 1.10. The VLAN ID is 200 and the VLAN is a smart VLAN. Specify the upstream VLAN interface for the media stream and the signaling flows and configure the IP addresses of the Layer 3 interface.10.10. Configure the IP address of the Layer 3 interface. Cat2 for phone 1 Cat3 for phone 2 to phone 24 (default) User type Common user (DEL user by default) Default value Default value Polarity-reversal Default value User priority Common parameter System parameter Overseas parameter PSTN port attribute Ringing current attribute Procedure Step 1 Log in to and configure the ONU.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Item Voice user data Phone number Terminal identification Data 83110001-83110024 Terminal layering is not supported and the terminal identification ranges from 0 to 23.1 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10.10. the user name is root and the password is mduadmin. Step 2 Configure the upstream VLAN interface.10 17.10.10.10. Enter the VLAN interface mode and configure the lP address of the Layer 3 interface to 17.10. These IP addresses are the sources of the IP address pools for the media stream and the signaling flows. Add upstream port 0/0/1 to VLAN 2000. huawei(config)#voip huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 17.10. Add the upstream port to the created upstream VLAN.10 and the MG IP address to 17. l The MG interface can be cold reset only after parameters mgip.0.200. Add an MG interface to communicate with the MGC. Actual phone numbers are assigned by the MGC. huawei(config)#ip route-static 200. V2 or V3 (default value). If the user of the MG interface does not support terminal layering.0 24 17. you need not configure the terminal identification because the system automatically allocates it.10. Because the IP address of the VLAN interface and the IP address (200. that is.10.200. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#if-h248 attribute mgip 17. The terminal identification must be unique on one MG interface. Configure phone numbers of users 0/3/0-0/3/23 to 83110001-83110024 in batches and terminal identification to 0.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 17. primary-mgc-ip1 (or mgc-domainname1). huawei(config)#interface h248 0 Are you sure to add MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y Step 6 Configure the attributes of the MG interface.200.10 mgport 2944 code text transfer udp primary-mgc-ip1 200. l Phone numbers are used for only internal emergency standalone. Ltd.10. Step 8 Configure the PSTN user data.200.200. which ensures that the MGC can control the call connection through the MG interface. l The media IP address can be different from the signaling IP address.10 start-negotiate-version 1 Step 7 Reset the MG interface. and mg-media-ip are correctly configured. Plan the data according to actual networking.10.1 to 200.200. the MG interface does not take effect. code. mgport.10. Step 4 Configure static routes.200/24) of the MGC are in different network segments.10. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#reset coldstart Are you sure to reset MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-h248-0)#quit NOTE l You must cold reset the MG interface after configuring. Otherwise. l The negotiated H.200 primary-mgc-port 2944 mg-media-ip1 17.200. Add MG interface 0 according to the data plan. internal extensions call each other. which must be the same as that on the MGC.248 protocol version is V1. the terminal identification is mandatory. mgcport_1. transfer. you need to configure a route for the network segment from gateway 17.10.10 huawei(config-voip)#quit NOTE l You can configure the attributes of the MG interface only when the media IP address and the signaling IP address exist in the media and signaling IP address pools. Pay attention to the following when configuring the attributes of the MG interface according to the data plan: l The MG interface is registered by the IP address (default mode) or domain name.200. huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/23 0 terminalid 0 telno 83110001 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10.1 Step 5 Add an MG interface.10. The interface may fail to be registered because some softswitches do not support V3.. l If the user of the MG interface is configured to support terminal layering. 619 .10. however. run the display board 0 command. If the voice protocol needs to be switched. (To verify board status.248 and SIP protocols. You can run the display protocol support command to query the currently supported voice protocol.8 Configuring SIP Voice Service (on an ONU) This topic describes how to configure voice services based on the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) on an optical network unit (ONU). The voice over IP (VoIP) services have high quality.1. After the configuration is complete. Data Plan For configuration rules and description of configuration items.. Hence. you need to delete the MG interface first and run the protocol support command to switch the protocol. 2. Status of the voice board on the ONU is normal.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Step 9 Configure the call priority of a PSTN user. 620 . save the configuration and restart the system to make the configured protocol take effect. these two protocols are mutually exclusive. but require low cost. Ltd. Configure the physical attributes of the PSTN port to which the users belong to support polarity reversal so that the user supports polarity reversal accounting.5 VoIP Service Data Plan. WARNING This operation interrupts the ongoing services carried on the currently used MG interface. Prerequisites l l The IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) interface data and public switched telephone network (PSTN) user data corresponding to the SIP interface is configured on the IMS.) Precautions 1. huawei(config)#save ----End 13. An ONU supports both the H. huawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser modify 0/3/0 priority cat2 huawei(config-esl-user)#quit Step 10 Configure all the PSTN ports to support polarity reversal. see 12. exercise caution when performing this operation. huawei(config)#pstnport huawei(config-pstnport)#pstnport attribute batset 0/3/0 0/3/23 reverse-pole-pulse enable huawei(config-pstnport)#quit Step 11 Save the data. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 200. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.200/24 5060 Text UDP huawei 1 83110001-83110024 Phone 1 indicates Cat2. Voice user data Phone number User priority User type Common Parameter System parameter Overseas parameter PSTN port attribute Ringing current attribute Common user (the DEL user by default) Default value Default value Polarity-Reversing Pulse Default value Procedure Step 1 Log in to and configure the ONU. Phone 2 to phone 24 indicate Cat3 (default value).200.10.10.) Data Media and signalin g paramet ers Media and signaling upstream VLAN Media and signaling upstream port Media IP address and signaling IP address Default gateway IP address SIP interface ID Signaling port ID IP address of the main IMS equipment Port ID of the main IMS equipment Coding scheme Transmission mode Home domain name (SIP) Profile index (SIP) 200 0/0/1 17. 621 .1/24 0 5060 200.10/24 17.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Item SIP interface data NOTE (It must be the same as that on the IMS core network device.10. Ltd.10.. 10.10.10.200. Enter the VLAN interface mode and configure the lP address of the Layer 3 interface to 17.10 signal-ip 17. the user name is root and the password is mduadmin. huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/0 1 3.10. and the media gateway to 17.200.10. Data planning should be based on networking requirements. 1.0.10. Ltd.10 17.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Log in to the ONU from the OLT by telnet the management IP address of the ONU.200 primary-proxy-port 5060 home-domain huawei sipprofile-index 1 Step 7 (Optional) Configure the optional attributes of the SIP interface.10.10. the configured routes must be from gateway 17. Add the upstream port to the created upstream VLAN.10.0 24 17. Specify the upstream VLAN interface for the media stream and the signaling flows and configure the IP addresses of the Layer 3 interface.1 Step 5 Add an SIP interface.10 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 200 huawei(config-if-vlanif200)#ip address 17. huawei(config-if-sip-0)#if-sip attribute basic media-ip 17.10.10. l The Media IP address and signaling IP address can be different.200.200/24) are in different network segments.200.1. The SIP interface is used for IMS communication. Step 4 Configure static routes. Add upstream port 0/0/1 to VLAN 2000. Because the IP address of the VLAN interface and that of the IMS (200.10 signal-port 5060 transfer udp primary-proxy-ip1 200. 622 . Create an upstream VLAN.10.10.. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. huawei(config)#ip route-static 200.10. Step 2 Configure the upstream VLAN interface.10 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif200)#quit Step 3 Configure the media and signaling IP address pools.10.10 huawei(config-voip)#quit NOTE l Attributes of the MG interface can be configured only when the media IP address and the signaling IP address exist in the media and signaling IP address pools.200.1 huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 17. huawei(config)#voip huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 17.200. huawei(config)#interface sip 0 Are you sure to add the SIP interface?(y/n)[n]:y Step 6 Configure the basic attributes of the SIP interface.10.10. The VLAN ID is 200 and the VLAN is a smart VLAN. Configure the IP address of the Layer 3 interface. Set the media IP address and signaling IP address to 17.10.10.10. huawei(config)#vlan 200 smart 2.10.10. By default. These IP addresses are the sources of the IP address pools for the media stream and the signaling flows.200.10.1 to the network segment 200.200. description. The broadband remote access server (BRAS) and media gateway controller (MGC)/IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) have been configured.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Run the if-sip attribute optional command to configure the optional attributes. huawei(config)#pstnport huawei(config-pstnport)#pstnport attribute batset 0/3/0 0/3/23 reverse-pole-pulse enable huawei(config-pstnport)#quit Step 12 Save the data. Ltd. Configure the physical attributes of the PSTN port to which the users belong to support polarity reversal so that the user supports polarity reversal accounting. run the sippstnuser add command. optical network units (ONUs) are installed in buildings that are far from the central equipment room. Prerequisites ONUs are properly connected to upper-layer devices. register server uniform resource identifier (URI). Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.9 Verifying Services In the Fiber-to-the-building (FTTB) scenario. l To configure the data of multiple SIP PSTN users in batches. and conference factory URI of the SIP interface. huawei(config-esl-user)#sippstnuser attribute set 0/3/0 priority cat2 huawei(config-esl-user)#quit Step 11 Configure all the PSTN ports to support polarity reversal. Step 8 Reset the SIP interface. NOTE l To configure the data of a single SIP PSTN user. huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#sippstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/23 0 telno 83110001 Step 10 Configure call priorities for SIP PSTN users. run the sippstnuser batadd command.1. huawei(config-if-sip-0)#reset Are you sure to reset the SIP interface?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-sip-0)#quit Step 9 Configure the SIP PSTN user data. 623 . ONUs support methods of remote service verification such as Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE) dialup emulation and call emulation. including the domain name. Remote site verification eliminates the need to go to site for a second time. Configure in batches the phone numbers of users 0/3/0-0/3/23 to 83110001-83110024.. huawei(config)#save ----End 13. phone context. l An ONU can emulate the caller and callee simultaneously in an emulation test. and authentication mode required by the emulation test must be consistent with those configured on the BRAS. l An ONU supports one line of emulated call. and authentication mode must be configured on the BRAS before the PPPoE dialup emulation starts. 624 . The user name. retain the parameter settings as default. An ONU supports one line of emulated call. l An ONU can emulate a caller or callee in an emulation test. run the display pots emulational configuration command. PPPoE dialup emulation requires a service flow that does not belong to a QinQ VLAN. To query default values. Ltd. password. No phone is required in the test. A functional phone is required in the test. The call emulation function can also be used to locate faults when a voice service is faulty. When an ONU simultaneously emulates the caller and the callee in an emulation test. to verify the connectivity between the ONT and BRAS. Caller port: 0/3/0 Called port: 0/3/23 Called number: 83110024 Procedure l Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Verify the Internet access service using PPPoE dialup emulation. Data Plan Item PPPoE dialup emulation parameter Call emulation parameter Data Service flow ID: 101 Emulation timer: 10s Remarks The user name. Call emulation An ONU emulates a call to check whether the voice service configurations are correct. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Background Information Remote Service Verificati on Method PPPoE emulation dialup Function Remarks By emulating PPPoE terminal software. an ONU dials up and interacts with the BRAS.. password. Ltd. xDSL is mainly used in the FTTC scenario because the subscribers are as far as 300 m to 3000 m from the fiber distribution terminal. l Terminate the emulation test by running the simulate dhcp start command. 1. Fiber-to-the-building (FTTB) applies to high-density residential areas or commercial centers. an optical network unit (ONU) supports x digital subscriber line (xDSL) and plain old telephone service (POTS) access and provides Internet access and voice over IP (VoIP) services.168. The ONU outputs the call emulation result after the test is complete. This topic describes the OLT and ONU configurations required for commissioning Internet access and voice services. huawei(config)#display pppoe simulate info PPPoE simulate information is: ----------------------------------------------------------------Service-port: 101 User name: user0 Current phase: //*Emulation phase Result: Success //*Emulation result Start time: 2011-11-16 15:41:29+08:00 End time: 2011-11-16 15:41:34+08:00 Session ID: 591 User IP: 192.65>):user0 User Password(length<0.1 Service Requirements and Application Scenario Generally. huawei(config)#test huawei(config-test)#pots emulational-call caller-port 0/3/0 callee-port 0/3/23 callee-telno 83110024 2. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Fiber-to-the-curb (FTTC) applies to low-density residential areas such as villas. huawei(config)#pppoe simulate start Command: pppoe simulate start Service-port(index<0-999>):101 User Name(length<1. Users can access service aggregation nodes using the local area network (LAN) and x digital subscriber line (xDSL).16>):******* Authentication Mode: 1.2. 625 .168.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios 1. huawei(config)#pppoe simulate stop Verify the voice service using call emulation. The ONU outputs the call emulation result and failure of the cause if the emulation test fails. Without HGW) In the Fiber-to-the-building/curb (FTTB/C) scenario. Start an emulation test by running the simulate dhcp start command.254 ----------------------------------------------------------------- 3.2 FTTB/C Scenario (xDSL Access.50.50. Pap [default 1]:1 Overtime Time(5-60s)[default 5]:10 2. 13. Start an emulation test by running the ont emulational call command. Chap 2..2 Gateway IP: 192. huawei(config-test)# Caller port Callee port Test result : : : 0/3/0 0/3/23 Test Succeed ----End 13. Query the emulation test information by running the display pppoe simulate info command. The subscriber needs to dial up on a computer for authentication because the modem is a Layer 2 device. Ltd. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Context Service flows can be added in two modes. Application Scenario As shown in Figure 13-2. 626 . Each subscriber has a unique account. as described in Table 13-4. To reuse the existing phone lines and overcome the challenges caused by long distance between ONUs and subscribers. Select either mode as required.2 Configuring the Service Channel Between the OLT and the ONU Various service flows can be configured on the OLT for different services so that service packets on the ONU can be forwarded at Layer 2 according to the planned VLAN and forwarding policies. Voices service: The voice module built in an ONU can provide voice over IP (VoIP) services. the curb (fiber distribution terminal). MA5603T. FTTB/C with xDSL access is recommended.. or at home through twisted wires. The broadband remote access server (BRAS) manages and authenticates subscribers. an ONU is deployed in the building corridor. l Internet access service: A modem at the subscriber's house allows for high-speed Internet access. l The ONUs used in this application scenario include MA5616.2.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Service Requirements The FTTB/C application scenario only supports Internet access and voice services without multicast demands. Figure 13-2 FTTB/C networking diagram (xDSL) FE/GE PC PO xDSL TS OLT UPE ONU PE-AGG NGN/IMS Metro Network Phone FE/GE PC xDSL TS Optical splitter UPE PE-AGG ONU Internet PO Phone 13. Ltd. see 12. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/19 0 2. 627 .1) + ONU port ID + 1 l SVLAN: VLAN ID 100 and attribute stacking Upstream VLANs of the ONU: 1001-1016 Service flow ID: 101 VoIP service OLT VLAN ID (VLAN transparently transmitting the ONU service): 200 ONU VLAN ID: 200 Service flow ID: 201 Remarks Assume that the split ratio of the optical splitter is 1:32.5 VoIP Service Data Plan. For details about the data plan. Data plan Item Internet access service Data OLT VLAN ID: l CVLAN ID: 256 x GPON port ID + 32 x Split ratio x (Splitter port ID . For details about the data plan. and VLAN attribute to stacking. the inner VLAN is 258 according to the formula for calculating the inner VLAN.1p priority for the Internet access service is 0 and the traffic profile is unlimited. The 802. VLAN type to smart VLAN. the ONU is connected to port 1 on the optical splitter using the optical cable. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this case. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 100. see 12. Configure the SVLAN ID to 100.. and the user PC is connected to port 1 on the ONU. Use traffic profile 6. Procedure l Configure the channel for the Internet access service.4 Internet Access Service Data Plan. You can run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profile in the system.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Table 13-4 Adding service flows Mode Add service flows one by one. Add service flows in batches. Command service-port multi-service-port Remarks You need to specify the ontid + gemindex to identify a service flow and ensure that the number of GEM ports is the same as the number of VLANs on the user side. Configure the service VLAN and add the upstream port to this VLAN. 1. Configure the corresponding traffic profile. Configure the service VLAN and add the upstream port to this VLAN. Configure service flows to receive and transparently transmits the Internet access service from the ONU. 1. inner VLAN ID is 258. huawei(config)#vlan 200 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/19 0 2. Configure the SVLAN ID to 200 and VLAN type to smart VLAN. Configure service flows to receive and transparently transmits the VoIP service from the ONU. – For the ONU: The upstream VLAN ID is 200. The user-side VLAN ID of the OLT is the same as the upstream VLAN ID of the ONU. The VoIP service uses GEM port 13. – For the ONU: The upstream VLAN ID is 1001.1p priority of the VoIP service is 5 and the traffic profile is unlimited. In the command execution. You can run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profile in the system. 628 . The 802. and Security Policy Service reliability is improved by configuring uplink aggregation and priority scheduling policy for upstream queues in global config mode. a new traffic profile is required. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The user-side VLAN ID of the OLT is the same as the upstream VLAN ID of the ONU. The Internet access service uses GEM port 12. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priority-policy local-setting 3. which indicates that service packets are scheduled by the priority specified in the traffic profile.2. Configure the corresponding traffic profile. huawei(config)#service-port 101 vlan 100 gpon 0/2/1 ont 1 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 1001 tag-transform translate-and-add inner-vlan 258 rx-cttr 6 txcttr 6 l Configure the channel for the VoIP service. huawei(config)#service-port 201 vlan 200 gpon 0/2/1 ont 1 gemport 13 multiservice user-vlan 200 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 ----End 13. Congestion Control. – For the OLT: The SVLAN ID is 100. that is. If the existing traffic profile does not meet data plan requirements. Ltd. – For the OLT: The SVLAN ID is 200.3 Configuring Link Aggregation.. priority-policy is localsetting.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 3. According to the data plan. that is. and service security is improved by configuring security policy in global config mode. According to the data plan. 1001. Add upstream port 0/19/0 to VLAN 200. 200. New traffic profile 9 is added. l Configure user security.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Background Information In link aggregation. Run the security anti-icmpattack enable command to enable anti-ICMP attack. Enable anti-ICMP attack.1 Security Design. In congestion control. huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/19 0-1 ingress workmode lacp-static l Configure queue scheduling. – – Enables anti-MAC transfer. 2. all packets are scheduled in strict priority (SQ) mode and mapped into different queues based on priorities. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. NOTE You are advised to enable the service security feature according to service types. Configure upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 into an aggregation group. queue scheduling is used to put packets from one port into multiple queues and then process the packets based on queue priorities. 3. 629 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . Enable anti-IP spoofing. For details. Run the security anti-ipattack enable command to enable anti-IP attack. 2. 1. You are advised to configure congestion control. – Enable anti-DoS attack. – – Run the security anti-dos enable command to enable global anti-DoS attack. The anti-IP spoofing function can be enabled or disabled at three levels. According to "12. Run the security anti-dos control-packet policy command to configure the policy of processing protocol packets when a DoS attack occurs.. You are advised to configure link aggregation. VLAN level: Run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command in VLAN service profile configuration mode. Run the security anti-macduplicate enable command to enable anti-MAC-duplicate. Enable anti-IP attack. user security. ensuring normal services from different aspects. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler strict-priority huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 l Configure system security. multiple upstream Ethernet ports are aggregated into a group to increase bandwidth and reliability of OLT uplinks.3 QoS Plan. 1. The working mode is LACP static aggregation. see 12. Security policy involves system security. Procedure l Configure link aggregation. Run the security anti-dos control-packet rate command to configure the threshold of the rate for sending protocol packets to the CPU. This anti-IP spoofing function takes effect only when it is enabled at all three levels. Ltd. Global level: Run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command in global configuration mode. Each member port in the aggregation group allocates packets based on the source MAC address. and service security. Enable PITP. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 3. Configure service security. – Enable DHCP option 82.2. 2. – Global level: Run the dhcp option82 enable command in global configuration mode. The DHCP option 82 function can be enabled or disabled at four levels. 4.4 Configuring the Internet Access Service (ADSL2+ Access. ONU Side) This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service for home gateway (HGW) users on an optical network unit (ONU) when HGWs are connected upstream to the ONU in ADSL2 + mode. The DHCP option 82 function takes effect only when it is enabled at all four levels. 4. VLAN level: Run the dhcp option82 enable command in VLAN service profile configuration mode. 1. Ltd. which is used in PPPoE dialup as recommended.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios 3. VLAN level: Run the pitp enable command in VLAN service profile configuration mode. For the functions and configurations of each profile. The PITP function can be enabled or disabled at four levels. see Table 13-5. l Service port level: Run the security anti-ipspoofing service-port serviceportid enable command. which is used in DHCP dialup as recommended. ----End 13. Port level: Run the pitp port or pitp board command to enable the function at the port level. Background Information ADSL2+ ports working in normal mode (that is. The PITP function takes effect only when it is enabled at all four levels. 1. Service port level: Run the pitp service-port command. Service port level: Run the dhcp option82 service-port command. 2.. RFC 2662 mode) need to bind an ADSL2+ line profile and an ADSL2+ alarm profile. 3. 630 . Global level: Run the pitp enable pmode command in global configuration mode. Port level: Run the dhcp option82 port or dhcp option82 board command to enable the function at the port level. l Profile 1022 is used for fast activation of ADSL ports. l Profile 1023 is used for long-reach activation of existing ADSL ports. Remarks A traffic profile implements rate-limiting. Configuration The system has four default profiles (profile 1. Ltd. the central office (CO) and the customer premises equipment (CPE) negotiate based on the parameters configured in the ADSL2+ line profile.. to determine whether the ADSL2+ port can work in the normal state in these conditions. 631 . profile 1022. l Profile 1 is used for activation of common ADSL ports. profile 1023. and profile 1024) for activation of ADSL2+ ports in different conditions. Data Plan The following table provides key information about the Internet access service (ADSL2+ access). l Profile 1024 is used for activation of ports on ADSL2+ boards. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Commands: l To query: display adsl line-profile l To add: adsl line-profile add or adsl line-profile quickadd Commands: l To query: display adsl alarmprofile l To add: adsl alarm-profile add or adsl alarm-profile quickadd ADSL2+ alarm profile Values to be configured in an ADSL2 + line alarm profile are thresholds within any 15 minutes.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Table 13-5 ADSL2+ profile Profile Type ADSL2+ line profile Function An ADSL2+ line profile provides the following parameters: l ADSL/ADSL2+ working mode l Channel mode l Upstream/Downstream line rate l Upstream/Downstream interleave depth l Noise margin When an ADSL2+ port is activated. the system informs the device of the event and sends alarms to the NMS. When the statistics of an item reach the threshold. Item Traffic profile Data ID: 8 CIR: 4 Mbit/s VLAN priority: 0 Downstream priority policy: local-setting VPI/VCI of ADSL2+ users VPI: 0 VCI: 35 Internet service providers (ISPs) provide VPI/ VCI information. set VPI/VCI to 0/35. Ltd. This example uses a default traffic profile. huawei(config)#vlan 1001-1016 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1001-1016 0/0 1 Step 4 Add a service port. ADSL2+ alarm profile ID: 1 (default) The system does not check whether parameter thresholds are crossed and so does not report alarms. You can run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles existing in the system. Add a service port as follows: //Create service port 101. use the management IP address of the ONU to log in to the ONU through Telnet. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 4096 priority 0 priority-policy localsetting Step 3 Create service VLANs. On the OLT.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Item ADSL2+ line profile Data ID: 1024 (default). As packets from HGWs contain VPI/VCI information. and downstream packets are scheduled based on the priority specified in the traffic profile. If the traffic profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements. l Configure an ADSL2+ line profile only when the default one does not meet requirements. you need to run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. Procedure Step 1 Log in to the ONU to perform the configuration. bind port 0/2/0 to it.. Password: mduadmin (default). the PVC needs to be mapped to the user VLAN when a service flow is configured. Assume that the VPI/VCI of users is 0/35 and the VLAN ID is 1001. The priority for upstream packets is 0. key parameters: l Working mode: full compatibility l Channel working mode: interleaved l Maximum upstream/ downstream rate (kbit/s): 24544/1024 Remarks A traffic profile or an ADSL2+ line profile can implement rate-limiting on ADSL2+ ports. Step 2 Configure a traffic profile./ huawei(config)#service-port 101 vlan 1001 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 Step 5 (Optional) Configure an ADSL2+ line profile. 632 . User name: root (default). and bind traffic profile 8 to the user VLAN. Create service VLANs 1001-1016 in batches whose type is smart and attribute is common (the service VLAN IDs must be consistent with the user VLAN IDs of the OLT). Add the service VLANs to upstream port 0/0/1. Add traffic profile 8 and set the committed information rate (CIR) to 4 Mbit/s. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Step 7 Bind an ADSL2+ line profile and an ADSL2+ alarm profile. When a VDSL2 port is activated. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.5 Configuring the Internet Access Service (VDSL2 Access. ONU Side) This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service for home gateway (HGW) users on an optical network unit (ONU) when HGWs are connected upstream to the ONU in VDSL2 mode. The system has one default VDSL2 line template (template 1). Background Information VDSL2 ports working in normal mode (that is. signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) margin. Table 13-6 VDSL2 template Templ ate Type VDSL2 line template Function Configuration A VDSL2 line template consists of a VDSL2 line profile and a VDSL2 channel profile. This example uses the default ADSL2+ alarm profile (ID: 1). and downstream power back-off (DPBO). to determine whether the VDSL2 port can work in the normal state in these conditions. 633 . TR129 mode) need to bind the VDSL2 line template and VDSL2 alarm template. Ltd.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios l This example uses the default ADSL2+ line profile (ID: 1024).. the central office (CO) and the customer premises equipment (CPE) negotiate based on the parameters configured in the VDSL2 line template. Step 6 (Optional) Configure an ADSL2+ alarm profile. l To query: display vdsl linetemplate l To add: vdsl line-template add or vdsl line-template quickadd A VDSL2 line profile provides the l To query: display vdsl line-profile following parameters: line l To add: vdsl line-profile add or transmission mode. upstream power back-off (UPBO). see Table 13-6. For the functions and configurations of each profile. and activate ADSL2 + port 0/2/0. huawei(config)#interface adsl 0/2 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#deactivate 0 huawei (config-if-adsl-0/2)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#activate 0 profile-index 1024 ----End 13. adaptation mode of vdsl line-profile quickadd upstream/downstream transmit rates. For example. which is used for activation of common VDSL2 ports. bind ADSL2+ line profile 1024 and ADSL2+ alarm profile 1. and activate the ADSL2+ port.2. rate parameters. retransmission at the physical layer.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Templ ate Type Function Configuration A VDSL2 channel profile provides the following parameters: data channel mode. and G. A VDSL2 line alarm profile provides the following parameters for COs and CPEs: l Forward error check seconds (FECS) l Errored seconds (ES) l Severely errored seconds (SES) l Loss of signal seconds (LOSS) l Unavailable seconds (UAS) l Low error-free throughput rate (LEFTR) defect seconds A VDSL2 channel alarm profile provides the following parameters for COs and CPEs: l Coding violations counts (CVC) l Corrected blocks counts (CBC) l To query: display vdsl channeltemplate l To add: vdsl channel-template add or vdsl channel-profile quickadd The system has one default VDSL2 alarm template (template 1).. erasure decoding. VDSL2 alarm template A VDSL2 alarm template consists of a VDSL2 line alarm profile and a VDSL2 channel alarm profile.4 retransmission. the system informs the device of the event. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Values to be configured in a VDSL2 alarm template are thresholds within any 15 minutes. When the statistics of an item reach the threshold. Ltd. and sends alarms to the NMS. l To query: display vdsl alarmtemplate l To add: vdsl alarm-template add or vdsl alarm-template quickadd l To query: display vdsl alarmprofile l To add: vdsl alarm-profile add or vdsl alarm-profile quickadd l To query: display vdsl channelalarm-profile l To add: vdsl channel-alarmprofile add or vdsl channel-alarmprofile quickadd Data Plan Table 13-7 provides key information about the Internet access service (VDSL2 access). 634 . minimum impulse noise protection. interleaved delay parameters.998. Step 2 Configure a traffic profile. Add traffic profile 8 and set the committed information rate (CIR) to 4 Mbit/s. Procedure Step 1 Log in to the ONU to perform the configuration. On the OLT. This example assumes the PTM mode. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 4096 priority 0 priority-policy localsetting Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. User name: root (default). Password: mduadmin (default). You can run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles existing in the system.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Table 13-7 Key information about the Internet access service (VDSL2 access) Item Traffic profile Data ID: 8 CIR: 4 Mbit/s VLAN priority: 0 Downstream priority policy: local-setting VDSL2 line mode PTM There are two VDSL line modes: ATM mode and PTM mode. If the traffic profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements. l ATM mode: ATM cells are transmitted in channels. The system does not check whether parameter thresholds are crossed and so does not report alarms.. The priority for upstream packets is 0. l PTM mode: IP cells are transmitted in channels. VDSL2 line template Line profile ID: 1 (default) Channel profile ID: 1 (default) Line template ID: 1 (default) VDSL2 alarm template Line alarm profile ID: 1 (default) Channel alarm profile ID: 1 (default) Alarm template ID: 1 (default) A traffic profile or a VDSL2 line template can implement rate-limiting on VDSL2 ports. and downstream packets are scheduled based on the priority specified in the traffic profile. This example uses a default traffic profile. Remarks A traffic profile implements ratelimiting. you need to run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. 635 . Ltd. This mode is incompatible with the ADSL2+ mode. use the management IP address of the ONU to log in to the ONU through Telnet. This mode is compatible with the ADSL2+ mode. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. bind VDSL2 line template 1 and VDSL2 alarm template 1. After the configuration is complete. Create service VLANs 1001-1016 in batches whose type is smart and attribute is common (the service VLAN IDs must be consistent with the user VLAN IDs of the OLT).6 Configuring H. Precautions 1. WARNING This operation interrupts the ongoing services carried on the currently used MG interface. Add a service port as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 101 vlan 1001 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service uservlan untagged rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 Step 5 Configure a VDSL2 line template. huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#deactivate 0 huawei (config-if-vdsl-0/1)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#activate 0 template-index 1 ----End 13. This example uses the default VDSL2 line template (ID: 1).248 and SIP protocols. Step 6 Configure a VDSL2 alarm template. Ltd. you need to delete the MG interface first and run the protocol support command to switch the protocol. and activate the VDSL2 port.. Ensure that the Status of the voice board on the ONU is Normal by running the display board 0 command.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Step 3 Create service VLANs.248 Voice Service (on the ONU) This topic describes how to configure the voice service on the ONU based on the H. You can run the display protocol support command to query the currently supported voice protocol. packets from the user VLAN are untagged. port is 0/1/0. For example. these two protocols are mutually exclusive. Hence.2. Assume that the VDSL2 path mode is PTM mode. exercise caution when performing this operation. save the configuration and restart the system to make the configured protocol take effect.248 protocol to provide the high quality and low cost VoIP service for users. Add the service VLANs to upstream port 0/0/1. Step 7 Bind a VDSL2 line template and a VDSL2 alarm template. An ONU supports both the H. 2. This example uses the default VDSL2 alarm template (ID: 1). however. huawei(config)#vlan 1001-1016 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1001-1016 0/0 1 Step 4 Add a service port. and activate VDSL2 port 0/1/0. and service flow ID is 101. Prerequisites l l The media gateway controller (MGC) interface data and the PSTN user data corresponding to the media gateway (MG) interface is configured on the MGC. VLAN ID is 1001. If the voice protocol needs to be switched. 636 . 10. Item MG interface data NOTE The data configurati on must be the same as the data configurati on on the MGC.10. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.200/24 2944 Text UDP 1 (the negotiation starts from V1) 83110001-83110024 Terminal layering is not supported and the terminal identification ranges from 0 to 23.200. Cat2 for phone 1 Cat3 for phone 2 to phone 24 (default) User type Common user (DEL user by default) Default value Default value Polarity-reversal Default value Voice user data Phone number Terminal identification User priority Common parameter System parameter Overseas parameter PSTN port attribute Ringing current attribute Procedure Step 1 Log in to and configure the ONU.200. Data Media and signalin g paramet ers Media and signaling upstream VLANs Media and signaling upstream port Media IP address and signaling IP address Default gateway IP address MG interface ID Signaling port ID IP address of the primary MGC Port ID of the primary MGC Coding Transmission mode H248 version that MG starts to negotiate 200 0/0/1 17.10.10/24 17. see 12.1/24 0 2944 200.5 VoIP Service Data Plan. Ltd.. 637 .10.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Data plan For details about the data plan. which must be the same as that on the MGC. By default.. Pay attention to the following when configuring the attributes of the MG interface according to the data plan: l The MG interface is registered by the IP address (default mode) or domain name. the user name is root and the password is mduadmin.10.10 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 200 huawei(config-if-vlanif200)#ip address 17. Enter the VLAN interface mode and configure the lP address of the Layer 3 interface to 17. Create an upstream VLAN. which ensures that the MGC can control the call connection through the MG interface. Plan the data according to actual networking.10. Configure the IP address of the Layer 3 interface. huawei(config)#interface h248 0 Are you sure to add MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y Step 6 Configure the attributes of the MG interface.10.10. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10. Add MG interface 0 according to the data plan.10.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Log in to the ONU from the OLT by telnet the management IP address of the ONU.200. 1.10.200.10. Add upstream port 0/0/1 to VLAN 2000. Step 4 Configure static routes.200.200.1 Step 5 Add an MG interface.200/24) of the MGC are in different network segments. Because the IP address of the VLAN interface and the IP address (200.10 and the MG IP address to 17.10.10. The VLAN ID is 200 and the VLAN is a smart VLAN.200. Specify the upstream VLAN interface for the media stream and the signaling flows and configure the IP addresses of the Layer 3 interface.1 to 200. Configure both the media IP address and signaling IP address to 17.10 17. huawei(config)#ip route-static 200. Ltd.1 huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 17. huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/0 1 3.10. l The media IP address can be different from the signaling IP address. These IP addresses are the sources of the IP address pools for the media stream and the signaling flows.200. Add the upstream port to the created upstream VLAN.10 huawei(config-voip)#quit NOTE l You can configure the attributes of the MG interface only when the media IP address and the signaling IP address exist in the media and signaling IP address pools.10.10.10.10.10 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif200)#quit Step 3 Configure the media and signaling IP address pools. Step 2 Configure the upstream VLAN interface. 638 .10.10.1. huawei(config)#vlan 200 smart 2. huawei(config)#voip huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 17. Add an MG interface to communicate with the MGC. you need to configure a route for the network segment from gateway 17.0 24 17.10.0. The terminal identification must be unique on one MG interface. Configure phone numbers of users 0/3/0-0/3/23 to 83110001-83110024 in batches and terminal identification to 0.10 mgport 2944 code text transfer udp primary-mgc-ip1 200. mgcport_1. V2 or V3 (default value). huawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser modify 0/3/0 priority cat2 huawei(config-esl-user)#quit Step 10 Configure all the PSTN ports to support polarity reversal. huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/23 0 terminalid 0 telno 83110001 Step 9 Configure the call priority of a PSTN user.10. l The MG interface can be cold reset only after parameters mgip.10. l If the user of the MG interface is configured to support terminal layering. Otherwise. you need not configure the terminal identification because the system automatically allocates it. mgport. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#if-h248 attribute mgip 17.10. and mg-media-ip are correctly configured. The interface may fail to be registered because some softswitches do not support V3. Ltd.200. huawei(config)#save ----End 13.10 start-negotiate-version 1 Step 7 Reset the MG interface. primary-mgc-ip1 (or mgc-domainname1). l Phone numbers are used for only internal emergency standalone.10.200 primary-mgc-port 2944 mg-media-ip1 17. transfer. code. the terminal identification is mandatory.. If the user of the MG interface does not support terminal layering.7 Configuring SIP Voice Service (on an ONU) This topic describes how to configure voice services based on the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) on an optical network unit (ONU). Configure the physical attributes of the PSTN port to which the users belong to support polarity reversal so that the user supports polarity reversal accounting. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios l The negotiated H.2.248 protocol version is V1.200. internal extensions call each other. The voice over IP (VoIP) services have high quality. that is. huawei(config)#pstnport huawei(config-pstnport)#pstnport attribute batset 0/3/0 0/3/23 reverse-pole-pulse enable huawei(config-pstnport)#quit Step 11 Save the data. 639 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . Step 8 Configure the PSTN user data. Actual phone numbers are assigned by the MGC. the MG interface does not take effect. but require low cost. Prerequisites l The IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) interface data and public switched telephone network (PSTN) user data corresponding to the SIP interface is configured on the IMS. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#reset coldstart Are you sure to reset MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-h248-0)#quit NOTE l You must cold reset the MG interface after configuring. 1/24 0 5060 200. run the display board 0 command. you need to delete the MG interface first and run the protocol support command to switch the protocol.200.5 VoIP Service Data Plan.) Precautions 1.200/24 5060 Text UDP 640 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10. Ltd. (To verify board status. these two protocols are mutually exclusive. however. exercise caution when performing this operation. WARNING This operation interrupts the ongoing services carried on the currently used MG interface.200. see 12.) Data Media and signalin g paramet ers Media and signaling upstream VLAN Media and signaling upstream port Media IP address and signaling IP address Default gateway IP address SIP interface ID Signaling port ID IP address of the main IMS equipment Port ID of the main IMS equipment Coding scheme Transmission mode 200 0/0/1 17. You can run the display protocol support command to query the currently supported voice protocol.248 and SIP protocols.10. If the voice protocol needs to be switched.10. 2. Data Plan For configuration rules and description of configuration items. An ONU supports both the H. Hence. . save the configuration and restart the system to make the configured protocol take effect.10/24 17.10.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios l Status of the voice board on the ONU is normal.. After the configuration is complete. Item SIP interface data NOTE (It must be the same as that on the IMS core network device. The VLAN ID is 200 and the VLAN is a smart VLAN. Set the media IP address and signaling IP address to 17. By default. Ltd. Specify the upstream VLAN interface for the media stream and the signaling flows and configure the IP addresses of the Layer 3 interface.10.10. Add the upstream port to the created upstream VLAN.10.10.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Item Home domain name (SIP) Profile index (SIP) Voice user data Phone number User priority Data huawei 1 83110001-83110024 Phone 1 indicates Cat2.. Configure the IP address of the Layer 3 interface. huawei(config)#voip huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 17. These IP addresses are the sources of the IP address pools for the media stream and the signaling flows.1. Step 2 Configure the upstream VLAN interface.10.10. huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/0 1 3. Log in to the ONU from the OLT by telnet the management IP address of the ONU. Phone 2 to phone 24 indicate Cat3 (default value). Enter the VLAN interface mode and configure the lP address of the Layer 3 interface to 17. huawei(config)#vlan 200 smart 2.1 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Add upstream port 0/0/1 to VLAN 2000.10.10 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 200 huawei(config-if-vlanif200)#ip address 17.10.10.10. and the media gateway to 17.10.10 17. 1. the user name is root and the password is mduadmin.10 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif200)#quit Step 3 Configure the media and signaling IP address pools.10.10. Create an upstream VLAN. User type Common user (the DEL user by default) Default value Default value Polarity-Reversing Pulse Default value Common Parameter System parameter Overseas parameter PSTN port attribute Ringing current attribute Procedure Step 1 Log in to and configure the ONU. 641 . Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10 huawei(config-voip)#quit NOTE l Attributes of the MG interface can be configured only when the media IP address and the signaling IP address exist in the media and signaling IP address pools. huawei(config-if-sip-0)#if-sip attribute basic media-ip 17.10.200/24) are in different network segments.10. register server uniform resource identifier (URI).1 to the network segment 200.0.10. Configure the physical attributes of the PSTN port to which the users belong to support polarity reversal so that the user supports polarity reversal accounting.200. huawei(config-esl-user)#sippstnuser attribute set 0/3/0 priority cat2 huawei(config-esl-user)#quit Step 11 Configure all the PSTN ports to support polarity reversal. huawei(config)#pstnport huawei(config-pstnport)#pstnport attribute batset 0/3/0 0/3/23 reverse-pole-pulse enable huawei(config-pstnport)#quit Step 12 Save the data.200. Because the IP address of the VLAN interface and that of the IMS (200. including the domain name.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 17.10.200 primary-proxy-port 5060 home-domain huawei sipprofile-index 1 Step 7 (Optional) Configure the optional attributes of the SIP interface. Step 8 Reset the SIP interface.10. 642 . NOTE l To configure the data of a single SIP PSTN user.10.1 Step 5 Add an SIP interface. l The Media IP address and signaling IP address can be different. The SIP interface is used for IMS communication.200. Run the if-sip attribute optional command to configure the optional attributes.200. huawei(config)#ip route-static 200.200. Step 4 Configure static routes. run the sippstnuser batadd command. description.200.200. and conference factory URI of the SIP interface..10. Ltd.10.0 24 17. l To configure the data of multiple SIP PSTN users in batches.10 signal-ip 17. the configured routes must be from gateway 17. huawei(config)#interface sip 0 Are you sure to add the SIP interface?(y/n)[n]:y Step 6 Configure the basic attributes of the SIP interface.10.200. Configure in batches the phone numbers of users 0/3/0-0/3/23 to 83110001-83110024. huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#sippstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/23 0 telno 83110001 Step 10 Configure call priorities for SIP PSTN users. run the sippstnuser add command. huawei(config-if-sip-0)#reset Are you sure to reset the SIP interface?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-sip-0)#quit Step 9 Configure the SIP PSTN user data.10 signal-port 5060 transfer udp primary-proxy-ip1 200. Data planning should be based on networking requirements.10. phone context. Call emulation An ONU emulates a call to check whether the voice service configurations are correct.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide huawei(config)#save 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios ----End 13. Background Information Remote Service Verificati on Method PPPoE emulation dialup Function Remarks By emulating PPPoE terminal software. ONUs support methods of remote service verification such as Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE) dialup emulation and call emulation. password. The broadband remote access server (BRAS) and media gateway controller (MGC)/IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) have been configured. Remote site verification eliminates the need to go to site for a second time. An ONU supports one line of emulated call. No phone is required in the test. l An ONU supports one line of emulated call. The call emulation function can also be used to locate faults when a voice service is faulty. Prerequisites ONUs are properly connected to upper-layer devices. 643 . l An ONU can emulate the caller and callee simultaneously in an emulation test. l An ONU can emulate a caller or callee in an emulation test.8 Verifying Services In the Fiber-to-the-building (FTTB) scenario. A functional phone is required in the test. an ONU dials up and interacts with the BRAS. The user name.. Ltd. optical network units (ONUs) are installed in buildings that are far from the central equipment room. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and authentication mode must be configured on the BRAS before the PPPoE dialup emulation starts. to verify the connectivity between the ONT and BRAS.2. PPPoE dialup emulation requires a service flow that does not belong to a QinQ VLAN. 254 ----------------------------------------------------------------- 3.50.50. Caller port: 0/3/0 Called port: 0/3/23 Called number: 83110024 Procedure l Verify the Internet access service using PPPoE dialup emulation. huawei(config)#display pppoe simulate info PPPoE simulate information is: ----------------------------------------------------------------Service-port: 101 User name: user0 Current phase: //*Emulation phase Result: Success //*Emulation result Start time: 2011-11-16 15:41:29+08:00 End time: 2011-11-16 15:41:34+08:00 Session ID: 591 User IP: 192. Query the emulation test information by running the display pppoe simulate info command. retain the parameter settings as default. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The ONU outputs the call emulation result and failure of the cause if the emulation test fails.2 Gateway IP: 192.. run the display pots emulational configuration command. 1. huawei(config)#test huawei(config-test)#pots emulational-call caller-port 0/3/0 callee-port 0/3/23 callee-telno 83110024 2. Start an emulation test by running the ont emulational call command. 1. huawei(config)#pppoe simulate start Command: pppoe simulate start Service-port(index<0-999>):101 User Name(length<1. Start an emulation test by running the simulate dhcp start command. To query default values.16>):******* Authentication Mode: 1. and authentication mode required by the emulation test must be consistent with those configured on the BRAS.168. Pap [default 1]:1 Overtime Time(5-60s)[default 5]:10 2.65>):user0 User Password(length<0.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Data Plan Item PPPoE dialup emulation parameter Call emulation parameter Data Service flow ID: 101 Emulation timer: 10s Remarks The user name.168. Ltd. password. huawei(config)#pppoe simulate stop Verify the voice service using call emulation. Chap 2. l Terminate the emulation test by running the simulate dhcp start command. When an ONU simultaneously emulates the caller and the callee in an emulation test. 644 . The ONU outputs the call emulation result after the test is complete. MAC/IP spoofing. The Integrated Access Device (IAD) in the ONU provides voice services.1 Service Requirements and Application Scenario Service Requirements A gigabit-capable passive optical network (GPON) should be capable of delivering triple play service over Category 5 cables or twisted pairs. a GPON optical line terminal (OLT) is deployed at the central office (CO). An optical network unit (ONU) is deployed in the building corridor or the curb (fiber distribution terminal). and provides Internet services for downstream subscribers through fast Ethernet (FE) ports or WiFi. hijacking or unauthorized borrowing of user accounts. and IPTV services through FE ports.3 FTTB+HGW Scenario (Voice Service Provided by ONU) The home gateway (HGW) provides Internet access and Internet Protocol television (IPTV) services. and traffic flooding attack l Easy fault location and service maintenance Application Scenario As shown in Figure 13-3. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.3. The services are sent upstream to the optical network unit (ONU) over a local area network (LAN) or x digital subscriber line (xDSL). Service requirements are described as follows: l l l l l Sharing of Internet access among multiple computers in the household Access of multiple phones in the household Internet Protocol (IPTV) services (program preview or watch) enabled by set-top boxes (STB) Independent provisioning of Internet access.. Ltd. malicious attack. 13. which enable multiple PCs of a family to access the Internet at the same time (NAT is short for network address translation). Service access ports are provided by the local area network (LAN) or the home gateway (HGW) of an x digital subscriber line (xDSL) upstream. and malicious attack – Voice and IPTV services protected against MAC/IP spoofing. and IPTV services Ensured service security: – Internet access services protected against unauthorized access. voice.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide huawei(config-test)# Caller port Callee port Test result 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios : : : 0/3/0 0/3/23 Test Succeed ----End 13. l An HGW sends services upstream to an ONU through ETH or xDSL ports. where services are converged into the metropolitan area network. The HGW has Layer 3 functions (such as PPPoE dialup and NAT). 645 l Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . Prerequisites 1. l l Figure 13-3 GPON FTTB+HGW networking Diagram (voice.1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios l l Set-top boxes (STB) are connected to HGWs to provide IPTV services (program preview and watch).3.2 Configuring Service Channels Between an OLT and an ONU This topic describes how to configure service channels between an optical line terminal (OLT) and an optical network unit (ONU) on a gigabit-capable passive optical network (GPON).2 Adding an ONU to an OLT is performed. xDSL ports are available on MA5616. MA5616. The ONUs used in this application scenario include MA5620. Ltd. which allows for access of multiple phones in the household. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 13. Data Plan The following table provides key information about the service channels between an OLT and an ONU. LAN ports are available on MA5620. MA5603T. packets of the service types from the ONU can be forwarded based on planned VLANs and policies at Layer 2. The integrated access device (IAD) in an ONU provides at least one plain old telephone service (POTS) interface.3 Configuring the Management Channel Between the OLT and the ONU is performed.1. 2. 13. After channels for involved service types are configured on an OLT to which an ONU is connected. MA5603T. MA5612. Internet access and IPTV services) Laptop PC STB TV Phone Laptop PC STB TV Phone HGW xDSL ONU Splitter UPE PE-AGG Internet HGW LAN ONU OLT UPE Metro Network IPTV Headend PE-AGG NGN/IMS 13. MA5616. MA5612.. 646 . 6 IPTV Service Data Plan. Create an S-VLAN and add an upstream port to it.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Service Type Internet access service VLAN Plan S-VLAN ID: 100. For details. see 12. as the VoD service requires only a few VLAN resources.1. 1.1.10. they are upstream VLANs or S-VLANs of ONUs.1.10-224. The VoD service is a carrier-operating. The voice over IP (VoIP) service is a carrieroperating.10/24 The multicast service is a carrier-operating. see 12. Procedure l Configure a channel for the Internet access service. closed service and primarily adopts only S-VLAN tags. That is. see 12.1. which are transparently transmitted by OLTs. see 12.. which are transparently transmitted by OLTs. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/19 0 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10. closed service and primarily adopts only S-VLAN tags.6 IPTV Service Data Plan. For details. Ltd. For details.4 Internet Access Service Data Plan. Create S-VLAN 100 with the stacking attribute and add upstream port 0/19/0 to the S-VLAN. VoIP service S-VLAN ID: 200 C-VLAN ID: 200 VoD service S-VLAN ID: 300 Plan the video on demand (VoD) service in per user per VLAN (PUPV) mode if possible. For details. 647 . NOTE C-VLANs in the preceding table are defined for OLTs.5 VoIP Service Data Plan. SVLAN attribute: stacking C-VLAN ID: 1000-1016 Remarks Plan the Internet access service in per user per service per VLAN (PUPSPV) mode and apply SVLAN+C-VLAN to differentiate users.100 IP address of the multicast server: 10. Multicast service Multicast VLAN ID: 1000 Multicast cascading port: 0/2/1 IGMP version: IGMPv3 IGMP mode: IGMP proxy Multicast IP address range: 224. closed service and primarily adopts only S-VLAN tags. 1. Configure a service flow with the GEM port ID being 12 and user-side VLAN ID being 1001 (example value). huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priority-policy local-setting 3. and traffic profile 6 is referenced. To check whether any existing traffic profile meets the requirements. so no traffic profile needs to be configured. and rate limitation is not required.1p priority of the VoD service is 4. run the display Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1p priority of the VoIP service is 5. Ltd. 1. To check whether any existing traffic profile meets the requirements. Configure a service flow for receiving and transparently transmitting the Internet access service from the ONU side. Configure a service flow with the GEM port ID being 13 and user-side VLAN ID being 200. traffic is scheduled based on the priority specified in the traffic profile. Configure a traffic profile. so a traffic profile needs to be configured. run the display traffic table ip command. The ONU is connected to GPON port 0/2/1.1p priority of the Internet access service is 0. In this example. To check whether any existing traffic profile meets the requirements. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 200 gpon 0/2/1 ont 1 gemport 13 multiservice user-vlan 200 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 l Configure a channel for the VoD service. Configure a traffic profile. The 802. Create S-VLAN 300 with the common attribute and add upstream port 0/19/0 to the S-VLAN. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0 2. run the display traffic table ip command. and traffic profile 9 is referenced. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 gpon 0/2/1 ont 1 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 1001 tag-transform default rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 l Configure a channel for the VoIP service. In this example. upstream and downstream traffic are rate-limited on the ONU but not on the OLT. the query result shows that traffic profile 6 meets the requirements. the query result shows that no traffic profile meets the requirements. Create an S-VLAN and add an upstream port to it. 648 . The ONU is connected to GPON port 0/2/1. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 3. Configure a traffic profile.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios 2.. Create an S-VLAN and add an upstream port to it. upstream and downstream traffic are rate-limited on the ONU but not on the OLT. Then. Create S-VLAN 200 with the common attribute and add upstream port 0/19/0 to the S-VLAN. The 802. Configure a service flow for receiving and transparently transmitting the VoIP service from the ONU side. The 802. and rate limitation is not required. huawei(config)#vlan 200 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/19 0 2. and rate limitation is not required. Add traffic profile 9 and set priority-policy to local-setting. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/2/1 ont 1 gemport 14 multiservice user-vlan 300 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10 l Configure a channel for the multicast service. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/19 0 2. ONT 1 is connected to GPON port 0/2/1. and traffic profile 10 is referenced. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp version v3 5. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 1000 gpon 0/2/1 ont 1 gemport 14 multiservice user-vlan 1000 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10 3.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios traffic table ip command. Create an S-VLAN and add an upstream port to it.1. upstream and downstream traffic are rate-limited on the ONU but not on the OLT. Add traffic profile 10 and set priority-policy to local-setting.1. Create S-VLAN 1000 with the common attribute and add upstream port 0/19/0 to the S-VLAN. ONT ID to 1. huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp cascade-port 0/2/1 ontid 1 gemport-index 14 4. traffic is scheduled based on the priority specified in the traffic profile. and traffic profile 10 is referenced.10.1.. 1. Ltd. Set the multicast IP address range to 224.10-224. In this example. Configure a service flow for the VoD service. Set the IGMP version to IGMPv3. Set the IGMP mode. Configure a service flow with the GEM port ID being 14 and user-side VLAN ID being 300.10. Set the IGMP upstream port to port 0/19/0. upstream and downstream traffic are rate-limited on the ONU but not on the OLT. Configure an IGMP upstream port.1. Configure a service flow for the multicast service.100 and the IP address of the multicast server to 10. Set the IGMP version. and GEM port 14 to carry the multicast service. Select the IGMP proxy mode. 649 . the query result shows that no traffic profile meets the requirements. Configure a multicast cascading port. Then.10. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 10 cir off priority 4 prioritypolicy local-Setting 3. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode? (y/n)[n]:y 6. The ONU is connected to GPON port 0/2/1. Configure a program library. so a traffic profile needs to be configured. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Set GPON port 0/2/1 as a multicast cascading port. Configure a service flow with the GEM port ID being 14 and user-side VLAN ID being 1000. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp uplink-port 0/19/0 7. In congestion control.1.1. and Security Policy Service reliability is improved by configuring uplink aggregation and priority scheduling policy for upstream queues in global config mode. and service security. Security policy involves system security. queue scheduling is used to put packets from one port into multiple queues and then process the packets based on queue priorities. Ltd. According to "12. Run the security anti-dos control-packet policy command to configure the policy of processing protocol packets when a DoS attack occurs. multiple upstream Ethernet ports are aggregated into a group to increase bandwidth and reliability of OLT uplinks. huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/19 0-1 ingress workmode lacp-static l Configure queue scheduling.3 Configuring Link Aggregation. NOTE You are advised to enable the service security feature according to service types. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler strict-priority huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 l Configure system security. Congestion Control.1. user security.10. all packets are scheduled in strict priority (SQ) mode and mapped into different queues based on priorities. ensuring normal services from different aspects. The working mode is LACP static aggregation. 3. and service security is improved by configuring security policy in global config mode. Configure upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 into an aggregation group.10 ----End 13.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp program add batch ip 224. – Enable anti-DoS attack. Run the security anti-ipattack enable command to enable anti-IP attack. Enable anti-ICMP attack. 1. Each member port in the aggregation group allocates packets based on the source MAC address.100 sourceip 10.10 to-ip 224. Enable anti-IP attack. Procedure l Configure link aggregation. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 650 .1 Security Design.. For details. – – Run the security anti-dos enable command to enable global anti-DoS attack.1. 2. Background Information In link aggregation.10. You are advised to configure link aggregation. Run the security anti-dos control-packet rate command to configure the threshold of the rate for sending protocol packets to the CPU.3 QoS Plan. see 12. Run the security anti-icmpattack enable command to enable anti-ICMP attack. You are advised to configure congestion control.3. 4. – Global level: Run the dhcp option82 enable command in global configuration mode. VLAN level: Run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command in VLAN service profile configuration mode. – – Enables anti-MAC transfer. VLAN level: Run the dhcp option82 enable command in VLAN service profile configuration mode. Data Plan The following table provides key information about the Internet access service (LAN access). Service port level: Run the dhcp option82 service-port command. This anti-IP spoofing function takes effect only when it is enabled at all three levels. Port level: Run the dhcp option82 port or dhcp option82 board command to enable the function at the port level.3. 1. which is used in DHCP dialup as recommended.4 Configuring the Internet Access Service (LAN Access. Service port level: Run the pitp service-port command. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. VLAN level: Run the pitp enable command in VLAN service profile configuration mode. 3. ONU Side) This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service for home gateway (HGW) users on an optical network unit (ONU) when HGWs are connected upstream to the ONU through local area networks (LANs). Global level: Run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command in global configuration mode. The anti-IP spoofing function can be enabled or disabled at three levels. l Configure service security. 651 . 3. Enable PITP. which is used in PPPoE dialup as recommended. Ltd. Global level: Run the pitp enable pmode command in global configuration mode. 4. The PITP function takes effect only when it is enabled at all four levels. 3. ----End 13. Service port level: Run the security anti-ipspoofing service-port serviceportid enable command. 1. Port level: Run the pitp port or pitp board command to enable the function at the port level. The DHCP option 82 function takes effect only when it is enabled at all four levels.. The PITP function can be enabled or disabled at four levels. The DHCP option 82 function can be enabled or disabled at four levels. Enable anti-IP spoofing. 2. – Enable DHCP option 82.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios l Configure user security. 2. 2. 1. Run the security anti-macduplicate enable command to enable anti-MAC-duplicate. Add traffic profile 8 and set the committed information rate (CIR) to 4 Mbit/s. set the user VLAN to untagged. use the management IP address of the ONU to log in to the ONU through Telnet. bind port 0/3/1 to it. you need to run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. If the traffic profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Item Traffic profile Data ID: 8 CIR: 4 Mbit/s VLAN priority: 0 Downstream priority policy: local-setting Remarks - User VLAN Untagged User VLAN ID: 1. 2. bind port 0/3/1 to it. Password: mduadmin (default). Ltd... Step 2 Configure a traffic profile. HGWs can send untagged packets or packets with user VLAN tags. 3. Create service VLANs 1001-1016 in batches whose type is smart and attribute is common (the service VLAN IDs must be consistent with the user VLAN IDs of the OLT)./ huawei(config)#service-port 101 vlan 1001 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan 10 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 ----End Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and bind traffic profile 8 to the user VLAN. the configuration is as follows (assuming that the user VLAN ID is 10 and the VLAN ID is 1001): //Create service port 101.. The priority for upstream packets is 0. Add the service VLANs to upstream port 0/0/1. huawei(config)#vlan 1001-1016 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1001-1016 0/0 1 Step 4 Add a service port. On the OLT. Configurations for untagged packets and packets with user VLAN tags are different. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 4096 priority 0 priority-policy localsetting Step 3 Create service VLANs. User name: root (default). l For untagged packets. Procedure Step 1 Log in to the ONU to perform the configuration. You can run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles existing in the system./ huawei(config)#serviceport 101 vlan 1001 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 l For packets with user VLAN tags. the configuration is as follows (assuming that the VLAN ID is 1001): //Create service port 101. 652 . and bind traffic profile 8 to the user VLAN. set the user VLAN ID to 10. and downstream packets are scheduled based on the priority specified in the traffic profile. and profile 1024) for activation of ADSL2+ ports in different conditions. l Profile 1023 is used for long-reach activation of existing ADSL ports. Commands: l To query: display adsl line-profile l To add: adsl line-profile add or adsl line-profile quickadd Commands: l To query: display adsl alarmprofile l To add: adsl alarm-profile add or adsl alarm-profile quickadd ADSL2+ alarm profile Values to be configured in an ADSL2 + line alarm profile are thresholds within any 15 minutes. Ltd. the central office (CO) and the customer premises equipment (CPE) negotiate based on the parameters configured in the ADSL2+ line profile. 653 . For the functions and configurations of each profile. l Profile 1024 is used for activation of ports on ADSL2+ boards.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios 13.. Configuration The system has four default profiles (profile 1. the system informs the device of the event and sends alarms to the NMS. Background Information ADSL2+ ports working in normal mode (that is.5 Configuring the Internet Access Service (ADSL2+ Access. l Profile 1 is used for activation of common ADSL ports. profile 1023. Table 13-8 ADSL2+ profile Profile Type ADSL2+ line profile Function An ADSL2+ line profile provides the following parameters: l ADSL/ADSL2+ working mode l Channel mode l Upstream/Downstream line rate l Upstream/Downstream interleave depth l Noise margin When an ADSL2+ port is activated. RFC 2662 mode) need to bind an ADSL2+ line profile and an ADSL2+ alarm profile. When the statistics of an item reach the threshold. ONU Side) This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service for home gateway (HGW) users on an optical network unit (ONU) when HGWs are connected upstream to the ONU in ADSL2 + mode. profile 1022. to determine whether the ADSL2+ port can work in the normal state in these conditions. l Profile 1022 is used for fast activation of ADSL ports. Data Plan The following table provides key information about the Internet access service (ADSL2+ access).3. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see Table 13-8. If the traffic profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 4096 priority 0 priority-policy localsetting Step 3 Create service VLANs. Add the service VLANs to upstream port 0/0/1. ADSL2+ alarm profile ID: 1 (default) The system does not check whether parameter thresholds are crossed and so does not report alarms. This example uses a default traffic profile. 654 . use the management IP address of the ONU to log in to the ONU through Telnet.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Item Traffic profile Data ID: 8 CIR: 4 Mbit/s VLAN priority: 0 Downstream priority policy: local-setting Remarks A traffic profile implements rate-limiting. User name: root (default). Add traffic profile 8 and set the committed information rate (CIR) to 4 Mbit/s. A traffic profile or an ADSL2+ line profile can implement rate-limiting on ADSL2+ ports. Step 2 Configure a traffic profile. On the OLT. and downstream packets are scheduled based on the priority specified in the traffic profile. VPI/VCI of ADSL2+ users ADSL2+ line profile VPI: 0 VCI: 35 ID: 1024 (default).. Create service VLANs 1001-1016 in batches whose type is smart and attribute is common (the service VLAN IDs must be consistent with the user VLAN IDs of the OLT). The priority for upstream packets is 0. Procedure Step 1 Log in to the ONU to perform the configuration. you need to run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. You can run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles existing in the system. huawei(config)#vlan 1001-1016 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1001-1016 0/0 1 Step 4 Add a service port. Password: mduadmin (default). key parameters: l Working mode: full compatibility l Channel working mode: interleaved l Maximum upstream/ downstream rate (kbit/s): 24544/1024 Internet service providers (ISPs) provide VPI/ VCI information. and activate the ADSL2+ port.. huawei(config)#interface adsl 0/2 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#deactivate 0 huawei (config-if-adsl-0/2)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#activate 0 profile-index 1024 ----End 13.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios As packets from HGWs contain VPI/VCI information. bind ADSL2+ line profile 1024 and ADSL2+ alarm profile 1. and bind traffic profile 8 to the user VLAN. which is used for activation of common VDSL2 ports. Add a service port as follows: //Create service port 101. This example uses the default ADSL2+ alarm profile (ID: 1). l To query: display vdsl linetemplate l To add: vdsl line-template add or vdsl line-template quickadd Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. to determine whether the VDSL2 port can work in the normal state in these conditions. When a VDSL2 port is activated. see Table 13-9./ huawei(config)#service-port 101 vlan 1001 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 Step 5 (Optional) Configure an ADSL2+ line profile. the PVC needs to be mapped to the user VLAN when a service flow is configured. and activate ADSL2 + port 0/2/0. Step 7 Bind an ADSL2+ line profile and an ADSL2+ alarm profile.3. ONU Side) This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service for home gateway (HGW) users on an optical network unit (ONU) when HGWs are connected upstream to the ONU in VDSL2 mode.6 Configuring the Internet Access Service (VDSL2 Access. For the functions and configurations of each profile. Assume that the VPI/VCI of users is 0/35 and the VLAN ID is 1001. bind port 0/2/0 to it. Background Information VDSL2 ports working in normal mode (that is. The system has one default VDSL2 line template (template 1). l Configure an ADSL2+ line profile only when the default one does not meet requirements. Table 13-9 VDSL2 template Templ ate Type VDSL2 line template Function Configuration A VDSL2 line template consists of a VDSL2 line profile and a VDSL2 channel profile. 655 . l This example uses the default ADSL2+ line profile (ID: 1024). For example. TR129 mode) need to bind the VDSL2 line template and VDSL2 alarm template. the central office (CO) and the customer premises equipment (CPE) negotiate based on the parameters configured in the VDSL2 line template. Ltd. set VPI/VCI to 0/35. Step 6 (Optional) Configure an ADSL2+ alarm profile. interleaved delay parameters. and G.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Templ ate Type Function Configuration A VDSL2 line profile provides the l To query: display vdsl line-profile following parameters: line l To add: vdsl line-profile add or transmission mode. upstream power back-off (UPBO). A VDSL2 channel profile provides the following parameters: data channel mode. When the statistics of an item reach the threshold. Ltd. rate parameters. signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) margin.4 retransmission. minimum impulse noise protection. A VDSL2 line alarm profile provides the following parameters for COs and CPEs: l Forward error check seconds (FECS) l Errored seconds (ES) l Severely errored seconds (SES) l Loss of signal seconds (LOSS) l Unavailable seconds (UAS) l Low error-free throughput rate (LEFTR) defect seconds A VDSL2 channel alarm profile provides the following parameters for COs and CPEs: l Coding violations counts (CVC) l Corrected blocks counts (CBC) l To query: display vdsl channelalarm-profile l To add: vdsl channel-alarmprofile add or vdsl channel-alarmprofile quickadd l To query: display vdsl channeltemplate l To add: vdsl channel-template add or vdsl channel-profile quickadd The system has one default VDSL2 alarm template (template 1). and sends alarms to the NMS. and downstream power back-off (DPBO). retransmission at the physical layer. the system informs the device of the event. adaptation mode of vdsl line-profile quickadd upstream/downstream transmit rates. Values to be configured in a VDSL2 alarm template are thresholds within any 15 minutes. erasure decoding.998.. VDSL2 alarm template A VDSL2 alarm template consists of a VDSL2 line alarm profile and a VDSL2 channel alarm profile. l To query: display vdsl alarmtemplate l To add: vdsl alarm-template add or vdsl alarm-template quickadd l To query: display vdsl alarmprofile l To add: vdsl alarm-profile add or vdsl alarm-profile quickadd Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 656 . This example uses a default traffic profile. This mode is compatible with the ADSL2+ mode. If the traffic profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements. l PTM mode: IP cells are transmitted in channels. The system does not check whether parameter thresholds are crossed and so does not report alarms. Ltd. You can run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles existing in the system. Step 2 Configure a traffic profile. Password: mduadmin (default). and downstream packets are scheduled based on the priority specified in the traffic profile.. The priority for upstream packets is 0. use the management IP address of the ONU to log in to the ONU through Telnet. you need to run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. On the OLT.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Data Plan Table 13-10 provides key information about the Internet access service (VDSL2 access). Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. VDSL2 line template Line profile ID: 1 (default) Channel profile ID: 1 (default) Line template ID: 1 (default) VDSL2 alarm template Line alarm profile ID: 1 (default) Channel alarm profile ID: 1 (default) Alarm template ID: 1 (default) A traffic profile or a VDSL2 line template can implement rate-limiting on VDSL2 ports. Table 13-10 Key information about the Internet access service (VDSL2 access) Item Traffic profile Data ID: 8 CIR: 4 Mbit/s VLAN priority: 0 Downstream priority policy: local-setting VDSL2 line mode PTM There are two VDSL line modes: ATM mode and PTM mode. Add traffic profile 8 and set the committed information rate (CIR) to 4 Mbit/s. l ATM mode: ATM cells are transmitted in channels. 657 . Remarks A traffic profile implements ratelimiting. This example assumes the PTM mode. This mode is incompatible with the ADSL2+ mode. User name: root (default). Procedure Step 1 Log in to the ONU to perform the configuration. For example.248 and SIP protocols.248 protocol to provide the high quality and low cost VoIP service for users.248 Voice Service (on the ONU) This topic describes how to configure the voice service on the ONU based on the H. This example uses the default VDSL2 alarm template (ID: 1). huawei(config)#vlan 1001-1016 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1001-1016 0/0 1 Step 4 Add a service port. After the configuration is complete. however. Assume that the VDSL2 path mode is PTM mode. and service flow ID is 101. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. save the configuration and restart the system to make the configured protocol take effect. Ensure that the Status of the voice board on the ONU is Normal by running the display board 0 command. Ltd. bind VDSL2 line template 1 and VDSL2 alarm template 1. Add a service port as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 101 vlan 1001 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service uservlan untagged rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 Step 5 Configure a VDSL2 line template. these two protocols are mutually exclusive. Prerequisites l l The media gateway controller (MGC) interface data and the PSTN user data corresponding to the media gateway (MG) interface is configured on the MGC.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 4096 priority 0 priority-policy localsetting Step 3 Create service VLANs.. Precautions 1. Add the service VLANs to upstream port 0/0/1. You can run the display protocol support command to query the currently supported voice protocol.3. An ONU supports both the H. This example uses the default VDSL2 line template (ID: 1). Step 7 Bind a VDSL2 line template and a VDSL2 alarm template. and activate VDSL2 port 0/1/0. Create service VLANs 1001-1016 in batches whose type is smart and attribute is common (the service VLAN IDs must be consistent with the user VLAN IDs of the OLT). 658 . 2. you need to delete the MG interface first and run the protocol support command to switch the protocol. and activate the VDSL2 port.7 Configuring H. VLAN ID is 1001. port is 0/1/0. If the voice protocol needs to be switched. huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#deactivate 0 huawei (config-if-vdsl-0/1)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#activate 0 template-index 1 ----End 13. Step 6 Configure a VDSL2 alarm template. packets from the user VLAN are untagged. Cat2 for phone 1 Cat3 for phone 2 to phone 24 (default) User type Common user (DEL user by default) Default value Default value Polarity-reversal Default value Voice user data Phone number Terminal identification User priority Common parameter System parameter Overseas parameter PSTN port attribute Ringing current attribute Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10. Hence. see 12. Data plan For details about the data plan. 659 . Data Media and signalin g paramet ers Media and signaling upstream VLANs Media and signaling upstream port Media IP address and signaling IP address Default gateway IP address MG interface ID Signaling port ID IP address of the primary MGC Port ID of the primary MGC Coding Transmission mode H248 version that MG starts to negotiate 200 0/0/1 17. exercise caution when performing this operation.200.200.10.10.200/24 2944 Text UDP 1 (the negotiation starts from V1) 83110001-83110024 Terminal layering is not supported and the terminal identification ranges from 0 to 23.10/24 17.5 VoIP Service Data Plan.10.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios WARNING This operation interrupts the ongoing services carried on the currently used MG interface.1/24 0 2944 200. Item MG interface data NOTE The data configurati on must be the same as the data configurati on on the MGC. Ltd.. 10.10 17. Add MG interface 0 according to the data plan. huawei(config)#vlan 200 smart 2. you need to configure a route for the network segment from gateway 17. Step 4 Configure static routes. 1. Plan the data according to actual networking. huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/0 1 3.200/24) of the MGC are in different network segments.200. Add the upstream port to the created upstream VLAN.10 and the MG IP address to 17.1 to 200.10.10.10. Create an upstream VLAN.10.10.10 huawei(config)#interface vlanif 200 huawei(config-if-vlanif200)#ip address 17. l The media IP address can be different from the signaling IP address.10. the user name is root and the password is mduadmin. 660 . The VLAN ID is 200 and the VLAN is a smart VLAN.. Configure the IP address of the Layer 3 interface.10.0 24 17. By default.1 huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 17. Pay attention to the following when configuring the attributes of the MG interface according to the data plan: Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.200. huawei(config)#interface h248 0 Are you sure to add MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y Step 6 Configure the attributes of the MG interface.10. Because the IP address of the VLAN interface and the IP address (200. Specify the upstream VLAN interface for the media stream and the signaling flows and configure the IP addresses of the Layer 3 interface. Step 2 Configure the upstream VLAN interface.200.200.200.10. which ensures that the MGC can control the call connection through the MG interface. huawei(config)#voip huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 17. Add an MG interface to communicate with the MGC.10.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Procedure Step 1 Log in to and configure the ONU.10 huawei(config-voip)#quit NOTE l You can configure the attributes of the MG interface only when the media IP address and the signaling IP address exist in the media and signaling IP address pools. Configure both the media IP address and signaling IP address to 17.0.10. These IP addresses are the sources of the IP address pools for the media stream and the signaling flows.1.10 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif200)#quit Step 3 Configure the media and signaling IP address pools.10.200.1 Step 5 Add an MG interface.10. Add upstream port 0/0/1 to VLAN 2000. Ltd.10. huawei(config)#ip route-static 200.10. Enter the VLAN interface mode and configure the lP address of the Layer 3 interface to 17. Log in to the ONU from the OLT by telnet the management IP address of the ONU.10.10. and mg-media-ip are correctly configured.200 primary-mgc-port 2944 mg-media-ip1 17. which must be the same as that on the MGC. 661 . mgcport_1.8 Configuring SIP Voice Service (on an ONU) This topic describes how to configure voice services based on the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) on an optical network unit (ONU). the MG interface does not take effect.10. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#if-h248 attribute mgip 17.10. l The negotiated H. l If the user of the MG interface is configured to support terminal layering. huawei(config)#pstnport huawei(config-pstnport)#pstnport attribute batset 0/3/0 0/3/23 reverse-pole-pulse enable huawei(config-pstnport)#quit Step 11 Save the data.200. If the user of the MG interface does not support terminal layering. The interface may fail to be registered because some softswitches do not support V3. mgport. huawei(config-if-h248-0)#reset coldstart Are you sure to reset MG interface?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-h248-0)#quit NOTE l You must cold reset the MG interface after configuring. l The MG interface can be cold reset only after parameters mgip. huawei(config)#save ----End 13.10. The voice over IP (VoIP) services have high quality.200.248 protocol version is V1.10. Ltd. that is. The terminal identification must be unique on one MG interface.10 start-negotiate-version 1 Step 7 Reset the MG interface. huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/23 0 terminalid 0 telno 83110001 Step 9 Configure the call priority of a PSTN user.3. the terminal identification is mandatory. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Configure the physical attributes of the PSTN port to which the users belong to support polarity reversal so that the user supports polarity reversal accounting.10 mgport 2944 code text transfer udp primary-mgc-ip1 200. Configure phone numbers of users 0/3/0-0/3/23 to 83110001-83110024 in batches and terminal identification to 0. huawei(config-esl-user)#mgpstnuser modify 0/3/0 priority cat2 huawei(config-esl-user)#quit Step 10 Configure all the PSTN ports to support polarity reversal. primary-mgc-ip1 (or mgc-domainname1). internal extensions call each other.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios l The MG interface is registered by the IP address (default mode) or domain name. code. Otherwise. l Phone numbers are used for only internal emergency standalone. Actual phone numbers are assigned by the MGC. V2 or V3 (default value). Step 8 Configure the PSTN user data. you need not configure the terminal identification because the system automatically allocates it.. transfer. but require low cost. SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Prerequisites l l The IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) interface data and public switched telephone network (PSTN) user data corresponding to the SIP interface is configured on the IMS. Hence. these two protocols are mutually exclusive.10/24 17. Item SIP interface data NOTE (It must be the same as that on the IMS core network device. After the configuration is complete. see 12..200. (To verify board status. you need to delete the MG interface first and run the protocol support command to switch the protocol.10.10. save the configuration and restart the system to make the configured protocol take effect. exercise caution when performing this operation.200. Status of the voice board on the ONU is normal.) Data Media and signalin g paramet ers Media and signaling upstream VLAN Media and signaling upstream port Media IP address and signaling IP address Default gateway IP address SIP interface ID Signaling port ID IP address of the main IMS equipment 200 0/0/1 17. Data Plan For configuration rules and description of configuration items.5 VoIP Service Data Plan. Ltd.10. 662 . WARNING This operation interrupts the ongoing services carried on the currently used MG interface. If the voice protocol needs to be switched. however.248 and SIP protocols. An ONU supports both the H.1/24 0 5060 200. run the display board 0 command.200/24 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.) Precautions 1. You can run the display protocol support command to query the currently supported voice protocol. 2.10. The VLAN ID is 200 and the VLAN is a smart VLAN. Enter the VLAN interface mode and configure the lP address of the Layer 3 interface to 17. User type Common user (the DEL user by default) Default value Default value Polarity-Reversing Pulse Default value Common Parameter System parameter Overseas parameter PSTN port attribute Ringing current attribute Procedure Step 1 Log in to and configure the ONU. Add upstream port 0/0/1 to VLAN 2000. These IP addresses are the sources of the IP address pools for the media stream and the signaling flows. Ltd. 1. huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/0 1 3. By default. Step 2 Configure the upstream VLAN interface. Phone 2 to phone 24 indicate Cat3 (default value). huawei(config)#vlan 200 smart 2. Add the upstream port to the created upstream VLAN. Configure the IP address of the Layer 3 interface. 663 .10. the user name is root and the password is mduadmin..10 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Create an upstream VLAN.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Item Port ID of the main IMS equipment Coding scheme Transmission mode Home domain name (SIP) Profile index (SIP) Voice user data Phone number User priority Data 5060 Text UDP huawei 1 83110001-83110024 Phone 1 indicates Cat2. Specify the upstream VLAN interface for the media stream and the signaling flows and configure the IP addresses of the Layer 3 interface.10. Log in to the ONU from the OLT by telnet the management IP address of the ONU. 200. huawei(config-if-sip-0)#if-sip attribute basic media-ip 17. Data planning should be based on networking requirements.200.1 Step 5 Add an SIP interface. Because the IP address of the VLAN interface and that of the IMS (200.200.10. huawei(config-esl-user)#sippstnuser attribute set 0/3/0 priority cat2 huawei(config-esl-user)#quit Step 11 Configure all the PSTN ports to support polarity reversal. and the media gateway to 17.10.200. Step 8 Reset the SIP interface.10 signal-ip 17. The SIP interface is used for IMS communication.200 primary-proxy-port 5060 home-domain huawei sipprofile-index 1 Step 7 (Optional) Configure the optional attributes of the SIP interface. including the domain name. Set the media IP address and signaling IP address to 17. huawei(config)#interface sip 0 Are you sure to add the SIP interface?(y/n)[n]:y Step 6 Configure the basic attributes of the SIP interface.200.10. NOTE l To configure the data of a single SIP PSTN user.10.0.1. run the sippstnuser batadd command.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios huawei(config)#interface vlanif 200 huawei(config-if-vlanif200)#ip address 17. huawei(config)#ip route-static 200.10.1 to the network segment 200. run the sippstnuser add command. Step 4 Configure static routes. Ltd. description. Run the if-sip attribute optional command to configure the optional attributes.10.10 signal-port 5060 transfer udp primary-proxy-ip1 200.10. l To configure the data of multiple SIP PSTN users in batches.10.1 huawei(config-voip)#ip address signaling 17. huawei(config)#voip huawei(config-voip)#ip address media 17.10. the configured routes must be from gateway 17. register server uniform resource identifier (URI). l The Media IP address and signaling IP address can be different.10 huawei(config-voip)#quit NOTE l Attributes of the MG interface can be configured only when the media IP address and the signaling IP address exist in the media and signaling IP address pools. huawei(config)#esl user huawei(config-esl-user)#sippstnuser batadd 0/3/0 0/3/23 0 telno 83110001 Step 10 Configure call priorities for SIP PSTN users.10.200.10.200.200/24) are in different network segments. and conference factory URI of the SIP interface.10.200.10.10. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. huawei(config-if-sip-0)#reset Are you sure to reset the SIP interface?(y/n)[n]:y huawei(config-if-sip-0)#quit Step 9 Configure the SIP PSTN user data..10 17.0 24 17. 664 .10.10. phone context.10.10.10. Configure in batches the phone numbers of users 0/3/0-0/3/23 to 83110001-83110024.10.10.10 24 huawei(config-if-vlanif200)#quit Step 3 Configure the media and signaling IP address pools. Item Traffic profile Data ID: 10 CIR: off VLAN priority: 4 Downstream priority policy: local-setting User VLAN in the scenario in which HGWs are upstream connected to an ONU through LANs VPI/VCI of ADSL2+ users in the scenario in which HGWs are connected upstream to an ONU in ADSL2+ mode User VLAN ID: 1..3. Data Plan The following table provides key information about the IPTV service. Ltd. huawei(config)#pstnport huawei(config-pstnport)#pstnport attribute batset 0/3/0 0/3/23 reverse-pole-pulse enable huawei(config-pstnport)#quit Step 12 Save the data.. HGWs can send untagged packets or packets with user VLAN tags. huawei(config)#save ----End 13. Remarks - VPI: 0 VCI: 35 Internet service providers (ISPs) provide VPI/ VCI information.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Configure the physical attributes of the PSTN port to which the users belong to support polarity reversal so that the user supports polarity reversal accounting. 3..9 Configuring the IPTV Service (ONU Side) This topic describes how to configure the video on demand (VoD) service and multicast service for home gateway (HGW) users on an optical network unit (ONU) when HGWs are connected upstream to the ONU through local area networks (LANs) or in xDSL mode. 665 . Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. which are transparently transmitted by OLTs. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 10 cir off priority 4 priority-policy local-setting Configure a service flow for the VoD service. 300 The VoD service is a carrier-operating. traffic is scheduled based on the priority specified in the traffic profile. Then. To check whether any existing traffic profile meets the requirements. Ltd. In this example. The IEEE 802. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/0 1 Configure a traffic profile for the IPTV service. – If HGWs are connected to an ONU upstream through LANs and upstream packets contain user VLAN tags. Add a service flow as follows: Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the ONU needs to perform a switch between user VLAN IDs and SVLAN IDs. the query result shows that no traffic profile meets the requirements.. and rate limitation is not required. run the display traffic table ip command. - 1000 43 A carrier generally specifies a globally unique multicast VLAN ID for HGWs. Add traffic profile 10 and set priority-policy to local-setting. Procedure l Configure the VoD service. Configurations vary according to upstream interface types of HGWs. 666 .1p priority of the IPTV service is 4. closed service and primarily adopts only SVLAN tags. Assume that the user VLAN ID is 1 and the Ethernet port is 0/3/1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Item VDSL2 path mode in the scenario in which HGWs are connected upstream to an ONU in VDSL2 mode VLAN ID of the VoD service Multicast VLAN ID of the ONU Multicast VLAN ID of HGWs Data PTM Remarks Both the central office and HGWs must support the PTM mode. so a traffic profile needs to be configured. Create VLAN 300 with the common attribute and add upstream port 0/0/1 to the VLAN. and packets from the user VLAN are untagged.1. the user VLAN ID is 43. Configurations vary according to upstream interface types of HGWs. port is 0/1/0. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n) [n]:y Configure an IGMP upstream port.10. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/0 1 Set the IGMP version to IGMP v3. and add a service flow as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 401 vlan 1000 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan 43 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10 – If HGWs are connected to an ONU upstream in ADSL2+ mode. upstream packets contain users' PVC information so the ONU needs to perform a switch between PVC information and SVLAN IDs.1.10 to-ip 224.1. 667 .100 sourceip 10. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp version v3 Set the IGMP mode to IGMP proxy. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp program add batch ip 224.1. formats of upstream packets depend on the encapsulation mode. and add a service flow as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 401 vlan 1000 adsl vpi 0 vci 35 0/2/0 multiservice user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10 – If HGWs are connected to an ONU upstream in VDSL2 mode. assume that the VDSL2 path mode is PTM mode. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10. Assume that the VPI/VCI is 0/35 and the ADSL2+ port is 0/2/0. Add a service flow as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 301 vlan 300 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10 l Configure the multicast service. assume that the user VLAN ID is 43 and the Ethernet port is 0/3/1. and add a service flow as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 401 vlan 1000 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service user-vlan 43 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10 Configure a multicast user and add the user to the multicast VLAN.10-224. Ltd.1.1. and the VDSL2 port is 0/1/0.1. – If HGWs are connected to an ONU upstream through LANs. assume that the VPI/ VCI is 0/35 and the ADSL2+ port is 0/2/0. Set the multicast IP address range to 224. Add a service flow as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 301 vlan 300 adsl vpi 0 vci 35 0/2/0 multiservice user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10 – If HGWs are connected to an ONU upstream in VDSL2 mode.1.. Create multicast VLAN 1000 with the common attribute and add upstream port 0/0/1 to the multicast VLAN.10.10. Assume that the VDSL2 path mode is PTM mode.10. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 Configure a program library.10 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#quit Configure a service flow for the multicast service.100 and the IP address of the multicast server to 10.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios huawei(config)#service-port 301 vlan 300 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan 1 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10 – If HGWs are connected to an ONU upstream in ADSL2+ mode. Assume that ports LAN1 and LAN2 are Internet access ports for PCs.html (default IP address) to the address bar of the Internet Explorer (IE) and press Enter. Enter http://192.1. and adopt the no-auth mode for the multicast user. PPPoE dial-up can be performed on personal computers (PCs) or HGWs.10 Configuring the Internet Access Service (HGW Side) This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service for residential users on a home gateway (HGW) when the HGW is connected to an ONU upstream through a local area network (LAN) or in xDSL mode. a. Procedure l Configure the Internet access service (on an HG239). b. set it to Enabled.1/cu. The configuration processes on HGWs of different models or in different appearances are similar. a. This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service on an HG239 that is connected to an ONU upstream through a LAN and on an HG527 that is connected to an ONU upstream in ADSL2+ mode. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Choose Network > Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree. add the user to multicast VLAN 1000.3. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 401 no-auth huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 401 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#quit ----End 13.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Configure service flow 401 as a multicast user. Context Residential users generally access the Internet in Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE) dial-up mode. 1. NOTE If uservlan is set to untagged when you configure a service flow for the Internet access service on the ONU. Then. enter the user name and password of the administrator (the Internet service provider (ISP) provides the default user name and default password). otherwise. Set parameters for the Internet access service. b. click OK. Ltd. Create WAN connection 1 and set parameters based on the following table. set this parameter to Disabled. 2..168. Parameter Bearing service VLAN enabling Value INTERNET Enabled: Upstream packets contain VLAN tags. 668 . Log in to the Web configuration window. Disabled: Upstream packets do not contain VLAN tags. In the login dialog box. In the login dialog box. Create WAN connection 1 and set parameters based on the following table. 3. Parameter Bearing service Enabling VPI/VCI Value INTERNET If this parameter is selected. c. LAN1 and LAN2: PCs connected to ports LAN1 and LAN2 can simultaneously access the Internet. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device. Choose Network > Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree. a. 3.. Restart the HGW. 0/35) on an HGW is consistent with that on the office to which the HGW is connected. ----End Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Click OK.1. LAN1 and LAN2: PCs connected to ports LAN1 and LAN2 can simultaneously access the Internet. enter the user name (default: admin) and password (default: admin) of the administrator. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device. Ltd. Then. Contact your carrier for the value ranges of VPIs and VCIs. Restart the HGW. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Click OK. click OK. 669 . b.html (default IP address) to the address bar of the IE and press Enter.1/cnc. Log in to the Web configuration window. this parameter takes the value of uservlan that is specified when you configure a service flow for the Internet access service on the ONU. 1. Bridge: PCs access the Internet in PPPoE dialup mode. Bridge: PCs access the Internet in PPPoE dial-up mode. b. Assume that ports LAN1 and LAN2 are Internet access ports for PCs. Ensure that the VPI/VCI setting (for example.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Parameter VLANID [1-4094] Binding item Mode Value If VLAN enabling is set to Enabled. a. WAN connection 1 is used. Enter http://192.168. Configure the Internet access service (on an HG527). Set parameters for the Internet access service. 2. LLC Binding item Mode Encapsulation mode c. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. VLANID [1-4094] Binding item Mode DHCP transparent transmission c. a. Enter http://192.1.. click OK. In the login dialog box. Context HGWs have different models and appearances but their configuration procedures are similar. Procedure l Configure the IPTV service on the HG239.3. Then. Choose Network > Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree. Log in to the Web configuration window. LAN4 Bridge Enable Click OK to save the settings. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Multicast VLAN ID corresponding to the user VLAN value for multicast service flows created on the ONU.11 Configuring the IPTV Service (on the HGW) This topic describes how to configure the IPTV service on the HGW that uses LAN or xDSL for upstream transmission.168. In this example. enter the user name and password of the administrator (the Internet service provider (ISP) provides the default user name and default password).html (default IP address) to the address bar of the Internet Explorer (IE) and press Enter. This example assumes LAN 4 as an IPTV port. This topic uses the HG239 that uses LAN for upstream transmission and the HG527 that uses ADSL2+ for upstream transmission as examples.1/cu. 3. Restart the HGW. This configuration enables home subscribers to watch IPTV programs using STBs and TVs. create LAN connection 2 for the IPTV service. Enable VLAN tags are added to upstream packets. the value is Disable if uservlan is untagged and the value is Enable if uservlan is tagged. b. Ltd. Set the parameters as follows: Parameter Bearing service VLAN enabling Value OTHER: The connection is used for the IPTV service. b. 670 . 1. set this parameter to 43. NOTE When multicast service flows are created on the ONU. In the right pane.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios 13. Configure multicast parameters. 2. a. 3. a. Configure multicast parameters. In the right pane. click OK. Then.html (default IP address) to the address bar of the IE and press Enter. create LAN connection 1 for dialup Internet access services.12 Verifying Services This topic describes how to verify service configurations in the FTTB+HGW networking (ONU providing the VoIP service). NOTE When multicast service flows are created on the ONU. Choose Network > Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree. This example assumes LAN 4 as an IPTV port. Ltd. the ONUs are placed in the building far away from Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device. Log in to the Web configuration window. The LAN connection is enabled when this check box is selected. 1.168. VLANID [1-4094] VPI/VCI Multicast VLAN ID on the HGW when multicast service flows are created on the ONU. 671 . a.. enter the user name (default: admin) and password (default: admin) of the administrator. In this example. 13. b. Enter http://192. set this parameter to 43. ----End Click OK to save the settings. In this scenario. Restart the HGW. Enable: VLAN tags are added to upstream packets. set this parameter to 0/35.1. In the login dialog box. In this example. l Configure the IPTV service on the HG527.1/cnc. 2. Set the parameters as follows: Parameter Bearing service Enabling VLAN enabling Value OTHER: The connection is used for the IPTV service. b.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device. Set the VPI/VCI to the same as that configured on the devices at the central office. the value is Disable if uservlan is untagged and the value is Enable if uservlan is tagged. LAN4 Bridge LLC Binding item Mode Encapsulation mode c.3. l The ONT can emulate the caller or callee simultaneously without offhook on the port. l An ONU can emulate the caller or callee in a call to a phone.. a functioning phone is required in the central equipment room. An ONU supports PPPoE dialup emulation only on one voice port. call emulation. Prerequisites ONUs and upper-layer devices have been connected properly. Background Information The following table lists the remote verification methods for different services. you can check whether the multicast function is performing well. Remote Service Verificati on Method PPPoE dialup emulation Function Remarks An ONT emulates PPPoE user terminal software to perform dialup and interact with the BRAS to verify the connectivity between the ONT and BRAS. 672 . Ltd. Call emulation An ONT emulates a VoIP user to make a call to check whether the VoIP service data is correctly configured. Multicast emulation This function enables you to emulate a multicast user going online and lead the program stream to an ONU. l An ONU supports call emulation only on one voice port. Therefore. NOTE Currently. the VoD service does not support remote verification.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios the central office. By querying the real-time traffic of the multicast program. The BRAS and MGC/IMS have been configured. A user name. password. The ONUs provide remote service verification methods including PPPoE dialup emulation. and multicast emulation for configuration and commissioning engineers to verify services remotely after services are configured. and authentication mode must be configured on the BRAS for the PPPoE dialup emulation. The multicast service that is configured in the dynamic controllable multicast mode does not support remote verification. You can also use the call emulation function to locate a fault when the VoIP service is faulty. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. PPPoE dialup emulation requires a service flow which does not belong to a QinQ VLAN. SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Data plan Item PPPoE dialup emulation parameter Call emulation parameter Data Service flow ID: 101 Emulation timeout time: 10s Remarks The entered user name.1. Pap [default 1]:1 Overtime Time(5-60s)[default 5]:10 2.50. Caller port: 0/3/0 Callee port: 0/3/23 Callee telephone number: 83110024 Multicast emulation parameter Multicast service flow ID: 401 Multicast VLAN: 1000 IP address of the multicast program: 224. The ONU emulates the caller and callee at the same time using the default emulation parameters. password.1.16>):******* Authentication Mode: 1. huawei(config)#pppoe simulate start Command: pppoe simulate start Service-port(index<0-999>):101 User Name(length<1.2 Gateway IP: 192.10 Procedure l Verify the Internet access service using PPPoE dialup emulation.254 ----------------------------------------------------------------- 3. and authentication mode must be consistent with those configured on the BRAS.168.65>):user0 User Password(length<0. Start an emulation test by running the simulate dhcp start command. 673 . huawei(config)#pppoe simulate stop Verify the voice service using call emulation. Ltd. l Terminate the emulation test by running the simulate dhcp start command. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. huawei(config)#display pppoe simulate info PPPoE simulate information is: ----------------------------------------------------------------Service-port: 101 User name: user0 Current phase: //*Emulation phase Result: Success //*Emulation result Start time: 2011-11-16 15:41:29+08:00 End time: 2011-11-16 15:41:34+08:00 Session ID: 591 User IP: 192. 1. You can view the parameters by running the display pots emulational configuration command. Chap 2.50. Query the emulation test information by running the display pppoe simulate info command. Start an emulation test by running the ont emulational call command.. 1.168. huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp static-join service-port 401 ip 224. Run the display igmp use command to query the status of the multicast user. huawei(config-test)# Caller port Callee port Test result : : : 0/3/0 0/3/23 Test Succeed l Verify the multicast service using multicast emulation. Run the display multicast flow-statistic command to query the real-time traffic of the multicast program.1. The ONU outputs the call emulation result after the test is complete. Run the igmp static-join command to order a multicast program by emulating a multicast user.10 vlan 1000 Command is being executed. Multicast flow statistic result: 360(kbps) l Verify the VoD service. 674 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . 1.10 vlan 1000 2.. State : online Authentication : no-auth Quick leave : MAC-based IGMP flow ID : 0 Video flow ID : 0 Log switch : enable Bind profiles : IGMP version : IGMP v3 Available programs : 91 Global Leave : disable User MaxBandWidth : no-limit Used bandwidth(kbps) : 5000 The percentage of used bandwidth to port rate(%) : Total video bandwidth : Mcast video bandwidth : Active program list -------------------------------------------------------------------------Program name VLAN IP/MAC State Start-time -------------------------------------------------------------------------program1 1000 224.1.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios huawei(config)#test huawei(config-test)#pots emulational-call caller-port 0/3/0 callee-port 0/3/23 callee-telno 83110024 2. huawei(config-btv)#display igmp user service-port 401 User : 0/3/1 //*Use an ETH port as an example. Run the display mac-address service-port command on the ONU to query learned MAC addresses of VoD users.10 watching 2011-07-13 14:41:18 -------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 1 3. huawei(config-btv)#display multicast flow-statistic ip 224. Ltd.1.. please wait.1. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1.1. The ONU outputs the call emulation result and failure of the cause if the emulation test fails.. 1. The learned MAC addresses of VoD users indicate that services are functioning properly between the ONU and VoD users. VPI indicates ONT ID for PON. On the OLT. Ltd. v/e--vlan/encap. voice.4 FTTB+HGW Networking (HGW Providing the VoIP Service) In an FTTB+HGW network. and malicious attack Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. VCI indicates GEM index for GPON. hijacking or unauthorized borrowing of user accounts. ppp--pppoe. the built-in IAD of the HGW provides the VoIP service by connecting to the upstream ONU using LAN or xDSL.. run the following command to query the learned MAC addresses of VoD users: huawei(config)#display mac-address service-port 301 Command: display mac-address service-port 301 ------------------------------------------------------------------------SRV-P BUNDLE TYPE MAC MAC TYPE F /S /P VPI VCI VLANID INDEX INDEX ------------------------------------------------------------------------301 adl 1010-1010-1000 dynamic 0 /2 /0 0 35 300 ------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 1 Note: F--Frame. and IPTV services Ensured service security: – Internet access services protected against unauthorized access. MAC/IP spoofing.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios If the VPI/VCI is 0/35 and the ADSL2+ port is 0/2/0. Service requirements are described as follows: l l l l l Sharing of Internet access among multiple computers in the household Access of multiple phones in the household Internet Protocol (IPTV) services (program preview or watch) enabled by set-top boxes (STB) Independent provisioning of Internet access. run the display mac-address vlan command to query the learned ONU MAC addresses. ip--ipoe. The learned ONU MAC addresses indicate that services are functioning properly between the OLT and ONUs.1 Service Requirements and Application Scenario Service Requirements A gigabit-capable passive optical network (GPON) should be capable of delivering triple play service over Category 5 cables or twisted pairs. In addition. 13. ip6--ipv6oe 2. P--Port. 675 . S--Slot.4. pri-tag--priority-tagged. ----End 13. the HGW provides the Internet access and IPTV services. malicious attack. Among these ONUs. MA5603T. MA5616. which enable multiple PCs of a family to access the Internet at the same time. The HGW has Layer 3 functions (such as PPPoE dialup and NAT). After channels for involved service types are configured on an OLT to which an ONU is connected. MA5612. ONUs with VDSL2 ports include MA5616. l l l ONUs with LAN ports include MA5620. MA5652. VoIP.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios – Voice and IPTV services protected against MAC/IP spoofing.4. and IPTV Services (HGW Providing the VoIP Service) Laptop PC STB TV Phone Laptop PC STB TV Phone HGW xDSL ONU Splitter UPE PE-AGG Internet HGW LAN ONU OLT UPE Metro Network IPTV Headend PE-AGG NGN/IMS 13. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ONUs with ADSL2+ ports include MA5616.2 Configuring Service Channels Between an OLT and an ONU This topic describes how to configure service channels between an optical line terminal (OLT) and an optical network unit (ONU) on a gigabit-capable passive optical network (GPON). 676 . MA5603T. and the ONU is deployed in the buildings or street fiber distribution terminals. MA5652. MA5612. MA5662.. The IAD embedded in the HGW provides one or several POTS ports. MA5603T. MA5626. l The HGW connects to the upstream ONU through the Ethernet or xDSL port and provides the Internet access service through the FE or Wi-Fi port and the IPTV service through the FE port in the downstream direction. l l l ONUs applicable to this scenario: MA5620. The GPON OLT is deployed at the central office and connects to the MAN using aggregation. which enable multiple phones of a family to access the Internet at the same time. MA5626. Access interfaces are deployed on the HGW that connects to the ONU using LAN or xDSL. Figure 13-4 GPON FTTB+HGW Networking for the Internet. and traffic flooding attack l Easy fault location and service maintenance Application Scenario Figure 13-4 shows a GPON FTTB+HGW network. MA5616. packets of the service types from the ONU can be forwarded based on planned VLANs and policies at Layer 2. The STB connected to the HGW provides IPTV program preview and access functions. Ltd. MA5662. 1.1. For details. For details. see 12. Ltd. For details. 677 . VoD service S-VLAN ID: 300 Plan the video on demand (VoD) service in per user per VLAN (PUPV) mode if possible. which are transparently transmitted by OLTs. which are transparently transmitted by OLTs. 2.10. closed service and primarily adopts only S-VLAN tags. see 12.10/24 The multicast service is a carrier-operating. 13. 13.2 Adding an ONU to an OLT is performed.10-224.1.4 Internet Access Service Data Plan. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see 12. closed service and primarily adopts only S-VLAN tags. That is.1. The voice over IP (VoIP) service is a carrieroperating. For details.1.1.5 VoIP Service Data Plan.100 IP address of the multicast server: 10. as the VoD service requires only a few VLAN resources.3 Configuring the Management Channel Between the OLT and the ONU is performed.10. NOTE C-VLANs in the preceding table are defined for OLTs. they are upstream VLANs or S-VLANs of ONUs.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Prerequisites 1. The VoD service is a carrier-operating. Multicast service Multicast VLAN ID: 1000 Multicast cascading port: 0/2/1 IGMP version: IGMPv3 IGMP mode: IGMP proxy Multicast IP address range: 224. closed service and primarily adopts only S-VLAN tags. see 12.6 IPTV Service Data Plan..6 IPTV Service Data Plan. Service Type Internet access service VLAN Plan S-VLAN ID: 100. SVLAN attribute: stacking C-VLAN ID: 1000-1016 VoIP service S-VLAN ID: 200 C-VLAN ID: 200 Remarks Plan the Internet access service in per user per service per VLAN (PUPSPV) mode and apply SVLAN+C-VLAN to differentiate users. Data Plan The following table provides key information about the service channels between an OLT and an ONU. run the display traffic table ip command. and traffic profile 6 is referenced. 678 . huawei(config)#vlan 200 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/19 0 2. In this example. To check whether any existing traffic profile meets the requirements. huawei(config)#display traffic table ip from-index 0 3. Configure a service flow for receiving and transparently transmitting the VoIP service from the ONU side. The ONU is connected to GPON port 0/2/1. Create S-VLAN 100 with the stacking attribute and add upstream port 0/19/0 to the S-VLAN. In this example. Configure a service flow with the GEM port ID being 12 and user-side VLAN ID being 1001 (example value). 1. and rate limitation is not required. upstream and downstream traffic are rate-limited on the ONU but not on the OLT. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priority-policy local-setting 3. Configure a traffic profile. Create an S-VLAN and add an upstream port to it. Create S-VLAN 200 with the common attribute and add upstream port 0/19/0 to the S-VLAN. The 802. and rate limitation is not required. Add traffic profile 9 and set priority-policy to local-setting. traffic is scheduled based on the priority specified in the traffic profile. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1p priority of the VoIP service is 5. To check whether any existing traffic profile meets the requirements. so a traffic profile needs to be configured. and traffic profile 9 is referenced.1p priority of the Internet access service is 0. Ltd. huawei(config)#vlan 100 smart huawei(config)#vlan attrib 100 stacking huawei(config)#port vlan 100 0/19 0 2. Create an S-VLAN and add an upstream port to it. The ONU is connected to GPON port 0/2/1. Configure a traffic profile. run the display traffic table ip command. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 200 gpon 0/2/1 ont 1 gemport 13 multiservice user-vlan 200 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 l Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Configure a channel for the VoD service.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Procedure l Configure a channel for the Internet access service. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 100 gpon 0/2/1 ont 1 gemport 12 multiservice user-vlan 1001 tag-transform default rx-cttr 6 tx-cttr 6 l Configure a channel for the VoIP service. The 802.. Configure a service flow with the GEM port ID being 13 and user-side VLAN ID being 200. so no traffic profile needs to be configured. 1. the query result shows that traffic profile 6 meets the requirements. Then. Configure a service flow for receiving and transparently transmitting the Internet access service from the ONU side. the query result shows that no traffic profile meets the requirements. upstream and downstream traffic are rate-limited on the ONU but not on the OLT. Create S-VLAN 1000 with the common attribute and add upstream port 0/19/0 to the S-VLAN. Select the IGMP proxy mode. run the display traffic table ip command. Ltd. traffic is scheduled based on the priority specified in the traffic profile. and rate limitation is not required. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 1000 gpon 0/2/1 ont 1 gemport 14 multiservice user-vlan 1000 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10 3. 1. To check whether any existing traffic profile meets the requirements.. The ONU is connected to GPON port 0/2/1. Configure a service flow with the GEM port ID being 14 and user-side VLAN ID being 1000. and GEM port 14 to carry the multicast service. Set the IGMP mode. Add traffic profile 10 and set priority-policy to local-setting. huawei(config)#service-port vlan 300 gpon 0/2/1 ont 1 gemport 14 multiservice user-vlan 300 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10 l Configure a channel for the multicast service. the query result shows that no traffic profile meets the requirements. upstream and downstream traffic are rate-limited on the ONU but not on the OLT. 679 . Set the IGMP version. Configure a service flow for the VoD service.1p priority of the VoD service is 4. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp version v3 5.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios 1. huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp cascade-port 0/2/1 ontid 1 gemport-index 14 4. Then. Set the IGMP version to IGMPv3. Create S-VLAN 300 with the common attribute and add upstream port 0/19/0 to the S-VLAN. Configure a service flow with the GEM port ID being 14 and user-side VLAN ID being 300. Configure a service flow for the multicast service. Configure a traffic profile. Create an S-VLAN and add an upstream port to it. ONT 1 is connected to GPON port 0/2/1. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 10 cir off priority 4 prioritypolicy local-Setting 3. and traffic profile 10 is referenced. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/19 0 2. ONT ID to 1. Set GPON port 0/2/1 as a multicast cascading port. In this example. Configure a multicast cascading port. and traffic profile 10 is referenced. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. upstream and downstream traffic are rate-limited on the ONU but not on the OLT. so a traffic profile needs to be configured. The 802. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/19 0 2. Create an S-VLAN and add an upstream port to it. 1. Set the multicast IP address range to 224. ensuring normal services from different aspects. multiple upstream Ethernet ports are aggregated into a group to increase bandwidth and reliability of OLT uplinks. You are advised to configure congestion control. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and Security Policy Service reliability is improved by configuring uplink aggregation and priority scheduling policy for upstream queues in global config mode. huawei(config)#link-aggregation 0/19 0-1 ingress workmode lacp-static l Configure queue scheduling. Security policy involves system security. 1. and service security. Procedure l Configure link aggregation.10-224.1. and service security is improved by configuring security policy in global config mode.1. see 12. queue scheduling is used to put packets from one port into multiple queues and then process the packets based on queue priorities. Each member port in the aggregation group allocates packets based on the source MAC address.100 and the IP address of the multicast server to 10.3 Configuring Link Aggregation. all packets are scheduled in strict priority (SQ) mode and mapped into different queues based on priorities.10. 680 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . You are advised to configure link aggregation. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp program add batch ip 224.100 sourceip 10.1.1. user security.1.10. Configure a program library.. – Enable anti-DoS attack. Set the IGMP upstream port to port 0/19/0.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode? (y/n)[n]:y 6. According to "12. Congestion Control.10. For details.10 to-ip 224.10.10. Configure upstream ports 0/19/0 and 0/19/1 into an aggregation group. Background Information In link aggregation. In congestion control. Configure an IGMP upstream port.1. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp uplink-port 0/19/0 7.10 ----End 13. huawei(config)#queue-scheduler strict-priority huawei(config)#cos-queue-map cos0 0 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 l Configure system security. NOTE You are advised to enable the service security feature according to service types. The working mode is LACP static aggregation. Run the security anti-dos enable command to enable global anti-DoS attack.4.3 QoS Plan.1. Ltd.1 Security Design. Run the security anti-icmpattack enable command to enable anti-ICMP attack. Global level: Run the pitp enable pmode command in global configuration mode. Enable anti-IP attack. 2. This anti-IP spoofing function takes effect only when it is enabled at all three levels. The DHCP option 82 function can be enabled or disabled at four levels. which is used in DHCP dialup as recommended. 4. Service port level: Run the security anti-ipspoofing service-port serviceportid enable command. 4. Enable PITP. Global level: Run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command in global configuration mode. The PITP function takes effect only when it is enabled at all four levels. Run the security anti-macduplicate enable command to enable anti-MAC-duplicate. Run the security anti-dos control-packet rate command to configure the threshold of the rate for sending protocol packets to the CPU. 3. Enable anti-IP spoofing.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios 2. – Enable DHCP option 82. l Configure service security. The DHCP option 82 function takes effect only when it is enabled at all four levels. which is used in PPPoE dialup as recommended. Run the security anti-ipattack enable command to enable anti-IP attack. The anti-IP spoofing function can be enabled or disabled at three levels. 1. 3. – – l Run the security anti-dos control-packet policy command to configure the policy of processing protocol packets when a DoS attack occurs. Port level: Run the pitp port or pitp board command to enable the function at the port level. – Global level: Run the dhcp option82 enable command in global configuration mode. Service port level: Run the dhcp option82 service-port command. VLAN level: Run the pitp enable command in VLAN service profile configuration mode. – – Enables anti-MAC transfer. ----End Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. VLAN level: Run the dhcp option82 enable command in VLAN service profile configuration mode. 3. The PITP function can be enabled or disabled at four levels. Port level: Run the dhcp option82 port or dhcp option82 board command to enable the function at the port level. 681 . Ltd. 2. Enable anti-ICMP attack. 3. Configure user security. Service port level: Run the pitp service-port command. 2. 1. VLAN level: Run the security anti-ipspoofing enable command in VLAN service profile configuration mode. 1.. 4 Configuring the Internet Access Service (LAN Access. and bind traffic profile 8 to the user VLAN./ huawei(config)#service- Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. You can run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles existing in the system. use the management IP address of the ONU to log in to the ONU through Telnet.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios 13. Add traffic profile 8 and set the committed information rate (CIR) to 4 Mbit/s. The priority for upstream packets is 0. Step 2 Configure a traffic profile.. l For untagged packets. ONU Side) This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service for home gateway (HGW) users on an optical network unit (ONU) when HGWs are connected upstream to the ONU through local area networks (LANs). 2. If the traffic profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements. Ltd. 682 . Add the service VLANs to upstream port 0/0/1. and downstream packets are scheduled based on the priority specified in the traffic profile. Password: mduadmin (default). set the user VLAN to untagged. HGWs can send untagged packets or packets with user VLAN tags. Remarks - Procedure Step 1 Log in to the ONU to perform the configuration. User name: root (default). On the OLT. Data Plan The following table provides key information about the Internet access service (LAN access). Configurations for untagged packets and packets with user VLAN tags are different. huawei(config)#vlan 1001-1016 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1001-1016 0/0 1 Step 4 Add a service port. 3. the configuration is as follows (assuming that the VLAN ID is 1001): //Create service port 101. you need to run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 4096 priority 0 priority-policy localsetting Step 3 Create service VLANs.. bind port 0/3/1 to it.4.. Create service VLANs 1001-1016 in batches whose type is smart and attribute is common (the service VLAN IDs must be consistent with the user VLAN IDs of the OLT). Item Traffic profile Data ID: 8 CIR: 4 Mbit/s VLAN priority: 0 Downstream priority policy: local-setting User VLAN Untagged User VLAN ID: 1. profile 1022. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co./ huawei(config)#service-port 101 vlan 1001 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan 10 rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 ----End 13.5 Configuring the Internet Access Service (ADSL2+ Access. the configuration is as follows (assuming that the user VLAN ID is 10 and the VLAN ID is 1001): //Create service port 101. ONU Side) This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service for home gateway (HGW) users on an optical network unit (ONU) when HGWs are connected upstream to the ONU in ADSL2 + mode. bind port 0/3/1 to it.. l Profile 1024 is used for activation of ports on ADSL2+ boards. Commands: l To query: display adsl line-profile l To add: adsl line-profile add or adsl line-profile quickadd Commands: l To query: display adsl alarmprofile l To add: adsl alarm-profile add or adsl alarm-profile quickadd ADSL2+ alarm profile Values to be configured in an ADSL2 + line alarm profile are thresholds within any 15 minutes. When the statistics of an item reach the threshold. Background Information ADSL2+ ports working in normal mode (that is. Configuration The system has four default profiles (profile 1. 683 . For the functions and configurations of each profile. the system informs the device of the event and sends alarms to the NMS. to determine whether the ADSL2+ port can work in the normal state in these conditions. and profile 1024) for activation of ADSL2+ ports in different conditions. the central office (CO) and the customer premises equipment (CPE) negotiate based on the parameters configured in the ADSL2+ line profile. see Table 13-11.4. RFC 2662 mode) need to bind an ADSL2+ line profile and an ADSL2+ alarm profile. l Profile 1023 is used for long-reach activation of existing ADSL ports. Ltd. l Profile 1022 is used for fast activation of ADSL ports. and bind traffic profile 8 to the user VLAN. profile 1023. set the user VLAN ID to 10. Table 13-11 ADSL2+ profile Profile Type ADSL2+ line profile Function An ADSL2+ line profile provides the following parameters: l ADSL/ADSL2+ working mode l Channel mode l Upstream/Downstream line rate l Upstream/Downstream interleave depth l Noise margin When an ADSL2+ port is activated. l Profile 1 is used for activation of common ADSL ports.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios port 101 vlan 1001 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 l For packets with user VLAN tags. User name: root (default). A traffic profile or an ADSL2+ line profile can implement rate-limiting on ADSL2+ ports. Remarks A traffic profile implements rate-limiting. and downstream packets are scheduled based on the priority specified in the traffic profile.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Data Plan The following table provides key information about the Internet access service (ADSL2+ access). On the OLT. Password: mduadmin (default). key parameters: l Working mode: full compatibility l Channel working mode: interleaved l Maximum upstream/ downstream rate (kbit/s): 24544/1024 ADSL2+ alarm profile ID: 1 (default) The system does not check whether parameter thresholds are crossed and so does not report alarms. Procedure Step 1 Log in to the ONU to perform the configuration. 684 .. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 4096 priority 0 priority-policy localsetting Step 3 Create service VLANs. use the management IP address of the ONU to log in to the ONU through Telnet. The priority for upstream packets is 0. If the traffic profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements. Internet service providers (ISPs) provide VPI/ VCI information. You can run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles existing in the system. This example uses a default traffic profile. Item Traffic profile Data ID: 8 CIR: 4 Mbit/s VLAN priority: 0 Downstream priority policy: local-setting VPI/VCI of ADSL2+ users ADSL2+ line profile VPI: 0 VCI: 35 ID: 1024 (default). Step 2 Configure a traffic profile. Ltd. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. you need to run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. Add traffic profile 8 and set the committed information rate (CIR) to 4 Mbit/s. Add a service port as follows: //Create service port 101. As packets from HGWs contain VPI/VCI information. bind ADSL2+ line profile 1024 and ADSL2+ alarm profile 1. l Configure an ADSL2+ line profile only when the default one does not meet requirements. huawei(config)#interface adsl 0/2 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#deactivate 0 huawei (config-if-adsl-0/2)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-adsl-0/2)#activate 0 profile-index 1024 ----End 13. huawei(config)#vlan 1001-1016 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1001-1016 0/0 1 Step 4 Add a service port./ huawei(config)#service-port 101 vlan 1001 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 Step 5 (Optional) Configure an ADSL2+ line profile. ONU Side) This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service for home gateway (HGW) users on an optical network unit (ONU) when HGWs are connected upstream to the ONU in VDSL2 mode. For example. and bind traffic profile 8 to the user VLAN.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Create service VLANs 1001-1016 in batches whose type is smart and attribute is common (the service VLAN IDs must be consistent with the user VLAN IDs of the OLT). Step 6 (Optional) Configure an ADSL2+ alarm profile.. For the functions and configurations of each profile. This example uses the default ADSL2+ alarm profile (ID: 1). the PVC needs to be mapped to the user VLAN when a service flow is configured. Assume that the VPI/VCI of users is 0/35 and the VLAN ID is 1001. Ltd. Step 7 Bind an ADSL2+ line profile and an ADSL2+ alarm profile. TR129 mode) need to bind the VDSL2 line template and VDSL2 alarm template. see Table 13-12. Background Information VDSL2 ports working in normal mode (that is.4. set VPI/VCI to 0/35.6 Configuring the Internet Access Service (VDSL2 Access. 685 . and activate the ADSL2+ port. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l This example uses the default ADSL2+ line profile (ID: 1024). and activate ADSL2 + port 0/2/0. Add the service VLANs to upstream port 0/0/1. bind port 0/2/0 to it. adaptation mode of vdsl line-profile quickadd upstream/downstream transmit rates. Values to be configured in a VDSL2 alarm template are thresholds within any 15 minutes. l To query: display vdsl linetemplate l To add: vdsl line-template add or vdsl line-template quickadd A VDSL2 line profile provides the l To query: display vdsl line-profile following parameters: line l To add: vdsl line-profile add or transmission mode. upstream power back-off (UPBO).4 retransmission. 686 . and G. minimum impulse noise protection. signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) margin..SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Table 13-12 VDSL2 template Templ ate Type VDSL2 line template Function Configuration A VDSL2 line template consists of a VDSL2 line profile and a VDSL2 channel profile. to determine whether the VDSL2 port can work in the normal state in these conditions. When a VDSL2 port is activated. rate parameters. Ltd. and sends alarms to the NMS. erasure decoding. and downstream power back-off (DPBO). retransmission at the physical layer. A VDSL2 channel profile provides the following parameters: data channel mode. interleaved delay parameters. the central office (CO) and the customer premises equipment (CPE) negotiate based on the parameters configured in the VDSL2 line template. which is used for activation of common VDSL2 ports.998. l To query: display vdsl channeltemplate l To add: vdsl channel-template add or vdsl channel-profile quickadd The system has one default VDSL2 alarm template (template 1). the system informs the device of the event. When the statistics of an item reach the threshold. The system has one default VDSL2 line template (template 1). l To query: display vdsl alarmtemplate l To add: vdsl alarm-template add or vdsl alarm-template quickadd Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. VDSL2 alarm template A VDSL2 alarm template consists of a VDSL2 line alarm profile and a VDSL2 channel alarm profile. This mode is incompatible with the ADSL2+ mode.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Templ ate Type Function Configuration A VDSL2 line alarm profile provides the following parameters for COs and CPEs: l Forward error check seconds (FECS) l Errored seconds (ES) l Severely errored seconds (SES) l Loss of signal seconds (LOSS) l Unavailable seconds (UAS) l Low error-free throughput rate (LEFTR) defect seconds A VDSL2 channel alarm profile provides the following parameters for COs and CPEs: l Coding violations counts (CVC) l Corrected blocks counts (CBC) l To query: display vdsl alarmprofile l To add: vdsl alarm-profile add or vdsl alarm-profile quickadd l To query: display vdsl channelalarm-profile l To add: vdsl channel-alarmprofile add or vdsl channel-alarmprofile quickadd Data Plan Table 13-13 provides key information about the Internet access service (VDSL2 access). . l PTM mode: IP cells are transmitted in channels. This mode is compatible with the ADSL2+ mode. This example assumes the PTM mode. Ltd. l ATM mode: ATM cells are transmitted in channels. 687 Remarks A traffic profile implements ratelimiting. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Table 13-13 Key information about the Internet access service (VDSL2 access) Item Traffic profile Data ID: 8 CIR: 4 Mbit/s VLAN priority: 0 Downstream priority policy: local-setting VDSL2 line mode PTM There are two VDSL line modes: ATM mode and PTM mode. . User name: root (default). VDSL2 alarm template Line alarm profile ID: 1 (default) Channel alarm profile ID: 1 (default) Alarm template ID: 1 (default) Procedure Step 1 Log in to the ONU to perform the configuration. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 8 cir 4096 priority 0 priority-policy localsetting Step 3 Create service VLANs. The system does not check whether parameter thresholds are crossed and so does not report alarms. Step 6 Configure a VDSL2 alarm template. and service flow ID is 101. huawei(config)#vlan 1001-1016 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1001-1016 0/0 1 Step 4 Add a service port. Add the service VLANs to upstream port 0/0/1. For example. Password: mduadmin (default). VLAN ID is 1001. The priority for upstream packets is 0. bind VDSL2 line template 1 and VDSL2 alarm template 1. This example uses the default VDSL2 alarm template (ID: 1). This example uses the default VDSL2 line template (ID: 1). Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. port is 0/1/0.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Item VDSL2 line template Data Line profile ID: 1 (default) Channel profile ID: 1 (default) Line template ID: 1 (default) Remarks A traffic profile or a VDSL2 line template can implement rate-limiting on VDSL2 ports. Step 7 Bind a VDSL2 line template and a VDSL2 alarm template. packets from the user VLAN are untagged. you need to run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile. use the management IP address of the ONU to log in to the ONU through Telnet. Add a service port as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 101 vlan 1001 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service uservlan untagged rx-cttr 8 tx-cttr 8 Step 5 Configure a VDSL2 line template. You can run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles existing in the system. This example uses a default traffic profile. 688 . and activate the VDSL2 port. Assume that the VDSL2 path mode is PTM mode. and activate VDSL2 port 0/1/0. On the OLT. Ltd. Create service VLANs 1001-1016 in batches whose type is smart and attribute is common (the service VLAN IDs must be consistent with the user VLAN IDs of the OLT). If the traffic profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements. Add traffic profile 8 and set the committed information rate (CIR) to 4 Mbit/s. and downstream packets are scheduled based on the priority specified in the traffic profile. Step 2 Configure a traffic profile. it is recommended to rate limit traffic on the BRAS or SR without using traffic profiles. The OLT transparently transmits the SVLAN of the ONU.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios huawei(config)#interface vdsl 0/1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#deactivate 0 huawei (config-if-vdsl-0/1)#alarm-config 0 1 huawei(config-if-vdsl-0/1)#activate 0 template-index 1 ----End 13. Traffic profile ID: 9 Committed rate: off VLAN priority Priority policy: Local-Setting User port The HGW uses LAN for upstream transmission: The HGW uses ADSL2+ for upstream transmission: The HGW uses VDSL2 for upstream transmission: User VLAN on the HGW 200 It is recommended that the user VLAN on the HGW be the same as the upstream VLAN on the ONU when the HGW provides the VoIP service. Data Plan Data plan for configuring the VoIP service on the ONU Item Upstream VLAN Data 200 Remarks The upstream VLAN on the ONU is also called the SVLAN on the ONU. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The HGW provides the VoIP service and the ONU is configured to establish VoIP service channels. For the VoIP service. huawei(config)#vlan 200 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 200 0/0 1 Step 2 Configure a VoIP service traffic profile. In this scenario.. The VoIP service is a closed service operated by carriers. It corresponds to the CVLAN on the OLT.4. SVLAN with a single tag is the mainstream application. Ltd. Different types of HGWs establish service flows in different ways. Procedure Step 1 Create the upstream VLAN and add upstream ports 0/0/1 to it.7 Configuring the Voice Service on the ONU This topic describes how to configure the VoIP service on an ONU. 689 . l For the HGW that uses LAN for upstream transmission. Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system. the VoIP service is configured as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 201 vlan 200 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service user-vlan 200 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 ----End 13. create one.8 Configuring the IPTV Service (ONU Side) This topic describes how to configure the video on demand (VoD) service and multicast service for home gateway (HGW) users on an optical network unit (ONU) when HGWs are connected upstream to the ONU through local area networks (LANs) or in xDSL mode. 690 .4.. If there is no traffic profile to meet the requirements listed in the data plan. the VoIP service is configured as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 201 vlan 200 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan 200 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 l For the HGW that uses ADSL2+ for upstream transmission. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priority-policy LocalSetting Step 3 Create the VoIP service flow. the VoIP service is configured as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 201 vlan 200 adsl 0/2/0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi-service user-vlan 200 rx-cttr 9 tx-cttr 9 l For the HGW that uses VDSL2 for upstream transmission. Item Traffic profile Data ID: 10 CIR: off VLAN priority: 4 Downstream priority policy: local-setting Remarks - Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios The 802. Add traffic profile 9 and set Local-Setting to priority-policy so that packets are scheduled according to their priorities. Ltd.1p priority of the VoIP service is 5 and the traffic profile specifies no rate limit. Data Plan The following table provides key information about the IPTV service. PTM Both the central office and HGWs must support the PTM mode. 2. which are transparently transmitted by OLTs.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Item User VLAN in the scenario in which HGWs are upstream connected to an ONU through LANs VPI/VCI of ADSL2+ users in the scenario in which HGWs are connected upstream to an ONU in ADSL2+ mode VDSL2 path mode in the scenario in which HGWs are connected upstream to an ONU in VDSL2 mode VLAN ID of the VoD service Multicast VLAN ID of the ONU Multicast VLAN ID of HGWs Data User VLAN ID: 1. 691 . Remarks HGWs can send untagged packets or packets with user VLAN tags. 300 The VoD service is a carrier-operating. closed service and primarily adopts only SVLAN tags.. VPI: 0 VCI: 35 Internet service providers (ISPs) provide VPI/ VCI information. - 1000 43 A carrier generally specifies a globally unique multicast VLAN ID for HGWs.. 3. Ltd.. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Create VLAN 300 with the common attribute and add upstream port 0/0/1 to the VLAN.1p priority of the IPTV service is 4. Ltd. Configurations vary according to upstream interface types of HGWs. huawei(config)#traffic table ip index 10 cir off priority 4 priority-policy local-setting Configure a service flow for the VoD service. Then. Add a service flow as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 301 vlan 300 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10 l Configure the multicast service. huawei(config)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp version v3 Set the IGMP mode to IGMP proxy. Add traffic profile 10 and set priority-policy to local-setting. so a traffic profile needs to be configured. port is 0/1/0.. Assume that the user VLAN ID is 1 and the Ethernet port is 0/3/1. In this example. the ONU needs to perform a switch between user VLAN IDs and SVLAN IDs. the query result shows that no traffic profile meets the requirements. Assume that the VDSL2 path mode is PTM mode. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/0 1 Set the IGMP version to IGMP v3. Create multicast VLAN 1000 with the common attribute and add upstream port 0/0/1 to the multicast VLAN. and packets from the user VLAN are untagged. upstream packets contain users' PVC information so the ONU needs to perform a switch between PVC information and SVLAN IDs.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Procedure l Configure the VoD service. Add a service flow as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 301 vlan 300 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan 1 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10 – If HGWs are connected to an ONU upstream in ADSL2+ mode. Assume that the VPI/VCI is 0/35 and the ADSL2+ port is 0/2/0. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode?(y/n) [n]:y Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The IEEE 802. – If HGWs are connected to an ONU upstream through LANs and upstream packets contain user VLAN tags. and rate limitation is not required. Add a service flow as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 301 vlan 300 adsl vpi 0 vci 35 0/2/0 multiservice user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10 – If HGWs are connected to an ONU upstream in VDSL2 mode. traffic is scheduled based on the priority specified in the traffic profile. To check whether any existing traffic profile meets the requirements. formats of upstream packets depend on the encapsulation mode. 692 . run the display traffic table ip command. huawei(config)#vlan 300 smart huawei(config)#port vlan 300 0/0 1 Configure a traffic profile for the IPTV service. Set the multicast IP address range to 224. add the user to multicast VLAN 1000.1. Configure service flow 401 as a multicast user.1. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Log in to the Web configuration window. and adopt the no-auth mode for the multicast user. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#quit Configure a service flow for the multicast service. – If HGWs are connected to an ONU upstream through LANs. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp user add service-port 401 no-auth huawei(config-btv)#multicast-vlan 1000 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp multicast-vlan member service-port 401 huawei(config-mvlan1000)#quit ----End 13.9 Configuring the Internet Access Service (HGW Side) This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service for residential users on a home gateway (HGW) when the HGW is connected to an ONU upstream through a local area network (LAN) or in xDSL mode. assume that the VPI/ VCI is 0/35 and the ADSL2+ port is 0/2/0. PPPoE dial-up can be performed on personal computers (PCs) or HGWs. assume that the user VLAN ID is 43 and the Ethernet port is 0/3/1. assume that the VDSL2 path mode is PTM mode. and the VDSL2 port is 0/1/0.100 and the IP address of the multicast server to 10. and add a service flow as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 401 vlan 1000 adsl vpi 0 vci 35 0/2/0 multiservice user-vlan untagged rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10 – If HGWs are connected to an ONU upstream in VDSL2 mode. The configuration processes on HGWs of different models or in different appearances are similar.1.10.4.10-224..1.1.10.10. 1.1. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp uplink-port 0/0/1 Configure a program library.1. Ltd.100 sourceip 10. and add a service flow as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 401 vlan 1000 eth 0/3/1 multi-service user-vlan 43 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10 – If HGWs are connected to an ONU upstream in ADSL2+ mode. huawei(config-mvlan1000)#igmp program add batch ip 224. Procedure l Configure the Internet access service (on an HG239). and add a service flow as follows: huawei(config)#service-port 401 vlan 1000 vdsl mode ptm 0/1/0 multi-service user-vlan 43 rx-cttr 10 tx-cttr 10 Configure a multicast user and add the user to the multicast VLAN. the user VLAN ID is 43.1. Configurations vary according to upstream interface types of HGWs.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Configure an IGMP upstream port.10. Context Residential users generally access the Internet in Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE) dial-up mode.10 to-ip 224.10. This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service on an HG239 that is connected to an ONU upstream through a LAN and on an HG527 that is connected to an ONU upstream in ADSL2+ mode. 693 . Disabled: Upstream packets do not contain VLAN tags. In the login dialog box. Create WAN connection 1 and set parameters based on the following table. LAN1 and LAN2: PCs connected to ports LAN1 and LAN2 can simultaneously access the Internet.html (default IP address) to the address bar of the Internet Explorer (IE) and press Enter. Parameter Bearing service Value INTERNET Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In the login dialog box.168. c. Enter http://192. l Click OK. Then.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios a. b. Enter http://192. a. b. Create WAN connection 1 and set parameters based on the following table. Restart the HGW. Ltd. VLANID [1-4094] Binding item Mode If VLAN enabling is set to Enabled. set it to Enabled. otherwise. Choose Network > Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree. Configure the Internet access service (on an HG527). click OK. Choose Network > Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree. 3. Bridge: PCs access the Internet in PPPoE dial-up mode.1/cu. a. a. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device.1/cnc. enter the user name (default: admin) and password (default: admin) of the administrator. Assume that ports LAN1 and LAN2 are Internet access ports for PCs.168. enter the user name and password of the administrator (the Internet service provider (ISP) provides the default user name and default password).. b.html (default IP address) to the address bar of the IE and press Enter. 2. Set parameters for the Internet access service. 694 . Assume that ports LAN1 and LAN2 are Internet access ports for PCs. Parameter Bearing service VLAN enabling Value INTERNET Enabled: Upstream packets contain VLAN tags. 1. b.1. set this parameter to Disabled. NOTE If uservlan is set to untagged when you configure a service flow for the Internet access service on the ONU. Log in to the Web configuration window.1. Then. Set parameters for the Internet access service. this parameter takes the value of uservlan that is specified when you configure a service flow for the Internet access service on the ONU. 2. click OK. click OK.168. This topic uses the HG239 that uses LAN for upstream transmission and the HG527 that uses ADSL2+ for upstream transmission as examples. 2. Bridge: PCs access the Internet in PPPoE dialup mode. b. Choose Network > Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree. 0/35) on an HGW is consistent with that on the office to which the HGW is connected. Log in to the Web configuration window.4. 3. 1.html (default IP address) to the address bar of the Internet Explorer (IE) and press Enter.1. LLC Binding item Mode Encapsulation mode c. Enter http://192. create LAN connection 2 for the IPTV service. Contact your carrier for the value ranges of VPIs and VCIs. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device. Set the parameters as follows: Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. WAN connection 1 is used. In the login dialog box. This configuration enables home subscribers to watch IPTV programs using STBs and TVs. Restart the HGW. Ensure that the VPI/VCI setting (for example. ----End 13. b. Then. a. Ltd. Procedure l Configure the IPTV service on the HG239. Configure multicast parameters. enter the user name and password of the administrator (the Internet service provider (ISP) provides the default user name and default password).1/cu. Context HGWs have different models and appearances but their configuration procedures are similar. 695 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) . LAN1 and LAN2: PCs connected to ports LAN1 and LAN2 can simultaneously access the Internet. Click OK. a.10 Configuring the IPTV Service (on the HGW) This topic describes how to configure the IPTV service on the HGW that uses LAN or xDSL for upstream transmission..SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Parameter Enabling VPI/VCI Value If this parameter is selected. This example assumes LAN 4 as an IPTV port. In the right pane. the value is Disable if uservlan is untagged and the value is Enable if uservlan is tagged. 696 . Choose Network > Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree. VLANID [1-4094] Binding item Mode DHCP transparent transmission Multicast VLAN ID corresponding to the user VLAN value for multicast service flows created on the ONU.html (default IP address) to the address bar of the IE and press Enter. Enable VLAN tags are added to upstream packets. Ltd.1. b. In the right pane. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Configure multicast parameters. Restart the HGW. the value is Disable if uservlan is untagged and the value is Enable if uservlan is tagged. set this parameter to 43. 2.1/cnc. In the login dialog box. b. NOTE When multicast service flows are created on the ONU. NOTE When multicast service flows are created on the ONU. Configure the IPTV service on the HG527. This example assumes LAN 4 as an IPTV port. a. Then.168. create LAN connection 1 for dialup Internet access services. enter the user name (default: admin) and password (default: admin) of the administrator. Set the parameters as follows: Parameter Bearing service Enabling VLAN enabling Value OTHER: The connection is used for the IPTV service. Log in to the Web configuration window. l Click OK to save the settings. click OK. 1. Enter http://192. 3. LAN4 Bridge Enable c. In this example. Enable: VLAN tags are added to upstream packets. The LAN connection is enabled when this check box is selected. a..SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Parameter Bearing service VLAN enabling Value OTHER: The connection is used for the IPTV service. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device. b. The configuration procedure is as follows: a. LAN4 Bridge LLC Binding item Mode Encapsulation mode c. In the Web page.168. The IADs use SIP as the voice protocol. 2.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Parameter VLANID [1-4094] VPI/VCI Value Multicast VLAN ID on the HGW when multicast service flows are created on the ONU. 697 Issue 03 (2012-03-20) .1.11 Configuring the VoIP Service on the HGW This topic describes how to configure the voice service on HGWs that use LAN or xDSL for upstream transmission.. In this example. Click OK to save the settings. enter the user name and password (the default value is provided by ISP) of the administrator and click OK. a. This topic uses the HG255 that uses LAN for upstream transmission and the HG555 that usesADSL2+ for upstream transmission as examples. In the login window. 1. Restart the HGW. Context HGWs have different models and appearances but their configuration procedures are similar. 3. Log in to the Web configuration interface. Configure parameters of the voice service. Procedure l Configure the VoIP service on the HG255. In this example. Set the VPI/VCI to the same as that configured on the devices at the central office. Ltd. set this parameter to 0/35.1 (default IP address) in the address bar of the browser and press Enter. set this parameter to 43. Create WAN Connection 3 for the VoIP service and set the parameters as follows: Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ----End 13. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device. Enter http://192. choose Network > Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree. b.4. This configuration enables home subscribers to enjoy the POTS service by using an analog telephone. . set the user telephone number to 83110001. 2. Enter http://192.200 Preferred signaling port ID of the proxy server: 5060 Enabled When logging in to a VoIP account. l Restart the HGW. Log in to the Web configuration interface. Configure parameters of the voice service. In the login window.1p Mode DHCP NAT c.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Parameter Bearing service Enabling status VLAN mode VLAN ID Value VoIP Enable VLAN Transparent Transmission VLAN ID corresponding to the user VLAN value for voice service flows created on the ONU. Click OK to save the settings. Choose Appliciation > Broadband Phone Configuration from the navigation tree. set this parameter to 200. you can set the user account to the user telephone number. The configuration procedure is as follows: Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this example. Ltd. - User password 3. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device.1 (default IP address) in the address bar of the browser and press Enter. 698 .200. enter the user name and password (the default value is provided by ISP) of the administrator and click OK. Configure the VoIP service (HG555) 1.168. a. d. b. Configure the parameters as follows: Parameter Address Port ID Enabling User number Value Preferred IP address of the proxy server: 200.1. In this example. Enabled Route: route mode Enabled Enabled 802.200. d. Click Appliciation > Broadband Phone Configuration from the navigation tree.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios a. - User password 3. ----End Restart the HGW. Choose Appliciation > Broadband Phone Configuration from the navigation tree. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Configure the parameters as follows: Parameter Address Port ID Enabling User number Value Preferred IP address of the proxy server: 200. set the user telephone number to 83110001. 699 . you can set the user account to the user telephone number.. set this parameter to 200. In this example. Create WAN Connection 3 for the VoIP service and set the parameters as follows: Parameter Bearing service Enabling status VPI/VCI Value VoIP Implement Set the VPI/VCI to the same as that configured on the devices at the central office. Enabled Route mode Enabled Enabled VLAN mode VLAN ID 802. Choose Management > Device Management and click Restarting the Device. Click OK. b. Ltd. set this parameter to 0/35. In this example.200.200 Preferred signaling port ID of the proxy server: 5060 Enabled When logging in to a VoIP account.200. In this example. VLAN Transparent Transmission VLAN ID corresponding to the user VLAN value for voice service flows created on the ONU.1p Mode DHCP NAT c. Remote Service Verificati on Method PPPoE dialup emulation Function Remarks An ONU emulates a PPPoE user terminal software to perform dialup and interact with the BRAS to verify the connectivity between the ONT and BRAS.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios 13. Multicast emulation This function enables you to emulate a multicast user goes online and lead the program stream to an ONU. ONUs provide remote service verification methods including PPPoE dialup emulation and multicast emulation for configuration and commissioning engineers to verify services remotely after service configuration. The multicast service configured in dynamic controllable multicast mode does not support the remote acceptance function.12 Verifying Services This topic describes the remote verification methods in the FTTB+HGW scenario (HGW providing the VoIP service).. By querying the real-time traffic of the multicast program. 700 . avoiding a second on-site operation. Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Prerequisites ONUs and upper-layer devices are connected properly. Ltd. NOTE The VoD service and HGW VoIP service currently do not support remote verification.4. l PPPoE dialup emulation requires a service flow which does not belong to a QinQ VLAN. password. l An ONU supports a maximum of one call emulation. and authentication mode must be configured on the BRAS for the PPPoE dialup emulation. Context This topic describes the remote verification method for different service. The BRAS and MGC/IMS have been configured. l A user name. you can check whether the multicast function is performing well. and authentication mode must be consistent with those configured on the BRAS.1. Ltd.10 Procedure l Verify the Internet access service using PPPoE dialup emulation. Chap 2.168.50. 1. huawei(config-btv)#display igmp user service-port 401 User : 0/3/1 //*Use an ETH port as an example.10 vlan 1000 2. huawei(config)#display pppoe simulate info PPPoE simulate information is: ----------------------------------------------------------------Service-port: 101 User name: user0 Current phase: //*Emulation phase Result: Success //*Emulation result Start time: 2011-11-16 15:41:29+08:00 End time: 2011-11-16 15:41:34+08:00 Session ID: 591 User IP: 192. huawei(config)#pppoe simulate stop Verify the multicast service using multicast emulation.168..1.254 ----------------------------------------------------------------- 3. Pap [default 1]:1 Overtime Time(5-60s)[default 5]:10 2.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios Data plan Item PPPoE dialup emulation parameter Multicast emulation parameter Data Referenced service flow ID: 101 Emulation timeout time: 10s Remarks The entered user name. huawei(config)#btv huawei(config-btv)#igmp static-join service-port 401 ip 224.50. 1. Run the display igmp use command to query the status of the multicast user. Start an emulation test by running the simulate dhcp start command. Run the igmp static-join command to order a multicast program by emulating a multicast user. l Terminate the emulation test by running the simulate dhcp start command. - Multicast service flow ID: 401 Multicast VLAN: 1000 IP address of the multicast program: 224.1. 701 .2 Gateway IP: 192.16>):******* Authentication Mode: 1. password.65>):user0 User Password(length<0. State : online Authentication : no-auth Quick leave : MAC-based Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Query the emulation test information by running the display pppoe simulate info command.1. huawei(config)#pppoe simulate start Command: pppoe simulate start Service-port(index<0-999>):101 User Name(length<1. Run the display multicast flow-statistic command to query the real-time traffic of the multicast program.10 watching 2011-07-13 14:41:18 -------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 1 3. P--Port. If the VPI/VCI is 0/35 and the ADSL2+ port is 0/2/0. ppp--pppoe.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios : : : : : : : : : 0 0 enable IGMP v3 91 disable no-limit 5000 IGMP flow ID Video flow ID Log switch Bind profiles IGMP version Available programs Global Leave User MaxBandWidth Used bandwidth(kbps) The percentage of used bandwidth to port rate(%) Total video bandwidth Mcast video bandwidth Active program list : : : - -------------------------------------------------------------------------Program name VLAN IP/MAC State Start-time -------------------------------------------------------------------------program1 1000 224. Run the display mac-address service-port command on the ONU to query learned MAC addresses of VoD users. huawei(config-btv)#display multicast flow-statistic ip 224..1. pri-tag--priority-tagged. ip--ipoe.1. please wait.. Multicast flow statistic result: 360(kbps) l Verify the VoD service. ip6--ipv6oe Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. v/e--vlan/encap. VPI indicates ONT ID for PON.1. run the following command to query the learned MAC addresses of VoD users: huawei(config)#display mac-address service-port 301 Command: display mac-address service-port 301 ------------------------------------------------------------------------SRV-P BUNDLE TYPE MAC MAC TYPE F /S /P VPI VCI VLANID INDEX INDEX ------------------------------------------------------------------------301 adl 1010-1010-1000 dynamic 0 /2 /0 0 35 300 ------------------------------------------------------------------------Total: 1 Note: F--Frame.10 vlan 1000 Command is being executed. Ltd. 1. The learned MAC addresses of VoD users indicate that services are functioning properly between the ONU and VoD users.1. VCI indicates GEM index for GPON. 702 .. S--Slot. For details. 703 . run the display mac-address vlan command to query the learned ONU MAC addresses. Ltd.SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide 13 Configuring Services in Various FTTB/FTTC Scenarios 2. Choose Status > Broadband VoIP Information to query the service registration status and telephone number. Expected service registration status: Register successfully. see the 13. On the OLT.4. ----End Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 1. l Verify the VoIP service. The learned ONU MAC addresses indicate that services are functioning properly between the OLT and ONUs. 2..11 Configuring the VoIP Service on the HGW. Log in to the HGW management web page. Ltd..SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide A Acronyms and Abbreviations A A ADSL AG B BRAS BTV Acronyms and Abbreviations Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line Access Gateway Broadband Remote Access Server Broadband TV C CAR CIR CLI Committed Access Rate Committed Information Rate Command Line Interface D DHCP DHCP option82 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP relay agent option 82 E EPON Ethernet Passive Optical Network F FoIP Fax over Internet Protocol Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 704 . Ltd. 705 ..SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide A Acronyms and Abbreviations FTP File Transfer Protocol G GE GEM GPON Gigabit Ethernet GPON Encapsulation Method Gigabit-capable Passive Optical Networks I IP IPoA IPoE Internet Protocol Internet Protocol Over ATM IP over Ethernet L LAN Local Area Network M MAC MG MGC MGCP MoIP MTU Medium Access Control Media Gateway Media Gateway Controller Media Gateway Control Protocol Modem over Internet Protocol Maximum Transmission Unit N NGN NMS Next Generation Network Network Management System O OLT ONT ONU Optical Line Terminal Optical Network Terminal Optical Network Unit Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 706 .SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Configuration Guide A Acronyms and Abbreviations P PITP PON POTS PPPoA PPPoE PSTN Policy Information Transfer Protocol Passive Optical Network Plain Old Telephone Service Point-to-Point Protocol Over ATM Point-to-Point Protocol Over Ethernet Public Switched Telephone Network Q QoS Quality of Service R RFC Remote Feature Control S SNMP SSH STB STP Simple Network Management Protocol Secure Shell Set Top Box Spanning Tree Protocol T T-CONT TCP/IP TFTP Transmission Container Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol Trivial File Transfer Protocol U UDP User Datagram Protocol V VLAN VOD VoIP Virtual LAN Video On Demand Voice over Internet Protocol Issue 03 (2012-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd..
Copyright © 2024 DOKUMEN.SITE Inc.